You are on page 1of 2199

John Deere Agriculture

6120, 6220, 6320, 6420, 6120L, 6220L, 6320L,


6420L & 6520L Tractors

DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE


MANUAL
6120, 6220, 6320, 6420, 6120L, 6220L, 6320L,
6420L, 6520L (North America)

tm4733, September 2006


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL (g) by Belgreen

Table of contents
FOREWORD
VERSION DATE
Section 210 - GENERAL INFORMATION
Group 05 - Safety Information
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES
Group ATC - ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Group BCU - BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Group BIF - BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Group ECU - ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Group EPC - EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Group JDL - JDL Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Group PLC - PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Group PRF - PRF Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Group SFA - SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Group SIC - SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Group SSU - SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Group TCU - TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Group TEC - TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Group TEI - TEI Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Group UIC - UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS
Group 20 - Engine
Group 40 - Electrical System
Group 50 - SyncroPlus Transmission
Group 51 - Power Reverser Transmission
Group 53 - AutoPowr/IVT Transmission
Group 55 - PowrQuad, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions
Group 56 - Drive Systems
Group 60 - Steering and Brakes
Group 70 - Hydraulic System
Group 80 - Miscellaneous
Group 90 - Operator′s Station
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS
Group 45 - Electronics

<- Go to Global Table of contents tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL


<- Go to Global Table of contents tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL (g) by Belgreen

Foreword
This “Diagnostics” manual is valid for the following tractor types:

6120, 6220, 6320 and 6420


6120L, 6220L, 6320L, 6420L and 6520L

This manual is written for experienced technicians. Essential tools required in performing
certain service work are identified in this manual and are recommended for use.

Live with safety: Read the safety messages in the introduction of this manual and the
cautions presented throughout the text of the manual.

This is the safety-alert symbol. When you see this symbol on your machine or in this
manual, be alert to the potential for personal injury.

Technical Manuals are concise guides for specific machines. They are on-the-job guides
containing only the vital information needed for diagnosis, analysis, testing and repair.

Fundamental service information is available from other sources covering basic theory of
operation, fundamentals of troubleshooting, general maintenance, and basic type of failures
and their causes.

<- Go to Global Table of contents tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL


GENERAL INFORMATION (g) by Belgreen

Version date
01 July 2006

<- Go to Global Table of contents tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL (g) by Belgreen

Section 210 - GENERAL INFORMATION


Table of contents
Group 05 - Safety Information ................................................................................................. 1
Recognize Safety Information ................................................................................................ 1
‘Important” - Information ....................................................................................................... 1
‘Note” - Information ............................................................................................................... 1
Prevent Machine Runaway ..................................................................................................... 1
Handle Fluids Safely-Avoid Fires ............................................................................................ 2
Prevent Battery Explosions .................................................................................................... 3
Prepare for Emergencies ........................................................................................................ 3
Prevent Acid Burns ................................................................................................................. 4
Avoid High-Pressure Fluids ..................................................................................................... 5
Service Cooling System Safely ............................................................................................... 5
Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating .............................................................................. 6
Avoid Heating Near Pressurized Fluid Lines ........................................................................... 7
Work In Ventilated Area ......................................................................................................... 7
Wear Protective Clothing ....................................................................................................... 8
Practice Safe Maintenance ..................................................................................................... 9
Park Machine Safely ............................................................................................................. 10
Use Proper Lifting Equipment ............................................................................................... 10
Construct Dealer-Made Tools Safely .................................................................................... 11
Support Machine Properly .................................................................................................... 11
Work in Clean Area .............................................................................................................. 12
Illuminate Work Area Safely ................................................................................................. 13
Service Machines Safely ....................................................................................................... 13
Use Proper Tools .................................................................................................................. 14
Service Tires Safely .............................................................................................................. 14
Service Front-Wheel Drive Tractor Safely ............................................................................ 16
Avoid Eye Contact With Radar ............................................................................................. 16
Keep ROPS Installed Properly ............................................................................................... 16
Replace Safety Signs ............................................................................................................ 17
Dispose of Waste Properly ................................................................................................... 17
Live With Safety ................................................................................................................... 18
Safety Measures for Electronic Control Units ....................................................................... 19

<- Go to Global Table of contents tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL


Section 210 - GENERAL INFORMATION Group 05: Safety Information

Group 05 - Safety Information


Recognize Safety Information

This is a safety-alert symbol. When you see this symbol on your machine or in this manual,
be alert to the potential for personal injury.

Follow recommended precautions and safe operating practices.

“Important” - Information
Information designated as IMPORTANT points out possible problems that might lead to
damage to the machines. These problems can be avoided by heeding the appropriate
information.

“Note” - Information
Information designated as NOTE contains further details or restrictions relevant to the
preceding instructions. However, it can also be useful information that pertains to the
instructions, but is not directly relevant to it.

Prevent Machine Runaway

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 1 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 210 - GENERAL INFORMATION Group 05: Safety Information

Avoid possible injury or death from machinery runaway.

Do not start engine by shorting across starter terminals. Machine will start in gear if normal
circuitry is bypassed.

NEVER start engine while standing on ground. Start engine only from operator’s seat, with
transmission in neutral or park.

Handle Fluids Safely-Avoid Fires

When you work around fuel, do not smoke or work near heaters or other fire hazards.

Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards. Do not incinerate or puncture pressurized
containers.

Make sure machine is clean of trash, grease, and debris.


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 2 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 210 - GENERAL INFORMATION Group 05: Safety Information

Do not store oily rags; they can ignite and burn spontaneously.

Prevent Battery Explosions

Keep sparks, lighted matches, and open flame away from the top of battery. Battery gas can
explode.

Never check battery charge by placing a metal object across the posts. Use a volt-meter or
hydrometer.

Do not charge a frozen battery; it may explode. Warm battery to 16°C (60°F).

Prepare for Emergencies

Be prepared if a fire starts.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 3 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 210 - GENERAL INFORMATION Group 05: Safety Information

Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy.

Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service, hospital, and fire department near
your telephone.

Prevent Acid Burns

Sulfuric acid in battery electrolyte is poisonous. It is strong enough to burn skin, eat holes in
clothing, and cause blindness if splashed into eyes.

Avoid the hazard by:

1. Filling batteries in a well-ventilated area.


2. Wearing eye protection and rubber gloves.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 4 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 210 - GENERAL INFORMATION Group 05: Safety Information

3. Avoiding breathing fumes when electrolyte is added.


4. Avoiding spilling or dripping electrolyte.
5. Use proper jump start procedure.

If you spill acid on yourself:

1. Flush your skin with water.


2. Apply baking soda or lime to help neutralize the acid.
3. Flush your eyes with water for 15-30 minutes. Get medical attention immediately.

If acid is swallowed:

1. Do not induce vomiting.


2. Drink large amounts of water or milk, but do not exceed 2 L (2 quarts).
3. Get medical attention immediately.

Avoid High-Pressure Fluids

Escaping fluid under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury.

Avoid the hazard by relieving pressure before disconnecting hydraulic or other lines. Tighten
all connections before applying pressure.

Search for leaks with a piece of cardboard. Protect hands and body from high pressure fluids.

If an accident occurs, see a doctor immediately. Any fluid injected into the skin must be
surgically removed within a few hours or gangrene may result. Doctors unfamiliar with this
type of injury should reference a knowledgeable medical source. Such information is
available from Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 5 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 210 - GENERAL INFORMATION Group 05: Safety Information

Service Cooling System Safely

Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns.

Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly
loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure before removing completely.

Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating

Avoid potentially toxic fumes and dust.

Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heated by welding, soldering, or using a
torch.

Remove paint before heating:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 6 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 210 - GENERAL INFORMATION Group 05: Safety Information

Remove paint a minimum of 100 mm (4 in.) from area to be affected by heating. If paint
cannot be removed, wear an approved respirator before heating or welding.
If you sand or grind paint, avoid breathing the dust. Wear an approved respirator.
If you use solvent or paint stripper, remove stripper with soap and water before
welding. Remove solvent or paint stripper containers and other flammable material
from area. Allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes before welding or heating.

Do not use a chlorinated solvent in areas where welding will take place.

Do all work in an area that is well ventilated to carry toxic fumes and dust away.

Dispose of paint and solvent properly.

Avoid Heating Near Pressurized Fluid Lines

Flammable spray can be generated by heating near pressurized fluid lines, resulting in
severe burns to yourself and bystanders. Do not heat by welding, soldering, or using a torch
near pressurized fluid lines or other flammable materials. Pressurized lines can accidentally
burst when heat goes beyond the immediate flame area.

Work In Ventilated Area

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 7 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 210 - GENERAL INFORMATION Group 05: Safety Information

Engine exhaust fumes can cause sickness or death. If it is necessary to run an engine in an
enclosed area, remove the exhaust fumes from the area with an exhaust pipe extension.

If you do not have an exhaust pipe extension, open the doors and get outside air into the
area

Wear Protective Clothing

Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment appropriate to the job.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 8 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 210 - GENERAL INFORMATION Group 05: Safety Information

Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment or loss of hearing.

Wear a suitable hearing protective device such as earmuffs or earplugs to protect against
objectionable or uncomfortable loud noises.

Operating equipment safely requires the full attention of the operator. Do not wear radio or
music headphones while operating machine.

Practice Safe Maintenance

Understand service procedure before doing work. Keep area clean and dry.

Never lubricate, service, or adjust machine while it is moving. Keep hands, feet , and clothing
from power-driven parts. Disengage all power and operate controls to relieve pressure. Lower
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 210 - GENERAL INFORMATION Group 05: Safety Information

equipment to the ground. Stop the engine. Remove the key. Allow machine to cool.

Securely support any machine elements that must be raised for service work.

Keep all parts in good condition and properly installed. Fix damage immediately. Replace
worn or broken parts. Remove any buildup of grease, oil, or debris.

On self-propelled equipment, disconnect battery ground cable (-) before making adjustments
on electrical systems or welding on machine.

On towed implements, disconnect wiring harnesses from tractor before servicing electrical
system components or welding on machine.

Park Machine Safely

Before working on the machine:

Lower all equipment to the ground.


Stop the engine and remove the key.
Disconnect the battery ground strap.
Hang a "DO NOT OPERATE" tag in operator station.

Use Proper Lifting Equipment

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 10 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 210 - GENERAL INFORMATION Group 05: Safety Information

Lifting heavy components incorrectly can cause severe injury or machine damage.

Follow recommended procedure for removal and installation of components in the manual.

Construct Dealer-Made Tools Safely

Faulty or broken tools can result in serious injury. When constructing tools, use proper,
quality materials, and good workmanship.

Do not weld tools unless you have the proper equipment and experience to perform the job.

Support Machine Properly

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 11 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 210 - GENERAL INFORMATION Group 05: Safety Information

Always lower the attachment or implement to the ground before you work on the machine. If
the work requires that the machine or attachment be lifted, provide secure support for them.
If left in a raised position, hydraulically supported devices can settle or leak down.

Do not support the machine on cinder blocks, hollow tiles, or props that may crumble under
continuous load. Do not work under a machine that is supported solely by a jack. Follow
recommended procedures in this manual.

When implements or attachments are used with a machine, always follow safety precautions
listed in the implement or attachment operator′s manual.

Work in Clean Area

Before starting a job:

Clean work area and machine.


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 12 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 210 - GENERAL INFORMATION Group 05: Safety Information

Make sure you have all necessary tools to do your job.


Have the right parts on hand.
Read all instructions thoroughly; do not attempt shortcuts.

Illuminate Work Area Safely

Illuminate your work area adequately but safely. Use a portable safety light for working inside
or under the machine. Make sure the bulb is enclosed by a wire cage. The hot filament of an
accidentally broken bulb can ignite spilled fuel or oil.

Service Machines Safely

Tie long hair behind your head. Do not wear a necktie, scarf, loose clothing, or necklace when
you work near machine tools or moving parts. If these items were to get caught, severe injury
could result.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 13 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 210 - GENERAL INFORMATION Group 05: Safety Information

Remove rings and other jewelry to prevent electrical shorts and entanglement in moving
parts.

Use Proper Tools

Use tools appropriate to the work. Makeshift tools and procedures can create safety hazards.

Use power tools only to loosen threaded parts and fasteners.

For loosening and tightening hardware, use the correct size tools. DO NOT use U.S.
measurement tools on metric fasteners. Avoid bodily injury caused by slipping wrenches.

Use only service parts meeting John Deere specifications.

Service Tires Safely

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 14 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 210 - GENERAL INFORMATION Group 05: Safety Information

Explosive separation of a tire and rim parts can cause serious injury or death.

Do not attempt to mount a tire unless you have the proper equipment and experience to
perform the job.

Always maintain the correct tire pressure. Do not inflate the tires above the recommended
pressure. Never weld or heat a wheel and tire assembly. The heat can cause an increase in
air pressure resulting in a tire explosion. Welding can structurally weaken or deform the
wheel.

When inflating tires, use a clip-on chuck and extension hose long enough to allow you to
stand to one side and NOT in front of or over the tire assembly. Use a safety cage if available.

Check wheels for low pressure, cuts, bubbles, damaged rims or missing lug bolts and nuts.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 15 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 210 - GENERAL INFORMATION Group 05: Safety Information

Service Front-Wheel Drive Tractor Safely

When servicing front-wheel drive tractor with the rear wheels supported off the ground and
rotating wheels by engine power, always support front wheels in a similar manner. Loss of
electrical power or transmission/hydraulic system pressure will engage the front driving
wheels, pulling the rear wheels off the support if front wheels are not raised. Under these
conditions, front drive wheels can engage even with switch in disengaged position.

Avoid Eye Contact With Radar

Radar ground speed sensor emits a very low intensity microwave signal. It will not cause any
ill effects during normal use. Although intensity is low, DO NOT look directly into face of
sensor while in operation, to avoid any possible eye damage.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 16 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 210 - GENERAL INFORMATION Group 05: Safety Information

Keep ROPS Installed Properly

Make certain all parts are reinstalled correctly if the roll-over protective structure (ROPS) is
loosened or removed for any reason. Tighten mounting bolts to proper torque.

The protection offered by ROPS will be impaired if ROPS is subjected to structural damage, is
involved in an overturn incident, or is in any way altered by welding, bending, drilling, or
cutting. A damaged ROPS should be replaced, not reused.

Replace Safety Signs

Replace missing or damaged safety signs. See the machine operator’s manual for correct
safety sign placement.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 17 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 210 - GENERAL INFORMATION Group 05: Safety Information

Dispose of Waste Properly

Improperly disposing of waste can threaten the environment and ecology. Potentially harmful
waste used with John Deere equipment include such items as oil, fuel, coolant, brake fluid,
filters, and batteries.

Use leakproof containers when draining fluids. Do not use food or beverage containers that
may mislead someone into drinking from them.

Do not pour waste onto the ground, down a drain, or into any water source.

Air conditioning refrigerants escaping into the air can damage the Earth’s atmosphere.
Government regulations may require a certified air conditioning service center to recover and
recycle used air conditioning refrigerants.

Inquire on the proper way to recycle or dispose of waste from your local environmental or
recycling center, or from your John Deere dealer.

Live With Safety

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 18 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 210 - GENERAL INFORMATION Group 05: Safety Information

Before returning machine to customer, make sure machine is functioning properly, especially
the safety systems. Install all guards and shields.

Safety Measures for Electronic Control Units

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 19 SERVICE MANUAL
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (g) by Belgreen

CAUTION:

Always shut off the engine and set the key switch to “OFF” before
connecting test equipment to the tractor.

CAUTION:

Always engage the parking lock when performing tests with the engine
running.

CAUTION:

When testing is performed with the engine running, there is a risk of injury
from rotating parts.

IMPORTANT:

Do not use test lamps on any control unit. Only use a multimeter
(JT05791A).

IMPORTANT:

To protect electronic circuits, disconnect the battery and alternator before


performing any welding on the tractor.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 210 page 20 SERVICE MANUAL
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL (g) by Belgreen

Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES


Table of contents
Group ATC - ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes .......................................................................... 1
Diagnostics ............................................................................................................................ 1
Diagnostics ............................................................................................................................ 5
Diagnostics ............................................................................................................................ 9
Diagnostics .......................................................................................................................... 14
Diagnostics .......................................................................................................................... 19
Diagnostics .......................................................................................................................... 20
Diagnostics .......................................................................................................................... 21
Diagnostics .......................................................................................................................... 23
Diagnostics .......................................................................................................................... 27
Diagnostics .......................................................................................................................... 31
Diagnostics .......................................................................................................................... 35
Diagnostics .......................................................................................................................... 39
Diagnostics .......................................................................................................................... 45
Diagnostics .......................................................................................................................... 46
Diagnostics .......................................................................................................................... 48
Diagnostics .......................................................................................................................... 53
Diagnostics .......................................................................................................................... 58
Diagnostics .......................................................................................................................... 63
Diagnostics .......................................................................................................................... 66
Diagnostics .......................................................................................................................... 69
Diagnostics .......................................................................................................................... 73
Diagnostics .......................................................................................................................... 77
Diagnostics .......................................................................................................................... 81
Diagnostics .......................................................................................................................... 85
Diagnostics .......................................................................................................................... 89
Diagnostics .......................................................................................................................... 93
Diagnostics .......................................................................................................................... 97
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 101
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 105
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 107
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 109
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 111
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 113
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 115
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 120
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 124
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 128
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 132
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 136
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 140
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 142
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 146
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 150
Group BCU - BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes ..................................................................... 154
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 154

<- Go to Global Table of contents tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL (g) by Belgreen

Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 157


Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 160
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 163
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 166
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 168
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 173
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 176
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 178
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 178
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 180
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 182
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 184
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 186
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 188
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 190
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 193
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 198
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 202
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 204
BCU 302001.31-INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: 250-Hour Service ................................... 205
BCU 302002.31-INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: 500-Hour Service ................................... 205
BCU 302003.31-INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: 750-Hour Service ................................... 206
BCU 302004.31-INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: 1500-Hour Service ................................. 206
BCU 302071.31-INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Turn Off the Rear PTO Switch ................. 206
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 207
BCU 302077.31-INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Sit on Seat or Turn Off the Rear PTO ...... 208
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 209
BCU 302082.31-INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Actuate the Front-Wheel Drive Switch
..................................................................................................................................... 210
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 211
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 213
BCU 302089.31-INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Turn Off the Rear PTO Switch ................. 216
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 216
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 217
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 220
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 224
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 228
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 230
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 233
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 234
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 236
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 239
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 241
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 243
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 246
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 249
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 253
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 257
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 261
BCU 303045.04-System Voltage Too Low .......................................................................... 265

<- Go to Global Table of contents tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL (g) by Belgreen

BCU 303047.03-System Voltage Too High ......................................................................... 265


Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 267
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 271
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 274
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 277
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 281
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 285
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 289
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 293
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 296
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 299
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 302
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 305
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 307
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 309
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 312
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 315
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 318
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 321
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 324
BCU 303177.18-Oil Temperature During Calibration Too Low ........................................... 327
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 328
BCU 303251.03-Left Draft Sender, Signal Voltage Too High During Calibration ................ 328
BCU 303251.04-Left Draft Sender, Signal Voltage Too Low During Calibration ................. 329
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 330
BCU 303252.03-Right Draft Sensor, Signal Voltage Too High During Calibration .............. 331
BCU 303252.04-Right Draft Sensor, Signal Voltage Too Low During Calibration ............... 331
BCU 303255.03-Position Sender, Signal Voltage Too High During Calibration ................... 331
BCU 303255.04-Position Sender, Signal Voltage Too Low During Calibration .................... 332
BCU 303260.16-Stepper Motor Raising Deadband Above Valid Range During Calibration
..................................................................................................................................... 332
BCU 303260.18-Stepper Motor Raising Deadband Below Valid Range During Calibration
..................................................................................................................................... 333
BCU 303261.16-Stepper Motor Lowering Deadband Above Valid Range During Calibration
..................................................................................................................................... 333
BCU 303261.18-Stepper Motor Lowering Deadband Below Valid Range During Calibration
..................................................................................................................................... 334
Group BIF - BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes ......................................................................... 335
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 335
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 338
Diagnostic .......................................................................................................................... 341
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 344
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 347
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 350
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 355
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 359
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 362
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 367
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 370
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 374

<- Go to Global Table of contents tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL (g) by Belgreen

Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 379


Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 382
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 385
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 388
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 391
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 395
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 399
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 404
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 407
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 410
BIF 000186.16-INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Warning, Rear PTO Speed ........................ 415
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 416
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 419
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 420
BIF 301141.31-INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Switch off worklights while driving on road
..................................................................................................................................... 424
BIF 301143.31-INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Preheat time remaining ........................... 424
Group ECU - ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes ...................................................................... 425
ECU 000028.03-Cruise Control Potentiometer Input Voltage High ..................................... 425
ECU 000028.04-Cruise Control Potentiometer Input Voltage Low ...................................... 428
ECU 000029.03-Hand Throttle Potentiometer Input Voltage High ..................................... 431
ECU 000029.04-Hand Throttle Potentiometer Input Voltage Low ...................................... 434
ECU 000084.31-Vehicle Speed Mismatch ........................................................................... 437
ECU 000091.03-Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer Input Voltage High ................................ 438
ECU 000091.04-Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer Input Voltage Low ................................. 441
ECU 000091.07-Hand Throttle or Accelerator Pedal Not Calibrated Correctly ................... 444
ECU 000091.13-Hand Throttle or Accelerator Pedal, Calibration Interrupted ..................... 445
ECU 000094.03-Fuel Supply Pressure Input Voltage High .................................................. 446
ECU 000094.04-Fuel Supply Pressure Input Voltage Low ................................................... 447
ECU 000094.10-Fuel Rail Pressure Loss Detected .............................................................. 448
ECU 000094.13-Fuel Rail Pressure Higher Than Expected ................................................. 449
ECU 000094.17-Fuel Rail Pressure Not Developed ............................................................. 450
ECU 000097.03-Input Voltage from Water-in-Fuel Sensor High ......................................... 451
ECU 000097.04-Input Voltage from Water-in-Fuel Sensor Low .......................................... 453
ECU 000097.16-Water in Fuel Detected ............................................................................. 455
ECU 000100.01-Engine Oil Pressure Extremely Low .......................................................... 457
ECU 000100.03-Engine Oil Pressure Input Voltage High .................................................... 458
ECU 000100.04-Engine Oil Pressure Input Voltage Low ..................................................... 459
ECU 000100.18-Engine Oil Pressure Moderately Low ......................................................... 460
ECU 000105.03-Manifold Air Temperature Input Voltage High .......................................... 461
ECU 000105.04-Manifold Air Temperature Input Voltage Low ........................................... 463
ECU 000105.16-Manifold Air Temperature Moderately High .............................................. 465
ECU 000110.00-Engine Coolant Temperature Extremely High .......................................... 467
ECU 000110.03-Engine Coolant Temperature Input Voltage High ..................................... 469
ECU 000110.04-Engine Coolant Temperature Input Voltage Low ...................................... 472
ECU 000110.15-Engine Coolant Temperature Slightly High ............................................... 475
ECU 000110.16-Engine Coolant Temperature Moderately High ......................................... 477
ECU 000158.17-ECU Power Down Error ............................................................................. 479
ECU 000160.02-Wheel Speed Sensor Input Noise .............................................................. 481
ECU 000174.03-Fuel Temperature Input Voltage High ....................................................... 482

<- Go to Global Table of contents tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL (g) by Belgreen

ECU 000174.04-Fuel Temperature Input Voltage Low ....................................................... 484


ECU 000174.16-Fuel Temperature Moderately High .......................................................... 486
ECU 000189.00-Engine Speed Derate ................................................................................ 488
ECU 000190.00-Engine Racing Excessively ....................................................................... 490
ECU 000190.02-Engine Speed Input Noise ......................................................................... 492
ECU 000190.16-Engine Speed Slightly High ....................................................................... 493
ECU 000611.03-Electronic Injector Wiring Shorted To Power Source ................................. 495
ECU 000611.04-Electronic Injector Wiring Shorted To Ground ........................................... 496
ECU 000620.03-Sensor Supply 2 Voltage High .................................................................. 497
ECU 000620.04-Sensor Supply 2 Voltage Low ................................................................... 499
ECU 000627.01-Electronic Injector Supply Voltage Problem .............................................. 501
ECU 000629.13-ECU Error .................................................................................................. 502
ECU 000636.02-Pump Position Sensor Input Noise ............................................................ 504
ECU 000636.08-Pump Position Sensor Input Missing ......................................................... 505
ECU 000636.10-Pump Position Sensor Input Pattern Error ................................................. 506
ECU 000637.02-Crank Position Input Noise ........................................................................ 507
ECU 000637.07-Crank Position/Pump Position Timing Moderately Out of Sync ................. 509
ECU 000637.08-Crank Position Input Missing ..................................................................... 510
ECU 000637.10-Crank Position Input Pattern Error ............................................................ 511
ECU 000651.05-Cylinder No. 1 EI Circuit Open .................................................................. 513
ECU 000651.06-Cylinder No. 1 EI Circuit Shorted .............................................................. 514
ECU 000651.07-Cylinder No. 1 EI Fuel Delivery Failure ..................................................... 515
ECU 000652.05-Cylinder No. 2 EI Circuit Open .................................................................. 516
ECU 000652.06-Cylinder No. 2 EI Circuit Shorted .............................................................. 517
ECU 000652.07-Cylinder No. 2 EI Fuel Delivery Failure ..................................................... 518
ECU 000653.05-Cylinder No. 3 EI Circuit Open .................................................................. 519
ECU 000653.06-Cylinder No. 3 EI Circuit Shorted .............................................................. 520
ECU 000653.07-Cylinder No. 3 EI Fuel Delivery Failure ..................................................... 521
ECU 000654.05-Cylinder No. 4 EI Circuit Open .................................................................. 522
ECU 000654.06-Cylinder No. 4 EI Circuit Shorted .............................................................. 523
ECU 000654.07-Cylinder No. 4 EI Fuel Delivery Failure ..................................................... 524
ECU 000655.05-Cylinder No. 5 EI Circuit Open .................................................................. 525
ECU 000655.06-Cylinder No. 5 EI Circuit Shorted .............................................................. 526
ECU 000655.07-Cylinder No. 5 EI Fuel Delivery Failure ..................................................... 527
ECU 000656.05-Cylinder No. 6 EI Circuit Open .................................................................. 528
ECU 000656.06-Cylinder No. 6 EI Circuit Shorted .............................................................. 529
ECU 000656.07-Cylinder No. 6 EI Fuel Delivery Failure ..................................................... 530
ECU 000676.03-Glow Plug Relay Voltage High .................................................................. 531
ECU 000676.05-Glow Plug Relay Voltage Low ................................................................... 532
ECU 000729.03-Inlet Air Heater Signal High ...................................................................... 533
ECU 000729.05-Inlet Air Heater Signal Low ....................................................................... 535
ECU 000810.02 -Calculated Vehicle Speed Input Signal Noise .......................................... 537
ECU 000898.09-Engine Speed or Torque Message Invalid ................................................. 538
ECU 000931.02-Pump Current Instability ........................................................................... 539
ECU 000931.03-Pump Current Feedback Input Voltage High ............................................. 541
ECU 000931.04-Pump Current Feedback Input Voltage Low .............................................. 542
ECU 000931.15-Pump Current Out of Range (Engine OFF) ................................................ 543
ECU 000931.31-Pump Current Not Controllable ................................................................. 543
ECU 001041.02-Start Signal Missing .................................................................................. 544
ECU 001041.03-Start Signal Always Active ........................................................................ 544

<- Go to Global Table of contents tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL (g) by Belgreen

Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 546


ECU 001069.09-Tire Size Invalid ........................................................................................ 548
ECU 001069.31-Tire Size Error ........................................................................................... 549
ECU 001076.00-Pump Control Valve Closure Too Long ...................................................... 550
ECU 001076.01-Pump Control Valve Closure Too Short ..................................................... 552
ECU 001076.03-Pump Solenoid Current High .................................................................... 554
ECU 001076.05-Pump Solenoid Circuit Open ..................................................................... 556
ECU 001076.06-Pump Solenoid Circuit Severely Shorted .................................................. 558
ECU 001076.07-Pump Control Valve Closure Not Detected ............................................... 560
ECU 001076.10-Pump Solenoid Circuit Moderately Shorted .............................................. 562
ECU 001076.13-Current Drop - Time Fault ......................................................................... 564
ECU 001079.03-Sensor Supply 1 Voltage High .................................................................. 566
ECU 001079.04-Sensor Supply 1 Voltage Low ................................................................... 569
ECU 001080.03-Sensor Supply 2 Voltage High .................................................................. 572
ECU 001080.04-Sensor Supply 2 Voltage Low ................................................................... 573
ECU 001347.03-Pump Control Valve Current High ............................................................. 574
ECU 001347.05-Pump Control Valve Current Mismatch ..................................................... 575
ECU 001347.07-Fuel Rail Pressure Control Error ................................................................ 576
ECU 001569.31-Fuel Derate ............................................................................................... 577
ECU 002000.06-Internal ECU Failure .................................................................................. 579
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 581
Group EPC - EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes ...................................................................... 584
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 584
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 589
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 589
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 591
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 593
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 596
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 598
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 601
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 603
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 605
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 607
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 610
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 614
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 616
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 618
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 621
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 625
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 629
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 631
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 634
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 637
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 640
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 643
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 648
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 652
EPC 306053.31-Clutch Pedal Potentiometer is Defective ................................................... 656
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 657
EPC 306055.31-Come-Home Operation Activated ............................................................. 658

<- Go to Global Table of contents tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL (g) by Belgreen

Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 660


Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 663
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 667
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 672
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 676
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 683
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 689
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 689
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 691
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 694
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 698
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 701
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 705
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 707
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 710
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 717
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 722
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 729
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 737
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 742
Group JDL - JDL Diagnostic Trouble Codes ........................................................................ 745
JDL 000629.12-Control Unit Fault ....................................................................................... 745
JDL 000630.12-Internal Fault (Memory Error) .................................................................... 745
JDL 000841.31-Internal Fault (GPS Signal) ......................................................................... 746
JDL 000841.12-GPS Signal Fault ......................................................................................... 746
JDL 000639.14-29-bit CAN BUS (Tractor BUS), Very High Error Rate ................................. 747
JDL 000964.13-Invalid Time/Date ....................................................................................... 747
JDL 001542.04-Control Unit Voltage Low ........................................................................... 748
JDL 298872.31-Machine Data Configuration Fault 5 ........................................................... 749
JDL 298873.31-Machine Data Configuration Fault 4 ........................................................... 749
JDL 298874.31-Machine Data Configuration Fault 3 ........................................................... 750
JDL 298875.31-Machine Data Configuration Fault 2 ........................................................... 750
JDL 298876.31-Machine Data Configuration Fault 1 ........................................................... 751
JDL 298877.31-Modem Fault .............................................................................................. 752
JDL 298878.31-Line Busy ................................................................................................... 752
JDL 298879.31-Cellular Signal Weak or No Service ............................................................ 753
JDL 298880.31-Call Unanswered ........................................................................................ 753
JDL 298881.18-GPS Signal Lost (60 Seconds) .................................................................... 754
JDL 298882.31-GPS Signal Lost (30 Minutes) ..................................................................... 755
JDL 298883.31-CAN Bus Fault ............................................................................................ 755
JDL 298885.31-Control Unit Memory Capacity Exceeded ................................................... 756
JDL 298886.31-Control Unit Power Limit Exceeded ............................................................ 756
JDL 298887.31-Conflict Between Control Unit Configuration and Machine PIN .................. 757
JDL 299613.31-Data Download Fault ................................................................................. 758
JDL 299614.31-Data Upload Fault ...................................................................................... 758
JDL 299615.31-Cellular Bit Error Rate too High .................................................................. 759
JDL 299616.31-Call Disconnected ...................................................................................... 759
JDL 299617.31-Data Exchange Fault .................................................................................. 760
JDL 299618.31-Fault in Identification Module for Communication Service ......................... 761
JDL 299619.31-Cellular Personal Identification Number Blocked ....................................... 761

<- Go to Global Table of contents tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL (g) by Belgreen

JDL 299620.31-GPS Antenna/Cable Fault ........................................................................... 762


Group PLC - PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes ....................................................................... 763
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 763
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 763
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 765
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 767
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 769
PLC 328012.31-Transmission Output Speed Sender, Open or Shorted Circuit ................... 772
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 773
PLC 328017.31-Park Lock Pressure Sender, Grounded or Open Circuit ............................. 777
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 778
PLC 328021.31-Park Lock Solenoid Valve, Open Circuit ..................................................... 782
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 783
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 790
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 794
PLC 328051.31-Park Lock Alarm, Shorted Circuit ............................................................... 796
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 797
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 802
PLC 328102.31-Power Supply to Park Lock Pressure Sender, Shorted Circuit .................... 804
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 804
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 806
Group PRF - PRF Diagnostic Trouble Codes ...................................................................... 808
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 808
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 808
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 810
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 813
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 816
Group SFA - SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes ...................................................................... 819
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 819
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 819
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 821
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 823
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 826
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 828
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 833
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 835
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 840
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 842
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 844
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 846
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 848
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 850
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 852
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 854
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 856
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 858
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 862
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 866
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 870
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 874

<- Go to Global Table of contents tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL (g) by Belgreen

Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 877


Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 880
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 885
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 890
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 895
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 900
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 905
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 910
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 912
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 914
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 917
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 920
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 923
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 926
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 929
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 931
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 933
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 936
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 939
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 942
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 945
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 948
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 958
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 965
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 976
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 977
Group SIC - SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes ........................................................................ 980
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 980
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 981
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 982
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 984
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 987
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 990
Diagnosis ........................................................................................................................... 997
Diagnosis ......................................................................................................................... 1001
Diagnosis ......................................................................................................................... 1008
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1014
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1016
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1018
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1020
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1022
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1024
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1026
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1028
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1030
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1032
Diagnosis ......................................................................................................................... 1034
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1037
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1039
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1040

<- Go to Global Table of contents tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL (g) by Belgreen

Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1041


Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1044
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1047
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1049
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1052
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1054
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1056
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1059
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1062
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1064
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1067
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1069
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1071
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1074
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1077
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1079
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1082
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1084
Diagnosis ......................................................................................................................... 1086
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1090
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1094
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1098
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1101
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1104
Diagnosis ......................................................................................................................... 1107
Group SSU - SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes .................................................................... 1110
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1110
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1114
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1116
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1118
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1120
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1124
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1126
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1128
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1132
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1135
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1136
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1137
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1138
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1141
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1144
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1147
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1150
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1153
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1156
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1160
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1163
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1165
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1168
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1171

<- Go to Global Table of contents tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL (g) by Belgreen

Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1174


Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1177
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1181
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1185
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1189
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1193
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1197
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1201
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1205
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1209
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1213
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1217
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1221
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1222
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1223
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1225
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1228
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1230
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1234
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1235
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1239
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1244
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1246
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1249
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1250
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1253
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1256
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1259
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1262
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1266
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1270
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1274
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1278
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1282
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1286
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1291
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1292
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1296
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1300
Group TCU - TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes .................................................................... 1304
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1304
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1308
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1314
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1316
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1318
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1321
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1323
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1325
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1328
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1331

<- Go to Global Table of contents tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL (g) by Belgreen

Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1334


Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1337
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1339
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1342
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1345
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1348
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1351
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1354
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1357
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1359
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1362
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1364
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1366
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1368
Pressure test for transmission and other consumers ....................................................... 1370
Procedure if hydrostatic speed values are not ok ............................................................ 1382
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1400
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1402
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1404
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1406
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1408
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1410
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1412
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1415
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1418
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1421
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1423
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1425
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1427
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1429
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1431
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1433
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1435
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1438
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1441
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1444
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1446
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1448
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1449
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1450
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1451
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1452
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1453
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1456
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1459
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1462
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1464
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1466
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1469
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1473

<- Go to Global Table of contents tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL (g) by Belgreen

Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1477


Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1477
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1478
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1479
Diagnosis ......................................................................................................................... 1482
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1484
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1488
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1490
Diagnosis ......................................................................................................................... 1497
TCU 304151.11-Transmission Output Speed does Not Match Transmission Output Speed at
PLC (CAN BUS Value) ................................................................................................ 1498
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1500
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1510
TCU 304154.00-INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Transmission Input Speed Too High ..... 1511
TCU 304155.00-INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Transmission Output Speed Too High ...
1512
TCU 304156.01-INFORMATION FOR THE OPERATOR: Transmission Warm-up Routine is Active
................................................................................................................................... 1512
TCU 304157.01-INFORMATION FOR THE OPERATOR: Transmission Warm-up Routine is Active
................................................................................................................................... 1512
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1514
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1520
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1526
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1532
Pressure tests for diagnostic trouble code TCU 304177.01 .............................................. 1538
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1546
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1551
Diagnosis ......................................................................................................................... 1556
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1557
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1558
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1559
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1560
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1561
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1562
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1563
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1564
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1565
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1566
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1567
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1568
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1569
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1570
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1571
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1572
Group TEC - TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes ..................................................................... 1573
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1573
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1577
Diagnosis for internal fault at controller ........................................................................... 1580
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1582
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1582

<- Go to Global Table of contents tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL (g) by Belgreen

Diagnosis for problems on 29-bit implement CAN BUS .................................................... 1584


Diagnosis for problems on 29-bit implement CAN BUS .................................................... 1588
Diagnosis for problems on 29-bit tractor CAN BUS .......................................................... 1590
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1592
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1594
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1598
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1602
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1606
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1610
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1613
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1614
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1615
TEC 299067.03-Fault in Main Switch (ELX Voltage) ......................................................... 1615
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1616
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1617
TEC 524287.31-TEC 524287.31 ....................................................................................... 1618
Group TEI - TEI Diagnostic Trouble Codes ....................................................................... 1619
TEI 000628.12-TEC/TEI Controller, Internal Fault ............................................................. 1619
TEI 000629.12-TEC/TEI Controller, Internal Fault (Watchdog Timeout) ............................ 1619
TEI 000630.02-TEC/TEI Controller, Internal Fault (EEPROM) ............................................ 1619
TEI 000639.12-Fault in the 29-bit Implement CAN BUS ................................................... 1619
TEI 000639.14-29-bit Implement CAN BUS, Very High Error Rate .................................... 1620
TEI 001231.12-Fault in the 29-bit Tractor CAN BUS ......................................................... 1620
TEI 001231.14- 29-bit Tractor CAN BUS, Very High Error Rate ........................................ 1620
TEI 522550.14-Implement Connected to 29-bit Implement CAN BUS is Not Compatible with
ISO ............................................................................................................................ 1620
TEI 523652.02-TEC/TEI Controller is Connected to the Wrong Harness Connector .......... 1621
Group UIC - UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes ...................................................................... 1622
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1622
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1622
Diagnosis ......................................................................................................................... 1624
UIC 305008.31-INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Anti-jack-knife Control Activated ........... 1626
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1627
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1628
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1632
UIC 305012.00-INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Engine Speed Too High ......................... 1636
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1637
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1645
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1653
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1656
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1659
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1662
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1665
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1667
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1670
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1673
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1676
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1679
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1682
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1685

<- Go to Global Table of contents tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL (g) by Belgreen

Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1689


Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1692
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1695
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1698
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1701
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1703
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1709
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1715
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1721
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1727
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1733
UIC 305057.01-INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Transmission Warm-up Routine is Active
................................................................................................................................... 1739
UIC 305058.01-INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Transmission Warm-up Routine Cannot be
Activated, Park Lock should be Engaged .................................................................. 1739
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1740
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1747
UIC 305062.31-Tractor in "Come-Home" Mode - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Release the
Clutch Pedal .............................................................................................................. 1753
UIC 305063.31-Tractor in "Come-Home" Mode - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Move
Reverse Drive Lever to Neutral or Park Position ....................................................... 1753
UIC 305064.31-Tractor in "Come-Home" Mode - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Depress the
Clutch Pedal Fully ...................................................................................................... 1753
UIC 305065.31-Tractor in "Come-Home" Mode - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Select a
Direction of Travel ..................................................................................................... 1753
UIC 305066.31-Tractor in "Come-Home" Mode - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Press the
Clutch Pedal to Stop .................................................................................................. 1753
UIC 305067.31-Tractor in "Come-Home" Mode - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Restart
................................................................................................................................... 1753
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1755
Diagnosis ......................................................................................................................... 1757
Diagnosis ......................................................................................................................... 1760
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1763
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1766
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1769
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1772
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1774
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1776
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1778
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1786
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1789
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1791
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1794
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1797
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1800
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1801
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1803
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1804
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1805
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1806

<- Go to Global Table of contents tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL (g) by Belgreen

Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1807


Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1808
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1809
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1810
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1811
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1812
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1814
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1818
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1822
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1826
Diagnosis ......................................................................................................................... 1828
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1833
UIC 305184.01-INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Engine Has Stopped - Reverse Drive Lever
Still in Position for a Direction of Travel .................................................................... 1839
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1840
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1842
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1845
UIC 305207.02-INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Tractor Start-up with Reverse Drive Lever Not
in Neutral or Corner Park .......................................................................................... 1851
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1852
UIC 305209.02-INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Reverse Drive Lever is in the Position for
Forward or Reverse Travel During Start-up Procedure .............................................. 1854
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1854
Diagnostics ...................................................................................................................... 1855
Diagnosis ......................................................................................................................... 1857

<- Go to Global Table of contents tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL


Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Group ATC - ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes


ATC 000170.03 - Sending Unit for Inside Air Temperature, Shorted or Open Circuit
05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 000170.03 is generated when the ClimaTrak ™ controller
measures over 5 volts at the signal input of the sending unit (B127; for inside air
temperature). This indicates that circuit is shorted to a supply lead or is open.
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
Instead, inside temperature is recorded via the sending unit for actual outlet air temperature.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-ATC-100 , Theory of Operation.

• Reference 290-15-200 , ClimaTrak ™ - Checks.

• Reference 290-20-200 , Operation of the ATC (ClimaTrak ™ ).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check the sending unit (B127) for inside air temperature

Action:

Ignition ON.
Turn the fan speed control as far as it will go to the right.
Turn the temperature control as far as it will go to the right (Hi).
Access address ATC008 or ATC040, or template ATC900 - Sending unit (B127) for inside
air temperature .
Make sure that the information displayed at addresses ATC008 and ATC040 complies
with the following:
Item Measurement Specification

ATC008 - Sending unit (B127) for inside air temperature, shown in °C


Sending unit (B127) for inside air temperature: Temperature 0-63.5°C

Fault in circuit or sending unit Err

ATC040 - Sending unit (B127) for inside air temperature, signal voltage
Sending unit (B127) for inside air temperature: Signal voltage 0.0 - 5.0 volts

Fault in circuit or sending unit Err

Start the engine and run it at 1500 rpm.


Once again access address ATC008 or template ATC900 - Sending unit (B127) for inside
air temperature .
Check whether the temperature shown in address ATC008 is slowly rising as cab
temperature rises.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 2 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

At the l.h. recirculated air filter, perform a visual inspection of sending unit (B127; inside air
temperature) and of the connector associated with it:

LEGEND:
B127 Sending unit for inside air temperature

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES:If there are no signs of damage: GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition sub-assemblies, connectors or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Sending Unit (B127; Inside Air Temperature) , see 245-ATC.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Sending Unit (B127; Inside Air Temperature) , see 245-ATC.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Sending Unit (B127; Inside Air
Temperature) , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 3 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections at the inside air temperature sending unit, see
summary of wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Sending Unit (B127; Inside Air
Temperature) in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Sending Unit (B127; Inside Air
Temperature) , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 4 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ATC 000170.04 - Sending Unit for Inside Air Temperature, Short to Ground
05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 000170.04 is generated when the ClimaTrak ™ controller
measures below 0 volts at the signal input of the sending unit (B127; for inside air
temperature). This indicates a short to ground in the circuit.
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
Instead, inside temperature is recorded via the sending unit for actual outlet air temperature.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-ATC-100 , Theory of Operation.

• Reference 290-15-200 , ClimaTrak ™ -Checks.

• Reference 290-20-200 , Operation of the ATC (ClimaTrak ™ ).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 5 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check the sending unit (B127) for inside air temperature

Action:

Ignition ON.
Turn the fan speed control as far as it will go to the right.
Turn the temperature control as far as it will go to the right (Hi).
Access address ATC008 or ATC040, or template ATC900 - Sending unit (B127) for inside
air temperature .
Make sure that the information displayed at addresses ATC008 and ATC040 complies
with the following:
Item Measurement Specification

ATC008 - Sending unit (B127) for inside air temperature, shown in °C


Sending unit (B127) for inside air temperature: Temperature 0-63.5 °C

Fault in circuit or sending unit Err

ATC040 - Sending unit (B127) for inside air temperature, signal voltage
Sending unit (B127) for inside air temperature: Signal voltage 0.0 - 5.0 volts

Fault in circuit or sending unit Err

Start the engine and run it at 1500 rpm.


Once again access address ATC008 or template ATC900 - Sending unit (B127) for inside
air temperature .
Check whether the temperature shown in address ATC008 is slowly rising as cab
temperature rises.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 6 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

At the l.h. recirculated air filter, perform a visual inspection of sending unit (B127; inside air
temperature) and of the connector associated with it:

LEGEND:
B127 Sending unit for inside air temperature

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES:If there are no signs of damage: GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition sub-assemblies, connectors or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Sending Unit (B127; Inside Air Temperature) , see 245-ATC.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Sending Unit (B127; Inside Air Temperature) , see 245-ATC.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Sending Unit (B127; Inside Air
Temperature) , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 7 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections at the inside air temperature sending unit, see
summary of wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Sending Unit (B127; Inside Air
Temperature) in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Sending Unit (B127; Inside Air
Temperature) , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 8 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ATC 000171.03- Sending Units for Ambient Air Temperature, Shorted or Open
Circuit
05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 000171.03 is generated when the ClimaTrak ™ controller
measures over 5 volts at the signal input of the front (B125) or rear (B126) sending units for
ambient air temperature. This indicates that the relevant circuit is shorted to a supply lead or
is open.
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
If the front ambient temperature sending unit (B125) fails, ambient temperature is recorded
only via the rear sending unit (B126), and the other way round.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-ATC-100 , Theory of Operation.

• Reference 290-15-200 , ClimaTrak ™ -Checks.

• Reference 290-20-200 , Operation of the ATC (ClimaTrak ™ ).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the ambient temperature sending units (B125 and B126)

Action:

Ignition ON.
Check the sending unit (B125) for ambient temperature at the front:
Access address ATC013 or ATC042, or template ATC901 - Sending unit for ambient
temperature (front) .
Make sure that the information displayed at addresses ATC 013 and ATC 042
complies with the following:
Item Measurement Specification

ATC013 - Sending unit (B125) for ambient temperature (front), shown in °C


Display: Temperature -40.0-65 °C

Fault in circuit or sending unit Err

Sensor not activated at address ATC 026 nA

ATC042 - Sending unit (B125) for ambient temperature (front), signal voltage
Display: Signal voltage 0.0 - 5.0 volts

Fault in circuit or sending unit Err

Sensor not activated at address ATC 026 nA

Check the sending unit (B126) for ambient temperature at the rear:
Access address ATC014 or ATC043, or template ATC902 - Sending unit for ambient
temperature (rear) .
Make sure that the information displayed at addresses ATC 014 and ATC 043
complies with the following:
Item Measurement Specification

ATC014 - Sending unit (B126) for ambient temperature (rear), shown in °C


Display: Temperature -40.0-65 °C

Fault in circuit or sending unit Err

Sensor not activated at address ATC 027 nA

ATC043 - Sending unit (B126) for ambient temperature (rear), signal voltage
Display: Signal voltage 0.0 - 5.0 volts

Fault in circuit or sending unit Err

Sensor not activated at address ATC 027 nA

Result:

YES: GO TO 7 .

NO:• Display for ambient temperature sending unit (front) not OK: GO TO 3 .• Display for
ambient temperature sending unit (rear) not OK: GO TO 5 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 10 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test, sending unit (B125) for ambient temperature (front)

Action:

At the air cleaner, perform a visual inspection of sending unit (B125; ambient temperature at
the front) and of the connector associated with it:

LEGEND:
B125 Sending unit for ambient temperature at the front

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES:If there are no signs of damage: GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition sub-assemblies or contacts as required and do an Operational Check for


Sending Unit (B125; Ambient Temperature at the Front) , see 245-ATC.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit, sending unit (B125) for ambient temperature (front)

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Sending Unit (B125; Ambient Temperature at the Front) , see
245-ATC.

Result:

YES: GO TO 7 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Sending Unit (B125; Ambient
Temperature at the Front) , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 11 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Initial component test, sending unit (B126) for ambient temperature (rear)

Action:

At the rear right of the cab roof, perform a visual inspection of sending unit (B126; ambient
temperature at the rear) and of the connector associated with it:

LEGEND:
B126 Sending unit for ambient temperature at the rear

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES:If there are no signs of damage: GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition sub-assemblies or contacts as required and do an Operational Check for


Sending Unit (B126; Ambient Temperature at the Rear) , see 245-ATC.

( 6 ) Checking the circuit, sending unit (B126) for ambient temperature (rear)

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Sending Unit (B126; Ambient Temperature at the Rear) , see
245-ATC.

Result:

YES: GO TO 7 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Sending Unit (B126; Ambient
Temperature at the Rear) , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 12 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 7 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Check the connections in the circuit for the ambient temperature sending unit, see
summary of wiring layout in:
Circuit/Harness Test for Sending Unit (B125; Ambient Temperature at the Front) ,
see 245-ATC.
Circuit/Harness Test for Sending Unit (B126; Ambient Temperature at the Rear) ,
see 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 13 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ATC 000171.04- Sending Units for Ambient Temperature, Short to Ground


05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 000171.04 is generated when the ClimaTrak ™ controller
measures below 0 volts at the signal input of the front (B125) or rear (B126) sending units for
ambient air temperature. This indicates a short to ground in the circuit.
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
If the front ambient temperature sending unit (B125) fails, ambient temperature is recorded
only via the rear sending unit (B126), and the other way round.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-ATC-100 , Theory of Operation.

• Reference 290-15-200 , ClimaTrak ™ -Checks.

• Reference 290-20-200 , Operation of the ATC (ClimaTrak ™ ).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 14 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the ambient temperature sending units (B125 and B126)

Action:

Ignition ON.
Check the sending unit (B125) for ambient temperature at the front:
Access address ATC013 or ATC042, or template ATC901 - Sending unit for ambient
temperature (front) .
Make sure that the information displayed at addresses ATC 013 and ATC 042
complies with the following:
Item Measurement Specification

ATC013 - Sending unit (B125) for ambient temperature (front), shown in °C


Display: Temperature -40.0-65 °C

Fault in circuit or sending unit Err

Sensor not activated at address ATC 026 nA

ATC042 - Sending unit (B125) for ambient temperature (front), signal voltage
Display: Signal voltage 0.0 - 5.0 volts

Fault in circuit or sending unit Err

Sensor not activated at address ATC 026 nA

Check the sending unit (B126) for ambient temperature at the rear:
Access address ATC014 or ATC043, or template ATC902 - Sending unit for ambient
temperature (rear) .
Make sure that the information displayed at addresses ATC 014 and ATC 043
complies with the following:
Item Measurement Specification

ATC014 - Sending unit (B126) for ambient temperature (rear), shown in °C


Display: Temperature -40.0-65 °C

Fault in circuit or sending unit Err

Sensor not activated at address ATC 027 nA

ATC043 - Sending unit (B126) for ambient temperature (rear), signal voltage
Display: Signal voltage 0.0 - 5.0 volts

Fault in circuit or sending unit Err

Sensor not activated at address ATC 027 nA

Result:

YES: GO TO 7 .

NO:• Display for ambient temperature sending unit (front) not OK: GO TO 3 .• Display for
ambient temperature sending unit (rear) not OK: GO TO 5 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 15 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test, sending unit (B125) for ambient temperature (front)

Action:

At the air cleaner, perform a visual inspection of sending unit (B125; ambient temperature at
the front) and of the connector associated with it:

LEGEND:
B125 Sending unit for ambient temperature at the front

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES:If there are no signs of damage: GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition sub-assemblies or contacts as required and do an Operational Check for


Sending Unit (B125; Ambient Temperature at the Front) , see 245-ATC.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit, sending unit (B125) for ambient temperature (front)

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Sending Unit (B125; Ambient Temperature at the Front) , see
245-ATC.

Result:

YES: GO TO 7 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Sending Unit (B125; Ambient
Temperature at the Front) , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 16 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Initial component test, sending unit (B126) for ambient temperature (rear)

Action:

At the rear right of the cab roof, perform a visual inspection of sending unit (B126; ambient
temperature at the rear) and of the connector associated with it:

LEGEND:
B126 Sending unit for ambient temperature at the rear

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES:If there are no signs of damage: GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition sub-assemblies or contacts as required and do an Operational Check for


Sending Unit (B126; Ambient Temperature at the Rear) , see 245-ATC.

( 6 ) Checking the circuit, sending unit (B126) for ambient temperature (rear)

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Sending Unit (B126; Ambient Temperature at the Rear) , see
245-ATC.

Result:

YES: GO TO 7 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Sending Unit (B126; Ambient
Temperature at the Rear) , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 17 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 7 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Check the connections in the circuit for the ambient temperature sending unit, see
summary of wiring layout in:
Circuit/Harness Test for Sending Unit (B125; Ambient Temperature at the Front) ,
see 245-ATC.
Circuit/Harness Test for Sending Unit (B126; Ambient Temperature at the Rear) ,
see 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test (see 245-ATC).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 18 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ATC 000628.12- Controller, Internal Fault


05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 000628.12 is generated when an electronic malfunction is
registered in the controller.
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: ClimaTrak ™ functions at a reduced level or not at all.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-ATC-100 , Theory of Operation.

• Reference 290-15-200 , ClimaTrak ™ -Checks.

• Reference 290-20-200 , Operation of the ATC (ClimaTrak ™ ).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the ignition
switched ON/OFF: Replace the ClimaTrak ™ controller (ATC).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 19 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ATC 000630.02- Controller, Internal Fault


05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 000630.02 is generated when the ClimaTrak ™ controller
registers an EEPROM fault.
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: ClimaTrak ™ functions at a reduced level or not at all.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-ATC-100 , Theory of Operation.

• Reference 290-15-200 , ClimaTrak ™ -Checks.

• Reference 290-20-200 , Operation of the ATC (ClimaTrak ™ ).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the ignition
switched ON/OFF: Replace the ClimaTrak ™ controller (ATC).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 20 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ATC 000639.14- 29-bit CAN BUS, High Error Rate


05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 000639.14 is generated when the ClimaTrak ™ controller
registers a high rate of errors in the incoming CAN BUS reports. This indicates a problem in
the 29-bit CAN BUS.
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-ATC-100 , Theory of Operation.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

• Reference 290-20-200 , Operation of the ATC (ClimaTrak ™ ).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:The diagnostic trouble code is active and additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved
from other control units that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 21 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check the 29-bit CAN BUS

Action:

Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab) (Section 213, Group 45).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as required.

( 3 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

See Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 22 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ATC 000871.03- Refrigerant Pressure Sending Unit, Shorted Circuit


05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 000871.03 is generated when the ClimaTrak ™ controller
measures over 5 volts at the signal input of the sending unit (B130; refrigerant pressure).
This indicates a short to a supply lead somewhere in the circuit.
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
Compressor clutch M02 is de-activated.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-ATC-100 , Theory of Operation.

• Reference 290-15-200 , ClimaTrak ™ -Checks.

• Reference 290-20-200 , Operation of the ATC (ClimaTrak ™ ).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 23 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the refrigerant pressure sending unit (B130)

Action:

Ignition ON.
Access address ATC017 or ATC044, or template ATC903 - Refrigerant pressure sending
unit .
Make sure that the information displayed at addresses ATC 017 and ATC 044 complies
with the following:
Item Measurement Specification

ATC017 - Refrigerant pressure sending unit (B130)


Display: Pressure 0-31.00 bar

Fault in circuit or sending unit Err

Sensor not activated at address ATC 029 nA

between 1.38 (+/- 0.35) and 27.6 (+/-


Compressor′s operating range: Pressure
1.38) bar

ATC044 - Refrigerant pressure sending unit (B130), signal voltage


Display: Signal voltage 0.0 - 5.0 volts

Fault in circuit or sending unit Err

Sensor not activated at address ATC 029 nA

Start the engine.


Turn the airflow mode switch to its “de-icer/windshield” position.
Turn the fan speed control as far as it will go to the right.
Turn the temperature control as far as it will go to the left (Lo).
Actuate the air-conditioning ON/OFF switch (snowflake), thus switching on the
compressor clutch.
Make sure that the value displayed at address ATC017 gradually rises as refrigerant
pressure increases.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 24 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

At the receiver-drier, perform a visual inspection of refrigerant pressure sending unit (B130)
and of the connector associated with it:

LEGEND:
B130 Refrigerant pressure sending unit

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES:If there are no signs of damage: GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition sub-assemblies, connectors or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Refrigerant Pressure Sending Unit (B130) , see 245-ATC.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Refrigerant Pressure Sending Unit (B130) , see 245-ATC.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Refrigerant Pressure Sending


Unit (B130) , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 25 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections at the refrigerant pressure sending unit, see
summary of wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Refrigerant Pressure Sending Unit
(B130) in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Refrigerant Pressure Sending


Unit (B130) , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 26 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ATC 000871.04- Refrigerant Pressure Sending Unit, Grounded or Open Circuit


05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 000871.04 is generated when the ClimaTrak ™ controller
measures below 0 volts at the signal input of the sending unit (B130; refrigerant pressure).
This indicates that circuit is shorted to ground or is open.
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
Compressor clutch M02 is de-activated.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-ATC-100 , Theory of Operation.

• Reference 290-15-200 , ClimaTrak ™ -Checks.

• Reference 290-20-200 , Operation of the ATC (ClimaTrak ™ ).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 27 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the refrigerant pressure sending unit (B130)

Action:

Ignition ON.
Access address ATC017 or ATC044, or template ATC903 - Refrigerant pressure sending
unit .
Make sure that the information displayed at addresses ATC 017 and ATC 044 complies
with the following:
Item Measurement Specification

ATC017 - Refrigerant pressure sending unit (B130)


Display: Pressure 0-31.00 bar

Fault in circuit or sending unit Err

Sensor not activated at address ATC 029 nA

between 1.38 (+/- 0.35) and 27.6 (+/-


Compressor′s operating range: Pressure
1.38) bar

ATC044 - Refrigerant pressure sending unit (B130), signal voltage


Display: Signal voltage 0.0 - 5.0 volts

Fault in circuit or sending unit Err

Sensor not activated at address ATC 029 nA

Start the engine.


Turn the airflow mode switch to its “de-icer/windshield” position.
Turn the fan speed control as far as it will go to the right.
Turn the temperature control as far as it will go to the left (Lo).
Actuate the air-conditioning ON/OFF switch (snowflake), thus switching on the
compressor clutch.
Make sure that the value displayed at address ATC017 gradually rises as refrigerant
pressure increases.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 28 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

At the receiver-drier, perform a visual inspection of refrigerant pressure sending unit (B130)
and of the connector associated with it:

LEGEND:
B130 Refrigerant pressure sending unit

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES:If there are no signs of damage: GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition sub-assemblies, connectors or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Refrigerant Pressure Sending Unit (B130) , see 245-ATC.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Refrigerant Pressure Sending Unit (B130) , see 245-ATC.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Refrigerant Pressure Sending


Unit (B130) , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 29 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections at the refrigerant pressure sending unit, see
summary of wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Refrigerant Pressure Sending Unit
(B130) in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Refrigerant Pressure Sending


Unit (B130) , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 30 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ATC 000876.03- Air-Conditioning Relay, Shorted or Open Circuit


05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 000876.03 is generated when the ClimaTrak ™ controller
registers a shorted or open circuit at line 277, which leads to relay K09/4.
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
Compressor clutch M02 cannot be switched on.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-ATC-100 , Theory of Operation.

• Reference 290-15-200 , ClimaTrak ™ -Checks.

• Reference 290-20-200 , Operation of the ATC (ClimaTrak ™ ).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 31 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the air-conditioning relay (K09/4)

Action:

Start the engine.


Turn the airflow mode switch to its “de-icer/windshield” position.
Turn the fan speed control as far as it will go to the right.
Turn the temperature control as far as it will go to the left (Lo).
Access addresses ATC004, ATC017 and ATC020, or template ATC904 - Compressor
clutch .
Check whether the preconditions for switching on the compressor clutch are satisfied
(refrigerant pressure at address ATC017 and evaporator core temperature at address
ATC020).
Item Measurement Specification

ATC017 - Sending unit (B130) for refrigerant pressure, shown in bar


Switching on the air-conditioning relay: Pressure more than: 2.07 bar

ATC020 - Sending unit (B129) for evaporator core temperature, shown in °C


Switching on the air-conditioning relay: Evaporator core temperature higher than 3 °C

Actuate the air-conditioning ON/OFF switch (snowflake).


Actuating the air-conditioning ON/OFF switch (snowflake) either energizes relay K09/4
or switches it off. Check the display in address ATC004:
Item Measurement Specification

ATC004 - Air conditioner relay (K09/4), status


Display: Relay energized on

Relay switched off oFF

Fault in relay or circuit Err

Result:

YES:Display in address ATC004 is OK: GO TO 5 .

NO:Display in address ATC004 is not OK: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 32 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of air-conditioning relay (K09/4) and of the contacts associated
with it:

LEGEND:
A Relay box K01
B Relay box K02
C Fuse box F03
D Fuse box F04
E Fuse box F05
F Fuse box F06
G Fuse box F07
H Relay box K08
I Relay box K09
J Relay box K10

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES:If there are no signs of damage: GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition sub-assemblies, connectors or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Air-Conditioning Relay (K09/4) , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 33 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Air-Conditioning Relay (K09/4) , see 245-ATC.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Air-Conditioning Relay (K09/4) ,


see 245-ATC.

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the contacts at air-conditioning relay (K09/4), see summary of
wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Air-Conditioning Relay (K09/4) in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Air-Conditioning Relay (K09/4) ,


see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 34 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ATC 000876.04- Air-Conditioning Relay, Grounded Circuit


05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 000876.04 is generated when the ClimaTrak ™ controller
registers a grounded circuit at line 277, which leads to relay K09/4.
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
Compressor clutch M02 cannot be switched on.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-ATC-100 , Theory of Operation.

• Reference 290-15-200 , ClimaTrak ™ -Checks.

• Reference 290-20-200 , Operation of the ATC (ClimaTrak ™ ).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 35 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the air-conditioning relay (K09/4)

Action:

Start the engine.


Turn the airflow mode switch to its “de-icer/windshield” position.
Turn the fan speed control as far as it will go to the right.
Turn the temperature control as far as it will go to the left (Lo).
Access addresses ATC004, ATC017 and ATC020, or template ATC904 - Compressor
clutch .
Check whether the preconditions for switching on the compressor clutch are satisfied
(refrigerant pressure at address ATC017 and evaporator core temperature at address
ATC020).
Item Measurement Specification

ATC017 - Sending unit (B130) for refrigerant pressure, shown in bar


Switching on the air-conditioning relay: Pressure more than: 2.07 bar

ATC020 - Sending unit (B129) for evaporator core temperature, shown in °C


Switching on the air-conditioning relay: Evaporator core temperature higher than 3 °C

Actuate the air-conditioning ON/OFF switch (snowflake).


Actuating the air-conditioning ON/OFF switch (snowflake) either energizes relay K09/4
or switches it off. Check the display in address ATC004:
Item Measurement Specification

ATC004 - Air conditioner relay (K09/4), status


Display: Relay energized on

Relay switched off oFF

Fault in relay or circuit Err

Result:

YES:Display in address ATC004 is OK: GO TO 5 .

NO:Display in address ATC004 is not OK: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 36 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of air-conditioning relay (K09/4) and of the contacts associated
with it:

LEGEND:
A Relay box K01
B Relay box K02
C Fuse box F03
D Fuse box F04
E Fuse box F05
F Fuse box F06
G Fuse box F07
H Relay box K08
I Relay box K09
J Relay box K10

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES:If there are no signs of damage: GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition sub-assemblies, connectors or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Air-Conditioning Relay (K09/4) , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 37 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Air-Conditioning Relay (K09/4) , see 245-ATC.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Air-Conditioning Relay (K09/4) ,


see 245-ATC.

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the contacts at air-conditioning relay (K09/4), see summary of
wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Air-Conditioning Relay (K09/4) in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Air-Conditioning Relay (K09/4) ,


see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 38 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ATC 000876.10- Compressor Clutch Engages and Disengages Too Often


05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 000876.10 is generated when the air-conditioning compressor
clutch is engaged and disengaged via relay K09/4 more than six times a minute.
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-ATC-100 , Theory of Operation.

• Reference 290-15-200 , ClimaTrak ™ -Checks.

• Reference 290-20-200 , Operation of the ATC (ClimaTrak ™ ).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check compressor clutch engagement / disengagement

Action:

→NOTE:

Reasons why the compressor clutch engages/disengages via relay K09/4


too frequently:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 39 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Loose contact or defect in circuit of air-conditioning relay (K09/4):


Loose contact or defect in circuit of evaporator core temperature sending unit (B129).
Loose contact or defect in circuit of refrigerant pressure sending unit (B130).

Test:

Start the engine.


Access addresses ATC004, ATC017 and ATC045, or template ATC904 - Compressor
clutch .
Turn the airflow mode switch to its “de-icer/windshield” position.
Turn the fan speed control as far as it will go to the right.
Turn the temperature control as far as it will go to the left (Lo).
Actuate the air-conditioning ON/OFF switch (snowflake), thus switching on the
compressor clutch.
Check whether a change in the sending unit values (refrigerant pressure and
evaporator core temperature) is causing the compressor clutch to engage and
disengage too frequently.
Item Measurement Specification

ATC004 - Air conditioner relay (K09/4), status


Display: Relay energized on

Relay switched off oFF

Fault in relay or circuit Err

ATC017 - Sending unit (B130) for refrigerant pressure, shown in bar


Switching off the air-conditioning relay: Pressure less than: 1.38 bar

Pressure more than: 27.6 bar

Switching on the air-conditioning relay: Pressure less than: 18.0 bar

Pressure more than: 2.07 bar

ATC020 - Sending unit (B129) for evaporator core temperature, shown in °C


Switching on the air-conditioning relay: Evaporator core temperature higher than 3 °C

Result:

YES:Reasons why the compressor clutch engages/disengages too frequently could not be
found: GO TO 9 .

NO:Reasons why the compressor clutch engages/disengages too frequently could be found:
• Refrigerant pressure sending unit (B130) not OK: GO TO 3 .
• Evaporator core temperature sending unit (B129) not OK: GO TO 5 .
• Air-conditioning relay (K09/4): GO TO 7 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 40 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test, refrigerant pressure sending unit (B130)

Action:

At the receiver-drier, perform a visual inspection of refrigerant pressure sending unit (B130)
and of the connector associated with it:

LEGEND:
B130 Refrigerant pressure sending unit

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES:If there are no signs of damage: GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition sub-assemblies, connectors or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Refrigerant Pressure Sending Unit (B130) , see 245-ATC.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit, refrigerant pressure sending unit (B130)

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Refrigerant Pressure Sending Unit (B130) , see 245-ATC.

Result:

YES: GO TO 9 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Refrigerant Pressure Sending


Unit (B130) , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 41 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Initial component test, evaporator core temperature sending unit (B129)

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of evaporator core temperature sending unit (B129) and of the
connector associated with it:

LEGEND:
B129 Sending unit for evaporator core temperature

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES:If there are no signs of damage: GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition sub-assemblies, connectors or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Evaporator Core Temperature Sending Unit (B129) , see 245-ATC.

( 6 ) Checking the circuit, evaporator core temperature sending unit (B129)

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Evaporator Core Temperature Sending Unit (B129) , see 245-
ATC.

Result:

YES: GO TO 9 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Evaporator Core Temperature


Sending Unit (B129) , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 42 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 7 ) Initial component test, air-conditioning relay (K09/4)

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of air-conditioning relay (K09/4) and of the contacts associated
with it:

LEGEND:
A Relay box K01
B Relay box K02
C Fuse box F03
D Fuse box F04
E Fuse box F05
F Fuse box F06
G Fuse box F07
H Relay box K08
I Relay box K09
J Relay box K10

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES:If there are no signs of damage: GO TO 8 .

NO:Recondition sub-assemblies, connectors or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Air-Conditioning Relay (K09/4) , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 43 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 8 ) Checking the circuit, air-conditioning relay (K09/4)

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Air-Conditioning Relay (K09/4) , see 245-ATC.

Result:

YES: GO TO 9 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Air-Conditioning Relay (K09/4) ,


see 245-ATC.

( 9 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Check the connections in the circuit, see summary of wiring layout in:
Circuit/Harness Test for Refrigerant Pressure Sending Unit (B130) , see 245-ATC.
Circuit/Harness Test for Evaporator Core Temperature Sending Unit (B129) , see
245-ATC.
Circuit/Harness Test for Air-Conditioning Relay (K09/4) , see 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 44 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ATC 000876.14- Compressor Switches Off Due to Engine Overheating


05
The air-conditioning compressor clutch was switched off by the ClimaTrak ™ controller due to
an active diagnostic trouble code that indicates engine overheating. Diagnostic trouble codes
indicating engine overheating take priority.
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
Compressor is switched off. The compressor is switched on again as soon as the coolant
temperature recorded while the diagnostic trouble code is active drops by 5 °C (41 °F).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: Diagnostic trouble codes indicating engine overheating
from other control units take priority.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 45 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ATC 000919.03- Solar Sensor Activated


05
The solar sensor is activated at input address ATC 23 and/or ATC 24. The ClimaTrak ™
controller detects an open circuit, as no solar sensor is installed.
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: No restriction on functionality.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted: GO TO
2.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 46 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the input addresses for solar sensors

Action:

Access address ATC024 :


Item Measurement Specification

ATC 24 –– Front solar sensor, activate/deactivate


Solar sensor activated: Status 001

Solar sensor de-activated: Status 000

Access address ATC025 :


Item Measurement Specification

ATC 25 –– Rear solar sensor, activate/deactivate


Solar sensor activated: Status 001

Solar sensor de-activated: Status 000

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Modify setting, and confirm.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 47 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ATC 000923.03- Driver Unit for the Fan Motors, Shorted Circuit
05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 000923.03 is generated when the ClimaTrak ™ controller
registers an excessively high voltage at line 956, which leads to the fan motor driver unit
(A59). This indicates a short to a supply lead somewhere in the circuit.
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-ATC-100 , Theory of Operation.

• Reference 290-15-200 , ClimaTrak ™ -Checks.

• Reference 290-20-200 , Operation of the ATC (ClimaTrak ™ ).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 48 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.2

Check the power supply to the fan motor driver unit:

Bridging plug K10/1.


Fuse F05/13.
Fuse F05/1.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Fan Motors , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 49 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the fan control

Action:

Ignition ON.
Turn the fan speed control as far as it will go to the left (OFF).
Turn the temperature control as far as it will go to the left (Lo).
Access address ATC005 .
Slowly turn the fan speed control through its entire range till it stops at the other
extreme.
Make sure that the information displayed at address ATC005 complies with the
following:
Item Measurement Specification

ATC005 - Fan speed, shown in percent


Display: Fan OFF 000

Fan control turned as far to the right as it will go 038 - 100

Fault in circuit or driver unit Err

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 50 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

In the heater/evaporator housing, perform a visual inspection of the driver unit for fan motors
(A59) and of the contacts associated with it:

LEGEND:
A59 Driver unit for fan motors

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES:If there are no signs of damage: GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition sub-assemblies, connectors or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Fan Motors , see 245-ATC.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Fan Motor Driver Unit (A59) , see 245-ATC.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Fan Motors , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 51 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections at the fan motor driver unit, see summary of
wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Fan Motor Driver Unit (A59) in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Fan Motors , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 52 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ATC 000923.04- Fan Motor Driver Unit, Grounded or Open Circuit


05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 000923.04 is generated when the ClimaTrak ™ controller
registers an excessively low voltage at line 956, which leads to the fan motor driver unit
(A59). This indicates that circuit is shorted to ground or is open.
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-ATC-100 , Theory of Operation.

• Reference 290-15-200 , ClimaTrak ™ -Checks.

• Reference 290-20-200 , Operation of the ATC (ClimaTrak ™ ).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 53 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.2

Check the power supply to the fan motor driver unit:

Bridging plug K10/1.


Fuse F05/13.
Fuse F05/1.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Fan Motors , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 54 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the fan control

Action:

Ignition ON.
Turn the fan speed control as far as it will go to the left (OFF).
Turn the temperature control as far as it will go to the left (Lo).
Access address ATC005 .
Slowly turn the fan speed control through its entire range till it stops at the other
extreme.
Make sure that the information displayed at address ATC005 complies with the
following:
Item Measurement Specification

ATC005 - Fan speed, shown in percent


Display: Fan OFF 000

Fan control turned as far to the right as it will go 038 - 100

Fault in circuit or driver unit Err

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 55 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

In the heater/evaporator housing, perform a visual inspection of the driver unit for fan motors
(A59) and of the contacts associated with it:

LEGEND:
A59 Driver unit for fan motors

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES:If there are no signs of damage: GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition sub-assemblies, connectors or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Fan Motors , see 245-ATC.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Fan Motor Driver Unit (A59) , see 245-ATC.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Fan Motors , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 56 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections at the fan motor driver unit, see summary of
wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Fan Motor Driver Unit (A59) in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Fan Motors , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 57 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ATC 000923.12- Fan Motors, Malfunction


05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 000923.12 is generated when a malfunction is detected in the
fan motor circuit.
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-ATC-100 , Theory of Operation.

• Reference 290-15-200 , ClimaTrak ™ -Checks.

• Reference 290-20-200 , Operation of the ATC (ClimaTrak ™ ).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 58 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.2

Check the power supply to the fan motor driver unit:

Bridging plug K10/1.


Fuse F05/13.
Fuse F05/1.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Fan Motors , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 59 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the fan control

Action:

Ignition ON.
Turn the fan speed control as far as it will go to the left (OFF).
Turn the temperature control as far as it will go to the left (Lo).
Access address ATC005 .
Slowly turn the fan speed control through its entire range till it stops at the other
extreme.
Make sure that the information displayed at address ATC005 complies with the
following:
Item Measurement Specification

ATC005 - Fan speed, shown in percent


Display: Fan OFF 000

Fan control turned as far to the right as it will go 038 - 100

Fault at motor connecting lines or at motor Err

→NOTE:

There is a delay (up to 30 seconds) in displaying faults at motor connecting


lines.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 60 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of fan motors (M07 and M10), of the driver unit for fan motors
(A59) and of the contacts associated with them:

LEGEND:
M07 Fan motor
M10 Fan motor
A59 Driver unit for fan motors

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES:If there are no signs of damage: GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition sub-assemblies, connectors or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Fan Motors , see 245-ATC.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Fan Motors (M07 and M10) , see 245-ATC.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Fan Motors , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 61 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections at the fan motors, see summary of wiring
layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Fan Motors (M07 and M10) in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Fan Motors , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 62 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ATC 001079.03- 5-volt Power Supply, Shorted or Open Circuit


05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 001079.03 is generated when the voltage measured at the
positive line of the power supply to the 5-volt components (defog sensor B143, refrigerant
pressure sending unit B130, water valve B131 and motor for adjusting the air distribution
flaps B132) is over 5 volts. This indicates that the circuit is shorted to a supply lead or there
is an internal interruption at the controller.
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-ATC-100 , Theory of Operation.

• Reference 290-15-200 , ClimaTrak ™ -Checks.

• Reference 290-20-200 , Operation of the ATC (ClimaTrak ™ ).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 63 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Operational test for 5-volt components

Action:

Ignition ON.
Access addresses ATC007, ATC011, ATC018 and ATC044, or template ATC907 - 5-volt
components .
Make sure that the information displayed at addresses ATC007, ATC011, ATC018 and
ATC044 complies with the following:
Item Measurement Specification

ATC007 - Potentiometer (B132) for position of air distribution flaps, status


Adjust the positions via the airflow mode
Fault in circuit, at potentiometer or at motor 000
selection switch:

"De-ice (windshield)" position 001

"De-ice (windshield)/dashboard/footwell" position 002

"Footwell" position 003

"Dashboard" position 004

Position between "De-ice (windshield)" and "Dashboard" 005

Position between "De-ice (windshield)" and "Footwell" 006

Calibration 009

AUTOMATIC button: AUTOMATIC activated 008

ATC011 - Potentiometer (B131) for water valve position, status


Temperature control set as far as it will
Valve closed 100
go to the left (Lo):

Temperature control set as far as it will


Valve opened 000
go to the right (Hi):

Display if malfunction occurs: Fault in circuit, potentiometer or motor Err

ATC018 - Defog sensor for windshield, frequency in Hz


Display: Hz 32.3 - 37

Fault in circuit or sending unit Err

Sensor not activated at address ATC 028 nA

ATC044 - Refrigerant pressure sending unit (B130), signal voltage


Display: Signal voltage 0.0 - 5.0 volts

Fault in circuit or sending unit Err

Sensor not activated at address ATC 029 nA

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 64 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for 5-volt Power Supply , see 245-ATC.

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for 5-volt Components , see 245-
ATC.

( 4 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections for the 5-volt power supply circuit, see
summary of wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for 5-volt Power Supply in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for 5-volt Components , see 245-
ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 65 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ATC 001079.04- 5-volt Power Supply, Grounded Circuit


05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 001079.04 is generated when the voltage measured at the
positive line of the power supply to the 5-volt components (defog sensor B143, refrigerant
pressure sending unit B130, fan motor driver unit A59, water valve B131 and motor for
adjusting the air distribution flaps B132) is below 0.5 volts. This indicates a short to ground in
the circuit.
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-ATC-100 , Theory of Operation.

• Reference 290-15-200 , ClimaTrak ™ -Checks.

• Reference 290-20-200 , Operation of the ATC (ClimaTrak ™ ).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 66 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Functional test for 5-volt components

Action:

Ignition ON.
Access addresses ATC007, ATC011, ATC018 and ATC044, or template ATC907 - 5-volt
components .
Make sure that the information displayed at addresses ATC007, ATC011, ATC018 and
ATC044 complies with the following:
Item Measurement Specification

ATC007 - Potentiometer (B132) for position of air distribution flaps, status


Adjust the positions via the airflow mode
Fault in circuit, at potentiometer or at motor 000
selection switch:

"De-ice (windshield)" position 001

"De-ice (windshield)/dashboard/footwell" position 002

"Footwell" position 003

"Dashboard" position 004

Position between "De-ice (windshield)" and "Dashboard" 005

Position between "De-ice (windshield)" and "Footwell" 006

Calibration 009

AUTOMATIC button: AUTOMATIC activated 008

ATC011 - Potentiometer (B131) for water valve position, status


Temperature control set as far as it will
Valve closed 100
go to the left (Lo):

Temperature control set as far as it will


Valve opened 000
go to the right (Hi):

Display if malfunction occurs: Fault in circuit, potentiometer or motor Err

ATC018 - Defog sensor for windshield, frequency in Hz


Display: HZ 32.3 - 37

Fault in circuit or sending unit Err

Sensor not activated at address ATC 028 nA

ATC044 - Refrigerant pressure sending unit (B130), signal voltage


Display: Signal voltage 0.0 - 5.0 volts

Fault in circuit or sending unit Err

Sensor not activated at address ATC 029 nA

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 67 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for 5-volt Power Supply , see 245-ATC.

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for 5-volt Components , see 245-
ATC.

( 4 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections for the 5-volt power supply circuit, see
summary of wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for 5-volt Power Supply in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for 5-volt Components , see 245-
ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 68 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ATC 001546.03- Potentiometer for Position of Water Valve, Shorted or Open Circuit
05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 001546.03 is generated when the ClimaTrak ™ controller
measures over 5 volts at the signal input of the potentiometer for positioning the water valve
(line 918). This indicates that circuit is shorted to a supply lead or is open.
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
The water valve can only be controlled to a limited extent.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-ATC-100 , Theory of Operation.

• Reference 290-15-200 , ClimaTrak ™ -Checks.

• Reference 290-20-200 , Operation of the ATC (ClimaTrak ™ ).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 69 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the potentiometer (B131) for water valve position

Action:

Start the engine.


Turn the fan speed control as far as it will go to the right.
Turn the temperature control as far as it will go to the left (Lo).
Access address ATC011 and make sure that the display complies with the following:
Item Measurement Specification

ATC011 - Potentiometer (B131) for water valve position, status


Temperature control set as far as it will go to the left
Valve closed 100
(Lo):

Temperature control set as far as it will go to the right


Valve opened 000
(Hi):

Display if malfunction occurs: Fault in circuit, potentiometer or motor Err

Turn the temperature control slowly to the right; the value on the display should
drop to 0 when the knob is as far as it will go to the right (Hi).
Turn the temperature control slowly to the left; the value on the display should
return to 100 when the knob is as far as it will go to the left (Lo).

→NOTE:

The value on the display may linger at a certain value (e.g. 100 or 0) when
the temperature control is turned. The position of the water valve is
determined by the ClimaTrak ™ controller via the position of the
temperature control in relation to the registered difference in temperature.
This ensures that the temperature changes at an even rate.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 70 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of the water valve (B131) and of the contacts associated with it:

LEGEND:
B131 Water valve

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES:If there are no signs of damage: GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition sub-assemblies, connectors or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Water Valve (B131) , see 245-ATC.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Water Valve (B131) , see 245-ATC.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Water Valve (B131) , see 245-
ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 71 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections at the water valve, see summary of wiring
layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Water Valve (B131) in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Water Valve (B131) , see 245-
ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 72 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ATC 001546.04- Potentiometer for Water Valve Position, Grounded Circuit


05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 001546.04 is generated when the ClimaTrak ™ controller
measures below 0 volt at the signal input of the potentiometer for positioning the water valve
(line 918). This indicates a short to ground in the circuit.
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
The water valve can only be controlled to a limited extent.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-ATC-100 , Theory of Operation.

• Reference 290-15-200 , ClimaTrak ™ -Checks.

• Reference 290-20-200 , Operation of the ATC (ClimaTrak ™ ).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 73 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the potentiometer (B131) for water valve position

Action:

Start the engine.


Turn the fan speed control as far as it will go to the right.
Turn the temperature control as far as it will go to the left (Lo).
Access address ATC011 and make sure that the display complies with the following:
Item Measurement Specification

ATC011 - Potentiometer (B131) for water valve position, status


Temperature control set as far as it will go to the left
Valve closed 100
(Lo):

Temperature control set as far as it will go to the right


Valve opened 000
(Hi):

Display if malfunction occurs: Fault in circuit, potentiometer or motor Err

Turn the temperature control slowly to the right; the value on the display should
drop to 0 when the knob is as far as it will go to the right (Hi).
Turn the temperature control slowly to the left; the value on the display should
return to 100 when the knob is as far as it will go to the left (Lo).

→NOTE:

The value on the display may linger at a certain value (e.g. 100 or 0) when
the temperature control is turned. The position of the water valve is
determined by the ClimaTrak ™ controller via the position of the
temperature control in relation to the registered difference in temperature.
This ensures that the temperature changes at an even rate.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 74 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of the water valve (B131) and of the contacts associated with it:

LEGEND:
B131 Water valve

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES:If there are no signs of damage: GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition sub-assemblies, connectors or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Water Valve (B131) , see 245-ATC.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Water Valve (B131) , see 245-ATC.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Water Valve (B131) , see 245-
ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 75 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections at the water valve, see summary of wiring
layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Water Valve (B131) in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Water Valve (B131) , see 245-
ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 76 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ATC 001547.03- Sending Units for Evaporator Core Temperature, Shorted or Open
Circuit
05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 001547.03 is generated when the ClimaTrak ™ controller
measures over 5 volts at the signal input of the sending unit (B129; for evaporator core
temperature). This indicates that circuit is shorted to a supply lead or is open.
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-ATC-100 , Theory of Operation.

• Reference 290-15-200 , ClimaTrak ™ -Checks.

• Reference 290-20-200 , Operation of the ATC (ClimaTrak ™ ).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 77 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the sending unit (B129) for evaporator core temperature

Action:

Ignition ON.
Turn the fan speed control as far as it will go to the right.
Turn the temperature control as far as it will go to the right (Hi).
Access address ATC020 or ATC045, or template ATC905 - Sending unit for evaporator
core temperature .
Make sure that the information displayed at addresses ATC 020 and ATC 045 complies
with the following:
Item Measurement Specification

ATC020 - Sending unit (B129) for evaporator core temperature, shown in °C


Display: Temperature -10.0-80.00 °C

Fault in circuit or sending unit Err

ATC045 - Sending unit (B129) for evaporator core temperature, signal voltage
Display: Signal voltage 0.0 - 5.0 volts

Fault in circuit or sending unit Err

Start the engine and run it at 1500 rpm.


Once again access address ATC020, or template ATC905 - Sending unit for evaporator
core temperature .
Check whether the temperature shown in address ATC020 is slowly rising as cab
temperature rises.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 78 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of evaporator core temperature sending unit (B129) and of the
connector associated with it:

LEGEND:
B129 Sending unit for evaporator core temperature

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES:If there are no signs of damage: GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition sub-assemblies, connectors or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Evaporator Core Temperature Sending Unit (B129) , see 245-ATC.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Evaporator Core Temperature Sending Unit (B129) , see 245-
ATC.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Evaporator Core Temperature


Sending Unit (B129) , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 79 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections in the sending unit circuit for evaporator core
temperature, see summary of wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Sending Unit
(B129; Evaporator Core Temperature) in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition the circuit, sub-assemblies or terminals as required and do an Operational


Check for Evaporator Core Temperature Sending Unit (B129) , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 80 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ATC 001547.04- Sending Unit for Evaporator Core Temperature, Short to Ground
05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 001547.04 is generated when the ClimaTrak ™ controller
measures below 0 volts at the signal input of the sending unit (B129; for evaporator core
temperature). This indicates a short to ground in the circuit.
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-ATC-100 , Theory of Operation.

• Reference 290-15-200 , ClimaTrak ™ -Checks.

• Reference 290-20-200 , Operation of the ATC (ClimaTrak ™ ).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 81 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the sending unit (B129) for evaporator core temperature

Action:

Ignition ON.
Turn the fan speed control as far as it will go to the right.
Turn the temperature control as far as it will go to the right (Hi).
Access address ATC020 or ATC045, or template ATC905 - Sending unit for evaporator
core temperature .
Make sure that the information displayed at addresses ATC 020 and ATC 045 complies
with the following:
Item Measurement Specification

ATC020 - Sending unit (B129) for evaporator core temperature, shown in °C


Display: Temperature -10.0-80.00 °C

Fault in circuit or sending unit Err

ATC045 - Sending unit (B129) for evaporator core temperature, signal voltage
Display: Signal voltage 0.0 - 5.0 volts

Fault in circuit or sending unit Err

Start the engine and run it at 1500 rpm.


Once again access address ATC020, or template ATC905 - Sending unit for evaporator
core temperature .
Check whether the temperature shown in address ATC020 is slowly rising as cab
temperature rises.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 82 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of evaporator core temperature sending unit (B129) and of the
connector associated with it:

LEGEND:
B129 Sending unit for evaporator core temperature

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES:If there are no signs of damage: GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition sub-assemblies, connectors or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Evaporator Core Temperature Sending Unit (B129) , see 245-ATC.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Evaporator Core Temperature Sending Unit (B129) , see 245-
ATC.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Evaporator Core Temperature


Sending Unit (B129) , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 83 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections in the sending unit circuit for evaporator core
temperature, see summary of wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Sending Unit
(B129; Evaporator Core Temperature) in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition the circuit, sub-assemblies or terminals as required and do an Operational


Check for Evaporator Core Temperature Sending Unit (B129) , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 84 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ATC 001548.03- Sending Unit for Actual Outlet Air Temperature, Shorted or Open
Circuit
05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 001548.03 is generated when the ClimaTrak ™ controller
measures over 5 volts at the signal input of the sending unit (B128; for actual outlet air
temperature). This indicates that circuit is shorted to a supply lead or is open.
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
The water valve is adjusted according to the difference between actual temperature and
desired temperature.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-ATC-100 , Theory of Operation.

• Reference 290-15-200 , ClimaTrak ™ -Checks.

• Reference 290-20-200 , Operation of the ATC (ClimaTrak ™ ).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 85 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the sending unit (B128) for outlet air temperature

Action:

Ignition ON.
Turn the temperature control as far as it will go to the right (Hi).
Turn the fan speed control as far as it will go to the right.
Access address ATC010 or ATC041, or template ATC906 - Sending unit for actual outlet
air temperature .
Make sure that the information displayed at addresses ATC 010 and ATC 041 complies
with the following:
Item Measurement Specification

ATC010 - Sending unit (B128) for actual outlet air temperature, shown in °C
Display: Temperature -10.0-99.90 °C

Fault in circuit or sending unit Err

ATC041 - Sending unit (B128) for outlet air temperature, signal voltage
Display: Signal voltage 0.0 - 5.0 volts

Fault in circuit or sending unit Err

Start the engine and run it at 1500 rpm.


Once again access address ATC010, or template ATC906 - Sending unit for actual outlet
air temperature .
Check whether the value shown in address ATC010 is rising as outlet air temperature
increases in the air duct.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 86 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of sending unit (B128; for actual outlet air temperature) and of
the connector associated with it:

LEGEND:
B128 Sending unit for actual outlet air temperature

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES:If there are no signs of damage: GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition sub-assemblies, connectors or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Sending Unit (B128; for Actual Outlet Air Temperature) , see 245-ATC.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Sending Unit (B128; for Actual Outlet Air Temperature) , see
245-ATC.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Sending Unit (B128; for Actual
Outlet Air Temperature) , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 87 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections in the sending unit circuit for actual outlet air
temperature, see summary of wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Sending Unit
(B128; Actual Outlet Air Temperature) in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition the circuit, sub-assemblies or terminals as required and do an Operational


Check for Sending Unit (B128; for Actual Outlet Air Temperature) , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 88 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ATC 001548.04- Sending Unit for Actual Outlet Air Temperature, Grounded Circuit
05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 001548.04 is generated when the ClimaTrak ™ controller
measures below 0 volts at the signal input of the sending unit (B128; for actual outlet air
temperature). This indicates a short to ground in the circuit.
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
The water valve is adjusted according to the difference between actual temperature and
desired temperature.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-ATC-100 , Theory of Operation.

• Reference 290-15-200 , ClimaTrak ™ -Checks.

• Reference 290-20-200 , Operation of the ATC (ClimaTrak ™ ).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 89 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the sending unit (B128) for outlet air temperature

Action:

Ignition ON.
Turn the temperature control as far as it will go to the right (Hi).
Turn the fan speed control as far as it will go to the right.
Access address ATC010 or ATC041, or template ATC906 - Sending unit for actual outlet
air temperature .
Make sure that the information displayed at addresses ATC 010 and ATC 041 complies
with the following:
Item Measurement Specification

ATC010 - Sending unit (B128) for actual outlet air temperature, shown in °C
Display: Temperature -10.0-99.90 °C

Fault in circuit or sending unit Err

ATC041 - Sending unit (B128) for outlet air temperature, signal voltage
Display: Signal voltage 0.0 - 5.0 volts

Fault in circuit or sending unit Err

Start the engine and run it at 1500 rpm.


Once again access address ATC010, or template ATC906 - Sending unit for actual outlet
air temperature .
Check whether the value shown in address ATC010 is rising as outlet air temperature
increases in the air duct.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 90 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of sending unit (B128; for actual outlet air temperature) and of
the connector associated with it:

LEGEND:
B128 Sending unit for actual outlet air temperature

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES:If there are no signs of damage: GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition sub-assemblies, connectors or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Sending Unit (B128; for Actual Outlet Air Temperature) , see 245-ATC.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Sending Unit (B128; for Actual Outlet Air Temperature) , see
245-ATC.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Sending Unit (B128; for Actual
Outlet Air Temperature) , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 91 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections in the sending unit circuit for actual outlet air
temperature, see summary of wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Sending Unit
(B128; Actual Outlet Air Temperature) in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition the circuit, sub-assemblies or terminals as required and do an Operational


Check for Sending Unit (B128; for Actual Outlet Air Temperature) , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 92 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ATC 001549.03- Water Valve Motor, Shorted Circuit


05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 001549.03 is generated when the ClimaTrak ™ controller
measures an excessively high voltage at connecting lines 937 and/or 946 of the water valve
motor (B131). This indicates that the circuit is shorted.
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-ATC-100 , Theory of Operation.

• Reference 290-15-200 , ClimaTrak ™ -Checks.

• Reference 290-20-200 , Operation of the ATC (ClimaTrak ™ ).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 93 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the water valve motor

Action:

Start the engine.


Turn the fan speed control as far as it will go to the right.
Turn the temperature control as far as it will go to the left (Lo).
Access address ATC011 and make sure that the display complies with the following:
Item Measurement Specification

ATC011 - Potentiometer (B131) for water valve position, status


Temperature control set as far as it will go to the
Valve closed 100
left (Lo):

Temperature control set as far as it will go to the


Valve opened 000
right (Hi):

Fault at motor connecting lines, at motor or


Display if malfunction occurs: Err
at potentiometer

Turn the temperature control slowly to the right; the value on the display should
drop to 0 when the knob is as far as it will go to the right (Hi).
Turn the temperature control slowly to the left; the value on the display should
return to 100 when the knob is as far as it will go to the left (Lo).

→NOTE:

The value on the display may linger at a certain value (e.g. 100 or 0) when
the temperature control is turned. The position of the water valve is
determined by the ClimaTrak ™ controller via the position of the
temperature control in relation to the registered difference in temperature.
This ensures that the temperature changes at an even rate.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 94 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of the water valve (B131) and of the contacts associated with it:

LEGEND:
B131 Water valve

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES:If there are no signs of damage: GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition sub-assemblies, connectors or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Water Valve (B131) , see 245-ATC.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Water Valve (B131) , see 245-ATC.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Water Valve (B131) , see 245-
ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 95 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections in the water valve circuit, see summary of
wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Water Valve (B131) in 245-ATC.

For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:


Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Water Valve (B131) , see 245-
ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 96 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ATC 001549.04- Water Valve Motor, Grounded Circuit


05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 001549.04 is generated when the ClimaTrak ™ controller
measures an excessively low voltage at connecting lines 937 and/or 946 of the water valve
motor (B131). This indicates that the circuit is shorted.
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-ATC-100 , Theory of Operation.

• Reference 290-15-200 , ClimaTrak ™ -Checks.

• Reference 290-20-200 , Operation of the ATC (ClimaTrak ™ ).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 97 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the water valve motor

Action:

Start the engine.


Turn the fan speed control as far as it will go to the right.
Turn the temperature control as far as it will go to the left (Lo).
Access address ATC011 and make sure that the display complies with the following:
Item Measurement Specification

ATC011 - Potentiometer (B131) for water valve position, status


Temperature control set as far as it will go to the
Valve closed 100
left (Lo):

Temperature control set as far as it will go to the


Valve opened 000
right (Hi):

Fault at motor connecting lines, at motor or


Display if malfunction occurs: Err
at potentiometer

Turn the temperature control slowly to the right; the value on the display should
drop to 0 when the knob is as far as it will go to the right (Hi).
Turn the temperature control slowly to the left; the value on the display should
return to 100 when the knob is as far as it will go to the left (Lo).

→NOTE:

The value on the display may linger at a certain value (e.g. 100 or 0) when
the temperature control is turned. The position of the water valve is
determined by the ClimaTrak ™ controller via the position of the
temperature control in relation to the registered difference in temperature.
This ensures that the temperature changes at an even rate.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 98 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of the water valve (B131) and of the contacts associated with it:

LEGEND:
B131 Water valve

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES:If there are no signs of damage: GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition sub-assemblies, connectors or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Water Valve (B131) , see 245-ATC.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Water Valve (B131) , see 245-ATC.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Water Valve (B131) , see 245-
ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 99 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections in the water valve circuit, see summary of
wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Water Valve (B131) in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Water Valve (B131) , see 245-
ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 100 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ATC 001549.07- Water Valve, Malfunction


05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 001549.07 is generated when the ClimaTrak ™ controller
receives a valid actual (position) signal from the water valve′s position potentiometer, but the
water valve cannot be moved to its desired position via the motor′s connecting lines. This
indicates a mechanical fault at the water valve or an open line at the motor′s connecting
lines.
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-ATC-100 , Theory of Operation.

• Reference 290-15-200 , ClimaTrak ™ -Checks.

• Reference 290-20-200 , Operation of the ATC (ClimaTrak ™ ).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 101 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check the position of the water valve.

Action:

Start the engine.


Turn the fan speed control as far as it will go to the right.
Turn the temperature control as far as it will go to the left (Lo).
Access address ATC011 and make sure that the display complies with the following:
Item Measurement Specification

ATC011 - Potentiometer (B131) for water valve position, status


Temperature control set as far as it will go to the left
Valve closed 100
(Lo):

Temperature control set as far as it will go to the right


Valve opened 000
(Hi):

Display if malfunction occurs: Fault in circuit, potentiometer or motor Err

Turn the temperature control slowly to the right; the value on the display should
drop to 0 when the knob is as far as it will go to the right (Hi).
Turn the temperature control slowly to the left; the value on the display should
return to 100 when the knob is as far as it will go to the left (Lo).

→NOTE:

The value on the display may linger at a certain value (e.g. 100 or 0) when
the temperature control is turned. The position of the water valve is
determined by the ClimaTrak ™ controller via the position of the
temperature control in relation to the registered difference in temperature.
This ensures that the temperature changes at an even rate.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 102 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of the water valve (B131) and of the contacts associated with it:

LEGEND:
B131 Water valve

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES:If there are no signs of damage: GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition sub-assemblies, connectors or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Water Valve (B131) , see 245-ATC.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Water Valve (B131) , see 245-ATC.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Water Valve (B131) , see 245-
ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 103 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections in the water valve circuit, see summary of
wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Water Valve (B131) in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES: GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Water Valve (B131) , see 245-
ATC.

( 6 ) Checking for a mechanical defect at the water valve

Action:

Before checking the water valve for a mechanical defect, see also “Replace Water Valve”
(Repair manual, 90-10).

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Water Valve (B131) , see 245-
ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 104 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ATC 001549.13- Water Valve Not Calibrated


05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 001549.13 is generated when the water valve is found to have
an invalid calibration, or is not yet calibrated.
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-ATC-100 , Theory of Operation.

• Reference 290-15-200 , ClimaTrak ™ -Checks.

• Reference 290-20-200 , Operation of the ATC (ClimaTrak ™ ).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 105 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Calibrating the ClimaTrak ™ controller (ATC)

Action:

1. Before calibrating the ATC controller, see "Calibration via the ATC Controller (Water
Valve and Mode Control)" in 245-ATC.
2. Delete the diagnostic trouble code and do an Operational Check for Water Valve (B131)
, see 245-ATC.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Automatic calibration not possible or diagnostic trouble code ATC 001549.13 is


regenerated after the operational check: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Calibrate the water valve manually

Action:

1. Before calibrating the water valve manually, see Address ATC022 –– Water valve,
calibrate .
2. Delete the diagnostic trouble code and do an Operational Check for Water Valve (B131)
, see 245-ATC.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:If no ATC diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a problem at the water valve:
Check for mechanical defects at the water valve.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 106 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ATC 001552.03- Temperature Control, Shorted or Open Circuit


05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 001552.03 is generated when the ClimaTrak ™ controller
measures over 5 volts at the signal input of the temperature control. This indicates that the
internal circuit of the controller is shorted to a supply lead or is open.
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
The ClimaTrak ™ controller operates in its basic mode. Temperature is set to 22 °C (72 °F).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-ATC-100 , Theory of Operation.

• Reference 290-15-200 , ClimaTrak ™ -Checks.

• Reference 290-20-200 , Operation of the ATC (ClimaTrak ™ ).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 107 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check the temperature control potentiometer

Action:

Ignition ON.
Turn the temperature control slowly to the left; the value on the display should slowly
go down when the knob is as far as it will go to the left (Lo).
Turn the temperature control slowly to right. The value on the display should increase
slowly until the temperature control knob is turned as far as it will go to the right (Hi).
Access address ATC006 .
Item Measurement Specification

ATC006 - Desired value for inside air temperature, shown in °C


Temperature control set as far as it will go to the left (Lo): Status LO

Temperature control set as far as it will go to the right (Hi): Status HI

Possible temperature range settings: Temperature in °C 13.0 - 30.0

Display if there is a malfunction at the temperature control potentiometer: Status Err

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Before replacing and calibrating the ATC controller, see "Calibration via the ATC
Controller (Water Valve and Mode Control)" in 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 108 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ATC 001552.04- Temperature Control, Grounded Circuit


05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 001552.04 is generated when the ClimaTrak ™ controller
measures below 0 volts at the signal input of the temperature control. This indicates a short
to ground in the internal circuit of the controller.
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
The ClimaTrak ™ controller operates in its basic mode. Temperature is set to 22 °C (72 °F).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-ATC-100 , Theory of Operation.

• Reference 290-15-200 , ClimaTrak ™ -Checks.

• Reference 290-20-200 , Operation of the ATC (ClimaTrak ™ ).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 109 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check the temperature control potentiometer

Action:

Ignition ON.
Turn the temperature control slowly to the left; the value on the display should slowly
go down when the knob is as far as it will go to the left (Lo).
Turn the temperature control slowly to right. The value on the display should increase
slowly until the temperature control knob is turned as far as it will go to the right (Hi).
Access address ATC006 .
Item Measurement Specification

ATC006 - Desired value for inside air temperature, shown in °C


Temperature control set as far as it will go to the left (Lo): Status LO

Temperature control set as far as it will go to the right (Hi): Status HI

Possible temperature range settings: Temperature in °C 13.0 - 30.0

Display if there is a malfunction at the temperature control potentiometer: Status Err

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Before replacing and calibrating the ATC controller, see "Calibration via the ATC
Controller (Water Valve and Mode Control)" in 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 110 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ATC 001553.03- Fan Speed Control, Shorted or Open Circuit


05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 001553.03 is generated when the ClimaTrak ™ controller
measures over 5 volts at the signal input of the fan speed control. This indicates that the
internal circuit of the controller is shorted to a supply lead or is open.
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
The ClimaTrak ™ controller operates in its basic mode. Fan speed is set at 75% of its
maximum output.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-ATC-100 , Theory of Operation.

• Reference 290-15-200 , ClimaTrak ™ -Checks.

• Reference 290-20-200 , Operation of the ATC (ClimaTrak ™ ).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 111 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check the fan speed potentiometer

Action:

Ignition ON.
Slowly turn the fan speed control through its entire range.
Access address ATC003 .
Item Measurement Specification

ATC003 - Desired value for fan speed control, status


Fan speed control turned as far as it will go to the left (OFF position): Status oFF

Fan speed control not in OFF position, but at any position up to and
Status on
including maximum:

AUTOMATIC button: AUTOMATIC activated Auto

Display if there is a malfunction at the fan speed potentiometer: Status Err

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Before replacing and calibrating the ATC controller, see "Calibration via the ATC
Controller (Water Valve and Mode Control)" in 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 112 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ATC 001553.04- Fan Speed Control, Grounded Circuit


05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 001553.04 is generated when the ClimaTrak ™ controller
measures below 0 volts at the signal input of the fan speed control. This indicates a short to
ground in the internal circuit of the controller.
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Temperature control is restricted.
The ClimaTrak ™ controller operates in its basic mode. Fan speed is set at 75% of its
maximum output.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-ATC-100 , Theory of Operation.

• Reference 290-15-200 , ClimaTrak ™ -Checks.

• Reference 290-20-200 , Operation of the ATC (ClimaTrak ™ ).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 113 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check the fan speed potentiometer

Action:

Ignition ON.
Slowly turn the fan speed control through its entire range.
Access address ATC003 .
Item Measurement Specification

ATC003 - Desired value for fan speed control, status


Fan speed set as far as it will go to the left: Status oFF

Fan speed control not in OFF position, but at any position up to and
Status on
including maximum:

AUTOMATIC button: AUTOMATIC activated Auto

Display if there is a malfunction at the fan speed potentiometer: Status Err

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Before replacing and calibrating the ATC controller, see "Calibration via the ATC
Controller (Water Valve and Mode Control)" in 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 114 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ATC 002000.09 - Engine Control Unit is not Transmitting any Data (Coolant
Temperature)
05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 002000.09 is generated when there is a problem in transferring
data between the engine control unit (ECU) and the ClimaTrak ™ controller. Reception of the
CAN message regarding coolant temperature is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent
reception could be due to a loose wire).
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics

Reaction of controller: A coolant temperature of 75 °C (167 °F) is assumed by the


ClimaTrak ™ controller.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-ATC-100 , Theory of Operation.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

• Reference 290-15-200 , ClimaTrak ™ -Checks.

• Reference 290-20-200 , Operation of the ATC (ClimaTrak ™ ).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 115 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

ECU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no ECU diagnostic trouble codes exist: GO TO 1.3

Action:

1.3 - A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem

Are additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a problem in the 29-bit CAN
BUS?

Result:

YES:If additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check
(Tractors with Cab) (Section 213, Group 45).

NO:No diagnostic trouble code is saved that indicates a general problem in the 29-bit CAN
BUS: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 116 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the ATC plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

Item Measurement Specification

ATC –– plug X597 (W47)


Power supply: Positive (lead 982) 12 volts at pin 20

Positive (lead 203) 12 volts at pin 22

Ground (lead 050) at pin 9

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 5

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 117 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the ECU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

Item Measurement Specification

ECU Level 11 (HPCR) –– plug X570/1 (wiring harness W15)


Power supply: Positive (lead 622) 12 volts at pin E3

Positive (lead 032) 12 volts at pins B1 and B2

Positive, ELX (lead 992) 12 volts at pin G2

Ground (lead 050) at pins C2 and C3

Item Measurement Specification

ECU Level 11 (HPCR) –– plug X570/2 (wiring harness W15)


29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin L1

CAN- (lead 935) at pin L2

Item Measurement Specification

ECU Level 12 (DE10) –– plug X570 (wiring harness W15)


Power supply: Positive (lead 622) 12 volts at pin A2

Positive (lead 032) 12 volts at pin K1

Positive (lead 992) 12 volts at pin H1

Ground (lead 050) at pin J2

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin G1

CAN- (lead 935) at pin F1

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 118 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Check the connectors of the control units.


For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 119 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ATC 523848.03- Potentiometer for Position of Air Distribution Flaps, Shorted or


Open Circuit
05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 523848.03 is generated when the ClimaTrak ™ controller
measures over 5 volts at the signal input of potentiometer (B132; for position of air
distribution flaps). This indicates that circuit is shorted to a supply lead or is open.
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Air distribution control is restricted.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-ATC-100 , Theory of Operation.

• Reference 290-15-200 , ClimaTrak ™ -Checks.

• Reference 290-20-200 , Operation of the ATC (ClimaTrak ™ ).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 120 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check the potentiometer (B132) for position of air distribution flaps

Action:

Ignition ON.
Access address ATC007 .
Turn the airflow mode switch to the following settings in order to check whether the
number displayed in address ATC007 complies with the following specifications:
Item Measurement Specification

ATC007 - Potentiometer (B132) for position of air distribution flaps, status


Airflow mode switch: Fault in circuit, at potentiometer or at motor 000

"De-ice (windshield)" position 001

"De-ice (windshield)/dashboard/footwell" position 002

"Footwell" position 003

"Dashboard" position 004

Position between "De-ice (windshield)" and "Dashboard" 005

Position between "De-ice (windshield)" and "Footwell" 006

Calibration 009

AUTOMATIC button: AUTOMATIC activated 008

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 121 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of adjusting motor (B132; for air distribution) and of the contacts
associated with it:

LEGEND:
B132 Adjusting motor for air distribution

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES:If there are no signs of damage: GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition sub-assemblies, connectors or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air Distribution) , see 245-ATC.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air Distribution) , see 245-ATC.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air
Distribution) , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 122 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections in the adjusting motor circuit, see summary of
wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air Distribution) in
245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air
Distribution) , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 123 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ATC 523848.04- Potentiometer for Position of Air Distribution Flaps, Grounded


Circuit
05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 523848.04 is generated when the ClimaTrak ™ controller
measures below 0 volts at the signal input of potentiometer (B132; for position of air
distribution flaps). This indicates a short to ground in the circuit.
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Air distribution control is restricted.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-ATC-100 , Theory of Operation.

• Reference 290-15-200 , ClimaTrak ™ -Checks.

• Reference 290-20-200 , Operation of the ATC (ClimaTrak ™ ).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 124 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check the potentiometer (B132) for position of air distribution flaps

Action:

Ignition ON.
Access address ATC007 .
Turn the airflow mode switch to the following settings in order to check whether the
number displayed in address ATC007 complies with the following specifications:
Item Measurement Specification

ATC007 - Potentiometer (B132) for position of air distribution flaps, status


Airflow mode switch: Fault in circuit, at potentiometer or at motor 000

"De-ice (windshield)" position 001

"De-ice (windshield)/dashboard/footwell" position 002

"Footwell" position 003

"Dashboard" position 004

Position between "De-ice (windshield)" and "Dashboard" 005

Position between "De-ice (windshield)" and "Footwell" 006

Calibration 009

AUTOMATIC button: AUTOMATIC activated 008

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 125 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of adjusting motor (B132; for air distribution) and of the contacts
associated with it:

LEGEND:
B132 Adjusting motor for air distribution

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES:If there are no signs of damage: GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition sub-assemblies, connectors or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air Distribution) , see 245-ATC.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air Distribution) , see 245-ATC.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air
Distribution) , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 126 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections in the adjusting motor circuit, see summary of
wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air Distribution) in
245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air
Distribution) , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 127 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ATC 523848.05- Adjusting Motor for Air Distribution, Shorted Circuit


05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 523848.05 is generated when the ClimaTrak ™ controller
measures an excessively high voltage at connecting lines 928 and/or 929 of the adjusting
motor (B132; for air distribution). This indicates that the circuit is shorted.
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Air distribution control is restricted.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-ATC-100 , Theory of Operation.

• Reference 290-15-200 , ClimaTrak ™ -Checks.

• Reference 290-20-200 , Operation of the ATC (ClimaTrak ™ ).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 128 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check the potentiometer (B132) for position of air distribution flaps

Action:

Ignition ON.
Access address ATC007 .
Turn the airflow mode switch to the following settings in order to check whether the
number displayed in address ATC007 complies with the following specifications:
Item Measurement Specification

ATC007 - Potentiometer (B132) for position of air distribution flaps, status


Airflow mode switch: Fault in circuit, at potentiometer or at motor 000

"De-ice (windshield)" position 001

"De-ice (windshield)/dashboard/footwell" position 002

"Footwell" position 003

"Dashboard" position 004

Position between "De-ice (windshield)" and "Dashboard" 005

Position between "De-ice (windshield)" and "Footwell" 006

Calibration 009

AUTOMATIC button: AUTOMATIC activated 008

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 129 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of adjusting motor (B132; for air distribution) and of the contacts
associated with it:

LEGEND:
B132 Adjusting motor for air distribution

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES:If there are no signs of damage: GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition sub-assemblies, connectors or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air Distribution) , see 245-ATC.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air Distribution) , see 245-ATC.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air
Distribution) , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 130 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections in the adjusting motor circuit, see summary of
wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air Distribution) in
245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air
Distribution) , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 131 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ATC 523848.06- Adjusting Motor for Air Distribution, Grounded Circuit


05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 523848.06 is generated when the ClimaTrak ™ controller
measures an excessively low voltage at connecting lines 928 and/or 929 of the adjusting
motor (B132; for air distribution). This indicates that the circuit is shorted.
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Air distribution control is restricted.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-ATC-100 , Theory of Operation.

• Reference 290-15-200 , ClimaTrak ™ -Checks.

• Reference 290-20-200 , Operation of the ATC (ClimaTrak ™ ).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 132 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check the potentiometer (B132) for position of air distribution flaps

Action:

Ignition ON.
Access address ATC007 .
Turn the airflow mode switch to the following settings in order to check whether the
number displayed in address ATC007 complies with the following specifications:
Item Measurement Specification

ATC007 - Potentiometer (B132) for position of air distribution flaps, status


Airflow mode switch: Fault in circuit, at potentiometer or at motor 000

"De-ice (windshield)" position 001

"De-ice (windshield)/dashboard/footwell" position 002

"Footwell" position 003

"Dashboard" position 004

Position between "De-ice (windshield)" and "Dashboard" 005

Position between "De-ice (windshield)" and "Footwell" 006

Calibration 009

AUTOMATIC button: AUTOMATIC activated 008

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 133 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of adjusting motor (B132; for air distribution) and of the contacts
associated with it:

LEGEND:
B132 Adjusting motor for air distribution

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES:If there are no signs of damage: GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition sub-assemblies, connectors or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air Distribution) , see 245-ATC.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air Distribution) , see 245-ATC.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air
Distribution) , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 134 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections in the adjusting motor circuit, see summary of
wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air Distribution) in
245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air
Distribution) , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 135 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ATC 523848.07- Air Distribution, Malfunction


05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 523848.07 is generated when the ClimaTrak ™ controller
receives a valid actual (position) signal for the position of the air distribution flaps, but the
adjusting motor for air distribution cannot be moved to its desired position via the motor′s
connecting lines. This indicates a mechanical fault at the air distribution or an open line at
the motor′s connecting lines.

Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Air distribution control is restricted.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-ATC-100 , Theory of Operation.

• Reference 290-15-200 , ClimaTrak ™ -Checks.

• Reference 290-20-200 , Operation of the ATC (ClimaTrak ™ ).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 136 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check the position of the air distribution flaps

Action:

Ignition ON.
Access address ATC007 .
Turn the airflow mode switch to the following settings in order to check whether the
number displayed in address ATC007 complies with the following specifications:
Item Measurement Specification

ATC007 - Potentiometer (B132) for position of air distribution flaps, status


Airflow mode switch: Fault in circuit, at potentiometer or at motor 000

"De-ice (windshield)" position 001

"De-ice (windshield)/dashboard/footwell" position 002

"Footwell" position 003

"Dashboard" position 004

Position between "De-ice (windshield)" and "Dashboard" 005

Position between "De-ice (windshield)" and "Footwell" 006

Calibration 009

AUTOMATIC button: AUTOMATIC activated 008

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 137 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of adjusting motor (B132; for air distribution) and of the contacts
associated with it:

LEGEND:
B132 Adjusting motor for air distribution

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES:If there are no signs of damage: GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition sub-assemblies, connectors or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air Distribution) , see 245-ATC.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air Distribution) , see 245-ATC.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air
Distribution) , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 138 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections in the adjusting motor lines, see summary of
wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air Distribution) in
245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES: GO TO 6

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air
Distribution) , see 245-ATC.

( 6 ) Checking for a mechanical defect at the air distribution

Action:

Before checking the air distribution for a mechanical defect, see also “Removing and
Installing the Mode Control for Position of Air Distribution Flaps (B132)” (Repair manual,
90-11).

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Adjusting Motor (B132; for Air
Distribution) , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 139 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ATC 523848.13- Adjusting Motor for Air Distribution, Not Calibrated


05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 523848.13 is generated when the adjusting motor for air
distribution is found to have an invalid calibration, or is not yet calibrated.
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Air distribution control is restricted.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-ATC-100 , Theory of Operation.

• Reference 290-15-200 , ClimaTrak ™ -Checks.

• Reference 290-20-200 , Operation of the ATC (ClimaTrak ™ ).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 140 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Calibrating the ClimaTrak ™ controller (ATC)

Action:

Before calibrating the ATC controller, see "Calibration via the ATC Controller (Water
Valve and Mode Control)" in 245-ATC.
Delete the diagnostic trouble code and do an Operational Check for Adjusting Motor
(B132) for Air Distribution , see 245-ATC.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Automatic calibration not possible: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Calibrating the adjusting motor for air distribution manually

Action:

Before calibrating the adjusting motor for air distribution manually, see Address ATC023
–– Control mode (adjusting motor for air distribution), calibrate .
Delete the diagnostic trouble code and do an Operational Check for Adjusting Motor
(B132) for Air Distribution , see 245-ATC.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:If no ATC diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a problem at the adjusting
motor for air distribution: Check the adjusting motor for air distribution and control mode for
a mechanical defect.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 141 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ATC 523860.03- Defog Sensor, Shorted or Open Circuit


05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 523860.03 is generated when the ClimaTrak ™ controller
registers a frequency at the signal input of the windshield defog sensor (B143) that indicates
that the circuit is shorted to a supply lead or is open.
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Air distribution control is restricted in the automatic mode.
In automatic mode, air distribution is always set at the “De-ice (windshield)” position.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-ATC-100 , Theory of Operation.

• Reference 290-15-200 , ClimaTrak ™ -Checks.

• Reference 290-20-200 , Operation of the ATC (ClimaTrak ™ ).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 142 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check the defog sensor (B143)

Action:

Ignition ON.
Access address ATC018 .
Make sure that the information displayed at address ATC018 complies with the
following:
Item Measurement Specification

ATC018 - Defog sensor for windshield, frequency in Hz


Display: Hz 32.26 - 37.88

Fault in circuit or sending unit Err

Sensor not activated at address ATC 028 nA

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 143 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of windshield defog sensor (B143) and of the connector
associated with it:

LEGEND:
B143 Defog sensor for windshield

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES:If there are no signs of damage: GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition sub-assemblies, connectors or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Defog Sensor (B143) , see 245-ATC.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Defog Sensor (B143) , see 245-ATC.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Defog Sensor (B143) , see 245-
ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 144 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections in the defog sensor circuit, see summary of
wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Defog Sensor (B143) in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems (ATC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition the circuit, sub-assemblies or terminals as required and do an Operational


Check for Defog Sensor (B143) .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 145 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ATC 523860.04- Defog Sensor, Grounded Circuit


05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 523860.04 is generated when the ClimaTrak ™ controller
registers a frequency at the signal input of the windshield defog sensor (B143) that indicates
that the circuit is shorted to ground.
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Air distribution control is restricted in the automatic mode.
In automatic mode, air distribution is always set at the “De-ice (windshield)” position.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-ATC-100 , Theory of Operation.

• Reference 290-15-200 , ClimaTrak ™ -Checks.

• Reference 290-20-200 , Operation of the ATC (ClimaTrak ™ ).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 146 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check the defog sensor (B143)

Action:

Ignition ON.
Access address ATC018 .
Make sure that the information displayed at address ATC018 complies with the
following:
Item Measurement Specification

ATC018 - Defog sensor for windshield, frequency in Hz


Display: Hz 32.26 - 37.88

Fault in circuit or sending unit Err

Sensor not activated at address ATC 028 nA

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 147 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of windshield defog sensor (B143) and of the connector
associated with it:

LEGEND:
B143 Defog sensor for windshield

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES:If there are no signs of damage: GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition sub-assemblies, connectors or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Defog Sensor (B143) , see 245-ATC.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Defog Sensor (B143) , see 245-ATC.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Defog Sensor (B143) , see 245-
ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 148 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections in the defog sensor circuit, see summary of
wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Defog Sensor (B143) in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems.
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition the circuit, sub-assemblies or terminals as required and do an Operational


Check for Defog Sensor (B143) , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 149 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ATC 523860.02- Defog Sensor, Frequency out of Valid Range


05
Diagnostic trouble code ATC 523860.02 is generated when the ClimaTrak ™ controller
registers a frequency from defog sensor (B143) that is out of the valid frequency range
(32.26 - 37.88 Hz).
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics
Reaction of controller: Air distribution control is restricted in the automatic mode.
In automatic mode, air distribution is always set at the “De-ice (windshield)” position.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-ATC-100 , Theory of Operation.

• Reference 290-15-200 , ClimaTrak ™ -Checks.

• Reference 290-20-200 , Operation of the ATC (ClimaTrak ™ ).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active or is regenerated after it has been deleted and a
functional test has been carried out: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 150 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check the defog sensor (B143)

Action:

Ignition ON.
Access address ATC018 .
Make sure that the information displayed at address ATC018 complies with the
following:
Item Measurement Specification

ATC018 - Defog sensor for windshield, frequency in Hz


Display: Hz 32.26 - 37.88

Fault in circuit or sending unit Err

Sensor not activated at address ATC 028 nA

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 151 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of windshield defog sensor (B143) and of the connector
associated with it:

LEGEND:
B143 Defog sensor for windshield

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES:If there are no signs of damage: GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition sub-assemblies, connectors or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Defog Sensor (B143) , see 245-ATC.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Defog Sensor (B143) , see 245-ATC.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Defog Sensor (B143) , see 245-
ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 152 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ATC: ATC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections in the defog sensor circuit, see summary of
wiring layout in Circuit/Harness Test for Defog Sensor (B143) in 245-ATC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-ATC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional ATC Circuit
Problems.
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition the circuit, sub-assemblies or terminals as required and do an Operational


Check for Defog Sensor (B143) , see 245-ATC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 153 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Group BCU - BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes


BCU 000084.02- Wheel Speed Sender, Circuit Fault
06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 000084.02 is saved if a problem in the circuit is recognized
during the routine check of the inductive sender. The alarm level: “Information” is triggered.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Wrong value in the input address for the configuration of the wheel
speed sender.
Defective wheel speed sender (B09/B35).
Defective line connections (cable 531 or 502).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

• “Replacing the Wheel Speed Sending Unit” , (Section 40, Group 30 in the Repair manual)

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 154 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check input address for configuration of wheel speed sender

Action:

Access address BCU030 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU030 - Configuration of wheel speed sender (B09/B35)


Tractors with creeper speed: Status XX0X

Tractors w/o creeper speed: Status XX1X

Tractors with 40 km/h (25mph) ECO-Transmission: Status XX1X

Tractors with AutoPowr / IVT – Transmission: Status XX1X

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Correct the input.

( 3 ) Check wheel speed sender

Action:

Access address BCU004 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU004 - Status, wheel speed sender (B35/B09)


No signal detected (tractor is stationary): Status XX0X

Signal detected by sender (during travel): Status XX1X

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO: GO TO 4 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 155 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Check circuit of wheel speed sender (B35/B09)

Action:

Tractor with cab without creeper:


6120 - 6520 tractors: GO TO Circuit/harness test for wheel speed sender (B35)
Tractor with cab with creeper:
6120 - 6520 tractors: GO TO Circuit/harness test for wheel speed sender (B09)
Open operator′s station:
GO TO: Circuit test for wheel speed sender (B35) (open operator′s station)

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 156 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 000168.16- System Voltage too High (Engine Running)


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 000168.16 is saved if the operating voltage of the basic control
unit (ELX battery voltage) is more than 15.5 volts at an engine speed of more than 512 rpm.
The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective battery.
Defective alternator.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

• Remove/Install the Alternator , (Section 40, Group 15 in the Repair manual)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 157 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.2 Perform a visual inspection of the battery and the alternator.

1. Check for visual signs of damage.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 158 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check System Voltage (BCU System Voltage)

Action:

Access address BCU032 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU032 - Voltage, System Voltage (BCU Operating Voltage)


Switch ignition ON; engine OFF: Voltage between 11.2 and 12.7 volts

Engine running in low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts

Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Checking the charging system

Action:

• Check alternator, refer to "Alternator Checks" , Section 240, Group 15.

• Check battery, refer to "Battery Checks" , Section 240, Group 15.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as required.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 159 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 000168.17- System Voltage too Low (Engine Speed over 1500 rpm)
06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 000168.17 is saved if the operating voltage of the basic control
unit (ELX battery voltage) is less than 12.5 volts at an engine speed of more than 1500 rpm.
The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective alternator drive.


Defective battery.
Defective alternator.
Defective line connections.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

• Remove/Install the Alternator , (Section 40, Group 15 in the Repair manual)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 160 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.2 Perform a visual inspection of the battery, the alternator and the drive belt.

1. Check for visual signs of damage.


2. Ensure that the belt tensioner and the belt are correctly installed, check for signs of
slipping.
3. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair as required.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 161 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check System Voltage (BCU System Voltage)

Action:

Access address BCU032 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU032 - Voltage, System Voltage (BCU Operating Voltage)


Switch ignition ON; engine OFF: Voltage between 11.2 and 12.7 volts

Engine running in low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts

Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Checking the charging system

Action:

• Check alternator, refer to "Alternator Checks" , Section 240, Group 15.

• Check battery, refer to "Battery Checks" , Section 240, Group 15.

Result:

YES:Check all relevant connectors of the system voltage circuit (BCU operating voltage) for
bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as required.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 162 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 000168.18- System Voltage too Low (Engine Speed until 1500 rpm)
06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 000168.18 is saved if the operating voltage of the basic control
unit (ELX battery voltage) is less than 11.2 volts at an engine speed between 512 rpm and
1500 rpm. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective alternator drive.


Defective battery.
Defective alternator.
Defective line connections.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

• Remove/Install the Alternator , (Section 40, Group 15 in the Repair manual)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 163 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.2 Perform a visual inspection of the battery, the alternator and the drive belt.

1. Check for visual signs of damage.


2. Ensure that the belt tensioner and the belt are correctly installed, check for signs of
slipping.
3. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 164 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check System Voltage (BCU System Voltage)

Action:

Access address BCU032 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU032 - Voltage, System Voltage (BCU Operating Voltage)


Switch ignition ON; engine OFF: Voltage between 11.2 and 12.7 volts

Engine running in low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts

Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Checking the charging system

Action:

• Check alternator, refer to "Alternator Checks" , Section 240, Group 15.

• Check battery, refer to "Battery Checks" , Section 240, Group 15.

Result:

YES:Check all relevant connectors of the system voltage circuit (BCU operating voltage) for
bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 165 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 000186.02- Rear PTO Speed Sender, Circuit Fault


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 000186.02 is saved if a problem in the circuit is recognized
during the routine check of the inductive rear PTO speed sender. The alarm level:
“Information” is triggered.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective rear PTO speed sender (B06).


Defective line connections (cable 531 or 574).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 166 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Carry out an operational test on PTO speed sender (B06)

Action:

Access address BCU003 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU003 - Status, PTO speed sender (B06)


No signal detected (PTO disengaged): Status XXX0

Signal from sender detected (PTO turning): Status XXX1

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Checking the circuit of the rear PTO speed sending unit

Action:

Tractor with cab:


See: Circuit/harness test for PTO speed sender (B06) .
Open operator′s station:
See: Circuit test for PTO speed sender (B06) - open operator′s station .

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 167 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 000186.15- Rear PTO Speed Registered After Switch-Off


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 000186.15 is saved if the basic control unit still registers a
signal from the rear PTO speed sender 20 seconds after the rear PTO has been switched off.
The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Mechanical or electric (short-circuit) defect at the rear PTO solenoid


valve (Y04).
Defective rear PTO speed sender (B06).
Defective PTO modulating valve.
Mechanical or hydraulic problem at the PTO clutch or the PTO brake.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

• Reference 256-15-001 , Drive Train - System Check.

• Reference 256-15-006 , Drive Train - Test Table

• General information on the rear PTO: Reference 256-20-001 , Drive Systems - Summary of
References.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 168 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the rear PTO switch

Action:

Access address BCU007 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU007 – Status, rear PTO switch (S21)


Rear PTO disengaged: Status XX01

Rear PTO engaged: Status XX10

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Check the switch circuit:• GO TO 6 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 169 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the rear PTO speed sending unit

Action:

Perform test while engine is running.

Access address BCU003 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU003 – Status, rear PTO speed sending unit (B06)


No signal detected (rear PTO switched off): Status XXX0

Signal from sender detected (rear PTO switched on): Status XXX1

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO: GO TO 4 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 170 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the supply voltage at solenoid valve of rear PTO

Action:

→NOTE:

Supply voltage can only be checked with adapter wiring harness DFLX14 (
Reference 299-05-016 ). In the following cases the BCU immediately
interrupts the power supply:

• Harness interrupted (disconnected or defective lead).

• Solenoid valve defective

• Disconnect solenoid valve connector X95 and install adapter wiring harness DFLX14.

• Ignition ON.

• Use a multimeter on adapter wiring harness DFLX14 to measure voltage between pins A
and B.

Item Measurement Specification

Test, supply voltage at the solenoid valve


PTO disengaged: Voltage 0 volt

PTO engaged: Voltage 12 volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Check the circuit for short-circuits, repair if required and test the functionality.

( 5 ) Checking the rear PTO

Action:

See Reference 256-15-004 , Checking Pressure at the Rear PTO.

Result:

YES:Check for mechanical defects on the rear PTO.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 171 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 6 ) Checking the circuit of the rear PTO switch

Action:

Tractor with cab:


See: Circuit/harness test for rear PTO switch .
Open operator′s station:
See: Circuit test for rear PTO switch (S21) - open operator′s station .

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 172 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 000186.17- Rear PTO Speed Not Registered


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 000186.17 is saved when the basic control unit still has not
registered a signal (larger than 100 rpm) from the rear PTO speed sender 20 seconds after
the rear PTO has been switched on. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective rear PTO speed sender (B06).


Diagnostic trouble code BCU 000186.02 takes priority.
Mechanical or electric (short-circuit) defect at the rear PTO solenoid
valve (Y04).
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 302073.31 takes priority.
Defective PTO modulating valve.
Mechanical or hydraulic problem at the PTO clutch or the PTO brake.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

• Reference 256-15-001 , Power Train without Transmission - System Check.

• Reference 256-15-006 , Power Train without Transmission - Test Table.

• General information on the rear PTO: Reference 256-20-001 , Drive Systems - Summary of
References.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 173 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.2. - Rear PTO Operational Check

Switch on the rear PTO via PTO switch S21.

Result:

YES:The rear PTO works when operated via rear PTO switch S21: Refer to diagnostics for
erroneous rear PTO speed sender (diagnostic trouble code BCU 000186.02, Section 211,
Group BCU).

NO: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 174 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check supply voltage at solenoid valve of rear PTO

Action:

→NOTE:

Supply voltage can only be checked with adapter wiring harness DFLX14 (
Reference 299-05-016 ). In the following cases the BCU immediately
interrupts the power supply:

• Harness interrupted (disconnected or defective lead).

• Solenoid valve defective

• Disconnect solenoid valve connector X95 and install adapter wiring harness DFLX14.

• Ignition ON.

• Use a multimeter on adapter wiring harness DFLX14 to measure voltage between pins A
and B.

Item Measurement Specification

Test, Supply Voltage at the Solenoid Valve


PTO disengaged: Voltage 0 volt

PTO engaged: Voltage 12 volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Refer to diagnostics for erroneous rear PTO solenoid valve (diagnostic trouble code BCU
302073.31, Section 211, Group BCU).

( 3 ) Checking the rear PTO

Action:

See Reference 256-15-004 , Checking Pressure at the Rear PTO.

Result:

YES:Check for mechanical defects on the rear PTO.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 175 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 000190.02- Engine Speed Sender, Circuit Fault


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 000190.02 is saved if a problem in the circuit is recognized
during the routine check of the inductive engine speed sender. The alarm level: “Information”
is triggered.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Wrong value in the input address for the configuration of the engine
speed sender.
Defective engine speed sender (B01).
Defective line connections (cable 531 or 325).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

• Replacing the Engine Speed Sending Unit (B01) , (Section 40, Group 30 in the Repair
manual)

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 176 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check input address for configuration of engine speed sender

Action:

Access address BCU030 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU030 - Configuration, engine speed sender (B01)


Adjustment for engine speed sender: Status XXX0

Result:

YES: GO TO 3

NO:Correct the input.

( 3 ) Checking the combination of signals in diagnostic address BCU003

Action:

Access address BCU003 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU003 - Status, engine speed sender (B01)


No signal detected (tractor is stationary): Status X0XX

Signal detected by sender (during travel): Status X1XX

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO: GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Checking the engine speed sender circuit

Action:

Tractor with cab:


See: Circuit/harness test for engine speed sender (B01) .
Open operator′s station:
See: Circuit test for engine speed sender (B01) - open operator′s station .

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 177 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 000629.12- Control Unit, Internal Error


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 000629.12 is saved when the basic control unit recognizes a
software problem. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (diagnostic trouble code is regenerated after it has been
deleted and the ignition switched ON/OFF): Replacing the basic control unit (BCU).

BCU 000639.12- Control Unit, Internal Error


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 000639.12 is saved when the basic control unit recognizes a
software problem. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 178 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (diagnostic trouble code is regenerated after it has been
deleted and the ignition switched ON/OFF): Replacing the basic control unit (BCU).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 179 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 000639.13- 29-Bit CAN BUS, High Error Rate


06
This diagnostic trouble code does not necessarily have any real meaning. It is often stored by
chance when the main switch is turned (ignition ON and OFF). For this reason, diagnosis only
needs to be performed if one or more related faults occur in conjunction with this code.
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 000639.13 is saved when the basic control unit recognizes a
high error rate in the incoming CAN BUS messages. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem.


Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.
Defective CAN BUS screen:
Defective fuse F04/13 (voltage supply for 29-bit CAN BUS screen).
Terminating resistors A14 and/or A15 defective.
Screen lines +930 and/or -932 defective.
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection to the basic control unit (cable
934 and/or 935).
Internal problem in the basic control unit.
29-bit CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong electromagnetic
influences.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 180 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.2 - A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem

Is diagnostic trouble code BIF 000639.02 additionally stored?

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000639.02 is additionally stored, refer to the diagnostic
trouble code procedure BIF 000639.02 - 29-bit CAN BUS, open circuit (Section 211, Group
BIF).

NO:No diagnostic trouble code is saved that indicates a general problem in the 29-bit CAN
BUS: Diagnosis completed.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 181 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 000639.19- 29-bit CAN BUS, Very High Error Rate


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 000639.19 is saved when the basic control unit recognizes a
very high error rate in the incoming CAN BUS messages. The diagnostic trouble code triggers
the alarm level: “Information”. This diagnostic trouble code does not necessarily have any
real meaning. It is often stored by chance when the main switch is turned (ignition ON and
OFF). For this reason, diagnosis only needs to be performed if one or more related faults
occur in conjunction with this code.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem.


Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.
Defective CAN BUS screen:
Defective fuse F04/13 (voltage supply for 29-bit CAN BUS screen).
Terminating resistors A14 and/or A15 defective.
Screen lines +930 and/or -932 defective.
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection to the basic control unit (cable
934 and/or 935).
Internal problem in the basic control unit.
29-bit CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong electromagnetic
influences.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 182 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.2 - A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem

Is diagnostic trouble code BIF 000639.02 additionally stored?

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000639.02 is additionally stored, refer to the diagnostic
trouble code procedure BIF 000639.02 - 29-bit CAN BUS, open circuit (Section 211, Group
BIF).

NO:No diagnostic trouble code is saved that indicates a general problem in the 29-bit CAN
BUS: Diagnosis completed.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 183 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 000746.31- Differential Lock Solenoid Valve, Circuit Fault


06
BCU 000746.31 is saved if there is an open lead or a short circuit in the circuit of the solenoid
valve when the solenoid valve is active (differential lock switched on). The diagnostic trouble
code deactivates the differential lock and triggers the following alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective differential lock solenoid (Y05).


Defective line connections (cable 527 or 310).
Defective/bad ground connection via ground point XGND45 to XGND1.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 184 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the differential lock solenoid valve

Action:

Item Measurement Specification

Specifications for differential lock solenoid valve (Y05)


Resistance check: Solenoid resistance 10 - 12 ohms at 20°C

Voltage with differential lock disengaged: Voltage 0 volt

Voltage with differential lock engaged: Voltage 12 volts

1 - 1.2 amps at 20°C and 12-volt nominal


Amperage check with differential lock engaged: Amperage
voltage

→NOTE:

The amperage and voltage supply can only be checked with test wiring
harness DFLX14 ( Reference 299-05-016 ). In the following cases the BCU
immediately interrupts the power supply:

• Harness interrupted (disconnected or defective lead).

• Solenoid valve defective

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact. GO TO 3 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Differential lock circuit - checking the solenoid valve

Action:

Tractor with cab:


See: Circuit/harness test for differential lock solenoid valve (Y05) .
Open operator′s station:
See: Circuit test for differential lock solenoid valve (Y05) - open operator′s station .

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 185 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 000980.07- Rear PTO, Switch Error


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 000980.07 is saved when the basic control unit receives the two
output signals of the rear PTO switch (rear PTO ON or OFF) simultaneously or not at all. This
indicates an interruption or short circuit to the supply voltage (battery voltage) in the switch
circuit. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective fuse F03/02.


Defective rear PTO switch S21.
Defective positive lead (cable 973).
Defective signal lead (cable 525 or 586).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

• “Replacing the PTO Switch” (Section 40, Group 25 in the Repair manual).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 186 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the combination of signals in diagnostic address BCU007

Action:

Access address BCU007 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU007 - Status, rear PTO switch (S21)


Rear PTO disengaged: Status XX01

Rear PTO engaged: Status XX10

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Checking the circuit of the rear PTO switch

Action:

Tractor with cab:


See: Circuit/harness test for rear PTO switch (S21) .
Open operator′s station:
See: Circuit test for rear PTO switch (S21) - open operator′s station .

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 187 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 001676.31- Relay for LTC Coolant Pump, Circuit Fault


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 001676.31 is saved if an open lead or short circuit exists in the
detent coil circuit of the relay. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Wrong value in the input address for the function of the LTC coolant
pump.
Defective relay for LTC coolant pump K02/3.
Defective line connections (cable 374 or 310).
Defective/bad ground connection via ground point XGND44 to XGND5.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Basic Functions.

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 188 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check the Input Address for Function of LTC Coolant Pump

Action:

Access address BCU034 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU034 - Configuration, LTC Coolant Pump (W03)


Coolant pump exist (AutoPowr/IVT transmission): Status XX1

Coolant pump does not exist (PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad transmission): Status XX0

Result:

YES:GO TO: Circuit/harness test on relay for LTC coolant pump K02/3 .

NO:Correct entry.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 189 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 001882.02- Front PTO Speed Sender, Circuit Fault


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 001882.02 is saved if a problem in the circuit is recognized
during the routine check of the inductive front PTO speed sender. The alarm level:
“Information” is triggered.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Wrong value in the input address for the configuration of the front
PTO speed sender.
Defective front PTO speed sender (B58).
Defective line connections (cable 301 or 550/531).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 190 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check the input address for configuration of front PTO speed sender

Action:

Access address BCU030 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU030 - Configuration, front PTO speed sender (B58)


Front PTO speed sender (B58): Status 0XXX

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Correct the input.

( 3 ) Checking the combination of signals in diagnostic address BCU003

Action:

Access address BCU003 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU003 - Status, front PTO speed sender (B58)


No signal detected (PTO disengaged): Status XX0X

Signal from sender detected (PTO turning): Status XX1X

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO: GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Checking the circuit of the front PTO sending unit

Action:

Tractor with cab:


See: Circuit/harness test for front PTO speed sender (B58) .
Open operator′s station:
See: Circuit test for front PTO speed sender (B58) (open operator′s station) .

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 191 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 192 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 001882.15- Front PTO Speed Registered After Switch-Off


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 001882.15 is saved if there is still a signal from the front PTO
speed sender at the basic control unit 20 seconds after the front PTO has been switched off.
The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Mechanical or electric (short-circuit) defect at the front PTO solenoid


valve (Y01).
Defective front PTO speed sender (B58).
Defective PTO modulating valve.
Mechanical or hydraulic problem at the PTO clutch or the PTO brake.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

• Reference 256-15-001 , Drive Train - System Check.

• Reference 256-15-006 , Power Train without Transmission - Test Table.

• General information on the front PTO: Reference 256-20-001 , Drive Systems - Summary of
References.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 193 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the front PTO switch

Action:

Access address BCU007 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU007 – Status, front PTO switch (S06)


Front PTO disengaged: Status 01XX

Front PTO engaged: Status 10XX

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO: GO TO 6 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 194 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the front PTO speed sender

Action:

Perform test while engine is running.

Access address BCU003 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU003 – Status, front PTO speed sender (B58)


No signal detected (front PTO switched off): Status XX0X

Signal from sender detected (front PTO switched on): Status XX1X

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO: GO TO 4 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 195 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the supply voltage at solenoid valve of front PTO

Action:

→NOTE:

Supply voltage can only be checked with adapter wiring harness DFLX14 (
Reference 299-05-016 ). In the following cases the BCU immediately
interrupts the power supply:

• Harness interrupted (disconnected or defective lead).

• Solenoid valve defective

• Disconnect solenoid valve connector X166 and install adapter wiring harness DFLX14.

• Ignition ON.

• Use a multimeter on adapter wiring harness DFLX14 to measure voltage between pins A
and B.

Item Measurement Specification

Test, supply voltage at the solenoid valve


PTO disengaged: Voltage 0 volt

PTO engaged: Voltage 12 volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Check the circuit for short-circuits (for functional schematic refer to SE16B), repair if
required and test the functionality.

( 5 ) Checking the front PTO

Action:

Refer to Reference 256-15-005 , Checking the Pressure at the Front PTO

Result:

YES:Check for mechanical defects on the front PTO.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 196 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 6 ) Checking the circuit of the front PTO switch

Action:

Tractor with cab:


See: Circuit/harness test for front PTO switch (S06) .
Open operator′s station:
See: Circuit test for front PTO switch (S06) - open operator′s station .

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 197 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 001882.17- Front PTO Speed Not Registered


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 001882.17 is saved if there is no signal from the front PTO
speed sender at the basic control unit 20 seconds after the front PTO has been switched on.
The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Mechanical or electric (short-circuit) defect at the front PTO solenoid


valve (Y01).
Defective front PTO speed sender (B58).
Defective PTO modulating valve.
Mechanical or hydraulic problem at the PTO clutch or the PTO brake.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

• Reference 256-15-001 , Power Train without Transmission - System Check.

• Reference 256-15-006 , Power Train without Transmission - Test Table.

• General information on the front PTO: Reference 256-20-001 , Drive Systems - Summary of
References.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 198 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check Front PTO Switch

Action:

Access address BCU007 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU007 – Status, Front PTO Switch (S06)


Front PTO disengaged: Status 01XX

Front PTO engaged: Status 10XX

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Check the switch circuit (for the functional schematic of the circuit, refer to SE16B; for
the position of the components, refer to W8).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 199 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Check Front PTO Speed Sender

Action:

Perform test while motor is running.

Access address BCU003 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU003 – Status, Front PTO Speed Sender (B58)


No signal detected (front PTO switched off): Status XX0X

Signal from sender detected (front PTO switched on): Status XX1X

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO: GO TO 4 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 200 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Check Supply Voltage at Solenoid Valve of Front PTO

Action:

→NOTE:

Supply voltage can only be checked with adapter wiring harness DFLX14 (
Reference 299-05-016 ). In the following cases the BCU immediately
interrupts the power supply:

• Harness interrupted (disconnected or defective lead).

• Defective solenoid valve.

• Disconnect solenoid valve connector X166 and install adapter wiring harness DFLX14.

• Ignition ON.

• Use a multimeter on adapter wiring harness DFLX14 to measure voltage between pins A
and B.

Item Measurement Specification

Test, Supply Voltage at the Solenoid Valve


PTO disengaged: Voltage 0 volts

PTO engaged: Voltage 12 volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Check the circuit for short-circuits (for functional schematic refer to SE16B), repair if
required and test the functionality.

( 5 ) Checking the front PTO

Action:

Refer to Reference 256-15-005 , Checking the Pressure at the Front PTO

Result:

YES:Check for mechanical defects on the front PTO.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 201 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 001893.07- Front PTO, Switch Error


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 001893.07 is saved when the basic control unit receives the two
output signals of the front PTO switch (front PTO ON or OFF) simultaneously or not at all. This
indicates an interruption or short circuit to the supply voltage (battery voltage) in the switch
circuit. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective fuse F03/02.


Defective front PTO switch S06.
Defective positive lead (cable 973).
Defective signal lead (cable 901 or 904).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

• “Replacing the PTO Switch” (Section 40, Group 25 in the Repair manual).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 202 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the front PTO switch

Action:

Access address BCU007 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU007 - Status, front PTO switch (S06)


Front PTO disengaged: Status 01XX

Front PTO engaged: Status 10XX

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact. GO TO 3 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Checking the circuit of the front PTO switch

Action:

Tractor with cab:


See: Circuit/harness test for front PTO switch (S06) .
Open operator′s station:
See: Circuit test for front PTO switch (S06) - open operator′s station .

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 203 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 299780.07- Malfunction at Turn Signal Switch


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 299780.07 is saved when the basic control unit receives the two
output signals of the turn signal switch (turn signal LEFT or RIGHT) simultaneously. This
indicates a short circuit to the supply voltage (battery voltage) in the switch circuit. The
diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective turn signal switch S08.


Defective signal lead (short circuit at cable 155 or 127).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

• “Replacing Switches on Multi-Function Unit” , (Section 40, Group 25 in the Repair manual).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 204 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the turn signal switch

Action:

Access address BCU010 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU010 - Status, turn signal switch (S08)


Turn signal lever not actuated: Status X00X

LEFT turn signal: Status X10X

RIGHT turn signal: Status X01X

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact. GO TO 3 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Checking the circuit of the turn signal switch

Action:

Tractor with cab:


See: Circuit/harness test for turn signal switch (S08) .
Open operator′s station:
See: Circuit test for turn signal switch (S08) - open operator′s station .

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

BCU 302001.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: 250-Hour Service


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 302001.31 is generated when a 250-hour service is due.

→NOTE:

This diagnostic trouble code is not stored in the controller′s error memory.
It is intended only as information for the operator.

BCU 302002.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: 500-Hour Service


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 302002.31 is generated when a 500-hour service is due.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 205 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

→NOTE:

This diagnostic trouble code is not stored in the controller′s error memory.
It is intended only as information for the operator

BCU 302003.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: 750-Hour Service


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 302003.31 is generated when a 750-hour service is due.

→NOTE:

This diagnostic trouble code is not stored in the controller′s error memory.
It is intended only as information for the operator

BCU 302004.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: 1500-Hour Service


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 302004.31 is generated when a 1500-hour service is due.

→NOTE:

This diagnostic trouble code is not stored in the controller′s error memory.
It is intended only as information for the operator

BCU 302071.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Turn Off the Rear PTO Switch
06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 302071.31 is generated if the rear PTO switch is already on
when the ignition key is turned.

→NOTE:

This diagnostic trouble code is not stored in the controller′s error memory.
It is intended only as information for the operator

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 206 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 302073.31- Rear PTO Solenoid, Circuit Fault


06
BCU 302073.31 is saved if there is an open lead or a short circuit in the circuit of the solenoid
valve when the solenoid valve is active (rear PTO switched on). The diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective rear PTO solenoid (Y04).


Defective line connections (cable 575 or 310).
Defective/bad ground connection via ground point XGND45 to XGND1.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 207 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the rear PTO solenoid

Action:

Item Measurement Specification

Specifications for the rear PTO solenoid valve (Y04)


Resistance check: Solenoid resistance 10 - 12 ohms at 20°C

Voltage when rear PTO is disengaged: Voltage 0 volt

Voltage when rear PTO is engaged: Voltage 12 volts

Amperage check with rear PTO engaged: Amperage 1 - 1.2 amps at 20°C and 12-volt nominal voltage

→NOTE:

The amperage and voltage supply can only be checked with test wiring
harness DFLX14 ( Reference 299-05-016 ). In the following cases the BCU
immediately interrupts the power supply:

• Harness interrupted (disconnected or defective lead).

• Solenoid valve defective

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact. GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for rear PTO solenoid valve (Y04) .

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for rear PTO solenoid valve (Y04) .

BCU 302077.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Sit on Seat or Turn Off the Rear
PTO
06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 302077.31 is generated if the operator leaves his seat while the
rear PTO is switched on.

→NOTE:

This diagnostic trouble code is not stored in the controller′s error memory.
It is intended only as information for the operator

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 208 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 302080.31- Differential Lock, Switch Error


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 302080.31 is saved when the basic control unit receives the
output signal of the differential lock switch (differential lock ON) for longer than 15 seconds
continuously directly subsequent to:
- Ignition ON.
- De-activation by a brake switch.
This indicates a short circuit to the supply voltage (battery voltage) in the switch circuit. The
diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective differential lock switch S22.


Defective signal lead (short circuit at cable 522).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

• “Replacing the Differential Lock Switch” , (Section 40, Group 25 in the Repair manual).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 209 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the differential lock switch

Action:

Access address BCU006 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU006 - Status, differential lock switch (S22)


Differential lock switch OFF: Status 0XXX

Differential lock switch ON: Status 1XXX

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• GO TO 3 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Differential lock circuit - checking the switch

Action:

Tractor with cab:


See: Circuit/harness test for differential lock switch (S22) .
Open operator′s station:
See: Circuit test for differential lock switch (S22) - open operator′s station .

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

BCU 302082.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Actuate the Front-Wheel Drive


Switch
06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 302082.31 is generated if front-wheel drive is switched off by
the HMS II and the front-wheel drive switch is still in the ON or AUTO positions.

→NOTE:

This diagnostic trouble code is not stored in the controller′s error memory.
It is intended only as information for the operator.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 210 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 302085.31- Front Wheel Drive, Switch Error


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 302085.31 is saved when the basic control unit receives the two
output signals of the front wheel drive switch (AUTO and BRAKE ASSIST at switch S05 or
front-wheel drive ON and OFF at switch S63) simultaneously for longer than 3 seconds. This
indicates a short circuit to the supply voltage (battery voltage) in the switch circuit. The
diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective front-wheel drive switch S05 (tractors with HMS) or S63


(tractors without HMS).
Defective signal lead (short circuit at cable 557 or 511).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

• “Replacing the Front-Wheel Drive Switch” , (Section 40, Group 25 in the Repair manual).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 211 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the front-wheel drive switch

Action:

Access address BCU006 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU006 - Status, front-wheel drive switch (S05 or S63)


Front-wheel drive switch set to AUTO (switch S05) or ON (switch S63): Status XX10

Front-wheel drive switch set to ON (only switch S05): Status XX00

Front-wheel drive switch set to OFF/Brake assist (switch S05) or OFF (switch S63): Status XX01

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact.


- On tractors without HMS II, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for front-wheel drive switch (S63)
(without HMS II) .
- On tractors with HMS II, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for front-wheel drive switch (S05) (with
HMS II).

NO:- On tractors without HMS II, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for front-wheel drive switch
(S63) (without HMS II) .- On tractors with HMS II, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for front-wheel
drive switch (S05) (with HMS II).

( 3 ) Checking the circuit of the front-wheel drive switch

Action:

Tractor with cab:


On tractors without HMS, see: Circuit/harness test for front-wheel drive switch
(S63) (without HMS II)
On tractors with HMS, see: Circuit/harness test for front-wheel drive switch (S05)
(with HMS II).
Open operator′s station:
See: Circuit test for front-wheel drive switch (S63) - open operator′s station .

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 212 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 302086.31- Front-Wheel Drive Clutch Solenoid, Circuit Fault


06
BCU 302086.31 is saved if there is an open lead or a short circuit in the circuit of the solenoid
valve when the solenoid valve is active (front-wheel drive switched off). The diagnostic
trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Wrong value in the input address for the configuration of the front
wheel drive.
Defective front wheel drive clutch solenoid (Y03).
Defective line connections (cable 555 or 310).
Defective/bad ground connection via ground point XGND45 to XGND1.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 213 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the input address for configuration of the front-wheel drive

Action:

Access address BCU022 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU022 – Configuration, front-wheel drive


Tractors without front-wheel drive: Status XX0

Tractors with front-wheel drive: Status XX1

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Correct the input.

( 3 ) Checking the front-wheel drive solenoid valve

Action:

Item Measurement Specification

Specifications for solenoid valve (Y03; front-wheel drive clutch)


Resistance check: Solenoid resistance 10 - 12 ohms at 20°C

Voltage when front-wheel drive clutch is disengaged: Voltage 12 volts

Voltage when front-wheel drive clutch is engaged: Voltage 0 volt

Amperage check when front-wheel drive clutch is 1 - 1.2 amps at 20°C and 12-volt
Amperage
disengaged: nominal voltage

→NOTE:

The amperage and voltage supply can only be checked with test wiring
harness DFLX14 ( Reference 299-05-016 ). In the following cases the BCU
immediately interrupts the power supply:
• Harness interrupted (disconnected or defective lead).
• Solenoid valve defective

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact. GO TO 4 .

NO: GO TO 4 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 214 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the circuit of the front-wheel drive solenoid clutch

Action:

Tractor with cab:


See: Circuit/harness test for front-wheel drive solenoid valve (Y03)
Open operator′s station:
See: Circuit test for front-wheel drive solenoid valve (Y03) - open operator′s station
.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 215 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 302089.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Turn Off the Rear PTO Switch
06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 302089.31 is generated if the rear PTO switch, PTO preselector
switch or PTO remote control switch are already on when the ignition key is turned.

→NOTE:

This diagnostic trouble code is not stored in the controller′s error memory.
It is intended only as information for the operator.

BCU 302106.31- Control Unit, Internal Error


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 302106.31 is saved when there is an error in the memory of the
basic control unit. All values in the memory are replaced by the factory default settings. This
might change the functionality of the control unit. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (diagnostic trouble code is regenerated after it has been
deleted and the ignition switched ON/OFF): Replacing the basic control unit (BCU).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 216 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 302120.31- Front PTO Solenoid Valve, Circuit Fault


06
BCU 302120.31 is saved if there is an open lead or a short circuit in the circuit of the solenoid
valve when the solenoid valve is active (front PTO switched on). The diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Wrong value in the input address for the configuration of the front
PTO.
Defective front PTO solenoid (Y01).
Defective line connections (cable 607 or 310).
Defective/bad ground connection (XGND9).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 217 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the input address for configuration of front PTO

Action:

Access address BCU027 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU027 – Configuration, front PTO


Tractors without front PTO: Status XX0

Tractors with front PTO: Status XX1

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Correct the input.

( 3 ) Checking the front PTO solenoid

Action:

Item Measurement Specification

Specifications for front PTO solenoid valve (Y01)


Resistance check: Solenoid resistance 10 - 12 ohms at 20°C

Voltage when front PTO is disengaged: Voltage 0 volt

Voltage when front PTO is engaged: Voltage 12 volts

Amperage check with front PTO engaged: Amperage 1 - 1.2 amps at 20°C and 12-volt nominal voltage

→NOTE:

The amperage and voltage supply can only be checked with test wiring
harness DFLX14 ( Reference 299-05-016 ). In the following cases the BCU
immediately interrupts the power supply:

• Harness interrupted (disconnected or defective lead).

• Solenoid valve defective

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact. GO TO 4 .

NO: GO TO 4 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 218 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the circuit of the front PTO solenoid valve

Action:

Tractor with cab:


See: Circuit/harness test for front PTO solenoid valve (Y01) .

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 219 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 302123.31- Forward/Reverse Switch Signal Does not Match Signal of Not-
Neutral Switch
06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 302123.31 is saved when the basic control unit receives an
erroneous switch signal combination from the reverse drive lever. The diagnostic trouble
code triggers the alarm level: “Information”. This diagnostic trouble code does not
necessarily have any real meaning. It is often stored by chance when the main switch is
turned (ignition ON and OFF). For this reason, diagnosis only needs to be performed if one or
more related faults occur in conjunction with this code.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

This diagnostic trouble code may occur without there being any
problem at the reverse drive lever (forward switch, reverse switch and
not-neutral switch). For this reason, delete this diagnostic trouble
code after starting the engine, then do an operational check. If this
diagnostic trouble code re-appears after the operational check, this
indicates a fault at the reverse drive lever (forward switch, reverse
switch and not-neutral switch).
Defective reverse drive lever:
reverse drive lever (A47) on tractors without "N" indicator light
reverse drive lever (A68/1) up to tractor serial no. 398655
reverse drive lever (A68/2) from tractor serial no. 398655
Defective line connection between the reverse drive lever and the
basic control unit (BCU).
Open lead in the circuit of the reverse drive lever.
Short circuit in the circuit of the reverse drive lever.
Shorted to ground in the circuit of the reverse drive lever

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 220 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check signals from reverse drive lever to the basic control unit

Action:

Access address BCU017 .

Item Measurement Specification

BCU017 - Status, reverse drive lever switch (A47 or A68)


Reverse drive lever in forward position: Status X110

Reverse drive lever in reverse position: Status X011

Reverse drive lever in neutral position: Status X000

Result:

YES:Type of error indicates a loose contact (check the reverse drive lever circuit to the basic
control unit): GO TO 4

NO: GO TO 3

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 221 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Check reverse drive lever signals to transmission control unit

Action:

Access address EPC007 .

Item Measurement Specification

EPC007 - Status, not-neutral switch (A47 or A68)


Reverse drive lever in forward position: Status 101XXXXX

Reverse drive lever in reverse position: Status 011XXXXX

Reverse drive lever in neutral position: Status 000XXXXX

Result:

YES:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for detent coil in reverse drive lever .

NO: GO TO 4

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

types of reverse drive levers

LEGEND:
1 A47
2 A68/1
3 A68/2
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 222 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

A black shrink hose


B Resistance
C red or yellow shrink hose

Check the circuit:

On tractors with "N" indicator light at reverse drive lever (A68), see:
Circuit/harness test for reverse drive lever (A68/1) up to tractor serial no. 398655 ;
see 245-EPC.
Circuit/harness test for reverse drive lever (A68/2) from tractor serial no. 398656 ;
see 245-EPC.
On tractors without "N" indicator light at reverse drive lever (A47), see:
Circuit/harness test for not-neutral switch ; see Technical Manual, Section 245,
Group EPC.
Circuit/harness test for forward switch ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group
EPC.
Circuit/harness test for reverse switch ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group
EPC.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 223 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 302124.31- Alternator Relay, Circuit Fault


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 302124.31 is saved if an open lead or short circuit exists in the
detent coil circuit of the relay. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“Information” .

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective relay for alternator K02/2.


Defective line connections (cable 336 or 310).
Defective/bad ground connection via ground point XGND44 to XGND5.
Defective alternator.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 224 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.2 Perform a visual inspection of the battery, the alternator and the relay for alternator
K02/2.

1. Check for visual signs of damage.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 225 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check System Voltage (BCU System Voltage)

Action:

Access address BCU032 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU032 - Voltage, System Voltage (BCU Operating Voltage)


Switch ignition ON; engine OFF: Voltage between 11.2 and 12.7 volts

Engine running in low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts

Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Checking the charging system

Action:

• Check alternator, refer to "Alternator Checks" , Section 240, Group 15.

• Check battery, refer to "Battery Checks" , Section 240, Group 15.

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

OK: Circuit/harness test for alternator relay (K02/2) .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 226 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the circuit of the alternator relay (K02/2)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.

Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.

For circuit test, see:

Circuit/harness test for alternator relay (K02/2)

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 227 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 302131.31- Fault in Turn Signal Circuit


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 302131.31 is saved if an open lead or short circuit exists in the
turn signal circuit. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Turn signal lights H34, H35, H42 and/or H43 might be defective.
Defective line connection between the basic control unit and the turn
signal lights.
Positive lead for left turn signal light (cable 125 and/or 126).
Positive lead for right turn signal light (cable 107 and/or 119).
Defective/bad ground connection from the turn signal lights:
XGND1 via ground point XGND45 (W08 - cab wiring harness).
XGND5 via ground point XGND44 (W08 - cab wiring harness).
XGND10 (W19 - cab roof wiring harness).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 228 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the circuit of turn signal lights (H34, H35, H42 and H43)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.

Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.

For circuit diagram refer to:

Reference 240-10-021 , SE16E - Basic control unit (BCU) (hazard flasher and turn-signal
lights)

For component location and pin arrangement see:

Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoQuad/IVT transmission


and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-002 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus transmission
and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad/IVT transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-006 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER I Engine - Summary of References

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 229 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 302132.31- Hazard Warning Light Fuse Defective


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 302132.31 is saved when the basic control unit does not detect
a 12-volt signal at the signal input for fuse F03/03 and/or F03/04 (by OOS tractors look to
fuses F105 and F106). This indicates that there is an open lead or a short to ground in the
fuse′s circuit. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective fuse F03/03 and/or F03/04 (by OOS tractors look to fuses
F105 and F106).
Defective line connection between the hazard warning light fuses and
the basic control unit (cable 112 and/or 182).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 230 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the fuses of hazard warning lights

Action:

Access address BCU012 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU012 - Status, hazard warning light fuse F03/03 (left) F03/04 (right) or F105 (left) F106
(right)
If fuse F03/03 or F105 is OK: Status X1XX

If fuse F03/04 or F106 is OK: Status XXX1

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact. GO TO 3 .

NO:Check fuse circuit, GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 231 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the circuit of hazard warning light fuses F03/03 and F03/04 (by OOS
tractors look to fuses F105 and F106)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.

Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.

For circuit diagram refer to:

Reference 240-10-021 , SE16E - Basic control unit (BCU) (hazard flasher and turn-signal
lights)

For component location and pin arrangement see:

Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoQuad/IVT transmission


and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-002 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus transmission
and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad/IVT transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-006 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER I Engine - Summary of References

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 232 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 302133.31- Rear PTO Preselector, Switch Error


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 302133.31 is saved when the basic control unit has a wrong
setting in the BCU input address BCU066. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm
level: “Information”.

Diagnostics
( 1 ) Check input address BCU066

Action:

Access address BCU066

All tractor models with HMS II: Input = 0100

All tractor models without HMS II: Input = 0000

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Modify setting, confirm and delete the diagnostic trouble code.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 233 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 302134.31- HMS Program Switch Defective


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 302134.31 is saved when the basic control unit receives an
erroneous signal combination from the switch. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm
level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective HMS program switch S100.


Defective signal lead (cable 551, 554 or 559).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

• “Replacing the Headland Management (HMS) Switch” , (Section 40, Group 25 in the Repair
manual).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 234 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check HMS Program Switch

Action:

Access address BCU015 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU015 - Status, HMS Program Switch (S100)


HMS program switch in neutral position: Status X101

HMS program switch in position for program 1: Status X110

HMS program switch in position for program 2: Status X011

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact. GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for HMS program switch (S100) .

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for HMS program switch (S100) .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 235 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 302240.31- Control Unit Connected to Wrong Wiring Harness Connector


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 302240.31 is saved when the basic control unit detects an
erroneous signal in the circuit of the control unit identification. An erroneous test signal is
detected during the initialization of the control unit via the wiring harness bridge (cable 544)
from pin 37 (connector X483/2) to pin 25 (connector X483/1). This diagnostic trouble code
does not necessarily have any real meaning. It is often stored by chance when the main
switch is turned (ignition ON and OFF). For this reason, diagnosis only needs to be performed
if one or more related faults occur in conjunction with this code.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

This diagnostic trouble code may occur without there being any
problem at the wiring harness connector. For this reason, delete this
diagnostic trouble code after starting the engine, then do an
operational check. If this diagnostic trouble code re-appears after the
operational check, this indicates a wrongly connected control unit.
Wrong control unit connected to BCU connector X483/1 and X483/2.
Open circuit (cable 544).
Defective basic control unit (BCU).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 236 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.2

Is the correct control unit connected to connector X483/1 and X483/2?

Result:

YES:If the correct control unit is connected, GO TO 2 .

NO:Connect the correct control unit and test its functionality.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 237 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the control unit identification circuit (lead 544)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.

Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.

For circuit diagram refer to:

Reference 240-10-024 , SE16H - Basic control unit (BCU) (power supply, acoustic alarm)

For component location and pin arrangement see:

Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoQuad/IVT transmission


and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-002 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus transmission
and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad/IVT transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-006 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER I Engine - Summary of References

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 238 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 303027.31- Calibration of Hitch Control Unit Not Successful


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303027.31 is saved if an erroneous signal is detected from one
or several senders during the hitch calibration. If the problem is caused by one of the
senders, an additional, sender-specific diagnostic trouble code is saved.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective hitch sender.

Additional references:

• General Hitch Information: Reference 270-20-001 , PFC Hydraulic System - Summary of


References.

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-201 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Hitch Control).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

Determine whether additional diagnostic trouble codes (priority diagnostic codes) that
indicate a problem at a hitch sender have been saved.

Result:

YES:Process the priority diagnostic codes.

NO:No priority diagnostic codes saved, GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 239 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Test the functionality of the hitch

Action:

For information on performing an operational check, refer to:

• Reference 270-10-020 , Hitch Control - Operational Check.

• Reference 270-10-030 , Hitch Remote Control - Operational Check.

Result:

YES:If no problem can be detected during the operational check: Repeat the hitch
calibration, see Reference 245-BCU-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Hitch Control.

NO:Search the error memory for diagnostic trouble codes and repair if required.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 240 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 303028.31- Hitch Control Unit Not Calibrated


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303028.31 is saved, if the previous hitch calibration was not
saved or the hitch function of a new basic control unit has not been calibrated yet.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

The hitch function of the basic control unit was not performed yet.
The calibration of the hitch function was prematurely aborted.
The calibration of the hitch function was not saved.

Additional references:

• General Hitch Information: Reference 270-20-001 , PFC Hydraulic System - Summary of


References.

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-201 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Hitch Control).

• Reference 270-10-020 , Hitch Control - Operational Check.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

Determine whether additional diagnostic trouble codes (priority diagnostic codes) that
indicate a problem at the basic control unit have been saved.

Result:

YES:Process the priority diagnostic codes.

NO:No priority diagnostic codes saved, GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 241 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Perform the hitch calibration

Action:

Refer to Reference 245-BCU-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Hitch Control.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Calibration can not be saved (with instrument panel and performance monitor):
• Search the error memory for diagnostic trouble codes and repair if required.
• Check CAN BUS connection of Basic Control Unit.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 242 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 303037.03- 5-Volt Power Supply is too High


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303037.03 is saved if a voltage of more than 5.25 volts is
measured at the voltage supply of the 5-volt components (hitch feedback unit, position
sensor and draft sensors). This indicates a short to the power supply (battery voltage) in the
circuit.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Positive lead of the 5-volt supply voltage defective.


Short circuit at cable 873.
Defective components (potentiometer or sender) in the 5-volt voltage
supply circuit.
Internal problem in the basic control unit.

Additional references:

• General hitch information: Reference 270-20-001 , PFC Hydraulic System - Summary of


References.

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-201 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Hitch Control).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 243 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the 5-volt power supply

Action:

Access address BCU116 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU116 - Voltage, 5-volt power supply for hitch control units


5-volt power supply: Minimum voltage 4.75 volts

Maximum voltage 5.25 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact. GO TO 3 .

NO:Check switch circuit, GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 244 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the power supply circuit of the 5-volt components

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.

Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.

For circuit diagram refer to:

Reference 240-10-016 , SE15 Electronic Hitch Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement see:

Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoQuad/IVT transmission


and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-002 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus transmission
and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad/IVT transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-006 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER I Engine - Summary of References

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 245 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 303037.04- 5-Volt Power Supply is too Low


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303037.04 is saved when the voltage measured at the positive
lead of the voltage supply to the 5-volt components (hitch feedback unit, position sensor and
draft sensors) is below 4.75 volts. This indicates that the circuit is open or shorted to ground.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Positive lead of the 5-volt supply voltage defective.


Short to ground at cable 873.
Defective ground lead (cable 531).
Defective components (potentiometer or sender) in the 5-volt voltage
supply circuit.
Internal problem in the basic control unit.

Additional references:

• General hitch information: Reference 270-20-001 , PFC Hydraulic System - Summary of


References.

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-201 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Hitch Control).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 246 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the 5-volt power supply

Action:

Access address BCU116 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU116 - Voltage, 5-volt power supply for hitch control units


5-volt power supply: Minimum voltage 4.75 volts

Maximum voltage 5.25 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact. GO TO 3 .

NO:Check switch circuit, GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 247 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the power supply circuit of the 5-volt components

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.

Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.

For circuit diagram refer to:

Reference 240-10-016 , SE15 Electronic Hitch Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement see:

Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoQuad/IVT transmission


and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-002 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus transmission
and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad/IVT transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-006 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER I Engine - Summary of References

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 248 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 303041.02- Stepper Motor Coil 1, Open Lead


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303041.02 is saved when no impulses are received from the
stepper motor circuit (coil 1). This indicates that the stepper motor′s circuit is open. This
diagnostic trouble code does not necessarily have any real meaning. It is often stored by
chance when the main switch is turned (ignition ON and OFF). For this reason, diagnosis only
needs to be performed if one or more related faults occur in conjunction with this code.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

This diagnostic trouble code may occur without there being any
problem at the coil. For this reason, delete this diagnostic trouble
code after starting the engine, then do an operational check. If this
diagnostic trouble code re-appears after the operational check, this
indicates an open line or a defective coil.
Defective line connection between the stepper motor and the basic
control unit (cable 858 and 859).
Defective stepper motor (M08).

Additional references:

• General hitch information: Reference 270-20-001 , PFC Hydraulic System - Summary of


References.

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-201 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Hitch Control).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 249 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.2 Perform a visual inspection of the stepper motor (M08) and the stepper motor connector
X92 (W30).

1. Check for visual signs of damage.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 250 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the stepper motor

Action:

Disconnect stepper motor connector X92 (W30).

To test the stepper motor for shorted or open circuit, check continuity between stepper motor
terminals:

Item Measurement Specification

Specifications for stepper motor (M08)


Between pin A (cable 859 / PH1+) and pin B (cable 858 / PH1-): Resistance 1.0 - 2.0 ohms

Between pin C (cable 855 / PH2+) and pin D (cable 854 / PH2-): Resistance 1.0 - 2.0 ohms

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact. GO TO 3 ..

NO:Replace the stepper motor and calibrate the hitch function of the BCU ( Reference 245-
BCU-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Hitch Control).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 251 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the circuit of stepper motor (M08)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.

Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.

For circuit diagram refer to:

Reference 240-10-016 , SE15 Electronic Hitch Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement see:

Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoQuad/IVT transmission


and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-002 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus transmission
and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad/IVT transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-006 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER I Engine - Summary of References

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 252 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 303042.02- Stepper Motor Coil 2, Open Lead


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303042.02 is saved when no impulses are received from the
stepper motor circuit (coil 2). This indicates that the stepper motor′s circuit is open. This
diagnostic trouble code does not necessarily have any real meaning. It is often stored by
chance when the main switch is turned (ignition ON and OFF). For this reason, diagnosis only
needs to be performed if one or more related faults occur in conjunction with this code.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

This diagnostic trouble code may occur without there being any
problem at the coil. For this reason, delete this diagnostic trouble
code after starting the engine, then do an operational check. If this
diagnostic trouble code re-appears after the operational check, this
indicates an open line or a defective coil.
Defective line connection between the stepper motor and the basic
control unit (cable 854 and 855).
Defective stepper motor (M08).

Additional references:

• General hitch information: Reference 270-20-001 , PFC Hydraulic System - Summary of


References.

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-201 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Hitch Control).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 253 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.2 Perform a visual inspection of the stepper motor (M08) and the stepper motor connector
X92 (W30).

1. Check for visual signs of damage.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 254 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the stepper motor

Action:

Disconnect stepper motor connector X92 (W30).

To test the stepper motor for shorted or open circuit, check continuity between stepper motor
terminals:

Item Measurement Specification

Specifications for stepper motor (M08)


Between pin A (cable 859 / PH1+) and pin B (cable 858 / PH1-): Resistance 1.0 - 2.0 ohms

Between pin C (cable 855 / PH2+) and pin D (cable 854 / PH2-): Resistance 1.0 - 2.0 ohms

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact. GO TO 3 .

NO:Replace the stepper motor and calibrate the hitch function of the BCU ( Reference 245-
BCU-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Hitch Control).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 255 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the circuit of stepper motor (M08)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.

Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.

For circuit diagram refer to:

Reference 240-10-016 , SE15 Electronic Hitch Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement see:

Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoQuad/IVT transmission


and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-002 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus transmission
and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad/IVT transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-006 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER I Engine - Summary of References

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 256 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 303043.02- Stepper Motor Coil 1, Circuit Fault


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303043.02 is saved when invalid impulses are received from the
stepper motor circuit (coil 1). This indicates a short circuit in the stepper motor circuit, either
within the coil, to the supply voltage (battery voltage), or to ground.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective line connection between the stepper motor and the basic
control unit (cable 858 and 859).
Short or ground.
Defective stepper motor (M08).

Additional references:

• General hitch information: Reference 270-20-001 , PFC Hydraulic System - Summary of


References.

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-201 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Hitch Control).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 257 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.2 Perform a visual inspection of the stepper motor (M08) and the stepper motor connector
X92 (W30).

1. Check for visual signs of damage.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 258 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the stepper motor

Action:

Disconnect stepper motor connector X92 (W30).

To test the stepper motor for shorted or open circuit, check continuity between stepper motor
terminals:

Item Measurement Specification

Specifications for stepper motor (M08)


Between pin A (cable 859 / PH1+) and pin B (cable 858 / PH1-): Resistance 1.0 - 2.0 ohms

Between pin C (cable 855 / PH2+) and pin D (cable 854 / PH2-): Resistance 1.0 - 2.0 ohms

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact. GO TO 3 .

NO:Replace the stepper motor and calibrate the hitch function of the BCU ( Reference 245-
BCU-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Hitch Control).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 259 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the circuit of stepper motor (M08)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.

Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.

For circuit diagram refer to:

Reference 240-10-016 , SE15 Electronic Hitch Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement see:

Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoQuad/IVT transmission


and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-002 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus transmission
and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad/IVT transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-006 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER I Engine - Summary of References

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 260 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 303044.02- Stepper Motor Coil 2, Circuit Fault


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303044.02 is saved when invalid impulses are received from the
stepper motor circuit (coil 2). This indicates a short circuit in the stepper motor circuit, either
within the coil, to the supply voltage (battery voltage), or to ground.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective line connection between the stepper motor and the basic
control unit (cable 854 and 855).
Short or ground.
Defective stepper motor (M08).

Additional references:

• General hitch information: Reference 270-20-001 , PFC Hydraulic System - Summary of


References.

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-201 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Hitch Control).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 261 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.2 Perform a visual inspection of the stepper motor (M08) and the stepper motor connector
X92 (W30).

1. Check for visual signs of damage.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 262 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the stepper motor

Action:

Disconnect stepper motor connector X92 (W30).

To test the stepper motor for shorted or open circuit, check continuity between stepper motor
terminals:

Item Measurement Specification

Specifications for stepper motor (M08)


Between pin A (cable 859 / PH1+) and pin B (cable 858 / PH1-): Resistance 1.0 - 2.0 ohms

Between pin C (cable 855 / PH2+) and pin D (cable 854 / PH2-): Resistance 1.0 - 2.0 ohms

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact. GO TO 3 .

NO:Replace the stepper motor and calibrate the hitch function of the BCU ( Reference 245-
BCU-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Hitch Control).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 263 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the circuit of stepper motor (M08)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.

Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.

For circuit diagram refer to:

Reference 240-10-016 , SE15 Electronic Hitch Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement see:

Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoQuad/IVT transmission


and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-002 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus transmission
and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad/IVT transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-006 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER I Engine - Summary of References

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 264 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 303045.04- System Voltage Too Low


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303045.04 is saved if the operating voltage of the basic control
unit (ELX battery voltage) is less than 8.06 volts. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “CAUTION”.

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective alternator drive.


Defective battery.
Defective alternator.
Defective line connections.

Perform the procedure for diagnostic trouble code BCU 000168.18 ––


System Voltage Too Low (Idle Until 1500 rpm) .

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

Reference 245-BCU-201 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Hitch Control).

BCU 303047.03- System Voltage Too High


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303047.03 is saved if the operating voltage of the basic control
unit (ELX battery voltage) is more than 17.92 volts. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “CAUTION”.

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective battery.
Defective alternator.

Perform the procedure for diagnostic trouble code BCU 000168.16 ––


System Voltage Too High (Engine Running) .

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 265 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

Reference 245-BCU-201 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Hitch Control).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 266 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 303049.02- Conflicting Signals from Quick Raise/Lower Switch and Remote
Switch
06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303049.02 is stored if the rocker switch for quick raise/lower
and the remote switch are actuated simultaneously. This indicates a short in the signal leads.
NOTE: While the BCU is being calibrated, diagnostic trouble code BCU 303049.02 may be
generated in conjunction with BCU 303027.31. In this context, you can safely disregard these
diagnostic trouble codes. Delete the diagnostic trouble codes and check that the hitch
operates properly.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective rapid raise/lower rocker switch (S24).


Defective left (S68) or right (S23) remote control switch.
Defective line connection between the rocker switch and the basic
control unit (cable 834 and 839).
Short circuit.

Additional references:

• General hitch information: Reference 270-20-001 , PFC Hydraulic System - Summary of


References.

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-201 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Hitch Control).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 267 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is created during calibration GO TO 1.2Diagnostic trouble code is


created during regular operation GO TO 2

Action:

Check BCU software version, see address BCU234

Result:

YES:Software version above or below 2.2 GO TO 2

NO:Software version is 2.2. Disregard these diagnostic trouble codes. Delete the diagnostic
trouble codes and check that the hitch operates properly.

( 2 ) Checking the rocker switch and remote switch

Action:

Access address BCU103 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU103 – Voltage, rapid raise/lower rocker switch (S24)


Switch (S24) in center (OFF) position: Voltage 6 volts (with 12-volt supply voltage)

Switch (S24) in RAISE position: Maximum voltage 10.5 volts

Switch (S24) in LOWER position: Minimum voltage 1 volt

Access address BCU112 :

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 268 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Item Measurement Specification

BCU112 – Checking the RAISE signal from remote switch (S68)


Switch (S68) in center (OFF) position: Status X01

Switch (S68) in RAISE position: Status X10

Access address BCU114 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU114 – Checking the LOWER signal from remote switch (S68)


Switch (S68) in center (OFF) position: Status X01

Switch (S68) in LOWER position: Status X10

Access address BCU113 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU113 – Checking the RAISE signal from remote switch (S23)


Switch (S23) in center (OFF) position: Status X01

Switch (S23) in RAISE position: Status X10

Access address BCU115 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU115 – Checking the LOWER signal from remote switch (S23)


Switch (S23) in center (OFF) position: Status X01

Switch (S23) in LOWER position: Status X10

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact. • GO TO 3 .

NO: GO TO 3

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 269 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the circuit of the quick raise/lower switch

Action:

Tractor with cab:


See: Circuit/harness test for rapid-raise switch (S24) .
Open operator′s station:
See: Circuit/harness test for rapid raise switch (S24) - open operator′s station .

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 270 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 303049.03- Rapid Raise/Lower Rocker Switch, Signal Voltage Too High
06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303049.03 is saved when the basic control unit detects a
voltage over 10.5 volts at the signal input of the rapid raise/lower rocker switch during
operation or calibration. This indicates a short circuit to the supply voltage (battery voltage)
in the switch circuit.
NOTE: While the BCU is being calibrated, diagnostic trouble code BCU 303049.03 may be
generated in conjunction with BCU 303027.31. In this context, you can safely disregard these
diagnostic trouble codes. Delete the diagnostic trouble codes and check that the hitch
operates properly.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective rapid raise/lower rocker switch (S24).


Defective line connection between the rocker switch and the basic
control unit (cable 834 and 839).
Short circuit.

Additional references:

• General hitch information: Reference 270-20-001 , PFC Hydraulic System - Summary of


References.

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-201 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Hitch Control).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 271 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is created during calibration GO TO 1.2.Diagnostic trouble code is


created during regular operation, GO TO 2 .

Action:

Check BCU software version, see address BCU234

Result:

YES:Software version above or below 2.2, GO TO 2 .

NO:Software version is 2.2. Disregard these diagnostic trouble codes. Delete the diagnostic
trouble codes and check that the hitch operates properly.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 272 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the rocker switch

Action:

Access address BCU103 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU103 – Voltage, rapid raise/lower rocker switch (S24)


Switch (S24) in center (OFF) position: Voltage 6 volts (with 12-volt supply voltage)

Switch (S24) in RAISE position: Maximum voltage 10.5 volts

Switch (S24) in LOWER position: Minimum voltage 1 volt

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact. GO TO 3 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Checking the circuit of the quick raise/lower switch

Action:

Tractor with cab:


See: Circuit/harness test for rapid-raise switch (S24) .
Open operator′s station:
See: Circuit/harness test for rapid raise switch (S24) - open operator′s station .

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 273 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 303049.04- Rapid Raise/Lower Rocker Switch, Signal Voltage Too Low
06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303049.04 is saved when the basic control unit detects a
voltage below 1 volt at the signal input of the rapid raise/lower rocker switch during operation
or calibration. This indicates that the switch′s circuit is open.
NOTE: While the BCU is being calibrated, diagnostic trouble code BCU 303049.04 may be
generated in conjunction with BCU 303027.31. In this context, you can safely disregard these
diagnostic trouble codes. Delete the diagnostic trouble codes and check that the hitch
operates properly.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective rapid raise/lower rocker switch (S24).


Defective line connection between the rocker switch and the basic
control unit (cable 834 and 839 or positive lead 838).
Open circuit.
Grounded circuit.

Additional references:

• General hitch information: Reference 270-20-001 , PFC Hydraulic System - Summary of


References.

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-201 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Hitch Control).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 274 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is created during calibration GO TO 1.2Diagnostic trouble code is


created during regular operation GO TO 2

Action:

Check BCU software version, see address BCU234

Result:

YES:Software version above or below 2.2 GO TO 2

NO:Software version is 2.2. Disregard these diagnostic trouble codes. Delete the diagnostic
trouble codes and check that the hitch operates properly.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 275 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the rocker switch

Action:

Access address BCU103 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU103 – Voltage, rapid raise/lower rocker switch (S24)


Switch (S24) in center (OFF) position: Voltage 6 volts (with 12-volt supply voltage)

Switch (S24) in RAISE position: Maximum voltage 10.5 volts

Switch (S24) in LOWER position: Minimum voltage 1 volt

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact. GO TO 3 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Checking the circuit of the quick raise/lower switch

Action:

Tractor with cab:


See: Circuit/harness test for rapid-raise switch (S24) .
Open operator′s station:
See: Circuit/harness test for rapid raise switch (S24) - open operator′s station .

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 276 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 303051.03- Left Draft Sensor, Signal Voltage Too High


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303051.03 is saved when the basic control unit measures a
voltage over 4.75 volts at the signal input of the left draft sensor. This indicates that the draft
sensor′s circuit is shorted.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Left draft sensor (B20) is set wrongly or misadjusted.


Defective draft sensor B20.
Defective line connection between draft sensor (B20) and basic control
unit:
Positive lead (cable 873).
Signal lead (cable 885).

Additional references:

• General hitch information: Reference 270-20-001 , PFC Hydraulic System - Summary of


References.

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-201 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Hitch Control).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 277 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the voltage supply to the draft sensor

Action:

Access address BCU116 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU116 – Voltage, 5-volt power supply for hitch control units


5-volt power supply: Voltage 4.75 - 5.25 volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Refer to diagnostics for faulty 5-volt power supply (diagnostic trouble code BCU
303037.03, Section 211, Group BCU).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 278 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the left draft sensor

Action:

3.1

IMPORTANT:

Check signal voltage of l.h. draft sensor (not under load). There should not
be any draft links attached to the draft sensor′s bearing pin.

Access address BCU104 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU104 - Left daft sensor (B20) output voltage


Draft sensor not under load: Voltage 2.4 - 2.6 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact. GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 3.2

Action:

3.2

For information on setting the draft sensor, see Reference 270-15-151 , Hitch - Checking and
Adjusting Draft Sensors.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO: GO TO 4 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 279 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the circuit of the left draft sensor

Action:

Tractor with cab:


See: Circuit/harness test for l.h. draft sensor (B20) .
Open operator′s station:
See: Circuit/harness test for l.h. draft sensor (B20) - open operator′s station .

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 280 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 303051.04- Left Draft Sensor, Signal Voltage Too Low


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303051.04 is saved when the basic control unit measures a
voltage below 0.25 volts at the signal input of the left draft sensor. This indicates that the
draft sensor′s circuit is open.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Left draft sensor (B20) is set wrongly or misadjusted.


Defective draft sensor B20.
Defective line connection between draft sensor (B20) and basic control
unit:
Positive lead (cable 873).
Ground lead (cable 531).
Signal lead (cable 885).

Additional references:

• General hitch information: Reference 270-20-001 , PFC Hydraulic System - Summary of


References.

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-201 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Hitch Control).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 281 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the voltage supply to the draft sensor

Action:

Access address BCU116 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU116 – Voltage, 5-volt power supply for hitch control units


5-volt power supply: Voltage 4.75 - 5.25 volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Refer to diagnostics for faulty 5-volt power supply (diagnostic trouble code BCU
303037.04, Section 211, Group BCU).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 282 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the left draft sensor

Action:

3.1

IMPORTANT:

Check signal voltage of l.h. draft sensor (not under load). There should not
be any draft links attached to the draft sensor′s bearing pin.

Access address BCU104 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU104 - Left daft sensor (B20) output voltage


Draft sensor not under load: Voltage 2.4 - 2.6 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact. GO TO 4 .

NO:• No display in address BCU 104: Check the 5-volt supply voltage at connector X89.•
Display not within specification: GO TO 3.2

Action:

3.2

For information on setting the draft sensor, see Reference 270-15-151 , Hitch - Checking and
Adjusting Draft Sensors.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Adjustment not possible: GO TO 4 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 283 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the circuit of the left draft sensor

Action:

Tractor with cab:


See: Circuit/harness test for l.h. draft sensor (B20) .
Open operator′s station:
See: Circuit/harness test for l.h. draft sensor (B20) - open operator′s station .

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 284 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 303052.03- Right Draft Sensor, Signal Voltage Too High


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303052.03 is saved when the basic control unit measures a
voltage over 4.75 volts at the signal input of the right draft sensor. This indicates that the
draft sensor′s circuit is shorted.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Right draft sensor (B19) is set wrongly or misadjusted.


Incorrect draft sensor B19.
Defective line connection between draft sensor or potentiometer and
basic control unit:
Positive lead (cable 873).
Signal lead (cable 884).

Additional references:

• General hitch information: Reference 270-20-001 , PFC Hydraulic System - Summary of


References.

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-201 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Hitch Control).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 285 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the voltage supply to draft sensor or draft potentiometer

Action:

Access address BCU116 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU116 - Voltage, 5-volt power supply for hitch control units


5-volt power supply: Voltage 4.75 - 5.25 volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Refer to diagnostics for faulty 5-volt power supply (diagnostic trouble code BCU
303037.03, Section 211, Group BCU).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 286 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the draft sensor or draft potentiometer

Action:

3.1

IMPORTANT:

Check signal voltage of r.h. draft sensor B19 (not under load). There should
not be any draft links attached to the draft sensor′s bearing pin.

Access address BCU105 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU105 - Right draft sensor (B19)/draft potentiometer (B41) output voltage


Right draft sensor B19 not under load: Voltage 2.4 - 2.6 volts

Draft potentiometer B41: Voltage 2.4 - 2.6 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact. GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 3.2

Action:

3.2

For information on adjusting the draft sensor/draft potentiometer, refer to:

• Reference 270-15-151 , Hitch - Checking and Adjusting Draft Sensors.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Adjustment not possible: GO TO 4 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 287 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the circuit of the right draft sensor

Action:

Tractor with cab:


See: Circuit/harness test for r.h. draft sensor (B19) .
Open operator′s station:
See: Circuit test on r.h. draft sensor (B19) - open operator′s station .

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 288 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 303052.04- Right Draft Sensor, Signal Voltage Too Low


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303052.04 is saved when the basic control unit measures a
voltage below 0.25 volts at the signal input of the right draft sensor. This indicates that the
draft sensor′s circuit is open.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Right draft sensor B19 is set wrongly or misadjusted.


Incorrect draft sensor B19.
Defective line connection between draft sensor or potentiometer and
basic control unit:
Positive lead (cable 873).
Ground lead (cable 531).
Signal lead (cable 884).

Additional references:

• General hitch information: Reference 270-20-001 , PFC Hydraulic System - Summary of


References.

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-201 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Hitch Control).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 289 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the voltage supply to draft sensor or draft potentiometer

Action:

Access address BCU116 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU116 - Voltage, 5-volt power supply for hitch control units


5-volt power supply: Voltage 4.75 - 5.25 volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Refer to diagnostics for faulty 5-volt power supply (diagnostic trouble code BCU
303037.04, Section 211, Group BCU).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 290 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the draft sensor or draft potentiometer

Action:

3.1

IMPORTANT:

Check signal voltage of r.h. draft sensor B19 (not under load). There should
not be any draft links attached to the draft sensor′s bearing pin.

Access address BCU105 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU105 - Right draft sensor (B19)/draft potentiometer (B41) output voltage


Right draft sensor B19 not under load: Voltage 2.4 - 2.6 volts

Draft potentiometer B41: Voltage 2.4 - 2.6 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact. GO TO 4 .

NO:• No display in address BCU 105: Check the 5-volt supply voltage at pin X90 or X71.•
Display not within specification: Check draft sensor circuit, GO TO 3.2

Action:

3.2

For information on adjusting the draft sensor/draft potentiometer, refer to:

• Reference 270-15-151 , Hitch - Checking and Adjusting Draft Sensors.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Adjustment not possible: GO TO 4 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 291 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the circuit of the right draft sensor

Action:

Tractor with cab:


See: Circuit/harness test for r.h. draft sensor (B19) .
Open operator′s station:
See: Circuit test on r.h. draft sensor (B19) - open operator′s station .

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 292 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 303053.03- Sensitivity Potentiometer, Signal Voltage Too High


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303053.03 is saved when the basic control unit measures a
voltage over 4.75 volts at the signal input of the potentiometer. This indicates a short circuit
in the potentiometer circuit.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective sensitivity potentiometer (B26).


Defective line connection between the potentiometer and the basic
control unit (short circuit):
Positive lead (cable 873).
Signal lead (cable 869).

Additional references:

• General hitch information: Reference 270-20-001 , PFC Hydraulic System - Summary of


References.

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-201 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Hitch Control).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 293 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the sensitivity potentiometer

Action:

Access address BCU106 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU106 - Voltage, sensitivity potentiometer (B26)


Potentiometer turned full counter-clockwise: Voltage between 0.25 and 1.5 volts

Potentiometer turned full clockwise: Voltage between 3.5 and 4.75 volts

→NOTE:

Potentiometer full clockwise voltage must be at least 2 volts more than the
full counterclockwise voltage. There should be no beep or sudden change in
voltage while the control is being moved.

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed. GO TO 4

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Checking the voltage supply of the sensitivity potentiometer

Action:

Access address BCU116 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU116 - Voltage, 5-volt power supply for hitch control units


5-volt power supply: Voltage 4.75 - 5.25 volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:Refer to diagnostics for faulty 5-volt power supply (diagnostic trouble code BCU
303037.03, Section 211, Group BCU).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 294 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the circuit of the sensitivity potentiometer

Action:

Tractor with cab:


See: Circuit/harness test for sensitivity potentiometer .
Open operator′s station:
See: Circuit/harness test for sensitivity potentiometer (B26) - open operator′s
station .

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 295 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 303053.04- Sensitivity Potentiometer, Signal Voltage Too Low


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303053.04 is saved when the basic control unit measures a
voltage below 0.25 volts at the signal input of the potentiometer. This indicates that the
potentiometer′s circuit is open.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective sensitivity potentiometer (B26).


Defective line connection between the potentiometer and the basic
control unit (open or grounded circuit):
Positive lead (cable 873).
Ground lead (cable 531).
Signal lead (cable 869).

Additional references:

• General hitch information: Reference 270-20-001 , PFC Hydraulic System - Summary of


References.

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-201 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Hitch Control).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 296 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the sensitivity potentiometer

Action:

Access address BCU106 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU106 – Voltage, sensitivity potentiometer (B26)


Potentiometer turned full counter-clockwise: Voltage between 0.25 and 1.5 volts

Potentiometer turned full clockwise: Voltage between 3.5 and 4.75 volts

→NOTE:

Potentiometer full clockwise voltage must be at least 2 volts more than the
full counterclockwise voltage. There should be no beep or sudden change in
voltage while the control is being moved.

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact. GO TO 4

NO:• No display in address BCU 106: GO TO 3 .• GO TO 4 .

( 3 ) Checking the voltage supply of the sensitivity potentiometer

Action:

Access address BCU116 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU116 – Voltage, 5-volt power supply for hitch control Units


5-volt power supply: Voltage 4.75 - 5.25 volts

Result:

YES:Check the 5-volt supply voltage at connector X14/2.

NO:Refer to diagnostics for faulty 5-volt power supply (diagnostic trouble code BCU
303037.04, Section 211, Group BCU).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 297 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the circuit of the sensitivity potentiometer

Action:

Tractor with cab:


See: Circuit/harness test for sensitivity potentiometer .
Open operator′s station:
See: Circuit/harness test for sensitivity potentiometer (B26) - open operator′s
station .

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 298 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 303054.03- Hitch Height Control Potentiometer, Signal Voltage Too High
06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303054.03 is saved when the basic control unit measures a
voltage over 4.75 volts at the signal input of the potentiometer. This indicates a short circuit
in the potentiometer circuit.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective hitch height control potentiometer (B27).


Defective line connection between the potentiometer and the basic
control unit (short circuit):
Positive lead (cable 873).
Signal lead (cable 877).

Additional references:

• General hitch information: Reference 270-20-001 , PFC Hydraulic System - Summary of


References.

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-201 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Hitch Control).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 299 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the hitch height control potentiometer

Action:

Access address BCU107 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU107 – Voltage, hitch height control potentiometer (B27)


Control in transport position (locked): Voltage between 0.25 and 1.5 volts

Control all the way forward (lower position): Voltage between 3.0 and 4.75 volts

→NOTE:

Voltage in lower position must be at least 2 volts higher than in transport


position. There should be no beep or sudden change in voltage while the
control is being moved.

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact. GO TO 4 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Checking the voltage supply of the hitch height control potentiometer

Action:

Access address BCU116 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU116 – Voltage, 5-volt power supply for hitch control units


5-volt power supply: Voltage 4.75 - 5.25 volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:Refer to diagnostics for faulty 5-volt power supply (diagnostic trouble code BCU
303037.03, Section 211, Group BCU).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 300 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the circuit of the hitch height control potentiometer

Action:

Tractor with cab:


See: Circuit/harness test for hitch height control potentiometer .
Open operator′s station:
See: Circuit/harness test for hitch height control potentiometer - open operator′s
station .

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 301 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 303054.04- Hitch Height Control Potentiometer, Signal Voltage Too Low
06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303054.04 is saved when the basic control unit measures a
voltage below 0.25 volts at the signal input of the potentiometer. This indicates that the
potentiometer′s circuit is open.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective hitch height control potentiometer (B27).


Defective line connection between the potentiometer and the basic
control unit (open or grounded circuit):
Positive lead (cable 873).
Ground lead (cable 871/531).
Signal lead (cable 877).

Additional references:

• General hitch information: Reference 270-20-001 , PFC Hydraulic System - Summary of


References.

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-201 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Hitch Control).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 302 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the hitch height control potentiometer

Action:

Access address BCU107 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU107 – Voltage, hitch height control potentiometer (B27)


Control in transport position (locked): Voltage between 0.25 and 1.5 volts

Control all the way forward (lower position): Voltage between 3.0 and 4.75 volts

→NOTE:

Voltage in lower position must be at least 2 volts higher than in transport


position. There should be no beep or sudden change in voltage while the
control is being moved.

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact.• GO TO 4 .

NO:• No display in address BCU 107: GO TO 3 .• Display not within specification: Check the
potentiometer′s circuit.• GO TO 4 .

( 3 ) Checking the voltage supply of the hitch height control potentiometer

Action:

Access address BCU116 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU116 – Voltage, 5-volt power supply for hitch control units


5-volt power supply: Voltage 4.75 - 5.25 volts

Result:

YES:Check the 5-volt power supply at connector X14/1.

NO:Refer to diagnostics for faulty 5-volt power supply (diagnostic trouble code BCU
303037.04, Section 211, Group BCU).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 303 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the circuit of the hitch height control potentiometer

Action:

Tractor with cab:


See: Circuit/harness test for hitch height control potentiometer .
Open operator′s station:
See: Circuit/harness test for hitch height control potentiometer - open operator′s
station .

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 304 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 303055.03- Position Sensor, Signal Voltage Too High


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303055.03 is saved when the basic control unit measures a
voltage over 4.75 volts at the signal input of the position sensor potentiometer. This indicates
a short circuit in the potentiometer circuit.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective position sensor (B21).


Defective line connection between the position sensor and the basic
control unit (short circuit):
Positive lead (cable 873).
Signal lead (cable 878).

Additional references:

• General hitch information: Reference 270-20-001 , PFC Hydraulic System - Summary of


References.

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-201 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Hitch Control).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 305 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the position sensor

Action:

Access address BCU108 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU108 - Voltage, position sensor (B21)


Lift arms fully raised: Minimum voltage 0.25 volts

Lift arms fully lowered: Maximum voltage 3.0 and 4.75 volts

→NOTE:

When the lift arms are fully lowered, the voltage must be at least 2 volts
higher than when they are fully raised. There should be no beep or sudden
change in voltage during the upward or downward movement.

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact. GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for position sensor (B21) .

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Checking the voltage supply of the position sensor

Action:

Access address BCU116 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU116 - Voltage, 5-volt power supply for hitch control units


5-volt power supply: Voltage 4.75 - 5.25 volts

Result:

YES:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for position sensor (B21) .

NO:Refer to diagnostics for faulty 5-volt power supply (diagnostic trouble code BCU
303037.03, Section 211, Group BCU).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 306 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 303055.04- Position Sensor, Signal Voltage Too Low


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303055.04 is saved when the basic control unit measures a
voltage below 0.25 volts at the signal input of the potentiometer. This indicates an open lead
in the potentiometer circuit.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective position sensor (B21).


Defective line connection between the potentiometer and the basic
control unit (open or grounded circuit):
Positive lead (cable 873).
Ground lead (cable 531).
Signal lead (cable 878).

Additional references:

• General hitch information: Reference 270-20-001 , PFC Hydraulic System - Summary of


References.

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-201 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Hitch Control).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 307 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the position sensor

Action:

Access address BCU108 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU108 - Voltage, position sensor (B21)


Lift arms fully raised: Minimum voltage 0.25 volts

Lift arms fully lowered: Maximum voltage 3.0 and 4.75 volts

→NOTE:

When the lift arms are fully lowered, the voltage must be at least 2 V
higher than when they are fully raised (raise limit not activated). There
should be no beep or sudden change in voltage during the upward or
downward movement.

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact. GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for position sensor (B21) .

NO:• No display in address BCU 108: GO TO 3 .• Display not within specification: Check the
potentiometer′s circuit. GO TO: Circuit/harness test for position sensor (B21) .

( 3 ) Checking the voltage supply of the position sensor

Action:

Access address BCU116 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU116 - Voltage, 5-volt power supply for hitch control units


5-volt power supply: Voltage 4.75 - 5.25 volts

Result:

YES:Checking the 5-volt supply voltage at connector X96.

NO:Refer to diagnostics for faulty 5-volt power supply (diagnostic trouble code BCU
303037.04, Section 211, Group BCU).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 308 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 303056.03- Raise Limit Potentiometer, Signal Voltage Too High


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303056.03 is saved when the basic control unit measures a
voltage over 4.75 volts at the signal input of the potentiometer. This indicates a short circuit
in the potentiometer circuit.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective raise limit potentiometer (B27).


Defective line connection between the potentiometer and the basic
control unit (short circuit):
Positive lead (cable 873).
Signal lead (cable 876).

Additional references:

• General hitch information: Reference 270-20-001 , PFC Hydraulic System - Summary of


References.

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-201 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Hitch Control).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 309 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the raise limit potentiometer

Action:

Access address BCU109 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU109 – Voltage, raise limit potentiometer (B27)


Potentiometer turned full counter-clockwise: Voltage between 0.25 and 1.5 volts

Potentiometer turned full clockwise: Voltage between 3.5 and 4.75 volts

→NOTE:

Potentiometer full clockwise voltage must be at least 2 volts more than the
full counterclockwise voltage. There should be no beep or sudden change in
voltage while the control is being moved.

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact.• GO TO 4 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Checking the voltage supply of the raise limit potentiometer

Action:

Access address BCU116 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU116 – Voltage, 5-volt power supply for hitch control units


5-volt power supply: Voltage 4.75 - 5.25 volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:Refer to diagnostics for faulty 5-volt power supply (diagnostic trouble code BCU
303037.03, Section 211, Group BCU).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 310 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the circuit of the raise limit potentiometer

Action:

Tractor with cab:


See: Circuit/harness test for raise limit potentiometer (B27) .
Open operator′s station:
See: Circuit/harness test for raise limit potentiometer - open operator′s station .

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 311 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 303056.04- Raise Limit Potentiometer, Signal Voltage Too Low


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303056.04 is saved when the basic control unit measures a
voltage below 0.25 volts at the signal input of the potentiometer. This indicates an open lead
in the potentiometer circuit.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective raise limit potentiometer (B27).


Defective line connection between the potentiometer and the basic
control unit (open or grounded circuit):
Positive lead (cable 873).
Ground lead (cable 871/531).
Signal lead (cable 876).

Additional references:

• General hitch information: Reference 270-20-001 , PFC Hydraulic System - Summary of


References.

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-201 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Hitch Control).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 312 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the raise limit potentiometer

Action:

Access address BCU109 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU109 – Voltage, raise limit potentiometer (B27)


Potentiometer turned full counter-clockwise: Voltage between 0.25 and 1.5 volts

Potentiometer turned full clockwise: Voltage between 3.5 and 4.75 volts

→NOTE:

Potentiometer full clockwise voltage must be at least 2 volts more than the
full counterclockwise voltage. There should be no beep or sudden change in
voltage while the control is being moved.

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact. GO TO 4

NO:• No display in address BCU 109: GO TO 3 .• Display not within specification: GO TO 4

( 3 ) Checking the voltage supply of the raise limit potentiometer

Action:

Access address BCU116 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU116 – Voltage, 5-volt power supply for hitch control units


5-volt power supply: Voltage 4.75 - 5.25 volts

Result:

YES:Check the 5-volt supply voltage at connector X14/1.

NO:Refer to diagnostics for faulty 5-volt power supply (diagnostic trouble code BCU
303037.04, Section 211, Group BCU).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 313 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the circuit of the raise limit potentiometer

Action:

Tractor with cab:


See: Circuit/harness test for raise limit potentiometer (B27) .
Open operator′s station:
See: Circuit/harness test for raise limit potentiometer - open operator′s station .

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 314 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 303057.03- Rate-of-Drop Potentiometer, Signal Voltage Too High


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303057.03 is saved when the basic control unit measures a
voltage over 4.75 volts at the signal input of the potentiometer. This indicates a short circuit
in the potentiometer circuit.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective rate-of-drop potentiometer (B27).


Defective line connection between the potentiometer and the basic
control unit (short circuit):
Positive lead (cable 873).
Signal lead (cable 875).

Additional references:

• General hitch information: Reference 270-20-001 , PFC Hydraulic System - Summary of


References.

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-201 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Hitch Control).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 315 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the rate-of-drop potentiometer

Action:

Access address BCU110 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU110 – Voltage, rate-of-drop potentiometer (B27)


Potentiometer turned full counter-clockwise: Voltage between 0.25 and 1.5 volts

Potentiometer turned full clockwise: Voltage between 3.5 and 4.75 volts

→NOTE:

Potentiometer full clockwise voltage must be at least 2 volts more than the
full counterclockwise voltage. There should be no beep or sudden change in
voltage while the control is being moved.

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact. GO TO 4

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Checking the voltage supply of the rate-of-drop potentiometer

Action:

Access address BCU116 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU116 – Voltage, 5-volt power supply for hitch control units


5-volt power supply: Voltage 4.75 - 5.25 volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:Refer to diagnostics for faulty 5-volt power supply (diagnostic trouble code BCU
303037.03, Section 211, Group BCU).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 316 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the circuit of the rate-of-drop potentiometer

Action:

Tractor with cab:


See: Circuit/harness test for rate-of-drop potentiometer .
Open operator′s station:
See: Circuit/harness test for rate-of-drop potentiometer - open operator′s station .

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 317 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 303057.04- Rate-of-Drop Potentiometer, Signal Voltage Too Low


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303057.04 is saved when the basic control unit measures a
voltage below 0.25 volts at the signal input of the potentiometer. This indicates an open lead
in the potentiometer circuit.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective rate-of-drop potentiometer (B27).


Defective line connection between the potentiometer and the basic
control unit (open or grounded circuit):
Positive lead (cable 873).
Ground lead (cable 871/531).
Signal lead (cable 875).

Additional references:

• General hitch information: Reference 270-20-001 , PFC Hydraulic System - Summary of


References.

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-201 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Hitch Control).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 318 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the rate-of-drop potentiometer

Action:

Access address BCU110 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU110 – Voltage, rate-of-drop potentiometer (B27)


Potentiometer turned full counter-clockwise: Voltage between 0.25 and 1.5 volts

Potentiometer turned full clockwise: Voltage between 3.5 and 4.75 volts

→NOTE:

Potentiometer full clockwise voltage must be at least 2 volts more than the
full counterclockwise voltage. There should be no beep or sudden change in
voltage while the control is being moved.

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact. GO TO 4 .

NO:• No display in address BCU 110: GO TO 3 .• Display not within specification: GO TO 4 .

( 3 ) Checking the voltage supply of the rate-of-drop potentiometer

Action:

Access address BCU116 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU116 – Voltage, 5-volt power supply for hitch control units


5-volt power supply: Voltage 4.75 - 5.25 volts

Result:

YES:Check the 5-volt supply voltage at connector X14/1.

NO:Refer to diagnostics for faulty 5-volt power supply (diagnostic trouble code BCU
303037.04, Section 211, Group BCU).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 319 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the circuit of the rate-of-drop potentiometer

Action:

Tractor with cab:


See: Circuit/harness test for rate-of-drop potentiometer .
Open operator′s station:
See: Circuit/harness test for rate-of-drop potentiometer - open operator′s station .

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 320 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 303058.02- Remote Control Switch, Erroneous Signal


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303058.02 is saved when the basic control unit receives an
erroneous signal combination from one of the hitch remote control switches (signal from the
switch on the right and/left fender). This indicates a fault in the switch′s circuit.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective left (S31) or right (S23) remote control switch.


Defective line connection between the remote control switch and the
basic control unit.

Additional references:

• General hitch information: Reference 270-20-001 , PFC Hydraulic System - Summary of


References.

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-201 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Hitch Control).

• “Replacing the Rockshaft′s Remote Control Switch” , (Section 40, Group 25 in the Repair
manual).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 321 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the left remote control switch

Action:

2.1

Access address BCU112 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU112 - Raise status, left remote control switch (S68)


Switch in neutral position: Status 010

Switch in raise position: Status 001

2.2

Access address BCU114 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU114 - Lower status, left remote control switch (S68)


Switch in neutral position: Status 010

Switch in lower position: Status 001

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO: GO TO 4

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 322 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the right remote control switch

Action:

3.1

Access address BCU113 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU113 - Raise status, right remote control switch (S23)


Switch in neutral position: Status 010

Switch in raise position: Status 001

3.2

Access address BCU115 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU115 - Lower status, right remote control switch (S23)


Switch in neutral position: Status 010

Switch in lower position: Status 001

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact. GO TO 4 .

NO: GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Checking the circuit of the rate-of-drop potentiometer

Action:

Tractor with cab:


See: Circuit/harness test for left remote control switch (S68) .
See: Circuit/harness test for right remote control switch (S23) .
Open operator′s station:
See: Circuit/harness test for left remote control switch (S68) - open operator′s
station .

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 323 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 303060.02- Stepper Motor Deadband Out of Range


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303060.02 is saved when the basic control unit registers an
erroneous stepper motor deadband (the play between the adjustment cam of the stepper
motor and the raise/lower valve of the hitch valve is out of the valid range).

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

False raise/lower valve setting.


Stepper motor not centered

Additional references:

• General Hitch Information: Reference 270-20-001 , PFC Hydraulic System - Summary of


References.

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-201 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Hitch Control).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 324 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) “Calibrating the discharge valve”

Action:

Go through calibration procedure as far as step 8a “ Calibrating the Discharge Valve” . Refer
to Reference 245-BCU-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Hitch Control.

8a - Calibrating the discharge valve

Press the “LOWER” switch briefly, until the hitch starts to go down, then release the switch.

Display:

122:XXXXX (steps of the stepper motor, lowering deadband)

When 00000 appears, the discharge valve is calibrated and the value is stored.

If not: Center the stepper motor without leaving the calibrating address, and repeat from step
8a until the values are OK ( Reference 270-15-110 , Checking the Stepper Motor and Hitch
Valve).

Result:

YES:End the calibration process.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code appears again, GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 325 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) “Calibrating the pressure valve”

Action:

Go through calibration procedure as far as step 8b “ Calibrating the Pressure Valve” . Refer to
Reference 245-BCU-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Hitch Control.

8b - Calibrating the pressure valve

Press the “RAISE” switch briefly, until the hitch starts to rise, then release the switch.

Display:

122:XXXXX (steps of the stepper motor, raising deadband)

When 00000 appears, the pressure valve is calibrated and the value is stored.

If not: Center the stepper motor without leaving the calibrating address, and repeat from step
8a until the values are OK ( Reference 270-15-110 , Checking the Stepper Motor and Hitch
Valve).

Result:

YES:End the calibration process.

NO:If the figures quoted here are still not obtained: Check the depth to which raising and
lowering valves are screwed in ( Reference 270-15-132 , Hitch Valve - Depth to Which Raising
and Lowering Valves are Screwed In).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 326 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 303177.18- Oil Temperature During Calibration Too Low


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303177.18 is saved when an oil temperature below 40° C (104°
F) is registered while the hitch control is being calibrated. A low oil temperature may
adversely affect the calibration process. Heat the hydraulic oil and repeat the calibration (
Reference 245-BCU-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Hitch Control).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 327 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 303251.02- Left Draft Sender, Disrupted Signal During Calibration


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303251.02 is saved when the basic control unit registers a
varying voltage (more than 0.5 volts) at the signal input of the left draft sender. This
indicates a fault in the draft sensor′s circuit.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective draft sender B20.


Defective line connection between draft sender (B20) and basic
control unit:
Positive lead (cable 873).
Ground lead (cable 531).
Signal lead (cable 885).

Additional references:

• General Hitch Information: Reference 270-20-001 , PFC Hydraulic System - Summary of


References.

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-201 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Hitch Control).

• Reference 245-BCU-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Hitch Control.

( 1 ) Check Left Draft Sender

Action:

Check the circuit of the left draft sender (B20), refer to the diagnostic code procedures BCU
303051.04 –– Left Draft Sender, Signal Voltage Too Low and repeat the calibration.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:If diagnostic trouble code BCU 303251.02 reoccurs after the calibration and the circuit of
the left draft sender (B20) is OK: Replace the draft sender and repeat the calibration.

BCU 303251.03- Left Draft Sender, Signal Voltage Too High During Calibration
06

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 328 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303251.03 is saved when the basic control unit measures a
voltage over 4.75 volts at the signal input of the left draft sender during the calibration
process. This indicates that the draft sensor′s circuit is shorted.

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Left draft sender (B20) is set wrongly or misadjusted.


Defective draft sender B20.
Defective line connection between draft sender (B20) and basic
control unit:
Positive lead (cable 873).
Signal lead (cable 885).

Perform the procedure for diagnostic trouble code BCU 303051.03 –– Left Draft Sender,
Signal Voltage Too High and repeat the calibration.

BCU 303251.04- Left Draft Sender, Signal Voltage Too Low During Calibration
06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303251.04 is saved when the basic control unit measures a
voltage below 0.25 volts at the signal input of the left draft sender during the calibration
process. This indicates that the draft sensor′s circuit is open.

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Left draft sender (B20) is set wrongly or misadjusted.


Defective draft sender B20.
Defective line connection between draft sender (B20) and basic
control unit:
Positive lead (cable 873).
Ground lead (cable 531).
Signal lead (cable 885).

Perform the procedure for diagnostic trouble code BCU 303051.04 –– Left Draft Sender,
Signal Voltage Too Low and repeat the calibration.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 329 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 303252.02- Right Draft Sensor, Distorted Signal During Calibration


06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303252.02 is saved when the basic control unit registers a
varying voltage (more than 0.5 volts) at the signal input of the right draft sensor. This
indicates a fault in the draft sensor′s circuit.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Right draft sensor B19 is set wrongly or misadjusted.


Incorrect draft sensor B19.
Defective line connection between draft sensor or potentiometer and
basic control unit:
Positive lead (cable 873).
Ground lead (cable 531).
Signal lead (cable 884).

Additional references:

• General hitch information: Reference 270-20-001 , PFC Hydraulic System - Summary of


References.

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-201 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Hitch Control).

• Reference 245-BCU-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Hitch Control.

( 1 ) Checking the right draft sensor or draft potentiometer

Action:

Check the circuit of draft sensor B19 or draft potentiometer B41, refer to the diagnostic
trouble code procedure BCU 303052.04 –– Right Draft Sensor, Signal Voltage Too Low and
repeat the calibration.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:If diagnostic trouble code BCU 303252.02 reoccurs after the calibration and the circuit of
the right draft sensor B19 or draft potentiometer B41 is OK: Replace draft sensor/draft
potentiometer and repeat the calibration.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 330 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 303252.03- Right Draft Sensor, Signal Voltage Too High During Calibration
06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303252.03 is saved when the basic control unit measures a
voltage over 4.75 volts at the signal input of the right draft sensor during the calibration
process. This indicates that the draft sensor′s circuit is shorted.

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Right draft sensor B19 is set wrongly or misadjusted.


Incorrect draft sensor B19.
Defective line connection between draft sender or potentiometer and
basic control unit:
Positive lead (cable 873).
Signal lead (cable 884).

Perform the procedure for diagnostic trouble code BCU 303052.03 –– Right Draft Sensor,
Signal Voltage Too High and repeat the calibration.

BCU 303252.04- Right Draft Sensor, Signal Voltage Too Low During Calibration
06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303252.04 is saved when the basic control unit measures a
voltage below 0.25 volts at the signal input of the right draft sensor during the calibration
process. This indicates that the draft sensor′s circuit is open.

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Right draft sensor B19 is set wrongly or misadjusted.


Incorrect draft sensor B19.
Defective line connection between draft sensor or potentiometer and
basic control unit:
Positive lead (cable 873).
Ground lead (cable 531).
Signal lead (cable 884).

Perform the procedure for diagnostic trouble code BCU 303052.04 –– Right Draft Sensor,
Signal Voltage Too Low and repeat the calibration.

BCU 303255.03- Position Sender, Signal Voltage Too High During Calibration
06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303255.03 is saved when the basic control unit measures a
voltage over 4.75 volts at the signal input of the position sender potentiometer during the
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 331 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

calibration process. This indicates a short circuit in the potentiometer circuit.

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective position sender (B21).


Defective line connection between the position sender and the basic
control unit (short circuit):
Positive lead (cable 873).
Signal lead (cable 878).

Perform the procedure for diagnostic trouble code BCU 303055.03 –– Position Sender, Signal
Voltage Too High and repeat the calibration.

BCU 303255.04- Position Sender, Signal Voltage Too Low During Calibration
06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303255.04 is saved when the basic control unit measures a
voltage below 0.25 volts at the signal input of the position sender potentiometer during the
calibration process. This indicates that the potentiometer′s circuit is open.

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective position sender (B21).


Defective line connection between the potentiometer and the basic
control unit (open or grounded circuit):
Positive lead (cable 873).
Ground lead (cable 531).
Signal lead (cable 878).

Perform the procedure for diagnostic trouble code BCU 303055.04 –– Position Sender, Signal
Voltage Too Low and repeat the calibration.

BCU 303260.16- Stepper Motor Raising Deadband Above Valid Range During
Calibration
06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303260.16 is saved when the raising deadband of the stepper
motor (play between the adjustment cam of the stepper motor and the raise valve of the
hitch valve) detected during calibration is too large.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 332 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BCU: BCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

False raise valve setting.


Stepper motor not centered

Perform the procedure for diagnostic trouble code BCU 303060.02 –– Stepper Motor
Deadband Out of Range and repeat the calibration.

BCU 303260.18- Stepper Motor Raising Deadband Below Valid Range During
Calibration
06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303260.18 is saved when the raising deadband of the stepper
motor (play between the adjustment cam of the stepper motor and the raise valve of the
hitch valve) detected during calibration is too small.

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

False raise valve setting.


Stepper motor not centered

Perform the procedure for diagnostic trouble code BCU 303060.02 –– Stepper Motor
Deadband Out of Range and repeat the calibration.

BCU 303261.16- Stepper Motor Lowering Deadband Above Valid Range During
Calibration
06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303261.16 is saved when the lowering deadband of the stepper
motor (play between the adjustment cam of the stepper motor and the lower valve of the
hitch valve) detected during calibration is too large.

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

False lower valve setting.


Stepper motor not centered

Perform the procedure for diagnostic trouble code BCU 303060.02 –– Stepper Motor
Deadband Out of Range and repeat the calibration.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 333 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BCU 303261.18- Stepper Motor Lowering Deadband Below Valid Range During
Calibration
06
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 303261.18 is saved when the lowering deadband of the stepper
motor (play between the adjustment cam of the stepper motor and the lower valve of the
hitch valve) detected during calibration is too small.

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

False lower valve setting.


Stepper motor not centered

Perform the procedure for diagnostic trouble code BCU 303060.02 –– Stepper Motor
Deadband Out of Range and repeat the calibration.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 334 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Group BIF - BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes


BIF 000096.03- Fuel Gauge Sender, Short or Open Circuit
07
Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000096.03 is saved when there is an open or a short circuit to
the supply voltage (battery voltage) in the sender circuit. The instrument panel displays an
empty tank and the alarm level: “Information” is triggered.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective fuse F04/11.


Defective fuel gauge sender B03.
Defective/bad ground connection (cable 310) via ground point XGND45
to XGND1.
Defective positive lead (cable 320/322).
Defective signal lead (cable 353).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BIF-200 , Basic Informator - Theory of Operation.

• Reference 230-20-010 , Fuel System Description.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 335 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check fuel level display

Action:

2.1 Fuel level in percent:

Access address BIF031 and compare the displayed fuel tank level with actual level in fuel
tank:

Item Measurement Specification

BIF031 – Status, fuel gauge sender (B03) in %


Fuel tank level: Percent between 0 and 100

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO 3 .

NO:Address BIF 31 displays the wrong value: GO TO 2.2.

Action:

2.2 Fuel level in volts:

Access address BIF016 :

Item Measurement Specification

BIF016 – Voltage, fuel gauge sender (B03)


Fuel tank level: Voltage between 0.5 and 4.0 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for fuel gauge sender (B03)

NO:GO TO 2.3

Action:

2.3 Check sender supply voltage:

Access address BIF016 :

Item Measurement Specification

BIF016 – Voltage, fuel gauge sender (B03)


Sender B03 separated from the wiring harness (at an operating voltage of 12
Voltage between 3.0 and 4.0 volts
volts):
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 336 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for fuel gauge sender (B03)

( 3 ) Check fuel gauge sender (B03)

Action:

Use a multimeter to measure between pins A and C at the fuel gauge sender connector:

Item Measurement Specification

Fuel gauge sending unit (B03)


Empty tank: Resistance 10 (+/- 2.5) ohms

Full tank: Resistance 180 (+12/- 2) ohms

Result:

YES:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for fuel gauge sender (B03)

NO:Replace the sender and repeat the test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 337 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BIF 000096.04- Fuel Gauge Sender, Grounded Circuit


07
Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000096.04 is saved when there is a short to ground in the sender
circuit. The instrument panel displays an empty tank and the alarm level: “Information” is
triggered.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective fuel gauge sender B03.


Defective signal lead (grounded circuit at cable 353).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BIF-200 , Basic Informator - Theory of Operation.

• Reference 230-20-010 , Fuel System Description.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check fuel level display

Action:

2.1 Fuel level in percent:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 338 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Access address BIF031 and compare the displayed fuel tank level with actual level in fuel
tank:

Item Measurement Specification

BIF031 – Status, fuel gauge sender (B03) in %


Fuel tank level: Percent between 0 and 100

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO 3 .

NO:Address BIF031 displays the wrong value: GO TO 2.2.

Action:

2.2 Fuel level in volts:

Access address BIF016 :

Item Measurement Specification

BIF016 – Voltage, fuel gauge sender (B03)


Fuel tank level: Voltage between 0.5 and 4.0 volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:GO TO 2.3

Action:

2.3 Check sender supply voltage:

Access address BIF016 :

Item Measurement Specification

BIF016 – Voltage, fuel gauge sender (B03)


Sender B03 separated from the wiring harness (at an operating voltage of 12
Voltage between 3.0 and 4.0 volts
volts):

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for fuel gauge sender (B03)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 339 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Check fuel gauge sender (B03)

Action:

Use a multimeter to measure between pins A and C at the fuel gauge sender connector:

Item Measurement Specification

Fuel gauge sending unit (B03)


Empty tank: Resistance 10 (+/- 2.5) ohms

Full tank: Resistance 180 (+12/- 2) ohms

Result:

YES:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for fuel gauge sender (B03)

NO:Replace the sender and repeat the test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 340 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BIF 000096.17- Low Fuel Level


07
Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000096.17 is saved when the basic informator registers a low
fuel level (below 4 % of the maximum capacity). Fill up the fuel tank.

Diagnostic

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Fuel level in tank too low.


Fuel gauge sender B03 misadjusted.
Defective fuel gauge sender B03.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BIF-200 , Basic Informator - Theory of Operation.

• Reference 230-20-010 , Fuel System Description.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 341 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.2

Check fuel level.

Result:

YES:Fill up fuel tank.

NO:Tank shows no low fuel level: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check fuel tank level

Action:

2.1 Fuel Level in Percent:

Access address BIF031 and compare the displayed fuel tank level with actual level in fuel
tank:

Item Measurement Specification

BIF031 – Status, fuel gauge sender (B03) in %


Fuel tank level: Percent between 0 and 100

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 342 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Address BIF031 displays the wrong value: GO TO 2.2.

Action:

2.2 Fuel Gauge Sender B03, Test and Adjustment:

1. Testing the sender/pump unit:


Item Measurement Specification

Fuel Gauge Sending Unit (B03)


Empty tank: Resistance 10 (+/- 2.5) ohms

Full tank: Resistance 180 (+12/- 2) ohms

2. Sender/pump adjustment:Position the sender/pump unit, to enable the float arm to sit
into a well leading away from the pump locating socket in the base of the tank. For
exact positioning, use a multimeter. The empty-position Ohm-value, when the
sender/pump unit is pressed down against its spring, needs to be 15 to 18 Ohm.The
pump socket can be seen from the underside of the tank, showing the position and
direction of the sender/pump guide for the sender arm.

→NOTE:

If the engine is running, the fuel gauge sender is connected to the wiring
harness and the lever of the sender moves from the "Empty" to the "Full"
position, it takes a few minutes before the display indicates the new fuel
level. Inside the BIF a delay relay (5 to 10 minutes) is installed.

Result:

YES:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for Fuel Gauge Sender (B03)

NO:Adjust the fuel gauge sender.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 343 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BIF 000100.00- Engine Oil Pressure Low


07
Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000100.00 is saved when the instrument panel does not register
any engine oil pressure. The sender of the engine oil pressure warning light is open at an
engine speed of 700 rpm. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Engine
Stop”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Engine oil pressure too low (engine problem).


Defective engine oil pressure sender B04.
Defective signal lead (open circuit at cable 347).

Additional References:

• Electrical Information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BIF-200 , Instrument Panel - Theory of Operation.

• Theory of operation: Lubrication System Operation” , Base Engine CTM.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 344 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.2 Perform a visual inspection of the engine (lubrication system):

1. Check for Fluid Leaks


2. Check Engine Oil Level
3. Check Filter
4. Check for oil leaks (visual signs of damages at the engine), see reference “Check for
Head Gasket Failures” , Base Engine CTM.
5. While the engine is not running, check whether there is an oil film on the coolant (this
would indicate malfunctions that require engine repairs, refer to “Preliminary Engine
Testing” , Base Engine CTM)

Result:

YES:Visual test does not reveal any problems: GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 345 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check Engine Oil Pressure Sender

Action:

Access address BIF013 :

Item Measurement Specification

BIF013 – Status, Engine Oil Pressure Sender (B04)


Engine OFF: Status (pressure) XX1 (No pressure, sender is closed)

Engine RUNNING: Status (pressure) XX0 (Pressure in circuit, sender is open)

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact. GO TO: Circuit/Harness
test for Engine Oil Pressure Sender (B04) .

NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for Engine Oil Pressure Sender (B04) .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 346 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BIF 000107.16- Engine Air Filter Restricted


07
Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000107.16 is saved when the instrument panel registers a
restricted engine air filter. The sender of the engine air filter control light is closed at an
engine speed of 700 rpm. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Air filter restricted.


Defective air filter control light sender B02.
Defective signal lead (grounded circuit at cable 351).

Additional References:

• Electrical Information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BIF-200 , Instrument Panel - Theory of Operation.

• Reference 230-20-020 , Air Intake System Operation.

• “Air Intake and Exhaust System Operation” , Base Engine CTM.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 347 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.2

Visual inspection of the air cleaning circuit:

1. Check air filter, and clean or replace elements (See Operator′s Manual for details).
2. Check condition of air intake hoses. Replace hoses that are cracked, split or otherwise
in poor condition.
3. Check tightness of hose clamps. Replace clamps that cannot be properly tightened. This
will help prevent dust, which could cause serious engine damage, from entering the air
intake system.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 348 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking Air Filter Indicator Light Sender (B02) in Diagnostic Address BIF012

Action:

Access address BIF012 :

Item Measurement Specification

BIF012 – Status, air filter indicator light sender (B02)


Air filter restricted: Status XX1

Air filter not restricted: Status XX0

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check Air Intake System

Action:

See Reference 230-15-060 , Testing the Air Intake System.

Result:

YES:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for air filter indicator light sender (B02) .

NO:Repair as needed and repeat the test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 349 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BIF 000110.00- Coolant Temperature Very High


07
Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000110.00 is saved when the engine coolant temperature is
more than 113 °C (235 °F). The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Engine
Stop”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Low coolant level.


Heavy load on the engine.
Dirty radiator screen.
Broken fan belt.
Defective viscous fan drive.
Defective coolant temperature sender B08 (erroneous valid/maximum
temperature range).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 230-20-001 , Fuel, Air Intake and Cooling Systems, Cold Weather Starting Aids -
Description of Components - Summary of References.

• Reference 245-BIF-200 , Basic Informator - Theory of Operation.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 350 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.2

Clean dirty cooling system elements and perform a visual inspection of the cooling system:

1. Check for leaks.


2. Check engine oil and coolant level.
3. Check filter.
4. Check for visual signs of damages at the radiator, the viscous fan drive and the drive
belt
5. Ensure that the belt tensioner and the belt are correctly installed, check for signs of
slipping.

Result:

YES:Visual inspection does not reveal any problems: GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 351 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Isolate or identify the cause of the overheating

Action:

Ask the operator:

How does the machine function?


Fault comes along with lack of performance, unusual noise?
When does the fault occur?
During what type of work does the fault occur?
Fault comes along with unusual noise?
Fault occurs during work with special implement (does the implement fully comply
with technical specifications)?
Does the tractor comply fully with technical specifications?

Result:

YES:Internal engine problem is the cause for the problem: GO TO 6 .

YES:Cooling system problem is the cause for the problem: GO TO 5 .

NO:Problem/cause can not be isolated: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 352 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Check coolant temperature sender

Action:

BIF temperature gauge:

• Access address BIF034 and compare the displayed temperature with the actual
temperature of the coolant:

Item Measurement Specification

BIF034 - Status, coolant temperature sender (B08) in °C


Coolant temperature: Temperature (in °C) between -040 and +113

ECU temperature gauge (only tractors with Level 11 or Level 12 engine control
unit/ Denso HPCR injection pump /Stanadyne DE10 injection pump):

• Access address ECU020 and compare the displayed temperature BIF display:

Item Measurement Specification

ECU020 - Status, coolant temperature sender (B56) in °C


Coolant temperature: Temperature (in °C) between -040 and +113

Result:

YES:BIF temperature reading does correspond to actual engine coolant temperature. Check
cooling system, GO TO 5 .

NO:BIF temperature reading does NOT correspond to actual engine coolant temperature: GO
TO 4 .

( 4 ) Checking coolant temperature sender (B08) in diagnostic address BIF034

Action:

Access address BIF034 :

Item Measurement Specification

BIF034 - Status, coolant temperature sender (B08) in °C


Coolant temperature: Temperature (in °C) between -040 and +113

Result:

YES:BIF temperature reading does correspond to actual coolant temperature

NO:BIF temperature reading does NOT correspond to actual engine coolant temperature: GO
TO: Circuit/harness test for coolant temperature sender (B08)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 353 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Cooling system diagnosis

Action:

Following items can cause the engine to overheat:

Loose or broken fan belt.


Dirty radiator.
Low coolant level.
Low engine oil level.
Engine overloaded.
Defective viscous fan drive, see Reference 230-15-090 , Checking the Viscous Fan
Drive.
Defective radiator cap, see Reference 230-15-070 , Testing Cooling System for Leaks.
Defective head gasket, see reference “Check for Head Gasket Failures” , Base Engine
CTM.
Injection pump not correctly timed.
Faulty thermostat, see reference “Inspect Thermostat and Test Opening Temperature” ,
Base Engine CTM
Faulty coolant pump, see reference “Inspect, Clean, and Measure Water Pump Parts” ,
Base Engine CTM.
Corroded coolant passages.
Improper grade of fuel.
Excessive fuel delivery, see reference “ Diagnosing Fuel System Malfunctions” ,
Mechanical Fuel System CTM.

Result:

YES:Perform engine diagnosis: GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 6 ) Engine diagnosis

Action:

Perform engine diagnosis, see reference in Base Engine CTM.

Result:

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 354 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BIF 000110.03- Coolant Temperature Sender, Short or Open Circuit


07
Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000110.03 is saved when the instrument panel registers an
unlikely temperature and therefore indicates that there is an open or a short circuit to the
supply voltage (battery voltage) in the sender circuit. The coolant temperature indicator is at
the extreme right of the red warning zone and the alarm level: “Information” is triggered.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Wrong value in input address BIF036.


Defective coolant temperature sender B08.
Defective line connection (cable 329 or 050).
Defective/bad ground connection via ground point XGND6 to XGND43.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BIF-200 , Basic Informator - Theory of Operation.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 355 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check input address BIF036

Action:

Access address BIF036 :

Item Measurement Specification

BIF036 - Established parameter (configuration of engine oil pressure and coolant


temperature)
Tractors without engine control unit or with Level 1 ECU: Status 000

Tractors with Level 11 or Level 12 engine control unit (Denso HPCR injection pump
Status 002
/Stanadyne DE10 injection pump):

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Correct the input.

( 3 ) Check coolant temperature sender

Action:

3.1 Coolant temperature in °C:

BIF temperature gauge:


• Access address BIF034 and compare the displayed temperature with the actual
temperature of the coolant:

Item Measurement Specification

BIF034 - Status, coolant temperature sender (B08) in °C


Coolant temperature: Temperature (in °C) between -040 and +113

ECU temperature gauge (only tractors with Level 11 or Level 12 engine control
unit/ Denso HPCR injection pump /Stanadyne DE10 injection pump):

• Access address ECU020 and compare the displayed temperature BIF display:

Item Measurement Specification

ECU020 - Status, coolant temperature sender (B56) in °C


Coolant temperature: Temperature (in °C) between -040 and +113

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for coolant temperature sender (B08)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 356 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Address BIF034 displays the wrong value: GO TO 3.2.

Action:

3.2 Coolant temperature in volts:

Access address BIF018 :

Item Measurement Specification

BIF018 – Voltage, coolant temperature sender (B08)


Coolant temperature: Voltage between 0.5 and 4.0 volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO 3.3

Action:

3.3 Check sender supply voltage (cable 329):

Access address BIF018 :

Item Measurement Specification

BIF018 – Voltage, coolant temperature sender (B08)


Sender B08 separated from the wiring harness (at an operating voltage of 12
Voltage between 3.0 and 4.0 volts
volts):

Use a multimeter to measure between pins A and B at connector X262 (wiring harness W02):
Item Measurement Specification

Voltage, coolant temperature sender (B08) at connector X262


At a BIF operating voltage of 12 volts: Voltage between 3.0 and 4.0 volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for coolant temperature sender (B08)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 357 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking coolant temperature sender (B08) in diagnostic address BIF034

Action:

Access address BIF034 :

Item Measurement Specification

BIF034 - Status, coolant temperature sender (B08) in °C


Coolant temperature: Temperature (in °C) between -040 and +113

Result:

YES:BIF temperature reading does correspond to actual coolant temperature

NO:BIF temperature reading does NOT correspond to actual engine coolant temperature: GO
TO: Circuit/harness test for coolant temperature sender (B08)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 358 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BIF 000110.04- Coolant Temperature Sender, Grounded Circuit


07
Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000110.04 is saved when the instrument panel registers an
unlikely temperature and therefore indicates that there is a short to ground in the sender
circuit. The coolant temperature indicator is at the extreme right of the red warning zone and
the alarm level: “Information” is triggered.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective coolant temperature sender B08.


Defective line connection (cable 329).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BIF-200 , Basic Informator - Theory of Operation.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check coolant temperature

Action:

2.1 Coolant temperature in °C:

BIF temperature gauge:


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 359 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Access address BIF034 and compare the displayed temperature with the actual
temperature of the coolant:

Item Measurement Specification

BIF034 - Status, coolant temperature sender (B08) in °C


Coolant temperature: Temperature (in °C) between -040 and +113

ECU temperature gauge (only tractors with Level 11 or Level 12 engine control
unit/ Denso HPCR injection pump /Stanadyne DE10 injection pump):

• Access address ECU020 and compare the displayed temperature BIF display:

Item Measurement Specification

ECU020 - Status, coolant temperature sender (B56) in °C


Coolant temperature: Temperature (in °C) between -040 and +113

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for coolant temperature sender (B08)

NO:Address BIF034 displays the wrong value: GO TO 2.2.

Action:

2.2 Coolant temperature in volts:

Access address BIF018 :

Item Measurement Specification

BIF018 - Voltage, coolant temperature sender (B08)


Coolant temperature: Voltage between 0.5 and 4.0 volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:GO TO 2.3

Action:

2.3 Check sender supply voltage (cable 329):

Access address BIF018 :

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 360 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Item Measurement Specification

BIF018 - Voltage, coolant temperature sender (B08)


Sender B08 separated from the wiring harness (at an operating voltage of 12
Voltage between 3.0 and 4.0 volts
volts):

Use a multimeter to measure between pins A and B at connector X262 (wiring harness W02):
Item Measurement Specification

Voltage, coolant temperature sender (B08) at connector X262


At a BIF operating voltage of 12 volts: Voltage between 3.0 and 4.0 volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for coolant temperature sender (B08)

( 3 ) Checking coolant temperature sender (B08) in diagnostic address BIF034

Action:

Access address BIF034 :

Item Measurement Specification

BIF034 - Status, coolant temperature sender (B08) in °C


Coolant temperature: Temperature (in °C) between -040 and +113

Result:

YES:BIF temperature reading does correspond to actual coolant temperature

NO:BIF temperature reading does NOT correspond to actual engine coolant temperature: GO
TO: Circuit/harness test for coolant temperature sender (B08)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 361 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BIF 000110.16- Coolant Temperature High


07
Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000110.16 is saved when the engine coolant temperature is
between 110 °C (230 °F) and 113 °C (235 °F). The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm
level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Heavy load on the engine.


Dirty radiator screen.
Broken fan belt.
Low coolant level.
Defective viscous fan drive.
Defective coolant temperature sender B08 (erroneous valid/maximum
temperature).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 230-20-001 , Fuel, Air Intake and Cooling Systems, Cold Weather Starting Aids -
Description of Components - Summary of References

• Reference 245-BIF-200 , Basic Informator - Theory of Operation.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 362 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.2

Clean dirty cooling system elements and perform a visual inspection of the cooling system:

1. Check for leaks.


2. Check engine oil and coolant level.
3. Check filter.
4. Check for visual signs of damages at the radiator, the viscous fan drive and the drive
belt
5. Ensure that the belt tensioner and the belt are correctly installed, check for signs of
slipping.

Result:

YES:Visual inspection does not reveal any problems: GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 363 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Isolate or identify the cause of the overheating

Action:

Ask the operator:

How does the machine function?


Fault comes along with lack of performance, unusual noise?
When does the fault occur?
During what type of work does the fault occur?
Fault comes along with unusual noise?
Fault occurs during work with special implement (does the implement fully comply
with technical specifications)?
Does the tractor comply fully with technical specifications?

Result:

YES:Internal engine problem is the cause for the problem: GO TO 6 .

YES:Cooling system problem is the cause for the problem: GO TO 5 .

NO:Problem/cause can not be isolated: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 364 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Check coolant temperature sender

Action:

BIF temperature gauge:

• Access address BIF034 and compare the displayed temperature with the actual
temperature of the coolant:

Item Measurement Specification

BIF034 - Status, coolant temperature sender (B08) in °C


Coolant temperature: Temperature (in °C) between -040 and +113

ECU temperature gauge (only tractors with Level 11 or Level 12 engine control
unit/ Denso HPCR injection pump /Stanadyne DE10 injection pump):

• Access address ECU020 and compare the displayed temperature BIF display:

Item Measurement Specification

ECU020 - Status, coolant temperature sender (B56) in °C


Coolant temperature: Temperature (in °C) between -040 and +113

Result:

YES:BIF temperature reading does correspond to actual engine coolant temperature. Check
cooling system, GO TO 5 .

NO:BIF temperature reading does NOT correspond to actual engine coolant temperature: GO
TO 4 .

( 4 ) Checking coolant temperature sender (B08) in diagnostic address BIF034

Action:

Access address BIF034 :

Item Measurement Specification

BIF034 - Status, coolant temperature sender (B08) in °C


Coolant temperature: Temperature (in °C) between -040 and +113

Result:

YES:BIF temperature reading does correspond to actual coolant temperature

NO:BIF temperature reading does NOT correspond to actual engine coolant temperature: GO
TO: Circuit/harness test for coolant temperature sender (B08)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 365 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Cooling system diagnosis

Action:

Following items can cause the engine to overheat:

Loose or broken fan belt.


Dirty radiator.
Low coolant level.
Low crankcase oil level.
Engine overloaded.
Defective viscous fan drive, see Reference 230-15-090 , Checking the Viscous Fan
Drive.
Defective radiator cap, see Reference 230-15-070 , Testing Cooling System for Leaks.
Defective head gasket, see reference “Check for Head Gasket Failures” , Base Engine
CTM.
Injection pump not correctly timed.
Faulty thermostat, see reference “Inspect Thermostat and Test Opening Temperature” ,
Base Engine CTM
Faulty coolant pump, see reference “Inspect, Clean, and Measure Water Pump Parts” ,
Base Engine CTM.
Corroded coolant passages.
Improper grade of fuel.
Excessive fuel delivery, see reference “ Diagnosing Fuel System Malfunctions” ,
Mechanical Fuel System CTM.

Result:

YES:Perform engine diagnosis: GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 6 ) Engine diagnosis

Action:

Perform engine diagnosis, see reference in Base Engine CTM.

Result:

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 366 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BIF 000126.15- Hydraulic Oil Filter Dirty


07
Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000126.15 is saved when the hydraulic oil filter is dirty. The first
filter alarm level is triggered when the transmission oil temperature is above 28 °C (82 °F),
the engine speed over 700 rpm and the differential filter pressure over 350 kPa (3.5 bar; 51
psi) +/- 20 kPa (0.2 bar; 2.9 psi). Replace the hydraulic oil filters. The diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Dirty hydraulic oil filter.


Problem in the hydraulic oil filter circuit.
Defective hydraulic oil filter B111.
Defective signal lead (cable 509).

Additional References:

• Electrical Information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BIF-200 , Instrument Panel - Theory of Operation.

• Reference 255-20-001 , PowrQuad, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmission - Summary


of References

• Reference 270-20-001 , PFC Hydraulic System - Summary of References

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 367 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.2

Perform a visual inspection of hydraulic oil filter circuit:

1. Check oil filter for external damages.


2. Check condition of hydraulic oil filter hoses:
Replace hoses that are cracked, split or otherwise in poor condition.
3. Fault occurred after oil service?
Does the oil have the correct viscosity?
4. Check condition of hydraulic oil and remedy fault if necessary.
Water in oil (milky)?
Filter failure (dirty)?
Metal particles (mechanical failure)?

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair as needed and repeat this test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 368 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check Hydraulic Oil Filter

Action:

• Replace hydraulic oil filter.


• Operate engine at wide open throttle for 10 - 15 seconds with oil temperature above 40 °C
(104 °F). Filter lamp should stay OFF.

Access address BIF013 :

Item Measurement Specification

BIF013 - Status, Hydraulic Oil Filter Sender (B111)


Engine OFF: Status (switch OPEN) X0X

Engine ON (switch open = filter clean): Status X0X

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Oil temperature above 40 °C (104 °F): GO TO: • On Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT


Transmission Circuit/Harness test for Restriction Warning Switch at Hydraulic Oil Filter (B111)
(AutoPowr/IVT Transmission) . • On Tractors with PowerQuad and PowerQuad Plus
Transmission Circuit/Harness test for Restriction Warning Switch at Hydraulic Oil Filter (B111)
.

OK: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check Hydraulic Oil Filter Circuit

Action:

Item Measurement Specification

Specifications, Differential Pressure Switch for Hydraulic Oil Filter


350 kPa +/- 20 kPa (3.5 bar +/- 0.2 bar; 51 psi
Dirty air filter indicator: Switch point 1 at a differential pressure of
+/- 3 psi)

425 kPa +/- 25 kPa (4.5 bar +/- 0.25 bar; 65


Air filter restriction indicator: Switch point 2 at a differential pressure of
psi +/- 4 psi)

Result:

YES:Check hydraulic system.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 369 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BIF 000126.16- Transmission/Hydraulic Oil Filter Restricted


07
Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000126.16 is saved when a filter is restricted:
Tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad transmission: filter restriction signal from
transmission or hydraulic oil filter.
Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission: filter restriction signal from hydraulic oil filter.
Replace transmission/hydraulic oil filter. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Dirty hydraulic or transmission oil filter.


Problem in the oil filter circuit.
Defective hydraulic oil filter sender (B111) or transmission oil filter
(B07).
Defective signal lead (cable 606).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BIF-200 , Basic Informator - Theory of Operation.

• Reference 255-20-001 , PowrQuad, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions - Summary


of References

• Reference 270-20-001 , PFC Hydraulic System - Summary of References

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 370 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.2

Visual inspection of transmission/hydraulic filter circuit:

1. Check oil filters for external damage.


2. Check also condition of hydraulic oil filter hoses:
Replace hoses that are dented, split or otherwise in poor condition
3. Fault occurred after oil service?
Does the oil have the correct viscosity?
4. Check condition of hydraulic oil and remedy fault if necessary.
Water in oil (milky)?
Filter failure (dirty)?
Metal particles (mechanical failure)?

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair as needed and repeat this test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 371 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the restriction switch in hydraulic oil filter (B111) in diagnostic


addresses BIF012 and BIF013

Action:

Access address BIF012 :

Item Measurement Specification

BIF012 - Status, restriction switch in hydraulic oil filter (B111)


Filter clogged: Status (pressure) X1X (Pressure in circuit, Sender is CLOSED)

Filter not clogged: Status (pressure) X0X (No pressure in circuit, Sender is OPEN)

Access address BIF013

Item Measurement Specification

BIF013 - Status, oil filter indicator light sender (B07)


Filter clogged: Status (pressure) X1X (Pressure in circuit, Sender is CLOSED)

Filter not clogged: Status (pressure) X0X (No pressure in circuit, Sender is OPEN)

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:GO TO: • On tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission, Circuit/harness test for restriction
warning switch at hydraulic oil filter (B111) (AutoPowr/IVT transmission) .• On tractors with
PowrQuad and PowrQuad Plus transmissions, Circuit/harness test for restriction warning
switch at hydraulic oil filter (B111) .

OK: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 372 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the oil filter circuit

Action:

3.1 - Transmission oil filter circuit:

The oil filter relief valve is activated (opened) by a restricted oil filter (increased differential
pressure before oil filter opens relief valve and the oil channel to the filter restriction switch
B07).

Item Measurement Specification

Specifications, transmission oil filter


Opening pressure of filter relief valve: Differential pressure max. 300 kPa (3.0 bar; 44 psi)

Closing pressure of pressure switch B07: Pressure max. 760 kPa (7.6 bar; 110 psi)

Opening pressure of pressure switch B07: Pressure max. 450 kPa (4.5 bar; 65 psi)

3.2 - Hydraulic oil filter circuit: The increasing differential pressure before the filter
directly activates differential pressure switch B111.

Item Measurement Specification

Specifications, differential pressure switch for hydraulic oil filter


350 kPa +/- 20 kPa (3.5 bar +/- 0.2 bar; 51 psi
Dirty air filter indicator: Switch point 1 at a differential pressure of
+/- 3 psi)

425 kPa +/- 25 kPa (4.5 bar +/- 0.25 bar; 65


Air filter restriction indicator: Switch point 2 at a differential pressure of
psi +/- 4 psi)

Result:

YES:Check transmission/hydraulic system.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 373 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BIF 000127.00- Transmission Oil Pressure Low


07
Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000127.00 is saved when the basic informator does not register
any transmission oil pressure. The sender of the transmission oil pressure warning light is
closed at an engine speed of 700 rpm. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“Stop Engine”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Filter problem, diagnostic trouble code(s) BIF 000126.15 and/or BIF


000126.16 take priority.
Defective transmission oil pressure sender (B31).
Defective sender line connection (cable 515 or 310).
Transmission oil pressure too low because of defective transmission
oil pump, air intake/pressure circuit (check suction screen).
Defective engine oil pressure sender (BIF erroneously receives an oil
pressure signal and expects a transmission oil pressure).
Tractors with ECU level 11 or level 12 (Denso HPCR injection pump
/Stanadyne DE10 injection pump): Diagnostic trouble code ECU
000100.04 Engine Oil Pressure Input Voltage Low take priority.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BIF-200 , Basic Informator - Theory of Operation.

• Reference 255-20-001 , PowrQuad, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions - Summary


of References

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 374 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.2

Visual inspection of the transmission circuit:

1. Check transmission oil level.


2. Check for leaks.
3. Check filter.
4. Check the oil hoses and pipes for kinks and dents.

Result:

YES:No visual damage of transmission circuit recognizable: GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 375 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking transmission oil pressure

Action:

2.1 - Transmission oil pressure at sender B31:

Access address BIF012 :

Item Measurement Specification

BIF012 - Status, transmission oil pressure sender (B31)


Engine OFF (switch closed): Status 1XX

Engine RUNNING (Switch is opened by pressure): Status 0XX

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for transmission oil pressure sender (B31) .

NO:• Display shows 0XX in address BIF012 when engine OFF: Check circuit of sender, GO TO:
Circuit/harness test for transmission oil pressure sender (B31) .
• Display shows 1XX in address BIF012 when engine OFF: GO TO 2.2

Action:

2.2 - Transmission enable pressure at sender B105:

• Perform the test while the engine is running and range shift lever is in neutral.
Access address EPC013 :

Item Measurement Specification

EPC013 - Pressure, enable switch (B105)


Reverse drive lever in neutral position and
Minimum pressure approx. 0 kPa (display: XXXX0000)
clutch pedal not pressed:

Reverse drive lever in forward or reverse 1200 kPa (display: XXXX1200) on 6120 - 6320
Maximum pressure
position and clutch pedal not pressed: tractors

1400 kPa (display: XXXX1400) on 6420 - 6520


tractors

Result:

YES:Replace transmission oil pressure sender (B31) and repeat the test.

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 376 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Isolate or identify the cause of the fault

Action:

Ask the operator:

How does the machine function?


During what type of work does the failure occur?
Shift problem.
PTO, differential lock and MFWD work perfectly?
Fault comes along with unusual noise?
Fault occurs during work with special implement (does the implement fully comply
with technical specifications)?
Does the tractor comply fully with technical specifications?

Carry out a test drive and ask the operator:

Result:

NO:Fault indicates a problem with the transmission oil circuit: GO TO 4 .

NO:Error indicates a problem with the PTO, differential lock or front-wheel drive: GO TO 5 .

NO:Problem/cause cannot be isolated: GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) PowrQuad transmission system check

Action:

See Reference 255-15-001 , PowrQuad Transmission - System Check.

For information on test ports, see Reference 255-15-002 , PowrQuad Transmission - Test
Ports.

Result:

YES:Perform major system checks in the transmission circuit: GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 377 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) System check for PTO, differential lock and front-wheel drive

Action:

5.1 - Operational Checks:

See Reference 256-10-001 , Drive Systems - Operational Check.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:GO TO 5.2

Action:

5.2 - System Checks:

See Reference 256-15-001 , Drive Systems - System Check.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 378 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BIF 000167.16- D+ Voltage is High (Engine Running)


07
Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000167.16 is saved in the following instances:
The D+ voltage of the alternator is more than 15.5 volts at an engine speed of more than 800
rpm.
The difference between the D+ voltage (pin 25) and the system voltage (pin 14) is more than
2 volts. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective alternator G02.


Defective battery.
High current requirements.
Defective D+ voltage line to instrument panel (cable 326/306).
Tractors with ECU level 11 or level 12 (Denso HPCR injection pump
/Stanadyne DE10 injection pump): Diagnostic trouble code ECU
000100.04 Engine Oil Pressure Input Voltage Low take priority.

Additional References:

• Electrical Information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BIF-200 , Instrument Panel - Theory of Operation.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 379 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.2 Perform a visual inspection of the battery and the alternator.

1. Check for visual signs of damage.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 380 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check Alternator D+ Voltage and Tractor System Voltage (Battery Voltage)

Action:

Access address BIF032 :

Item Measurement Specification

BIF032 - Voltage, Alternator D+ Voltage


Engine running in low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 V

Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 V

Access address BCU032 :


Item Measurement Specification

BCU032 - Voltage, System Voltage (BCU Operating Voltage)


Ignition ON; engine OFF: Voltage between 11.2 and 12.7 volts

Engine running in low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts

Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts

Result:

YES:No voltage difference (more than 2 V) between the display in BIF032 and BCU032:•
Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for
alternator D+ voltage (B03)

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check Charging System

Action:

• Check alternator, refer to "Alternator Checks" Section 240, Group 15.

• Check battery, refer to "Battery Checks" , Section 240, Group 15.

Result:

YES:Check the electrical connections of the charging system for bad, loose, widened or
corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and repeat the test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 381 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BIF 000167.17- D+ Voltage Too Low (Engine Speed Over 1500 rpm)
07
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 000167.17 is saved if the D+ voltage of the alternator is less
than 12.5 volts at an engine speed of more than 1500 rpm. The diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Broken or slipping V-belts.


Defective relay for alternator K02/2.
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 302124.31 takes priority.
Defective engine oil pressure sender (BIF erroneously receives an
oil pressure signal and expects a higher D+ voltage).
Tractors with ECU level 11 or level 12 (Denso HPCR injection
pump /Stanadyne DE10 injection pump): Diagnostic trouble code
ECU 000100.04 Engine Oil Pressure Input Voltage Low take
priority.
Defective alternator G02.
Defective battery.
High current requirements.
Defective D+ voltage line to instrument panel (cable 326/306).

Additional References:

• Electrical Information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BIF-200 , Instrument Panel - Theory of Operation.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 382 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of the alternator and the drive belt.

1. Check for visual signs of damage.


2. Ensure that the belt tensioner and the belt are correctly installed, check for signs of
slipping.
3. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.
4. Check ground connections between battery/engine and cab.
Check mounting surfaces for corrosion / paint and loose mounting bolts.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 383 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check Alternator D+ Voltage and Tractor System Voltage (Battery Voltage)

Action:

Access address BIF032 :

Item Measurement Specification

BIF032 - Voltage, Alternator D+ Voltage


Engine running in low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 V

Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 V

Access address BCU032 :


Item Measurement Specification

BCU032 - Voltage, System Voltage (BCU Operating Voltage)


Ignition ON; engine OFF: Voltage between 11.2 and 12.7 volts

Engine running in low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts

Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts

Result:

YES: • Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO: Circuit/Harness
test for alternator D+ voltage (B03)

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check Charging System

Action:

• Check alternator, refer to "Alternator Checks" Section 240, Group 15.

• Check battery, refer to "Battery Checks" , Section 240, Group 15.

Result:

YES:Check the electrical connections of the charging system for bad, loose, widened or
corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and repeat the test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 384 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BIF 000167.18- D+ Voltage Too Low (Engine Speed Up To 1500 rpm)


07
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 000167.18 is saved if the D+ voltage of the alternator is less
than 12.5 volts at an engine speed between 800 rpm and 1500 rpm. The diagnostic trouble
code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Broken or slipping V-belts.


Defective relay for alternator K02/2.
Diagnostic trouble code BCU 302124.31 takes priority.
Defective engine oil pressure sender (BIF erroneously receives an
oil pressure signal and expects a higher D+ voltage).
Tractors with ECU level 11 or level 12 (Denso HPCR injection
pump /Stanadyne DE10 injection pump): Diagnostic trouble code
ECU 000100.04 Engine Oil Pressure Input Voltage Low take
priority.
Defective alternator G02.
Defective battery.
High current requirements.
Defective D+ voltage line 326/306 to instrument panel.
Loose connection between the wiring harness-cab (W08) and the
engine wiring harness (W02).

Additional References:

• Electrical Information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BIF-200 , Instrument Panel - Theory of Operation.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 385 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of the alternator and the drive belt.

1. Check for visual signs of damage.


2. Ensure that the belt tensioner and the belt are correctly installed, check for signs of
slipping.
3. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.
4. Check ground connections between battery/engine and cab.
Check mounting surfaces for corrosion / paint and loose mounting bolts.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 386 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check Alternator D+ Voltage and Tractor System Voltage (Battery Voltage)

Action:

Access address BIF032 :

Item Measurement Specification

BIF032 - Voltage, Alternator D+ Voltage


Engine running in low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 V

Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 V

Access address BCU032 :


Item Measurement Specification

BCU032 - Voltage, System Voltage (BCU Operating Voltage)


Ignition ON; engine OFF: Voltage between 11.2 and 12.7 volts

Engine running in low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts

Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts

Result:

YES: • Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO: Circuit/Harness
test for alternator D+ voltage (B03)

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check Charging System

Action:

• Check alternator, refer to "Alternator Checks" Section 240, Group 15.

• Check battery, refer to "Battery Checks" , Section 240, Group 15.

Result:

YES:Check the electrical connections of the charging system for bad, loose, widened or
corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and repeat the test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 387 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BIF 000168.16- System Voltage Too High (Engine Running)


07
Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000168.16 is saved if the system voltage (battery voltage) is
more than 15.5 volts at an engine speed of more than 512 rpm. The diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Use of a jumper cable to start the vehicle.


Defective battery.
Defective alternator.

Additional References:

• Electrical Information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BIF-200 , Instrument Panel - Theory of Operation.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 388 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.2 Perform a visual inspection of the battery and the alternator.

1. Check for visual signs of damage.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 389 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check System/Battery Voltage

Action:

Access address BCU032 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU032 - Voltage, System Voltage (BCU Operating Voltage)


Ignition ON; engine OFF: Voltage between 11.2 and 12.7 volts

Engine running in low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts

Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check Charging System

Action:

• Check alternator, refer to "Alternator Checks" Section 240, Group 15.

• Check battery, refer to "Battery Checks" , Section 240, Group 15.

Result:

YES:Check all relevant connectors of the system voltage circuit (BIF operating voltage) for
bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as required.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 390 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BIF 000168.17- System Voltage Too Low (Engine Speed Over 1500 rpm)
07
Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000168.17 is saved if the system voltage (battery voltage) is
more than 12.5 volts at an engine speed of more than 1500 rpm. The diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Broken or slipping V-belts.


Defective alternator G02.
Defective battery.
High current requirements.
Defective line connection between the BIF and the ELX relay/battery.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BIF-200 , Basic Informator - Theory of Operation.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 391 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.2

Perform a visual inspection of the battery, the alternator and the drive belt.

1. Check for visual signs of damage.


2. Ensure that the belt tensioner and the belt are correctly installed, check for signs of
slipping.
3. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.
4. Check ground connections between battery/engine and cab.
Check mounting surfaces for corrosion / paint and loose mounting bolts.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 392 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check system/battery voltage

Action:

Access address BCU032 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU032 - Voltage, system voltage (BCU operating voltage)


Ignition ON; engine OFF: Voltage between 11.2 and 12.7 volts

Engine running at low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts

Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Checking the charging system

Action:

• Check alternator, refer to "Alternator Checks" Section 240, Group 15.

• Check battery, refer to "Battery Checks" , Section 240, Group 15.

Result:

YES:Check all relevant connectors of the system voltage circuit (BIF operating voltage) for
bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and repeat the test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 393 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Check power supply (cables 992 and 050) of basic informator

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.

Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.

For circuit diagram refer to:

Reference 240-10-003 , SE1 Starting Motor and Charging Circuit (AutoPowr/IVT


Transmission).
Reference 240-10A-050 , SE1 Starting and Charging Circuit (PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Transmission).
Reference 240-10-004 , SE2-Basic Informator.

For component location and pin arrangement refer to:

Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoQuad/IVT transmission


and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-002 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus transmission
and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad/IVT transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-006 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER I Engine - Summary of References

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 394 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BIF 000168.18- System Voltage Too Low (Engine Speed Up To 1500 rpm)
07
Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000168.18 is saved if the system voltage (battery voltage) is less
than 11.2 volts at an engine speed between 512 rpm and 1500 rpm. The diagnostic trouble
code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Broken or slipping V-belts.


Defective alternator G02.
Defective battery.
High current requirements.
Defective line connection between the BIF and the ELX relay/battery.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BIF-200 , Basic Informator - Theory of Operation.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 395 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.2

Perform a visual inspection of the battery, the alternator and the drive belt.

1. Check for visual signs of damage.


2. Ensure that the belt tensioner and the belt are correctly installed, check for signs of
slipping.
3. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.
4. Check ground connections between battery/engine and cab.
Check mounting surfaces for corrosion / paint and loose mounting bolts.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 396 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check system/battery voltage

Action:

Access address BCU032 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU032 - Voltage, system voltage (BCU operating voltage)


Ignition ON; engine OFF: Voltage between 11.2 and 12.7 volts

Engine running at low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts

Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Checking the charging system

Action:

• Check alternator, refer to "Alternator Checks" Section 240, Group 15.

• Check battery, refer to "Battery Checks" , Section 240, Group 15.

Result:

YES:Check all relevant connectors of the system voltage circuit (BIF operating voltage) for
bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and repeat the test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 397 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Check power supply (cables 992 and 050) of basic informator

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.

Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.

For circuit diagram refer to:

Reference 240-10-003 , SE1 Starting Motor and Charging Circuit (AutoPowr/IVT


Transmission).
Reference 240-10A-050 , SE1 Starting and Charging Circuit (PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Transmission).
Reference 240-10-004 , SE2-Basic Informator.

For component location and pin arrangement refer to:

Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoQuad/IVT transmission


and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-002 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus transmission
and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad/IVT transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-006 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER I Engine - Summary of References

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 398 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BIF 000177.00- Hydraulic Oil Temperature Very High


07
Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000177.00 is saved when the hydraulic oil temperature is more
than 105 °C (221 °F). The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Stop Engine”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Heavy hydraulic load.


Low hydraulic oil level.
Restricted filter.
Restricted oil cooler line.
Defective hydraulic oil temperature sender B60 (erroneous
valid/maximum temperature range).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 230-20-001 , Fuel, Air Intake and Cooling Systems, Cold Weather Starting Aids -
Description of Components - Summary of References.

• Reference 245-BIF-200 , Basic Informator - Theory of Operation.

• Reference 255-20-001 , PowrQuad, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions - Summary


of References

• Reference 270-20-001 , PFC Hydraulic System - Summary of References.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 399 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary checks

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.2

Perform a visual inspection of the transmission/hydraulic system:

1. Check and clean side panels, front cover and screens (if equipped).
2. Check transmission oil level.
3. Check for leaks.
4. Check filter.
5. Check relevant oil tubes and pipes for bends.
6. Check the viscous fan drive: see Reference 230-15-090 , Checking the Viscous Fan
Drive.
7. Check drive belts.
8. Check for visual signs of damages at the oil cooling system.

Result:

YES:No visual damage of cooling system recognizable: GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 400 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Isolate or identify the cause of the overheating

Action:

Ask the operator:

How does the machine function?


When does the fault occur?
During what type of work does the failure occur?
Fault comes along with unusual noise?
Fault occurs during work with special implement (does the implement fully comply
with technical specifications)?
Does the tractor comply fully with technical specifications?
Does the BIF temperature reading correspond to the actual hydraulic oil temperature?

Result:

YES:Problem identified in hydraulic circuit: GO TO 7 .

YES:Problem identified in brake circuit: GO TO 8 .

YES:Problem identified in the transmission circuit: GO TO 6 .

NO:Problem (cause) cannot be identified: GO TO 5 .

NO:Temperature reading of BIF does not correspond to actual hydraulic oil temperature: GO
TO 3 .

( 3 ) Checking the temperature of the hydraulic oil

Action:

Access address BIF033 and compare the displayed temperature with the actual temperature
of the transmission oil:

Item Measurement Specification

BIF033 - Status, hydraulic oil temperature sender (B60) in °C


Hydraulic oil temperature Temperature in °C (050 is equivalent to 50 °C) between -040 and +105

Result:

YES:BIF temperature reading is equivalent to actual transmission temperature: Perform


operational checks, GO TO 5 .

NO:BIF temperature reading is NOT equivalent to actual transmission temperature: GO TO 4 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 401 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking hydraulic oil temperature sender (B60) in diagnostic address BIF033

Action:

Access address BIF033 :

Item Measurement Specification

BIF033 - Status, hydraulic oil temperature sender (B60) in °C


Hydraulic oil temperature Temperature in °C (050 is equivalent to 50 °C) between -040 and +105

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Address BIF 33 displays the wrong value. GO TO: Circuit/harness test for hydraulic oil
temperature sender (B60) .

( 5 ) Operational checks for hydraulic/transmission system

Action:

Isolate or identify the cause of the overheating:

• Reference 255-10-001 , PowrQuad Transmission - Operational Check.

• Reference 270-10-010 , Hydraulic System - Load Check.

• Reference 270-10-020 , Hitch Control - Operational Check.

• Reference 270-10-040 , Selective Control Valves - Operational Checkout.

Result:

YES:No problem identified during check: Perform system checks GO TO 6 .

NO:Problem in the transmission circuit: GO TO 6 .

NO:Problem identified in the hydraulic circuit: GO TO 7 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 402 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 6 ) PowrQuad transmission system check

Action:

See Reference 255-15-001 , PowrQuad Transmission - System Check.

For information on test ports, see Reference 255-15-002 , PowrQuad Transmission - Test
Ports.

Result:

YES: GO TO 7 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 7 ) System check for PFC hydraulic system

Action:

See Reference 270-15-012 , Checking the PFC Hydraulic System.

Result:

YES: GO TO 8 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 8 ) Checking the brake system

Action:

After a test drive with extensive checks, check for signs of overheating on the brake housing.

See Reference 260-15-001, Steering and Brakes, Tests and Adjustment - Summary of
References

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 403 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BIF 000177.03- Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sender, Shorted or Open Circuit


07
Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000177.03 is saved when the basic informator registers an
unlikely temperature (hydraulic oil temperature in maximum minus range) and therefore
indicates that there is an open or a short circuit to the supply voltage (battery voltage) in the
sender circuit. The alarm level: “Information” is triggered.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective hydraulic oil temperature sender B60.


Defective line connection (cable 602 or 050).
Defective/bad ground connection via ground point XGND4 to XGND43.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BIF-200 , Basic Informator - Theory of Operation.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check hydraulic oil temperature display

Action:

2.1 Hydraulic oil temperature in °C:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 404 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Access address BIF033 and compare the displayed temperature with the actual temperature
of the transmission oil:

Item Measurement Specification

BIF033 - Status, hydraulic oil temperature sender (B60) in °C


Hydraulic oil temperature Temperature in °C (050 is equivalent to 50 °C) between -040 and +105

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for hydraulic oil temperature sender (B60) .

NO:Address BIF033 displays the wrong value: GO TO 2.2.

Action:

2.2 Hydraulic oil temperature in volts:

Access address BIF015 :

Item Measurement Specification

BIF015 - Voltage, hydraulic oil temperature sender (B60)


Hydraulic oil temperature Voltage between 0.5 and 4.0 volts

Result:

YES:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for hydraulic oil temperature sender (B60) .

NO:GO TO 2.3

Action:

2.3 Check sender supply voltage (cable 602):

Access address BIF015 :

Item Measurement Specification

BIF015 - Voltage, hydraulic oil temperature sender (B60)


Sender B60 separated from the wiring harness (at an operating voltage of 12
Voltage between 3.0 and 4.0 volts
volts):

Use a multimeter to measure between pin A and B at connector X307 (wiring harness W28):
Item Measurement Specification

Voltage, hydraulic oil temperature sender (B60) at connector X307


At a BIF operating voltage of 12 volts: Voltage between 3.0 and 4.0 volts

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 405 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for hydraulic oil temperature sender (B60) .

( 3 ) Checking hydraulic oil temperature sender (B60) in diagnostic address BIF033

Action:

Access address BIF033 :

Item Measurement Specification

BIF033 - Status, hydraulic oil temperature sender (B60) in °C


Hydraulic oil temperature Temperature in °C (050 is equivalent to 50 °C) between -040 and +105

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Address BIF033 displays the wrong value. GO TO: Circuit/harness test for hydraulic oil
temperature sender (B60) .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 406 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BIF 000177.04- Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sender, Grounded Circuit


07
Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000177.04 is saved when the instrument panel registers an
unlikely temperature (hydraulic oil temperature at 125 °C (257 °F) while cold) and therefore
indicates that there is a short to ground in the sender circuit. The alarm level: “Information”
is triggered.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective hydraulic oil temperature sender B60.


Defective line connection (cable 602).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BIF-200 , Basic Informator - Theory of Operation.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check hydraulic oil temperature display

Action:

2.1 Hydraulic oil temperature in °C:

Access address BIF033 and compare the displayed temperature with the actual temperature
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 407 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

of the transmission oil:

Item Measurement Specification

BIF033 - Status, hydraulic oil temperature sender (B60) in °C


Hydraulic oil temperature Temperature in °C (050 is equivalent to 50 °C) between -040 and +105

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for hydraulic oil temperature sender (B60) .

NO:Address BIF033 displays the wrong value: GO TO 2.2.

Action:

2.2 Hydraulic oil temperature in volts:

Access address BIF015 :

Item Measurement Specification

BIF015 - Voltage, hydraulic oil temperature sender (B60)


Hydraulic oil temperature Voltage between 0.5 and 4.0 volts

Result:

YES:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for hydraulic oil temperature sender (B60) .

NO:GO TO 2.3

Action:

2.3 Check sender supply voltage (cable 602):

Access address BIF015 :

Item Measurement Specification

BIF015 - Voltage, hydraulic oil temperature sender (B60)


Sender B60 separated from the wiring harness (at an operating voltage of 12
Voltage between 3.0 and 4.0 volts
volts):

Use a multimeter to measure between pin A and B at connector X307 (wiring harness W28):
Item Measurement Specification

Voltage, hydraulic oil temperature sender (B60) at connector X307


At a BIF operating voltage of 12 volts: Voltage between 3.0 and 4.0 volts

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 408 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for hydraulic oil temperature sender (B60) .

( 3 ) Checking hydraulic oil temperature sender (B60) in diagnostic address BIF033

Action:

Access address BIF033 :

Item Measurement Specification

BIF033 - Status, hydraulic oil temperature sender (B60) in °C


Hydraulic oil temperature Temperature in °C (050 is equivalent to 50 °C) between -040 and +105

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Address BIF033 displays the wrong value. GO TO: Circuit/harness test for hydraulic oil
temperature sender (B60) .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 409 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BIF 000177.16- Hydraulic Oil Temperature High


07
Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000177.16 is saved when the hydraulic oil temperature is
between 101 °C (214 °F) and 105 °C (221 °F). The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm
level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Heavy hydraulic load.


Low hydraulic oil level.
Restricted filter.
Restricted oil cooler line.
Defective hydraulic oil temperature sender B60 (erroneous valid/upper
temperature range).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 230-20-001 , Fuel, Air Intake and Cooling Systems, Cold Weather Starting Aids -
Description of Components - Summary of References.

• Reference 245-BIF-200 , Basic Informator - Theory of Operation.

• Reference 255-20-001 , PowrQuad, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions - Summary


of References

• Reference 270-20-001 , PFC Hydraulic System - Summary of References.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 410 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary checks

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.2

Perform a visual inspection of the transmission/hydraulic system:

1. Check and clean side panels, front cover and screens (if equipped).
2. Check transmission oil level.
3. Check for leaks.
4. Check filter.
5. Check relevant oil tubes and pipes for bends.
6. Check the viscous fan drive: see Reference 230-15-090 , Checking the Viscous Fan
Drive.
7. Check drive belts.
8. Check for visual signs of damages at the oil cooling system.

Result:

YES:No visual damage of cooling system recognizable: GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 411 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Isolate or identify the cause of the overheating

Action:

Ask the operator:

How does the machine function?


When does the fault occur?
During what type of work does the failure occur?
Fault comes along with unusual noise?
Fault occurs during work with special implement (does the implement fully comply
with technical specifications)?
Does the tractor comply fully with technical specifications?
Does the BIF temperature reading correspond to the actual hydraulic oil temperature?

Result:

YES:Problem identified in hydraulic circuit: GO TO 7 .

YES:Problem identified in brake circuit: GO TO 8 .

YES:Problem identified in the transmission circuit: GO TO 6 .

NO:Problem (cause) cannot be identified: GO TO 5 .

NO:Temperature reading of BIF does not correspond to actual hydraulic oil temperature: GO
TO 3 .

( 3 ) Checking the temperature of the hydraulic oil

Action:

Access address BIF033 and compare the displayed temperature with the actual temperature
of the transmission oil:

Item Measurement Specification

BIF033 - Status, hydraulic oil temperature sender (B60) in °C


Hydraulic oil temperature Temperature in °C (050 is equivalent to 50 °C) between -040 and +105

Result:

YES:BIF temperature reading is equivalent to actual transmission temperature: Perform


operational checks, GO TO 5 .

NO:BIF Temperature reading is NOT equivalent to actual transmission temperature: GO TO 4


.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 412 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking hydraulic oil temperature sender (B60) in diagnostic address BIF033

Action:

Access address BIF033 :

Item Measurement Specification

BIF033 - Status, hydraulic oil temperature sender (B60) in °C


Hydraulic oil temperature Temperature in °C (050 is equivalent to 50 °C) between -040 and +105

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Address BIF033 displays the wrong value. GO TO: Circuit/harness test for hydraulic oil
temperature sender (B60) .

( 5 ) Operational checks for hydraulic/transmission system

Action:

Isolate or identify the cause of the overheating:

• Reference 255-10-001 , PowrQuad Transmission - Operational Check.

• Reference 270-10-010 , Hydraulic System - Load Check.

• Reference 270-10-020 , Hitch Control - Operational Check.

• Reference 270-10-040 , Selective Control Valves - Operational Checkout.

Result:

YES:No problem identified during check: Perform system checks GO TO 6 .

NO:Problem in the transmission circuit: GO TO 6 .

NO:Problem identified in the hydraulic circuit: GO TO 7 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 413 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 6 ) PowrQuad transmission system check

Action:

See Reference 255-15-001 , PowrQuad Transmission - System Check.

For information on test ports, see Reference 255-15-002 , PowrQuad Transmission - Test
Ports.

Result:

YES: GO TO 7 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 7 ) System check for PFC hydraulic system

Action:

See Reference 270-15-012 , Checking the PFC Hydraulic System.

Result:

YES: GO TO 8 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 8 ) Checking the brake system

Action:

After a test drive with extensive checks, check for signs of overheating on the brake housing.

See Reference 260-15-001, Steering and Brakes, Tests and Adjustment - Summary of
References

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 414 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BIF 000186.16- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Warning, Rear PTO Speed


07
Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000186.16 is intended only to provide information. It appears
together with a visual warning (540, 540E or 1000 rpm light and a flashing yellow CAUTION
light) whenever the PTO speed exceeds 620 (+/-10). This warning is independent of the
selected PTO speed (540, 540E or 1000 rpm).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 415 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BIF 000190.02- No Signal From Engine Speed Sender


07
Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000190.02 is saved when no engine speed signal is transmitted
to the instrument panel (via the 29 BIT CAN BUS) while the ignition is ON and engine oil
pressure exists. This diagnostic trouble code does not necessarily have any real meaning. It
is often stored by chance when the main switch is turned (ignition ON and OFF). For this
reason, diagnosis only needs to be performed if one or more related faults occur in
conjunction with this code.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective engine speed sender.


Engine speed sender B01 for tractors without engine control unit
or with ECU level 1: Diagnostic trouble code BCU 000190.02 takes
priority.
Tractors with ECU level 11 or level 12 (Denso HPCR injection
pump /Stanadyne DE10 injection pump): Diagnostic trouble code
ECU 000100.04 Engine Oil Pressure Input Voltage Low take
priority.
Defective engine speed sender (B01) line connections (cable 531 or
325).
Defective engine oil pressure sender (BIF erroneously receives an oil
pressure signal and expects a speed signal).
Loose connection between the wiring harness-cab (W08) and the
engine wiring harness (W02).

Additional References:

• Electrical Information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BIF-200 , Instrument Panel - Theory of Operation.

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 416 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 417 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check Engine Speed Sender

Action:

Tractors Without Engine Control Unit or With ECU Level 1:

Access address BCU003 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU003 - Status, Engine Speed Sender (B01)


No signal detected (engine OFF): Status X0XX

Sender signal detected (engine running): Status X1XX

ECU temperature gauge (only tractors with Level 11 or Level 12 engine control
unit/ Denso HPCR injection pump /Stanadyne DE10 injection pump):

• Access address ECU012 :

Item Measurement Specification

ECU012 - Speed, Crankshaft Speed Sender (B72)


Engine speed: RPM between fast and slow idle

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:• Tractors Without Engine Control Unit or With ECU Level 1: Check engine speed sender,
GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for Engine Speed Sender (B01) .• Tractors with Engine Control
Unit Level 11 or Level 12: Process ECU diagnostic trouble codes/check sender circuit (refer to
corresponding CTM).

( 3 ) Check Engine Oil Pressure

Action:

Access address BIF013 :

Item Measurement Specification

BIF013 - Status, Engine Oil Pressure Sender (B04)


Engine OFF: Status (pressure) XX1 (No pressure, sender is closed)

Engine RUNNING: Status (pressure) XX0 (Pressure in circuit, sender is open)

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for Engine Oil Pressure Sender (B04) .
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 418 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BIF 000628.02- Control Unit, Internal Error


07
Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000628.02 is saved when an error occurred in the memory of the
instrument panel. All values in the memory are replaced by the factory default settings. This
might change the functionality of the instrument

Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace instrument panel (BIF).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 419 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BIF 000639.02- 29-Bit CAN BUS, Open Circuit


07
Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000639.02 is saved when the instrument panel has not received
CAN messages for more than 5 seconds although the ignition is on. This indicates an open
circuit or a problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS circuit. This diagnostic trouble code does not
necessarily have any real meaning. It is often stored by chance when the main switch is
turned (ignition ON and OFF). For this reason, diagnosis only needs to be performed if one or
more related faults occur in conjunction with this code.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem.


Defective CAN BUS screen:
Defective fuse F04/13 (voltage supply for 29-bit CAN BUS screen).
Terminating resistors A14 and/or A15 defective.
Defective screen lines (cable +930 and/or -932).
Voltage supply line (cable 994 and 050) of the screen lines
defective.
Defective/bad voltage supply ground connection via ground point
XGND4 to XGND43.
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection to the instrument panel (cable
+934 and/or -935).
Internal problem in the instrument panel.
29-bit CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong electromagnetic
influences.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BIF-200 , Basic Informator - Theory of Operation.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 420 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check 29-bit CAN BUS voltage at service connector

Action:

Use a multimeter to check the voltage at service connector X571 (W33):

Item Measurement Specification

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (at service connector X571)


Between pin C (cable 934) and pin A (cable 050) Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

Between pin D (cable 935) and pin A (cable 050) Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: GO TO 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors
with Cab) .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 421 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Check 29-bit CAN BUS screen lines (930/932)

Action:

Disconnect connector X227 at cab roof wiring harness W19 (connector for A14 – passive 4-pin
terminating resistor) and use multimeter to measure:

Item Measurement Specification

CAN BUS screen (at connector X227)


Between pin C (cable -930) and pin F (cable +932): Voltage 12 volts

Result:

YES:GO TO: 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab)

NO:• Check fuse F04/13.


• If fuse F04/13 is OK: GO TO 4 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 422 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group BIF: BIF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Check circuit of 29-bit CAN BUS connection to basic informator

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.

Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.

For circuit diagram refer to:

Reference 240-10-004 , SE2-Basic Informator.


Reference 240-10-033 , SE22 - Bus terminator and terminating resistor

For component location and pin arrangement refer to:

Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoQuad/IVT transmission


and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-002 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus transmission
and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad/IVT transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER II Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-006 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER I Engine - Summary of References

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 423 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

BIF 301141.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Switch off worklights while driving


on road
07
Diagnostic trouble code BIF 301141.31 is intended only to provide information. It is generated
if the tractor is driven too fast while the worklights are switched on.

→NOTE:

This diagnostic trouble code is not stored in the controller′s error memory.
It is intended only as information for the operator.

BIF 301143.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Preheat time remaining


07
Diagnostic trouble code BIF 301143.31 is intended only to provide information. It indicates
the remaining preheat time.

→NOTE:

This diagnostic trouble code is not stored in the controller′s error memory.
It is intended only as information for the operator

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 424 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Group ECU - ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes


ECU 000028.03- Cruise Control Potentiometer Input Voltage High
17 000028.03]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 1 ECU with Delphi


(Lucas) DP201 pump:

See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 28 FMI 3 - CRUISE CONTROL POTENTIOMETER INPUT VOLTAGE
HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM284.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine

[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]


- Summary of references.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 28 FMI 3 - CRUISE CONTROL POTENTIOMETER INPUT VOLTAGE HIGH
- DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 425 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 28 FMI 3 - CRUISE CONTROL POTENTIOMETER INPUT VOLTAGE HIGH
- DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 426 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 427 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000028.04- Cruise Control Potentiometer Input Voltage Low


17 000028.04]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 1 ECU with Delphi


(Lucas) DP201 pump:

See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 28 FMI 4 - CRUISE CONTROL POTENTIOMETER INPUT VOLTAGE
LOW - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM284.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine

[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]


- Summary of references.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 28 FMI 4 - CRUISE CONTROL POTENTIOMETER INPUT VOLTAGE LOW
- DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 428 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 28 FMI 4 - CRUISE CONTROL POTENTIOMETER INPUT VOLTAGE LOW
- DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 429 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 430 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000029.03- Hand Throttle Potentiometer Input Voltage High


17 000029.03]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 1 ECU with Delphi


(Lucas) DP201 pump:

See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 29 FMI 3 - HAND THROTTLE POTENTIOMETER INPUT VOLTAGE
HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM284.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine

[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]


- Summary of references.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 29 FMI 3 - HAND THROTTLE POTENTIOMETER INPUT VOLTAGE HIGH
- DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 431 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 29 FMI 3 - HAND THROTTLE POTENTIOMETER INPUT VOLTAGE HIGH
- DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 432 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 433 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000029.04- Hand Throttle Potentiometer Input Voltage Low


17 000029.04]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 1 ECU with Delphi


(Lucas) DP201 pump:

See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 29 FMI 4 - HAND THROTTLE POTENTIOMETER INPUT VOLTAGE
LOW - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM284.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine

[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]


- Summary of references.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 29 FMI 4 - HAND THROTTLE POTENTIOMETER INPUT VOLTAGE LOW -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE .

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 434 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 29 FMI 4 - HAND THROTTLE POTENTIOMETER INPUT VOLTAGE LOW -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 435 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 436 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000084.31- Vehicle Speed Mismatch


17 000084.31]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 84 FMI 31 - VEHICLE SPEED MISMATCH - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 437 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000091.03- Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer Input Voltage High


17 000091.03]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 1 ECU with Delphi


(Lucas) DP201 pump:

See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 91 FMI 3 - ACCELERATOR PEDAL POTENTIOMETER INPUT
VOLTAGE HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM284.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine

[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]


- Summary of references.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 91 FMI 3 - ACCELERATOR PEDAL POTENTIOMETER INPUT VOLTAGE
HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 438 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 91 FMI 3 - ACCELERATOR PEDAL POTENTIOMETER INPUT VOLTAGE
HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 439 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 440 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000091.04- Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer Input Voltage Low


17 000091.04]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 1 ECU with Delphi


(Lucas) DP201 pump:

See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 91 FMI 4 - ACCELERATOR PEDAL POTENTIOMETER INPUT
VOLTAGE LOW - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM284.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine

[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]


- Summary of references.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 91 FMI 4 - ACCELERATOR PEDAL POTENTIOMETER INPUT VOLTAGE
LOW - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 441 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 91 FMI 4 - ACCELERATOR PEDAL POTENTIOMETER INPUT VOLTAGE
LOW - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 442 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 443 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000091.07- Hand Throttle or Accelerator Pedal Not Calibrated Correctly


17 000091.07]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 1 ECU with Delphi


(Lucas) DP201 pump:

See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 91 FMI 7 - HAND THROTTLE OR ACCELERATOR PEDAL NOT
CALIBRATED CORRECTLY - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM284.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine

[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]


- Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 444 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000091.13- Hand Throttle or Accelerator Pedal, Calibration Interrupted


17 000091.13]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 1 ECU with Delphi


(Lucas) DP201 pump:

See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 91 FMI 13 - HAND THROTTLE OR ACCELERATOR PEDAL,
CALIBRATION INTERRUPTED in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM284.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine

[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]


- Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 445 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000094.03- Fuel Supply Pressure Input Voltage High


17 000094.03]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 94 FMI 3 - FUEL SUPPLY PRESSURE INPUT VOLTAGE HIGH -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 446 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000094.04- Fuel Supply Pressure Input Voltage Low


17 000094.04]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 94 FMI 4 - FUEL SUPPLY PRESSURE INPUT VOLTAGE LOW -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 447 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000094.10- Fuel Rail Pressure Loss Detected


17 000094.10]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 94 FMI 10 - FUEL RAIL PRESSURE LOSS DETECTED - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 448 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000094.13- Fuel Rail Pressure Higher Than Expected


17 000094.13]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 94 FMI 13 - FUEL RAIL PRESSURE HIGHER THAN EXPECTED -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 449 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000094.17- Fuel Rail Pressure Not Developed


17 000094.17]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 94 FMI 17 - FUEL RAIL PRESSURE NOT DEVELOPED - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 450 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000097.03- Input Voltage from Water-in-Fuel Sensor High


17 000097.03]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 97 FMI 03 - INPUT VOLTAGE FROM WATER-IN-FUEL SENSOR
HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 451 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 452 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000097.04- Input Voltage from Water-in-Fuel Sensor Low


17 000097.04]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 97 FMI 04 - INPUT VOLTAGE FROM WATER-IN-FUEL SENSOR
LOW - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 453 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 454 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000097.16- Water in Fuel Detected


17 000097.16]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 97 FMI 16 - WATER IN FUEL DETECTED - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 97 FMI 16 - WATER IN FUEL DETECTED - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 455 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 456 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000100.01- Engine Oil Pressure Extremely Low


17 000100.01]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 100 FMI 1 - ENGINE OIL PRESSURE EXTREMELY LOW -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 457 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000100.03- Engine Oil Pressure Input Voltage High


17 000100.03]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 100 FMI 3 - ENGINE OIL PRESSURE INPUT VOLTAGE HIGH -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 458 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000100.04- Engine Oil Pressure Input Voltage Low


17 000100.04]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 100 FMI 4 - ENGINE OIL PRESSURE INPUT VOLTAGE LOW -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 459 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000100.18- Engine Oil Pressure Moderately Low


17 000100.18]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 100 FMI 18 - ENGINE OIL PRESSURE MODERATELY LOW -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 460 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000105.03- Manifold Air Temperature Input Voltage High


17 000105.00]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 105 FMI 3 - MANIFOLD AIR TEMPERATURE INPUT VOLTAGE HIGH
- DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 105 FMI 3 - MANIFOLD AIR TEMPERATURE INPUT VOLTAGE HIGH
- DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 461 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 462 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000105.04- Manifold Air Temperature Input Voltage Low


17 000105.04]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 105 FMI 4 - MANIFOLD AIR TEMPERATURE INPUT VOLTAGE LOW
- DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 105 FMI 4 - MANIFOLD AIR TEMPERATURE INPUT VOLTAGE LOW
- DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 463 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 464 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000105.16- Manifold Air Temperature Moderately High


17 000105.16]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 105 FMI 16 - MANIFOLD AIR TEMPERATURE MODERATELY HIGH -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 105 FMI 16 - MANIFOLD AIR TEMPERATURE MODERATELY HIGH -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 465 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 466 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000110.00- Engine Coolant Temperature Extremely High


17 000110.00]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 110 FMI 0 - ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE EXTREMELY HIGH
- DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 110 FMI 0 - ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE EXTREMELY HIGH
- DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 467 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 468 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000110.03- Engine Coolant Temperature Input Voltage High


17 000110.03]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 1 ECU with Delphi


(Lucas) DP201 pump:

See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 110 FMI 3 - ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE INPUT VOLTAGE
HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM284.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine

[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]


- Summary of references.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 110 FMI 3 - ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE INPUT VOLTAGE
HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 469 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 110 FMI 3 - ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE INPUT VOLTAGE
HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 470 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 471 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000110.04- Engine Coolant Temperature Input Voltage Low


17 000110.04]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 1 ECU with Delphi


(Lucas) DP201 pump:

See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 110 FMI 4 - ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE INPUT VOLTAGE
LOW - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM284.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine

[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]


- Summary of references.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 110 FMI 4 - ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE INPUT VOLTAGE
LOW - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 472 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 110 FMI 4 - ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE INPUT VOLTAGE
LOW - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 473 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 474 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000110.15- Engine Coolant Temperature Slightly High


17 000110.15]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 110 FMI 15 - ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SLIGHTLY HIGH -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 110 FMI 15 - ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SLIGHTLY HIGH -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 475 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 476 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000110.16- Engine Coolant Temperature Moderately High


17 000110.16]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 110 FMI 16 - ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE MODERATELY
HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 110 FMI 16 - ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE MODERATELY
HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 477 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 478 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000158.17- ECU Power Down Error


17 000158.17]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 158 FMI 17 - ECU POWER DOWN ERROR - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 158 FMI 17 - ECU POWER DOWN ERROR - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 479 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 480 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000160.02- Wheel Speed Sensor Input Noise


17 000160.02]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 160 FMI 2 - WHEEL SPEED SENSOR INPUT NOISE - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 481 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000174.03- Fuel Temperature Input Voltage High


17 000174.03]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 174 FMI 3 - FUEL TEMPERATURE INPUT VOLTAGE HIGH -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 174 FMI 3 - FUEL TEMPERATURE INPUT VOLTAGE HIGH -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 482 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 483 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000174.04- Fuel Temperature Input Voltage Low


17 000174.04]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 174 FMI 4 - FUEL TEMPERATURE INPUT VOLTAGE LOW -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 174 FMI 4 - FUEL TEMPERATURE INPUT VOLTAGE LOW -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 484 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 485 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000174.16- Fuel Temperature Moderately High


17 000174.16]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 174 FMI 16 - FUEL TEMPERATURE MODERATELY HIGH -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 174 FMI 16 - FUEL TEMPERATURE MODERATELY HIGH -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 486 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 487 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000189.00- Engine Speed Derate


17 000189.00]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 189 FMI 00 - ENGINE SPEED DERATE - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 189 FMI 00 - ENGINE SPEED DERATE - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 488 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 489 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000190.00- Engine Racing Excessively


17 000190.00]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 1 ECU with Delphi


(Lucas) DP201 pump:

See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 190 FMI 0 - ENGINE RACING EXCESSIVELY - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM284.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine

[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]


- Summary of references.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 190 FMI 0 - ENGINE RACING EXCESSIVELY - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 490 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 190 FMI 0 - ENGINE RACING EXCESSIVELY - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 491 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.
ECU 000190.02- Engine Speed Input Noise
17 000190.02]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 1 ECU with Delphi


(Lucas) DP201 pump:

See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 190 FMI 2 - ENGINE SPEED INPUT NOISE - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM284.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine

[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]


- Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 492 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000190.16- Engine Speed Slightly High


17 000190.16]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 190 FMI 16 - ENGINE SPEED SLIGHTLY HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 190 FMI 16 - ENGINE SPEED SLIGHTLY HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 493 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 494 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000611.03- Electronic Injector Wiring Shorted To Power Source


17 000611.03]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 611 FMI 3 - ELECTRONIC INJECTOR WIRING SHORTED TO
POWER SOURCE - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 495 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000611.04- Electronic Injector Wiring Shorted To Ground


17

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 611 FMI 4 - ELECTRONIC INJECTOR WIRING SHORTED TO
GROUND - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 496 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000620.03- Sensor Supply 2 Voltage High


17 000620.03]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 620 FMI 3 - SENSOR SUPPLY 2 VOLTAGE HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 620 FMI 3 - SENSOR SUPPLY 2 VOLTAGE HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 497 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 498 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000620.04- Sensor Supply 2 Voltage Low


17 000627.01]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 620 FMI 3 - SENSOR SUPPLY 2 VOLTAGE HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 620 FMI 3 - SENSOR SUPPLY 2 VOLTAGE HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 499 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 500 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000627.01- Electronic Injector Supply Voltage Problem


17 000627.01]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 627 FMI 1- ELECTRONIC INJECTOR SUPPLY VOLTAGE PROBLEM -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 501 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000629.13- ECU Error


17 000629.13]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 629 FMI 13 - ECU ERROR - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section
04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 629 FMI 13 - ECU ERROR - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section
04, Group 160 in CTM331.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 502 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 503 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000636.02- Pump Position Sensor Input Noise


17 000636.02]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 636 FMI 02 - PUMP POSITION SENSOR INPUT NOISE -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 504 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000636.08- Pump Position Sensor Input Missing


17 000636.08]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 636 FMI 08 - PUMP POSITION SENSOR INPUT MISSING -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 505 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000636.10- Pump Position Sensor Input Pattern Error


17 000636.10]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 636 FMI 10 - PUMP POSITION SENSOR INPUT PATTERN ERROR -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 506 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000637.02- Crank Position Input Noise


17 000637.02]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 637 FMI 02 - CRANK POSITION INPUT NOISE - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 637 FMI 02 - CRANK POSITION INPUT NOISE - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 507 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 508 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000637.07- Crank Position/Pump Position Timing Moderately Out of Sync


17

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 637 FMI 07 - CRANK POSITION/PUMP POSITION TIMING
MODERATELY OUT OF SYNC - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 509 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000637.08- Crank Position Input Missing


17 000637.08]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 637 FMI 08 - CRANK POSITION INPUT MISSING - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 510 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000637.10- Crank Position Input Pattern Error


17 000637.10]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 637 FMI 10 - CRANK POSITION INPUT PATTERN ERROR -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 637 FMI 10 - CRANK POSITION INPUT PATTERN ERROR -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 511 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 512 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000651.05- Cylinder No. 1 EI Circuit Open


17 000651.05]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 651 FMI 5 - CYLINDER NO. 1 EI CIRCUIT OPEN - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 513 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000651.06- Cylinder No. 1 EI Circuit Shorted


17 000651.06]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 651 FMI 6 - CYLINDER NO. 1 EI CIRCUIT SHORTED - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 514 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000651.07- Cylinder No. 1 EI Fuel Delivery Failure


17 000651.07]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 651 FMI 7 - CYLINDER NO. 1 EI FUEL DELIVERY FAILURE -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 515 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000652.05- Cylinder No. 2 EI Circuit Open


17 000652.05]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 652 FMI 5 - CYLINDER NO. 2 EI CIRCUIT OPEN - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 516 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000652.06- Cylinder No. 2 EI Circuit Shorted


17 000652.06]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 652 FMI 6 - CYLINDER NO. 2 EI CIRCUIT SHORTED - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 517 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000652.07- Cylinder No. 2 EI Fuel Delivery Failure


17 000652.07]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 652 FMI 7 - CYLINDER NO. 2 EI FUEL DELIVERY FAILURE -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 518 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000653.05- Cylinder No. 3 EI Circuit Open


17 000653.05]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 653 FMI 5 - CYLINDER NO. 3 EI CIRCUIT OPEN - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 519 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000653.06- Cylinder No. 3 EI Circuit Shorted


17 000653.06]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 653 FMI 6 - CYLINDER NO. 3 EI CIRCUIT SHORTED - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 520 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000653.07- Cylinder No. 3 EI Fuel Delivery Failure


17 000653.07]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 653 FMI 7 - CYLINDER NO. 3 EI FUEL DELIVERY FAILURE -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 521 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000654.05- Cylinder No. 4 EI Circuit Open


17 000654.05]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 654 FMI 5 - CYLINDER NO. 4 EI CIRCUIT OPEN - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 522 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000654.06- Cylinder No. 4 EI Circuit Shorted


17 000654.06]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 654 FMI 6 - CYLINDER NO. 4 EI CIRCUIT SHORTED - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 523 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000654.07- Cylinder No. 4 EI Fuel Delivery Failure


17 000654.07]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 654 FMI 7 - CYLINDER NO. 4 EI FUEL DELIVERY FAILURE -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 524 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000655.05- Cylinder No. 5 EI Circuit Open


17 000655.05]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 655 FMI 5 - CYLINDER NO. 5 EI CIRCUIT OPEN - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 525 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000655.06- Cylinder No. 5 EI Circuit Shorted


17 000655.06]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 655 FMI 6 - CYLINDER NO. 5 EI CIRCUIT SHORTED - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 526 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000655.07- Cylinder No. 5 EI Fuel Delivery Failure


17 000655.07]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 655 FMI 7 - CYLINDER NO. 5 EI FUEL DELIVERY FAILURE -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 527 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000656.05- Cylinder No. 6 EI Circuit Open


17 000656.05]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 656 FMI 5 - CYLINDER NO. 6 EI CIRCUIT OPEN - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 528 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000656.06- Cylinder No. 6 EI Circuit Shorted


17 000656.06]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 656 FMI 6 - CYLINDER NO. 6 EI CIRCUIT SHORTED - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 529 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000656.07- Cylinder No. 6 EI Fuel Delivery Failure


17 000656.07]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 656 FMI 7 - CYLINDER NO. 6 EI FUEL DELIVERY FAILURE -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 530 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000676.03- Glow Plug Relay Voltage High


17 000676.03]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 676 FMI 3 - GLOW PLUG RELAY VOLTAGE HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 531 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000676.05- Glow Plug Relay Voltage Low


17 000676.05]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 676 FMI 5 - GLOW PLUG RELAY VOLTAGE LOW - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 532 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000729.03- Inlet Air Heater Signal High


17 000729.03]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 729 FMI 3 - INLET AIR HEATER SIGNAL HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 533 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 534 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000729.05- Inlet Air Heater Signal Low


17 000729.05]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 729 FMI 5 - INLET AIR HEATER SIGNAL LOW - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 535 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 536 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000810.02 - Calculated Vehicle Speed Input Signal Noise


17 000810.02]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 1 ECU with Delphi


(Lucas) DP201 pump:

See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 810 FMI 2 - CALCULATED VEHICLE SPEED INPUT SIGNAL NOISE -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM284.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine

[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]


- Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 537 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000898.09- Engine Speed or Torque Message Invalid


17 000898.09]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 898 FMI 9 - ENGINE SPEED OR TORQUE MESSAGE INVALID -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 729 FMI 5 - INLET AIR HEATER SIGNAL LOW - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 538 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.
ECU 000931.02- Pump Current Instability
17 000931.02]

Diagnostics

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 539 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 1 ECU with Delphi


(Lucas) DP201 pump:

See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 931 FMI 2 - PUMP CURRENT INSTABILITY - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM284.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine

[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]


- Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 540 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000931.03- Pump Current Feedback Input Voltage High


17 000931.03]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 1 ECU with Delphi


(Lucas) DP201 pump:

See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 931 FMI 3 - PUMP CURRENT FEEDBACK INPUT VOLTAGE HIGH -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM284.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine

[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]


- Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 541 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000931.04- Pump Current Feedback Input Voltage Low


17 000931.04]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 1 ECU with Delphi


(Lucas) DP201 pump:

See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 931 FMI 4 - PUMP CURRENT FEEDBACK INPUT VOLTAGE LOW -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM284.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References-Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10A-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control (PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad
transmissions).

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmission and TIER
I engine

[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]


- Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 542 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 000931.15- Pump Current Out of Range (Engine OFF)


17 000931.15]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 1 ECU with Delphi


(Lucas) DP201 pump:

See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 931 FMI 15 - PUMP CURRENT OUT OF RANGE (ENGINE OFF) -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM284.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine

[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]


- Summary of references.
ECU 000931.31- Pump Current Not Controllable
17 000931.31]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 1 ECU with Delphi


(Lucas) DP201 pump:

See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 931 FMI 31 - PUMP CURRENT NOT CONTROLLABLE - DIAGNOSTIC
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 543 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM284.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine

[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]


- Summary of references.
ECU 001041.02- Start Signal Missing
17 001041.02]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 1 ECU with Delphi


(Lucas) DP201 pump:

See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 1041 FMI 2 - START SIGNAL MISSING - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM284.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine

[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]


- Summary of references.
ECU 001041.03- Start Signal Always Active
17 001041.03]

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 544 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 1 ECU with Delphi


(Lucas) DP201 pump:

See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 1041 FMI 3 - START SIGNAL ALWAYS ACTIVE - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM284.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine

[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]


- Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 545 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 001069.02- Tire Size Error


17 001069.02]
Diagnostic trouble code ECU 001069.02 is saved when the engine control unit calculates a
wheel speed that does not match the available wheel sizes for the relevant model. This
diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”. The engine control unit
restricts engine speed to 1950 rpm.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

An incorrect input signal at the basic control unit (BCU).


Wheel size does not match manufacturer specifications.
The wrong wheels are installed.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• See Reference 245-BCU-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses of Basic Functions.

• See Reference 245-BIF-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 546 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the input signals

Action:

Check the rolling circumferences in address BCU056:


Access address BCU056 and check the value.
For the input value, see: Address BCU056 - Basic Functions, Rolling Circumference , Technical
Manual, Section 245, BCU Group.

Result:

YES:• Wheel size does not match manufacturer specifications. • The wrong wheels are
installed.

NO:Modify setting, confirm and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 547 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 001069.09- Tire Size Invalid


17 001069.09]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 1069 FMI 9 - TIRE SIZE INVALID - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in
Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 548 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 001069.31- Tire Size Error


17 001069.31]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 1069 FMI 31 - TIRE SIZE ERROR - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in
Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 549 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 001076.00- Pump Control Valve Closure Too Long


17 001076.00]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 1076 FMI 0 - PUMP CONTROL VALVE CLOSURE TOO LONG -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 550 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 551 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 001076.01- Pump Control Valve Closure Too Short


17 001076.01]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 1076 FMI 01 - PUMP CONTROL VALVE CLOSURE TOO SHORT -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 552 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 553 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 001076.03- Pump Solenoid Current High


17 001076.03]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 1076 FMI 3 - PUMP SOLENOID CURRENT HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 554 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 555 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 001076.05- Pump Solenoid Circuit Open


17 001076.05]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 1076 FMI 5 - PUMP SOLENOID CIRCUIT OPEN - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 556 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 557 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 001076.06- Pump Solenoid Circuit Severely Shorted


17 001076.06]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 1076 FMI 6 - PUMP SOLENOID CIRCUIT SEVERELY SHORTED -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 558 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 559 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 001076.07- Pump Control Valve Closure Not Detected


17 001076.07]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 1076 FMI 7 - PUMP CONTROL VALVE CLOSURE NOT DETECTED -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 560 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 561 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 001076.10- Pump Solenoid Circuit Moderately Shorted


17 001076.10]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 1076 FMI 10 - PUMP SOLENOID CIRCUIT MODERATELY SHORTED
- DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 562 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 563 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 001076.13- Current Drop - Time Fault


17 001076.13]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 1076 FMI 13 - CURRENT DROP - TIME FAULT - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 564 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 565 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 001079.03- Sensor Supply 1 Voltage High


17 001079.03]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 1 ECU with Delphi


(Lucas) DP201 pump:

See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 1079 FMI 3 - SENSOR SUPPLY 1 VOLTAGE HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM284.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine

[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]


- Summary of references.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 1079 FMI 3 - SENSOR SUPPLY 1 VOLTAGE HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 566 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 1079 FMI 3 - SENSOR SUPPLY 1 VOLTAGE HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 567 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 568 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 001079.04- Sensor Supply 1 Voltage Low


17 001079.04]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 1 ECU with Delphi


(Lucas) DP201 pump:

See LEVEL 1 ECU - DTC SPN 1079 FMI 4 - SENSOR SUPPLY 1 VOLTAGE LOW - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM284.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine

[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]


- Summary of references.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 1079 FMI 4 - SENSOR SUPPLY 1 VOLTAGE LOW - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 569 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 1079 FMI 4 - SENSOR SUPPLY 1 VOLTAGE LOW - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 570 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 571 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 001080.03- Sensor Supply 2 Voltage High


17 001080.03]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 1080 FMI 3 - SENSOR SUPPLY 2 VOLTAGE HIGH - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 572 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 001080.04- Sensor Supply 2 Voltage Low


17 001080.04]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 1080 FMI 4 - SENSOR SUPPLY 2 VOLTAGE LOW - DIAGNOSTIC
PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 573 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 001347.03- Pump Control Valve Current High


17 001347.03]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 1347 FMI 3 - PUMP CONTROL VALVE CURRENT HIGH -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 574 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 001347.05- Pump Control Valve Current Mismatch


17 001347.05]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 1347 FMI 5 - PUMP CONTROL VALVE CURRENT MISMATCH -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 575 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 001347.07- Fuel Rail Pressure Control Error


17 001047.07]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 1347 FMI 7 - FUEL RAIL PRESSURE CONTROL ERROR -
DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM170.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 576 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 001569.31- Fuel Derate


17 001569.31]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 11 ECU with Denso


HPCR:

See LEVEL 11 ECU - DTC SPN 1569 FMI 31 - FUEL DERATE - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in
Section 04, Group 160 in CTM220.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Engine Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 1569 FMI 31 - FUEL DERATE - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE in
Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 577 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 578 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 002000.06- Internal ECU Failure


17 002000.06]

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostics and additional references for Level 12 ECU with Stanadyne


DE10 pump:

See LEVEL 12 ECU - DTC SPN 2000 FMI 6 - INTERNAL ECU FAULT - DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE
in Section 04, Group 160 in CTM331.

Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For information on functional and diagnostic schematics, see:

• Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with cab (PowrQuad
Plus and AutoQuad transmissions).

• Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control for tractors with open operator′s
station.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 579 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of references.

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and TIER II
Engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 580 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

ECU 002000.13- Security Violation


17 002000.13]
Diagnostic trouble code ECU 002000.13 is saved when the basic control unit sends false/no
tractor data to the engine control unit via the CAN BUS. This diagnostic trouble code triggers
the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Incorrect input signal at BCU.


Wrong ECU installed.
Communication problem between BCU and ECU (CAN BUS problem).
If other diagnostic trouble codes are stored by other control
units, and these codes indicate a problem with the 29-bit CAN
BUS: Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: See Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• See Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 581 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group ECU: ECU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2

Are other diagnostic trouble codes stored, indicating a general problem with the 29-bit CAN
BUS (BIF 000639.02)?

Result:

YES:If BIF 000639.02 is not stored, GO TO 2 .

NO: BIF 000639.02 - 29 BIT CAN BUS, open circuit (section 211, group BIF) takes priority.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 582 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check the BCU input

Action:

2.1 - Check the input for tractor configuration:

Access address BCU077 .

Check the inputs: see Address BCU077 - Basic Functions, Tractor Configuration , Section 245,
Group BCU in the Technical Manual.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2.2.

NO:Change the input value in the BCU and delete diagnostic trouble code.

Action:

2.2 - Check the input for engine control function:

Access address BCU078 .

Check the inputs: see Address BCU078 - Basic Functions, Engine Control Function , Section
245, Group BCU in the Technical Manual.

Result:

YES:Wrong ECU installed. Install the correct ECU.

NO:Change the input value in the BCU and delete diagnostic trouble code (changes are not
adopted until the ignition has been switched off and then switched on again).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 583 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Group EPC - EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes


EPC 000158.04- System Voltage Too Low
19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 000158.04 is saved if the operating voltage of the transmission
control unit (battery voltage) is less than 9 volts. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective battery.
Defective alternator G02.
Drive belt is defective or slipping.
High current requirements.
High resistance in wiring harness.
Defective lead connection to the transmission control unit (leads 572,
503 and 050).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 584 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2

Perform a visual inspection of the alternator, the battery and the drive belt:

Check all components for visible damage.


Check all relevant connectors of the supply circuit for bad, loose, widened or corroded
contacts.
Make sure that the drive belt is installed correctly and check for signs of it slipping.
Check ground connections between battery/engine and cab.
Check mounting surfaces for corrosion / paint and loose mounting bolts.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 585 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check system voltage

Action:

Access address EPC009 :

Item Measurement Specification

EPC009 - ELX voltage and battery voltage


Ignition ON; engine OFF: Status XXXX11XX

Engine running at low idle (above 512 rpm): Status XXXX11XX

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check system voltage in BCU

Action:

Access address BCU032 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU032 - Voltage, system voltage (BCU operating voltage)


Ignition ON; engine OFF: Voltage between 11.2 and 12.7 volts

Engine running at low idle (above 512 rpm): Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts

Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts

Result:

YES:Check line connections between ELX relay and EPC control unit for bad, loose, widened
or corroded contacts, GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 4 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 586 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the charging system

Action:

Check the following components:

Check alternator, refer to "Alternator Checks" ; see Technical Manual, Section 240,
Group 15.
Check battery, refer to "Battery Checks" ; see Technical Manual, Section 240, Group 15.

Result:

YES:Check all relevant connectors of the system voltage circuit for bad, loose, widened or
corroded contacts, GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 587 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Checking the EPC′s operating voltage circuit (leads 503, 572 and 050)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.

Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.

For circuit diagram, refer to:

Reference 240-10A-053 , SE26A-Transmission Control.


Reference 240-10-003 , SE1 - Starting Motor and Charging Circuit

For component location and pin arrangement refer to:

Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus Transmission
and TIER I Engine
[ without ECU (Engine Control Unit) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 588 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 000629.12- Control Unit, Internal Error


19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 000629.12 is saved when the transmission control unit
recognizes a software problem. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“Information”.

Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace transmission control unit (EPC).

EPC 000639.12- Control Unit, Internal Error


19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 000639.12 is saved when the transmission control unit
recognizes a software problem. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“Information”.

Diagnostics

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 589 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace transmission control unit (EPC).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 590 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 000639.13- 29-bit CAN BUS, High Error Rate


19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 000639.13 does not necessarily have any real meaning. It is
often saved by accident when the main switch (ignition key) is switched on or off too quickly.
Pay attention to this diagnostic trouble code only if the transmission is not operating
properly. Diagnostic trouble code EPC 000639.13 is saved when the transmission control unit
recognizes a high error rate in the incoming CAN BUS messages. This diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem.


If other diagnostic trouble codes from other control units are
saved that indicate a problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Diagnostic
trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.
Defective CAN BUS screen:
Fuse F04/13 has blown (voltage supply for 29-bit CAN BUS
screen).
Terminating resistors A14 and/or A15 defective.
Defective screen lines (lead +930 and/or -932).
Voltage supply line (lead 994 and 050) of the screen lines
defective.
Defective/bad voltage supply ground connection via ground point
XGND4 to XGND43.
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection to the transmission control unit
(lead +934 and/or -935).
29-bit CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong electromagnetic
influences.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 591 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active (and transmission is operating properly): Diagnosis
completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and transmission is NOT operating properly: Diagnostic
trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.

OK:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) (Section
213, Group 45).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 592 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 000639.14- 29-bit CAN BUS (Tractor BUS), Very High Error Rate
19 GOTO
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 000639.14 is saved when the EPC recognizes a very high error
rate in the incoming CAN BUS messages. This indicates a general problem in the CAN BUS.
Alarm level: Information.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 593 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2 - A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem

Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active (and transmission is operating properly): Diagnosis
completed.

NO:The diagnostic trouble code is active and additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved
from other control units that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the 29-bit CAN BUS

Action:

Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab) (Section 213, Group 45).

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 594 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 595 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 000639.19- 29-bit CAN BUS, Very High Error Rate


19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 000639.19 does not necessarily have any real meaning. It is
often saved by accident when the main switch (ignition key) is switched on or off too quickly.
Pay attention to this diagnostic trouble code only if the transmission is not operating
properly. Diagnostic trouble code EPC 000639.19 is saved when the transmission control unit
recognizes a very high error rate in the incoming CAN BUS messages. This diagnostic trouble
code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem.


If other diagnostic trouble codes from other control units are
saved that indicate a problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Diagnostic
trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.
Defective CAN BUS screen:
Fuse F04/13 has blown (voltage supply for 29-bit CAN BUS
screen).
Terminating resistors A14 and/or A15 defective.
Defective screen lines (lead +930 and/or -932).
Voltage supply line (lead 994 and 050) of the screen lines
defective.
Defective/bad voltage supply ground connection via ground point
XGND4 to XGND43.
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection to the transmission control unit
(lead +934 and/or -935).
29-bit CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong electromagnetic
influences.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 596 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active (and transmission is operating properly): Diagnosis
completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and transmission is NOT operating properly: Diagnostic
trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.

OK:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) (Section
213, Group 45).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 597 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 306014.02- Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Incorrect Voltage Ratio at Channel 1


and 2
19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306014.02 is saved when the transmission control unit recognize
a discrepancy between the output signals of the potentiometers (the voltage at channel 1
must be double the value of channel 2). This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective clutch pedal potentiometer (B65).


A defect at the signal leads of channel 1 or channel 2.
A defective channel 1 produces additional EPC diagnostic trouble
codes (EPC 306015.03 or EPC 306016.04 takes priority).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-EPC-200 , Theory of Operation, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions.

• “Reconditioning the Clutch Actuation (PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad transmissions)” (Repair
Manual, Section 55, Group 05).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 598 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2 Priority diagnostic trouble codes (EPC 306015.03 or EPC 306016.04) must be processed
first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic trouble codes exist:
Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 599 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the clutch pedal potentiometer

Action:

→NOTE:

Slowly press the clutch pedal all the way down. An acoustic signal or
sudden voltage change while the clutch is actuated indicates a defective
potentiometer.

The voltage at channel 1 must be double the voltage of channel 2.

2.1 – Check channel 1 of the clutch pedal potentiometer:

• Access address EPC012 :

Item Measurement Specification

EPC012 - Voltage, channel 1 of the clutch pedal potentiometer (B65)


Clutch pedal declutched: Minimum voltage 0.5 volts (display: 0050XXXX)

Clutch pedal clutched: Maximum voltage 4.5 volts (display: 0450XXXX)

2.2 – Check channel 2 of the clutch pedal potentiometer:

• Access address EPC012 :

Item Measurement Specification

EPC012 - Voltage, channel 2 of the clutch pedal potentiometer (B65)


Clutch pedal declutched: Minimum voltage 0.25 volts (display: XXXX0025)

Clutch pedal clutched: Maximum voltage 2.25 volts (display: XXXX0225)

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for clutch pedal potentiometer (B65) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for clutch pedal potentiometer (B65) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group EPC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 600 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 306015.03- Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Voltage at Channel 1 Too High


19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306015.03 is saved when the basic control unit measures a
voltage over 4.7 volts at the signal input of channel 1 of the potentiometer. This indicates
that the circuit is shorted. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective clutch pedal potentiometer (B65).


Short circuit in the voltage supply circuit of the clutch pedal
potentiometer (B65).
Short circuit in the signal lead (cable 254) between the clutch pedal
potentiometer (B65) and the transmission control unit (EPC).
Defective ground lead (cable 241).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-EPC-200 , Theory of Operation, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions.

• “Reconditioning the Clutch Actuation (PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad transmissions)” (Repair
Manual, Section 55, Group 05).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 601 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the clutch pedal potentiometer

Action:

→NOTE:

Slowly press the clutch pedal all the way down. An acoustic signal or
sudden voltage change while the clutch is actuated indicates a defective
potentiometer.

Check channel 1 of the clutch pedal potentiometer:

Access address EPC012 :

Item Measurement Specification

EPC012 - Voltage, channel 1 of the clutch pedal potentiometer (B65)


Pedal declutched: Minimum voltage 0.5 volts (display: 0050XXXX)

Pedal clutched: Maximum voltage 4.5 volts (display: 0450XXXX)

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for clutch pedal potentiometer (B65) ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group EPC.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for clutch pedal potentiometer (B65) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group EPC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 602 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 306016.04- Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Voltage at Channel 1 Too Low


19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306016.04 is saved when the transmission control unit measures
a voltage below 0.3 volts at channel 1 of the potentiometer. This indicates that the circuit is
open. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective clutch pedal potentiometer (B65).


A general problem with the 5 volts power supply (lead 243) of the
clutch pedal potentiometer (B65).
Defective line connection between the clutch pedal potentiometer
(B65) and the transmission control unit (EPC):
Supply voltage interrupted (ground and/or positive lead).
Open circuit or circuit shorted to ground at the signal lead (cable
254).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-EPC-200 , Theory of Operation, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions.

• “Reconditioning the Clutch Actuation (PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad transmissions)” (Repair
Manual, Section 55, Group 05).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 603 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the clutch pedal potentiometer

Action:

→NOTE:

Slowly press the clutch pedal all the way down. An acoustic signal or
sudden voltage change while the clutch is actuated indicates a defective
potentiometer.

Check channel 1 of the clutch pedal potentiometer:

Access address EPC012 :

Item Measurement Specification

EPC012 - Voltage, channel 1 of the clutch pedal potentiometer (B65)


Pedal declutched: Minimum voltage 0.5 volts (display: 0050XXXX)

Pedal clutched: Maximum voltage 4.5 volts (display: 0450XXXX)

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for clutch pedal potentiometer (B65) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for clutch pedal potentiometer (B65) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group EPC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 604 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 306020.31- Control Unit, Wrong Input Value


19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306020.31 is saved when the transmission control unit registers
a false setting/input in the tractor model address. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Wrong input value entered during control unit calibration.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 605 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the input value

Action:

Access address EPC028 :

Item Measurement Specification

EPC028 - Tractor model input address


Tractor model 6120 Status 61

Tractor model 6220 Status 62

Tractor model 6320 Status 63

Tractor model 6420 Status 64

Tractor model 6520 Status 65

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Enter prescribed value and delete the diagnostic trouble code.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 606 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 306025.31- Transmission Enable Relay, Circuit Fault


19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306025.31 is saved if an open lead or short circuit exists in the
detent coil circuit of the transmission enable relay. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective transmission enable relay (K09/5).


Defective clutch pedal switch (S72).
Detent coil circuit of the transmission enable relay (K09/5) defective:
Defective positive lead 664 between EPC (transmission control
unit) and transmission enable relay (K09/5).
Defective ground lead 560 (pin 24 on connector X483/2) between
BCU and transmission enable relay (K09/5).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-EPC-200 , Theory of Operation, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions.

• Reference 240-25A-010 , Fuses up to tractor serial number 398655.

• Reference 240-25A-015 , Fuses up to tractor serial number 398656.

• “Reconditioning the Clutch Actuation (PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad transmissions)” (Repair
Manual, Section 55, Group 05).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 607 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check output signal of transmission enable relay

Action:

IMPORTANT:

Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.

Access address EPC009 :

Item Measurement Specification

EPC009 - Status, transmission enable signal (output signal of transmission enable relay
K09/5)
Reverse drive lever in neutral position and clutch pedal not pressed: Status X00XXXXX

Reverse drive lever in forward or reverse position and clutch pedal not pressed: Status X11XXXXX

Reverse drive lever in forward or reverse position and clutch pedal pressed: Status X00XXXXX

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for transmission enable relay (K09/5) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 608 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the clutch pedal switch

Action:

IMPORTANT:

Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.

Access address EPC009 :

Item Measurement Specification

EPC009 - Status, clutch pedal switch (S72)


Reverse drive lever in forward or reverse position and clutch pedal not pressed: Status 1XXXXXXX

Reverse drive lever in forward or reverse position and clutch pedal pressed: Status 0XXXXXXX

Result:

YES:Check the circuit of the transmission enable relay, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for
transmission enable relay (K09/5) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.

NO:Check the circuit of the clutch pedal switch, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for clutch pedal
switch (S72) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 609 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 306026.31- Reverse Drive Lever Detent Coil, Circuit Fault


19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306026.31 is saved when the transmission control unit registers
a fault in the detent coil circuit while the detent coil is active. This indicates that the detent
circuit is open or shorted. This diagnostic trouble code does not necessarily mean that the
detent coil in the reverse drive lever is responsible for the fault. This diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: ”Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Wrong reverse drive lever connected (only on tractors equipped with


EPC Software Version 14 or lower).
Wrong EPC input address value in address EPC026 (only on tractors
equipped with EPC Software Version 13.05 or higher).
Defective/bad ground connection (XGND40).
Defective detent coil in the reverse drive lever (A47).
Circuit fault in the detent coil circuit of the reverse drive lever (A47):
Open lead in the detent coil circuit of the reverse drive lever.
Short circuit in the detent coil circuit of the reverse drive lever.
Defective resistance in the reverse drive lever (A68/1).
Circuit fault in the resistance circuit of the reverse drive lever (A68/1):
Open lead in the resistance circuit of the reverse drive lever.
Short circuit in the resistance circuit of the reverse drive lever.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-EPC-200 , Theory of Operation, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions.

• “Replacing the Switches on the Multi-function Unit” (Repair Manual, Section 40, Group 25).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 610 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check EPC software version

Action:

Check whether address EPC is 1305 or higher.

Access address EPC234 .

Result:

YES:If software version is 1305, 201 or higher: GO TO 3 .

NO:If software version is 8, 10, 12 or 14: Check that correct right reverse drive lever is
connected.

OK:If right reverse drive lever is installed, GO TO 4 .

( 3 ) Check input address EPC026

Action:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 611 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Types of reverse drive levers

LEGEND:
1 A47
2 A68/1
3 A68/2
A Black shrink-fit hose
B Resistance
C Red or yellow shrink-fit hose

Access address EPC026 :

Item Measurement Specification

EPC026 - Input address for selecting the reverse drive lever


If the tractor is equipped with a reverse drive lever without an "N" indicator light (A47) or
Status 0
with an "N" indicator light up to tractor serial number 398655 (A68/1):

If the tractor is equipped with a reverse drive lever with an "N" indicator light from
Status 1
tractor serial number 398656 (A68/2):

Result:

YES: GO TO 4

NO:Change the input value in the EPC and delete diagnostic trouble code (changes are not
accepted until the ignition has been switched off and then switched on again).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 612 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Check detent coil/resistance circuit

Action:

Check the circuit:

On tractors with "N" indicator light at reverse drive lever (A68/1), see:
Circuit/harness test for reverse drive lever (A68/1) ; see 245-EPC.
On tractors without "N" indicator light at reverse drive lever (A47), see:
Circuit/harness test for detent coil in reverse drive lever (A47) ; see Technical
Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 613 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 306027.31- Reverse Solenoid Valve, Circuit Fault


19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306027.31 is saved if there is an open lead or a short circuit in
the circuit of the reverse solenoid valve when the solenoid valve is active. This diagnostic
trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective reverse solenoid valve (Y36).


Defective/bad ground connection (XGND1).
Circuit fault in reverse solenoid valve:
Open lead in reverse solenoid valve circuit.
Short circuit in reverse solenoid valve circuit.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-EPC-200 , Theory of Operation, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions.

• “Removing and Installing the Valves in the Front Valve Housing” , Section 55, Group 10 in
the Repair Manual.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 614 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the enable pressure

Action:

→NOTE:

The transmission control unit (EPC) provides electrical power to the enable
proportional solenoid valve (Y38) only if there is no problem in the circuit
of the direction solenoid valves (forward and reverse).

IMPORTANT:

Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.

Access address EPC013 :

Item Measurement Specification

EPC013 - Pressure, sending unit for enable pressure (B105)


Reverse drive lever in neutral position and
Minimum pressure approx. 0 kPa (display: XXXX0000)
clutch pedal not pressed:

Reverse drive lever in reverse position and 1200 kPa (display: XXXX1200) on 6120 - 6320
Maximum pressure
clutch pedal not pressed: tractors

1400 kPa (display: XXXX1400) on 6420 - 6520


tractors

Slowly press clutch pedal to its maximum


(clutch pressure decreases depending on the Displayed pressure range 1200 - 0 kPa on 6120 - 6320 tractors
clutch pedal position):

1400 - 0 kPa on 6420 - 6520 tractors

Transmission system pressure

6120 - 6320 6420 - 6520

1200 kPa (12 bar; 174 psi) 1400 kPa (14 bar; 203 psi)

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.


• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for reverse solenoid
valve (Y36) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for reverse solenoid valve (Y36) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group EPC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 615 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 306028.31- Forward Solenoid Valve, Circuit Fault


19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306028.31 is saved if there is an open lead or a short circuit in
the circuit of the forward solenoid valve when the solenoid valve is active. This diagnostic
trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective forward solenoid valve (Y33).


Defective/bad ground connection (XGND1).
Circuit fault in forward solenoid valve:
Open lead in forward solenoid valve circuit.
Short circuit in forward solenoid valve circuit.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-EPC-200 , Theory of Operation, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions.

• “Removing and Installing the Valves in the Front Valve Housing” , Section 55, Group 10 in
the Repair Manual.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 616 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the enable pressure

Action:

→NOTE:

The transmission control unit (EPC) provides electrical power to the enable
proportional solenoid valve (Y38) only if there is no problem in the circuit
of the direction solenoid valves (forward and reverse).

IMPORTANT:

Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.

Access address EPC013 :

Item Measurement Specification

EPC013 - Pressure, sending unit for enable pressure (B105)


Reverse drive lever in neutral position and
Minimum pressure approx. 0 kPa (display: XXXX0000)
clutch pedal not pressed:

Reverse drive lever in forward position and 1200 kPa (display: XXXX1200) on 6120 - 6320
Maximum pressure
clutch pedal not pressed: tractors

1400 kPa (display: XXXX1400) on 6420 - 6520


tractors

Slowly press clutch pedal to its maximum


(clutch pressure decreases depending on the Displayed pressure range 1200 - 0 kPa on 6120 - 6320 tractors
clutch pedal position):

1400 - 0 kPa on 6420 - 6520 tractors

Transmission system pressure

6120 - 6320 6420 - 6520

1200 kPa (12 bar; 174 psi) 1400 kPa (14 bar; 203 psi)

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.


• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for forward solenoid
valve (Y33) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for forward solenoid valve (Y33) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group EPC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 617 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 306033.14- Enable Proportional Solenoid Valve, Circuit Fault


19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306033.14 is saved if there is an open lead or a short circuit in
the circuit of the proportional enable solenoid valve when the solenoid valve is active. This
diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective proportional enable solenoid valve (Y38).


Circuit fault in proportional solenoid valve:
Open lead in proportional solenoid valve circuit.
Proportional solenoid valve circuit shorted.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-EPC-200 , Theory of Operation, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions.

• “Removing and Installing the Valves in the Front Valve Housing” , Section 55, Group 10 in
the Repair Manual.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check clutch charge pressure

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 618 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action:

→NOTE:

Diagnostic address EPC013 shows the actual clutch charge pressure at the
proportional enable solenoid valve (Y38). The clutch charge pressure is
dependent on the position of the clutch pedal and the position of the
reverse drive lever. There is only clutch charge pressure if the reverse
drive lever is set to the forward or reverse position after a valid engine
start (reverse drive lever and range shift lever in neutral) and if the clutch
pedal is not actuated. The clutch charge pressure builds up slowly
(modulating), depending on the engine speed, until the max. transmission
system pressure has been reached.

IMPORTANT:

Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.

Access address EPC013 :

Item Measurement Specification

EPC013 - Pressure, sending unit for enable pressure (B105)


Reverse drive lever in neutral position and
Minimum pressure approx. 0 kPa (display: XXXX0000)
clutch pedal not pressed:

Reverse drive lever in forward or reverse 1200 kPa (display: XXXX1200) on 6120 - 6320
Maximum pressure
position and clutch pedal not pressed: tractors

1400 kPa (display: XXXX1400) on 6420 - 6520


tractors

Slowly press clutch pedal to its maximum


(clutch pressure decreases depending on the Displayed pressure range 1200 - 0 kPa on 6120 - 6320 tractors
clutch pedal position):

1400 - 0 kPa on 6420 - 6520 tractors

Transmission system pressure

6120 - 6320 6420 - 6520

1200 kPa (12 bar; 174 psi) 1400 kPa (14 bar; 203 psi)

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.


• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for enable proportional
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 619 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

solenoid valve (Y38) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.

NO: Circuit/harness test for enable proportional solenoid valve (Y38) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group EPC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 620 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 306034.31- Proportional Enable Solenoid Valve Opened by Mistake


19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306034.31 is saved when the transmission control unit registers
via the enable pressure sending unit a pressure above 100 kPa (1.0 bar; 14.5 psi) although
the transmission enable relay is not activated. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm
level: “Information”. If this code appears, turn the ignition off and on again to reactivate the
system.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Old software version: Software versions 2.01 and lower can be the
cause for this diagnostic trouble code.
Defective proportional enable solenoid valve (Y38).
Mechanical defect at proportional enable solenoid valve (Y38).
Sticks in open position.
Circuit fault in proportional enable solenoid valve (Y38).
A circuit problem additionally generates an EPC diagnostic
trouble code (EPC 306033.14 takes priority).
Defective enable pressure sending unit (B105).
Circuit fault at the enable pressure sending unit (B105).
A short circuit to battery voltage in the power supply circuit for
enable pressure sending unit (B105).
A short circuit to 5 or 12 volts in the signal line circuit for enable
pressure sending unit (B105).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-EPC-200 , Theory of Operation, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions.

• “Removing and Installing the Valves in the Front Valve Housing” , Section 55, Group 10 in
the Repair Manual.

• “Replacing the Temperature Sensor and Pressure Switches” , Section 55, Group 10 in the
Repair Manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 621 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2 Priority diagnostic codes EPC 306033.14, EPC 306050.31, EPC 306054.31 or EPC
306055.31 must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) EPC software version check

Action:

Check that the EPC software is 3.00 or higher.

Access address EPC234 .

Result:

YES:Software version is 3.00 or higher: Software must not be updated. GO TO 3 .

NO:Software version is 2.01 or lower: Load latest EPC software to the EPC control unit (for
software summary refer to MHM983).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 622 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the voltage at the enable pressure sending unit (B105)

Action:

• Ignition ON (engine OFF).

• Access address EPC013 :

Item Measurement Specification

EPC013 - Voltage, sending unit for enable pressure (B105)


Ignition ON (engine OFF). Voltage range between 0.5 and 0.55 volts (display: 0050XXXX at 0.5 volts)

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for enable pressure sending unit (B105) ; see Technical
Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.

( 4 ) Checking the pressure range of the enable pressure sending unit (B105)

Action:

→NOTE:

Diagnostic address EPC013 shows the actual clutch charge pressure at the
proportional enable solenoid valve (Y38). The clutch charge pressure is
dependent on the position of the clutch pedal and the position of the
reverse drive lever. There is only clutch charge pressure if the reverse
drive lever is set to the forward or reverse position after a valid engine
start (reverse drive lever in neutral) and if the clutch pedal is not actuated.
The clutch charge pressure builds up slowly (modulating), depending on
the engine speed, until the max. transmission system pressure has been
reached.

IMPORTANT:

Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.

Access address EPC013 :

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 623 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Item Measurement Specification

EPC013 - Pressure, sending unit for enable pressure (B105)


Reverse drive lever in neutral position and
Minimum pressure approx. 0 kPa (display: XXXX0000)
clutch pedal not pressed:

Reverse drive lever in forward or reverse 1200 kPa (display: XXXX1200) on 6120 - 6320
Maximum pressure
position and clutch pedal not pressed: tractors

1400 kPa (display: XXXX1400) on 6420 - 6520


tractors

Slowly press clutch pedal to its maximum


(clutch pressure decreases depending on the Displayed pressure range 1200 - 0 kPa on 6120 - 6320 tractors
clutch pedal position):

1400 - 0 kPa on 6420 - 6520 tractors

Transmission system pressure

6120 - 6320 6420 - 6520

1200 kPa (12 bar; 174 psi) 1400 kPa (14 bar; 203 psi)

Result:

YES:Look in the DTAC system for problem solutions.

NO:Defective proportional enable solenoid valve Y38:


• Mechanical defect (sticking in open position).
• Electrical defect, GO TO Circuit/harness test for enable proportional solenoid valve (Y38) ;
see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 624 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 306035.31- Proportional Enable Solenoid Valve Closed by Mistake


19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306035.31 is saved when the transmission control unit registers
no pressure via the enable pressure sending unit although the transmission enable relay is
activated. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective proportional enable solenoid valve (Y38).


Mechanical defect at proportional enable solenoid valve (Y38).
Sticks in closed position.
Circuit fault in proportional enable solenoid valve (Y38).
A circuit problem additionally generates an EPC diagnostic
trouble code (EPC 306033.14 takes priority)
Defective enable pressure sending unit (B105).
Circuit fault at the enable pressure sending unit (B105).
A short to ground or an open circuit in the power supply circuit
for enable pressure sending unit (B105).
A short to ground or an open circuit in the signal line circuit for
enable pressure sending unit (B105).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-EPC-200 , Theory of Operation, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions.

• “Removing and Installing the Valves in the Front Valve Housing” , Section 55, Group 10 in
the Repair Manual.

• “Replacing the Temperature Sensor and Pressure Switches” , Section 55, Group 10 in the
Repair Manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 625 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2 Priority diagnostic code must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic trouble codes exist:
Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the voltage at the enable pressure sending unit (B105)

Action:

• Ignition ON (engine OFF).

• Access address EPC013 :

Item Measurement Specification

EPC013 - Voltage, sending unit for enable pressure (B105)


Ignition ON (engine OFF). Voltage range between 0.5 and 0.55 volts (display: 0050XXXX at 0.5 volts)

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for enable pressure sending unit (B105) ; see Technical
Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.

( 3 ) Checking the pressure range of the enable pressure sending unit (B105)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 626 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action:

→NOTE:

Diagnostic address EPC013 shows the actual clutch charge pressure at the
proportional enable solenoid valve (Y38). The clutch charge pressure is
dependent on the position of the clutch pedal and the position of the
reverse drive lever. There is only clutch charge pressure if the reverse
drive lever is set to the forward or reverse position after a valid engine
start (reverse drive lever in neutral) and if the clutch pedal is not actuated.
The clutch charge pressure builds up slowly (modulating), depending on
the engine speed, until the max. transmission system pressure has been
reached.

IMPORTANT:

Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.

Access address EPC013 :

Item Measurement Specification

EPC013 - Pressure, sending unit for enable pressure (B105)


Reverse drive lever in neutral position and
Minimum pressure approx. 0 kPa (display: XXXX0000)
clutch pedal not pressed:

Reverse drive lever in forward or reverse 1200 kPa (display: XXXX1200) on 6120 - 6320
Maximum pressure
position and clutch pedal not pressed: tractors

1400 kPa (display: XXXX1400) on 6420 - 6520


tractors

Slowly press clutch pedal to its maximum


(clutch pressure decreases depending on the Displayed pressure range 1200 - 0 kPa on 6120 - 6320 tractors
clutch pedal position):

1400 - 0 kPa on 6420 - 6520 tractors

Transmission system pressure

6120 - 6320 6420 - 6520

1200 kPa (12 bar; 174 psi) 1400 kPa (14 bar; 203 psi)

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 627 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Defective proportional enable solenoid valve Y38:


• Mechanical defect (sticking in closed position).
• Electrical defect, GO TO Circuit/harness test for enable proportional solenoid valve (Y38) ;
see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 628 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 306039.31- Park Lock Switch Signal and Signal from Forward or Reverse
Switch Simultaneously Active
19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306039.31 is saved when the transmission control unit registers
a direction signal (forward or reverse) from the reverse drive lever while the park lock is on
(park switch closed). This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Operator error: Reverse drive lever was moved forward or backward


while the range lever was in the park position.
Defective park switch (S116) (on tractors up to serial no. 398655).
Defective park switch (S114) (on tractors from serial no. 398656).
Circuit fault in park switch:
Short to ground in the circuit of the park switch.
Circuit fault in the reverse drive lever:
A circuit problem additionally generates diagnostic trouble codes:
EPC 306040.31, EPC 306041.31, EPC 306042.31 or EPC 306043.31.
These diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-EPC-200 , Theory of Operation, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions.

• “Replacing the Park Lock Switch on Tractors with PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad
Transmissions” (Repair Manual, Section 40, Group 25).

• “Replacing the Switches on the Multi-function Unit” (Repair Manual, Section 40, Group 25).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 629 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2 Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: Diagnosis
completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the park switch circuit at address EPC007

Action:

Access address EPC007 .

Item Measurement Specification

EPC007 - Status, park switch


Range lever set to park position: Status XXXXX1XX

Range lever not set to park position: Status XXXXX0XX

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.


• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for park switch (S114 or
S116) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for park switch (S114 or S116) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group EPC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 630 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 306040.31- Not-Neutral Switch Closed by Mistake


19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306040.31 is saved if the transmission control unit registers a
closed not-neutral switch, although the direction of travel switches (forward and reverse) are
open (not activated). This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

This diagnostic trouble code may be caused by mistake when ignition


is switched ON. Deal with this diagnostic trouble code only if it occurs
during operation.
Operator error: Operator is too slow in moving the reverse drive lever
to its forward or reverse position.
BCU software version number must be 3.02 or higher (BCU
software 3.02 or higher can correct this operator′s error).
EPC software version numbers 3.00 or lower can cause this
diagnostic trouble.
Defective not-neutral switch:
in reverse drive lever without N indicator light (A47).
in reverse drive lever with N indicator light (A68/1 or A68/2).
Circuit fault in not-neutral switch:
Short to battery voltage in the switch circuit (lead 561).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-EPC-200 , Theory of Operation, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions.

• “Replacing the Switches on the Multi-function Unit” (Repair Manual, Section 40, Group 25).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 631 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the switch circuit in the reverse drive lever

Action:

Access address EPC007 .

Item Measurement Specification

EPC007 - Status, reverse drive lever switch (A47, A68/1 or A68/2)


Reverse drive lever in neutral: Status of forward switch 0XXXXXXX

Status of reverse switch X0XXXXXX

Status of not-neutral switch XX0XXXXX

Reverse drive lever in forward position: Status of forward switch 1XXXXXXX

Status of reverse switch X0XXXXXX

Status of not-neutral switch XX1XXXXX

Reverse drive lever in reverse position: Status of forward switch 0XXXXXXX

Status of reverse switch X1XXXXXX

Status of not-neutral switch XX1XXXXX

Result:

YES:• Look in the DTAC system for problem solutions.


• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO 3 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Checking the circuit

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 632 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action:

Types of reverse drive levers

LEGEND:
1 A47
2 A68/1
3 A68/2
A Black shrink-fit hose
B Resistance
C Red or yellow shrink-fit hose

Check the circuit:

On tractors with N indicator light at reverse drive lever (A68), see:


Circuit/harness test for reverse drive lever (A68/1) up to tractor serial no. 398655 ;
see 245-EPC.
Circuit/harness test for reverse drive lever (A68/2) from tractor serial no. 398656 ;
see 245-EPC.
On tractors without N indicator light at reverse drive lever (A47), see:
Circuit/harness test for reverse drive lever (A47) ; see 245-EPC.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 633 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 306041.31- Forward and Reverse Switches Closed at Same Time


19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306041.31 is saved when the transmission control unit registers
that the forward and reverse switches are closed (active) simultaneously. This diagnostic
trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective forward switch in reverse drive lever (A47, A68/1 or A68/2).


Defective reverse switch in reverse drive lever (A47, A68/1 or A68/2).
Defective line connection between the reverse drive lever and the
transmission control unit (EPC).
Lead 590 for forward switch.
Lead 569 for reverse switch.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-EPC-200 , Theory of Operation, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions.

• “Replacing the Switches on the Multi-function Unit” (Repair Manual, Section 40, Group 25).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 634 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the switch circuit in the reverse drive lever

Action:

Access address EPC007 .

Item Measurement Specification

EPC007 - Status, reverse drive lever switch (A47, A68/1 or A68/2)


Reverse drive lever in neutral: Status of forward switch 0XXXXXXX

Status of reverse switch X0XXXXXX

Reverse drive lever in forward position: Status of forward switch 1XXXXXXX

Status of reverse switch X0XXXXXX

Reverse drive lever in reverse position: Status of forward switch 0XXXXXXX

Status of reverse switch X1XXXXXX

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.


• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO 3 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

types of reverse drive levers


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 635 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

LEGEND:
1 A47
2 A68/1
3 A68/2
A Black shrink-fit hose
B Resistance
C Red or yellow shrink-fit hose

Check the circuit:

On tractors with N indicator light at reverse drive lever (A68), see:


Circuit/harness test for reverse drive lever (A68/1) up to tractor serial no. 398655 ;
see 245-EPC.
Circuit/harness test for reverse drive lever (A68/2) from tractor serial no. 398656 ;
see 245-EPC.
On tractors without N indicator light at reverse drive lever (A47), see:
Circuit/harness test for reverse drive lever (A47) ; see 245-EPC.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 636 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 306042.31- Forward Switch Closed and Not-Neutral Switch Open


19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306042.31 is saved when the transmission control unit registers
that the forward switch is closed although the not-neutral switch is open (not activated). This
diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective forward switch in reverse drive lever (A47, A68/1 or A68/2).


Defective not-neutral switch in reverse drive lever (A47, A68/1 or
A68/2).
Defective line connection between the reverse drive lever and the
transmission control unit (EPC).
Lead 590 for forward switch.
Line 561 for not-neutral switch.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-EPC-200 , Theory of Operation, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions.

• “Replacing the Switches on the Multi-function Unit” (Repair Manual, Section 40, Group 25).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 637 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the switch circuit in the reverse drive lever

Action:

Access address EPC007 .

Item Measurement Specification

EPC007 - Status, reverse drive lever switch (A47, A68/1 or A68/2)


Reverse drive lever in neutral: Status of forward switch 0XXXXXXX

Status of not-neutral switch XX0XXXXX

Reverse drive lever in forward position: Status of forward switch 1XXXXXXX

Status of not-neutral switch XX1XXXXX

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.


• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO 3 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

types of reverse drive levers

LEGEND:
1 A47
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 638 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

2 A68/1
3 A68/2
A Black shrink-fit hose
B Resistance
C Red or yellow shrink-fit hose

Check the circuit:

On tractors with N indicator light at reverse drive lever (A68), see:


Circuit/harness test for reverse drive lever (A68/1) up to tractor serial no. 398655 ;
see 245-EPC.
Circuit/harness test for reverse drive lever (A68/2) from tractor serial no. 398656 ;
see 245-EPC.
On tractors without N indicator light at reverse drive lever (A47), see:
Circuit/harness test for reverse drive lever (A47) ; see 245-EPC.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 639 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 306043.31- Reverse Switch Closed and Not-Neutral Switch Open


19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306043.31 is saved when the transmission control unit registers
that the reverse switch is closed although the not-neutral switch is open (not activated). This
diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective reverse switch in reverse drive lever (A47, A68/1 or A68/2).


Defective not-neutral switch in reverse drive lever (A47, A68/1 or
A68/2).
Defective line connection between the reverse drive lever and the
transmission control unit (EPC).
Lead 569 for reverse switch.
Line 561 for not-neutral switch.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-EPC-200 , Theory of Operation, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions.

• “Replacing the Switches on the Multi-function Unit” (Repair Manual, Section 40, Group 25).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 640 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the switch circuit in the reverse drive lever

Action:

Access address EPC007 .

Item Measurement Specification

EPC007 - Status, reverse drive lever switch (A47, A68/1 or A68/2)


Reverse drive lever in neutral: Status of reverse switch X0XXXXXX

Status of not-neutral switch XX0XXXXX

Reverse drive lever in reverse position: Status of reverse switch X1XXXXXX

Status of not-neutral switch XX1XXXXX

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.


• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO 3 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

types of reverse drive levers

LEGEND:
1 A47
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 641 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

2 A68/1
3 A68/2
A Black shrink-fit hose
B Resistance
C Red or yellow shrink-fit hose

Check the circuit:

On tractors with N indicator light at reverse drive lever (A68), see:


Circuit/harness test for reverse drive lever (A68/1) up to tractor serial no. 398655 ;
see 245-EPC.
Circuit/harness test for reverse drive lever (A68/2) from tractor serial no. 398656 ;
see 245-EPC.
On tractors without N indicator light at reverse drive lever (A47), see:
Circuit/harness test for reverse drive lever (A47) ; see 245-EPC.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 642 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 306046.31- Neutral Switch in Reverse Drive Lever Closed During Initialization
19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306046.31 is saved when the transmission control unit registers
that the neutral switch in the reverse drive lever is closed when ignition is switched on (i.e.
during initialization), although the neutral switch ought to be open.
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-EPC-200 , Theory of Operation, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check EPC input value

Action:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 643 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

types of reverse drive levers

LEGEND:
1 A47
2 A68/1
3 A68/2
A Black shrink-fit hose
B Resistance
C Red or yellow shrink-fit hose

Access address EPC026 :

Item Measurement Specification

EPC026 - Input address for selecting the reverse drive lever


Tractor is equipped with reverse drive lever without N indicator light (A47) or reverse
Status 0
drive lever with N indicator light (A68/1) up to tractor serial no. 398655)

Tractor is equipped with reverse drive lever (A68/2) with N indicator light (from tractor
Status 1
serial no. 398656)

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Enter prescribed value and delete the diagnostic trouble code.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 644 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the neutral switch

Action:

Access address EPC007 .

Item Measurement Specification

EPC007 - Status, neutral switch (A68/2)


Reverse drive lever in neutral position: Status XXX0XXXX

Reverse drive lever not in neutral position: Status XXX1XXXX

Result:

YES: GO TO 6 .

NO: GO TO 4 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 645 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of reverse drive lever (A68/2) and of the connector associated
with it:

LEGEND:
A68 Reverse drive lever

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES:If there are no signs of damage: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition sub-assemblies, connectors or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Reverse Drive lever (A68/2) , see 245-EPC.

( 5 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Circuit/harness test for reverse drive lever (A68/1) up to tractor serial no. 398655 ; see
245-EPC.
Circuit/harness test for reverse drive lever (A68/2) from tractor serial no. 398656 ; see
245-EPC.

Result:

YES: GO TO 6 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Reverse Drive Lever (A68/2) ,
see 245-EPC.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 646 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 6 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections at the reverse drive lever, see summary of
wiring layout in the circuit/harness test for the reverse drive lever.
Circuit/harness test for reverse drive lever (A68/1) up to tractor serial no. 398655 ;
see 245-EPC.
Circuit/harness test for reverse drive lever (A68/2) from tractor serial no. 398656 ;
see 245-EPC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-EPC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional EPC Circuit
Problems (EPC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Reverse Drive Lever (A68/2) ,
see 245-EPC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 647 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 306050.03- Transmission Enable Pressure Too High


19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306050.03 is saved when the transmission control unit registers
a transmission enable pressure above 2000 kPa (20 bar; 290 psi). This diagnostic trouble
code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective enable pressure sending unit (B105).


Circuit fault in the enable pressure sending unit:
Short to battery voltage in the switch circuit (lead 549).
Short to battery voltage in the 5 volts power supply circuit (lead
243) of the enable pressure sending unit.
Transmission enable pressure too high.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-EPC-200 , Theory of Operation, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions.

• Reference 255-15-002 , PowrQuad Transmission - Test Ports.

• Reference 255-20-230 , PowrQuad Module - Hydraulic Diagram, Electrically Actuated


PowrQuad Module.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 648 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the voltage at the enable pressure sending unit (B105)

Action:

• Ignition ON (engine OFF).

• Access address EPC013 :

Item Measurement Specification

EPC013 - Voltage, sending unit for enable pressure (B105)


Ignition ON (engine OFF). Voltage range between 0.5 and 0.55 volts (display: 0050XXXX at 0.5 volts)

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for enable pressure sending unit (B105) ; see Technical
Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.

( 3 ) Checking the pressure range of the enable pressure sending unit (B105)

Action:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 649 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

→NOTE:

Diagnostic address EPC013 shows the actual clutch charge pressure at the
proportional enable solenoid valve (Y38). The clutch charge pressure is
dependent on the position of the clutch pedal and the position of the
reverse drive lever. There is only clutch charge pressure if the reverse
drive lever is set to the forward or reverse position after a valid engine
start (reverse drive lever in neutral) and if the clutch pedal is not actuated.
The clutch charge pressure builds up slowly (modulating), depending on
the engine speed, until the max. transmission system pressure has been
reached.

IMPORTANT:

Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.

Access address EPC013 :

Item Measurement Specification

EPC013 - Pressure, sending unit for enable pressure (B105)


Reverse drive lever in neutral position and
Minimum pressure approx. 0 kPa (display: XXXX0000)
clutch pedal not pressed:

Reverse drive lever in forward or reverse 1200 kPa (display: XXXX1200) on 6120 - 6320
Maximum pressure
position and clutch pedal not pressed: tractors

1400 kPa (display: XXXX1400) on 6420 - 6520


tractors

Slowly press clutch pedal to its maximum


(clutch pressure decreases depending on the Displayed pressure range 1200 - 0 kPa on 6120 - 6320 tractors
clutch pedal position):

1400 - 0 kPa on 6420 - 6520 tractors

Transmission system pressure

6120 - 6320 6420 - 6520

1200 kPa (12 bar; 174 psi) 1400 kPa (14 bar; 203 psi)

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.


• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for enable pressure
sending unit (B105) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.

NO:Check system pressure, GO TO 4 .


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 650 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Check system pressure

Action:

Check system pressure. See Reference 255-15-004 .

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Adjust system pressure. See Reference 255-15-014 .

( 5 ) Replacing the enable pressure sending unit (B105)

Action:

Replace the enable pressure sending unit (B105) and carry out an operational test.

“Replacing the Temperature Sensor and Pressure Switches” (Repair Manual, Section 55,
Group 10).

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for enable pressure
sending unit (B105) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 651 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 306051.04- Transmission Enable Pressure Too Low


19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306051.04 is saved when the transmission control unit registers
no transmission enable pressure (pressure below 50 kPa/ 0.5 bar/ 7.3 psi). This diagnostic
trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective enable pressure sending unit (B105).


Circuit fault in the enable pressure sending unit:
A short to ground or an open circuit in the circuit for the enable
pressure sending unit (lead 549).
Short to ground or an open circuit in the 5 volts power supply
circuit (lead 243) of the enable pressure sending unit.
Transmission enable pressure too low.
A defect in the forward clutch or the reverse brake.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-EPC-200 , Theory of Operation, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions.

• Reference 255-15-002 , PowrQuad Transmission - Test Ports.

• Reference 255-20-230 , PowrQuad Module - Hydraulic Diagram, Electrically Actuated


PowrQuad Module.

• “Replacing the Temperature Sensor and Pressure Switches” (Repair Manual, Section 55,
Group 10).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 652 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the voltage at the enable pressure sender (B105)

Action:

• Ignition ON (engine OFF).

• Access address EPC013 :

Item Measurement Specification

EPC013 - Voltage, sending unit for enable pressure (B105)


Ignition ON (engine OFF). Voltage range between 0.5 and 0.55 volts (display: 0050XXXX at 0.5 volts)

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for enable pressure sending unit (B105) ; see Technical
Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.

( 3 ) Checking the pressure range of the enable pressure sending unit (B105)

Action:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 653 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

→NOTE:

Diagnostic address EPC013 shows the actual clutch charge pressure at the
proportional enable solenoid valve (Y38). The clutch charge pressure is
dependent on the position of the clutch pedal and the position of the
reverse drive lever. There is only clutch charge pressure if the reverse
drive lever is set to the forward or reverse position after a valid engine
start (reverse drive lever in neutral) and if the clutch pedal is not actuated.
The clutch charge pressure builds up slowly (modulating), depending on
the engine speed, until the max. transmission system pressure has been
reached.

IMPORTANT:

Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.

Access address EPC013 :

Item Measurement Specification

EPC013 - Pressure, sending unit for enable pressure (B105)


Reverse drive lever in neutral position and
Minimum pressure approx. 0 kPa (display: XXXX0000)
clutch pedal not pressed:

Reverse drive lever in forward or reverse 1200 kPa (display: XXXX1200) on 6120 - 6320
Maximum pressure
position and clutch pedal not pressed: tractors

1400 kPa (display: XXXX1400) on 6420 - 6520


tractors

Slowly press clutch pedal to its maximum


(clutch pressure decreases depending on the Displayed pressure range 1200 - 0 kPa on 6120 - 6320 tractors
clutch pedal position):

1400 - 0 kPa on 6420 - 6520 tractors

Transmission system pressure

6120 - 6320 6420 - 6520

1200 kPa (12 bar; 174 psi) 1400 kPa (14 bar; 203 psi)

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.


• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for enable pressure
sending unit (B105) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.

NO:Check system pressure, GO TO 4 .


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 654 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking system pressure

Action:

Check system pressure. See Reference 255-15-004 .

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Adjust system pressure. See Reference 255-15-014 .

( 5 ) Checking the direction clutch/brake

Action:

Perform the pressure test at the direction clutch/brake with the engine running, the range
shift lever in neutral and the reverse drive lever in the relevant direction (i.e. the direction to
be checked).

For the test, see:

Reference 255-15-008 , ”PowrQuad Transmission - Checking Pressure at Forward


Clutch”.
Reference 255-15-009 , ”PowrQuad Transmission - Checking Pressure at Reverse
Brake”.

Result:

YES:Replace the enable pressure sending unit and carry out an operational test.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 655 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 306053.31- Clutch Pedal Potentiometer is Defective


19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306053.31 is saved when the clutch pedal potentiometer is
defective (diagnostic trouble code EPC 306014.02 is active) and the clutch pedal is fully
pressed down. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306014.02 takes priority.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 656 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 306054.31- Clutch Pedal Switch Opened by Mistake


19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306054.31 is saved when it is registered that the clutch pedal
switch is open although the clutch pedal is not being pressed. This diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective clutch pedal potentiometer (B65) additionally generates


an additional diagnostic trouble code (EPC 306014.02, EPC 306015.03
and EPC 306016.04 take priority).
Defective clutch pedal switch (S72).
Circuit fault in clutch pedal switch.
Short to ground or open lead in the switch circuit.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-EPC-200 , Theory of Operation, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions.

• “Reconditioning the Clutch Actuation (PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad transmissions)” (Repair
Manual, Section 55, Group 05).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 657 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the circuit of clutch pedal switch (S72)

Action:

IMPORTANT:

Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.

Access address EPC009 :

Item Measurement Specification

EPC009 - Status, clutch pedal switch (S72)


Reverse drive lever in forward or reverse position and clutch pedal not pressed: Status 1XXXXXXX

Reverse drive lever in forward or reverse position and clutch pedal pressed: Status 0XXXXXXX

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.


• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for clutch pedal switch
(S72) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for clutch pedal switch (S72) ; see Technical Manual, Section
245, Group EPC.

EPC 306055.31- Come-Home Operation Activated


19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306055.31 is generated when the Come-Home operation is
active (Come-Home connector K10/4 plugged into the “COME HOME” position). This
diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Come-Home connector K10/4 was plugged into the “COME HOME”


position.
Defective transmission enable relay K09/5.
Circuit fault in the transmission enable relay:
Short circuit to the supply voltage (battery voltage) in the
transmission enable relay circuit.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 658 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

IMPORTANT:

This diagnostic trouble code only serves to inform the operator that the
“Come-Home” mode is active. The control unit only recognizes the “Come-
Home operation” when the reverse drive lever is in neutral and the control
unit registers the “Come-Home connector K10/4 plugged in” signal within 2
seconds after the engine start.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 659 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 306056.31- Forward/Reverse Switch Activated During Initialization


19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306056.31 is saved when the transmission control unit registers
a signal from one of the travel direction switches (forward/reverse or not-neutral switch)
directly after the ignition is switched ON. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm
level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Operator error: Operator switches the reverse drive lever to forward


or reverse directly after the ignition is switched ON. Only actuate the
reverse drive lever 2 seconds after the ignition is switched ON.
This diagnostic trouble code may be caused by mistake when ignition
is switched ON. Deal with this diagnostic trouble code only if it occurs
during operation.
Defective forward switch in the reverse drive lever.
Defective reverse switch in the reverse drive lever.
Defective not-neutral switch in the reverse drive lever.
Defective line connection between the reverse drive lever and the
transmission control unit (EPC).
Lead 590 for forward switch.
Lead 569 for reverse switch.
Lead 561 for not-neutral switch.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-EPC-200 , Theory of Operation, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions.

• “Replacing the Switches on the Multi-function Unit” (Repair Manual, Section 40, Group 25).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 660 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the switch circuit in the reverse drive lever

Action:

Access address EPC007 .

Item Measurement Specification

EPC007 - Status, reverse drive lever switch (A47, A68/1 or A68/2)


Reverse drive lever in neutral: Status of forward switch 0XXXXXXX

Status of reverse switch X0XXXXXX

Status of neutral switch XX0XXXXX

Reverse drive lever in forward position: Status of forward switch 1XXXXXXX

Status of reverse switch X0XXXXXX

Status of neutral switch XX1XXXXX

Reverse drive lever in reverse position: Status of forward switch 0XXXXXXX

Status of reverse switch X1XXXXXX

Status of neutral switch XX1XXXXX

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.


• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO 3 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Checking the circuit

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 661 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action:

types of reverse drive levers

LEGEND:
1 A47
2 A68/1
3 A68/2
A Black shrink-fit hose
B Resistance
C Red or yellow shrink-fit hose

Check the circuit:

On tractors with N indicator light at reverse drive lever (A68), see:


Circuit/harness test for reverse drive lever (A68/1) up to tractor serial no. 398655 ;
see 245-EPC.
Circuit/harness test for reverse drive lever (A68/2) from tractor serial no. 398656 ;
see 245-EPC.
On tractors without N indicator light at reverse drive lever (A47), see:
Circuit/harness test for reverse drive lever (A47) ; see 245-EPC.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 662 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 306057.31- Faulty Transmission Enable Signal


19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306057.31 does not necessarily have any real meaning. Pay
attention to this diagnostic trouble code only if operator error can be ruled out. It is saved if
no transmission enable signal is received by the transmission control unit, although the
transmission enable relay was activated and the clutch pedal switch is closed. This diagnostic
trouble code triggers the alarm level: ”Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Operator error: Operator is too slow in moving the reverse drive lever
to its forward or reverse position.
BCU software version number must be 2.2 or higher (BCU
software 2.2 or higher can correct this operator′s error).
EPC software version number must be 2.01 or higher (EPC
software 2.01 or higher can correct this operator′s error).
BCU software problem: Up to and including BCU software version 3.01,
code EPC 306057.31 may be stored as a follow-on fault of BCU
302123.31.
EPC software problem: Up to and including EPC software version 3.00
code EPC 306057.31 may be stored.
Defective transmission enable relay K09/5.
Circuit fault in the transmission enable relay:
Short to ground or open lead in the circuit for the transmission
enable signal (lead 553).
Open lead in the coil circuit (ground lead 560) between the basic
control unit (BCU) and transmission enable relay K09/5.
Circuit problem between reverse drive lever (A47, A68/1 or A68/2) and
BCU control unit (this problem causes diagnostic trouble code BCU
302123.31).
Short to ground or open lead in the circuit of the reverse drive
lever (forward signal 590, reverse signal 569 and/or not-neutral
signal 561).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-EPC-200 , Theory of Operation, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions.

• Reference 240-25A-010 , Fuses up to tractor serial number 398655.


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 663 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 240-25A-015 , Fuses up to tractor serial number 398656.

• “Replacing the Switches on the Multi-function Unit” (Repair Manual, Section 40, Group 25).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2 Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: Diagnosis
completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the direction signals to the BCU

Action:

Access address BCU017 .

Item Measurement Specification

BCU017 - Status, reverse drive lever switch (A47, A68/1 or A68/2)


Reverse drive lever in forward position: Status X110

Reverse drive lever in reverse position: Status X011

Reverse drive lever in neutral position: Status X000

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:Check the reverse drive lever circuit GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check the reverse drive lever circuit

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 664 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action:

Different reverse drive levers

LEGEND:
1 A47
2 A68/1
3 A68/2
A Black shrink-fit hose
B Resistor
C Red or yellow shrink-fit hose

Check the circuit:

On tractors with N indicator light at reverse drive lever (A68), see:


Circuit/harness test for reverse drive lever (A68/1) up to tractor serial no. 398655 ;
see 245-EPC.
Circuit/harness test for reverse drive lever (A68/2) from tractor serial no. 398656 ;
see 245-EPC.
On tractors without N indicator light at reverse drive lever (A47), see:
Circuit/harness test for reverse drive lever (A47) ; see 245-EPC.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 665 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the circuit of the transmission enable relay

Action:

IMPORTANT:

Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.

Access address EPC009 :

Item Measurement Specification

EPC009 - Status, transmission enable signal (output signal of transmission enable relay
K09/5)
Reverse drive lever in neutral position and clutch pedal not pressed: Status X00XXXXX

Reverse drive lever in forward or reverse position and clutch pedal not pressed: Status X11XXXXX

Reverse drive lever in forward or reverse position and clutch pedal pressed: Status X00XXXXX

Result:

YES:• GO TO 5 .
• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for transmission enable
relay (K09/5) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for transmission enable relay (K09/5) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group EPC.

( 5 ) Check the BCU and EPC software

Action:

Check the BCU and EPC software:

BCU software version number must be 3.02 or higher (see address BCU234 ).
EPC software version number must be 3.00 or higher (see address EPC234 ).

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Load latest software version to the appropriate control unit (for software summary refer
to MHM983).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 666 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 306058.31- Ground Speed Registered During Calibration


19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306058.31 is saved when the transmission control unit registers
ground speed during the calibration. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

The tractor is not standing on a level surface during the calibration.


The tractor can therefore roll during the calibration (ground speed
exists).
Ground speed received via CAN BUS is not correct (ground speed
sender B09/B35 defective).
Defective ground speed sending unit (B104) or defective circuit of
ground speed sending unit (B104).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

• Reference 245-EPC-200 , Theory of Operation, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions.

• “Replacing the Wheel Speed Sending Unit” (Repair Manual, Section 40, Group 30).

• ”Replacing the Speed Sender” (Section 55, Group 25 in the Repair manual)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 667 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 668 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the transmission speed sender (B104)

Action:

IMPORTANT:

Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.

• Use the hand throttle to set engine speed to 1000 rpm.

• Select 4th gear.

• Access address EPC014 .

Item Measurement Specification

EPC014 - Speed, transmission speed sender (B104)


Move the reverse drive lever to forward (clutch
Speed (with engine speed at 1000 rpm in 4th gear) 1000 rpm
pedal not pressed):

→NOTE:

Engine speed matches transmission speed only in 4th gear.

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for transmission speed sender (B104) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group EPC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 669 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Check CAN BUS signal of ground speed sender in EPC control unit

Action:

Access address EPC004 .

Item Measurement Specification

EPC004 - Status, ground speed sender (B35/B09)


Signal while tractor is travelling: Status (signal toggles between 0 and 1) XX1XXXXX

XX0XXXXX

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.


• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Check ground speed sender in BCU

Action:

Access address BCU004 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU004 - Status, ground speed sender (B35/B09)


No signal detected (tractor is stationary): Status X0X

Signal detected by sender (during travel): Status X1X

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.


• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO 5 .

NO:Check ground speed sender circuit, GO TO 5 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 670 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Check circuit of ground speed sender (B35/B09)

Action:

Tractor not equipped with creeper:

Circuit/harness test for wheel speed sending unit (B35) ; see Technical Manual, Section
245, Group BCU.
Circuit/harness test for transmission speed sender (B104) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group EPC.

Tractor equipped with creeper:

Circuit/harness test for wheel speed sending unit (B09) ; see Technical Manual, Section
245, Group BCU.
Circuit/harness test for transmission speed sender (B104) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group EPC.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 671 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 306059.31- Transmission Speed During Calibration Too High


19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306059.31 is saved when, during the calibration, the
transmission control unit registers a transmission speed that exceeds the tolerance range.
This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Diagnostic trouble code occurs during/after EPC transmission


calibration: Only on tractors with AutoQuad Plus transmission, the
programmed relationship between forward gear and reverse gear is
switched ON (not set to zero).
Transmission speed sender (B104) defective.
Faulty frequency transmission:
Faulty sender installation.
Faulty (additional) transmission through foreign objects (swarf)
or dirt between the sender and the gear.
Mechanically defective transmission speed sender (B104).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-EPC-200 , Theory of Operation, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions.

• “Replacing the Speed Sender” , see Section 55, Group 25 in the Repair manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 672 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check programed forward/reverse relationship

Action:

Diagnostic trouble code occurs during/after EPC transmission calibration: Only on tractors
with AutoQuad Plus transmission, the programmed relationship between forward gear and
reverse gear is switched ON (not set to zero): Set programmed relationship to zero, see
Reference 255-20-460 , AutoQuad Plus Transmission - Description of Shift Functions.

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Set ratio to zero.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 673 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the transmission speed sender (B104)

Action:

IMPORTANT:

Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.

• Use the hand throttle to set engine speed to 1000 rpm.

• Select 4th gear.

• Access address EPC014 .

Item Measurement Specification

EPC014 - Speed, transmission speed sender (B104)


Move the reverse drive lever to forward (clutch
Speed (with engine speed at 1000 rpm in 4th gear) 1000 rpm
pedal not pressed):

→NOTE:

Engine speed matches transmission speed only in 4th gear.

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.


• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO 4 .

NO: GO TO 4 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 674 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the circuit of the transmission speed sender

Action:

Checking the circuit of the transmission speed sender:

Circuit/harness test for transmission speed sender (B104/2) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group EPC.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 675 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 306060.31- Engine Control Unit or Basic Control Unit Sends No Data (Engine
Speed)
19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306060.31 is saved when there is a problem with the
transference of data between the ECU/BCU and the transmission control unit. Reception of
engine speed data via the CAN BUS is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception
could be due to a loose wire). This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“Information”. In the case of tractors with Delphi/Lucas injection pump (Level 1), the
transmission control unit (EPC) receives the engine speed from the BCU (via CAN BUS). In the
case of tractors DE10 injection pump (Level 12), the transmission control unit (EPC) receives
the engine speed from the engine control unit (ECU) via the CAN BUS.

Diagnostics

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 676 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Stalling the engine causes this diagnostic trouble code.


A blown fuse:
F03/1 (BCU) on tractors with ECU Level 1 (Delphi/Lucas injection
pump).
F04/1 (ignition) and F04/2 (battery) on tractors with Level 12
(DE10 injection pump).
A fault in the BCU′s or ECU′s monitoring circuit (faulty engine speed
sender B01 or crankshaft speed sender B72).
BCU 000190.02 or ECU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.
A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem.
If other diagnostic trouble codes from other control units are
saved that indicate a problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Diagnostic
trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the basic
control unit or engine control unit causes an intermittent problem in
transferring data.
Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general
problem in transferring data to/from the basic control unit (ECU
002000.13, EPC 306123.09, SFA 324081.09 and/or SIC
334002.09).
Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general
problem in transferring data to/from the engine control unit (EPC
306122.09).
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the
transmission control unit (EPC) causes an intermittent problem in
transferring data.
Intermittent 29-bit CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong
electromagnetic influences.
Defective basic control unit or engine control unit.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

• Reference 240-25A-010 , Fuses up to tractor serial number 398655.

• Reference 240-25A-015 , Fuses up to tractor serial number 398656.

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 677 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 245-ECU-204 , Theory of Operation (TIER II Engine; DE10 Level 12).

• Reference 245-EPC-200 , Theory of Operation, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

BCU or ECU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no BCU or ECU diagnostic trouble codes exist: GO
TO 1.3.

Action:

1.3

Check BCU/ECU fuses:

Tractors equipped with Level 1 engine control unit (Delphi/Lucas injection pump)

F03/1

Tractors with engine control unit Level 12 (DE10 injection pump)

F04/1
F04/2

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 678 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result:

YES:GO TO 1.4

NO:Replace the fuses.

Action:

1.4 - A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem

Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.

Result:

YES:Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit
CAN BUS: 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) (Section 213, Group 45).

NO:No diagnostic trouble code is saved that indicates a general problem in the 29-bit CAN
BUS:
• If the tractor is equipped with a Level 1 engine control unit (Delphi/Lucas injection pump),
GO TO 3 .
• If the tractor is equipped with a Level 12 (DE10 injection pump), GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the ECU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the 29-bit CAN BUS screen lines (930/932).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

Item Measurement Specification

ECU Level 12 (DE10) - plug X570 (W15)


Power supply: Positive (lead 622) 12 volts at pin A2

Positive (lead 032) 12 volts at pin K1

Positive (lead 992) 12 volts at pin H1

Ground (lead 050) at pin J2

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 679 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Item Measurement Specification

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin G1

CAN- (lead 935) at pin F1

For circuit diagram see:

Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control (PowrQuad Plus and


AutoQuad Transmissions), see DE10 injection pump.

For component location and pin arrangement see:

Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Checking the BCU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the 29-bit CAN BUS screen lines (930/932).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

Item Measurement Specification

BCU - plug X483/1 (W08)


29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS screen lines: Lead 930- at pin 20

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 680 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Item Measurement Specification

Lead 932+ at pin 43

Item Measurement Specification

BCU - plug X483/2 (W08)


Power supply: Positive (lead 571) 12 volts at pin 23

Ground (lead 050) at pin 1

For circuit diagram refer to:

Reference 240-10A-051 , SE16F - BCU (Speed Sender and Radar).


Reference 240-10-024 , SE16H - BCU (Power Supply, Acoustic Alarm).

For component location and pin arrangement refer to:

Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus Transmission
and TIER I Engine
[ without ECU (Engine Control Unit) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of references.

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 4 ) Checking the EPC plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

→NOTE:

On tractors up to serial no. 398655, the EPC plug is X489. On tractors from
serial no. 398656, the EPC plug is X657.

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 681 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Check the 29-bit CAN BUS screen lines (930/932).


Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

Item Measurement Specification

EPC - plug X489 or X657 (W08)


Power supply: Positive (lead 572) 12 volts at pin 23

Positive (lead 503) 12 volts at pin 2

Ground (lead 050) at pin 1

Ground (lead 050) at pin 24

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS screen lines: Lead 930- at pin 20

Lead 932+ at pin 43

For circuit diagram refer to:

Reference 240-10A-053 , SE26A - Transmission Control.

For component location and pin arrangement refer to:

Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus Transmission
and TIER I Engine
[ without ECU (Engine Control Unit) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 682 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 306061.31- Transmission Speed Too Low


19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306061.31 is saved if a transmission speed exceeding the
tolerance range is registered while the engine is running and the clutch engaged. This
diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Transmission speed sender (B104) defective.


Defective enable proportional solenoid valve (Y38), forward solenoid
valve (Y33) or reverse solenoid valve (Y36).
Enable proportional solenoid valve, forward solenoid or reverse
solenoid is stuck in "closed" position.
Open lead in power supply circuit (positive lead or ground lead) of the
forward solenoid valve or reverse solenoid valve.
Open lead in power supply circuit (positive lead or ground lead) of the
enable proportional solenoid valve.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-EPC-200 , Theory of Operation, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions.

• “Replacing the Speed Sender” , see Section 55, Group 25 in the Repair Manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 683 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 684 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the transmission speed sender (B104/2)

Action:

IMPORTANT:

Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.

• Use the hand throttle to set engine speed to 1000 rpm.

• Select 4th gear.

• Access address EPC014 .

Item Measurement Specification

EPC014 - Speed, transmission speed sender (B104/2)


Move the reverse drive lever to forward (clutch
Speed (with engine speed at 1000 rpm in 4th gear) 1000 rpm
pedal not pressed):

→NOTE:

Engine speed matches transmission speed only in 4th gear.

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.


• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO 3 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 685 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the circuit of the transmission speed sender

Action:

Checking the circuit of the transmission speed sender:

Circuit/harness test for transmission speed sender (B104/2) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group EPC.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 4 ) Checking the pressure range of the enable pressure sending unit (B105)

Action:

→NOTE:

Diagnostic address EPC013 shows the actual clutch charge pressure at the
proportional enable solenoid valve (Y38). The clutch charge pressure is
dependent on the position of the clutch pedal and the position of the
reverse drive lever. There is only clutch charge pressure if the reverse
drive lever is set to the forward or reverse position after a valid engine
start (reverse drive lever in neutral) and if the clutch pedal is not actuated.
The clutch charge pressure builds up slowly (modulating), depending on
the engine speed, until the max. transmission system pressure has been
reached.

IMPORTANT:

Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.

Access address EPC013 :

Item Measurement Specification

EPC013 - Pressure, sending unit for enable pressure (B105)


Reverse drive lever in neutral position and
Minimum pressure approx. 0 kPa (display: XXXX0000)
clutch pedal not pressed:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 686 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Item Measurement Specification

Reverse drive lever in forward or reverse 1200 kPa (display: XXXX1200) on 6120 - 6320
Maximum pressure
position and clutch pedal not pressed: tractors

1400 kPa (display: XXXX1400) on 6420 - 6520


tractors

Slowly press clutch pedal to its maximum


(clutch pressure decreases depending on the Displayed pressure range 1200 - 0 kPa on 6120 - 6320 tractors
clutch pedal position):

1400 - 0 kPa on 6420 - 6520 tractors

Transmission system pressure

6120 - 6320 6420 - 6520

1200 kPa (12 bar; 174 psi) 1400 kPa (14 bar; 203 psi)

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO: GO TO 5 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 687 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Check solenoid valves

Action:

Enable pressure could neither be obtained with reverse drive lever in forward position nor
with reverse drive lever in reverse position.

A problem with the enable solenoid valve is possibly the cause.

Defective proportional enable solenoid valve Y38.


Mechanical defect (sticking in closed position).
Electrical defect, GO TO Circuit/harness test for enable proportional solenoid valve (Y38)
; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.

Enable pressure could not be obtained with reverse drive lever in forward position.

A problem with the forward solenoid valve is possibly the cause.

Defective forward solenoid valve (Y33).


Mechanical defect (sticking in closed position).
Electrical defect, GO TO Circuit/harness test for forward solenoid valve (Y33) ; see
Technical Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.

Enable pressure could not be obtained with reverse drive lever in reverse position.

A problem with the reverse solenoid valve is possibly the cause.

Defective reverse solenoid valve (Y36).


Mechanical defect (sticking in closed position).
Electrical defect, GO TO Circuit/harness test for reverse solenoid valve (Y36) ; see
Technical Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as necessary and delete the diagnostic trouble code.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 688 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 306063.14- Control Unit, Internal Error


19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306063.14 is saved when an electronic malfunction is registered
in the control unit. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace transmission control unit (EPC).

EPC 306065.14- Control Unit, Internal Error


19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306065.14 is saved when the transmission control unit registers
an EEPROM error. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 689 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace transmission control unit (EPC).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 690 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 306069.14- Control Unit, Internal Error


19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306069.14 is saved when the transmission control unit registers
an EEPROM error. The reason for this are transmission calibration values beyond the
tolerance range, an unprogrammed or faulty transmission control unit. This diagnostic trouble
code triggers the alarm level: ”Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Calibration values beyond tolerance range.


Forward filling pressure (EPC040) or reverse filling pressure
(EPC041) beyond tolerance range (51 kPa to 600 kPa)
Forward filling time (EPC042) or reverse filling time (EPC043)
beyond tolerance range (0 msec to 300 msec)
Unprogrammed transmission control unit (EPC).
Defective transmission control unit (EPC).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-EPC-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses for PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad
transmissions.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 691 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check calibration values

Action:

→NOTE:

To identify EPC software version, access address EPC234 .

On EPC software versions 8, 10, 12 and 14 the calibration values can be read one after the
other at address EPC039 .

With EPC software versions 13.05, 2.01 and 3.00 or higher the calibration values can be read
directly at the following addresses:

EPC040 – Forward filling pressure in kPa


EPC041 – Reverse filling pressure in kPa
EPC042 – Forward filling time in msec
EPC043 – Reverse filling time in msec

Tolerance range for filling pressures: from 51 kPa to 600 kPa

Tolerance range for filling times: from 0 msec to 300 msec

Result:

YES:Calibration values within tolerance range: Ignition ON/OFF and delete diagnostic trouble
code. If diagnostic trouble code appears as an active code, replace EPC control unit.

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Fine-tuning

Action:

To bring calibration values within tolerance range, perform EPC fine-tuning procedure, see
Reference 245-EPC-002 , EPC - Fine-Tuning.

Result:

YES:Calibration values within tolerance range after fine-tuning. Delete diagnostic trouble
code and GO TO 4 .

NO:Calibration values not within tolerance range after fine-tuning. Replace EPC control unit.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 692 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Calibrating the transmission

Action:

Calibrate the transmission, see Reference 245-EPC-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses.

→NOTE:

Interactive calibration possible with Service ADVISOR.

Result:

YES:No errors during calibration: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the values are not within tolerance range after calibration, a mechanical or hydraulic
transmission problem exists: Reference 255-15-001 , ”PowrQuad Transmission - System
Check”.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 693 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 306070.03- Upshift/Downshift Switch, Short Circuit


19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306070.03 is saved when the transmission control unit registers
the output signal (switch activated) for the upshift/downshift switch directly after the ignition
is switched ON. This indicates a short to the power supply in the switch circuit. This
diagnostic trouble code does not necessarily mean that one of the switches is responsible for
the fault. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Operator error: The upshift/downshift switch was pressed when the


ignition was switched ON.
Defective upshift switch.
Defective downshift switch.
Circuit fault in upshift/downshift switch:
Short circuit to the supply voltage (battery voltage) in the switch
circuit.

On tractors up to serial no. 398655, the following switches are used


for shifting up and down:
Switch S48 (on gear-shift lever) is used for shifting up.
Switch S49 (on gear-shift lever) is used for shifting down.
Rocker switch S81 is used for shifting up and down.
On tractors from serial no. 398656, the following switches are used for
shifting up and down:
Switch S102 (on gear-shift lever) is used for shifting up and
down.
Rocker switch S125 is used for shifting up and down.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-EPC-200 , Theory of Operation, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions.

• “Replace the Switch for Gear Selector and Auto-mode” (Repair Manual, Section 40, Group
25).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 694 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:For tractors up to serial no. 398655, GO TO 2 .


For tractors from serial no. 398656, GO TO 4 .

( 2 ) Checking the circuit of upshift and downshift switches (S48 and S49)

Action:

Access address EPC008 .

Item Measurement Specification

EPC008 - Status, upshift switch (S48) on gear-shift lever


Gear-shift switch (upshift) (S48) on gear-shift lever not pressed: Status XXXX0XXX

Press gear-shift switch (upshift) (S48) on gear-shift lever for more than 2 seconds: Status XXXX1XXX

Item Measurement Specification

EPC008 - Status, downshift switch (S49) on gear-shift lever


Gear-shift switch (downshift) (S49) on gear-shift lever not pressed: Status XXXXX0XX

Press gear-shift switch (downshift) (S49) on gear-shift lever for more than 2 seconds: Status XXXXX1XX

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.


• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for upshift and
downshift switches (S48, S49 and S81) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 695 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the circuit of the rocker switch for upshift/downshift (S81)

Action:

Access address EPC008 .

Item Measurement Specification

EPC008 - Status, rocker switch for upshift (S81)


Gear-shift switch (upshift) on rocker switch (S81) not pressed: Status XXXX0XXX

Press gear-shift switch (upshift) on rocker switch (S81) for more than 2 seconds: Status XXXX1XXX

Item Measurement Specification

EPC008 - Status, downshift switch (S81)


Gear-shift switch (downshift) on rocker switch (S81) not pressed: Status XXXXX0XX

Press gear-shift switch (downshift) on rocker switch (S81) for more than 2 seconds: Status XXXXX1XX

Result:

YES:Check in Circuit/harness test for upshift and downshift switches (S48, S49 and S81) :
• Leads in Y-harness (connection to W11).
• Upshift switch S48 and/or downshift switch S49.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for upshift and downshift switches (S48, S49 and S81) ; see
Technical Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 696 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the circuit of the switch for upshift/downshift (S102)

Action:

Access address EPC008 .

Item Measurement Specification

EPC008 - Status, gear-shift switches in shift-lever (S102)


Upshift switch at shift lever (S102) not pressed: Status XXXX0XXX

Press upshift switch (S102) at shift lever for more than 2 seconds: Status XXXX1XXX

Downshift switch at shift lever (S102) not pressed: Status XXXXX0XX

Press downshift switch (S102) at shift lever for more than 2 seconds: Status XXXXX1XX

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for upshift and downshift switches (S102 and S125) ; see
Technical Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.

( 5 ) Checking the circuit of the rocker switch for upshift/downshift (S125)

Action:

Access address EPC008 .

Item Measurement Specification

EPC008 - Status, rocker switch for upshift/downshift (S125)


Upshift switch on rocker switch (S125) not pressed: Status XXXX0XXX

Press upshift switch on rocker switch (S125) for more than 2 seconds: Status XXXX1XXX

Downshift switch on rocker switch (S125) not pressed: Status XXXXX0XX

Press downshift switch on rocker switch (S125) for more than 2 seconds: Status XXXXX1XX

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.


• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for upshift and
downshift switches (S102 and S125) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for upshift and downshift switches (S102 and S125) ; see
Technical Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 697 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 306071.03- Power/ECO Mode Switch or Auto Mode Switch, Shorted Circuit
19
Tractors up to serial no. 398655: Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306071.03 is saved when the
transmission control unit registers the output signal (switch activated) for the Power/ECO
Mode switch directly after the ignition is switched ON. This indicates a short to the power
supply in the switch circuit. This diagnostic trouble code does not necessarily mean that one
of the power/ECO mode switches is responsible for the fault. This diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “Information”.
Tractors from serial no. 398656: Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306071.03 is saved when the
transmission control unit registers the output signal (switch activated) for the Auto Mode
switch directly after the ignition is switched ON. This indicates a short to the power supply in
the switch circuit. This diagnostic trouble code does not necessarily mean that the Auto Mode
switch is responsible for the fault. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Tractors up to serial no. 398655 (or up to software version 14):

The following are possible causes:

Operator error: The Power/ECO Mode switch was pressed when the
ignition was switched ON (S85).
Defective Power/ECO Mode switch (S85).
Circuit fault in Power/ECO Mode switch:
Short circuit to the supply voltage (battery voltage) in the switch
circuit.

Tractors from serial no. 398656 (or from software version 13.05):

The following are possible causes:

Operator error: Auto Mode switch (S102) on the gear-shift lever was
pressed when the ignition was turned ON.
Defective Auto Mode switch (S102) on the gear-shift lever.
Circuit fault in Auto Mode switch:
Short circuit to the supply voltage (battery voltage) in the switch
circuit.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 698 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 245-EPC-200 , Theory of Operation, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions.

With Power/Eco Mode switch (S85), see:

• “Replacing the Switch for AutoQuad Transmission” (Repair Manual, Section 40, Group 25).

With Auto Mode switch (S102) on the gear-shift lever, see:

• “Replace the Switch for Gear Selector and Auto-mode” (Repair Manual, Section 40, Group
25).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:• Tractors with Power/Eco-Mode switch (S85), GO TO 2 .


• Tractors with Auto Mode switch (S102), GO TO 4 .

( 2 ) Checking the Power Mode circuit in address EPC008

Action:

Access address EPC008 .

Item Measurement Specification

EPC008 - Status, Power Mode Switch (S85)


Power mode switch not pressed: Status 0XXXXXXX

Press Power mode switch for longer than 2 seconds: Status 1XXXXXXX

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for Power/Eco Mode switch (S85) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group EPC.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 699 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the Eco Mode circuit in address EPC008

Action:

Access address EPC008 .

Item Measurement Specification

EPC008 - Status, Eco Mode Switch (S85)


Eco mode switch not pressed: Status X0XXXXXX

Press Eco mode switch for more than 2 seconds: Status X1XXXXXX

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.


• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for Power/Eco Mode
switch (S85) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for Power/Eco Mode switch (S85) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group EPC.

( 4 ) Checking the Auto Mode switch circuit at address EPC008

Action:

Access address EPC008 .

Item Measurement Specification

EPC008 - Status, Auto Mode Switch (S102)


Auto mode switch not pressed: Status 0XXXXXXX

Press Auto mode switch for more than 2 seconds: Status 1XXXXXXX

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.


• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for Auto Mode switch
(S102) , see 245-EPC.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for Auto Mode switch (S102) , see 245-EPC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 700 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 306080.31- Auto-Mode Potentiometer, Circuit Fault


19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306080.31 is saved if the transmission control unit measures a
voltage of less than 0.3 or more than 4.7 volts at the signal input of the potentiometer. This
indicates that the circuit is open or shorted. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm
level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

This diagnostic trouble code may be caused by mistake: The tractor is


not equipped with a potentiometer for Auto Mode, but the EIS function
was activated at address(es) EPC029 and/or EPC135. For this reason,
the EIS function must be deactivated at these addresses. For
deactivation of the EIS function, see input addresses EPC029 and/or
EPC135 in Reference 245-EPC-001, Calibration and Input Addresses
(”Operation and Tests” manual, Section 245, Group EPC).
Positive lead (cable 243) of the 5 volts power supply defective.
Open circuit.
Short to ground.
Shorted to a 12 volts lead (battery voltage).
Ground lead (cable 241) of the 5 volts supply voltage defective.
Open circuit.
Defective signal lead (cable 593) of potentiometer (B144).
Open circuit.
Short to ground.
Shorted to a 5 volts lead or to a 12 volts lead (battery voltage).
Defective Auto-Mode potentiometer (B144).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-EPC-200 , Theory of Operation, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions.

• ”Replacing the Auto-Mode Potentiometer on Tractors with AutoQuad Plus Transmissions” ,


Repair Manual, Section 40, Group 25.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 701 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking Auto-Mode potentiometer (B144)

Action:

→NOTE:

Slowly turn the potentiometer through its full range. Do not exceed the
maximum voltage or go below the minimum voltage (see below). An
acoustic signal or sudden voltage change while the potentiometer is
actuated indicates a defective potentiometer.

Access address EPC015 :

Item Measurement Specification

EPC015 - Voltage, Auto-Mode potentiometer (B144)


Potentiometer in ECO position: Minimum voltage 0.3 volts (display: 0.30)

Potentiometer in Power position: Maximum voltage 4.7 volts (display: 4.70)

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 702 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of Auto-Mode potentiometer (B144) and of the connector


associated with it:

LEGEND:
B144 Auto-Mode potentiometer

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES:If there are no signs of damage: GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition sub-assemblies, connectors or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Auto-Mode Potentiometer (B144) , see 245-EPC.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Circuit/harness test for Auto-Mode potentiometer (B144) , see 245-EPC.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Auto-Mode Potentiometer


(B144) , see 245-EPC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 703 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections at the reverse drive lever, see summary of
wiring layout in the circuit/harness test for the reverse drive lever. Circuit/harness test
for Auto-Mode potentiometer (B144)
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-EPC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional EPC Circuit
Problems (EPC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Auto-Mode Potentiometer


(B144) , see 245-EPC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 704 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 306102.31- Power/ECO Mode Indicator Light, Circuit Fault


19
EPC 306102.31 is saved if there is an open lead or a short in the circuit while the Power Mode
indicator light or ECO mode indicator light is active. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective Power Mode control light (H68).


Fault in Power Mode control light circuit:
Open lead in control light circuit.
Short circuit in control light circuit.
Defective ECO Mode indicator light (H75).
Fault in ECO Mode control light circuit:
Open lead in control light circuit.
Short circuit in control light circuit.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Removing Control Unit” , Section 90, Group 05 in the Repair Manual.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 705 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the circuit of the Power Mode indicator light (H68)

Action:

Item Measurement Specification

Status, Power Mode Control Light (H68)


Power mode switch not pressed: Status Light is not on

Press Power mode switch: Status Light is on

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for Power/Eco Mode indicator lights (H68 and H75) ; see
Technical Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.

( 3 ) Checking the circuit of the Eco Mode indicator light (H75)

Action:

Item Measurement Specification

Status, ECO Mode indicator light (H75)


Eco mode switch not pressed: Status Light is not on

Press Eco mode switch: Status Light is on

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.


• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for Power/Eco Mode
indicator lights (H68 and H75) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for Power/Eco Mode indicator lights (H68 and H75) ; see
Technical Manual, Section 245, Group EPC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 706 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 306111.31- K1 Solenoid Valve, Circuit Fault


19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306111.31 is saved when an open lead or a short in the circuit is
registered while the K1 solenoid valve is active. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective K1 solenoid valve.


Defective/bad ground connection (XGND1).
Fault in K1 solenoid valve circuit:
Open lead in solenoid circuit.
Short circuit in solenoid circuit.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-EPC-200 , Theory of Operation, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions.

• “Removing and Installing the Shift Valve Housing (Repair manual, Section 55, Group 10).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the K1 solenoid valve

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 707 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action:

IMPORTANT:

Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.

• Use the hand throttle to set engine speed to 1000 rpm.

• Select 1st gear.

• Access address EPC014 .

Item Measurement Specification

EPC014 - Speed, transmission speed sender (B104)


Move the reverse drive lever to forward (clutch
Speed (with engine speed at 1000 rpm in 1st gear) approx. 566 rpm
pedal not pressed):

→NOTE:

The K1 solenoid valve is supplied with power by the transmission control


unit (EPC) in 1st gear only. In 1st gear, the ratio of engine speed to
transmission speed is 1:1.767.

Gear shift (voltage supply to solenoid valves)

Gear K1 K2 K3

1st gear active active

2nd gear active

3rd gear

4th gear active

Engine speed to transmission speed ratio (forward travel)

Gear Ratio

1st gear 1.767

2nd gear 1.466

3rd gear 1.225

4th gear 1.0

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 708 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for K1 solenoid valve
(Y40) ; see Section 245, Group EPC in the Technical Manual.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for K1 solenoid valve (Y40) ; see Section 245, Group EPC in
the Technical Manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 709 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 306112.31- K2 and/or K3 Solenoid Valve or Solenoid 1 and/or Solenoid 2,


Circuit Fault
19
Tractors up to serial no. 398655: Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306112.31 is saved when an
open lead or a short in the circuit is registered while the K2 and/or K3 solenoid valve is active.
Tractors from serial no. 398656: Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306112.31 is saved when an
open lead or a short in the circuit is registered while solenoid valve 1 and/or 2 is active.
Alarm level: Information

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective K2 and/or K3 solenoid valve (up to serial no. 398655).


Defective solenoid valve 1 and/or 2 (from serial no. 398656).
Defective/bad ground connection (XGND1).
Fault in circuit of K2 or K3 solenoid valve:
Open lead in solenoid circuit.
Short circuit in solenoid circuit.
Fault in circuit of solenoid valve 1 or 2:
Open lead in solenoid circuit.
Short circuit in solenoid circuit.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-EPC-200 , Theory of Operation, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions.

• “Removing and Installing the Shift Valve Housing Repair manual, Section 55, Group 10).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 710 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:• For tractors up to serial no. 398655, GO TO 2 .


• For tractors from serial no. 398656, GO TO 4 .

( 2 ) Checking the K2 solenoid valve

Action:

IMPORTANT:

Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.

• Use the hand throttle to set engine speed to 1000 rpm.

• Select 2nd gear.

• Access address EPC014 .

Item Measurement Specification

EPC014 - Speed, transmission speed sender (B104)


Move the reverse drive lever to forward (clutch
Speed (with engine speed at 1000 rpm in 2nd gear) approx. 682 rpm
pedal not pressed):

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 711 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

→NOTE:

The K2 solenoid valve is supplied with power by the transmission control


unit (EPC) in 1st and 2nd gears. Together with the K1 solenoid valve, the
K2 solenoid valve is responsible for shifting to 1st gear. In 2nd gear, the
ratio of engine speed to transmission speed is 1:1.466.

Gear shift (voltage supply to solenoid valves)

Gear K1 K2 K3

1st gear active active

2nd gear active

3rd gear

4th gear active

Engine speed to transmission speed ratio (forward travel)

Gear Transmission ratio

1st gear 1.767

2nd gear 1.466

3rd gear 1.225

4th gear 1.0

Result:

YES:• GO TO 3 .
• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for K2 solenoid valve
(Y39) ; see Section 245, Group EPC in the Technical Manual.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for K2 solenoid valve (Y39) ; see Section 245, Group EPC in
the Technical Manual.

( 3 ) Checking the K3 solenoid valve

Action:

IMPORTANT:

Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.

• Use the hand throttle to set engine speed to 1000 rpm.

• Select 4th gear.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 712 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Access address EPC014 .

Item Measurement Specification

EPC014 - Speed, transmission speed sender (B104)


Move the reverse drive lever to forward (clutch
Speed (with engine speed at 1000 rpm in 4th gear) 1000 rpm
pedal not pressed):

→NOTE:

The K3 solenoid valve is supplied with power by the transmission control


unit (EPC) in 4th gear only. In 4th gear, the ratio of engine speed to
transmission speed is 1:1. In other words, the engine speed on the display
matches the transmission speed shown in address EPC014 exactly.

Gear shift (voltage supply to solenoid valves)

Gear K1 K2 K3

1st gear active active

2nd gear active

3rd gear

4th gear active

Engine speed to transmission speed ratio (forward travel)

Gear Transmission ratio

1st gear 1.767

2nd gear 1.466

3rd gear 1.225

4th gear 1.0

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.


• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for K3 solenoid valve
(Y32) ; see Section 245, Group EPC in the Technical Manual.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for K3 solenoid valve (Y32) ; see Section 245, Group EPC in
the Technical Manual.

( 4 ) Checking solenoid valve 1

Action:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 713 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

IMPORTANT:

Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.

• Use the hand throttle to set engine speed to 1000 rpm.

• Select 4th gear.

• Access address EPC014 .

Item Measurement Specification

EPC014 - Speed, transmission speed sender (B104)


Move the reverse drive lever to forward (clutch
Speed (with engine speed at 1000 rpm in 4th gear) approx. 1000 rpm
pedal not pressed):

→NOTE:

Solenoid valve 1 is supplied with power by the transmission control unit


(EPC) in 1st and 4th gears only. Together with solenoid valve 2, solenoid
valve 1 is responsible for shifting to 1st gear. In 1st gear, the ratio of
engine speed to transmission speed is 1:1.767. In 4th gear, the ratio of
engine speed to transmission speed is 1:1.

Gear shift (voltage supply to solenoid valves)

Gear Solenoid valve 1 Solenoid valve 2

1st gear active active

2nd gear active

3rd gear

4th gear active

Engine speed to transmission speed ratio (forward travel)

Gear Transmission ratio

1st gear 1.767

2nd gear 1.466

3rd gear 1.225

4th gear 1.0

Result:

YES:• GO TO 5 .
• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for solenoid valve 1
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 714 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

(Y62) , in 245-EPC.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for solenoid valve 1 (Y62) , in 245-EPC.

( 5 ) Checking solenoid valve 2

Action:

IMPORTANT:

Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.

• Use the hand throttle to set engine speed to 1000 rpm.

• Select 2nd gear.

• Access address EPC014 .

Item Measurement Specification

EPC014 - Speed, transmission speed sender (B104)


Move the reverse drive lever to forward (clutch
Speed (with engine speed at 1000 rpm in 2nd gear) approx. 682 rpm
pedal not pressed):

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 715 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

→NOTE:

Solenoid valve 2 is supplied with power by the transmission control unit


(EPC) in 1st and 2nd gears only. Together with solenoid valve 1, solenoid
valve 2 is responsible for shifting to 1st gear. In 1st gear, the ratio of
engine speed to transmission speed is 1:1.767. In 2nd gear, the ratio of
engine speed to transmission speed is 1:1.466.

Gear shift (voltage supply to solenoid valves)

Gear Solenoid valve 1 Solenoid valve 2

1st gear active active

2nd gear active

3rd gear

4th gear active

Engine speed to transmission speed ratio (forward travel)

Gear Transmission ratio

1st gear 1.767

2nd gear 1.466

3rd gear 1.225

4th gear 1.0

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.


• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for solenoid valve 2
(Y63) , in 245-EPC.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for solenoid valve 2 (Y63) , in 245-EPC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 716 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 306120.09- Basic Control Unit Sends No Data (Transmission Output Speed)
19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306120.09 is saved when no transmission output speed signal
(ground speed) is registered via the CAN BUS for more than 2 seconds. This indicates a
problem in transmitting data between the basic control unit (BCU) and the EPC. This
diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective fuse F03/1.


A fault in the BCU′s monitoring circuit (faulty travel speed sender
B09/B35).
BCU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.
A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem.
If other diagnostic trouble codes from other control units are
saved that indicate a problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Diagnostic
trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the basic
control unit causes an intermittent problem in transferring data.
Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general
problem in transferring data to/from the basic control unit (ECU
002000.13, EPC 306123.09, SFA 324081.09 and/or SIC
334002.09).
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the
transmission control unit (EPC) causes an intermittent problem in
transferring data.
Intermittent 29-bit CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong
electromagnetic influences.
Defective basic control unit (BCU).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

• Reference 245-EPC-200 , Theory of Operation, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 717 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

BCU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no BCU diagnostic trouble codes exist: GO TO 1.3.

Action:

1.3

Check BCU fuse F03/1.

Result:

YES:GO TO 1.4.

NO:Put in a new fuse.

Action:

1.4 - A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem

Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.

Result:

YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 718 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: GO TO 2 .

NO:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) (Section
213, Group 45).

( 2 ) Checking the BCU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the 29-bit CAN BUS screen lines (930/932).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

Item Measurement Specification

BCU - plug X483/1 (W08)


29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS screen lines: Lead 930- at pin 20

Lead 932+ at pin 43

Item Measurement Specification

BCU - plug X483/2 (W08)


Power supply: Positive (lead 571) 12 volts at pin 23

Ground (lead 050) at pin 1

For circuit diagram refer to:

Reference 240-10A-051 , SE16F - BCU (Speed Sender and Radar).


Reference 240-10-024 , SE16H - BCU (Power Supply, Acoustic Alarm).

For component location and pin arrangement refer to:

Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus Transmission
and TIER I Engine
[ without ECU (Engine Control Unit) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 719 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Checking the EPC plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

→NOTE:

On tractors up to serial no. 398655, the EPC plug is X489. On tractors from
serial no. 398656, the EPC plug is X657.

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the 29-bit CAN BUS screen lines (930/932).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

Item Measurement Specification

EPC - plug X489 or X657 (W08)


Power supply: Positive (lead 572) 12 volts at pin 23

Positive (lead 503) 12 volts at pin 2

Ground (lead 050) at pin 1

Ground (lead 050) at pin 24

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS screen lines: Lead 930- at pin 20


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 720 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Item Measurement Specification

Lead 932+ at pin 43

For circuit diagram refer to:

Reference 240-10A-053 , SE26A - Transmission Control.

For component location and pin arrangement refer to:

Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus Transmission
and TIER I Engine
[ without ECU (Engine Control Unit) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 721 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 306121.09- Engine Control Unit or Basic Control Unit Sends No Data (Engine
Speed)
19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306121.09 is saved when no engine speed is registered via the
CAN BUS for more than 2 seconds. This indicates a problem in transmitting data between the
engine control unit (ECU) or basic control unit (BCU) and the EPC. This diagnostic trouble
code triggers the alarm level: “Information”. In the case of tractors with Level 1 (Delphi/Lucas
injection pump), the transmission control unit (EPC) receives the engine speed from the BCU
(via CAN BUS). In the case of tractors with Level 12 (DE10 injection pump), the transmission
control unit (EPC) receives the engine speed from the engine control unit (ECU) via the CAN
BUS.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective fuse:
F03/1 on tractors without engine control unit (ECU)
F04/1 on tractors with ECU Level 1 (Delphi/Lucas injection pump).
F04/1 (ignition) and F04/2 (battery) on tractors with Level 12
(DE10 injection pump).
A fault in the BCU′s or ECU′s monitoring circuit (faulty engine speed
sender B01 or crankshaft speed sender B72).
BCU or ECU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.
A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem.
If other diagnostic trouble codes from other control units are
saved that indicate a problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Diagnostic
trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the basic
control unit or engine control unit causes an intermittent problem in
transferring data.
Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general
problem in transferring data to/from the basic control unit (ECU
002000.13, EPC 306123.09, SFA 324081.09 and/or SIC
334002.09).
Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general
problem in transferring data to/from the engine control unit (EPC
306122.09).
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the
transmission control unit (EPC) causes an intermittent problem in
transferring data.
Intermittent 29-bit CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong
electromagnetic influences.
Defective basic control unit or engine control unit.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 722 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

• Reference 240-25A-010 , Fuses up to tractor serial number 398655.

• Reference 240-25A-015 , Fuses up to tractor serial number 398656.

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

• Reference 245-ECU-204 , Theory of Operation (TIER II Engine; DE10 Level 12).

• Reference 245-EPC-200 , Theory of Operation, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

BCU or ECU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no BCU or ECU diagnostic trouble codes exist: GO
TO 1.3.

Action:

1.3

Check BCU/ECU fuses:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 723 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Tractors without engine control unit (ECU):

F03/1

Tractors with ECU Level 1 (Delphi/Lucas injection pump)

Fuse F04/1

Tractors with ECU Level 12 (DE10 injection pump)

Fuse F04/1
Fuse F04/2

Result:

YES:GO TO 1.4.

NO:Put in a new fuses.

Action:

1.4 - A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem

Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.

Result:

YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
• If the tractor is equipped without engine control unit (ECU) or with a Level 1 engine control
unit (Delphi/Lucas injection pump), GO TO 3 .
• If the tractor is equipped with a Level 12 control unit (DE10 injection pump), GO TO 2 .

NO:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) (Section
213, Group 45).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 724 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the ECU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the 29-bit CAN BUS screen lines (930/932).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

Item Measurement Specification

ECU Level 12 (DE10) - plug X570 (W15)


Power supply: Positive (lead 622) 12 volts at pin A2

Positive (lead 032) 12 volts at pin K1

Positive (lead 992) 12 volts at pin H1

Ground (lead 050) at pin J2

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin G1

CAN- (lead 935) at pin F1

For circuit diagram see:

Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control (PowrQuad Plus and


AutoQuad Transmissions), see DE10 injection pump.

For component location and pin arrangement see:

Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 725 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the BCU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the 29-bit CAN BUS screen lines (930/932).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

Item Measurement Specification

BCU - plug X483/1 (W08)


29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS screen lines: Lead 930- at pin 20

Lead 932+ at pin 43

Item Measurement Specification

BCU - plug X483/2 (W08)


Power supply: Positive (lead 571) 12 volts at pin 23

Ground (lead 050) at pin 1

For circuit diagram refer to:

Reference 240-10A-051 , SE16F - BCU (Speed Sender and Radar).


Reference 240-10-024 , SE16H - BCU (Power Supply, Acoustic Alarm).

For component location and pin arrangement refer to:

Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus Transmission
and TIER I Engine
[ without ECU (Engine Control Unit) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of references.

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 726 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 4 ) Checking the EPC plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

→NOTE:

On tractors up to serial no. 398655, the EPC plug is X489. On tractors from
serial no. 398656, the EPC plug is X657.

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the 29-bit CAN BUS screen lines (930/932).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

Item Measurement Specification

EPC - plug X489 or X657 (W08)


Power supply: Positive (lead 572) 12 volts at pin 23

Positive (lead 503) 12 volts at pin 2

Ground (lead 050) at pin 1

Ground (lead 050) at pin 24

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS screen lines: Lead 930- at pin 20

Lead 932+ at pin 43

For circuit diagram refer to:

Reference 240-10A-053 , SE26A - Transmission Control

For component location and pin arrangement refer to:

Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus Transmission
and TIER I Engine
[ without ECU (Engine Control Unit) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 727 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 728 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 306122.09- Engine Control Unit Sends No Data (Hand Throttle/Accelerator


Pedal)
19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306122.09 is saved when no information regarding the hand/foot
throttle is registered via the CAN BUS for more than 2 seconds. This indicates a problem in
transmitting data between the engine control unit (ECU) and the EPC. This diagnostic trouble
code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Only with EPC software version 8 and 10: This diagnostic trouble code
appears on all tractors that do not have an engine control unit
(tractors with PowrQuad Plus transmission). Deal with this diagnostic
trouble code only if the tractor is equipped an engine control unit
(ECU).
Wrong input values:
Wrong input value in address EPC135.
Wrong input value in address EPC029.
Wrong input value in address BCU020.
A blown fuse:
F04/1 on tractors with ECU Level 1 (Delphi/Lucas injection pump).
F04/1 (ignition) and F04/2 (battery) on tractors with ECU Level 12
(DE10 injection pump).
A fault in the ECU′s monitoring circuit (faulty potentiometers for hand
throttle/accelerator pedal).
ECU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.
A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem.
If other diagnostic trouble codes from other control units are
saved that indicate a problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Diagnostic
trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the engine
control unit (ECU) causes an intermittent problem in transferring data.
Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general
problem in transferring data to/from the engine control unit (SFA
324080.09, SFA 324082.09 and/or SFA 334001.09).
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the
transmission control unit (EPC) causes an intermittent problem in
transferring data.
Intermittent 29-bit CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong
electromagnetic influences.
Defective engine control unit.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 729 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

• Reference 240-25A-010 , Fuses up to tractor serial number 398655.

• Reference 240-25A-015 , Fuses up to tractor serial number 398656.

• Reference 245-ECU-200 , Theory of Operation (TIER I engine, ECU Level 1 with Delphi/Lucas
Injection Pump).

• Reference 245-ECU-204 , Theory of Operation (TIER II engine, ECU Level 12 with DE10
Injection Pump).

• Reference 245-EPC-200 , Theory of Operation, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2

→NOTE:

Check only the fuses if ECU is available. If not proceed with step 1.3.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 730 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Check ECU fuses (if ECU is available):

ECU Level 1 (Delphi/Lucas injection pump)

Fuse F04/1

ECU Level 12 (DE10 injection pump)

Fuse F04/1
Fuse F04/2

Result:

YES:GO TO 1.3.

NO:Put in a new fuses.

Action:

1.3 - A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem

Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.

Result:

YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: GO TO 2 .

NO:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) (Section
213, Group 45).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 731 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check input address BCU020

Action:

Check input address BCU, see Address BCU020 - Basic functions, engine speed sending
unit/impulses per rev.

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Put in correct value in address BCU020 and delete diagnostic trouble code.

( 3 ) Check input address EPC135

Action:

Access address EPC135 .

Specificatio
Item Measurement
n

EPC135 - Status, Transmission functions


Manual gear selection and automatic speed matching activated (tractors equipped with
Status 011
EPC Software version 8, 10, 12 and 14):

Manual gear selection and automatic speed matching activated (tractors equipped with
Status 00011
EPC Software version 13.05, 2.01 or higher):

Manual gear selection, automatic speed matching and automatic shifting activated
Status 111
(tractors equipped with EPC Software version 8, 10, 12 and 14):

Manual gear selection, automatic speed matching and automatic shifting activated
Status 00111
(tractors equipped with EPC Software version 13.05, 2.01 or higher):

→NOTE:

To identify software version, access address EPC234 .

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:Put in correct value in address EPC135 and delete Diagnostic Trouble Code.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 732 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Check input address EPC029

Action:

Access address EPC029 .

Item Measurement Specification

EPC029 - Engine Integrated Shifting (EIS)


Engine Integrated Shifting (EIS) not activated: Status 000

→NOTE:

Input address EPC029 is only with EPC Software version 13.05, 2.01 or
higher available.

Result:

YES:• If the tractor is equipped with a Level 1 engine control unit (Delphi/Lucas injection
pump), GO TO 5 .
• If the tractor is equipped with a or Level 12 engine control unit (DE10 injection pump), GO
TO 6 .

NO:Put in correct value in address EPC029 and delete Diagnostic Trouble Code.

( 5 ) Checking the ECU plug (Delphi/Lucas injection pump)

Action:

→NOTE:

Check for ECU codes which refer to a defective Hand Throttle/Accelerator


Pedal. If no ECU code exists proceed with the diagnostics.

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the 29-bit CAN BUS screen lines (930/932).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 733 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Item Measurement Specification

ECU Level 1 - plug X218 (W15)


Power supply: Positive (lead 622) 12 volts at pin 1

Ground (lead 050) at pin 24

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 30

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 29

For circuit diagram refer to:

Reference 240-10-055 , SE23A Electronic Engine Control (TIER I, ECU Level 1 with
Delphi/Lucas injection pump).

For component location and pin arrangement refer to:

Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of references.

Result:

YES: GO TO 7 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 6 ) Checking the ECU plug (DE10 injection pump)

Action:

→NOTE:

Check for ECU codes which refer to a defective Hand Throttle/Accelerator


Pedal. If no ECU code exists proceed with the diagnostics.

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the 29-bit CAN BUS screen lines (930/932).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 734 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Item Measurement Specification

ECU Level 12 (DE10) - plug X570 (W15)


Power supply: Positive (lead 622) 12 volts at pin A2

Positive (lead 032) 12 volts at pin K1

Positive (lead 992) 12 volts at pin H1

Ground (lead 050) at pin J2

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin G1

CAN- (lead 935) at pin F1

For circuit diagram refer to:

Reference 240-10-055 , SE23A Electronic Engine Control (TIER II, ECU Level 12 with
DE10 injection pump).

For component location and pin arrangement refer to:

Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Result:

YES: GO TO 7 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 7 ) Checking the EPC plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

→NOTE:

On tractors up to serial no. 398655, the EPC plug is X489. On tractors from
serial no. 398656, the EPC plug is X657.

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 735 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the 29-bit CAN BUS screen lines (930/932).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

Item Measurement Specification

EPC - plug X489 or X657 (W08)


Power supply: Positive (lead 572) 12 volts at pin 23

Positive (lead 503) 12 volts at pin 2

Ground (lead 050) at pin 1

Ground (lead 050) at pin 24

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS screen lines: Lead 930- at pin 20

Lead 932+ at pin 43

For circuit diagram refer to:

Reference 240-10A-053 , SE26A - Transmission Control.

For component location and pin arrangement refer to:

Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus Transmission
and TIER I Engine
[ without ECU (Engine Control Unit) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 736 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 306123.09- Basic Control Unit Sends No Data (Engine Operating Hours)
19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306123.09 is saved when no information on engine operating
hours is registered via the CAN BUS for more than 2 seconds. This indicates a problem in
transmitting data between the basic control unit (BCU) and the EPC. This diagnostic trouble
code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective fuse F03/1.


A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem.
If other diagnostic trouble codes from other control units are
saved that indicate a problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Diagnostic
trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the basic
control unit causes an intermittent problem in transferring data.
Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general
problem in transferring data to/from the basic control unit (ECU
002000.13, EPC 306121.09, SFA 324081.09 and/or SIC
334002.09).
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the
transmission control unit (EPC) causes an intermittent problem in
transferring data.
Intermittent 29-bit CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong
electromagnetic influences.
Defective basic control unit (BCU).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

• Reference 245-EPC-200 , Theory of Operation, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 737 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2

Check BCU fuse F03/1.

Result:

YES:GO TO 1.3.

NO:Put in a new fuse.

Action:

1.3 - A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem

Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.

Result:

YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: GO TO 2 .

NO:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) (Section
213, Group 45).

( 2 ) Checking the BCU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 738 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the 29-bit CAN BUS screen lines (930/932).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

Item Measurement Specification

BCU - plug X483/1 (W08)


29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS screen lines: Lead 930- at pin 20

Lead 932+ at pin 43

Item Measurement Specification

BCU - plug X483/2 (W08)


Power supply: Positive (lead 571) 12 volts at pin 23

Ground (lead 050) at pin 1

For circuit diagram refer to:

Reference 240-10A-051 , SE16F - BCU (Speed Sender and Radar).


Reference 240-10-024 , SE16H - BCU (Power Supply, Acoustic Alarm).

For component location and pin arrangement refer to:

Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus Transmission
and TIER I Engine
[ without ECU (Engine Control Unit) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 739 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Checking the EPC plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

→NOTE:

On tractors up to serial no. 398655, the EPC plug is X489. On tractors from
serial no. 398656, the EPC plug is X657.

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the 29-bit CAN BUS screen lines (930/932).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

Item Measurement Specification

EPC - plug X489 or X657 (W08)


Power supply: Positive (lead 572) 12 volts at pin 23

Positive (lead 503) 12 volts at pin 2

Ground (lead 050) at pin 1

Ground (lead 050) at pin 24

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS screen lines: Lead 930- at pin 20

Lead 932+ at pin 43

For circuit diagram refer to:

Reference 240-10A-053 , SE26A - Transmission Control.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 740 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

For component location and pin arrangement refer to:

Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus Transmission
and TIER I Engine
[ without ECU (Engine Control Unit) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 741 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

EPC 306240.31- Control Unit Connected to Wrong Wiring Harness Connector


19
Diagnostic trouble code EPC 306240.31 is saved when the transmission control unit detects
an erroneous signal in the circuit of the control unit identification. This diagnostic trouble
code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Wrong control unit connected to the following EPC connectors:


EPC plug X489 (on tractors up to serial no. 398655).
EPC plug X657 (on tractors from serial no. 398656).
Open circuit at lead 504.
Defective transmission control unit (EPC).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

2.1 - Check the control unit:

→NOTE:

On tractors up to serial no. 398655, the EPC plug is X489. On tractors from
serial no. 398656, the EPC plug is X657.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 742 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Check the controller connected to EPC connector X489 or X657 (is the correct controller
connected?).

Result:

YES:If the correct control unit is connected, GO TO 2.2.

NO:Connect the correct control unit to connector X489 or X657 and test its functionality.

Action:

2.2 - Check the connecting lead:

• Ignition OFF.

Item Measurement Specification

EPC - plug X489 or X657 (W08)


Check the control unit′s identification circuit: Continuity between pins 37 and 46 (lead 504)

For circuit diagram refer to:

Reference 240-10A-053 , SE26A - Transmission Control.

For component location and pin arrangement refer to:

Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus Transmission
and TIER I Engine
[ without ECU (Engine Control Unit) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Result:

YES:Replace the control unit and carry out an operational test.


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 743 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group EPC: EPC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 744 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group JDL: JDL Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Group JDL - JDL Diagnostic Trouble Codes


JDL 000629.12- Control Unit Fault
27

Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check

Additional references:

Operation: Reference 245-JDL-200 , JDLink - Theory of Operation.

Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References

For component location and pin arrangement refer to:

Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission, Reference 240-26-411 , W41 - JDLink Wiring


Harness.

Tractors with SynchroPlus, PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad transmissions, Reference 240-26-411


, W41 - JDLink Wiring Harness.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

JDL 000630.12- Internal Fault (Memory Error)


27 GOTO
A control unit memory error has been detected. Reset the controller by disconnecting the
machine battery. If the code remains active, replace JDLink controller.
Alarm level: Information.

Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check

Additional references:

Operation: Reference 245-JDL-200 , JDLink - Theory of Operation.

Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For functional schematic, see: Reference 240-10-038 , SE30-JDLink control unit

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 745 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group JDL: JDL Diagnostic Trouble Codes

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

Reference 240-26-411 , W41 - Wiring Harness - JDLink.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

JDL 000841.31- Internal Fault (GPS Signal)


27 GOTO
The internal GPS has not been detected. Reset the controller by disconnecting the machine
battery. If the code remains active, replace JDLink controller.
Alarm level: Information.

Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check

Additional references:

Operation: Reference 245-JDL-200 , JDLink - Theory of Operation.

Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For functional schematic, see: Reference 240-10-038 , SE30-JDLink control unit

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

Reference 240-26-411 , W41 - Wiring Harness - JDLink.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

JDL 000841.12- GPS Signal Fault


27 GOTO
A GPS error has been detected. Reset the controller by disconnecting the machine battery. If
the code remains active, replace JDLink controller.
Alarm level: Information.

Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check

Additional references:
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 746 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group JDL: JDL Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Operation: Reference 245-JDL-200 , JDLink - Theory of Operation.

Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For functional schematic, see: Reference 240-10-038 , SE30-JDLink control unit

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

Reference 240-26-411 , W41 - Wiring Harness - JDLink.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

JDL 000639.14- 29-bit CAN BUS (Tractor BUS), Very High Error Rate
27 GOTO
The maximum number of CAN bus errors has been exceeded. Check bus voltages and
connections.
Alarm level: Information.

Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check

Additional references:

Operation: Reference 245-JDL-200 , JDLink - Theory of Operation.

Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For functional schematic, see: Reference 240-10-038 , SE30-JDLink control unit

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

Reference 240-26-411 , W41 - Wiring Harness - JDLink.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

JDL 000964.13- Invalid Time/Date


27

Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 747 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group JDL: JDL Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Check

Additional references:

Operation: Reference 245-JDL-200 , JDLink - Theory of Operation.

Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References

For component location and pin arrangement refer to:

Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission, Reference 240-26-411 , W41 - JDLink Wiring


Harness.

Tractors with SynchroPlus, PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad transmissions, Reference 240-26-411


, W41 - JDLink Wiring Harness.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

JDL 001542.04- Control Unit Voltage Low


27

Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check

Additional references:

Operation: Reference 245-JDL-200 , JDLink - Theory of Operation.

Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References

For component location and pin arrangement refer to:

Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission, Reference 240-26-411 , W41 - JDLink Wiring


Harness.

Tractors with SynchroPlus, PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad transmissions, Reference 240-26-411


, W41 - JDLink Wiring Harness.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 748 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group JDL: JDL Diagnostic Trouble Codes

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

JDL 298872.31- Machine Data Configuration Fault 5


27

Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check

Additional references:

Operation: Reference 245-JDL-200 , JDLink - Theory of Operation.

Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References

For component location and pin arrangement refer to:

Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission, Reference 240-26-411 , W41 - JDLink Wiring


Harness.

Tractors with SynchroPlus, PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad transmissions, Reference 240-26-411


, W41 - JDLink Wiring Harness.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

JDL 298873.31- Machine Data Configuration Fault 4


27

Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check

Additional references:

Operation: Reference 245-JDL-200 , JDLink - Theory of Operation.

Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 749 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group JDL: JDL Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References

For component location and pin arrangement refer to:

Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission, Reference 240-26-411 , W41 - JDLink Wiring


Harness.

Tractors with SynchroPlus, PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad transmissions, Reference 240-26-411


, W41 - JDLink Wiring Harness.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

JDL 298874.31- Machine Data Configuration Fault 3


27

Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check

Additional references:

Operation: Reference 245-JDL-200 , JDLink - Theory of Operation.

Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References

For component location and pin arrangement refer to:

Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission, Reference 240-26-411 , W41 - JDLink Wiring


Harness.

Tractors with SynchroPlus, PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad transmissions, Reference 240-26-411


, W41 - JDLink Wiring Harness.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

JDL 298875.31- Machine Data Configuration Fault 2


27
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 750 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group JDL: JDL Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check

Additional references:

Operation: Reference 245-JDL-200 , JDLink - Theory of Operation.

Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References

For component location and pin arrangement refer to:

Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission, Reference 240-26-411 , W41 - JDLink Wiring


Harness.

Tractors with SynchroPlus, PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad transmissions, Reference 240-26-411


, W41 - JDLink Wiring Harness.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

JDL 298876.31- Machine Data Configuration Fault 1


27

Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check

Additional references:

Operation: Reference 245-JDL-200 , JDLink - Theory of Operation.

Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References

For component location and pin arrangement refer to:

Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission, Reference 240-26-411 , W41 - JDLink Wiring


Harness.

Tractors with SynchroPlus, PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad transmissions, Reference 240-26-411


, W41 - JDLink Wiring Harness.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 751 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group JDL: JDL Diagnostic Trouble Codes

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

JDL 298877.31- Modem Fault


27

Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check

Additional references:

Operation: Reference 245-JDL-200 , JDLink - Theory of Operation.

Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References

For component location and pin arrangement refer to:

Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission, Reference 240-26-411 , W41 - JDLink Wiring


Harness.

Tractors with SynchroPlus, PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad transmissions, Reference 240-26-411


, W41 - JDLink Wiring Harness.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

JDL 298878.31- Line Busy


27

Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check

Additional references:

Operation: Reference 245-JDL-200 , JDLink - Theory of Operation.

Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 752 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group JDL: JDL Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References

For component location and pin arrangement refer to:

Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission, Reference 240-26-411 , W41 - JDLink Wiring


Harness.

Tractors with SynchroPlus, PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad transmissions, Reference 240-26-411


, W41 - JDLink Wiring Harness.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

JDL 298879.31- Cellular Signal Weak or No Service


27

Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check

Additional references:

Operation: Reference 245-JDL-200 , JDLink - Theory of Operation.

Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References

For component location and pin arrangement refer to:

Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission, Reference 240-26-411 , W41 - JDLink Wiring


Harness.

Tractors with SynchroPlus, PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad transmissions, Reference 240-26-411


, W41 - JDLink Wiring Harness.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

JDL 298880.31- Call Unanswered


27
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 753 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group JDL: JDL Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check

Additional references:

Operation: Reference 245-JDL-200 , JDLink - Theory of Operation.

Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References

For component location and pin arrangement refer to:

Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission, Reference 240-26-411 , W41 - JDLink Wiring


Harness.

Tractors with SynchroPlus, PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad transmissions, Reference 240-26-411


, W41 - JDLink Wiring Harness.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

JDL 298881.18- GPS Signal Lost (60 Seconds)


27

Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check

Additional references:

Operation: Reference 245-JDL-200 , JDLink - Theory of Operation.

Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References

For component location and pin arrangement refer to:

Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission, Reference 240-26-411 , W41 - JDLink Wiring


Harness.

Tractors with SynchroPlus, PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad transmissions, Reference 240-26-411


, W41 - JDLink Wiring Harness.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 754 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group JDL: JDL Diagnostic Trouble Codes

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

JDL 298882.31- GPS Signal Lost (30 Minutes)


27

Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check

Additional references:

Operation: Reference 245-JDL-200 , JDLink - Theory of Operation.

Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References

For component location and pin arrangement refer to:

Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission, Reference 240-26-411 , W41 - JDLink Wiring


Harness.

Tractors with SynchroPlus, PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad transmissions, Reference 240-26-411


, W41 - JDLink Wiring Harness.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

JDL 298883.31- CAN Bus Fault


27

Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check

Additional references:

Operation: Reference 245-JDL-200 , JDLink - Theory of Operation.

Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 755 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group JDL: JDL Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References

For component location and pin arrangement refer to:

Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission, Reference 240-26-411 , W41 - JDLink Wiring


Harness.

Tractors with SynchroPlus, PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad transmissions, Reference 240-26-411


, W41 - JDLink Wiring Harness.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

JDL 298885.31- Control Unit Memory Capacity Exceeded


27

Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check

Additional references:

Operation: Reference 245-JDL-200 , JDLink - Theory of Operation.

Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References

For component location and pin arrangement refer to:

Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission, Reference 240-26-411 , W41 - JDLink Wiring


Harness.

Tractors with SynchroPlus, PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad transmissions, Reference 240-26-411


, W41 - JDLink Wiring Harness.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

JDL 298886.31- Control Unit Power Limit Exceeded


27
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 756 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group JDL: JDL Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check

Additional references:

Operation: Reference 245-JDL-200 , JDLink - Theory of Operation.

Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References

For component location and pin arrangement refer to:

Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission, Reference 240-26-411 , W41 - JDLink Wiring


Harness.

Tractors with SynchroPlus, PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad transmissions, Reference 240-26-411


, W41 - JDLink Wiring Harness.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

JDL 298887.31- Conflict Between Control Unit Configuration and Machine PIN
27

Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check

Additional references:

Operation: Reference 245-JDL-200 , JDLink - Theory of Operation.

Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References

For component location and pin arrangement refer to:

Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission, Reference 240-26-411 , W41 - JDLink Wiring


Harness.

Tractors with SynchroPlus, PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad transmissions, Reference 240-26-411


, W41 - JDLink Wiring Harness.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 757 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group JDL: JDL Diagnostic Trouble Codes

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

JDL 299613.31- Data Download Fault


27

Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check

Additional references:

Operation: Reference 245-JDL-200 , JDLink - Theory of Operation.

Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References

For component location and pin arrangement refer to:

Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission, Reference 240-26-411 , W41 - JDLink Wiring


Harness.

Tractors with SynchroPlus, PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad transmissions, Reference 240-26-411


, W41 - JDLink Wiring Harness.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

JDL 299614.31- Data Upload Fault


27

Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check

Additional references:

Operation: Reference 245-JDL-200 , JDLink - Theory of Operation.

Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 758 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group JDL: JDL Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References

For component location and pin arrangement refer to:

Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission, Reference 240-26-411 , W41 - JDLink Wiring


Harness.

Tractors with SynchroPlus, PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad transmissions, Reference 240-26-411


, W41 - JDLink Wiring Harness.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

JDL 299615.31- Cellular Bit Error Rate too High


27

Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check

Additional references:

Operation: Reference 245-JDL-200 , JDLink - Theory of Operation.

Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References

For component location and pin arrangement refer to:

Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission, Reference 240-26-411 , W41 - JDLink Wiring


Harness.

Tractors with SynchroPlus, PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad transmissions, Reference 240-26-411


, W41 - JDLink Wiring Harness.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

JDL 299616.31- Call Disconnected


27
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 759 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group JDL: JDL Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check

Additional references:

Operation: Reference 245-JDL-200 , JDLink - Theory of Operation.

Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References

For component location and pin arrangement refer to:

Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission, Reference 240-26-411 , W41 - JDLink Wiring


Harness.

Tractors with SynchroPlus, PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad transmissions, Reference 240-26-411


, W41 - JDLink Wiring Harness.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

JDL 299617.31- Data Exchange Fault


27

Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check

Additional references:

Operation: Reference 245-JDL-200 , JDLink - Theory of Operation.

Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References

For component location and pin arrangement refer to:

Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission, Reference 240-26-411 , W41 - JDLink Wiring


Harness.

Tractors with SynchroPlus, PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad transmissions, Reference 240-26-411


, W41 - JDLink Wiring Harness.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 760 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group JDL: JDL Diagnostic Trouble Codes

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

JDL 299618.31- Fault in Identification Module for Communication Service


27

Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check

Additional references:

Operation: Reference 245-JDL-200 , JDLink - Theory of Operation.

Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References

For component location and pin arrangement refer to:

Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission, Reference 240-26-411 , W41 - JDLink Wiring


Harness.

Tractors with SynchroPlus, PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad transmissions, Reference 240-26-411


, W41 - JDLink Wiring Harness.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

JDL 299619.31- Cellular Personal Identification Number Blocked


27

Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check

Additional references:

Operation: Reference 245-JDL-200 , JDLink - Theory of Operation.

Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 761 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References

For component location and pin arrangement refer to:

Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission, Reference 240-26-411 , W41 - JDLink Wiring


Harness.

Tractors with SynchroPlus, PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad transmissions, Reference 240-26-411


, W41 - JDLink Wiring Harness.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

JDL 299620.31- GPS Antenna/Cable Fault


27

Use the following diagnostic procedure for this JDL diagnostic trouble code: JDLink System
Check

Additional references:

Operation: Reference 245-JDL-200 , JDLink - Theory of Operation.

Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For circuit diagram, see SE30-JDLink Control Unit: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System
Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References

For component location and pin arrangement refer to:

Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission, Reference 240-26-411 , W41 - JDLink Wiring


Harness.

Tractors with SynchroPlus, PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad transmissions, Reference 240-26-411


, W41 - JDLink Wiring Harness.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 762 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Group PLC - PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes


PLC 000629.12- Control Unit, Internal Error
31
Diagnostic trouble code PLC 000629.12 is saved when the park lock controller (PLC)
recognizes a software problem. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“Information”.

Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (diagnostic trouble code is regenerated after it has been
deleted and the ignition switched ON/OFF):
• No other PLC diagnostic trouble codes are saved: Replace the controller (PLC).
• Other PLC diagnostic trouble codes ARE saved: PLC diagnostic trouble codes must be
processed first.

PLC 000639.12- Control Unit, Internal Error


31
Diagnostic trouble code PLC 000639.12 is saved when the park lock controller (PLC)
recognizes a software problem. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“Information”.

Diagnostics

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 763 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active (and park lock is operating properly): Diagnosis
completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (diagnostic trouble code is regenerated after it has been
deleted and the ignition switched ON/OFF):
• No other PLC diagnostic trouble codes are saved: Replace the controller (PLC).
• Other PLC diagnostic trouble codes ARE saved: PLC diagnostic trouble codes must be
processed first.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 764 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

PLC 000639.13- 29-bit CAN BUS, High Error Rate


31
Diagnostic trouble code PLC 000639.13 does not necessarily have any real meaning. It is
often stored by accident when the main switch (ignition key) is switched on or off too quickly.
Pay attention to this diagnostic trouble code only if the park lock is not operating properly.
Diagnostic trouble code PLC 000639.13 is saved when the park lock controller (PLC)
recognizes a high error rate in the incoming CAN BUS messages. The diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem.


If other diagnostic trouble codes from other control units are
saved that indicate a problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Diagnostic
trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.
Defective CAN BUS screen:
Defective fuse F04/13 (voltage supply for 29-bit CAN BUS screen).
Terminating resistors A14 and/or A15 defective.
Screen lines +930 and/or -932 defective.
Voltage supply line (lead 994 and 050) of the screen lines
defective.
Defective/bad voltage supply ground connection via ground point
XGND4 to XGND43.
29-bit CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong electromagnetic
influences.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 765 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active (and park lock is operating properly): Diagnosis
completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and park lock is NOT operating properly: Diagnostic
trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 766 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

PLC 000639.19- 29-bit CAN BUS, Very High Error Rate


31
Diagnostic trouble code PLC 000639.19 does not necessarily have any real meaning. It is
often stored by accident when the main switch (ignition key) is switched on or off too quickly.
Pay attention to this diagnostic trouble code only if the park lock is not operating properly.
Diagnostic trouble code PLC 000639.19 is saved when the park lock controller (PLC)
recognizes a very high error rate in the incoming CAN BUS messages. The diagnostic trouble
code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem.


If other diagnostic trouble codes from other control units are
saved that indicate a problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Diagnostic
trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.
Defective CAN BUS screen:
Defective fuse F04/13 (voltage supply for 29-bit CAN BUS screen).
Terminating resistors A14 and/or A15 defective.
Screen lines +930 and/or -932 defective.
Voltage supply line (lead 994 and 050) of the screen lines
defective.
Defective/bad voltage supply ground connection via ground point
XGND4 to XGND43.
29-bit CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong electromagnetic
influences.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 767 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active (and park lock is operating properly): Diagnosis
completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and park lock is NOT operating properly: Diagnostic
trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 768 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

PLC 328010.31- Transmission Output Speed Sender, Grounded Circuit


31
Diagnostic trouble code PLC 328010.31 is saved if a shorted circuit to ground occurs in the
circuit of the transmission output speed sender. This diagnostic trouble code does not
necessarily mean that the transmission output speed sender is responsible for the fault. This
diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective sender (B84; transmission output speed) (internal short


circuit).
A short to ground in the signal lead (cable 699) between the sender
for transmission output speed B84 and the park lock controller (PLC).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Replacing the Sending Unit (B09, B35 or B84)” , Repair Manual, Section 56, Group 15.

• Reference 245-PLC-200 , Theory of Operation (Park Lock Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active, GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 769 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the transmission output speed sender (B84)

Action:

→NOTE:

Transmission output speed sender (B84) cannot be tested in diagnostic


mode while the tractor is being driven. For more detailed information, see
Reference 245-05-005 , Driving in the Diagnostic Mode.

X375 4 pin plug for transmission speed sender in harness W28 - front end of transmission

• Remove transmission output speed sender B84 and look for signs of dirt.

• Put plug X375 back on (sender removed).

• Access address PLC004 .

• Move a screwdriver blade rapidly back and forth in front of the sending unit. The display
should alternates between “0” and “1”:

Item Measurement Specification

PLC004 - Status, Transmission Output Speed Sender B84


Signal exists: Status XX1/0

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for transmission output speed sender (B84) ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group
PLC.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 770 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for transmission output speed sender (B84) ; see Technical
Manual, section 245, group PLC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 771 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

PLC 328012.31- Transmission Output Speed Sender, Open or Shorted Circuit


31
Diagnostic trouble code PLC 328012.31 is saved if an open circuit or shorted circuit to supply
voltage (battery voltage) occurs in the circuit of the transmission output speed sender. This
diagnostic trouble code does not necessarily mean that the transmission output speed sender
is responsible for the fault. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective sender (B84; transmission output speed) (internal short


circuit).
Defective line connection between the transmission output speed
sender B84 and the park lock controller (PLC).
Open circuit at the ground lead (cable 694) or signal lead (cable
699).
Short to battery voltage in the signal lead (cable 699).

→NOTE:

Go through the procedure for diagnostic trouble code PLC 328010.31 -


Transmission Output Speed Sender, Grounded Circuit .

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Replacing the Sending Unit (B09, B35 or B84)” , Repair Manual, Section 56, Group 15.

• Reference 245-PLC-200 , Theory of Operation (Park Lock Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 772 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

PLC 328016.31- Park Lock Pressure Sender, Shorted Circuit


31
Diagnostic trouble code PLC 328016.31 is saved if the control unit measures a voltage over
4.8 volts at the signal input of the park lock′s pressure sender. This indicates a short to the
power supply (5 or 12 volts) in the sender′s circuit. This diagnostic trouble code does not
necessarily mean that the park lock pressure sender is responsible for the fault. This
diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective park lock pressure sender B90.


Defective line connection between the park lock pressure sender B90
and the park lock controller (PLC):
A short to battery voltage (12 volts) in the 5 volts power supply
circuit (lead 693), which generates an additional diagnostic
trouble code (diagnostic trouble code PLC 328102.31 takes
priority).
Signal line shorted to 5 or 12 volts (lead 669).
This diagnostic trouble code may also be triggered by a pressure spike
in the park lock release circuit.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Reconditioning the Park Lock Control Block” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 15.

• Reference 245-PLC-200 , Theory of Operation.

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 773 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2 Diagnostic trouble codes that have priority must be processed first.

Diagnostic trouble codes that take priority:

PLC 328101.31
PLC 328102.31

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic trouble codes exist:
Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the operation of the park lock

Action:

CAUTION:

During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.

• Access address PLC012 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 774 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Reverse drive lever ranges

LEGEND:
1 Reverse drive lever
2 Corner park position
3 Neutral

• Do this test with the engine running and the reverse drive lever in the positions for corner
park and neutral.

Item Measurement Specification

PLC012 - voltage, park lock′s pressure sender (B90)


Park lock′s pressure sender (B90) not under pressure,
Voltage range (neutral range) between 0.3 and 0.75 volts
with ignition ON:

Reverse drive lever in position for corner park (with


Voltage range (no pressure exists) between 0.3 and 0.75 volts
engine running):

Park lock control block, pressure 0 kPa (0 bar; 0 psi)

Reverse drive lever in position for neutral (with engine


Voltage range (pressure exists) between 2.0 and 4.8 volts
running):

Park lock control block, pressure 2000 kPa (20 bar; 290 psi)

→NOTE:

If the reverse drive lever is in Power Zero position (with engine running),
the voltage is between 2.0 and 4.8 volts for 10 seconds. After 10 seconds
the voltage drops to between 0.3 and 0.75 volts.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 775 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.


• Type of error indicates a pressure spike in the park lock release circuit: See relevant DTAC
solution.

OK:Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for park lock′s
pressure sender (B90) ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group PLC.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for park lock′s pressure sender (B90) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group PLC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 776 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

PLC 328017.31- Park Lock Pressure Sender, Grounded or Open Circuit


31
Diagnostic trouble code PLC 328017.31 is saved if the control unit measures a voltage less
than 0.3 volts at the signal input of the park lock′s pressure sender. This indicates that the
sender′s circuit is open or grounded. This diagnostic trouble code does not necessarily mean
that the park lock pressure sender is responsible for the fault. This diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective park lock pressure sender B90.


A short to ground in the 5 volts power supply circuit (lead 693), which
generates an additional diagnostic trouble code (diagnostic trouble
code PLC 328101.31 takes priority).
Open circuit or short to ground in the signal lead (cable 669) of the
park lock pressure sender (B90).
Open circuit in the ground lead (cable 691) of the park lock pressure
sender (B90).

→NOTE:

Go through the procedure for diagnostic trouble code PLC 328016.31 - Park
Lock Pressure Sender, Shorted Circuit .

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Reconditioning the Park Lock Control Block” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 15.

• Reference 245-PLC-200 , Theory of Operation (Park Lock Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 777 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

PLC 328020.31- Park Lock Solenoid Valve, Grounded or Shorted Circuit


31
Diagnostic trouble code PLC 328020.31 is saved if the control unit registers resistance and
voltage at the solenoid valve that does not correspond with the switch status of the park lock.
This indicates a ground or short to the power supply (battery voltage) in the circuit of the
solenoid valve. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective park lock solenoid valve (Y15-2).


Defective lead connection in the positive lead (cable 692).
Short to ground in the circuit of the positive lead (cable 692).
Short to battery voltage in the circuit of the positive lead (cable
692).
Defective lead connection in the ground lead.
Short in the circuit of the ground lead (cable 680) (on tractors up
to serial no. 398655).
Short to main ground (ground not switched by control unit) in the
circuit of the ground lead (cable 680) (on tractors up to serial no.
398655).
Short in the circuit of the ground lead (cable 668) (on tractors
from serial no. 398656).
Short to main ground (ground not switched by control unit) in the
circuit of the ground lead (cable 668) (on tractors from serial no.
398656).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Reconditioning the Park Lock Control Block” (Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 15).

• Reference 245-PLC-200 , Theory of Operation (Park Lock Controller)

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 778 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (tractor′s function is impaired): GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the operation of the park lock

Action:

CAUTION:

During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.

• Access address PLC012 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 779 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Reverse drive lever ranges

LEGEND:
1 Reverse drive lever
2 Corner park position
3 Neutral

• Do this test with the engine running and the reverse drive lever in the positions for corner
park and neutral.

Item Measurement Specification

PLC012 - voltage, park lock′s pressure sender (B90)


Reverse drive lever in corner park position: Voltage range (no pressure exists) between 0.3 and 0.75 volts

Reverse drive lever in position for neutral: Voltage range (pressure exists) between 2.0 and 4.8 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.


• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO 3 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 780 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking park lock solenoid valve (Y15-2)

Action:

• Ignition ON (engine OFF).

• Access address PLC016 :

Item Measurement Specification

PLC016 - Status, solenoid valve Y15-2


Reverse drive lever in corner park position: Status (park lock ON, solenoid valve deactivated) 000

Reverse drive lever in position for neutral: Status (park lock OFF, solenoid valve activated) 010

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.


• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for park lock solenoid
valve (Y15-2) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group PLC.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for park lock solenoid valve (Y15-2) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group PLC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 781 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

PLC 328021.31- Park Lock Solenoid Valve, Open Circuit


31
Diagnostic trouble code PLC 328021.31 is saved if the control unit registers resistance at the
solenoid valve that does not correspond with the switch status of the park lock. This indicates
that the solenoid valve′s circuit is open. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“CAUTION”.

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective park lock solenoid valve (Y15-2).


Open circuit in power supply lead (cable 692).
Open ground lead (cable 680) (on tractors up to serial no. 398655).
Open ground lead (cable 668) (on tractors from serial no. 398656).

→NOTE:

Go through the procedure for diagnostic trouble code PLC 328020.31 - Park
Lock Solenoid Valve, Grounded or Open Circuit .

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Reconditioning the Park Lock Control Block” (Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 15).

• Reference 245-PLC-200 , Theory of Operation (Park Lock Controller)

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 782 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

PLC 328030.31- Transmission Control Unit is Not Transmitting Any Data


31
Diagnostic trouble code PLC 328030.31 is saved when there is a problem in transferring data
between the transmission control unit (TCU) and the park lock controller (PLC). Reception of
CAN messages that are required for operation of the PLC is intermittent or non-existent
(intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Blown TCU fuse at F04/15 (ELX) or F05/5 (battery).


A fault in the TCU′s circuit (faulty transmission oil temperature
sender).
TCU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.
A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem.
If other diagnostic trouble codes from other control units are
saved that indicate a problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Diagnostic
trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the
transmission control unit causes an intermittent problem in
transferring data.
Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general
problem in transferring data to/from the transmission control unit
(UIC 305054.09, UIC 305190.09 and/or SIC 334003.09).
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the park lock
controller causes an intermittent problem in transferring data.
Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general
problem in transferring data to/from the transmission control unit
(TCU 304166.09).
Intermittent 29-bit CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong
electromagnetic influences.
Defective transmission control unit (TCU).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 240-25-007 , Fuses and relays (AutoPowr/IVT transmission) from serial no.
398656

• Reference 245-PLC-200 , Theory of Operation (Park Lock Controller).


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 783 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

TCU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no TCU diagnostic trouble codes exist:
Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.3

Action:

1.3

Check TCU fuses F04/15 and/or F05/5.

Result:

YES:GO TO 1.4

NO:Put in a new fuse.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 784 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action:

1.4 - A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem

Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.

Result:

YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: GO TO 2 .

NO:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) (Section
213, Group 45).

( 2 ) Checking the TCU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the 29-bit CAN BUS screen lines (930/932).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 785 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

X332 68-pin plug for TCU

Item Measurement Specification

X332 68-pin plug for TCU controller (W08)


Power supply: Lead 572 (positive, ELX) 12 volts at pin 45

Lead 052 (positive, BAT) 12 volts at pins 23 and 68

Lead 050 Ground at pins 1 and 2

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS screen lines: Lead 930- Ground at pin 20

Lead 932+ 12 volts at pin 43

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead
Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts
050):

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead


Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
050):

For circuit diagram, see:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 786 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Reference 240-10-035 , SE26-Transmission Control Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission


and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Checking the PLC plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the 29-bit CAN BUS screen lines (930/932).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 787 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

X382 45-pin plug for PLC

Item Measurement Specification

X382 45-pin plug for PLC controller (W08)


Power supply: Lead 682 (positive, ELX) 12 volts at pin 45

Lead 082 (positive, BAT) 12 volts at pin 23

Lead 330 Ground at pins 1 and 2

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS screen lines: Lead 930- Ground at pin 20

Lead 932+ 12 volts at pin 43

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 330): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 330): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

For circuit diagram, see:

Reference 240-10-037 , SE28 - Electronic park lock.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 788 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission


and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 789 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

PLC 328040.31- System Voltage Too Low


31
Diagnostic trouble code PLC 328040.31 is saved if the operating voltage of the park lock
controller (battery voltage) is less than 9 volts. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective battery.
Defective alternator G02.
Drive belt is defective or slipping.
High current requirements.
High resistance in wiring harness.
Defective lead connection to the park lock controller (lead 082).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-PLC-200 , Theory of Operation (Park Lock Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 790 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2

Perform a visual inspection of the alternator, the battery and the drive belt:

Check all components for visible damage.


Check all relevant connectors of the supply circuit for bad, loose, widened or corroded
contacts.
Make sure that the drive belt is installed correctly and check for signs of it slipping.
Check ground connections between battery/engine and cab.
Check mounting surfaces for corrosion / paint and loose mounting bolts.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 791 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the voltage at the tractor′s battery

Action:

Access address BCU032 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU032 –– Voltage, Voltage at Tractor′s Battery (BCU Operating Voltage)


Ignition ON; engine OFF: Voltage between 11.2 and 12.7 volts

Engine running at low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts

Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.


• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO 4 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Checking the charging system

Action:

• Check alternator, refer to "Alternator Checks" ; see Technical Manual, Section 240, Group
15.

• Check battery, refer to "Battery Checks" ; see Technical Manual, Section 240, Group 15.

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 792 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the PLC′s operating voltage circuit (leads 082 and 330)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.

Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.

For circuit diagram, see:

Reference 240-10-037 , SE28-Electronic Park Lock.


Reference 240-10-003 , SE1 Starting and Charging Circuit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission


and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 793 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

PLC 328050.31- Park Lock Alarm, Open or Shorted Circuit at Supply Line
31
Diagnostic trouble code PLC 328050.31 is saved if one of the following situations arises:
- The power supply line, ground line or signal line is open.
- The 5 volts power supply line is shorted to another (12 volts) power supply line.
This diagnostic trouble code triggers an alarm: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective alarm K10/2.


Open circuit in signal lead (cable 635).
Open circuit in ground lead (cable 330).
Open circuit in positive lead (cable 614).
Short to battery voltage (12 volts) in the power supply lead (cable
614).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 253-20-024 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation of Park Lock.

• Reference 245-PLC-200 , Theory of Operation (Park Lock Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

• Reference 240-25-007 , Fuses and relays (AutoPowr/IVT transmission) from serial no.
398656

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 794 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of Diagnostic Trouble Codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (tractor′s function is impaired): GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the alarm (K10/2)

Action:

Access address PLC009 .

Item Measurement Specification

PLC009 - Status, acoustic alarm K10/2


Alarm connected (ready for operation): Status 11

→NOTE:

A “10” in the address display implies a problem in signal line 635 (ground
by-passed). A “01” implies a problem in positive line 614, and a “00”
implies a problem in ground line 330 or a defective alarm K10/2.

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.


• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for alarm (K10/2) ; see
Technical Manual, section 245, group PLC.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for alarm (K10/2) ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group
PLC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 795 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

PLC 328051.31- Park Lock Alarm, Shorted Circuit


31
Diagnostic trouble code PLC 328051.31 is saved if the alarm′s power supply line is shorted to
the signal line or is shorted to ground. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“CAUTION”.

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective alarm K10/2.


Defective lead connection in the positive lead (cable 614).
Short to signal lead (cable 635).
Short to ground lead (cable 330).

→NOTE:

Go through the procedure for diagnostic trouble code PLC 328050.31 - Park
Lock Alarm, Open or Shorted Circuit at Supply Line .

Additional References:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 253-20-024 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation of Park Lock.

• Reference 245-PLC-200 , Theory of Operation (Park Lock Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

• Reference 240-25-007 , Fuses and relays (AutoPowr/IVT transmission) from serial no.
398656

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 796 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

PLC 328061.31- Signals Received from Reverse Drive Lever Do Not Match the CAN
BUS Command from the TCU
31
Diagnostic trouble code PLC 328061.31 is saved if park lock commands sent from the user
interface controller (UIC) to the PLC via the transmission control unit (TCU) and the CAN BUS
do not match with the direction signals from the reverse drive lever. In its “active” state, this
diagnostic trouble code also generates a diagnostic trouble code at the user interface
controller (UIC) or transmission control unit (TCU) and triggers an alarm: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

This diagnostic trouble code is generated unintentionally when the


transmission control unit (TCU) is calibrated. All the diagnostic trouble
codes in the park lock controller should be deleted once the TCU is
calibrated.
Defective reverse drive lever (S80).
A problem in the circuit of the reverse drive lever, caused by
additional UIC diagnostic trouble codes. These diagnostic trouble
codes take priority.
A problem in lead 206 (center park position) between the reverse
drive lever and the PLC.
A problem in lead 207 (neutral position) between the reverse drive
lever and the PLC.
A problem in lead 251 (entire park range) between the reverse drive
lever and the PLC.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Reconditioning the Reverser Control” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.

• Reference 245-PLC-200 , Theory of Operation (Park Lock Controller).

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 797 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

UIC diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no UIC diagnostic trouble codes exist:
Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the neutral, corner park and center park signals

Action:

2.1 - Checking the switches for neutral, center park and the entire park lock range
at the PLC:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 798 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

LEGEND:
1 Corner park lock
2 Center park lock
3 Neutral
4 Reverse drive lever

• Ignition ON.

→NOTE:

An activated switch is indicated by “1” and a non-activated switch by “0”.


These appear at the relevant address position.

→NOTE:

Where 2 and 3 overlap, all the switches are activated. In this range, the
display shows “111”.

• Access address PLC010 .

Item Measurement Specification

PLC010 - Status, switch for neutral, center park lock and entire park lock range
Lever in range 2 (center park position): Status 1XX

Lever in ranges 1 or 2 (entire park lock range): Status X1X

Lever in range 3 (neutral): Status XX1

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 799 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result:

YES:Check all connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

NO:GO TO 2.2.

Action:

2.2 - Checking the switches for neutral, corner park and center park at the UIC:

LEGEND:
1 Corner park lock
2 Center park lock
3 Neutral
4 Reverse drive lever

→NOTE:

Where the individual signals overlap, two signals are displayed at the same
time.

• Ignition ON.

• Access address UIC006 .

Item Measurement Specification

UIC006 - Signal for neutral, corner park and center park position
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 800 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Item Measurement Specification

Lever in range 1 (corner park lock position): Status 1XX

Lever in range 2 (center park lock position): Status X1X

Lever in range 3 (neutral position): Status XX1

Result:

YES:The problem lies in the harness between the reverse drive lever (S80) and park lock
controller PLC: Check circuit, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for neutral, corner park and center
park switches ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group PLC.

NO:If there is a general problem at the reverse drive lever, see reference 245-UIC-101,
Circuit Test for Reverse Drive Lever (S80) in Section 245, Group UIC of the Technical Manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 801 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

PLC 328101.31- Power Supply to Park Lock Pressure Sender, Grounded Circuit
31
Diagnostic trouble code PLC 328101.31 is saved if the 5 volts power supply circuit of the park
lock pressure sender is shorted to ground. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm
level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective park lock pressure sender B90.


Ground in the circuit of the 5 volts power supply (lead 693).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Reconditioning the Park Lock Control Block” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 15.

• Reference 245-PLC-200 , Theory of Operation (Park Lock Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 802 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the power supply to park lock pressure sender

Action:

Access address PLC034 :

Item Measurement Specification

PLC034 - Voltage, 5 volts Power Supply for Park Lock Pressure Sender
5 volts power supply: Minimum voltage 4.75 volts

Maximum voltage 5.25 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for park lock′s pressure sender (B90) ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group PLC.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for park lock′s pressure sender (B90) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group PLC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 803 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

PLC 328102.31- Power Supply to Park Lock Pressure Sender, Shorted Circuit
31
Diagnostic trouble code PLC 328102.31 is saved if the 5 volts power supply circuit of the park
lock pressure sender is shorted to the power lead (battery voltage). This diagnostic trouble
code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective park lock pressure sender B90.


Short to battery voltage (12 volts) in the circuit of the 5 volts power
supply (lead 693).

→NOTE:

Go through the procedure for diagnostic trouble code PLC 328101.31 -


Power Supply to Park Lock Pressure Sender, Grounded Circuit .

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Reconditioning the Park Lock Control Block” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 15.

• Reference 245-PLC-200 , Theory of Operation (Park Lock Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

PLC 328106.31- Control Unit, Internal Error


31
Diagnostic trouble code PLC 328106.31 is saved when there is an error in the memory of the
park lock controller. All the values in the memory are replaced by basic settings defined at
the factory. This may result in changes in the way the control unit functions. The diagnostic
trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 804 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (diagnostic trouble code is regenerated after it has been
deleted and the ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace the controller (PLC).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 805 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PLC: PLC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

PLC 328240.31- Control Unit Connected to Wrong Wiring Harness Connector


31
Diagnostic trouble code PLC 328240.31 is saved when the park lock controller detects an
erroneous signal in the circuit of the control unit identification. This diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Wrong control unit connected to PLC connector X382.


Open circuit at lead 514.
Defective PLC.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

2.1 - Check the control unit:

Check the control unit connected to PLC connector X382 (is the correct control unit
connected?).

Result:

YES:If the correct control unit is connected, GO TO 2.2.


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 806 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PRF: PRF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:Connect the correct control unit to connector X382 and test its functionality.

Action:

2.2 - Check the connecting lead:

• Ignition OFF.

Item Measurement Specification

PLC - plug X382 (W08)


Check the control unit′s identification circuit: Continuity between pins 18 and 30 (lead 514)

For circuit diagram, see:

Reference 240-10-037 , SE28 - Electronic Park Lock.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission


and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Result:

YES:Replace the control unit and carry out an operational test.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 807 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PRF: PRF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Group PRF - PRF Diagnostic Trouble Codes


PRF 000629.12- Control Unit, Internal Error
32
Diagnostic trouble code PRF 000629.12 is saved when the performance monitor recognizes a
software problem. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace performance monitor (PRF).

PRF 000639.12- Control Unit, Internal Error


32
Diagnostic trouble code PRF 000639.12 is saved when the performance monitor recognizes a
software problem. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”. This
diagnostic trouble code does not necessarily have any real meaning. It is often stored by
chance when the main switch is turned (ignition ON and OFF). For this reason, diagnosis only
needs to be performed if one or more related faults occur in conjunction with this code.

Diagnostics

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 808 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PRF: PRF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace performance monitor (PRF).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 809 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PRF: PRF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

PRF 000639.13- 29-bit CAN BUS, High Error Rate


32
Diagnostic trouble code PRF 000639.13 is saved when the performance monitor recognizes a
high error rate in the incoming CAN BUS messages. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “Information”. This diagnostic trouble code does not necessarily have any real
meaning. It is often stored by chance when the main switch is turned (ignition ON and OFF).
For this reason, diagnosis only needs to be performed if one or more related faults occur in
conjunction with this code.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A general 29 BIT CAN BUS problem.


Diagnostic trouble code BCU 000639.02 takes priority.
Defective CAN BUS screen:
Defective fuse F04/13 (voltage supply for 29 BIT CAN BUS
screen).
Terminating resistors A14 and/or A15 defective.
Defective screen lines (cable +930 and/or -932).
Voltage supply line (cable 994 and 050) of the screen lines
defective.
Defective/bad voltage supply ground connection via ground point
XGND4 to XGND43.
Defective 29 BIT CAN BUS connection to the performance monitor
(cable 934 and/or 935).
Internal problem in the performance monitor.
29 BIT CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong electromagnetic
influences.

Additional References:

• Electrical Information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-PRF-200 , Performance Monitor - Theory of Operation.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 810 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PRF: PRF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.3 - A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem

Is diagnostic trouble code BIF 000639.02 additionally stored?

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000639.02 is additionally stored, refer to the diagnostic
trouble code procedure BIF 000639.02 - 29-bit CAN BUS, open circuit (Section 211, Group
BIF).

NO:No diagnostic trouble code is saved that indicates a general problem in the 29-bit CAN
BUS: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 811 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PRF: PRF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check 29 BIT CAN BUS Connection to Performance Monitor

Action:

2.1

Access address PRF005 :

Item Measurement Specification

PRF005 - Voltage, 29 BIT CAN BUS Communication Line 934


CAN BUS operational voltage: Voltage range 2.0 - 3.0 V

2.2

Access address PRF006 :

Item Measurement Specification

PRF006 - Voltage, 29 BIT CAN BUS Communication Line 935


CAN BUS operational voltage: Voltage range 2.0 - 3.0 V

Result:

YES:• Check CAN BUS connection of the performance monitor for contacts that are
loose/bad/slid back.• Check CAN BUS screen lines (cable +930 and/or -932).

OK:CAN BUS connection is OK: Replace PRF and carry out an operational test.

NO:Check 29 BIT CAN BUS connection to performance monitor.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 812 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PRF: PRF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

PRF 000639.19- 29-bit CAN BUS, Very High Error Rate


32
Diagnostic trouble code PRF 000639.19 is saved when the performance monitor recognizes a
very high error rate in the incoming CAN BUS messages. The diagnostic trouble code triggers
the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A general 29 BIT CAN BUS problem.


Diagnostic trouble code BCU 000639.02 takes priority.
Defective CAN BUS screen:
Defective fuse F04/13 (voltage supply for 29 BIT CAN BUS
screen).
Terminating resistors A14 and/or A15 defective.
Defective screen lines (cable +930 and/or -932).
Voltage supply line (cable 994 and 050) of the screen lines
defective.
Defective/bad voltage supply ground connection via ground point
XGND4 to XGND43.
Defective 29 BIT CAN BUS connection to the performance monitor
(cable 934 and/or 935).
Internal problem in the performance monitor.
29 BIT CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong electromagnetic
influences.

Additional References:

• Electrical Information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-PRF-200 , Performance Monitor - Theory of Operation.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 813 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PRF: PRF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.3 - A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem

Is diagnostic trouble code BIF 000639.02 additionally stored?

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000639.02 is additionally stored, refer to the diagnostic
trouble code procedure BIF 000639.02 - 29-bit CAN BUS, open circuit (Section 211, Group
BIF).

NO:No diagnostic trouble code is saved that indicates a general problem in the 29-bit CAN
BUS: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 814 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PRF: PRF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check 29 BIT CAN BUS Connection to Performance Monitor

Action:

2.1

Access address PRF005 :

Item Measurement Specification

PRF005 - Voltage, 29 BIT CAN BUS Communication Line 934


CAN BUS operational voltage: Voltage range 2.0 - 3.0 V

2.2

Access address PRF006 :

Item Measurement Specification

PRF006 - Voltage, 29 BIT CAN BUS Communication Line 935


CAN BUS operational voltage: Voltage range 2.0 - 3.0 V

Result:

YES:• Check CAN BUS connection of the performance monitor for contacts that are
loose/bad/slid back.• Check CAN BUS screen lines (cable +930 and/or -932).

OK:CAN BUS connection is OK: Replace PRF and carry out an operational test.

NO:Check 29 BIT CAN BUS connection to performance monitor.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 815 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PRF: PRF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

PRF 100177.19- Key Error


32
Diagnostic trouble code PRF 100177.19 is saved when the performance monitor recognizes
an erroneous key signal. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Internal problem in the performance monitor.

Additional References:

• Electrical Information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-PRF-200 , Performance Monitor - Theory of Operation.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 816 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group PRF: PRF Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check Keypad Status (Top)

Action:

→NOTE:

When testing the keys in the top two rows, always keep the "Area" key
pressed. This prevents the address from changing.

Access address PRF010 :

Item Measurement Specification

PRF010 - Status, Keypad Status (Top)


No key pressed: Status 000000

“Area (1)” key pressed: Status XXXXX1

“Implement (2)” key pressed: Status XXXX1X

“% Slip (3)” key pressed: Status XXX1XX

“Distance (4)” key pressed: Status XX1XXX

“Area / H (5)” pressed: Status X1XXXX

“Vehicle Speed (6)” key pressed: Status 1XXXXX

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Replace the performance monitor and repeat the test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 817 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Check Keypad Status (Bottom)

Action:

→NOTE:

When testing the keys in the bottom two rows, always keep the "Width"
key pressed. This prevents the address from changing.

Access address PRF011 :

Item Measurement Specification

PRF011 - Status, Keypad Status (Bottom)


No key pressed: Status 000000

“Width (7)” key pressed: Status XXXXX1

“Service (8)” key pressed: Status XXXX1X

“PTO Speed (9)” key pressed: Status XXX1XX

“Backlight” key pressed Status XX1XXX

“Zero (0)” key pressed: Status X1XXXX

“Set/Save” key pressed: Status 1XXXXX

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Replace the performance monitor and repeat the test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 818 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Group SFA - SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes


SFA 000629.12- Control Unit, Internal Error
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 000629.12 is saved when the control unit for the suspension of
the TLS front axle and the cab (SFA) recognizes a software problem. This diagnostic trouble
code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace the control unit (SFA).

SFA 000639.12- Control Unit, Internal Error


39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 000639.12 is saved when the control unit for the suspension of
the TLS front axle and the cab (SFA) recognizes a software problem. This diagnostic trouble
code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 819 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace the control unit (SFA).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 820 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 000639.13- 29-bit CAN BUS, High Error Rate


39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 000639.13 does not necessarily have any real meaning. It is
often stored by accident when the main switch (ignition key) is switched on or off too quickly.
Pay attention to this diagnostic trouble code only if the front axle and/or cab suspension is
not operating properly. Diagnostic trouble code SFA 000639.13 is saved when the control unit
for the suspension of the TLS front axle and the cab (SFA) recognizes a high error rate in the
incoming CAN BUS messages. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem.


If other diagnostic trouble codes from other control units are
saved that indicate a problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Diagnostic
trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.
Defective CAN BUS screen:
Defective fuse F04/13 (voltage supply for 29-bit CAN BUS screen).
Terminating resistors A14 and/or A15 defective.
Defective screen lines (lead +930 and/or -932).
Voltage supply line (lead 994 and 050) of the screen lines
defective.
Defective/bad voltage supply ground connection via ground point
XGND4 to XGND43.
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection to the SFA control unit (lead
+934 and/or -935).
29-bit CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong electromagnetic
influences.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 821 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active (and front axle and/or cab suspension is operating
properly): Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and front axle and/or cab suspension is not operating
properly: Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 822 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 000639.14- 29-bit CAN BUS (Tractor BUS), Very High Error Rate
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 000639.14 is saved when the SFA recognizes a very high error
rate in the incoming CAN BUS messages. This indicates a general problem in the CAN BUS.
Alarm level: Information.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 823 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2 - A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem

Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active (and front axle suspension and/or cab suspension is
operating properly): Diagnosis completed.

NO:The diagnostic trouble code is active and additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved
from other control units that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 824 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check the 29-bit CAN BUS

Action:

Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab) (Section 213, Group 45).

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 825 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 000639.19- 29-bit CAN BUS, Very High Error Rate


39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 000639.19 does not necessarily have any real meaning. It is
often stored by accident when the main switch (ignition key) is switched on or off too quickly.
Pay attention to this diagnostic trouble code only if the front axle and/or cab suspension is
not operating properly. Diagnostic trouble code SFA 000639.19 is saved when the control unit
for the suspension of the TLS front axle and the cab (SFA) recognizes a very high error rate in
the incoming CAN BUS messages. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem.


If other diagnostic trouble codes from other control units are
saved that indicate a problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Diagnostic
trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.
Defective CAN BUS screen:
Defective fuse F04/13 (voltage supply for 29-bit CAN BUS screen).
Terminating resistors A14 and/or A15 defective.
Defective screen lines (lead +930 and/or -932).
Voltage supply line (lead 994 and 050) of the screen lines
defective.
Defective/bad voltage supply ground connection via ground point
XGND4 to XGND43.
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection to the SFA control unit (lead
+934 and/or -935).
29-bit CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong electromagnetic
influences.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 826 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active (and front axle and/or cab suspension is operating
properly): Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and front axle and/or cab suspension is not operating
properly: Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 827 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 324025.13- Suspended Front Axle Control Unit (SFA) Incorrectly Calibrated
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324025.13 is saved if an erroneous signal is detected from one
or several senders during the calibration. If there is a problem at a sensor, an extra
diagnostic trouble code will be stored that is associated with the defective sensor. This
diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

SFA receives a ground speed signal during the calibration.


Position sensor rod misadjusted (linkage).
SFA diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a defect at the
sensors/solenoid valves should take priority.
Hydraulic malfunction.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 280-20-001 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Summary of References.

• Reference 280-20-100 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Components.

• Reference 280-20-110 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Operation.

• Reference 245-SFA-200 , Theory of Operation (SFA Control Unit).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and diagnostic trouble codes.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 828 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2

SFA diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a defect at the sensors/solenoid valves should take
priority.

Result:

YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are saved: GO TO 1.3.

NO:SFA diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Action:

1.3

Perform a visual inspection if applicable. Repair or replace components as necessary:

Check for oil leaks from following areas:


At vertical hydraulic cylinders at front of tractor.
At the two pressure accumulators.
Under transmission.
At control valve housing for front axle suspension.
At main block and connections to the front axle suspension components.
Check fuse F03/08.
Check transmission oil level.
Check for visual signs of damage to the front axle suspension component (see
Reference 280-20-100 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Components).

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 829 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Calibrate Suspended Front Axle Control Unit

Action:

→NOTE:

Ensure that the tractor is standing on level ground during the calibration so
that it cannot roll and thus achieve ground speed.

Calibrate suspended front axle control unit: See Reference 245-SFA-001 , Calibration and
Input Addresses, Front Wheel Drive Axle with TLS.

Result:

YES:Calibration successful. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Calibration not successful: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Checking the setting of the position sensor rod

Action:

Check the adjustment of the position sensor (B53) rod, see Reference 280-15-003 Adjusting
the Sensor Rod (Position Sensor Linkage).

Result:

YES:Dimension of sensor rod is OK: GO TO 4 .

NO:Adjust the rod and recalibrate suspended front axle control unit: See Reference 245-
SFA-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Front Wheel Drive Axle with TLS.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 830 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the ground speed signal

Action:

Access address BCU004 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU004 - Status, Wheel Speed Sender (B63/B35/B09)


No signal detected (tractor is stationary): Status XX0X

Signal detected by sensor (during travel): Status XX1X

Result:

YES: GO TO 6 .

NO: GO TO 5 .

( 5 ) Checking the wheel speed senders (B63/B35/B09)

Action:

Check the wheel speed senders (B63/B35/B09):

Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission: Circuit/harness test for transmission output


speed sender (B63) ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical Manual.
Tractor with creeper (PowrQuad Plus / AutoQuad transmissions): Circuit/harness test for
wheel speed sender (B09) ; see Section 245, Group BCU in the Technical Manual.
Tractor without creeper (PowrQuad Plus / AutoQuad transmissions): Circuit/harness test
for wheel speed sender (B35) ; see Section 245, Group BCU in the Technical Manual.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 831 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 6 ) Checking the hydraulic circuit

Action:

Reference 270-15-012 , Checking the Hydraulic System.

Result:

YES:Delete diagnostic trouble code. If diagnostic trouble code still persists, replace SFA
control unit and calibrate new SFA control unit. See Reference 245-SFA-001 , Calibration and
Input Addresses, Front Wheel Drive Axle with TLS.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 832 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 324026.13- Suspended Front Axle Control Unit Not Calibrated


39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324026.13 is saved if the previous calibration was not saved or
the new control unit has not been calibrated yet. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Last calibration was not saved.


New suspended front axle control unit has not been calibrated.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and diagnostic trouble codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 833 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Calibrate Suspended Front Axle Control Unit

Action:

→NOTE:

Ensure that the tractor is standing on level ground during the calibration so
that it cannot roll and thus achieve ground speed.

Calibrate suspended front axle control unit: See Reference 245-SFA-001 , Calibration and
Input Addresses, Front Wheel Drive Axle with TLS.

Result:

YES:Calibration successful. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Delete diagnostic trouble code and carry out an operational test. If diagnostic trouble
code still persists, replace defective SFA control unit and calibrate new SFA control unit.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 834 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 324027.13- Suspended Cab Control Unit Not Calibrated Correctly


39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324027.13 is saved if an erroneous signal is detected from one
or several senders during the calibration. If there is a problem at a sensor, an extra
diagnostic trouble code will be stored that is associated with the defective sensor. This
diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

SFA receives a ground speed signal during the calibration.


Position sensor rod misadjusted (linkage).
Connecting rod (linkage) bent.
SFA diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a defect at the
sensors/solenoid valves should take priority.
Hydraulic malfunction.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 290-20-050 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Components.

• Reference 290-20-055 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Operation.

• Reference 245-SFA-200 , Theory of Operation (SFA Control Unit).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and diagnostic trouble codes.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 835 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2

SFA diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a defect at the sensors/solenoid valves should take
priority.

Result:

YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are saved: GO TO 1.3.

NO:SFA diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Action:

1.3

Perform a visual inspection if applicable. Repair or replace components as necessary:

Check for oil leaks from following areas:


At vertical hydraulic cylinders at rear of tractor.
At the two pressure accumulators.
Under transmission.
At control valve housing for cab suspension.
At main block and connections to the cab suspension components.
Check fuse F03/08.
Check transmission oil level.
Check cab suspension components for visible damage.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 836 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Calibrating the suspended front axle control unit (SFA)

Action:

→NOTE:

Ensure that the tractor is standing on level ground during the calibration so
that it cannot roll and thus achieve ground speed.

Calibrate the suspended front axle control unit (SFA): See Reference 245-SFA-002 ,
Calibration and Input Addresses, Hydraulic Cab Suspension.

Result:

YES:Calibration successful. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Calibration not successful: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Checking the setting of the position sensor rod

Action:

Check the setting of the rod of position sensor B110; see Reference 290-15-120 , Hydro-
Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Adjusting the Sensor Rod (Position Sensor Linkage).

Result:

YES:Dimension of sensor rod is OK: GO TO 4 .

NO:Adjust the rod and recalibrate the suspended cab control unit: See Reference 245-
SFA-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Hydraulic Cab Suspension.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 837 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Check connecting rod lever

Action:

Check connecting rod lever for deformation, see ”Reconditioning the Position Sensor” in the
relevant Repair Manual.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair the lever and recalibrate the suspended cab control unit. See Reference 245-
SFA-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Hydraulic Cab Suspension.

( 5 ) Checking the ground speed signal

Action:

Access address BCU004 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU004 - Status, Wheel Speed Sender (B63/B35/B09)


No signal detected (tractor is stationary): Status XX0X

Signal detected by sender (during travel): Status XX1X

Result:

YES:GO TO 7.

NO:GO TO 6.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 838 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 6 ) Checking the wheel speed senders (B63/B35/B09)

Action:

Check the wheel speed senders (B63/B35/B09):

Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission: Circuit/harness test for transmission output


speed sender (B63) ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical Manual.
Tractor with creeper (PowrQuad Plus / AutoQuad transmissions): Circuit/harness test for
wheel speed sender (B09) ; see Section 245, Group BCU in the Technical Manual.
Tractor without creeper (PowrQuad Plus / AutoQuad transmissions): Circuit/harness test
for wheel speed sender (B35) ; see Section 245, Group BCU in the Technical Manual.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 7 ) Checking the hydraulic circuit

Action:

Reference 270-15-012 , Checking the Hydraulic System.

Result:

YES:Delete diagnostic trouble code. If diagnostic trouble code still persists, replace SFA
control unit and calibrate new SFA control unit. See Reference 245-SFA-002 , Calibration and
Input Addresses, Hydraulic Cab Suspension.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 839 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 324028.13- Suspended Cab Control Unit Not Calibrated


39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324028.13 is saved if the previous calibration was not saved or
the new control unit has not been calibrated yet. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Last calibration was not saved.


New suspended cab control unit has not been calibrated.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and diagnostic trouble codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 840 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Calibrate Suspended Cab Control Unit

Action:

→NOTE:

Ensure that the tractor is standing on level ground during the calibration so
that it cannot roll and thus achieve ground speed.

Calibrate suspended front axle control unit: See Reference 245-SFA-002 , Calibration and
Input Addresses, Hydraulic Cab Suspension.

Result:

YES:Calibration successful. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Delete diagnostic trouble code and carry out an operational test. If diagnostic trouble
code still persists, replace defective SFA control unit and calibrate new SFA control unit.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 841 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 324040.04- Solenoid Y42, Grounded Circuit


39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324040.04 is saved when current measured by the control unit
while the cab suspension is on is too low. This indicates a short to ground in the solenoid
circuit. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective solenoid Y42.


Defective line connection in solenoid circuit (lead 715).
Short to ground in solenoid circuit.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 290-20-055 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Operation.

• Reference 290-20-085 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Control Block, Components.

• “Reconditioning the Valves in the Control Valve Block” in the Repair Manual, Section 90,
Group 30.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and diagnostic trouble codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Circuit/harness test for cab solenoid valve (Y42) ; see
Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 842 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 843 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 324041.05- Solenoid Y42, Shorted or Open Circuit


39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324041.05 is saved when no current or too high current is
measured by the control unit while the cab suspension is on. This indicates that the solenoid
circuit is open or shorted to the power supply. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm
level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective solenoid (Y42).


Defective/bad ground connection (XGND1).
Defective line connection in solenoid circuit (lead 715 or 310).
Open lead in solenoid circuit.
Short circuit (battery voltage) in solenoid circuit.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 290-20-055 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Operation.

• Reference 290-20-085 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Control Block, Components.

• “Reconditioning the Valves in the Control Valve Block” in the Repair Manual, Section 90,
Group 30.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 844 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and diagnostic trouble codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Circuit/harness test for cab solenoid valve (Y42) ; see
Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 845 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 324042.04- Solenoid Y43, Grounded Circuit


39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324042.04 is saved when current measured by the control unit
while the cab suspension is on is too low. This indicates a short to ground in the solenoid
circuit. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective solenoid Y43.


Defective line connection in solenoid circuit (lead 709).
Short to ground in solenoid circuit.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 290-20-055 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Operation.

• Reference 290-20-085 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Control Block, Components.

• “Reconditioning the Valves in the Control Valve Block” in the Repair Manual, Section 90,
Group 30.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and diagnostic trouble codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Circuit/harness test for cab solenoid valve (Y43) ; see
Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 846 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 847 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 324043.05- Solenoid Y43, Shorted or Open Circuit


39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324043.05 is saved when no current or too high current is
measured by the control unit while the cab suspension is on. This indicates that the solenoid
circuit is open or shorted to the power supply. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm
level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective solenoid (Y43).


Defective/bad ground connection (XGND1).
Defective line connection in solenoid circuit (lead 709 or 310).
Open lead in solenoid circuit.
Short circuit (battery voltage) in solenoid circuit.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 290-20-055 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Operation.

• Reference 290-20-085 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Control Block, Components.

• “Reconditioning the Valves in the Control Valve Block” in the Repair Manual, Section 90,
Group 30.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 848 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and diagnostic trouble codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Circuit/harness test for cab solenoid valve (Y43) ; see
Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 849 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 324044.04- Solenoid Y10, Grounded Circuit


39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324044.04 is saved if current measured by the control unit is too
low while the axle suspension is on. This indicates a short to ground in the solenoid circuit.
This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective solenoid Y10.


Defective line connection in solenoid circuit (lead 706).
Short to ground in solenoid circuit.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 280-20-110 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Operation.

• Reference 280-20-150 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Control Block, Exploded View.

• “Reconditioning the Valves in the Control Block” in the Repair Manual, Section 80, Group
25.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and diagnostic trouble codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Circuit/harness test for TLS solenoid valve (Y10) ; see
Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 850 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 851 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 324045.05- Solenoid Y10, Shorted or Open Circuit


39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324045.05 is saved when no current or too high current is
measured by the control unit while the axle suspension is on. This indicates that the solenoid
circuit is open or shorted to the power supply. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm
level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective solenoid (Y10).


Defective/bad ground connection (XGND9).
Defective line connection in solenoid circuit (lead 706 or 310).
Open lead in solenoid circuit.
Short circuit (battery voltage) in solenoid circuit.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 280-20-110 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Operation.

• Reference 280-20-150 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Control Block, Exploded View.

• “Reconditioning the Valves in the Control Block” in the Repair Manual, Section 80, Group
25.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 852 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and diagnostic trouble codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Circuit/harness test for TLS solenoid valve (Y10) ; see
Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 853 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 324046.04- Solenoid Y11, Grounded Circuit


39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324046.04 is saved if current measured by the control unit is too
low while the axle suspension is on. This indicates a short to ground in the solenoid circuit.
This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective solenoid Y11.


Defective line connection in solenoid circuit (lead 707).
Short to ground in solenoid circuit.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 280-20-110 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Operation.

• Reference 280-20-150 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Control Block, Exploded View.

• “Reconditioning the Valves in the Control Block” in the Repair Manual, Section 80, Group
25.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and diagnostic trouble codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Circuit/harness test for TLS solenoid valve (Y11) ; see
Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 854 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 855 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 324047.05- Solenoid Y11, Shorted or Open Circuit


39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324047.05 is saved when no current or too high current is
measured by the control unit while the axle suspension is on. This indicates that the solenoid
circuit is open or shorted to the power supply. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm
level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective solenoid (Y11).


Defective/bad ground connection (XGND9).
Defective line connection in solenoid circuit (lead 707 or 310).
Open lead in solenoid circuit.
Short circuit (battery voltage) in solenoid circuit.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 280-20-110 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Operation.

• Reference 280-20-150 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Control Block, Exploded View.

• “Reconditioning the Valves in the Control Block” in the Repair Manual, Section 80, Group
25.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 856 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and diagnostic trouble codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Circuit/harness test for TLS solenoid valve (Y11) ; see
Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 857 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 324048.31- Up is Commanded by the Cab Suspension Control Unit, but the Cab
Moves Down
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324048.31 is saved when the control unit registers - via the
position sensor - a downward movement during calibration of the cab, although the control
unit ordered an upward movement (solenoid Y43 activated). This diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A circuit fault in the solenoid circuit (Y42) is generating another


diagnostic trouble code (SFA 324041.05). This diagnostic trouble code
takes priority.
A circuit fault in the solenoid circuit (Y43) is generating another
diagnostic trouble code (SFA 324042.04 or SFA 324043.05). These
diagnostic trouble codes take priority.
Mechanical defect at solenoid Y42 (stuck in open position).
Open service valve.
Defective check valve in control block.
A general hydraulic problem is generating diagnostic trouble code SFA
324050.31 in addition.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 290-20-050 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Components.

• Reference 290-20-055 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Operation.

• Reference 290-20-085 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Control Block, Components.

• Reference 290-20-090 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Hydraulic Diagram “Raising”.

• Reference 290-20-095 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Hydraulic Diagram “Lowering”.

• Reference 270-20-020 , Hydraulic System - Operation.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 858 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and diagnostic trouble codes.

1.2 Priority diagnostic trouble codes (SFA 324041.05, SFA 324042.04 and SFA 324043.05)
must be processed first.

Result:

YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are stored, GO TO 1.3.

NO:Process the priority diagnostic trouble codes.

Action:

1.3 A general hydraulic problem is generating diagnostic trouble code SFA 324050.31 in
addition.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not stored: GO TO 1.4.

NO:Check the hydraulic circuit, GO TO 4 .

Action:

1.4 Check whether the service valve on the control block is open: see Reference 290-20-085
, Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Control Block, Components.

Result:

YES:If the service valve is closed, GO TO 2

NO:Close the service valve and delete the diagnostic trouble code.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 859 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Calibrating the suspended cab

Action:

Mode of operation of the solenoid valves Y42 and Y43

Solenoid 1 Solenoid 2 Responsible for

Y43 closed (not activated Cab moves down (hydraulic cylinders


Y42 open (activated electrically)
electrically) retract)

Y42 closed (not activated


Y43 open (activated electrically) Cab moves up (hydraulic cylinders extend)
electrically)

To test solenoids Y42 and Y43, the suspended cab must be calibrated.

Calibrate the suspended cab: See Reference 245-SFA-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses,
Hydraulic Cab Suspension.

IMPORTANT:

If errors occur during the calibration, the calibration is interrupted and


several diagnostic trouble codes are saved. These diagnostic trouble codes
take priority.

Result:

YES:Calibration was successful: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Calibration was not successful: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check for mechanical defects on solenoid (Y42)

Action:

Check whether solenoid Y42 is stuck in open position (mechanical defect).

Result:

YES:Solenoid Y42 is OK (no mechanical defect):


• Repair the control block as necessary.
• Check the hydraulic circuit, GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair as required and subsequently calibrate the suspended cab: See Reference 245-
SFA-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Hydraulic Cab Suspension.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 860 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the hydraulic circuit

Action:

Check the hydraulic circuit. See Reference 270-15-012 , Checking the Hydraulic System.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 861 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 324049.31- Down is Commanded by the Cab Suspension Control Unit, but the
Cab Moves Up
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324049.31 is saved when the control unit registers - via the
position sensor - an upward movement during calibration of the cab, although the control unit
ordered a downward movement (solenoid Y42 activated). This diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A circuit fault in the solenoid circuit (Y42) is generating another


diagnostic trouble code (SFA 324040.04 or SFA 324041.05). These
diagnostic trouble codes take priority.
A circuit fault in the solenoid circuit (Y43) is generating another
diagnostic trouble code (SFA 324043.05). This diagnostic trouble code
takes priority.
Mechanical defect at solenoid Y42 (stuck in closed position).
Mechanical defect at solenoid Y43 (stuck in open position).
Defective check valve in control block.
A general hydraulic problem is generating diagnostic trouble code SFA
324051.31 in addition.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 290-20-050 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Components.

• Reference 290-20-055 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Operation.

• Reference 290-20-085 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Control Block, Components.

• Reference 290-20-090 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Hydraulic Diagram “Raising”.

• Reference 290-20-095 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Hydraulic Diagram “Lowering”.

• Reference 270-20-020 , Hydraulic System - Operation.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 862 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and diagnostic trouble codes.

1.2 Priority diagnostic trouble codes (SFA 324040.04, SFA 324041.05 and SFA 324043.05)
must be processed first.

Result:

YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are stored, GO TO 1.3.

NO:Process the priority diagnostic trouble codes.

Action:

1.3 A general hydraulic problem is generating diagnostic trouble code SFA 324050.31 in
addition.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not stored: GO TO 2 .

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active, GO TO 4 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 863 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Calibrating the suspended cab

Action:

Mode of operation of the solenoid valves Y42 and Y43

Solenoid 1 Solenoid 2 Responsible for

Y43 closed (not activated Cab moves down (hydraulic cylinders


Y42 open (activated electrically)
electrically) retract)

Y42 closed (not activated


Y43 open (activated electrically) Cab moves up (hydraulic cylinders extend)
electrically)

To test solenoids Y42 and Y43, the suspended cab must be calibrated.

Calibrate the suspended cab: See Reference 245-SFA-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses,
Hydraulic Cab Suspension.

IMPORTANT:

If errors occur during the calibration, the calibration is interrupted and


several diagnostic trouble codes are saved. These diagnostic trouble codes
take priority.

Result:

YES:Calibration was successful: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Calibration was not successful: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 864 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking for mechanical defects on solenoids (Y42 and Y43)

Action:

• Check if solenoid valve (Y42) is stuck in closed position (refer to "Repairing the Solenoid
Valves" in Section 90, Group 25 in the Repair Manual).

• Check if solenoid valve (Y43) is stuck in open position (refer to "Repairing the Solenoid
Valves" in Section 90, Group 25 in the Repair Manual).

Result:

YES:Solenoids Y42 and Y43 are OK (no mechanical defect):


• Repair the control block as necessary.
• Check the hydraulic circuit, GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair as required and subsequently calibrate the suspended cab: See Reference 245-
SFA-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Hydraulic Cab Suspension.

( 4 ) Checking the hydraulic circuit

Action:

Reference 270-15-012 , Checking the Hydraulic System.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 865 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 324050.31- Axle Moves Down Although Commanded by SFA to Move Up


39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324050.31 is saved when the control unit registers - via the
position sensor - a downward movement during the front axle calibration, although the
control unit ordered an upward movement (solenoid Y10 and Y11 activated). This diagnostic
trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A circuit fault in the solenoid valve circuit (Y10) is generating another


diagnostic trouble code (SFA 324044.04 and/or SFA 324045.05). These
diagnostic trouble codes take priority.
Mechanical defect at solenoid valve Y10 (stuck in closed position).
Hydraulic malfunction.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 280-20-100 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Components.

• Reference 280-20-110 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Operation.

• Reference 280-20-140 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - SFA Control Unit.

• Reference 280-20-150 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Control Block, Components.

• Reference 280-20-180 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Hydraulic Circuit Schematic -
Level Control “Raise”.

• Reference 280-20-190 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Hydraulic Circuit Schematic -
Level Control “Lower”

• “Reconditioning the Valves in the Control Block” in the Repair Manual, Section 80, Group
25.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 866 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and diagnostic trouble codes.

1.2 Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic trouble codes exist:
Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 867 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Calibrate Suspended Front Axle

Action:

Mode of operation of the solenoid valves Y10 and Y11

Solenoid valve 1 Solenoid valve 2 Responsible for

Front axle moves up (hydraulic cylinders


Y10 open (activated electrically) Y11 open (activated electrically)
extend)

Front axle moves down (hydraulic cylinders


Y10 closed (not activated electrically) Y11 open (activated electrically)
retract)

To test solenoids Y10 and Y11, the suspended front axle must be calibrated.

Calibrate suspended front axle: See Reference 245-SFA-001 , Calibration and Input
Addresses, Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS.

IMPORTANT:

If errors occur during the calibration, the calibration is interrupted and


several diagnostic trouble codes are saved. These diagnostic trouble codes
take priority.

Result:

YES:• Calibration was successful: Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose
contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for TLS solenoid valve (Y10) .

NO:Calibration was not successful: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check for mechanical defects on solenoid valve (Y10)

Action:

Check if solenoid valve (Y10) is stuck in closed position:

• “Reconditioning the Valves in the Control Block” in the Repair Manual, Section 80, Group
25.

Result:

YES:Solenoid valve Y10 is OK (no mechanical defect): GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair as required and subsequently calibrate the suspended front axle: See Reference
245-SFA-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Front Wheel Drive Axle with TLS.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 868 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the hydraulic circuit

Action:

Reference 270-15-012 , Checking the Hydraulic System.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 869 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 324051.31- Axle Moves Up Although Commanded by SFA to Move Down


39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324051.31 is saved when the control unit registers - via the
position sensor - an upward movement during the front axle calibration, although the control
unit ordered a downward movement (solenoid Y11 activated). This diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A circuit fault in the solenoid valve circuit (Y10) is generating another


diagnostic trouble code (SFA 324045.05). This diagnostic trouble code
takes priority.
Mechanical defect at solenoid valve Y10 (stuck in open position).
Hydraulic malfunction.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 280-20-100 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Components.

• Reference 280-20-110 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Operation.

• Reference 280-20-140 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - SFA Control Unit.

• Reference 280-20-150 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Control Block, Components.

• Reference 280-20-180 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Hydraulic Circuit Schematic -
Level Control “Raise”.

• Reference 280-20-190 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Hydraulic Circuit Schematic -
Level Control “Lower”

• “Reconditioning the Valves in the Control Block” in the Repair Manual, Section 80, Group
25.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 870 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and diagnostic trouble codes.

1.2 Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic trouble codes exist:
Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 871 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Calibrate Suspended Front Axle

Action:

Mode of operation of the solenoid valves Y10 and Y11

Solenoid valve 1 Solenoid valve 2 Responsible for

Front axle moves up (hydraulic cylinders


Y10 open (activated electrically) Y11 open (activated electrically)
extend)

Front axle moves down (hydraulic cylinders


Y10 closed (not activated electrically) Y11 open (activated electrically)
retract)

To test solenoids Y10 and Y11, the suspended front axle must be calibrated.

Calibrate suspended front axle: See Reference 245-SFA-001 , Calibration and Input
Addresses, Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS.

IMPORTANT:

If errors occur during the calibration, the calibration is interrupted and


several diagnostic trouble codes are saved. These diagnostic trouble codes
take priority.

Result:

YES:• Calibration was successful: Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose
contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for TLS solenoid valve (Y10) ; see Section 245, Group
SFA in the Technical Manual.

NO:Calibration was not successful: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check for mechanical defects on solenoid valve (Y10)

Action:

Check if solenoid valve Y10 is stuck in open position:

• “Reconditioning the Valves in the Control Block” in the Repair Manual, Section 80, Group
25.

Result:

YES:Solenoid Y10 is OK (no mechanical defect): GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair as required and subsequently calibrate the suspended front axle: See Reference
245-SFA-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Front Wheel Drive Axle with TLS.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 872 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the hydraulic circuit

Action:

Reference 270-15-012 , Checking the Hydraulic System.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 873 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 324052.31- Engine Speed Too Low (after Engine is Started)


39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324052.31 is saved when no engine speed is sent to the basic
control unit via the CAN BUS for longer than 5 seconds after the engine start. This diagnostic
trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”. This SFA receives the engine speed either
from the BCU or the ECU via the CAN BUS.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Stalling the engine causes this diagnostic trouble code.


Defective engine speed sender:
Engine speed sender B01 for tractors without engine control unit
or with ECU Level 1 (Lucas/Delphi injection pump): Diagnostic
trouble code BCU 000190.02 takes priority.
Engine speed sender B72 for tractors with Level 11 (HPCR fuel
system) or Level 12 (DE10 injection pump): Diagnostic trouble
codes ECU 000636.02, ECU 000636.08, ECU 000636.10, ECU
000637.02, ECU 000637.07, ECU 000637.08 and/or ECU 000637.10
take priority.
Defective engine speed sender (B01) line connections (lead 531 or
325).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 874 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and diagnostic trouble codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 875 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check Engine Speed Sender

Action:

Tractors without ECU or with ECU Level 1 (Lucas/Delphi injection pump):

Access address BCU003 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU003 - Status, Engine Speed Sender (B01)


No signal received (engine OFF): Status X0XX

Sender signal received (engine running): Status X1XX

Tractors with Level 11 (HPCR fuel system) or Level 12 (DE10 injection pump):
• Access address ECU012 :

Item Measurement Specification

ECU012 - Speed, Crankshaft Speed Sender (B72)


Engine speed: rpm between fast and slow idle

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for engine speed sender (B01) ; see Section 245, Group BCU in the Technical manual.

NO:• Tractors without engine control unit or with ECU Level 1: Check engine speed sender,
GO TO: Circuit/harness test for engine speed sender (B01) ; see Section 245, Group BCU in
the Technical manual.
• Tractors with Level 11 or Level 12: Process ECU diagnostic trouble codes/check sender
circuit (refer to corresponding CTM).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 876 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 324053.31- Engine Speed Too Low (During Operation)


39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324053.31 is saved when no engine speed is sent to the basic
control unit via the CAN BUS for longer than 5 seconds while the tractor is in operation
(ground speed exists). The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”. This
SFA receives the engine speed either from the BCU or the ECU via the CAN BUS.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Stalling the engine causes this diagnostic trouble code.


Defective engine speed sender:
Engine speed sender B01 for tractors without engine control unit
or with ECU Level 1 (Lucas/Delphi injection pump): Diagnostic
trouble code BCU 000190.02 takes priority.
Engine speed sender B72 for tractors with Level 11 (HPCR fuel
system) or Level 12 (DE10 injection pump): Diagnostic trouble
codes ECU 000636.02, ECU 000636.08, ECU 000636.10, ECU
000637.02, ECU 000637.07, ECU 000637.08 and/or ECU 000637.10
take priority.
Defective engine speed sender (B01) line connections (lead 531 or
325).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 877 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and diagnostic trouble codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 878 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check Engine Speed Sender

Action:

Tractors without ECU or with ECU Level 1 (Lucas/Delphi injection pump):

Access address BCU003 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU003 - Status, Engine Speed Sender (B01)


No signal received (engine OFF): Status X0XX

Sender signal received (engine running): Status X1XX

Tractors with Level 11 (HPCR fuel system) or Level 12 (DE10 injection pump):
• Access address ECU012 :

Item Measurement Specification

ECU012 - Speed, Crankshaft Speed Sender (B72)


Engine speed: rpm between fast and slow idle

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for engine speed sender (B01) ; see Section 245, Group BCU in the Technical manual.

NO:• Tractors without engine control unit or with ECU Level 1: Check engine speed sender,
GO TO: Circuit/harness test for engine speed sender (B01) ; see Section 245, Group BCU in
the Technical manual.
• Tractors with Level 11 or Level 12: Process ECU diagnostic trouble codes/check sender
circuit (refer to corresponding CTM).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 879 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 324060.31- No Axle Movement During Calibration Although Command Was


Given
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324060.31 is saved when the control unit does not register any
axle movement - via the position sensor - within 80 seconds during the calibration of the
suspended front axle. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Circuit fault in solenoid valve circuit (Y10 or Y11) additionally


generates diagnostic trouble codes SFA 324044.04, SFA 324045.05,
SFA 324046.04 or SFA 324047.05. Priority diagnostic trouble codes
must be processed first.
Mechanical defect at solenoid valve Y11 (stuck in closed position).
Defective control block (valves in control block).
Hydraulic malfunction.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 280-20-140 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - SFA Control Unit.

• Reference 280-20-180 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Hydraulic Circuit Schematic -
Level Control “Raise”.

• Reference 280-20-190 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Hydraulic Circuit Diagram, Level
Control (Down)

• Reference 280-20-150 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Control Block, Components.

• “Reconditioning the Valves in the Control Block” in the Repair Manual, Section 80, Group
25.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 880 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and diagnostic trouble codes.

1.2 Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic trouble codes exist:
Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 881 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Calibrate Suspended Front Axle

Action:

Mode of operation of the solenoid valves Y10 and Y11

Solenoid valve 1 Solenoid valve 2 Responsible for

Front axle moves up (hydraulic cylinders


Y10 open (activated electrically) Y11 open (activated electrically)
extend)

Front axle moves down (hydraulic cylinders


Y10 closed (not activated electrically) Y11 open (activated electrically)
retract)

To test solenoids Y10 and Y11, the suspended front axle must be calibrated.

Calibrate suspended front axle: See Reference 245-SFA-001 , Calibration and Input
Addresses, Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS.

IMPORTANT:

If errors occur during the calibration, the calibration is interrupted and


several diagnostic trouble codes are saved. These diagnostic trouble codes
take priority.

Result:

YES:• Calibration was successful: Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose
contact: GO TO 3 .

NO:Calibration was not successful: GO TO 4 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 882 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Check Circuit of Solenoid Valves (Y10 and Y11)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.

Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.

• Circuit/harness test for TLS solenoid valve 1 (Y10) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the
Technical Manual.

• Circuit/harness test for TLS solenoid valve 2 (Y11) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the
Technical Manual.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 4 ) Checking for mechanical defects at the valves in the control block

Action:

Do the following checks:

Check for mechanical defects at solenoid valve Y11 (stuck in closed position).
Check for mechanical defects at the valves in the control block.

For more detailed information, see:

“Reconditioning the Valves in the Control Block” in the Repair Manual, Section 80, Group 25.

Result:

YES:If there are no mechanical defects: Check the hydraulic circuit, GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair as required and subsequently calibrate the suspended front axle: See Reference
245-SFA-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 883 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Checking the hydraulic circuit

Action:

Reference 270-15-012 , Checking the Hydraulic System.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 884 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 324061.31- No Axle Movement During Operation Although Command Was


Given
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324061.31 is saved when the control unit does not register any
axle movement - via the position sensor - within 60 seconds during operation (engine speed
exists), although the control unit ordered an axle movement. This diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Circuit fault in solenoid valve circuit (Y10 or Y11) additionally


generates diagnostic trouble codes SFA 324044.04, SFA 324045.05,
SFA 324046.04 or SFA 324047.05. These diagnostic trouble codes take
priority.
Mechanical defect at solenoid valve Y11 (stuck in closed position).
Defective control block (valves in control block).
Hydraulic malfunction.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 280-20-140 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - SFA Control Unit.

• Reference 280-20-180 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Hydraulic Circuit Schematic -
Level Control “Raise”.

• Reference 280-20-190 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Hydraulic Circuit Diagram, Level
Control (Down)

• Reference 280-20-150 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Control Block, Components.

• “Reconditioning the Valves in the Control Block” in the Repair Manual, Section 80, Group
25.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 885 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and diagnostic trouble codes.

1.2 Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic trouble codes exist:
Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 886 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Calibrate Suspended Front Axle

Action:

Mode of operation of the solenoid valves Y10 and Y11

Solenoid valve 1 Solenoid valve 2 Responsible for

Front axle moves up (hydraulic cylinders


Y10 open (activated electrically) Y11 open (activated electrically)
extend)

Front axle moves down (hydraulic cylinders


Y10 closed (not activated electrically) Y11 open (activated electrically)
retract)

To test solenoids Y10 and Y11, the suspended front axle must be calibrated.

Calibrate suspended front axle: See Reference 245-SFA-001 , Calibration and Input
Addresses, Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS.

IMPORTANT:

If errors occur during the calibration, the calibration is interrupted and


several diagnostic trouble codes are saved. These diagnostic trouble codes
take priority.

Result:

YES:• Calibration was successful: Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose
contact: GO TO 3 .

NO:Calibration was not successful: GO TO 4 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 887 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Check Circuit of Solenoid Valves (Y10 and Y11)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.

Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.

• Circuit/harness test for TLS solenoid valve 1 (Y10) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the
Technical Manual.

• Circuit/harness test for TLS solenoid valve 2 (Y11) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the
Technical Manual.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 4 ) Checking for mechanical defects at the valves in the control block

Action:

Do the following checks:

Check for mechanical defects at solenoid valve Y11 (stuck in closed position).
Check for mechanical defects at the valves in the control block.

For more detailed information, see:

“Reconditioning the Valves in the Control Block” in the Repair Manual, Section 80, Group 25.

Result:

YES:If there are no mechanical defects: Check the hydraulic circuit, GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair as required and subsequently calibrate the suspended front axle: See Reference
245-SFA-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 888 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Checking the hydraulic circuit

Action:

Reference 270-15-012 , Checking the Hydraulic System.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 889 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 324062.31- No Axle Movement During Travel Although Command Was Given
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324062.31 is saved when the control unit does not register any
axle movement - via the position sensor - within 60 seconds during travel (ground speed
more than 10 km/h / 6.2 mph), although the control unit ordered an axle movement. The
diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Circuit fault in solenoid valve circuit (Y10 or Y11) additionally


generates diagnostic trouble codes SFA 324044.04, SFA 324045.05,
SFA 324046.04 or SFA 324047.05. These diagnostic trouble codes take
priority.
Mechanical defect at solenoid valve Y11 (stuck in closed position).
Defective control block (valves in control block).
Hydraulic malfunction.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 280-20-140 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - SFA Control Unit.

• Reference 280-20-180 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Hydraulic Circuit Schematic -
Level Control “Raise”.

• Reference 280-20-190 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Hydraulic Circuit Diagram, Level
Control (Down)

• Reference 280-20-150 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Control Block, Components.

• “Reconditioning the Valves in the Control Block” in the Repair Manual, Section 80, Group
25.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 890 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and diagnostic trouble codes.

1.2 Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic trouble codes exist:
Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 891 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Calibrate Suspended Front Axle

Action:

Mode of operation of the solenoid valves Y10 and Y11

Solenoid valve 1 Solenoid valve 2 Responsible for

Front axle moves up (hydraulic cylinders


Y10 open (activated electrically) Y11 open (activated electrically)
extend)

Front axle moves down (hydraulic cylinders


Y10 closed (not activated electrically) Y11 open (activated electrically)
retract)

To test solenoids Y10 and Y11, the suspended front axle must be calibrated.

Calibrate suspended front axle: See Reference 245-SFA-001 , Calibration and Input
Addresses, Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS.

IMPORTANT:

If errors occur during the calibration, the calibration is interrupted and


several diagnostic trouble codes are saved. These diagnostic trouble codes
take priority.

Result:

YES:• Calibration was successful: Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose
contact: GO TO 3 .

NO:Calibration was not successful: GO TO 4 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 892 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Check Circuit of Solenoid Valves (Y10 and Y11)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.

Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.

• Circuit/harness test for TLS solenoid valve 1 (Y10) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the
Technical Manual.

• Circuit/harness test for TLS solenoid valve 2 (Y11) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the
Technical Manual.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 4 ) Checking for mechanical defects at the valves in the control block

Action:

Do the following checks:

Check for mechanical defects at solenoid valve Y11 (stuck in closed position).
Check for mechanical defects at the valves in the control block.

For more detailed information, see:

“Reconditioning the Valves in the Control Block” in the Repair Manual, Section 80, Group 25.

Result:

YES:If there are no mechanical defects: Check the hydraulic circuit, GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair as required and subsequently calibrate the suspended front axle: See Reference
245-SFA-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 893 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Checking the hydraulic circuit

Action:

Reference 270-15-012 , Checking the Hydraulic System.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 894 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 324063.31- No Cab Movement During Calibration Although Command Was


Given
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324063.31 is saved when the control unit does not register any
cab movement - via the position sensor - within 80 seconds during the calibration of the cab
suspension. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A circuit fault in the solenoid circuit (Y42 or Y43) is generating other


diagnostic trouble codes (SFA 324040.04, SFA 324041.05, SFA
324042.04 or SFA 324043.05). Priority diagnostic trouble codes must
be processed first.
Mechanical defect at solenoid Y42 or Y43 (stuck in closed position).
Hydraulic malfunction.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SFA-200 , Theory of Operation (SFA Control Unit).

• Reference 290-20-055 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Operation.

• Reference 290-20-085 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Control Block, Components.

• Reference 290-20-090 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Hydraulic Diagram “Raising”.

• Reference 290-20-095 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Hydraulic Diagram “Lowering”.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 895 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and diagnostic trouble codes.

1.2 Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic trouble codes exist:
Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 896 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Calibrating the suspended cab

Action:

Mode of operation of the solenoid valves Y42 and Y43

Solenoid 1 Solenoid 2 Responsible for

Y43 closed (not activated Cab moves down (hydraulic cylinders


Y42 open (activated electrically)
electrically) retract)

Y42 closed (not activated


Y43 open (activated electrically) Cab moves up (hydraulic cylinders extend)
electrically)

To test solenoids Y42 and Y43, the suspended cab must be calibrated.

Calibrate the suspended cab: See Reference 245-SFA-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses,
Hydraulic Cab Suspension.

IMPORTANT:

If errors occur during the calibration, the calibration is interrupted and


several diagnostic trouble codes are saved. These diagnostic trouble codes
take priority.

Result:

YES:• Calibration was successful: Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose
contact: GO TO 3 .

NO:Calibration was not successful: GO TO 4 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 897 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Check Circuit of Solenoid Valves (Y42 and Y43)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.

Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.

• Circuit/harness test for cab solenoid valve (Y42) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the
Technical Manual.

• Circuit/harness test for cab solenoid valve (Y43) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the
Technical Manual.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 4 ) Checking for mechanical defects at the valves in the control block

Action:

Do the following checks:

Check for mechanical defects at solenoid Y42 (stuck in closed position).


Check for mechanical defects at solenoid Y43 (stuck in closed position).
Check for mechanical defects at the valves in the control block.

For more detailed information, see Reference 290-20-085 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension
- Control Block, Components.

Result:

YES:If there are no mechanical defects: Check the hydraulic circuit, GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair as required and subsequently calibrate the suspended cab: See Reference 245-
SFA-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Hydraulic Cab Suspension.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 898 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Checking the hydraulic circuit

Action:

Check the hydraulic circuit. See Reference 270-15-012 , Checking the Hydraulic System.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 899 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 324064.31- No Cab Movement During Operation Although Command Was


Given
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324064.31 is saved when the control unit does not register any
cab movement - via the position sensor - within 60 seconds during operation (engine speed
exists), although the control unit ordered a cab movement. This diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A circuit fault in the solenoid circuit (Y42 or Y43) is generating other


diagnostic trouble codes (SFA 324040.04, SFA 324041.05, SFA
324042.04 or SFA 324043.05). These diagnostic trouble codes take
priority.
Mechanical defect at solenoid Y42 or Y43 (stuck in closed position).
Hydraulic malfunction.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SFA-200 , Theory of Operation (SFA Control Unit).

• Reference 290-20-055 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Operation.

• Reference 290-20-085 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Control Block, Components.

• Reference 290-20-090 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Hydraulic Diagram “Raising”.

• Reference 290-20-095 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Hydraulic Diagram “Lowering”.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 900 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and diagnostic trouble codes.

1.2 Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic trouble codes exist:
Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 901 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Calibrating the suspended cab

Action:

Mode of operation of the solenoid valves Y42 and Y43

Solenoid 1 Solenoid 2 Responsible for

Y43 closed (not activated Cab moves down (hydraulic cylinders


Y42 open (activated electrically)
electrically) retract)

Y42 closed (not activated


Y43 open (activated electrically) Cab moves up (hydraulic cylinders extend)
electrically)

To test solenoids Y42 and Y43, the suspended cab must be calibrated.

Calibrate the suspended cab: See Reference 245-SFA-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses,
Hydraulic Cab Suspension.

IMPORTANT:

If errors occur during the calibration, the calibration is interrupted and


several diagnostic trouble codes are saved. These diagnostic trouble codes
take priority.

Result:

YES:• Calibration was successful: Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose
contact: GO TO 3 .

NO:Calibration was not successful: GO TO 4 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 902 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Check Circuit of Solenoid Valves (Y42 and Y43)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.

Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.

• Circuit/harness test for cab solenoid valve (Y42) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the
Technical Manual.

• Circuit/harness test for cab solenoid valve (Y43) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the
Technical Manual.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 4 ) Checking for mechanical defects at the valves in the control block

Action:

Do the following checks:

Check for mechanical defects at solenoid Y42 (stuck in closed position).


Check for mechanical defects at solenoid Y43 (stuck in closed position).
Check for mechanical defects at the valves in the control block.

For more detailed information, see Reference 290-20-085 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension
- Control Block, Components.

Result:

YES:If there are no mechanical defects: Check the hydraulic circuit, GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair as required and subsequently calibrate the suspended cab: See Reference 245-
SFA-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Hydraulic Cab Suspension.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 903 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Checking the hydraulic circuit

Action:

Reference 270-15-012 , Checking the Hydraulic System.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 904 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 324065.31- No Cab Movement During Travel Although Command Was Given
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324065.31 is saved when the control unit does not register any
cab movement - via the position sensor - within 60 seconds during travel (ground speed more
than 10 km/h / 6.2 mph), although the control unit ordered a cab movement. This diagnostic
trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A circuit fault in the solenoid circuit (Y42 or Y43) is generating other


diagnostic trouble codes (SFA 324040.04, SFA 324041.05, SFA
324042.04 or SFA 324043.05). These diagnostic trouble codes take
priority.
Mechanical defect at solenoid Y42 or Y43 (stuck in closed position).
Hydraulic malfunction.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SFA-200 , Theory of Operation (SFA Control Unit).

• Reference 290-20-055 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Operation.

• Reference 290-20-085 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Control Block, Components.

• Reference 290-20-090 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Hydraulic Diagram “Raising”.

• Reference 290-20-095 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Hydraulic Diagram “Lowering”.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 905 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and diagnostic trouble codes.

1.2 Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic trouble codes exist:
Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 906 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Calibrating the suspended cab

Action:

Mode of operation of the solenoid valves Y42 and Y43

Solenoid 1 Solenoid 2 Responsible for

Y43 closed (not activated Cab moves down (hydraulic cylinders


Y42 open (activated electrically)
electrically) retract)

Y42 closed (not activated


Y43 open (activated electrically) Cab moves up (hydraulic cylinders extend)
electrically)

To test solenoids Y42 and Y43, the suspended cab must be calibrated.

Calibrate the suspended cab: See Reference 245-SFA-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses,
Hydraulic Cab Suspension.

IMPORTANT:

If errors occur during the calibration, the calibration is interrupted and


several diagnostic trouble codes are saved. These diagnostic trouble codes
take priority.

Result:

YES:• Calibration was successful: Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose
contact: GO TO 3 .

NO:Calibration was not successful: GO TO 4 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 907 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Check Circuit of Solenoid Valves (Y42 and Y43)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.

Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.

• Circuit/harness test for cab solenoid valve (Y42) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the
Technical Manual.

• Circuit/harness test for cab solenoid valve (Y43) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the
Technical Manual.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 4 ) Checking for mechanical defects at the valves in the control block

Action:

Do the following checks:

Check for mechanical defects at solenoid Y42 (stuck in closed position).


Check for mechanical defects at solenoid Y43 (stuck in closed position).
Check for mechanical defects at the valves in the control block.

For more detailed information, see Reference 290-20-085 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension
- Control Block, Components.

Result:

YES:If there are no mechanical defects: Check the hydraulic circuit, GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair as required and subsequently calibrate the suspended cab: See Reference 245-
SFA-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Hydraulic Cab Suspension.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 908 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Checking the hydraulic circuit

Action:

Reference 270-15-012 , Checking the Hydraulic System.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 909 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 324066.03- Power Supply to TLS Position Sensor, Shorted Circuit


39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324066.03 is saved when a TLS position sensor supply voltage
above 5.25 volts is measured at the control unit. This indicates that the position sensor circuit
is shorted (battery voltage). This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Positive lead (cable 703) of the 5 volts power supply defective.


Short circuit (battery voltage).
Defective components (potentiometer) in the 5 volts power supply
circuit.
Internal problem in the SFA.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 280-20-110 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Operation.

• Reference 280-20-130 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Position Sensor.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and diagnostic trouble codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 910 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the power supply

Action:

Access address SFA010 :

Item Measurement Specification

SFA010 - Voltage, 5 volts power supply for SFA components


5 volts power supply: Minimum voltage 4.75 volts

Maximum voltage 5.25 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for TLS position sensor (B53) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for TLS position sensor (B53) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in
the Technical Manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 911 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 324067.04- Power Supply to TLS Position Sensor, Grounded or Open Circuit
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324067.04 is saved when a TLS position sensor supply voltage
below 4.75 volts is measured at the control unit. This indicates that the position sensor circuit
is open or grounded. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Positive lead (cable 703) of the 5 volts power supply defective.


Open circuit.
Short to ground.
Ground lead (cable 710) of the 5 volts supply voltage defective.
Open circuit.
Defective components (potentiometer) in the 5 volts power supply
circuit.
Internal problem in the SFA.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 280-20-110 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Operation.

• Reference 280-20-130 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Position Sensor.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and diagnostic trouble codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 912 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the power supply

Action:

Access address SFA010 :

Item Measurement Specification

SFA010 - Voltage, 5 volts power supply for SFA components


5 volts power supply: Minimum voltage 4.75 volts

Maximum voltage 5.25 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for TLS position sensor (B53) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for TLS position sensor (B53) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in
the Technical Manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 913 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 324068.13- TLS Position Sensor, Signal Voltage Too Low During Downward
Movement
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324068.13 is saved when the control unit measures a voltage
below 0.25 volts at the signal input of the TLS position sensor during the downward
movement of the front axle. This indicates that the position sensor circuit is open or
grounded. This diagnostic trouble code does not necessarily mean that the TLS position
sensor is responsible for the fault. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A problem in the 5 volts power supply circuit is generating another


diagnostic trouble code (SFA 324067.04). This diagnostic trouble code
takes priority.
Defective line connection in position sensor circuit (lead 708).
Open circuit.
Short to ground.
Defective TLS position sensor B53.
Position sensor rod misadjusted.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 280-20-100 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Components.

• Reference 280-20-110 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Operation.

• Reference 280-20-130 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Position Sensor.

• “Reconditioning the Position Sensor” in the Repair Manual, Section 80, Group 25.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 914 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and diagnostic trouble codes.

1.2 Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic trouble code has been
saved: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the signal from position sensor (B53)

Action:

Access address SFA005 :

Item Measurement Specification

SFA005 - Status, signal voltage of TLS position sensor (B53)


Signal recognized: Status 001

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Check the circuit of position sensor (B53), GO TO: Circuit/harness test for TLS position
sensor (B53) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 915 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the sensor rod

Action:

Check the adjustment of the position sensor (B53) rod, see Reference 280-15-003 ; Adjusting
the Sensor Rod (Position Sensor Linkage).

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for TLS position sensor (B53) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.

NO:Repair as required, delete diagnostic trouble code and recalibrate SFA.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 916 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 324069.13- TLS Position Sensor, Signal Voltage Too High (Lowered Fully)
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324069.13 is saved when the control unit measures a voltage
above 2 volts at the signal input of the TLS position sensor while the front axle is in its lowest
position. This diagnostic trouble code does not necessarily mean that the TLS position sensor
is responsible for the fault. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.
This diagnostic trouble code can only be generated during the calibration.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A problem in the 5 volts power supply circuit is generating another


diagnostic trouble code (SFA 324066.03). This diagnostic trouble code
takes priority.
Defective line connection in position sensor circuit (lead 708).
Shorted circuit to 5 or 12 volts lead.
Defective ground lead (cable 710).
Defective TLS position sensor B53.
Position sensor rod misadjusted.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 280-20-100 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Components.

• Reference 280-20-110 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Operation.

• Reference 280-20-130 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Position Sensor.

• “Reconditioning the Position Sensor” in the Repair Manual, Section 80, Group 25.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 917 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and diagnostic trouble codes.

1.2 Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic trouble code has been
saved: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the signal from position sensor (B53)

Action:

Access address SFA005 :

Item Measurement Specification

SFA005 - Status, signal voltage of TLS position sensor (B53)


Signal recognized: Status 001

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Check the circuit of position sensor (B53), GO TO: Circuit/harness test for TLS position
sensor (B53) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 918 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the sensor rod

Action:

Check the adjustment of the position sensor (B53) rod, see Reference 280-15-003 ; Adjusting
the Sensor Rod (Position Sensor Linkage).

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for TLS position sensor (B53) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.

NO:Repair as required, delete diagnostic trouble code and recalibrate SFA.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 919 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 324070.13- TLS Position Sensor, Signal Voltage Too High During Upward
Movement
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324070.13 is saved when the control unit measures a voltage
above 4.75 volts at the signal input of the TLS position sensor during the upward movement
of the front axle. This indicates that the position sensor circuit is shorted. This diagnostic
trouble code does not necessarily mean that the TLS position sensor is responsible for the
fault. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A problem in the 5 volts power supply circuit is generating another


diagnostic trouble code (SFA 324066.03). This diagnostic trouble code
takes priority.
Defective line connection in position sensor circuit (lead 708).
Shorted circuit to 5 or 12 volts lead.
Defective TLS position sensor B53.
Position sensor rod misadjusted.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 280-20-100 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Components.

• Reference 280-20-110 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Operation.

• Reference 280-20-130 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Position Sensor.

• “Reconditioning the Position Sensor” in the Repair Manual, Section 80, Group 25.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 920 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and diagnostic trouble codes.

1.2 Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic trouble code has been
saved: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the signal from position sensor (B53)

Action:

Access address SFA005 :

Item Measurement Specification

SFA005 - Status, signal voltage of TLS position sensor (B53)


Signal recognized: Status 001

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Check the circuit of position sensor (B53), GO TO: Circuit/harness test for TLS position
sensor (B53) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 921 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the sensor rod

Action:

Check the adjustment of the position sensor (B53) rod, see Reference 280-15-003 ; Adjusting
the Sensor Rod (Position Sensor Linkage).

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for TLS position sensor (B53) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.

NO:Repair as required, delete diagnostic trouble code and recalibrate SFA.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 922 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 324071.13- TLS Position Sensor, Signal Voltage Too Low (Raised Fully)
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324071.13 is saved when the control unit measures a voltage
below 3 volts at the signal input of the TLS position sensor while the front axle is in its highest
position. This diagnostic trouble code does not necessarily mean that the TLS position sensor
is responsible for the fault. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.
This diagnostic trouble code can only be generated during the calibration.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A problem in the 5 volts power supply circuit is generating another


diagnostic trouble code (SFA 324067.04). This diagnostic trouble code
takes priority.
Defective line connection in position sensor circuit (lead 708).
Open circuit.
Short to ground.
Defective TLS position sensor B53.
Position sensor rod misadjusted.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 280-20-100 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Components.

• Reference 280-20-110 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Operation.

• Reference 280-20-130 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Position Sensor.

• “Reconditioning the Position Sensor” in the Repair Manual, Section 80, Group 25.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 923 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and diagnostic trouble codes.

1.2 Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic trouble code has been
saved: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the signal from position sensor (B53)

Action:

Access address SFA005 :

Item Measurement Specification

SFA005 - Status, signal voltage of TLS position sensor (B53)


Signal recognized: Status 001

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Check the circuit of position sensor (B53), GO TO: Circuit/harness test for TLS position
sensor (B53) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 924 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the sensor rod

Action:

Check the adjustment of the position sensor (B53) rod, see Reference 280-15-003 ; Adjusting
the Sensor Rod (Position Sensor Linkage).

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for TLS position sensor (B53) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.

NO:Repair as required, delete diagnostic trouble code and recalibrate SFA.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 925 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 324072.13- TLS Position Sensor, Signal Voltage in Mid-Position Out of Range
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324072.13 is saved when the voltage measured by the control
unit at the signal input of the TLS position sensor while the front axle is in the neutral
(middle) position is not between 2 and 3 volts. This diagnostic trouble code does not
necessarily mean that the TLS position sensor is responsible for the fault. This diagnostic
trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”. This diagnostic trouble code can only be
generated during the calibration.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Priority diagnostic trouble codes SFA 324069.13 and SFA 324071.13


must be processed first.
A problem in the 5 volts power supply circuit is generating other
priority diagnostic trouble codes (SFA 324066.03 or SFA 324067.04).
These diagnostic trouble codes take priority.
Position sensor rod misadjusted.
Defective TLS position sensor B53.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 280-20-100 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Components.

• Reference 280-20-110 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Operation.

• Reference 280-20-130 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Position Sensor.

• “Reconditioning the Position Sensor” in the Repair Manual, Section 80, Group 25.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 926 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and diagnostic trouble codes.

1.2 Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic trouble code has been
saved: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the signal from position sensor (B53)

Action:

Access address SFA005 :

Item Measurement Specification

SFA005 - Status, signal voltage of TLS position sensor (B53)


Signal recognized: Status 001

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Check the circuit of position sensor (B53), GO TO: Circuit/harness test for TLS position
sensor (B53) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 927 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the sensor rod

Action:

Check the adjustment of the position sensor (B53) rod, see Reference 280-15-003 ; Adjusting
the Sensor Rod (Position Sensor Linkage).

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for TLS position sensor (B53) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.

NO:Repair as required, delete diagnostic trouble code and recalibrate SFA.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 928 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 324073.03- Power Supply to Cab Position Sensor, Shorted Circuit


39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324073.03 is saved when the power supply to the cab position
sensor is measured at the control unit as being above 5.25 volts. This indicates that the
position sensor circuit is shorted (battery voltage). This diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Positive lead (cable 703) of the 5 volts power supply defective.


Short circuit (battery voltage).
Defective components (potentiometer) in the 5 volts power supply
circuit.
Internal problem in the SFA.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 290-20-050 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Components.

• Reference 290-20-055 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Operation.

• Reference 290-20-065 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Position Sensor.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and diagnostic trouble codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 929 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the power supply

Action:

Access address SFA010 :

Item Measurement Specification

SFA010 - Voltage, 5 volts power supply for SFA components


5 volts power supply: Minimum voltage 4.75 volts

Maximum voltage 5.25 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for cab position sensor (B110) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for cab position sensor (B110) ; see Section 245, Group SFA
in the Technical Manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 930 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 324074.04- Power Supply to Cab Position Sensor, Grounded or Open Circuit
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324074.04 is saved when power supply to the cab position
sensor is measured at the control unit as being below 4.75 volts. This indicates that the
position sensor circuit is open or grounded. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm
level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Positive lead (cable 703) of the 5 volts power supply defective.


Open circuit.
Short to ground.
Ground lead (cable 710) of the 5 volts supply voltage defective.
Open circuit.
Defective components (potentiometer) in the 5 volts power supply
circuit.
Internal problem in the SFA.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 290-20-050 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Components.

• Reference 290-20-055 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Operation.

• Reference 290-20-065 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Position Sensor.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 931 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and diagnostic trouble codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the power supply

Action:

Access address SFA010 :

Item Measurement Specification

SFA010 - Voltage, 5 volts power supply for SFA components


5 volts power supply: Minimum voltage 4.75 volts

Maximum voltage 5.25 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for cab position sensor (B110) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for cab position sensor (B110) ; see Section 245, Group SFA
in the Technical Manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 932 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 324075.13- Cab Position Sensor, Signal Voltage Too Low During Downward
Movement
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324075.13 is saved when the control unit measures a voltage
below 0.25 volts at the signal input of the cab position sensor during the downward
movement of the cab. This indicates that the position sensor circuit is open or grounded. This
diagnostic trouble code does not necessarily mean that the cab position sensor is responsible
for the fault. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A problem in the 5 volts power supply circuit is generating another


diagnostic trouble code (SFA 324074.04). This diagnostic trouble code
takes priority.
Defective line connection in position sensor circuit (lead 719).
Open circuit.
Short to ground.
Defective cab position sensor B110.
Position sensor rod misadjusted.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 290-20-050 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Components.

• Reference 290-20-055 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Operation.

• Reference 290-20-065 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Position Sensor.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 933 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and diagnostic trouble codes.

1.2 Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic codes has been saved:
Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the signal from position sensor (B110)

Action:

Access address SFA007 :

Item Measurement Specification

SFA007 - Status, signal voltage of cab position sensor (B110)


Signal recognized: Status 001

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Check the circuit of position sensor (B110), GO TO: Circuit/harness test for cab position
sensor (B110) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 934 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the sensor rod

Action:

Check the setting of the rod of position sensor B110; see Reference 290-15-120 , Hydro-
Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Adjusting the Sensor Rod (Position Sensor Linkage) at Section
290, Group 15 in the Technical Manual.

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for cab position sensor (B110) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.

NO:Repair as required, delete diagnostic trouble code and recalibrate SFA.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 935 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 324076.13- Cab Position Sensor, Signal Voltage Too High (Lowered Fully)
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324076.13 is saved when the control unit measures a voltage
above 2 volts at the signal input of the cab position sensor while the cab is in its lowest
position. This diagnostic trouble code does not necessarily mean that the cab position sensor
is responsible for the fault. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.
This diagnostic trouble code can only be generated during calibration.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A problem in the 5 volts power supply circuit is generating another


diagnostic trouble code (SFA 324073.03). This diagnostic trouble code
takes priority.
Defective line connection in position sensor circuit (lead 719).
Short circuit to 5 or 12 volts lead.
Defective ground lead (cable 710).
Defective cab position sensor B110.
Position sensor rod misadjusted (linkage).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 290-20-050 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Components.

• Reference 290-20-055 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Operation.

• Reference 290-20-065 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Position Sensor.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 936 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and diagnostic trouble codes.

1.2 Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic codes has been saved:
Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the signal from position sensor (B110)

Action:

Access address SFA007 :

Item Measurement Specification

SFA007 - Status, signal voltage of cab position sensor (B110)


Signal recognized: Status 001

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Check the circuit of position sensor (B110), GO TO: Circuit/harness test for cab position
sensor (B110) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 937 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the sensor rod

Action:

Check the setting of the rod of position sensor B110; see Reference 290-15-120 , Hydro-
Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Adjusting the Sensor Rod (Position Sensor Linkage) at Section
290, Group 15 in the Technical Manual.

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for cab position sensor (B110) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.

NO:Repair as required, delete diagnostic trouble code and recalibrate SFA.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 938 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 324077.13- Cab Position Sensor, Signal Voltage Too High During Upward
Movement
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324077.13 is saved when the control unit measures a voltage
above 4.75 volts at the signal input of the cab position sensor during the upward movement
of the cab. This indicates that the position sensor circuit is shorted. This diagnostic trouble
code does not necessarily mean that the cab position sensor is responsible for the fault. This
diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A problem in the 5 volts power supply circuit is generating another


diagnostic trouble code (SFA 324073.03). This diagnostic trouble code
takes priority.
Defective line connection in position sensor circuit (lead 719).
Short circuit to 5 or 12 volts lead.
Defective cab position sensor B110.
Position sensor rod misadjusted (linkage).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 290-20-050 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Components.

• Reference 290-20-055 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Operation.

• Reference 290-20-065 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Position Sensor.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 939 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and diagnostic trouble codes.

1.2 Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic trouble codes has been
saved: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the signal from position sensor (B110)

Action:

Access address SFA007 :

Item Measurement Specification

SFA007 - Status, signal voltage of cab position sensor (B110)


Signal recognized: Status 001

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Check the circuit of position sensor (B110), GO TO: Circuit/harness test for cab position
sensor (B110) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 940 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the sensor rod

Action:

Check the setting of the rod of position sensor B110; see Reference 290-15-120 , Hydro-
Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Adjusting the Sensor Rod (Position Sensor Linkage) at Section
290, Group 15 in the Technical Manual.

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for cab position sensor (B110) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.

NO:Repair as required, delete diagnostic trouble code and recalibrate SFA.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 941 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 324078.13- Cab Position Sensor, Signal Voltage Too Low (Raised Fully)
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324078.13 is saved when the control unit measures a voltage
below 3 volts at the signal input of the cab position sensor while the cab is in its highest
position. This diagnostic trouble code does not necessarily mean that the cab position sensor
is responsible for the fault. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.
This diagnostic trouble code can only be generated during calibration.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A problem in the 5 volts power supply circuit is generating another


diagnostic trouble code (SFA 324074.04). This diagnostic trouble code
takes priority.
Defective line connection in position sensor circuit (lead 719).
Open circuit.
Short to ground.
Defective cab position sensor B110.
Position sensor rod misadjusted (linkage).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 290-20-050 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Components.

• Reference 290-20-055 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Operation.

• Reference 290-20-065 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Position Sensor.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 942 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and diagnostic trouble codes.

1.2 Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic trouble codes has been
saved: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the signal from position sensor (B110)

Action:

Access address SFA007 :

Item Measurement Specification

SFA007 - Status, signal voltage of cab position sensor (B110)


Signal recognized: Status 001

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Check the circuit of position sensor (B110), GO TO: Circuit/harness test for cab position
sensor (B110) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 943 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the sensor rod

Action:

Check the setting of the rod of position sensor B110; see Reference 290-15-120 , Hydro-
Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Adjusting the Sensor Rod (Position Sensor Linkage) at Section
290, Group 15 in the Technical Manual.

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for cab position sensor (B110) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.

NO:Repair as required, delete diagnostic trouble code and recalibrate SFA.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 944 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 324079.13- Cab Position Sensor, Signal Voltage in Mid-Position Out of Range
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324079.13 is saved when the voltage measured by the control
unit at the signal input of the cab position sensor while the cab is in the neutral (middle)
position is not between 2 and 3 volts. This diagnostic trouble code does not necessarily mean
that the cab position sensor is responsible for the fault. This diagnostic trouble code triggers
the alarm level: “CAUTION”. This diagnostic trouble code can only be generated during
calibration.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Priority diagnostic trouble codes SFA 324076.13 and SFA 324078.13


must be processed first.
A problem in the 5 volts power supply circuit is generating other
priority diagnostic trouble codes (SFA 324073.03 or SFA 324074.04).
These diagnostic trouble codes take priority.
Position sensor rod misadjusted (linkage).
Defective cab position sensor B110.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 945 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and diagnostic trouble codes.

1.2 Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic trouble codes has been
saved: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the signal from position sensor (B110)

Action:

Access address SFA007 :

Item Measurement Specification

SFA007 - Status, signal voltage of cab position sensor (B110)


Signal recognized: Status 001

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Check the circuit of position sensor (B110), GO TO: Circuit/harness test for cab position
sensor (B110) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 946 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the sensor rod

Action:

Check the setting of the rod of position sensor B110; see Reference 290-15-120 , Hydro-
Pneumatic Cab Suspension - Adjusting the Sensor Rod (Position Sensor Linkage) at Section
290, Group 15 in the Technical Manual.

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for cab position sensor (B110) ; see Section 245, Group SFA in the Technical Manual.

NO:Repair as required, delete diagnostic trouble code and recalibrate SFA.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 947 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 324080.09- Engine Control Unit or Basic Control Unit Sends No Data (Engine
Speed)
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324080.09 is saved when there is a problem in transferring data
between the ECU/BCU and the control unit for the suspension of the TLS front axle and the
cab (SFA). Reception of the CAN message regarding engine speed is intermittent or non-
existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective fuse:
F03/1 on tractors without engine control unit (ECU)
F04/1 on tractors with ECU Level 1 (Lucas/Delphi injection pump).
F04/1 (Ignition) and F04/2 (Battery) on tractors with ECU Level 12
(DE10 injection pump) or with ECU Level 11 (HPCR).
A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem.
If other diagnostic trouble codes from other control units are
saved that indicate a problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Diagnostic
trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.
Defective 29 BIT CAN BUS connection or voltage supply control unit
occasionally causes problems with the data transfer at the following
control units:
BCU - Basic control unit (additional diagnostic trouble codes are
saved in the BCU).
ECU - Engine control unit (additional diagnostic trouble codes are
saved in the ECU).
SFA - Control unit for the suspension of the TLS front axle and the
cab.
Intermittent 29-bit CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong
electromagnetic influences.
Defective basic control unit (BCU) or engine control unit (ECU).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

• Reference 240-25A-010 , Fuses up to tractor serial number 398655.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 948 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 240-25A-015 , Fuses up to tractor serial number 398656.

• Reference 240-25-007 , Fuses and relays (AutoPowr/IVT transmission) from serial no.
398656

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

BCU or ECU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no BCU or ECU diagnostic trouble codes exist: GO
TO 1.3.

Action:

1.3

Check BCU/ECU fuses:

Tractors without engine control unit (ECU):

F03/1

Tractors with ECU Level 1 (Delphi/Lucas injection pump)

Fuse F04/1

Tractors with ECU Level 12 (DE10 injection pump) or with ECU Level 11 (HPCR)
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 949 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Fuse F04/1
Fuse F04/2

Result:

YES:GO TO 1.4.

NO:Put in a new fuses.

Action:

1.4 - A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem

Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.

Result:

YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
• If the tractor is equipped without engine control unit (ECU) or with a Level 1 engine control
unit (Delphi/Lucas injection pump), GO TO 2 .
• If the tractor is equipped with a Level 11 (HPCR) or Level 12 control unit (DE10 injection
pump), GO TO 3 .

NO:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) (Section
213, Group 45).

( 2 ) Checking the BCU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the 29-bit CAN BUS screen lines (930/932).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 950 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

X483/2 45-pin plug for basic control unit (BCU)

Item Measurement Specification

X483/2 45-pin plug for basic control unit (BCU) (W08)


Power supply: Lead 571 (positive, ELX) 12 volts at pin 23

Lead 050 Ground at pin 1

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 951 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

X483/1 68-pin plug for basic control unit (BCU)

Item Measurement Specification

X483/1 - 68-pin plug for basic control unit (BCU) (W08)


29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS screen lines: Lead 930- Ground at pin 20

Lead 932+ 12 volts at pin 43

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

For circuit diagram, see:

Reference 240-10A-051 , SE16F - BCU (Speed Sender and Radar).


Reference 240-10-024 , SE16H - BCU (Power Supply, Acoustic Alarm).

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus Transmission
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 952 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

and TIER I Engine


[ without ECU (Engine Control Unit) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of references.

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Checking the ECU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the 29-bit CAN BUS screen lines (930/932).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

X570/1 30-pin plug for engine control unit (ECU) Level 11

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 953 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

X570/2 30-pin plug for engine control unit (ECU) Level 11

Item Measurement Specification

ECU Level 11 (HPCR) - plug X570/1 (wiring harness W15)


Power supply: Positive (lead 622) 12 volts at pin E3

Positive (lead 032) 12 volts at pin B1 and pin B2

Positive, ELX (lead 992) 12 volts at pin G2

Ground (lead 050) at pin C2 and pin C3

Item Measurement Specification

ECU Level 11 (HPCR) - plug X570/2 (wiring harness W15)


29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin L1

CAN- (lead 935) at pin L2

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 954 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Item Measurement Specification

ECU Level 12 (DE10) - plug X570 (W15)


Power supply: Positive (lead 622) 12 volts at pin A2

Positive (lead 032) 12 volts at pin K1

Positive (lead 992) 12 volts at pin H1

Ground (lead 050) at pin J2

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin G1

CAN- (lead 935) at pin F1

Item Measurement Specification

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

For circuit diagram, see:

Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control (PowrQuad Plus and


AutoQuad Transmissions), see DE10 injection pump.
Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Electronic Engine Control (AutoPowr/IVT
Transmissions), see HPCR fuel system.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission


and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 955 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the SFA plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the 29-bit CAN BUS screen lines (930/932).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

Item Measurement Specification

X485 - 45-pin plug for SFA control unit (W08)


Power supply: Positive (lead 762) 12 volts at pin 23

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 956 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Item Measurement Specification

Positive (lead 992) 12 volts at pin 45

Ground (lead 050) at pin 1

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

Item Measurement Specification

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

For circuit diagram, see:

Reference 240-10-029 , SE20-Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS and CSC Cab Suspension.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus Transmission
and TIER I Engine
[ without ECU (Engine Control Unit) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 957 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 324081.09- Basic Control Unit Sends No Data (Ground Speed)


39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324081.09 is saved when there is a problem in transferring data
between the BCU and the control unit for the suspension of the TLS front axle and the cab
(SFA). Reception of the CAN message regarding travel speed is intermittent or non-existent
(intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “CAUTION”. On tractors equipped with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad transmission,
the travel speed is ascertained by the wheel speed sender B35/B09 and transmitted by the
BCU to the SFA via the CAN BUS. On tractors equipped with AutoPowr/IVT transmission, the
travel speed is ascertained by the transmission output speed sender B63 and sent to the
TCU. The TCU transfers this signal (buffered) to the BCU which in turn transfers it to the SFA
via the CAN BUS.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective fuse F03/1.


A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem.
If other diagnostic trouble codes from other control units are
saved that indicate a problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Diagnostic
trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.
Defective 29 BIT CAN BUS connection or voltage supply control unit
occasionally causes problems with the data transfer at the following
control units:
BCU - Basic control unit (additional diagnostic codes are saved in
the BCU).
SFA - Control unit for the suspension of the TLS front axle and
cab.
Intermittent 29-bit CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong
electromagnetic influences.
Defective basic control unit (BCU).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 958 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and diagnostic trouble codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2

Check BCU fuse F03/1.

Result:

YES:GO TO 1.3.

NO:Put in a new fuse.

Action:

1.3 - A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem

Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.

Result:

YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: GO TO 2 .

NO:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) (Section
213, Group 45).
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 959 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the BCU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the 29-bit CAN BUS screen lines (930/932).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

X483/1 68-pin plug for basic control unit (BCU)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 960 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Item Measurement Specification

X483/1 - 68-pin plug for basic control unit (BCU)


29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS screen lines: Lead 930- Ground at pin 20

Lead 932+ 12 volts at pin 43

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

Item Measurement Specification

X483/2 - 45-pin plug for basic control unit (BCU) (W08)


Power supply: Positive (lead 571) 12 volts at pin 23

Power supply: Ground (lead 050) at pin 1

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 961 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

For circuit diagram, see:

Reference 240-10A-051 , SE16F - BCU (Speed Sender and Radar).


Reference 240-10-024 , SE16H - BCU (Power Supply, Acoustic Alarm).

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus Transmission
and TIER I Engine
[ without ECU (Engine Control Unit) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Checking the SFA plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the 29-bit CAN BUS screen lines (930/932).
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 962 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

Item Measurement Specification

X485 - 45-pin plug for SFA control unit (W08)


Power supply: Positive (lead 762) 12 volts at pin 23

Positive (lead 992) 12 volts at pin 45

Ground (lead 050) at pin 1

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

Item Measurement Specification

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 963 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

For circuit diagram, see:

Reference 240-10-029 , SE20-Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS and CSC Cab Suspension.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus Transmission
and TIER I Engine
[ without ECU (Engine Control Unit) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 964 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 324082.09- Engine Control Unit or Basic Control Unit Sends No Data While
Tractor is Moving (Engine Speed)
39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324082.09 is saved when there is a problem in transferring data
between the ECU/BCU and the control unit for the suspension of the TLS front axle and the
cab (SFA) while the tractor is travelling (ground speed exists). Reception of the CAN message
regarding engine speed is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to
a loose wire). This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective fuse:
F03/1 on tractors without engine control unit (ECU)
F04/1 on tractors with ECU Level 1 (Lucas/Delphi injection pump).
F04/1 (Ignition) and F04/2 (Battery) on tractors with ECU Level 12
(DE10 injection pump) or with ECU Level 11 (HPCR).
A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem.
If other diagnostic trouble codes from other control units are
saved that indicate a problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Diagnostic
trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.
Defective 29 BIT CAN BUS connection or voltage supply control unit
occasionally causes problems with the data transfer at the following
control units:
BCU - Basic control unit (additional diagnostic trouble codes are
saved in the BCU).
ECU - Engine control unit (additional diagnostic trouble codes are
saved in the ECU).
SFA - Control unit for the suspension of the TLS front axle and
cab.
Intermittent 29-bit CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong
electromagnetic influences.
Defective basic control unit (BCU) or engine control unit (ECU).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

• Reference 240-25A-010 , Fuses up to tractor serial number 398655.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 965 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 240-25A-015 , Fuses up to tractor serial number 398656.

• Reference 240-25-007 , Fuses and relays (AutoPowr/IVT transmission) from serial no.
398656

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

BCU or ECU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no BCU or ECU diagnostic trouble codes exist: GO
TO 1.3.

Action:

1.3

Check BCU/ECU fuses:

Tractors without engine control unit (ECU):

F03/1

Tractors with ECU Level 1 (Delphi/Lucas injection pump)

Fuse F04/1

Tractors with ECU Level 12 (DE10 injection pump)


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 966 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Fuse F04/1
Fuse F04/2

Result:

YES:GO TO 1.4.

NO:Put in a new fuses.

Action:

1.4 - A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem

Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.

Result:

YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
• If the tractor is equipped without engine control unit (ECU) or with a Level 1 engine control
unit (Delphi/Lucas injection pump), GO TO 2 .
• If the tractor is equipped with a Level 12 control unit (DE10 injection pump) or with Level 11
control unit (HPCR), GO TO 3 .

NO:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) (Section
213, Group 45).

( 2 ) Checking the BCU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the 29-bit CAN BUS screen lines (930/932).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 967 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

X483/1 68-pin plug for basic control unit (BCU)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 968 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Item Measurement Specification

X483/1 - 68-pin plug for basic control unit (BCU) (W08)


29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS screen lines: Lead 930- Ground at pin 20

Lead 932+ 12 volts at pin 43

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

Item Measurement Specification

X483/2 - 45-pin plug for basic control unit (BCU) (W08)


Power supply: Positive (lead 571) 12 volts at pin 23

Power supply: Ground (lead 050) at pin 1

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 969 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

For circuit diagram, see:

Reference 240-10A-051 , SE16F - BCU (Speed Sender and Radar).


Reference 240-10-024 , SE16H - BCU (Power Supply, Acoustic Alarm).

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus Transmission
and TIER I Engine
[ without ECU (Engine Control Unit) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of references.

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Checking the ECU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the 29-bit CAN BUS screen lines (930/932).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 970 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

X570/1 30-pin plug for engine control unit (ECU) Level 11

X570/2 30-pin plug for engine control unit (ECU) Level 11

Item Measurement Specification

ECU Level 11 (HPCR) –– plug X570/1 (wiring harness W15)


Power supply: Positive (lead 622) 12 volts at pin E3

Positive (lead 032) 12 volts at pin B1 and pin B2

Positive, ELX (lead 992) 12 volts at pin G2

Ground (lead 050) at pin C2 and pin C3

Item Measurement Specification

ECU Level 11 (HPCR) –– plug X570/2 (wiring harness W15)


29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin L1

CAN- (lead 935) at pin L2

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 971 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Item Measurement Specification

ECU Level 12 (DE10) - plug X570 (W15)


Power supply: Positive (lead 622) 12 volts at pin A2

Positive (lead 032) 12 volts at pin K1

Positive (lead 992) 12 volts at pin H1

Ground (lead 050) at pin J2

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin G1

CAN- (lead 935) at pin F1

Item Measurement Specification

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

For circuit diagram, see:

Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control (PowrQuad Plus and


AutoQuad Transmissions), see DE10 injection pump.
Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Electronic Engine Control (AutoPowr/IVT
Transmissions), see HPCR fuel system.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission


and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 972 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 4 ) Checking the SFA plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the 29-bit CAN BUS screen lines (930/932).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 973 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Item Measurement Specification

X485 - 45-pin plug for SFA control unit (W08)


Power supply: Positive (lead 762) 12 volts at pin 23

Positive (lead 992) 12 volts at pin 45

Ground (lead 050) at pin 1

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

Item Measurement Specification

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

For circuit diagram, see:

Reference 240-10-029 , SE20-Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS and CSC Cab Suspension.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 974 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus Transmission
and TIER I Engine
[ without ECU (Engine Control Unit) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 975 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 324106.31- Control Unit, Internal Error


39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324106.31 is saved when an error occurs in the memory of the
control unit for the suspension of the TLS front axle and the cab (SFA). All values in the
memory are replaced by the factory default settings. This might change how the control unit
operates. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and diagnostic trouble codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace the SFA control unit.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 976 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SFA 324240.31- Control Unit Connected to Wrong Wiring Harness Connector


39
Diagnostic trouble code SFA 324240.31 is saved when the SFA detects an erroneous signal in
the circuit of the control unit identification. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm
level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Wrong control unit connected to connector X485.


Open circuit at lead 714.
Defective SFA.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and diagnostic trouble codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

2.1 - Check the control unit:

Check the control unit connected to SFA connector X485 (is the correct control unit
connected?).
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 977 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result:

YES:If the correct control unit is connected, GO TO 2.2.

NO:Connect the correct control unit to connector X485 and test its functionality.

Action:

2.2 - Check the connecting lead:

• Ignition OFF.

Item Measurement Specification

SFA - plug X485 (W08)


Check the control unit′s identification circuit: Continuity between pins 18 and 37 (lead 714)

For circuit diagram, see:

Reference 240-10-029 , SE20-Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS and CSC Cab Suspension.

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus Transmission
and TIER I Engine
[ without ECU (Engine Control Unit) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 978 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SFA: SFA Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result:

YES:Replace the control unit and carry out an operational test.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 979 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Group SIC - SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes


SIC 000629.12- Control Unit, Internal Error
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 000629.12 is saved when the controller for electrically actuated
SCVs (SIC) recognizes a software problem. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm
level: “Information”.

Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace the controller (SIC).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 980 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 000639.12- Control Unit, Internal Error


40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 000639.12 does not necessarily have any real meaning. It is
often stored by accident when the main switch (ignition key) is switched on or off too quickly.
Pay attention to this diagnostic trouble code only if the E-ICV is not operating properly.
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 000639.12 is saved when the E-SCV / E-ICV controller (SIC)
recognizes a software problem. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“Information”.

Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active (and E-ICV is operating properly): Diagnosis
completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and E-ICV is NOT operating properly:


• No other SIC diagnostic trouble codes are saved: Replace the controller (SIC).
• Other SIC diagnostic trouble codes ARE saved: SIC diagnostic trouble codes must be
processed first.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 981 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 000639.13- 29-bit CAN BUS, High Error Rate


40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 000639.13 does not necessarily have any real meaning. It is
often stored by accident when the main switch (ignition key) is switched on or off too quickly.
Pay attention to this diagnostic trouble code only if the E-ICV is not operating properly.
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 000639.13 is saved when the E-SCV / E-ICV controller (SIC)
recognizes a high error rate in the incoming CAN BUS messages. The diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A general problem with the 29-bit CAN BUS (diagnostic trouble codes
SIC 334001.09, SIC 334002.09 and SIC 334003.09 are saved as well).
If other diagnostic trouble codes from other control units are
saved that indicate a problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Diagnostic
trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.
Faulty CAN BUS screen (diagnostic trouble codes SIC 334001.09, SIC
334002.09 and SIC 334003.09 are saved as well).
Defective fuse F04/13 (voltage supply for 29-bit CAN BUS screen).
Terminating resistors A14 and/or A15 defective.
Screen lines +930 and/or -932 defective.
Voltage supply line (cable 994 and 050) of the screen lines
defective.
Defective/bad voltage supply ground connection via ground point
XGND4 to XGND43.
29-bit CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong electromagnetic
influences.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 982 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active (and E-ICV is operating properly): Diagnosis
completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and E-ICV is NOT operating properly: Diagnostic trouble
code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 983 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 000639.14- 29-bit CAN BUS (Tractor BUS), Very High Error Rate
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 000639.14 is saved when the SIC recognizes a very high error
rate in the incoming CAN BUS messages. This indicates a general problem in the CAN BUS.
Alarm level: Information.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems-Summary of References.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 984 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2 - A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem

Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active (and E-ICV is operating properly): Diagnosis
completed.

NO:The diagnostic trouble code is active and additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved
from other control units that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 985 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check the 29-bit CAN BUS

Action:

Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab) (Section 213, Group 45).

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 986 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 000639.19- 29-bit CAN BUS, Very High Error Rate


40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 000639.19 does not necessarily have any real meaning. It is
often saved by accident when the main switch (ignition key) is switched on or off too quickly.
Pay attention to this diagnostic trouble code only if the E-ICV is not operating properly.
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 000639.19 is saved when the controller for electrically actuated
ICVs (SIC) recognizes a high error rate in the incoming CAN BUS messages. This diagnostic
trouble code triggers the alarm level: ”Information”.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems-Summary of References.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 987 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2 - A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem

Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active (and E-ICV is operating properly): Diagnosis
completed.

NO:The diagnostic trouble code is active and additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved
from other control units that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 988 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check the 29-bit CAN BUS

Action:

Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab) (Section 213, Group 45).

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 989 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 334001.09- Engine Control Unit or Basic Control Unit has Stopped Transmitting
Data (Engine Speed)
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334001.09 is saved when there is a problem in transferring data
between the engine control unit (ECU) or basic control unit (BCU) and the control unit for E-
ICV. Reception of CAN messages that are required for operation of the E-ICV controller is
intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). The
diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”. If diagnostic trouble codes SIC
334002.09 and SIC 334003.09 are saved as well, this indicates a general problem with the
29-bit CAN BUS. Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A general problem with the 29-bit CAN BUS (diagnostic trouble codes
SIC 334002.09 and SIC 334003.09 are saved as well).
If other diagnostic trouble codes from other control units are
saved that indicate a problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Diagnostic
trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.
A fault in the ECU′s monitoring circuit (faulty crankshaft speed sender
B72).
ECU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.
A fault in the BCU′s monitoring circuit (faulty engine speed sender
B01).
BCU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the engine
control unit or basic control unit causes an intermittent problem in
transferring data.
Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general
problem in transferring data to/from the engine control unit (UIC
305051.09, UIC 305052.09, UIC 305053.09, UIC 305055.09, UIC
305056.09, EPC 306121.09, EPC 306122.09, SFA 324080.09, SFA
324082.09 and/or TCU 304160.09).
Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general
problem in transferring data to/from the basic control unit (SFA
324081.09, UIC 305059.09 and/or EPC 306120.09).
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the E-SCV/E-
ICV control unit (SIC) causes an intermittent problem in transferring
data.
Intermittent 29-bit CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong
electromagnetic influences.
Defective engine control unit (ECU) or basic control unit (BCU).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 990 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-ECU-200 , Theory of Operation, Engine Control Unit (ECU Level 1 with LUCAS
Injection Pump)

• Reference 245-ECU-203 , Theory of Operation (TIER II Engines; Level 11 with AutoPowr/IVT


Transmission)

• Reference 245-ECU-203 , Theory of Operation (TIER II Engines; Level 12)

• Reference 245-BCU-201 , Operation of Hitch Control

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 991 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

ECU or BCU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no ECU or BCU diagnostic trouble codes exist: GO
TO 1.3

Action:

1.3

Are other diagnostic trouble codes (SIC 334002.09 and SIC 334003.09) saved that indicate a
general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS?

Result:

YES:Type of error indicates a loose contact:


• If tractor is equipped with ECU Tier II (levels 11 and 12), GO TO 2 .
• If tractor is equipped with ECU Level 1 (LUCAS injection pump), GO TO 3 .

NO:Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit
CAN BUS: Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.

( 2 ) Checking the ECU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 992 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the 29-bit CAN BUS screen lines (930/932).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

Item Measurement Specification

ECU Level 11 (HPCR) – plug X570 (wiring harness W15)


Power supply: Positive (lead 622) 12 volts at pin E3

Positive (lead 032) 12 volts at pins B1 and B2

Positive, ELX (lead 992) 12 volts at pin G2

Ground (lead 050) at pins C2 and C3

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin L1

CAN- (lead 935) at pin L2

Item Measurement Specification

ECU Level 12 (DE10) – plug X570 (wiring harness W15)


Power supply: Positive (lead 622) 12 volts at pin A2

Positive (lead 032) 12 volts at pin K1

Positive (lead 992) 12 volts at pin H1

Ground (lead 050) at pin J2

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin G1

CAN- (lead 935) at pin F1

For circuit diagram of SE23B (electronic engine control), see:

Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References

For component location and pin arrangement, see wiring harnesses W15 for ECU Level 11:

• Reference 240-26-002 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad


transmissions and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus transmission and
TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoQuad/IVT transmission and
TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad/IVT
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 993 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TIER II Engine - Summary of References

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Checking the BCU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the 29-bit CAN BUS screen lines (930/932).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

Item Measurement Specification

BCU – plug X483/1 (W08)


Power supply: Positive (lead 571) 12 volts at pin 23

Ground (lead 050) at pin 1

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS screen lines: Lead 930- at pin 20

Lead 932+ at pin 43

For circuit diagram of SE16H (Basic Control Unit), see:

Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References

For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.

• Reference 240-26-002 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad


transmissions and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus transmission and
TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoQuad/IVT transmission and
TIER I Engine - Summary of References
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 994 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad/IVT
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine - Summary of References

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

( 4 ) Checking the SIC plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

Item Measurement Specification

SIC – plug X456 (W16)


Power supply: Positive, ELX (lead 562) 12 volts at pin 23

Positive, battery (lead 662) 12 volts at pin 2

Ground (lead 050) at pin 1

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

For circuit diagram of SE21 (electronic actuation of SCVs), see:

Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References

For component location and pin arrangement see SIC wiring harness W16:

• Reference 240-26-002 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad


transmissions and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus transmission and
TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoQuad/IVT transmission and
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 995 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TIER I Engine - Summary of References


• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad/IVT
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine - Summary of References

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 996 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 334002.09- BCU Is Not Transmitting Any Data (Engine Operating Hours)
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334002.09 is stored when there is a problem in transferring data
between the basic control unit (BCU) and the E-ICV controller (SIC). Reception of CAN
messages that are required for operation of the E-ICV controller is intermittent or non-
existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). The diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “Information”. If diagnostic trouble codes SIC 334001.09 and SIC
334003.09 are saved as well, this indicates a general problem with the 29-bit CAN BUS.
Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority. This diagnostic trouble code only
affects the function for auto-deleting the diagnostic trouble codes in the controller
(dependent on operating hours).

Diagnosis

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A general problem with the 29-bit CAN BUS (diagnostic trouble codes
SIC 334001.09 and SIC 334003.09 are saved as well).
If other diagnostic trouble codes from other control units are
saved that indicate a problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Diagnostic
trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.
A fault in the BCU′s monitoring circuit.
BCU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the basic
control unit causes an intermittent problem in transferring data.
Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general
problem in transferring data to/from the basic control unit (SFA
324080.09, UIC 305059.09 and/or EPC 306120.09).
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the SIC
causes an intermittent problem in transferring data.
Intermittent 29-bit CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong
electromagnetic influences.
Defective basic control unit (BCU).

Additional References:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BCU-201 , Operation of Hitch Control

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 997 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of Diagnostic Trouble Codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

BCU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no BCU diagnostic trouble codes exist: GO TO 1.3

Action:

1.3

Are other diagnostic trouble codes (SIC 334001.09 and SIC 334003.09) saved that indicate a
general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS?

Result:

YES:Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO 2 .

NO:Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit
CAN BUS: Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.

( 2 ) Checking the BCU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 998 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the 29-bit CAN BUS screen lines (930/932).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

Item Measurement Specification

BCU – plug X483/1 (W08)


Power supply: Positive (lead 571) 12 volts at Pin 23

Ground (lead 050) at Pin 1

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at Pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at Pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS screen lines: Lead 930- at Pin 20

Lead 932+ at Pin 43

For circuit diagram of SE16H (Basic Control Unit), see:

Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References

For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.

• Reference 240-26-002 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad


transmissions and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus transmission and
TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoQuad/IVT transmission and
TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad/IVT
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine - Summary of References

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Checking the SIC plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 999 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

Item Measurement Specification

SIC –– plug X456 (W16)


Power supply: Positive, ELX (lead 562) 12 volts at pin 23

Positive, battery (lead 662) 12 volts at pin 2

Ground (lead 050) at pin 1

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

For circuit diagram of SE21 (electronic actuation of SCVs), see:

Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References

For component location and pin arrangement see SIC wiring harness W16:

• Reference 240-26-002 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad


transmissions and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus transmission and
TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoQuad/IVT transmission and
TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad/IVT
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine - Summary of References

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1000 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 334003.09- Transmission Control Unit or BIF is/are Not Sending Any Data
(Hydraulic Oil Temperature)
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334003.09 is saved when there is a problem transferring data
between the transmission control unit (TCU) or basic informator (BIF) and the E-ICV controller
(SIC). Reception of CAN messages that are required for operation of the E-ICV controller is
intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). The
diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”. This diagnostic trouble code is
stored if the SIC does not receive any information on the temperature of the hydraulic oil via
the CAN BUS. In the event of this happening, the SIC uses the most recent oil temperature it
has received via the CAN BUS. If diagnostic trouble codes SIC 334001.09 and SIC 334002.09
are saved as well, this indicates a general problem with the 29-bit CAN BUS. Diagnostic
trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.

Diagnosis

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A general problem with the 29-bit CAN BUS (diagnostic trouble codes
SIC 334001.09 and SIC 334002.09 are saved as well).
If other diagnostic trouble codes from other control units are
saved that indicate a problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Diagnostic
trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.
A fault in the TCU′s monitoring circuit (faulty oil temperature sender).
TCU diagnostic trouble codes (TCU 304040.03 or TCU 304024.04)
take priority.
A fault in the BIF′s monitoring circuit (faulty oil temperature sender
B60).
BIF diagnostic trouble codes (BIF 000177.03 or BIF 000177.04)
take priority.
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the
transmission control unit or basic informator causes an intermittent
problem in transferring data.
Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general
problem in transferring data to/from the transmission control unit
(UIC 305190.09 and/or UIC 304054.09).
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the E-SCV/E-
ICV control unit (SIC) causes an intermittent problem in transferring
data.
Intermittent 29-bit CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong
electromagnetic influences.
Defective transmission control unit (TCU) or basic informator (BIF).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1001 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Additional References:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-BIF-101 , Basic Informator - Theory of Operation.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1002 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of Diagnostic Trouble Codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

BCU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no BCU diagnostic trouble codes exist: GO TO 1.3

Action:

1.3

Are other diagnostic trouble codes (SIC 334002.09 and SIC 334003.09) saved that indicate a
general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS?

Result:

YES:Type of error indicates a loose contact:


• For tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission, GO TO 2 .• Tractors with SynchroPlus,
PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad transmissions, GO TO 3 .

NO:Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit
CAN BUS: Diagnostic trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.

( 2 ) Checking the TCU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1003 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the 29-bit CAN BUS screen lines (930/932).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

Item Measurement Specification

TCU –– Plug X332 (W8)


Power supply: Positive (lead 572) 12 volts at Pin 45

Positive (lead 052) 12 volts at Pin 23 and Pin 68

Ground (lead 050) at Pin 1 and Pin 2

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at Pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at Pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS screen lines: Lead 930- at Pin 20

Lead 932+ at Pin 43

For circuit diagram of SE26 (transmission control unit), see:

Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References

For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.

• Reference 240-26-002 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad


transmissions and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus transmission and
TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoQuad/IVT transmission and
TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad/IVT
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine - Summary of References

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Checking the BIF plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1004 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the 29-bit CAN BUS screen lines (930/932).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

Item Measurement Specification

BIF –– plug X25 (W08)


Power supply: Ground (lead 050) at Pin 3

Item Measurement Specification

BIF –– plug X26 (W08)


Power supply: Positive, ELX (lead 992) 12 volts at Pin 14

Positive, battery (lead 992) 12 volts at Pin 10

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at Pin 15

CAN- (lead 935) at Pin 16

29-bit CAN BUS screen lines: Lead 930- at Pin 18

Lead 932+ at Pin 13

For circuit diagram of SE2 (basic informator), see:

Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References

For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.

• Reference 240-26-002 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad


transmissions and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus transmission and
TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoQuad/IVT transmission and
TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad/IVT
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine - Summary of References

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1005 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1006 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the SIC plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

Item Measurement Specification

SIC –– plug X456 (W16)


Power supply: Positive, ELX (lead 562) 12 volts at Pin 23

Positive, battery (lead 662) 12 volts at Pin 2

Ground (lead 050) at Pin 1

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at Pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at Pin 21

For circuit diagram of SE21 (electronic actuation of SCVs), see:

Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References

For component location and pin arrangement see SIC wiring harness W16:

• Reference 240-26-002 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad


transmissions and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus transmission and
TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoQuad/IVT transmission and
TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad/IVT
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine - Summary of References

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1007 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 334010.01- Hydraulic Oil Temperature Too Low


40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334010.01 is saved when the controller registers a hydraulic oil
temperature less than -25 °C (-13 °F). The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“Information”. The function of the E-ICV is temperature-dependent:
• Hydraulic oil colder than -25 °C (-13 °F): E-ICV fail to function.
• Hydraulic oil temperature between -15 °C and -25 °C (5 °F and -13 °F): E-ICV fail to function
or functioning is impaired.

Diagnosis

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Hydraulic oil is too cold.


Transmission oil temperature sender is defective (incorrect valid
temperature range).
BIF transmission oil temperature sender B60 on tractors with
PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad transmissions.
The TCU′s transmission oil temperature sender on tractors with
AutoPowr/IVT transmission.
A problem in the circuit of the BIF′s transmission oil temperature
sender B60, causing an additional diagnostic trouble code.
Priority diagnostic trouble codes BIF 000177.03 or BIF 000177.04
must be processed first.
A problem in the circuit of the TCU′s transmission oil temperature
sender, causing an additional diagnostic trouble code. Priority
diagnostic trouble codes TCU 304024.04 or TCU 304040.03 must
be processed first.

Additional References:

• Electrical Information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Overview.

• Reference 245-BIF-101 , Basic Informator - Theory of Operation.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1008 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of Diagnostic Trouble Codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

BIF or TCU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active and no priority diagnostic trouble codes exist:
Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active:


• Tractor is equipped with AutoPowr/IVT transmission: GO TO 2 .• Tractor is equipped with
SynchroPlus, PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad transmissions: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1009 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the temperature of the transmission oil

Action:

2.1 - Temperature check:

• Access address TCU021 :

Item Measurement Specification

TCU 21 - Status, transmission oil temperature sender in °C


Transmission oil temperature: Temperature range -50 °C to +120 °C

Temperature-alarm threshold 101 °C

Result:

YES:TCU temperature reading is equivalent to actual transmission oil temperature. Warm up


the hydraulic oil. See Reference 270-15-010 .

NO:GO TO 2.2.

Action:

2.2 - Checking the transmission oil temperature sender at the 16-pin plug of the
internal transmission harness:

• Ignition OFF.

• Disconnect plug X482/1 (connecting plug between internal transmission harness and valve
block harness W29) and connect test harness KJD10265.

• Check resistance at the 16-pin test plug between pin 8 (lead 642) and pin 9 (lead 641):

Item Measurement Specification

Transmission oil temperature sender (resistance)


Temperature-dependent: Resistance between 900 and 1100 ohms at 25 °C (77 °F)

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Checking transmission oil temperature sender (B60)

Action:

3.1
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1010 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Access address BIF 33 and compare the displayed temperature with the actual temperature
of the transmission oil:

Item Measurement Specification

BIF 33 –– Status, transmission oil temperature sender (B60) in °C


Transmission oil temperature: Temperature in °C (050 is equivalent to 50 °C) between -040 and +105

Result:

YES:BIF temperature reading is equivalent to actual transmission oil temperature. Warm up


the hydraulic oil. See Reference 270-15-010 .

NO:If the temperature shown on the gauge is unrealistic, GO TO 3.2.

Action:

3.2

→NOTE:

The values are only correct when the sender is removed from the circuit.

Transmission temperature sender (B60)

Temperature in °C Resistance in ohms Temperature in °C Resistance in ohms

-40 99301 45 1194

-35 72883 50 979

-30 52586 55 808

-25 38485 60 670

-20 28512 65 559

-15 21386 70 468

-10 16134 75 394

-5 12230 80 333

0 9401 85 283

5 7273 90 241

10 5661 95 207

15 4441 100 178

20 3512 105 153

25 2796 110 133

30 2239 115 115

35 1806 120 100

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1011 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Transmission temperature sender (B60)

40 1465 125 88

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit of the transmission oil temperature sender

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.

Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.

For circuit diagram of SE26 (transmission control unit), see:

Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary

For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08 and valve block
wiring harness W29.

• Reference 240-26-002 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad


transmissions and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus transmission and
TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoQuad/IVT transmission and
TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad/IVT
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine - Summary of References

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1012 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Checking the circuit of transmission oil temperature sender (B60)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.

Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.

For circuit diagram of SE2 (basic informator), see:

Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary

For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08, cowl wiring
harness W09, and transmission wiring harness (front) W28.

• Reference 240-26-002 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad


transmissions and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus transmission and
TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoQuad/IVT transmission and
TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad/IVT
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine - Summary of References

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1013 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 334028.14- Control Unit Not Calibrated


40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334028.14 is saved if one or more of the functions in the
controller are active, even although they have not yet been calibrated. The diagnostic trouble
code triggers the alarm level: “Information”. A calibration memory error may also be the
cause of this diagnostic trouble code. For this reason, this diagnostic trouble code cannot
always be deleted at diagnostic address SIC 01. This diagnostic trouble code stops appearing
once calibration has been completed successfully.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

The controller has not been calibrated.


Directional axis (or axes) of E-ICV have been activated, but the axes
have not been calibrated.
Calibration memory fault.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1014 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

In E-ICV calibration addresses SIC 36 and SIC 38, check whether the desired E-ICV functions
have been activated or de-activated properly.

Result:

YES:All address inputs are OK: GO TO 2 .

NO:Recalibrate the SIC and delete the diagnostic trouble code.

( 2 ) Recalibrating the controller

Action:

Access address SIC 20 and recalibrate the controller for electrically actuated ICVs (SIC).

Result:

YES:Delete diagnostic code and carry out an operational test. If diagnostic trouble code still
persists, replace the SIC with a new one, and calibrate the new controller.

NO:Calibrate the SIC and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1015 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 334041.31- E-ICV No.1, Potentiometer at Multi-Function Lever Faulty


40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334041.31 is saved if the signal voltage of the potentiometer for
E-ICV function no. 1 is not within the permitted range. This diagnostic trouble code triggers
the alarm level: “Information”. • Direction of multi-function lever: Forward and reverse (1st
function).

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective potentiometer on multi-function lever (function 1).


Defective signal lead (lead 765):
Open, shorted or grounded circuit.
Defective power supply between the SIC and switch/potentiometer on
the multi-function lever (function 1):
Open or shorted circuit at the ground lead (cable 741).
Open circuit at positive lead (cable 733).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SIC-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses for Selective Control Valves.

• Reference 245-SIC-200 , Theory of Operation.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1016 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the potentiometer for function 1

Action:

Access address SIC 21 :

Item Measurement Specification

SIC 21 –– Voltage, potentiometer for function 1 (E-ICV)


Multi-function lever in neutral position Voltage between 2.8 and 3.2 volts

Multi-function lever in forward position Voltage between 0.5 and 2.5 volts

Multi-function lever in reverse position (entire range, with perceptible


Voltage between 3.5 and 4.5 volts
resistance)

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Circuit/harness test for function 1 (E-ICV) . Section 245, Group
SIC in the Technical manual.

NO: Circuit/harness test for function 1 (E-ICV) . Section 245, Group SIC in the Technical
manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1017 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 334042.31- E-ICV No.2, Potentiometer at Multi-Function Lever Faulty


40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334042.31 is saved if the signal voltage of the potentiometer for
E-ICV function no. 2 is not within the permitted range. This diagnostic trouble code triggers
the alarm level: “Information”. • Direction of multi-function lever: Left and right (2nd
function).

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective potentiometer on multi-function lever (function 2).


Defective signal lead (lead 764):
Open circuit, short or ground.
Defective power supply between the SIC and switch/potentiometer on
the multi-function lever (function 2):
Open or shorted circuit in ground lead (lead 741).
Open circuit in positive lead (lead 733).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SIC-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses for Selective Control Valves.

• Reference 245-SIC-200 , Theory of Operation.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1018 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the potentiometer for function 2

Action:

Access address SIC 22 :

Item Measurement Specification

SIC 22 –– Voltage, potentiometer for function 2 (E-ICV)


Multi-function lever in neutral position Voltage between 2.8 and 3.2 volts

Multi-function lever in right position (entire range, with perceptible resistance) Voltage between 0.5 and 2.5 volts

Multi-function lever in left position (entire range, with perceptible resistance) Voltage between 3.5 and 4.5 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• If type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO Circuit/harness


test for function 2 (E-ICV) . Section 245, Group SIC in the Technical manual.

NO:GO TO Circuit/harness test for function 2 (E-ICV) . Section 245, Group SIC in the Technical
manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1019 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 334043.31- E-ICV No.3, Potentiometer at Multi-Function Lever Faulty


40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334043.31 is saved if the signal voltage of the potentiometer for
E-ICV function no. 3 is not within the permitted range. This diagnostic trouble code triggers
the alarm level: “Information”. • Rocker switch on multifunction lever: Top and bottom
positions (3rd function).

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective potentiometer on multi-function lever (function 3).


Defective signal lead (lead 778):
Open circuit, short or ground.
Defective power supply between the SIC and switch/potentiometer on
the multi-function lever (function 3):
Open or shorted circuit in ground lead (lead 741).
Open circuit in positive lead (lead 733).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SIC-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses for Selective Control Valves.

• Reference 245-SIC-200 , Theory of Operation.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1020 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the potentiometer for function 3

Action:

Access address SIC 23 :

Item Measurement Specification

SIC 23 –– Voltage, potentiometer for function 3 (E-ICV)


Rocker switch on multi-function lever in neutral position (not activated): Voltage between 2.8 and 3.2 volts

Rocker switch activated DOWN: Voltage between 0.5 and 2.5 volts

Rocker switch activated UP: Voltage between 3.5 and 4.5 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• If type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO Circuit/harness


test for function 3 (E-ICV) . Section 245, Group SIC in the Technical manual.

NO:GO TO Circuit/harness test for function 3 (E-ICV) . Section 245, Group SIC in the Technical
manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1021 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 334051.14- E-ICV No.1, Fault at Multi-function Lever′s Potentiometer or Switch


40 GOTO
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334051.14 is saved if the potentiometer signal voltage of E-ICV
function no. 1 is out of its permitted range, or if the status of the multi-function lever switch
does not match the signal voltage of the potentiometer. The diagnostic trouble code triggers
the alarm level: “Information”. • Multifunction lever direction: Forward and reverse (1st
function).

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective multi-function lever switch (function 1).


Defective multi-function lever potentiometer (function 1).
Defective signal lead (lead 765 or 766):
Open circuit, short or ground.
Defective power supply between SIC and multi-function lever
switch/potentiometer (function 1).
Open or shorted circuit in ground lead (lead 741).
Open circuit in positive lead (lead 733).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 270-20-500 , Independent Control Valve - Description.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1022 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the switch for function 1

Action:

Access address SIC 10 :

Item Measurement Specification

SIC 10 –– Status, switch for function 1 (E-ICV)


Multi-function lever in neutral position Status XX0 (CLOSED)

Multi-function lever in forward or reverse position (not moved against perceptible


Status XX1 (OPEN)
resistance)

Multi-function lever in forward or reverse position (moved against perceptible resistance,


Status XX0 (CLOSED)
but not set to "float")

Multi-function lever forward to float position (in detent) Status XX1 (OPEN)

Result:

YES:Check the potentiometer for function 1: GO TO 3 .

NO:GO TO Circuit/harness test for function 1 (E-ICV) . in Section 245, Group SIC in the
Technical manual.

( 3 ) Checking the potentiometer for function 1

Action:

Access address SIC 21 :

Item Measurement Specification

SIC 21 –– Voltage, potentiometer for function 1 (E-ICV)


Multi-function lever in neutral position Voltage between 2.8 and 3.2 volts

Multi-function lever in forward position Voltage between 0.5 and 2.5 volts

Multi-function lever in reverse position (entire range, with perceptible


Voltage between 3.5 and 4.5 volts
resistance)

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• If type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO Circuit/harness


test for function 1 (E-ICV) , in Section 245, Group SIC in the Technical manual.

NO: Circuit/harness test for function 1 (E-ICV) , in Section 245, Group SIC in the Technical
manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1023 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 334051.31- E-ICV No.1, Switch at Multi-Function Lever Faulty


40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334051.31 is saved if the status of the switch on the multi-
function lever does not match the signal voltage of the potentiometer. This diagnostic trouble
code triggers the alarm level: “Information”. • Direction of multi-function lever: Forward and
reverse (1st function).

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective switch on multifunction lever (function 1).


Multi-function lever (function 1) not calibrated.
Defective signal lead (lead 766):
Open, shorted or grounded circuit.
Defective power supply between the SIC and switch/potentiometer on
the multi-function lever (function 1):
Open or shorted circuit at the ground lead (cable 741).
Open circuit at positive lead (cable 733).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SIC-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses for Selective Control Valves.

• Reference 245-SIC-200 , Theory of Operation.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1024 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the switch for function 1

Action:

Access address SIC 10 :

Item Measurement Specification

SIC 10 –– Status, switch for function 1 (E-ICV)


Multi-function lever in neutral position Status XX0 (CLOSED)

Multi-function lever in forward or reverse position (not moved against perceptible


Status XX1 (OPEN)
resistance)

Multi-function lever in forward or reverse position (moved against perceptible resistance,


Status XX0 (CLOSED)
but not set to "float")

Multi-function lever forward to float position (in detent) Status XX1 (OPEN)

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed. Re-calibrate E-ICV (function 1).

NO:GO TO Circuit/harness test for function 1 (E-ICV) . Section 245, Group SIC in the Technical
manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1025 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 334052.14- E-ICV No.2, Fault at Multi-function Lever′s Potentiometer or Switch


40 GOTO
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334052.14 is saved if the potentiometer signal voltage of E-ICV
function no. 2 is out of its permitted range, or if the status of the multi-function lever switch
does not match the signal voltage of the potentiometer. The diagnostic trouble code triggers
the alarm level: “Information”. • Multifunction lever direction: Left and right (2nd function).

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective multi-function lever switch (function 2).


Defective multi-function lever potentiometer (function 2).
Defective signal lead (lead 764 or 777):
Open circuit, short or ground.
Defective power supply between SIC and multi-function lever
switch/potentiometer (function 1).
Open or shorted circuit in ground lead (lead 741).
Open circuit in positive lead (lead 733).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 270-20-500 , Independent Control Valve - Description.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1026 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the switch for function 2

Action:

Access address SIC 10 :

Item Measurement Specification

SIC 10 –– Status, switch for function 2 (E-ICV)


Multi-function lever in neutral position Switch status X0X (CLOSED)

Multi-function lever in left or right position (not moved against perceptible resistance) Switch status X1X (OPEN)

Multi-function lever in left or right position (moved against perceptible resistance) Switch status X0X (CLOSED)

Result:

YES:Check the potentiometer for function 2: GO TO 3 .

NO:GO TO Circuit/harness test for function 2 (E-ICV) . in Section 245, Group SIC in the
Technical manual.

( 3 ) Checking the potentiometer for function 2

Action:

Access address SIC 22 :

Item Measurement Specification

SIC 22 –– Voltage, potentiometer for function 2 (E-ICV)


Multi-function lever in neutral position Voltage between 2.8 and 3.2 volts

Multi-function lever in right position (entire range, with perceptible resistance) Voltage between 0.5 and 2.5 volts

Multi-function lever in left position (entire range, with perceptible resistance) Voltage between 3.5 and 4.5 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• If type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO Circuit/harness


test for function 2 (E-ICV) , in Section 245, Group SIC in the Technical manual.

NO:GO TO Circuit/harness test for function 2 (E-ICV) , in Section 245, Group SIC in the
Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1027 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 334052.31- E-ICV No.2, Switch at Multi-Function Lever Faulty


40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334052.31 is saved if the status of the switch on the multi-
function lever does not match the signal voltage of the potentiometer. This diagnostic trouble
code triggers the alarm level: “Information”. • Direction of multi-function lever: Left and right
(2nd function).

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective multi-function lever switch (function 2).


Multi-function lever (function 2) not calibrated.
Defective signal lead (lead 777):
Open circuit, short or ground.
Defective power supply between the SIC and switch/potentiometer on
the multi-function lever (function 2):
Open or shorted circuit in ground lead (lead 741).
Open circuit in positive lead (lead 733).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SIC-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses for Selective Control Valves.

• Reference 245-SIC-200 , Theory of Operation.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1028 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the switch for function 2

Action:

Access address SIC 10 :

Item Measurement Specification

SIC 10 –– Status, switch for function 2 (E-ICV)


Multi-function lever in neutral position Switch status X0X (CLOSED)

Multi-function lever in left or right position (not moved against perceptible resistance) Switch status X1X (OPEN)

Multi-function lever in left or right position (moved against perceptible resistance) Switch status X0X (CLOSED)

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed. Re-calibrate E-ICV (function 2).

NO:GO TO Circuit/harness test for function 2 (E-ICV) . Section 245, Group SIC in the Technical
manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1029 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 334053.14- E-ICV No.3, Fault at Multi-function Lever′s Potentiometer or Switch


40 GOTO
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334053.14 is saved if the potentiometer signal voltage of E-ICV
function no. 3 is out of its permitted range, or if the status of the multi-function lever switch
does not match the signal voltage of the potentiometer. The diagnostic trouble code triggers
the alarm level: “Information”. • Rocker switch on multifunction lever: Top and bottom
positions (3rd function).

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective multi-function lever switch (function 3).


Defective multi-function lever potentiometer (function 3).
Defective signal lead (lead 778 or 779):
Open circuit, short or ground.
Defective power supply between SIC and multi-function lever
switch/potentiometer (function 1).
Open or shorted circuit in ground lead (lead 741).
Open circuit in positive lead (lead 733).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 270-20-500 , Independent Control Valve - Description.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1030 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the switch for function 3

Action:

Access address SIC 10 :

Item Measurement Specification

SIC 10 –– Status, switch for function 3 (E-ICV)


Rocker switch on multi-function lever in neutral position (not activated): Status 0XX (CLOSED)

Rocker switch activated (UP or DOWN): Status 1XX (OPEN)

Result:

YES:Check the potentiometer for function 3: GO TO 3 .

NO:GO TO Circuit/harness test for function 3 (E-ICV) . See Section 245, Group SIC in the
Technical Manual.

( 3 ) Checking the potentiometer for function 3

Action:

Access address SIC 23 :

Item Measurement Specification

SIC 23 –– Voltage, potentiometer for function 3 (E-ICV)


Rocker switch on multi-function lever in neutral position (not activated): Voltage between 2.8 and 3.2 volts

Rocker switch activated DOWN: Voltage between 0.5 and 2.5 volts

Rocker switch activated UP: Voltage between 3.5 and 4.5 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO Circuit/harness


test for function 3 (E-ICV) . See Section 245, Group SIC in the Technical Manual.

NO:GO TO Circuit/harness test for function 3 (E-ICV) . See Section 245, Group SIC in the
Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1031 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 334053.31- E-ICV No.3, Switch at Multi-Function Lever Faulty


40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334053.31 is saved if the status of the switch on the multi-
function lever does not match the signal voltage of the potentiometer. This diagnostic trouble
code triggers the alarm level: “Information”. • Rocker switch on multifunction lever: Top and
bottom positions (3rd function).

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective multi-function lever switch (function 3).


Multi-function lever (function 3) not calibrated.
Defective signal lead (lead 779):
Open circuit, short or ground.
Defective power supply between the SIC and switch/potentiometer on
the multi-function lever (function 3):
Open or shorted circuit in ground lead (lead 741).
Open circuit in positive lead (lead 733).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SIC-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses for Selective Control Valves.

• Reference 245-SIC-200 , Theory of Operation.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1032 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the switch for function 3

Action:

Access address SIC 10 :

Item Measurement Specification

SIC 10 –– Status, switch for function 3 (E-ICV)


Rocker switch on multi-function lever in neutral position (not activated): Status 0XX (CLOSED)

Rocker switch activated (UP or DOWN): Status 1XX (OPEN)

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed. Re-calibrate E-ICV (function 3).

NO:GO TO Circuit/harness test for function 3 (E-ICV) . Section 245, Group SIC in the Technical
manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1033 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 334059.31- 5-volt Power Supply is Faulty


40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334059.31 is saved if there is a problem with the power supply to
the 5-volt components (potentiometers for control levers and multi-function lever). The
diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnosis

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

An open circuit in the harness.


Defective power supply circuit between the SIC and the 5-volt
components.
Power supply interrupted (ground lead 741 and/or positive lead
733).
Defective controller for the E-SCVs / E-ICVs (SIC)

Additional References:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of Diagnostic Trouble Codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1034 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the 5-volt power supply

Action:

Access address SIC 30 :

Item Measurement Specification

SIC30 –– Voltage, 5-volt power supply for SIC components


5-volt power supply: Minimum voltage 4.75 volts

Maximum voltage 5.25 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO 3 .

NO:Check the 5-volt power supply circuit, GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1035 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the 5-volt power supply circuit (positive lead 733 and ground lead
741)

Action:

The following components are powered by the 5-volt power supply circuit:

Multi-function lever function 1, function 2 and function 3 (multi-function harness).

→NOTE:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional


circuit problems (loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit
must be checked.

For circuit diagram of SE21 (electronic actuation of SCVs), see:

Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References

For component location and pin arrangement see SIC wiring harness W16

• Reference 240-26-002 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad


transmissions and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus transmission and
TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoQuad/IVT transmission and
TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad/IVT
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine - Summary of References

Result:

YES:Check the connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1036 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 334060.14- E-ICV, Transport Lock Switch is Faulty


40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334060.14 is saved if the two output signals of the transport lock
switch are active simultaneously for longer than 0.5 seconds, or if no switch output signal is
registered by the controller at all. This indicates an interruption or short circuit to the supply
voltage (battery voltage) in the switch circuit. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm
level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective switch at the E-ICV transport lock (S65).


A defective wire connection between E-ICV transport lock switch (S65)
and the SIC.
Open circuit (cable 776 and/or 773).
Short between cables 776 and 773.
A defective power supply lead (cable 562) to the E-ICV transport lock
switch (S65).
Fuse F03_15 blown.
Open circuit.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of Diagnostic Trouble Codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1037 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the E-ICV transport lock switch (S65)

Action:

Access address SIC 06 :

Item Measurement Specification

SIC 06 –– Status, E-ICV transport lock switch (S65)


Transport lock engaged (“padlock” icon) Switch status X10

Transport lock disengaged (“four arrows” icon) Switch status X01

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO Circuit/harness


test for E-ICV transport lock (S65) . See Section 245, Group SIC in the Technical manual.

NO:GO TO Circuit/harness test for E-ICV transport lock (S65) . See Section 245, Group SIC in
the Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1038 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 334061.14- E-ICV, Safety Switch is Faulty


40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334061.14 is saved if the two output signals of the safety switch
are active simultaneously for longer than 1 second, or if no switch output signal is registered
by the controller at all. This indicates an interruption or short circuit to the supply voltage
(battery voltage) in the switch circuit. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective safety switch (integrated into multi-function lever S64).


Defective line connection between the safety switch and the SIC.
Open circuit (cable 704 and/or 705).
Short between cables 704 and 705.
A defective power supply lead (cable 562) to the safety switch
(integrated into multi-function lever S64).
Fuse F03_15 blown.
Open circuit.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of Diagnostic Trouble Codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1039 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the safety switch in the multi-function lever

Action:

Access address SIC 07 :

Item Measurement Specification

SIC 07 –– Status, safety switch in multi-function lever


Switch NOT activated (multi-function lever switched off): Switch status X10

Switch activated (multi-function lever switched on): Switch status X01

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO Circuit/harness


test for safety switch (E-ICV) . in Section 245, Group SIC in the Technical manual.

NO:GO TO Circuit/harness test for safety switch (E-ICV) . in Section 245, Group SIC in the
Technical manual.

SIC 334106.31- Control Unit, Internal Error


40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334106.31 is saved if there is an error in the memory of the
controller for electrically actuated SCVs. All values in the memory are replaced by the factory
default settings. This might change how the control unit operates. The diagnostic trouble
code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace the SIC with a new one.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1040 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 334136.18- E-ICV No.1, Stepper Motor, Power Supply Too Low
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334136.18 is saved if system voltage (battery voltage) at the
stepper motor of E-SCV no.1 lies between 9 and 11 volts and the temperature of the
hydraulic oil lies between -25 °C (-13 °F) and -15 °C (5 °F). The diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective alternator drive.


Defective battery.
Defective alternator.
Defective line connection in circuit that supplies power to the stepper
motors.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1041 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of Diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.2 Perform a visual inspection of the battery, the alternator and the drive belt.

1. Check for visual signs of damage.


2. Ensure that the belt tensioner and the belt are correctly installed, check for signs of
slipping.
3. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1042 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check system voltage (SIC system voltage)

Action:

Access address SIC 32 :

Item Measurement Specification

SIC 32 –– Voltage, System Voltage (SIC Operating Voltage)


Ignition ON; engine OFF: Voltage between 11.2 and 12.7 volts

Engine running in low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts

Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts

Result:

YES:No problem with system voltage: GO TO 4 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Checking the charging system

Action:

• Check alternator, refer to "Alternator Checks" Section 240, Group 15.

• Check battery, refer to "Battery Checks" , Section 240, Group 15.

Result:

YES:Check all relevant connectors of the system voltage circuit (SIC operating voltage) for
bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 4 ) Checking the power supply to stepper motor for E-ICV no.1

Action:

See: Circuit/harness test for E-ICV no.1 stepper motor (M12), power supply in Section 245,
Group SIC in the Technical Manual.

Result:

YES:Replace stepper motor (M12) and carry out an operational check.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1043 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 334137.01- E-ICV No.1, Stepper Motor, Power Supply Very Low
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334137.01 is saved if system voltage (battery voltage) at the
stepper motor of E-ICV no.1 is less than 9 volts. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Fuse F03_10 blown (power supply to E-ICV1, E-ICV2 and E-ICV3).


Defective relay K02_5 (power supply to E-ICV1, E-ICV2 and E-ICV3).
Defective alternator drive.
Defective battery.
Defective alternator.
Defective line connection in power supply circuit.
Short to ground lead.
Open circuit.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1044 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of Diagnostic Trouble Codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.2

• Check fuse F03_10 and relay K02_5.

• Perform a visual inspection of the battery, the alternator and the drive belt.

1. Check for visual signs of damage.


2. Ensure that the belt tensioner and the belt are correctly installed, check for signs of
slipping.
3. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1045 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check system voltage (SIC system voltage)

Action:

Access address SIC 32 :

Item Measurement Specification

SIC 32 –– Voltage, System Voltage (SIC Operating Voltage)


Ignition ON; engine OFF: Voltage between 11.2 and 12.7 volts

Engine running in low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts

Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts

Result:

YES:No problem with system voltage: GO TO 4 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Checking the charging system

Action:

• Check alternator, refer to "Alternator Checks" Section 240, Group 15.

• Check battery, refer to "Battery Checks" , Section 240, Group 15.

Result:

YES:Check all relevant connectors of the system voltage circuit (SIC operating voltage) for
bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 4 ) Checking the power supply to stepper motor for E-ICV no.1

Action:

See: Circuit/harness test for E-ICV no.1 stepper motor (M12), power supply in Section 245,
Group SIC in the Technical manual.

Result:

YES:Replace stepper motor (M12) and carry out an operational check.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1046 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 334138.00- E-ICV No.1, Stepper Motor, Power Supply Too High
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334138.00 is saved if system voltage (battery voltage) at the
stepper motor of E-ICV no.1 is more than 16 volts. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following is a possible cause:

Defective regulator at the alternator.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of Diagnostic Trouble Codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1047 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the alternator

Action:

Check alternator, refer to "Alternator Checks" Section 240, Group 15.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1048 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 334139.14- E-ICV No.1, Stepper Motor, No Connection to Controller


40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334139.14 is saved when there is a problem in transferring data
between the stepper motor of E-ICV no.1 and the controller. Intermittently, the stepper motor
cannot make any connection to the controller via the 11-bit CAN BUS. The diagnostic trouble
code triggers the alarm level: “Information”. The stepper motor itself is not responsible for
this diagnostic trouble code.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective 11-bit CAN BUS connection to the E-ICV no.1 stepper motor
(plug X318).
Defective SIC plug X456.
Power supply or 11-bit CAN BUS connection.
A general problem with the 11-bit CAN BUS.
The following diagnostic trouble codes are also saved: SIC
334201.14, SIC 334202.14, SIC 334203.14 and/or SIC 334204.14.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1049 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2

Are other diagnostic trouble codes (SIC 334201.14, SIC 334202.14 and/or SIC 334203.14)
saved that indicate a general problem in the 11-bit CAN BUS?

Result:

YES:GO TO 11-bit CAN BUS - Check (Section 213, Group 45).

NO: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test, stepper motor E-ICV no.1 (M12)

Action:

See: Circuit test for E-ICV no.1 stepper motor (M12) . in Section 245, Group SIC in the
Technical manual.

Result:

YES:Replace stepper motor (M12) and carry out an operational check.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1050 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1051 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 334140.14- E-ICV No.1, Stepper Motor, Coil Temperature Too Low
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334140.14 is stored if the stepper motor registers a coil
temperature less than -45 °C (-49 °F). The stepper motor is in its warm-up phase (both
windings of the coil receive electrical current). The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm
level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Ambient temperature is too cold (information for operator).


Defective temperature sender at the stepper motor.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active:


• If the diagnostic trouble code is realistic (low outside temperature), GO TO 2 .
• If the diagnostic trouble code is unrealistic (high outside temperature), GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1052 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Warm-up phase

Action:

The warm-up phase is initiated automatically provided the engine is running and system
voltage is over 12 volts.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code becomes inactive after a sufficiently long warm-up phase:
Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is still active despite a sufficiently long warm-up phase: GO
TO 3 .

( 3 ) Replacing the stepper motor

Action:

Replace the stepper motor with a new one.


If only one stepper motor is replaced, an automatic stepper motor identification takes
place (identification number of stepper motor in address SIC 40). If several stepper
motors are replaced, they must be initialized in SIC address 40. See Reference 245-
SIC-001 , "Calibration and Input Addresses for Selective Control Valves (E-ICV)".
Calibrate the stepper motor in SIC address 20. See Reference 245-SIC-001 , "Calibration
and Input Addresses for Selective Control Valves (E-ICV)".

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1053 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 334141.14- E-ICV No.1, Stepper Motor, Coil Temperature Too High
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334141.14 is stored if the stepper motor registers a coil
temperature more than 100 °C (212 °F). The stepper motor is not fully operational until coil
temperature has dropped below 100 °C (212 °F). The diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Hydraulic oil or transmission oil are overheated.


Priority diagnostic trouble codes BIF 000177.00, BIF 000177.16 or
TCU 304152.00 must be processed first.
The stepper motor is overloaded (information for the operator).
Defective temperature sender at the stepper motor.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

BIF and TCU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic trouble codes exist: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1054 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Cooling-down phase

Action:

Shut down the tractor and wait until the stepper motor has cooled down.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code becomes inactive after a sufficiently long cooling-down
phase: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is still active despite a sufficiently long cooling-down phase:
GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Replacing the stepper motor

Action:

Replace the stepper motor with a new one.


If only one stepper motor is replaced, an automatic stepper motor identification takes
place (identification number of stepper motor in address SIC 40). If several stepper
motors are replaced, they must be initialized in SIC address 40. See Reference 245-
SIC-001 , "Calibration and Input Addresses for Selective Control Valves (E-ICV)" and
MHM 1000 (Technican Manual)
Calibrate the stepper motor in SIC address 20. See Reference 245-SIC-001 , "Calibration
and Input Addresses for Selective Control Valves (E-ICV)".

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1055 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 334144.18- E-ICV No.2, Stepper Motor, Power Supply Too Low
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334144.18 is stored if the system voltage (battery voltage) at the
stepper motor of E-SCV no.2 lies between 9 and 11 volts and the temperature of the
hydraulic oil lies between -25 °C (-13°F) and -15 °C (5 °F). The diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective alternator drive.


Defective battery.
Defective alternator.
Defective line connection in circuit that supplies power to the stepper
motors.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1056 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.2 Perform a visual inspection of the battery, the alternator and the drive belt.

1. Check for visual signs of damage.


2. Ensure that the belt tensioner and the belt are correctly installed, check for signs of
slipping.
3. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1057 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the system voltage (SIC system voltage)

Action:

Access address SIC 32 :

Item Measurement Specification

SIC 32 –– Voltage, system voltage (SIC operating voltage)


Ignition ON; engine OFF: Voltage between 11.2 and 12.7 volts

Engine running at low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts

Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts

Result:

YES:If there are no problems with system voltage: GO TO 4 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Checking the charging system

Action:

• Check alternator, refer to "Alternator Checks" Section 240, Group 15.

• Check battery, refer to "Battery Checks" , Section 240, Group 15.

Result:

YES:Check all relevant connectors of the system voltage circuit (SIC operating voltage) for
bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 4 ) Checking power supply to E-ICV No.2 stepper motor

Action:

See: Circuit/harness test for E-ICV no.2 stepper motor (M13), power supply in Section 245,
Group SIC in the Technical manual.

Result:

YES:Replace stepper motor (M13) and carry out an operational check.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1058 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 334145.01- E-ICV No.2, Stepper Motor, Power Supply Very Low
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334145.01 is stored if system voltage (battery voltage) at the
stepper motor of E-ICV no.2 is less than 9 volts. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Fuse F03_10 blown (power supply to E-ICV1, E-ICV2 and E-ICV3).


Defective relay K02_5 (power supply to E-ICV1, E-ICV2 and E-ICV3).
Defective alternator drive.
Defective battery.
Defective alternator.
Defective line connection in power supply circuit.
Short to ground lead.
Open circuit.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1059 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.2

• Check fuse F03_10 and relay K02_5.

• Perform a visual inspection of the battery, the alternator and the drive belt.

1. Check for visual signs of damage.


2. Ensure that the belt tensioner and the belt are correctly installed, check for signs of
slipping.
3. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1060 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the system voltage (SIC system voltage)

Action:

Access address SIC 32 :

Item Measurement Specification

SIC 32 –– Voltage, system voltage (SIC operating voltage)


Ignition ON; engine OFF: Voltage between 11.2 and 12.7 volts

Engine running at low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts

Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts

Result:

YES:If there are no problems with system voltage: GO TO 4 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Checking the charging system

Action:

• Check alternator, refer to "Alternator Checks" Section 240, Group 15.

• Check battery, refer to "Battery Checks" , Section 240, Group 15.

Result:

YES:Check all relevant connectors of the system voltage circuit (SIC operating voltage) for
bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 4 ) Checking the power supply to stepper motor for E-ICV no.2

Action:

See: Circuit/harness test for E-ICV no.2 stepper motor (M13), power supply . in Section 245,
Group SIC in the Technical manual.

Result:

YES:Replace stepper motor (M13) and carry out an operational check.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1061 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 334146.00- E-ICV No.2, Stepper Motor, Power Supply Too High
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334146.00 is stored if system voltage (battery voltage) at the
stepper motor of E-ICV no.2 is more than 16 volts. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following is a possible cause:

Defective regulator at the alternator.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1062 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the alternator

Action:

Check alternator, refer to "Alternator Checks" Section 240, Group 15.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1063 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 334147.14- E-ICV No.2, Stepper Motor, No Connection to Controller


40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334147.14 is saved when there is a problem in transferring data
between the stepper motor of E-ICV no.2 and the controller. Intermittently, the stepper motor
cannot make any connection to the controller via the 11-bit CAN BUS. The diagnostic trouble
code triggers the alarm level: “Information”. The stepper motor itself is not responsible for
this diagnostic trouble code.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following is a possible cause:

Defective 11-bit CAN BUS connection to the E-ICV no.2 stepper motor
(plug X251).
Defective SIC plug X456.
Power supply or 11-bit CAN BUS connection.
A general problem with the 11-bit CAN BUS.
The following diagnostic trouble codes are also saved: SIC
334201.14, SIC 334202.14, SIC 334203.14, SIC 334204.14, SIC
334205.14, SIC 334206.14 and/or SIC 334207.14

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1064 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2

Are other diagnostic trouble codes (SIC 334201.14, SIC 334202.14 and/or SIC 334203.14)
saved that indicate a general problem in the 11-bit CAN BUS?

Result:

YES:GO TO 11-bit CAN BUS - Check (Section 213, Group 45).

NO: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test, stepper motor E-ICV no.2 (M13)

Action:

See: Circuit test for E-ICV no.2 stepper motor (M13) . in Section 245, Group SIC in the
Technical manual.

Result:

YES:Replace stepper motor (M13) and carry out an operational check.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1065 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1066 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 334148.14- E-ICV No.2, Stepper Motor, Coil Temperature Too Low
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334148.14 is stored if the stepper motor registers a coil
temperature less than -45 °C (-49 °F). The stepper motor is in its warm-up phase (both
windings of the coil receive electrical current). The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm
level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Ambient temperature is too cold (information for operator).


Defective temperature sender at the stepper motor.

Additional references:

• Reference 245-SIC-200 , Theory of Operation, controller for E-ICVs.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active:


• If the diagnostic trouble code is realistic (low outside temperature), GO TO 2 .
• If the diagnostic trouble code is unrealistic (high outside temperature), GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1067 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Warm-up phase

Action:

The warm-up phase is initiated automatically provided the engine is running and system
voltage is over 12 volts.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code becomes inactive after a sufficiently long warm-up phase:
Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is still active despite a sufficiently long warm-up phase: GO
TO 3 .

( 3 ) Replacing the stepper motor

Action:

Replace the stepper motor with a new one.


If only one stepper motor is replaced, an automatic stepper motor identification takes
place (identification number of stepper motor in address SIC 40). If several stepper
motors are replaced, they must be initialized in SIC address 40. See Reference 245-
SIC-001 , "Calibration and Input Addresses for Selective Control Valves (E-ICV)" and
MHM 1000 (Technican Manual).
Calibrate the stepper motor in SIC address 20. See Reference 245-SIC-001 , "Calibration
and Input Addresses for Selective Control Valves (E-ICV)".

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1068 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 334149.14- E-ICV No.2, Stepper Motor, Coil Temperature Too High
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334149.14 is stored if the stepper motor registers a coil
temperature more than 100 °C (212 °F). The stepper motor is not fully operational until coil
temperature has dropped below 100 °C (212 °F). The diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Hydraulic oil or transmission oil are overheated.


Priority diagnostic trouble codes BIF 000177.00, BIF 000177.16 or
TCU 304152.00 must be processed first.
The stepper motor is overloaded (information for the operator).
Defective temperature sender at the stepper motor.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

BIF and TCU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic trouble codes exist: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1069 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Cooling-down phase

Action:

Shut down the tractor and wait until the stepper motor has cooled down.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code becomes inactive after a sufficiently long cooling-down
phase: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is still active despite a sufficiently long cooling-down phase:
GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Replacing the stepper motor

Action:

Replace the stepper motor with a new one.


If only one stepper motor is replaced, an automatic stepper motor identification takes
place (identification number of stepper motor in address SIC 40). If several stepper
motors are replaced, they must be initialized in SIC address 40. See Reference 245-
SIC-001 , "Calibration and Input Addresses for Selective Control Valves (E-ICV)" and
MHM 1000 (Technican Manual).
Calibrate the stepper motor in SIC address 20. See Reference 245-SIC-001 , "Calibration
and Input Addresses for Selective Control Valves (E-ICV)".

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1070 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 334152.18- E-ICV No.3, Stepper Motor, Power Supply Too Low
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334152.18 is stored if the system voltage (battery voltage) at the
stepper motor of E-SCV no.3 lies between 9 and 11 volts and the temperature of the
hydraulic oil lies between -25 °C (-13°F) and -15 °C (5 °F). The diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective alternator drive.


Defective battery.
Defective alternator.
Defective line connection in circuit that supplies power to the stepper
motors.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1071 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.2 Perform a visual inspection of the battery, the alternator and the drive belt.

1. Check for visual signs of damage.


2. Ensure that the belt tensioner and the belt are correctly installed, check for signs of
slipping.
3. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1072 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the system voltage (SIC system voltage)

Action:

Access address SIC 32 :

Item Measurement Specification

SIC 32 –– Voltage, system voltage (SIC operating voltage)


Ignition ON; engine OFF: Voltage between 11.2 and 12.7 volts

Engine running at low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts

Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts

Result:

YES:If there are no problems with system voltage: GO TO 4 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Checking the charging system

Action:

• Check alternator, refer to "Alternator Checks" Section 240, Group 15.

• Check battery, refer to "Battery Checks" , Section 240, Group 15.

Result:

YES:Check all relevant connectors of the system voltage circuit (SIC operating voltage) for
bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 4 ) Checking the power supply to stepper motor for E-ICV no.3

Action:

See: Circuit/harness test for E-ICV no.3 stepper motor (M14), power supply in Section 245,
Group SIC in the Technical manual.

Result:

YES:Replace stepper motor (M14) and carry out an operational check.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1073 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 334153.01- E-ICV No.3, Stepper Motor, Power Supply Very Low
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334153.01 is stored if system voltage (battery voltage) at the
stepper motor of E-ICV no.3 is less than 9 volts. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Fuse F03_10 blown (power supply to E-ICV1, E-ICV2 and E-ICV3).


Defective relay K02_5 (power supply to E-ICV1, E-ICV2 and E-ICV3).
Defective alternator drive.
Defective battery.
Defective alternator.
Defective line connection in power supply circuit.
Short to ground lead.
Open circuit.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1074 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.2

• Check fuse F03_10 and relay K02_5.

• Perform a visual inspection of the battery, the alternator and the drive belt.

1. Check for visual signs of damage.


2. Ensure that the belt tensioner and the belt are correctly installed, check for signs of
slipping.
3. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1075 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the system voltage (SIC system voltage)

Action:

Access address SIC 32 :

Item Measurement Specification

SIC 32 –– Voltage, system voltage (SIC operating voltage)


Ignition ON; engine OFF: Voltage between 11.2 and 12.7 volts

Engine running at low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts

Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts

Result:

YES:If there are no problems with system voltage: GO TO 4 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Checking the charging system

Action:

• Check alternator, refer to "Alternator Checks" Section 240, Group 15.

• Check battery, refer to "Battery Checks" , Section 240, Group 15.

Result:

YES:Check all relevant connectors of the system voltage circuit (SIC operating voltage) for
bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 4 ) Checking the power supply to stepper motor for E-ICV no.3

Action:

See: Circuit/harness test for E-ICV no.3 stepper motor (M14), power supply in Section 245,
Group SIC in the Technical manual.

Result:

YES:Replace stepper motor (M14) and carry out an operational check.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1076 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 334154.00- E-ICV No.3, Stepper Motor, Power Supply Too High
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334154.00 is stored if system voltage (battery voltage) at the
stepper motor of E-ICV no.3 is more than 16 volts. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following is a possible cause:

Defective regulator at the alternator.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1077 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the alternator

Action:

Check alternator, refer to "Alternator Checks" Section 240, Group 15.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1078 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 334155.14- E-ICV No.3, Stepper Motor, No Connection to Controller


40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334155.14 is saved when there is a problem in transferring data
between the stepper motor of E-ICV no.3 and the controller. Intermittently, the stepper motor
cannot make any connection to the controller via the 11-bit CAN BUS. The diagnostic trouble
code triggers the alarm level: “Information”. The stepper motor itself is not responsible for
this diagnostic trouble code.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following is a possible cause:

Defective 11-bit CAN BUS connection to the E-ICV no.3 stepper motor
(plug X252).
Defective SIC plug X456.
Power supply or 11-bit CAN BUS connection.
A general problem with the 11-bit CAN BUS.
The following diagnostic trouble codes are also saved: SIC
334201.14, SIC 334202.14 and/or SIC 334203.14

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1079 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2

Are other diagnostic trouble codes (SIC 334201.14, SIC 334202.14 and/or SIC 334203.14)
saved that indicate a general problem in the 11-bit CAN BUS?

Result:

YES:GO TO 11-bit CAN BUS - Check (Section 213, Group 45).

NO: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Circuit test, stepper motor E-ICV no.3 (M14)

Action:

See: Circuit test for E-ICV no.3 stepper motor (M14) in Section 245, Group SIC in the
Technical manual.

Result:

YES:Replace stepper motor (M14) and carry out an operational check.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1080 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1081 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 334156.14- E-ICV No.3, Stepper Motor, Coil Temperature Too Low
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334156.14 is stored if the stepper motor registers a coil
temperature less than -45 °C (-49 °F). The stepper motor is in its warm-up phase (both
windings of the coil receive electrical current). The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm
level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Ambient temperature is too cold (information for operator).


Defective temperature sender at the stepper motor.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active:


• If the diagnostic trouble code is realistic (low outside temperature), GO TO 2 .
• If the diagnostic trouble code is unrealistic (high outside temperature), GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1082 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Warm-up phase

Action:

The warm-up phase is initiated automatically provided the engine is running and system
voltage is over 12 volts.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code becomes inactive after a sufficiently long warm-up phase:
Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is still active despite a sufficiently long warm-up phase: GO
TO 3 .

( 3 ) Replacing the stepper motor

Action:

Replace the stepper motor with a new one.


If only one stepper motor is replaced, an automatic stepper motor identification takes
place (identification number of stepper motor in address SIC 40). If several stepper
motors are replaced, they must be initialized in SIC address 40. See Reference 245-
SIC-001 , "Calibration and Input Addresses for Selective Control Valves (E-ICV)" and
MHM 1000 (Technican Manual).
Calibrate the stepper motor in SIC address 20. See Reference 245-SIC-001 , "Calibration
and Input Addresses for Selective Control Valves (E-ICV)".

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1083 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 334157.14- E-ICV No.3, Stepper Motor, Coil Temperature Too High
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334157.14 is stored if the stepper motor registers a coil
temperature more than 100 °C (212 °F). The stepper motor is not fully operational until coil
temperature has dropped below 100 °C (212 °F). The diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Hydraulic oil or transmission oil are overheated.


Priority diagnostic trouble codes BIF 000177.00, BIF 000177.16 or
TCU 304152.00 must be processed first.
The stepper motor is overloaded (information for the operator).
Defective temperature sender at the stepper motor.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

BIF and TCU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic trouble codes exist: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1084 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Cooling-down phase

Action:

Shut down the tractor and wait until the stepper motor has cooled down.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code becomes inactive after a sufficiently long cooling-down
phase: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is still active despite a sufficiently long cooling-down phase:
GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Replacing the stepper motor

Action:

Replace the stepper motor with a new one.


If only one stepper motor is replaced, an automatic stepper motor identification takes
place (identification number of stepper motor in address SIC 40). If several stepper
motors are replaced, they must be initialized in SIC address 40. See Reference 245-
SIC-001 , "Calibration and Input Addresses for Selective Control Valves (E-ICV)" and
MHM 1000 (Technican Manual).
Calibrate the stepper motor in SIC address 20. See Reference 245-SIC-001 , "Calibration
and Input Addresses for Selective Control Valves (E-ICV)".

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1085 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 334201.14- E-ICV No.1, Stepper Motor Fails to Start


40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334201.14 is saved when there is a problem in transferring data
between the stepper motor of E-ICV no.1 and the controller. Once the ignition is switched ON,
the controller fails to establish contact with the stepper motor. The diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “Information”. If diagnostic trouble codes SIC 334202.14 and/or SIC
334203.14 are saved as well, this indicates a general problem with the 11-bit CAN BUS. This
diagnostic trouble code only appears if after the ignition has been switched ON the SIC fails
to receive an initialization message from the stepper motor.

Diagnosis

→NOTE:

The following is a possible cause:

Tractor is not equipped with an E-ICV (incorrect calibration value


stored in address SIC 36).
Stepper motor for E-ICV no.1 is not connected.
Defective stepper motor plug X318.
Power supply or 11-bit CAN BUS connection.
A general problem with the power supply to the stepper motors (fuse
F03/10 and relay K02/5)
The following diagnostic trouble codes are also saved: SIC
334202.14 and/or SIC 334203.14.
A general problem with the 11-bit CAN BUS connection or with the
power supply.
The following diagnostic trouble codes are also saved: SIC
334202.14 and/or SIC 334203.14.
Defective stepper motor (M12) for the E-ICV no.1 function.

Additional References:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1086 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of Diagnostic Trouble Codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2

Are the plug for the stepper motor and the stepper motor for E-ICV no.1 function connected?

Result:

YES:If the stepper motor is connected: GO TO 1.3.

NO:Connect the plug or stepper motor and carry out an operational check.

Action:

1.3

Check fuse F03/10 and relay K02/5.

Result:

YES:Fuse and relay are OK, GO TO 1.4.

NO:Replace fuse and/or relay and test the functionality.

Action:

1.4

Are other diagnostic trouble codes (SIC 334202.14 and/or SIC 334203.14) saved that indicate
a general problem with the power supply or in the 11-bit CAN BUS connection to the stepper
motors?
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1087 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result:

YES:If other diagnostic trouble codes are saved: GO TO 11-bit CAN BUS - Check (Section 213,
Group 45).

NO:If no other diagnostic trouble codes are saved: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the input value at address SIC 36

Action:

Access address SIC 36 :

Item Measurement Specification

SIC 36 –– Activating the E-ICV functions


Without E-ICV: Status 000

E-ICV no.1 function switched on: Status XX1

E-ICV no.2 function switched on: Status X1X

E-ICV no.3 function switched on: Status 1XX

Result:

YES:If the input value in address SIC 36 is correct, GO TO 3 .

NO:Enter the correct input and delete diagnostic trouble code.

( 3 ) Checking the input value at identification address SIC 40

Action:

Check identification of stepper motor 1 (ICA 1).See: Address SIC 040 –– Calibration of Stepper
Motor - Identification , Section 245, Group SIC and MHM 1000 in the Technical Manual.

Result:

YES:If the input value in address SIC 40 is correct, GO TO 4 .

NO:Enter the correct stepper motor in SIC 40 (calibrate), and perform an operational check.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1088 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Performing an operational check on the stepper motor E-ICV no.2

Action:

4.1

Perform an operational check on the E-ICV no.2

Result:

YES:E-ICV no.2 function is present: GO TO 4.2.

NO:E-ICV no.2 function is NOT present: GO TO 11-bit CAN BUS - Check (Section 213, Group
45).

Action:

4.2

Ignition OFF.
Disconnect stepper motor (M12; for the E-ICV no.1 function) from plug X318.
Connect stepper motor plug (X251; for E-ICV no.2 function) to stepper motor (M12; for
E-ICV no.1 function), and do an operational check.

Result:

YES:If function for E-ICV no.1 is present again after the plug has been changed: GO TO
Circuit test for E-ICV no.1 stepper motor (M12) . See Section 245, Group SIC in the Technical
manual.

NO:If function for E-ICV no.1 is NOT present after the plug has been changed: Replace the
stepper motor for E-ICV no.1, and recalibrate.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1089 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 334202.14- E-ICV No.2, Stepper Motor Fails to Start


40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334202.14 is saved when there is a problem in transferring data
between the stepper motor of E-ICV no.2 and the controller. Once the ignition is switched ON,
the controller fails to establish contact with the stepper motor. The diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “Information”. If diagnostic trouble codes SIC 334201.14 and/or SIC
334203.14 are saved as well, this indicates a general problem with the 11-bit CAN BUS. This
diagnostic trouble code only appears if after the ignition has been switched ON the SIC fails
to receive an initialization message from the stepper motor.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following is a possible cause:

Tractor is not equipped with an E-ICV (incorrect calibration value


stored in address SIC 36).
Stepper motor for E-ICV no.2 is not connected.
Defective stepper motor plug X251.
Power supply or 11-bit CAN BUS connection.
A general problem with the power supply to the stepper motors (fuse
F03/10 and relay K02/5)
The following diagnostic trouble codes are also saved: SIC
334201.14 and/or SIC 334203.14.
A general problem with the 11-bit CAN BUS connection or with the
power supply.
The following diagnostic trouble codes are also saved: SIC
334201.14 and/or SIC 334203.14.
Defective stepper motor (M13) for the E-ICV no.2 function.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1090 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2

Are the plug for the stepper motor and the stepper motor for E-ICV no.2 function connected?

Result:

YES:If the stepper motor is connected: GO TO 1.3.

NO:Connect the plug or stepper motor and carry out an operational check.

Action:

1.3

Check fuse F03/10 and relay K02/5.

Result:

YES:Fuse and relay are OK, GO TO 1.4.

NO:Replace fuse and/or relay and test the functionality.

Action:

1.4

Are other diagnostic trouble codes (SIC 334201.14 and/or SIC 334203.14) saved that indicate
a general problem with the power supply or in the 11-bit CAN BUS connection to the stepper
motors?
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1091 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result:

YES:If other diagnostic trouble codes are saved: GO TO 11-bit CAN BUS - Check (Section 213,
Group 45).

NO:If no other diagnostic trouble codes are saved: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the input value

Action:

Access address SIC 36 :

Item Measurement Specification

SIC 36 –– Activation of the E-ICV functions


Without E-ICV: Status 000

E-ICV no.1 function switched on: Status XX1

E-ICV no.2 function switched on: Status X1X

E-ICV no.3 function switched on: Status 1XX

Result:

YES:If the input value in address SIC 36 is correct, GO TO 3 .

NO:Enter the correct input and delete diagnostic trouble code.

( 3 ) Checking the input value at identification address SIC 40

Action:

Check identification of stepper motor 2 (ICA 2) See: Address SIC 040 –– Calibration of Stepper
Motor - Identification , Section 245, Group SIC and MHM 1000 in the Technical Manual.

Result:

YES:If the address SIC 40 is correct, GO TO 4 .

NO:Enter the correct stepper motor in SIC 40 (calibrate), and perform an operational check.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1092 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Doing an operational check of stepper motor E-ICV no.1

Action:

4.1

Do an operational check on E-ICV no.1. See: Address SIC 040 –– Calibration of Stepper Motor -
Identification , Section 245, Group SIC and MHM 1000 in the Technical Manual.

Result:

YES:E-ICV no.1 function is present: GO TO 4.2.

NO:E-ICV no.1 function is NOT present: GO TO 11-bit CAN BUS - Check (Section 213, Group
45).

Action:

4.2

Ignition OFF.
Disconnect stepper motor (M13; for the E-ICV no.2 function) from plug X251.
Connect stepper motor plug (X318; for E-ICV no.1 function) to stepper motor (M13; for
E-ICV no.2 function), and do an operational check.

Result:

YES:If function for E-ICV no.2 is present again after the plug has been changed: GO TO
Circuit test for E-ICV no. 2 stepper motor (M13) . See Section 245, Group SIC in the Technical
manual.

NO:If function for E-ICV no.2 is NOT present after the plug has been changed: Replace the
stepper motor for E-ICV no.2, and recalibrate.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1093 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 334203.14- E-ICV No.3, Stepper Motor Fails to Start


40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334203.14 is saved when there is a problem in transferring data
between the stepper motor of E-ICV no.3 and the controller. Once the ignition is switched ON,
the controller fails to establish contact with the stepper motor. The diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “Information”. If diagnostic trouble codes SIC 334201.14 and SIC
334202.14 are saved as well, this indicates a general problem with the 11-bit CAN BUS. This
diagnostic trouble code only appears if after the ignition has been switched ON the SIC fails
to receive an initialization message from the stepper motor.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following is a possible cause:

Tractor is not equipped with an E-ICV (incorrect calibration value


stored in address SIC 36).
Stepper motor for E-ICV no.3 is not connected.
Defective stepper motor plug X252.
Power supply or 11-bit CAN BUS connection.
A general problem with the power supply to the stepper motors (fuse
F03/10 and relay K02/5)
The following diagnostic trouble codes are also saved: SIC
334201.14 and/or SIC 334202.14.
A general problem with the 11-bit CAN BUS connection or with the
power supply.
The following diagnostic trouble codes are also saved: SIC
334201.14 and SIC 334202.14.
Defective stepper motor (M14) for the E-ICV no.3 function.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1094 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2

Are the plug for the stepper motor and the stepper motor for E-ICV no.3 function connected?

Result:

YES:If the stepper motor is connected: GO TO 1.3.

NO:Connect the plug or stepper motor and carry out an operational check.

Action:

1.3

Check fuse F03/10 and relay K02/5.

Result:

YES:Fuse and relay are OK, GO TO 1.4.

NO:Replace fuse and/or relay and test the functionality.

Action:

1.4

Are other diagnostic trouble codes (SIC 334201.14 and/or SIC 334202.14) saved that indicate
a general problem with the power supply or in the 11-bit CAN BUS connection to the stepper
motors?
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1095 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result:

YES:If other diagnostic trouble codes are saved: GO TO 11-bit CAN BUS - Check (Section 213,
Group 45).

NO:If no other diagnostic trouble codes are saved: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the input value

Action:

Access address SIC 36 :

Item Measurement Specification

SIC 36 –– Activation of the E-ICV functions


Without E-ICV: Status 000

E-ICV no.1 function switched on: Status XX1

E-ICV no.2 function switched on: Status X1X

E-ICV no.3 function switched on: Status 1XX

Result:

YES:If the input value in address SIC 36 is correct, GO TO 3 .

NO:Enter the correct input and delete diagnostic trouble code.

( 3 ) Checking the input value at identification address SIC 40

Action:

Check identification of stepper motor 3 (ICA 3). See: Address SIC 040 –– Calibration of
Stepper Motor - Identification , Section 245, Group SIC and MHM 1000 in the Technical
Manual.

Result:

YES:If the input value in address SIC 40 is correct, GO TO 4 .

NO:Enter the correct stepper motor in SIC 40 (calibrate), and perform an operational check.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1096 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Doing an operational check of stepper motor E-ICV no.1

Action:

4.1

Do an operational check on E-ICV no.1.

Result:

YES:E-ICV no.1 function is present: GO TO 4.2.

NO:E-ICV no.1 function is NOT present: GO TO 11-bit CAN BUS - Check (Section 213, Group
45).

Action:

4.2

Ignition OFF.
Disconnect stepper motor (M14; for the E-ICV no.3 function) from plug X252.
Connect stepper motor plug (X318; for E-ICV no.1 function) to stepper motor (M14; for
E-ICV no.3 function), and do an operational check.

Result:

YES:If function for E-ICV no.3 is present again after the plug has been changed: GO TO
Circuit test for E-ICV no.3 stepper motor (M14) . See Section 245, Group SIC in the Technical
manual.

NO:If function for E-ICV no.3 is NOT present after the plug has been changed: Replace the
stepper motor for E-ICV no.3, and recalibrate.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1097 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 334221.14- E-ICV No.1, Stepper Motor Fails to Respond to Command from
Controller
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334221.14 is saved when there is a problem in transferring data
between the stepper motor of E-ICV no.1 and the controller. During operation, following a
successful initialization (link made after ignition ON), the controller fails to establish a
connection to the stepper motor, or makes only intermittent contact (possibly due to a loose
wire). The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following is a possible cause:

Harness problem caused by loose/bad/slid back contacts (loose


connections) and/or bad ground connections.
Power supply circuit.
11-bit CAN BUS circuit.
Defective stepper motor (M12) for the E-ICV no.1 function.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1098 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2

Are other diagnostic trouble codes (SIC 334201.14, SIC 334202.14 and/or SIC 334203.14)
saved that indicate a general problem with the power supply or in the 11-bit CAN BUS
connection to the stepper motors?

Result:

YES:If other diagnostic trouble codes are saved: GO TO 11-bit CAN BUS - Check (Section 213,
Group 45).

NO:If no other diagnostic trouble codes are saved: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1099 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Doing an operational check of stepper motor E-ICV no.2

Action:

2.1

Do an operational check on E-ICV no.2.

Result:

YES:E-ICV no.2 function is present: GO TO 2.2.

NO:E-ICV no.2 function is NOT present: GO TO 11-bit CAN BUS - Check (Section 213, Group
45).

Action:

2.2

Ignition OFF.
Disconnect stepper motor (M12; for the E-ICV no.1 function) from plug X318.
Connect stepper motor plug (X251; for E-ICV no.2 function) to stepper motor (M12; for
E-ICV no.1 function), and do an operational check.

Result:

YES:If function for E-ICV no.1 is present again after the plug has been changed (fault cannot
be reproduced): GO TO Circuit test for E-ICV no.1 stepper motor (M12) .

NO:If function for E-ICV no.1 is NOT present after the plug has been changed: Replace the
stepper motor for E-ICV no.1, and recalibrate.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1100 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 334222.14- E-ICV No.2, Stepper Motor Fails to Respond to Command from
Controller
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334222.14 is saved when there is a problem in transferring data
between the stepper motor of E-ICV no.2 and the controller. During operation, following a
successful initialization (link made after ignition ON), the controller fails to establish a
connection to the stepper motor, or makes only intermittent contact (possibly due to a loose
wire). The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Harness problem caused by loose/bad/slid back contacts (loose


connections) and/or bad ground connections.
Power supply circuit.
11-bit CAN BUS circuit.
Defective stepper motor (M13) for the E-ICV no.2 function.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1101 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2

Are other diagnostic trouble codes (SIC 334201.14, SIC 334202.14 and/or SIC 334203.14)
saved that indicate a general problem with the power supply or in the 11-bit CAN BUS
connection to the stepper motors?

Result:

YES:If other diagnostic trouble codes are saved: GO TO 11-bit CAN BUS - Check (Section 213,
Group 45).

NO:If no other diagnostic trouble codes are saved: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1102 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Doing an operational check of stepper motor E-ICV no.1

Action:

2.1

Do an operational check on E-ICV no.1.

Result:

YES:E-ICV no.1 function is present: GO TO 2.2.

NO:E-ICV no.1 function is NOT present: GO TO 11-bit CAN BUS - Check (Section 213, Group
45).

Action:

2.2

Ignition OFF.
Disconnect stepper motor (M13; for the E-ICV no.2 function) from plug X251.
Connect stepper motor plug (X318; for E-ICV no.1 function) to stepper motor (M13; for
E-ICV no.2 function), and do an operational check.

Result:

YES:If function for E-ICV no.2 is present again after the plug has been changed (fault cannot
be reproduced): GO TO Circuit test for E-ICV no. 2 stepper motor (M13) . See Section 245,
Group SIC in the Technical manual.

NO:If function for E-ICV no.2 is NOT present after the plug has been changed: Replace the
stepper motor for E-ICV no.2, and recalibrate.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1103 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 334223.14- E-ICV No.3, Stepper Motor Fails to Respond to Command from
Controller
40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334223.14 is saved when there is a problem in transferring data
between the stepper motor of E-ICV no.3 and the controller. During operation, following a
successful initialization (link made after ignition ON), the controller fails to establish a
connection to the stepper motor, or makes only intermittent contact (possibly due to a loose
wire). The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following is a possible cause:

Harness problem caused by loose/bad/slid back contacts (loose


connections) and/or bad ground connections.
Power supply circuit.
11-bit CAN BUS circuit.
Defective stepper motor (M14) for the E-ICV no.3 function.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1104 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.2

Are other diagnostic trouble codes (SIC 334201.14, SIC 334202.14 and/or SIC 334203.14)
saved that indicate a general problem with the power supply or in the 11-bit CAN BUS
connection to the stepper motors?

Result:

YES:If other diagnostic trouble codes are saved: GO TO 11-bit CAN BUS - Check (Section 213,
Group 45).

NO:If no other diagnostic trouble codes are saved: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1105 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Doing an operational check of stepper motor E-ICV no.1

Action:

2.1

Do an operational check on E-ICV no.1.

Result:

YES:E-ICV no.1 function is present: GO TO 2.2.

NO:E-ICV no.1 function is NOT present: GO TO 11-bit CAN BUS - Check (Section 213, Group
45).

Action:

2.2

Ignition OFF.
Disconnect stepper motor (M14; for the E-ICV no.3 function) from plug X252.
Connect stepper motor plug (X318; for E-ICV no.1 function) to stepper motor (M14; for
E-ICV no.3 function), and do an operational check.

Result:

YES:If function for E-ICV no.3 is present again after the plug has been changed (fault cannot
be reproduced): GO TO Circuit test for E-ICV no.3 stepper motor (M14) .

NO:If function for E-ICV no.3 is NOT present after the plug has been changed: Replace the
stepper motor for E-ICV no.3, and recalibrate.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1106 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SIC 334240.14- Controller Connected to Wrong Wiring Harness Connector


40
Diagnostic trouble code SIC 334240.14 is saved when the E-SCV / E-ICV controller detects an
erroneous signal in the circuit of the controller identification. The diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnosis

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Wrong controller connected to SIC connector X456.


Open circuit at lead 728.
Defective SIC.

Additional References:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1107 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SIC: SIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of Diagnostic Trouble Codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2

Is the correct controller connected to connector X456?

Result:

YES:If the correct controller is connected, GO TO 2 .

NO:Connect the correct controller and test its functionality.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1108 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the control unit identification circuit (lead 728)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.

Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.

For circuit diagram of SE21 (electronic actuation of SCVs), see:

Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References

For component location and pin arrangement see SIC wiring harness W16:

• Reference 240-26-002 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad


transmissions and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus transmission and
TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoQuad/IVT transmission and
TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad/IVT
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine - Summary of References

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1109 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Group SSU - SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes


SSU 000084.09- Tractor Speed Signal Not Recognized
42
Diagnostic trouble code SSU 000084.09 is saved if no signal from the wheel speed sending
unit can be detected on the CAN BUS.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• ”Replacing the Wheel Speed Sending Unit” , (Section 56, Group 15 in the Repair manual)

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1110 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the wheel speed sending unit must
be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2 - A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem

Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: GO TO 3

NO:The diagnostic trouble code is active and additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved
from other control units that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1111 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check the 29-bit CAN BUS

Action:

Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab) , (Section 213, Group 45).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as required.

( 3 ) Check input address for configuration of wheel speed sender

Action:

- To test the signal, you have to drive the tractor.

Access address SSU018 :

Item Measurement Specification

SSU018 –– Travel speed signal


Start the engine, drive the tractor: Speed 00.00 km/h

Result:

YES:If there is a signal while the tractor is in motion, diagnosis is completed.

NO: GO TO 4

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1112 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the SSU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Use a JT05791A multimeter to check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

Item Measurement Specification

SSU –– plug X631/2 (W51)


Power supply (fuses F06_14, F06_15) between positive, pin L1 (lead 967) and ground pins
Voltage 12 volts
L2, M2 (lead 050):

CAN+, between pin A1 (lead 934) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

CAN-, between pin B1 (lead 935) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1113 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 000158.03- SSU Power Supply (Unswitched Power) Too High


42
If battery voltage (unswitched power) rises above 16 volts for longer than 320 ms, diagnostic
trouble code SSU 000158.03 is triggered.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Remove/Install the Alternator , (Section 40, Group 15 in the Repair manual)

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2 Perform a visual inspection of the battery and the alternator.

1. Check for visual signs of damage.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1114 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the system voltage (BCU system voltage)

Action:

Access address BCU 32 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU 32 –– Voltage, system voltage (BCU operating voltage)


Ignition ON; engine OFF: Voltage between 11.2 and 12.7 volts

Engine running at low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts

Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Checking the charging system

Action:

• Check alternator, refer to "Alternator Checks" Section 240, Group 15.

• Check battery, refer to "Battery Checks" , Section 240, Group 15.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1115 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 000158.04- SSU Power Supply (Unswitched Power) Too Low


42
If battery voltage (unswitched power) drops below 9 volts for longer than 320 ms, diagnostic
trouble code SSU 000158.04 is triggered.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Remove/Install the Alternator , (Section 40, Group 15 in the Repair manual)

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2 Perform a visual inspection of the battery and the alternator.

1. Check for visual signs of damage.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1116 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the system voltage (BCU system voltage)

Action:

Access address BCU 32 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU 32 –– Voltage, system voltage (BCU operating voltage)


Ignition ON; engine OFF: Voltage between 11.2 and 12.7 volts

Engine running at low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts

Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Checking the charging system

Action:

• Check alternator, refer to "Alternator Checks" Section 240, Group 15.

• Check battery, refer to "Battery Checks" , Section 240, Group 15.

Result:

YES:Check all relevant connectors of the system voltage circuit for bad, loose, widened or
corroded contacts.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1117 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 000162.02- SSU Controller, Two Transmission Types Identified


42
If an incorrect transmission type (AutoPowr or PowrQuad, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad) is
identified, diagnostic trouble code SSU 000162.02 is triggered. This indicates that the entry in
address SSU036 is incorrect.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

→NOTE:

The setting in address SSU 036 is automatically written by the SSU


controller. If an SSU controller is replaced or installed in another tractor,
address SSU 036 must be deleted (set to zero).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1118 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the transmission type (PowrQuad, PowrQuad Plus, AutoQuad or


AutoPowr)

Action:

Access address SSU036 :

Item Measurement Specification

SSU036 - Transmission type (PowrQuad, PowrQuad Plus, AutoQuad or AutoPowr)


No transmission identified: Status 0

AutoPowr transmission: Status 1

PowrQuad, PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad transmission: Status 2

Invalid data: Status 9

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Delete whatever is in address SSU036 and carry out an operational check.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1119 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 000162.09- SSU Controller, No Data Received from Transmission Controller


(EPC or TCU)
42
If the information on transmission type (the entry in address SSU 036) is not accepted on the
CAN BUS after four attempts, diagnostic trouble code SSU 000162.09 is triggered. This
indicates a problem in the CAN BUS.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

• Reference 260-20-001 , Steering and Brakes, Operation - Summary of References.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1120 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Other diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the wheel speed sending unit
must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2 - A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem

Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: GO TO 3

NO:The diagnostic trouble code is active and additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved
from other control units that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS::
GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1121 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check the 29-bit CAN BUS

Action:

Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab) , (Section 213, Group 45).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as required.

( 3 ) Checking the transmission type (PowrQuad, PowrQuad Plus, AutoQuad or


AutoPowr)

Action:

Access address SSU036 :

Item Measurement Specification

SSU036 - Transmission type (PowrQuad, PowrQuad Plus, AutoQuad or AutoPowr)


No transmission identified: Status 0

AutoPowr transmission: Status 1

PowrQuad, PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad transmission: Status 2

Invalid data: Status 9

Result:

YES:If status “1” or “2” is displayed, diagnosis is completed.

NO: GO TO 4 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1122 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the SSU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Use a JT05791A multimeter to check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

Item Measurement Specification

SSU –– plug X631/2 (W51)


Power supply (fuses F06_14, F06_15) between positive, pin L1 (lead 967) and ground pins
Voltage 12 volts
L2, M2 (lead 050):

CAN+, between pin A1 (lead 934) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

CAN-, between pin B1 (lead 935) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1123 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 000168.03- SSU Power Supply (Unswitched Power) Too High


42 GOTO
If battery voltage (unswitched power) rises above 16 volts for longer than 320 ms, diagnostic
trouble code SSU 000168.03 is triggered.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Remove/Install the Alternator , (Section 40, Group 15 in the Repair manual)

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2 Perform a visual inspection of the battery and the alternator.

1. Check for visual signs of damage.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1124 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the system voltage (BCU system voltage)

Action:

Access address BCU 32 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU 32 –– Voltage, system voltage (BCU operating voltage)


Ignition ON; engine OFF: Voltage between 11.2 and 12.7 volts

Engine running at low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts

Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Checking the charging system

Action:

• Check alternator, refer to "Alternator Checks" Section 240, Group 15.

• Check battery, refer to "Battery Checks" , Section 240, Group 15.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1125 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 000168.04- SSU Power Supply (Unswitched Power) Too Low


42 GOTO
If battery voltage (unswitched power) drops below 9 volts for longer than 320 ms, diagnostic
trouble code SSU 000168.04 is triggered.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Remove/Install the Alternator , (Section 40, Group 15 in the Repair manual)

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2 Perform a visual inspection of the battery and the alternator.

1. Check for visual signs of damage.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1126 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the system voltage (BCU system voltage)

Action:

Access address BCU 32 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU 32 –– Voltage, system voltage (BCU operating voltage)


Ignition ON; engine OFF: Voltage between 11.2 and 12.7 volts

Engine running at low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts

Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Checking the charging system

Action:

• Check alternator, refer to "Alternator Checks" Section 240, Group 15.

• Check battery, refer to "Battery Checks" , Section 240, Group 15.

Result:

YES:Check all relevant connectors of the system voltage circuit for bad, loose, widened or
corroded contacts.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1127 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 000177.09- Hydraulic Oil Temperature Not Recognized


42
As AutoTrac can only function when transmission oil temperature is above 0 °C, the
information on transmission oil temperature is read out constantly on the CAN BUS. If, at the
fourth attempt, the value can still not be recognized on the CAN BUS, diagnostic trouble code
000177.09 is triggered.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

• Reference 260-20-001 , Steering and Brakes, Operation - Summary of References.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1128 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Other diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the wheel speed sending unit
must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2 - A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem

Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: GO TO 3 .

NO:The diagnostic trouble code is active and additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved
from other control units that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1129 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check the 29-bit CAN BUS

Action:

Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab) (Section 213, Group 45).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as required.

( 3 ) Checking the transmission oil temperature (data from CAN BUS)

Action:

Access address SSU024 :

Item Measurement Specification

SSU024 Transmission oil temperature (data from CAN BUS)


Switch ignition ON Temperature above 00.0 °C

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO: GO TO 4

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1130 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the SSU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Use a JT05791A multimeter to check the power supply.


Check the power supply.
Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

Item Measurement Specification

SSU –– plug X631/2 (W51)


Power supply (fuses F06_14, F06_15) between positive, pin L1 (lead 967) and ground pins
Voltage 12 volts
L2, M2 (lead 050):

CAN+, between pin A1 (lead 934) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

CAN-, between pin B1 (lead 935) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1131 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 000237.31- Basic Control Unit (BCU) is Not Transmitting Any Data to the SSU
Controller
42
The SSU controller periodically sends a request to the Basic Control Unit (BCU). If no data is
received from the BCU after a request, diagnostic trouble code SSU 000237.31 is triggered.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

• Reference 260-20-001 , Steering and Brakes, Operation - Summary of References.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1132 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Other diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the wheel speed sending unit
must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2 - A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem

Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: GO TO 3 .

NO:The diagnostic trouble code is active and additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved
from other control units that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1133 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check the 29-bit CAN BUS

Action:

Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab) (Section 213, Group 45).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as required.

( 3 ) Checking the BCU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the 29-bit CAN BUS screen lines (930/932).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

Item Measurement Specification

BCU –– plug X483/1 (W08)


Power supply: Positive (lead 571) 12 volts at pin 23

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS screen lines: Lead 930- at pin 20

Lead 932+ at pin 43

Item Measurement Specification

BCU –– plug X483/2 (W08)


Power supply: Ground (lead 050) at pin 1

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1134 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 000628.02- SSU Controller, Internal Fault (EEPROM)


42
If a fault occurs when the internal module (EEPROM) intervenes, diagnostic trouble code SSU
000628.02 is triggered.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace the SSU controller.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1135 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 000629.12- SSU Controller, Internal Fault (Watchdog Timeout)


42 GOTO
If an internal fault occurs in the SSU controller, diagnostic trouble code SSU 000629.12 is
triggered.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace the SSU controller.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1136 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 000630.13- SSU Controller Not Calibrated


42
Diagnostic trouble code SSU 000630.13 is saved if the previous calibration was not saved or
the new SSU controller has not been calibrated yet.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Calibrating the SSU controller

Action:

Before calibrating the SSU controller, see: Reference 245-SSU-001 , Calibration and Input
Addresses.

Result:

YES:Calibration successful. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Delete diagnostic trouble code and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1137 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 000639.12- 29-bit CAN BUS (Tractor BUS) Fault


42
Diagnostic trouble code SSU 000639.12 is saved if the data received by the SSU controller
from the CAN BUS are faulty or incomplete.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 260-20-001 , Steering and Brakes, Operation - Summary of References.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1138 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Other diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the wheel speed sending unit
must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2 - A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem

Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: GO TO 3 .

NO:The diagnostic trouble code is active and additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved
from other control units that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1139 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check the 29-bit CAN BUS

Action:

Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab) (Section 213, Group 45).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as required.

( 3 ) Checking the SSU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Use a JT05791A multimeter to check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

Item Measurement Specification

SSU –– plug X631/2 (W51)


Power supply (fuses F06_14, F06_15) between positive, pin L1 (lead 967) and ground pins
Voltage 12 volts
L2, M2 (lead 050):

CAN+, between pin A1 (lead 934) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

CAN-, between pin B1 (lead 935) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1140 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 000639.13- 29-bit CAN BUS (Tractor BUS), High Error Rate
42
Diagnostic trouble code SSU 000639.13 is saved when the SSU controller recognizes a very
high error rate in the incoming CAN BUS (tractor BUS) messages. This indicates a general
problem in the CAN BUS.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1141 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Other diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the wheel speed sending unit
must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2 - A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem

Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: GO TO 3 .

NO:The diagnostic trouble code is active and additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved
from other control units that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1142 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check the 29-bit CAN BUS

Action:

Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab) (Section 213, Group 45).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as required.

( 3 ) Checking the SSU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Use a JT05791A multimeter to check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

Item Measurement Specification

SSU –– plug X631/2 (W51)


Power supply (fuses F06_14, F06_15) between positive, pin L1 (lead 967) and ground pins
Voltage 12 volts
L2, M2 (lead 050):

CAN+, between pin A1 (lead 934) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

CAN-, between pin B1 (lead 935) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1143 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 000639.19- 29-bit CAN BUS (Tractor BUS), Very High Error Rate
42
Diagnostic trouble code SSU 000639.19 is saved when the SSU controller recognizes a very
high error rate in the incoming CAN BUS messages. This indicates a general problem in the
CAN BUS.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1144 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Other diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the wheel speed sending unit
must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2 - A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem

Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: GO TO 3 .

NO:The diagnostic trouble code is active and additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved
from other control units that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1145 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check the 29-bit CAN BUS

Action:

Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab) (Section 213, Group 45).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as required.

( 3 ) Checking the SSU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Use a JT05791A multimeter to check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

Item Measurement Specification

SSU –– plug X631/2 (W51)


Power supply (fuses F06_14, F06_15) between positive, pin L1 (lead 967) and ground pins
Voltage 12 volts
L2, M2 (lead 050):

CAN+, between pin A1 (lead 934) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

CAN-, between pin B1 (lead 935) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1146 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 001079.03- Wheel Angle Sensor (WAS), Power Supply Too High
42
Diagnostic trouble code SSU 001079.03 is triggered if the power supply (for WAS) is over 5.25
volts for longer than 320 ms.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

YES: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the power supply to the wheel angle sensor (WAS)

Action:

Access address SSU004 :

Item Measurement Specification

SSU004 Power supply to the wheel angle sensor (WAS)


Power supply: Voltage between 4.75 and 5.25 volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1147 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) and of the connector associated
with it:

Wheel angle sensor (WAS)

LEGEND:
B139 Wheel angle sensor (WAS)

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts;
also check the lines.

Result:

YES:If there are no visible signs of damage, GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition the circuit, sub-assemblies or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) , see 245-SSU.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) , see 245-SSU.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1148 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections, see summary of wiring layout in


Circuit/Harness Test for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) in 245-SSU.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-SSU-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional SSU Circuit
Problems (SSU Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1149 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 001079.04- Wheel Angle Sensor (WAS), Power Supply Too Low
42
Diagnostic trouble code SSU 001079.04 is triggered if the power supply (for WAS) is less than
4.75 volts for longer than 320 ms. This indicates that the circuit is open.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

YES: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the power supply to the wheel angle sensor (WAS)

Action:

Access address SSU004 :

Item Measurement Specification

SSU004 Power supply to the wheel angle sensor (WAS)


Switch ignition ON: Voltage between 4.75 and 5.25 volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1150 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) and of the connector associated
with it:

Wheel angle sensor (WAS)

LEGEND:
B139 Wheel angle sensor (WAS)

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts;
also check the lines.

Result:

YES:If there are no visible signs of damage, GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition the circuit, sub-assemblies or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) , see 245-SSU.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) , see 245-SSU.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1151 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections, see summary of wiring layout in


Circuit/Harness Test for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) in 245-SSU.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-SSU-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional SSU Circuit
Problems (SSU Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1152 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 001504.07- Seat Switch, Signal Invalid


42
Diagnostic trouble code SSU 001504.07 is triggered if the seat switch reports “operator on
seat” for longer than 25.5 hours without interruption.
Alarm level: Information.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 240-15-013 , SE16A - Basic Control Unit (BCU) (Rear PTO and External Control)

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO: GO TO 2

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1153 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the seat switch

Action:

Access address SSU063 :

Item Measurement Specification

SSU063 Status of seat switch


Operator sitting on seat: Status 1XX

Operator not on seat: Status 0XX

No valid signal (faulty) Status 9XX

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:If status report is “9” or “1” even when there is no-one on the seat GO TO 3 ; on tractors
with PowrQuad, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad transmissions, GO TO 4

( 3 ) Checking the seat switch (tractors with AutoPowr/IVT)

Action:

• Access address UIC010 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC010 - Status, seat switch (S40)


Operator sitting on seat: Status X1X

Operator not sitting on seat: Status X0X

Result:

YES:• If the type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/Harness Test for Seat
Switch (S40) (see Section 245, Group UIC in the Technical Manual).

NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness Test for Seat Switch (S40) ; see Section 245, Group UIC in the
Technical Manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1154 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the seat switch (tractors with PowrQuad Plus, AutoQuad or


AutoQuad Plus)

Action:

• Access address BCU008 .

Item Measurement Specification

BCU008 - Status, seat switch (S40)


Operator sitting on seat: Status XXX1

Operator not sitting on seat: Status XXX0

Result:

YES:• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/Harness Test for Seat Switch
(S40) in Section 245, Group BCU.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness Test for Seat Switch (S40) in Section 245, Group BCU.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1155 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 001504.09- Seat Switch, Signal Not Received


42
If the information on the seat switch is not accepted on the CAN BUS after four attempts,
diagnostic trouble code SSU 0001504.09 is triggered. This indicates a problem in the CAN
BUS.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1156 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Other diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the wheel speed sending unit
must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2 - A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem

Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: GO TO 3 .

NO:The diagnostic trouble code is active and additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved
from other control units that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1157 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check the 29-bit CAN BUS

Action:

Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab) (Section 213, Group 45).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as required.

( 3 ) Checking the status of the seat switch

Action:

Access address SSU063 :

Item Measurement Specification

SSU063 Status of seat switch


Operator sitting on seat: Status 1XX

Operator not on seat: Status 0XX

No valid signal (faulty) Status 9XX

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the signals are not OK or status is “9”, GO TO 4 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1158 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the SSU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Use a JT05791A multimeter to check the power supply.


Check the power supply.
Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

Item Measurement Specification

SSU –– plug X631/2 (W51)


Power supply (fuses F06_14, F06_15) between positive, pin L1 (lead 967) and ground pins
Voltage 12 volts
L2, M2 (lead 050):

CAN+, between pin A1 (lead 934) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

CAN-, between pin B1 (lead 935) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1159 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 001504.14- No-one on Operator′s Seat While AutoSteer is Running


42
If the AutoSteer function is activated and there is no operator on the seat for longer than 2
seconds, diagnostic trouble code SSU 001504.14 is triggered. If no operator can be
recognized on the seat for longer than 7 seconds, the AutoSteer function is switched off.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1160 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the seat switch

Action:

Access address SSU063 :

Item Measurement Specification

SSU063 Status of seat switch


Operator sitting on seat: Status 1XX

Operator not on seat: Status 0XX

No valid signal (faulty) Status 9XX

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:If status is “0XX” or “9XX” even although there was an operator on the seat, on tractors
with AutoPowr/IVT, GO TO 3 ; on tractors with PowrQuad, PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions, GO TO 4 .

( 3 ) Checking the seat switch

Action:

• Access address UIC010 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC010 - Status, seat switch (S40)


Operator sitting on seat: Status X1X

Operator not sitting on seat: Status X0X

Result:

YES:• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/Harness Test for Seat Switch
(S40) ; see Section 245, Group UIC in the Technical Manual.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness Test for Seat Switch (S40) ; see Section 245, Group UIC in the
Technical Manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1161 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the seat switch

Action:

• Access address BCU008 .

Item Measurement Specification

BCU008 - Status, seat switch (S40)


Operator sitting on seat: Status XXX1

Operator not sitting on seat: Status XXX0

Result:

YES:This fault indicates a problem in the CAN BUS. GO TO: Circuit/Harness Test for Seat
Switch (S40) in Section 245, Group BCU.

NO:Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Seat Switch (S40) (see in Section 245, Group BCU).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1162 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 001807.02- Steering Input Device (SID), Calibration Fault


42
Diagnostic trouble code SSU 001807.02 is triggered if false signals are sent to the SSU
controller while steering input devices SID 1 or SID 2 are being calibrated.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

While this diagnostic trouble code is in the diagnostic trouble code


memory, it prevents the AutoTrac system from being activated. It does not
matter whether the status of the diagnostic trouble code is ”saved” or
”active”. For this reason, it is essential to delete this code from the
memory.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

Reference 245-SSU-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1163 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the counts of steering input device SID 1 (B138)

Action:

Start the engine.


Access address SSU007 .
Item Measurement Specification

SSU007 - Counts of steering input device SID 1 (B138), status


Move the steering wheel to the right , the value increases : Number of counts 000 - 999

Move the steering wheel to the left , the value decreases : Number of counts 999 - 000

Turn the steering wheel slowly to the right ; the value displayed should slowly
increase .
Turn the steering wheel slowly to the left ; the value displayed should slowly
decrease .

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Change lines 997 and 995 in plugs X632-1 or X631-3 and do an operational check.

( 3 ) Checking the counts of steering input device SID 2 (B138)

Action:

Start the engine.


Access address SSU008 .
Item Measurement Specification

SSU008 - Counts of steering input device SID 2 (B138), status


Move the steering wheel to the right , the value increases : Number of counts 000 - 999

Move the steering wheel to the left , the value decreases : Number of counts 999 - 000

Turn the steering wheel slowly to the right ; the value displayed should slowly
increase .
Turn the steering wheel slowly to the left ; the value displayed should slowly
decrease .

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Change lines 971 and 988 in plugs X632-2 or X631-2 and do an operational check.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1164 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 001807.03- Steering Input Device SID 1, Voltage Too High


42
Diagnostic trouble code SSU 001807.03 is triggered if the power supply for steering input
device SID 1 is over 5.25 volts for longer than 320 ms.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the power supply for steering input device SID 1

Action:

Access address SSU005 :

Item Measurement Specification

SSU005 Power supply for steering input device SID 1


Power supply: Voltage between 4.75 and 5.25 volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1165 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of steering input device SID 1 and of the connector associated
with it:

Steering input device (SID)

LEGEND:
B138 Steering input device (SID)

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts;
also check the lines.

Result:

YES:If there are no visible signs of damage, GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition the circuit, sub-assemblies or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Steering Input Device (B138) , see 245-SSU.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Steering Input Device (B138) , see 245-SSU.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1166 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections, see summary of wiring layout in


Circuit/Harness Test for Steering Input Device (B138) in 245-SSU.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-SSU-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional SSU Circuit
Problems (SSU Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1167 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 001807.04- Steering Input Device SID 1, Voltage Too Low


42
Diagnostic trouble code SSU 001807.04 is triggered if the power supply (for SID) is less than
4.75 volts for longer than 320 ms. This indicates that the circuit is open.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

YES: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the power supply for steering input device SID 1

Action:

Access address SSU005 :

Item Measurement Specification

SSU005 Power supply for steering input device SID 1


Switch ignition ON: Voltage between 4.75 and 5.25 volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1168 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of steering input device SID 1 and of the connector associated
with it:

Steering input device (SID)

LEGEND:
B138 Steering input device (SID)

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts;
also check the lines.

Result:

YES:If there are no visible signs of damage, GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition the circuit, sub-assemblies or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Steering Input Device (B138) , see 245-SSU.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Steering Input Device (B138) , see 245-SSU.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1169 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections, see summary of wiring layout in


Circuit/Harness Test for Steering Input Device (B138) in 245-SSU.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-SSU-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional SSU Circuit
Problems (SSU Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1170 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 001807.05- Steering Input Device SID 1, Current Too Low


42
Diagnostic trouble code SSU 001807.05 is generated if less than 4 mA flow to steering input
device SID 1 for longer than 320 ms. This indicates that the circuit is open.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the current at steering input device SID 1

Action:

Access address SSU033 :

Item Measurement Specification

SSU033 Current at steering input device SID 1


Switch ignition ON: Current between 4 mA and 20 mA

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1171 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of steering input device SID 1 and of the connector associated
with it:

Steering input device (SID)

LEGEND:
B138 Steering input device (SID)

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts;
also check the lines.

Result:

YES:If there are no visible signs of damage, GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition the circuit, sub-assemblies or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Steering Input Device (B138) , see 245-SSU.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Steering Input Device (B138) , see 245-SSU.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1172 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections, see summary of wiring layout in


Circuit/Harness Test for Steering Input Device (B138) in 245-SSU.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-SSU-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional SSU Circuit
Problems (SSU Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1173 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 001807.06- Steering Input Device SID 1, Current Too High


42
Diagnostic trouble code SSU 001807.06 is generated if more than 20 mA flow to steering
input device SID 1 for longer than 320 ms.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the current at steering input device SID 1

Action:

Access address SSU033 :

Item Measurement Specification

SSU033 Current at steering input device SID 1


Switch ignition ON: Current between 4 mA and 20 mA

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1174 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of steering input device SID 1 and of the connector associated
with it:

Steering input device (SID)

LEGEND:
B138 Steering input device (SID)

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts;
also check the lines.

Result:

YES:If there are no visible signs of damage, GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition the circuit, sub-assemblies or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Steering Input Device (B138) , see 245-SSU.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Steering Input Device (B138) , see 245-SSU.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1175 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections, see summary of wiring layout in


Circuit/Harness Test for Steering Input Device (B138) in 245-SSU.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-SSU-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional SSU Circuit
Problems (SSU Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1176 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 001807.10- The Signals from Steering Input Devices SID 1 and SID 2 are
Unequal
42
Diagnostic trouble code SSU 001807.10 is triggered if the values received from steering input
device SID 1 (address SSU007) and steering input device SID 2 (address SSU008) are
different by more than 20 counts. This indicates a problem in steering input device SID 1.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

While this diagnostic trouble code is in the diagnostic trouble code


memory, it prevents the AutoTrac system from being activated. It does not
matter whether the status of the diagnostic trouble code is ”saved” or
”active”. For this reason, it is essential to delete this code from the
memory.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1177 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the counts of steering input device SID 1 and SID 2 (B138)

Action:

Start the engine.


Access addresses SSU007 and SSU008 or template SSU902 - Sensor signals, steering
input devices SID 1 and SID 2 .
Item Measurement Specification

SSU007 - Counts of steering input device SID 1 (B138), status


Move the steering wheel to the right , the value increases : Number of counts 000 - 999

Move the steering wheel to the left , the value decreases : Number of counts 999 - 000

SSU008 - Counts of steering input device SID 2 (B138), status


Move the steering wheel to the right , the value increases : Number of counts 000 - 999

Move the steering wheel to the left , the value decreases : Number of counts 999 - 000

Slowly turn the steering wheel to the left and right, at the same time checking
whether the values deviate by more than 20 counts.

Result:

YES:If the values do NOT differ from each other by more than 20 counts, GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1178 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of steering input device SID 1 and of the connector associated
with it:

Steering input device (SID)

LEGEND:
B138 Steering input device (SID)

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts;
also check the lines.

Result:

YES:If there are no visible signs of damage, GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition the circuit, sub-assemblies or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Steering Input Device (B138) , see 245-SSU.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Steering Input Device (B138) , see 245-SSU.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1179 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections, see summary of wiring layout in


Circuit/Harness Test for Steering Input Device (B138) in 245-SSU.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-SSU-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional SSU Circuit
Problems (SSU Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1180 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 001807.14- Malfunction at Steering Input Device SID 1


42
Diagnostic trouble code SSU 001807.14 is triggered if the values received by the SSU
controller (signals from steering input device SID 1) are faulty.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

While this diagnostic trouble code is in the diagnostic trouble code


memory, it prevents the AutoTrac system from being activated. It does not
matter whether the status of the diagnostic trouble code is ”saved” or
”active”. For this reason, it is essential to delete this code from the
memory.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1181 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the counts of steering input device SID 1 (B138)

Action:

Start the engine.


Access addresses SSU007 and SSU008 or template SSU902 - Sensor signals, steering
input devices SID 1 and SID 2 .
Item Measurement Specification

SSU007 - Counts of steering input device SID 1 (B138), status


Move the steering wheel to the right , the value increases : Number of counts 000 - 999

Move the steering wheel to the left , the value decreases : Number of counts 999 - 000

SSU008 - Counts of steering input device SID 2 (B138), status


Move the steering wheel to the right , the value increases : Number of counts 000 - 999

Move the steering wheel to the left , the value decreases : Number of counts 999 - 000

Slowly turn the steering wheel several times to the right and left. Note the values
with the wheel at left full-lock, then turn the wheel to right full-lock and note the
values there. The values should be the same in both cases.

Result:

YES:If the values do NOT differ, GO TO 5 .

NO:If the type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1182 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of steering input device SID 1 and of the connector associated
with it:

Steering input device (SID)

LEGEND:
B138 Steering input device (SID)

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts;
also check the lines.

Result:

YES:If there are no visible signs of damage, GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition the circuit, sub-assemblies or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Steering Input Device (B138) , see 245-SSU.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Steering Input Device (B138) , see 245-SSU.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1183 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections, see summary of wiring layout in


Circuit/Harness Test for Steering Input Device (B138) in 245-SSU.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-SSU-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional SSU Circuit
Problems (SSU Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1184 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 299433.09- No Signal Received from Reverse Drive Lever (AutoPowr/IVT


Transmission)
42
If the information on the reverse drive lever is not accepted on the CAN BUS after four
attempts, diagnostic trouble code SSU 299433.09 is triggered. This indicates a problem in the
CAN BUS.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1185 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Other diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the wheel speed sending unit
must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2 - A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem

Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: GO TO 3 .

NO:The diagnostic trouble code is active and additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved
from other control units that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1186 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check the 29-bit CAN BUS

Action:

Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab) (Section 213, Group 45).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as required.

( 3 ) Checking the status of the reverse drive lever

Action:

With AutoPowr/IVT transmission, the display appears only when the tractor starts to
move.

Access address SSU017 :

Specificatio
Item Measurement
n

SSU017 Status of reverse drive lever


Reverse drive lever in “Neutral”, only on tractors with PowrQuad Plus, AutoQuad or
Status n
AutoQuad Plus transmission

Reverse drive lever in “park” position: Status P

Reverse drive lever in “forward” position: Status F

Reverse drive lever in “reverse” position: Status r

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO: GO TO 4 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1187 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the SSU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Use a JT05791A multimeter to check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

Item Measurement Specification

SSU –– plug X631/2 (W51)


Power supply (fuses F06_14, F06_15) between positive, pin L1 (lead 967) and ground pins
Voltage 12 volts
L2, M2 (lead 050):

CAN+, between pin A1 (lead 934) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

CAN-, between pin B1 (lead 935) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1188 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 522273.00- Electro-Hydraulic Steering Valve, Control Signal Too High


42
The electro-hydraulic steering valve receives a control signal from the SSU controller, which
can also request information on the position of the valve. If the control signal is not in the
valid range (over 85 % or of the total range), diagnostic trouble code SSU 522273.00 is
triggered.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1189 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the function of the electro-hydraulic steering valve

Action:

CAUTION:

Stay well clear of the front wheels and prevent access to the danger area,
as the steering (front wheels) moves of its own accord!

Engage park lock


Start the engine.
If the steering wheel is actuated manually, the process is interrupted.

Access address SSU030 :

Item Measurement Specification

SSU030 Input value at electro-hydraulic steering valve


Input value left : Value 60%

Input value right : Value 40%

Result:

YES: If r.h. lock is reached when input value is 40%, GO TO 5 .

NO: If r.h. lock is NOT reached when input value is 40%, GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1190 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Visual inspection of the steering valve:

Steering valve

LEGEND:
Y49 Electro-hydraulic steering valve

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts;
also check the lines.

Result:

YES:If there are no visible signs of damage, GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition the circuit, sub-assemblies or contacts as required, and see 245-SSU to go


through Reference 245-SSU-104, Circuit Test for Steering Valve Y49 (Electro-Hydraulic) .

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

See 245-SSU and go through Reference 245-SSU-104, Circuit Test for Steering Valve Y49
(Electro-Hydraulic) .

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required, then see 245-SSU and go through Reference 245-SSU-104,


Circuit Test for Steering Valve Y49 (Electro-Hydraulic) .
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1191 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Check the connectors; see wiring layout summary in Reference 245-SSU-104, Circuit
Test for Steering Valve Y49 (Electro-Hydraulic) , which is in 245-SSU.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-SSU-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional SSU Circuit
Problems (SSU Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required, then see 245-SSU and go through Reference 245-SSU-104,


Circuit Test for Steering Valve Y49 (Electro-Hydraulic) .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1192 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 522273.01- Electro-Hydraulic Steering Valve, Control Signal Too Low


42
The electro-hydraulic steering valve receives a control signal from the SSU controller, which
can also request information on the position of the valve. If the control signal is not in the
valid range (under 15% or of the total range), diagnostic trouble code SSU 522273.01 is
triggered.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1193 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the function of the electro-hydraulic steering valve

Action:

CAUTION:

Stay well clear of the front wheels and prevent access to the danger area,
as the steering (front wheels) moves of its own accord!

Engage park lock


Start the engine.
If the steering wheel is actuated manually, the process is interrupted.

Access address SSU030 :

Item Measurement Specification

SSU030 Input value at electro-hydraulic steering valve


Input value left : Value 60%

Input value right : Value 40%

Result:

YES:If l.h. lock is reached when input value is 60 %, GO TO 5 .

NO:If l.h. lock is NOT reached when input value is 60 %, GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1194 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Visual inspection of the steering valve:

Steering valve

LEGEND:
Y49 Electro-hydraulic steering valve

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts;
also check the lines.

Result:

YES:If there are no visible signs of damage, GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition the circuit, sub-assemblies or contacts as required, and see 245-SSU to go


through Reference 245-SSU-104, Circuit Test for Steering Valve Y49 (Electro-Hydraulic) .

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

See 245-SSU and go through Reference 245-SSU-104, Circuit Test for Steering Valve Y49
(Electro-Hydraulic) .

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required, then see 245-SSU and go through Reference 245-SSU-104,


Circuit Test for Steering Valve Y49 (Electro-Hydraulic) .
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1195 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Check the connectors; see wiring layout summary in Reference 245-SSU-104, Circuit
Test for Steering Valve Y49 (Electro-Hydraulic) , which is in 245-SSU.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-SSU-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional SSU Circuit
Problems (SSU Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required, then see 245-SSU and go through Reference 245-SSU-104,


Circuit Test for Steering Valve Y49 (Electro-Hydraulic) .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1196 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 522387.07- SSU Controller Cannot Detect any Movement at Wheel Angle
Sensor (WAS)
42 GOTO
If, despite a steering movement being made, the SSU controller fails to detect a signal from
the wheel angle sensor (WAS), or the signal it does receive is too low, diagnostic trouble code
522387.07 is triggered.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1197 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the channel 1 signal from the wheel angle sensor (WAS)

Action:

Access SSU901 - Channel 1 and 2 signals from the wheel angle sensor (WAS) or address
SSU009 and address SSU010 :

Item Measurement Specification

SSU009 Channel 1 signal from the wheel angle sensor (WAS)


Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to left full-lock: Voltage 1.0 (+-0.4) volts

Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to right full-lock: Voltage 3.5 (+-0.4) volts

Start the engine, steering set for straight ahead : Voltage 2.0-2.2 (+-0.4) volts

Item Measurement Specification

SSU010 Channel 2 signal from the wheel angle sensor (WAS)


Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to left full-lock: Voltage 0.5 (+-0.2) volts

Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to right full-lock: Voltage 1.75 (+-0.2) volts

Start the engine, steering set for straight ahead : Voltage 1.0-1.1 (+-0.2) volts

Result:

YES:If channels 1 and 2 of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) provide correct values, GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1198 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) and of the connector associated
with it:

Wheel angle sensor (WAS)

LEGEND:
B139 Wheel angle sensor (WAS)

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts;
also check the lines.

Result:

YES:If there are no visible signs of damage, GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition the circuit, sub-assemblies or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) , see 245-SSU.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) , see 245-SSU.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1199 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections, see summary of wiring layout in


Circuit/Harness Test for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) in 245-SSU.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-SSU-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional SSU Circuit
Problems (SSU Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1200 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 522394.09- No Signal Received from the TCM (Terrain Compensation Module)
42 GOTO
If the information on the TCM (Terrain Compensation Module) is not accepted on the CAN BUS
after four attempts, diagnostic trouble code SSU 522394.09 is triggered. This indicates a
problem in the CAN BUS or loose connectors.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems-Summary of References.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1201 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Other diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the TEC must be processed
first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2 - A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem

Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: GO TO 3 .

NO:The diagnostic trouble code is active and additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved
from other control units that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1202 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check the 29-bit CAN BUS

Action:

Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab) (Section 213, Group 45).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as required.

( 3 ) GreenStar –– Plug X565 (W40)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Use a JT05791A multimeter to check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

Item Measurement Specification

GreenStar –– Plug X565 (W40)


Power supply (fuse F03_14) between positive, pin 12 (lead 952) and ground pin 7 (lead
Voltage 12 volts
050):

Voltage (IGN) with main switch ON (fuse F06_14) between positive pin 6 (lead 938) and
Voltage 12 volts
ground pin 7 (lead 050):

CAN+, between pin 4 (lead 974) and ground, pin 7 (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

CAN-, between pin 9 (lead 975) and ground, pin 7 (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 4

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1203 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the SSU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Use a JT05791A multimeter to check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

Item Measurement Specification

SSU –– plug X631/2 (W51)


Power supply (fuses F06_14, F06_15) between positive, pin L1 (lead 967) and ground pins
Voltage 12 volts
L2, M2 (lead 050):

CAN+, between pin A1 (lead 934) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

CAN-, between pin B1 (lead 935) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1204 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 522451.00- Signal from the Wheel Angle Sensor (WAS) on Channel 2 Too High
42 GOTO
If the voltage at signal line 986 of channel 2 of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) is over 2.25
volts for longer than 320 ms, diagnostic trouble code SSU 522451.00 is triggered.
Alarm level: CAUTION

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1205 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the channel 2 signal from the wheel angle sensor (WAS)

Action:

Access address SSU010 :

Item Measurement Specification

SSU010 Channel 2 signal from the wheel angle sensor (WAS)


Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to left full-lock: Voltage 0.5 (+-0.2) volts

Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to right full-lock: Voltage 1.75 (+-0.2) volts

Start the engine, steering set for straight ahead : Voltage 1.0-1.1 (+-0.2) volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1206 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) and of the connector associated
with it:

Wheel angle sensor (WAS)

LEGEND:
B139 Wheel angle sensor (WAS)

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts;
also check the lines.

Result:

YES:If there are no visible signs of damage, GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition the circuit, sub-assemblies or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) , see 245-SSU.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) , see 245-SSU.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1207 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections, see summary of wiring layout in


Circuit/Harness Test for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) in 245-SSU.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-SSU-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional SSU Circuit
Problems (SSU Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1208 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 522451.01- Signal from the Wheel Angle Sensor (WAS) on Channel 2 Too Low
42 GOTO
If the voltage at signal line 986 of channel 2 of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) is under 0.25
volts for longer than 320 ms, diagnostic trouble code SSU 522451.01 is triggered. This
indicates that the circuit is open.
Alarm level: Information.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1209 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the channel 2 signal from the wheel angle sensor (WAS)

Action:

Access address SSU010 :

Item Measurement Specification

SSU010 Channel 2 signal from the wheel angle sensor (WAS)


Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to left full-lock: Voltage 0.5 (+-0.2) volts

Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to right full-lock: Voltage 1.75 (+-0.2) volts

Start the engine, steering set for straight ahead : Voltage 1.0-1.1 (+-0.2) volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1210 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) and of the connector associated
with it:

Wheel angle sensor (WAS)

LEGEND:
B139 Wheel angle sensor (WAS)

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts;
also check the lines.

Result:

YES:If there are no visible signs of damage, GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition the circuit, sub-assemblies or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) , see 245-SSU.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) , see 245-SSU.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1211 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections, see summary of wiring layout in


Circuit/Harness Test for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) in 245-SSU.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-SSU-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional SSU Circuit
Problems (SSU Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1212 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 522451.14- Channel 1 Signal from the Wheel Angle Sensor (WAS) Incorrect in
Relation to Channel 2 Signal
42 GOTO
The wheel angle sensor (WAS) consists of two separate sensors. The signal voltage at sensor
2 is 1/2 that of the signal voltage at sensor 1. If this difference is off by 0.2 volts for longer
than 320 ms, diagnostic trouble code SSU 522451.14 is triggered.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1213 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the signals

Action:

Start the engine.


Access address SSU009 and address SSU010 or template SSU901 - Channel 1 and 2
signals from the wheel angle sensor (WAS) .
Turn the steering wheel to right full-lock and left full-lock and check whether the values
from channel 2 of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) are still 1/2 of those from channel 1.

Item Measurement Specification

SSU009 Channel 1 signal from the wheel angle sensor (WAS)


Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to left full-lock: Voltage 1.0 (+-0.4) volts

Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to right full-lock: Voltage 3.5 (+-0.4) volts

Start the engine, steering set for straight ahead : Voltage 2.0-2.2 (+-0.4) volts

SSU010 Channel 2 signal from the wheel angle sensor (WAS)


Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to left full-lock: Voltage 0.5 (+-0.2) volts

Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to right full-lock: Voltage 1.75 (+-0.2) volts

Start the engine, steering set for straight ahead : Voltage 1.0-1.1 (+-0.2) volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1214 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) and of the connector associated
with it:

Wheel angle sensor (WAS)

LEGEND:
B139 Wheel angle sensor (WAS)

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts;
also check the lines.

Result:

YES:If there are no visible signs of damage, GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition the circuit, sub-assemblies or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) , see 245-SSU.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) , see 245-SSU.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1215 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections, see summary of wiring layout in


Circuit/Harness Test for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) in 245-SSU.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-SSU-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional SSU Circuit
Problems (SSU Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1216 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 523425.09- No Signal Received from Reverse Drive Lever


42
If the information on the reverse drive lever is not accepted on the CAN BUS after four
attempts, diagnostic trouble code SSU 523425.09 is triggered. This indicates a problem in the
CAN BUS.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1217 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Other diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the wheel speed sending unit
must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2 - A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem

Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: GO TO 3 .

NO:The diagnostic trouble code is active and additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved
from other control units that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1218 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check the 29-bit CAN BUS

Action:

Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab) (Section 213, Group 45).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as required.

( 3 ) Checking the status of the reverse drive lever

Action:

With AutoPowr/IVT transmission, the “reverse” or “forward” display appears only when
the tractor starts to move.

Access address SSU017 :

Specificatio
Item Measurement
n

SSU017 Status of reverse drive lever


Reverse drive lever in “Neutral”, only on tractors with PowrQuad Plus, AutoQuad or
Status n
AutoQuad Plus transmission

Reverse drive lever in “park” position: Status P

Reverse drive lever in “forward” position: Status F

Reverse drive lever in “reverse” position: Status r

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO: GO TO 4

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1219 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the SSU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Use a JT05791A multimeter to check the power supply.


Check the power supply.
Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

Item Measurement Specification

SSU –– plug X631/2 (W51)


Power supply (fuses F06_14, F06_15) between positive, pin L1 (lead 967) and ground pins
Voltage 12 volts
L2, M2 (lead 050):

CAN+, between pin A1 (lead 934) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

CAN-, between pin B1 (lead 935) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1220 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 523436.14- SSU Controller, Internal Fault (Watchdog Timeout)


42
If an internal fault occurs in the SSU controller, diagnostic trouble code SSU 523436.14 is
triggered.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace the SSU controller.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1221 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 523651.02- SSU Controller, Internal Fault (Stack Overflow)


42
If an internal fault occurs in the SSU controller, diagnostic trouble code SSU 523651.02 is
triggered.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace the SSU controller.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1222 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 523654.09- AutoTrac Text Display Not Activated


42
If the entry in address SSU075 (activation of the AutoTrac text display) is still not accepted on
the CAN BUS after four attempts, diagnostic trouble code 523654.09 is triggered.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the activation of the AutoTrac text display

Action:

Access address SSU075 :

Item Measurement Specification

SSU075 Activation of the AutoTrac text display


Display active: Status 1

Display not active: Status 0

Result:

YES:If the entry is “1”, diagnosis is completed.

NO:If the entry is “0”, modify the entry and do an operational check.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1223 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1224 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 523698.09- No Signal Received from GreenStar


42
If no exchange of data takes place with GreenStar or none of the relevant signals can be
detected on the CAN BUS, diagnostic trouble code SSU 523698.09 is triggered.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems-Summary of References.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1225 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Other diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a problem at the wheel speed sending unit
must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2 - A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem

Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: GO TO 3 .

NO:The diagnostic trouble code is active and additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved
from other control units that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1226 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check the 29-bit CAN BUS

Action:

Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab) (Section 213, Group 45).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as required.

( 3 ) Checking the SSU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Use a JT05791A multimeter to check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

Item Measurement Specification

SSU –– plug X631/2 (W51)


Power supply (fuses F06_14, F06_15) between positive, pin L1 (lead 967) and ground pins
Voltage 12 volts
L2, M2 (lead 050):

CAN+, between pin A1 (lead 934) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

CAN-, between pin B1 (lead 935) and ground, pins L2, M2 (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1227 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 523766.02- Invalid Entry for System Activation


42
Diagnostic trouble code SSU 523766.02 is triggered if the system has been de-activated at
address SSU039.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the system activation code

Action:

Access address SSU039 :

Item Measurement Specification

SSU039 System activation code


Switch ignition ON: Code number between 001 and 999

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the code number is ”000”, the system is locked out. Contact Stellar Support to find out
the activation code. For this procedure the serial numbers of the tractor and of the AutoTrac
control (SSU) unit are needed.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1228 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1229 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 523767.02- AutoTrac Resume Switch, Fault in the Engagement Signal


42
The switch that activates AutoTrac consists of a changeover contact, which allows the
engagement signal to be checked. If a faulty engagement signal is detected, diagnostic
trouble code SSU 523767.02 is triggered.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1230 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the AutoTrac engagement signal

Action:

Access address SSU061 :

Item Measurement Specification

SSU061 AutoTrac engagement signal


Switch actuated: Status X1X

Switch not actuated: Status X0X

Invalid signal: Status X9X

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:If the re-action is incorrect or status is “9”, GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1231 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of the AutoTrac resume switch:

AutoTrac switch

LEGEND:
S123 AutoTrac switch

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts;
also check the lines.

Result:

YES:If there are no visible signs of damage, GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition the circuit, sub-assemblies or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for AutoTrac Resume Switch (S123) , see 245-SSU.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for AutoTrac Resume Switch (S123) , see 245-SSU.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for AutoTrac Resume Switch (S123)
, see 245-SSU.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1232 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections, see summary of wiring layout in


Circuit/Harness Test for AutoTrac Resume Switch (S123) in 245-SSU.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-SSU-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional SSU Circuit
Problems (SSU Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do a Circuit/Harness Test for AutoTrac Resume Switch


(S123) , see 245-SSU.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1233 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 523795.02- Steering Control Valve (Y49), Fault during Calibration


42
If a left/right discrepancy is detected (signals not reflecting actual steering direction) during
calibration, or if the signal from the wheel angle sensor is too low at right or left full-lock,
diagnostic trouble code SSU 523795.02 is triggered.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Repeating the calibration

Action:

Repeat calibration of the SSU controller and follow the calibration instructions, see: Reference
245-SSU-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Check the hydraulic connections on the steering cylinder. Moving the steering wheel to
the left or right must result in the relevant movement at the axle.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1234 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 523795.10- Steering Control Valve (Y49), Control Signal not in Valid Range
42
The electro-hydraulic steering valve receives a control signal from the SSU controller, which
can also request information on the position of the valve. If the control signal is not in the
valid range (over 85% or under 15% of the total range), diagnostic trouble code SSU
523795.10 is triggered.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1235 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the function of the electro-hydraulic steering valve

Action:

CAUTION:

Stay well clear of the front wheels and prevent access to the danger area,
as the steering (front wheels) moves of its own accord!

Engage park lock


Start the engine.
If the steering wheel is actuated manually, the process is interrupted.

Access address SSU030 :

Item Measurement Specification

SSU030 Input value at electro-hydraulic steering valve


Input value left : Value 60%

Input value right : Value 40%

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1236 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Visual inspection of the steering valve:

Steering valve

LEGEND:
Y49 Steering control valve (Y49)

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts;
also check the lines.

Result:

YES:If there are no visible signs of damage, GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition the circuit, sub-assemblies or contacts as required, and see 245-SSU to go


through Reference 245-SSU-104, Circuit Test for Steering Valve Y49 (Electro-Hydraulic) .

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

See 245-SSU and go through Reference 245-SSU-104, Circuit Test for Steering Valve Y49
(Electro-Hydraulic) .

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required, then see 245-SSU and go through Reference 245-SSU-104,


Circuit Test for Steering Valve Y49 (Electro-Hydraulic) .
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1237 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Check the connectors; see wiring layout summary in Reference 245-SSU-104, Circuit
Test for Steering Valve Y49 (Electro-Hydraulic) , which is in 245-SSU.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-SSU-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional SSU Circuit
Problems (SSU Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required, then see 245-SSU and go through Reference 245-SSU-104,


Circuit Test for Steering Valve Y49 (Electro-Hydraulic) .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1238 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 523795.12- Error Identification at Steering Control Valve (Y49)


42
The steering control valve (Y49) can send error information to the SSU controller. Diagnostic
trouble code SSU 523795.12 can be triggered for a number of different reasons.
• Short circuit in 5-volt power supply to steering control valve (Y49).
• Open circuit

Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

While this diagnostic trouble code is in the diagnostic trouble code


memory, it prevents the AutoTrac system from being activated. It does not
matter whether the status of the diagnostic trouble code is ”saved” or
”active”. For this reason, it is essential to delete this code from the
memory.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1239 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2 Is diagnostic trouble code SSU 523810.01 also present?

1. If system voltage (ELX) is disrupted, then diagnostic trouble codes SSU 523795.12 and
SSU 523810.01 are triggered, whereby diagnostic trouble code SSU 523810.01 must be
dealt with first.

Result:

YES:Deal with diagnostic trouble code SSU 523810.01

NO: GO TO 2

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1240 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check steering control valve (Y49) function

Action:

CAUTION:

Stay well clear of the front wheels and prevent access to the danger area,
as the steering (front wheels) moves of its own accord!

Engage park lock


Start the engine.
If the steering wheel is actuated manually, the process is interrupted.

Access address SSU030 :

Item Measurement Specification

SSU030 Setting, steering control valve (Y49)


Input value left : Value 60%

Input value right : Value 40%

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1241 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Visual inspection of the steering valve:

Steering valve

LEGEND:
Y49 Electro-hydraulic steering valve

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts;
also check the lines.

Result:

YES:If there are no visible signs of damage, GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition the circuit, sub-assemblies or contacts as required, and see 245-SSU to go


through Reference 245-SSU-104, Circuit Test for Steering Valve Y49 (Electro-Hydraulic) .

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

See 245-SSU and go through Reference 245-SSU-104, Circuit Test for Steering Valve Y49
(Electro-Hydraulic) .

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required, then see 245-SSU and go through Reference 245-SSU-104,


Circuit Test for Steering Valve Y49 (Electro-Hydraulic) .
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1242 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Check the connectors; see wiring layout summary in Reference 245-SSU-104, Circuit
Test for Steering Valve Y49 (Electro-Hydraulic) , which is in 245-SSU.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-SSU-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional SSU Circuit
Problems (SSU Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required, then see 245-SSU and go through Reference 245-SSU-104,


Circuit Test for Steering Valve Y49 (Electro-Hydraulic) .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1243 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 523795.13- Steering Control Valve (Y49), Calibration Error


42
If excessive free-travel is detected during calibration (play at the steering cylinder and/or
valve), diagnostic trouble code SSU 523795.13 is triggered.
Alarm level: Information.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

While this diagnostic trouble code is in the diagnostic trouble code


memory, it prevents the AutoTrac system from being activated. It does not
matter whether the status of the diagnostic trouble code is ”saved” or
”active”. For this reason, it is essential to delete this code from the
memory.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1244 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Calibrating with front axle raised

Action:

Raise the front axle, delete the diagnostic trouble code and calibrate the SSU controller.

Before raising the front axle, comply with the warning instructions; see: Use Proper Lifting
Equipment in Section 210, Group 05, and Support Machine Properly in Section 210, Group 05.

Is calibration with raised front axle completed without any diagnostic trouble codes?

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:If there is a mechanical or hydraulic problem at the steering cylinder or steering valve,
see Reference 260-15-040, Checking the Steering Valve and Reference 260-10-010, Steering
Check .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1245 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 523810.01- Abrupt Change in the SSU System Voltage (ELX)


42
If there is an abrupt change (jump) in the ELX voltage, diagnostic trouble code SSU
523810.01 is triggered.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2 Check fuses F06_14 and F14_15

Are the two fuses OK?

Result:

YES:GO TO 1.2

NO:Replace the fuses as needed and perform an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1246 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action:

1.3 Perform a visual inspection of the battery and the alternator.

1. Check for visual signs of damage.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

( 2 ) Checking the system voltage (BCU system voltage)

Action:

Access address BCU 32 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU 32 –– Voltage, system voltage (BCU operating voltage)


Ignition ON; engine OFF: Voltage between 11.2 and 12.7 volts

Engine running at low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts

Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1247 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

If the type of error indicates a loose contact or a blown fuse:

For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:


Reference 245-SSU-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional SSU Circuit
Problems (SSU Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1248 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 523821.02- SSU Controller, Incorrect Input Value (Tractor Serial Number)
42
If there is an incorrect entry for the tractor serial number in address SSU248, diagnostic
trouble code SSU 523821.02 is triggered.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the tractor serial number

Action:

Access address SSU248 :

Item Measurement Specification

Tractor serial number


Serial number Status 000000-999999

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Write the correct tractor serial number, and do an operational check.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1249 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 523824.03- Steering Input Device SID 2, Voltage Too High


42
Diagnostic trouble code SSU 523824.03 is triggered if the power supply for steering input
device SID 2 is over 5.25 volts for longer than 320 ms.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the power supply for steering input device SID 2

Action:

Access address SSU006 :

Item Measurement Specification

SSU006 Power supply for steering input device SID 2


Power supply: Voltage between 4.75 and 5.25 volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1250 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of steering input device SID 1 and of the connector associated
with it:

Steering input device (SID)

LEGEND:
B138 Steering input device (SID)

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts;
also check the lines.

Result:

YES:If there are no visible signs of damage, GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition the circuit, sub-assemblies or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Steering Input Device (B138) , see 245-SSU.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Steering Input Device (B138) , see 245-SSU.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1251 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections, see summary of wiring layout in


Circuit/Harness Test for Steering Input Device (B138) in 245-SSU.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-SSU-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional SSU Circuit
Problems (SSU Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1252 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 523824.04- Steering Input Device SID 2, Voltage Too Low


42
Diagnostic trouble code SSU 523824.04 is triggered if the power supply (for SID) is less than
4.75 volts for longer than 320 ms. This indicates that the circuit is open.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

YES: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the power supply for steering input device SID 2

Action:

Access address SSU006 :

Item Measurement Specification

SSU006 Power supply for steering input device SID 1


Switch ignition ON: Voltage between 4.75 and 5.25 volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1253 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of steering input device SID 1 and of the connector associated
with it:

Steering input device (SID)

LEGEND:
B138 Steering input device (SID)

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts;
also check the lines.

Result:

YES:If there are no visible signs of damage, GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition the circuit, sub-assemblies or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Steering Input Device (B138) , see 245-SSU.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Steering Input Device (B138) , see 245-SSU.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1254 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections, see summary of wiring layout in


Circuit/Harness Test for Steering Input Device (B138) in 245-SSU.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-SSU-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional SSU Circuit
Problems (SSU Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1255 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 523824.05- Steering Input Device SID 2, Current Too Low


42
Diagnostic trouble code SSU 523824.05 is generated if less than 4 mA flow to steering input
device SID 2 for longer than 320 ms.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the current at steering input device SID 2

Action:

Access address SSU034 :

Item Measurement Specification

SSU034 Current at steering input device SID 2


Switch ignition ON: Current between 4 mA and 20 mA

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1256 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of steering input device SID 1 and of the connector associated
with it:

Steering input device (SID)

LEGEND:
B138 Steering input device (SID)

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts;
also check the lines.

Result:

YES:If there are no visible signs of damage, GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition the circuit, sub-assemblies or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Steering Input Device (B138) , see 245-SSU.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Steering Input Device (B138) , see 245-SSU.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1257 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections, see summary of wiring layout in


Circuit/Harness Test for Steering Input Device (B138) in 245-SSU.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-SSU-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional SSU Circuit
Problems (SSU Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1258 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 523824.06- Steering Input Device SID 2, Current Too High


42
Diagnostic trouble code SSU 523824.06 is generated if more than 20 mA flow to steering
input device SID 2 for longer than 320 ms.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 240-10-045 , SE35-Automatic steering system (AutoTrac)

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the current at steering input device SID 2

Action:

Access address SSU034 :

Item Measurement Specification

SSU034 Current at steering input device SID 2


Switch ignition ON: Current between 4 mA and 20 mA

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1259 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of steering input device SID 1 and of the connector associated
with it:

Steering input device (SID)

LEGEND:
B138 Steering input device (SID)

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts;
also check the lines.

Result:

YES:If there are no visible signs of damage, GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition the circuit, sub-assemblies or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Steering Input Device (B138) , see 245-SSU.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Steering Input Device (B138) , see 245-SSU.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1260 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections, see summary of wiring layout in


Circuit/Harness Test for Steering Input Device (B138) in 245-SSU.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-SSU-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional SSU Circuit
Problems (SSU Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1261 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 523824.10- The Signals from Steering Input Devices SID 2 and SID 1 are
Unequal
42
Diagnostic trouble code SSU 523824.10 is triggered if the values received from steering input
device SID 1 (address SSU007) and steering input device SID 2 (address SSU008) are
different by more than 20 counts. This indicates a problem in steering input device SID 2.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

While this diagnostic trouble code is in the diagnostic trouble code


memory, it prevents the AutoTrac system from being activated. It does not
matter whether the status of the diagnostic trouble code is ”saved” or
”active”. For this reason, it is essential to delete this code from the
memory.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1262 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the counts of steering input device SID 1 and SID 2 (B138)

Action:

Start the engine.


Access addresses SSU007 and SSU008 or template SSU902 - Sensor signals, steering
input devices SID 1 and SID 2 .
Item Measurement Specification

SSU007 - Counts of steering input device SID 1 (B138), status


Move the steering wheel to the right , the value increases : Number of counts 000 - 999

Move the steering wheel to the left , the value decreases : Number of counts 999 - 000

SSU008 - Counts of steering input device SID 2 (B138), status


Move the steering wheel to the right , the value increases : Number of counts 000 - 999

Move the steering wheel to the left , the value decreases : Number of counts 999 - 000

Slowly turn the steering wheel to the left and right, at the same time checking
whether the values deviate by more than 20 counts.

Result:

YES:If the values do NOT differ from each other by more than 20 counts, GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1263 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of steering input device SID 1 and of the connector associated
with it:

Steering input device (SID)

LEGEND:
B138 Steering input device (SID)

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts;
also check the lines.

Result:

YES:If there are no visible signs of damage, GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition the circuit, sub-assemblies or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Steering Input Device (B138) , see 245-SSU.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Steering Input Device (B138) , see 245-SSU.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1264 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections, see summary of wiring layout in


Circuit/Harness Test for Steering Input Device (B138) in 245-SSU.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-SSU-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional SSU Circuit
Problems (SSU Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1265 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 523824.14- Malfunction at Steering Input Device SID 2


42
Diagnostic trouble code SSU 523824.14 is triggered if the values received by the SSU
controller (signals from steering input device SID 2) are faulty.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

While this diagnostic trouble code is in the diagnostic trouble code


memory, it prevents the AutoTrac system from being activated. It does not
matter whether the status of the diagnostic trouble code is ”saved” or
”active”. For this reason, it is essential to delete this code from the
memory.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1266 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the counts of steering input device SID 2 (B138)

Action:

Start the engine.


Access addresses SSU007 and SSU008 or template SSU902 - Sensor signals, steering
input devices SID 1 and SID 2 .
Item Measurement Specification

SSU007 - Counts of steering input device SID 1 (B138), status


Move the steering wheel to the right , the value increases : Number of counts 000 - 999

Move the steering wheel to the left , the value decreases : Number of counts 999 - 000

SSU008 - Counts of steering input device SID 2 (B138), status


Move the steering wheel to the right , the value increases : Number of counts 000 - 999

Move the steering wheel to the left , the value decreases : Number of counts 999 - 000

Slowly turn the steering wheel several times to the right and left. Note the values
with the wheel at left full-lock, then turn the wheel to right full-lock and note the
values there. The values should be the same in both cases.

Result:

YES:If the values do NOT differ, GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1267 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of steering input device SID 1 and of the connector associated
with it:

Steering input device (SID)

LEGEND:
B138 Steering input device (SID)

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts;
also check the lines.

Result:

YES:If there are no visible signs of damage, GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition the circuit, sub-assemblies or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Steering Input Device (B138) , see 245-SSU.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Steering Input Device (B138) , see 245-SSU.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1268 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections, see summary of wiring layout in


Circuit/Harness Test for Steering Input Device (B138) in 245-SSU.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-SSU-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional SSU Circuit
Problems (SSU Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1269 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 523826.00- Signal from the Wheel Angle Sensor (WAS) on Channel 1 Too High
42
If the voltage at signal line 987 of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) channel 1 is over 4.5 volts
for longer than 320 ms, diagnostic trouble code SSU 523826.00 is triggered.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1270 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the channel 1 signal from the wheel angle sensor (WAS)

Action:

Access address SSU009 :

Item Measurement Specification

SSU009 Channel 1 signal from the wheel angle sensor (WAS)


Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to left full-lock: Voltage 1.0 (+-0.4) volts

Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to right full-lock: Voltage 3.5 (+-0.4) volts

Start the engine, steering set for straight ahead : Voltage 2.0-2.2 (+-0.4) volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1271 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) and of the connector associated
with it:

Wheel angle sensor (WAS)

LEGEND:
B139 Wheel angle sensor (WAS)

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts;
also check the lines.

Result:

YES:If there are no visible signs of damage, GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition the circuit, sub-assemblies or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) , see 245-SSU.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) , see 245-SSU.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1272 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections, see summary of wiring layout in


Circuit/Harness Test for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) in 245-SSU.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-SSU-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional SSU Circuit
Problems (SSU Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1273 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 523826.01- Signal from the Wheel Angle Sensor (WAS) on Channel 1 Too Low
42
If the voltage at the signal lines of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) channel 1 is under 0.5 volts
for longer than 320 ms, diagnostic trouble code SSU 523826.01 is triggered. This indicates
that the circuit is open.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1274 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the channel 1 signal from the wheel angle sensor (WAS)

Action:

Access address SSU009 :

Item Measurement Specification

SSU009 Channel 1 signal from the wheel angle sensor (WAS)


Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to left full-lock: Voltage 1.0 (+-0.4) volts

Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to right full-lock: Voltage 3.5 (+-0.4) volts

Start the engine, steering set for straight ahead : Voltage 2.0-2.2 (+-0.4) volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1275 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) and of the connector associated
with it:

Wheel angle sensor (WAS)

LEGEND:
B139 Wheel angle sensor (WAS)

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts;
also check the lines.

Result:

YES:If there are no visible signs of damage, GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition the circuit, sub-assemblies or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) , see 245-SSU.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) , see 245-SSU.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1276 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections, see summary of wiring layout in


Circuit/Harness Test for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) in 245-SSU.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-SSU-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional SSU Circuit
Problems (SSU Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1277 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 523826.02- Wheel Angle Sensor (WAS), Fault During Calibration


42
Diagnostic trouble code SSU 523826.02 is triggered if false signals are sent to the SSU
controller while the wheel angle sensor (WAS) is being calibrated.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1278 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the channel 1 and 2 signals from the wheel angle sensor (WAS)

Action:

Access SSU901 - Channel 1 and 2 signals from the wheel angle sensor (WAS) or address
SSU009 and address SSU010 :

Item Measurement Specification

SSU009 Channel 1 signal from the wheel angle sensor (WAS)


Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to left full-lock: Voltage 1.0 (+-0.4) volts

Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to right full-lock: Voltage 3.5 (+-0.4) volts

Start the engine, steering set for straight ahead : Voltage 2.0-2.2 (+-0.4) volts

Item Measurement Specification

SSU010 Channel 2 signal from the wheel angle sensor (WAS)


Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to left full-lock: Voltage 0.5 (+-0.2) volts

Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to right full-lock: Voltage 1.75 (+-0.2) volts

Start the engine, steering set for straight ahead : Voltage 1.0-1.1 (+-0.2) volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1279 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) and of the connector associated
with it:

Wheel angle sensor (WAS)

LEGEND:
B139 Wheel angle sensor (WAS)

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts;
also check the lines.

Result:

YES:If there are no visible signs of damage, GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition the circuit, sub-assemblies or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) , see 245-SSU.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) , see 245-SSU.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1280 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections, see summary of wiring layout in


Circuit/Harness Test for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) in 245-SSU.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-SSU-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional SSU Circuit
Problems (SSU Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1281 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 523826.07- SSU Controller Cannot Detect any Movement at Wheel Angle
Sensor (WAS)
42
If, despite a steering movement being made, the SSU controller fails to detect a signal from
the wheel angle sensor (WAS), or the signal it does receive is too low, diagnostic trouble code
523826.07 is triggered.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1282 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the channel 1 signal from the wheel angle sensor (WAS)

Action:

Access SSU901 - Channel 1 and 2 signals from the wheel angle sensor (WAS) or address
SSU009 and address SSU010 :

Item Measurement Specification

SSU009 Channel 1 signal from the wheel angle sensor (WAS)


Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to left full-lock: Voltage 1.0 (+-0.4) volts

Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to right full-lock: Voltage 3.5 (+-0.4) volts

Start the engine, steering set for straight ahead : Voltage 2.0-2.2 (+-0.4) volts

Item Measurement Specification

SSU010 Channel 2 signal from the wheel angle sensor (WAS)


Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to left full-lock: Voltage 0.5 (+-0.2) volts

Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to right full-lock: Voltage 1.75 (+-0.2) volts

Start the engine, steering set for straight ahead : Voltage 1.0-1.1 (+-0.2) volts

Result:

YES:If channels 1 and 2 of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) provide correct values, GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1283 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) and of the connector associated
with it:

Wheel angle sensor (WAS)

LEGEND:
B139 Wheel angle sensor (WAS)

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts;
also check the lines.

Result:

YES:If there are no visible signs of damage, GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition the circuit, sub-assemblies or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) , see 245-SSU.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) , see 245-SSU.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1284 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections, see summary of wiring layout in


Circuit/Harness Test for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) in 245-SSU.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-SSU-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional SSU Circuit
Problems (SSU Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1285 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 523826.10- Signal from Wheel Angle Sensor (WAS) Not Recognized by
Steering Identification Device (SID)
42
If a movement is detected by the wheel angle sensor (WAS) but not by the steering input
device (SID), diagnostic trouble code SSU 523826.10 is triggered.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1286 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the signals

Action:

Start the engine.


Access addresses SSU007 , SSU008 , SSU009 and address SSU010 or template SSU900
- Signals from Wheel Angle Sensor (WAS) and Steering Input Device (SID) .
Turn the steering wheel to right full-lock and left full-lock and check whether the values
from the wheel angle sensor (WAS) and steering input device (SID) change accordingly.
NONE of the values should change unless the steering wheel is turned.

Item Measurement Specification

SSU007 - Counts of steering input device SID 1 (B138), status


Move the steering wheel to the right , the value increases : Number of counts 000 - 999

Move the steering wheel to the left , the value decreases : Number of counts 999 - 000

SSU008 - Counts of steering input device SID 2 (B138), status


Move the steering wheel to the right , the value increases : Number of counts 000 - 999

Move the steering wheel to the left , the value decreases : Number of counts 999 - 000

SSU009 Channel 1 signal from the wheel angle sensor (WAS)


Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to left full-lock: Voltage 1.0 (+-0.4) volts

Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to right full-lock: Voltage 3.5 (+-0.4) volts

Start the engine, steering set for straight ahead : Voltage 2.0-2.2 (+-0.4) volts

SSU010 Channel 2 signal from the wheel angle sensor (WAS)


Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to left full-lock: Voltage 0.5 (+-0.2) volts

Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to right full-lock: Voltage 1.75 (+-0.2) volts

Start the engine, steering set for straight ahead : Voltage 1.0-1.1 (+-0.2) volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:If the values from the steering input device (SID) are not correct: GO TO 3 , if the values
from the wheel angle sensor (WAS) are not correct: GO TO 6 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1287 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of steering input device SID 1 and of the connector associated
with it:

Steering input device (SID)

LEGEND:
B138 Steering input device (SID)

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts;
also check the lines.

Result:

YES:If there are no visible signs of damage, GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition the circuit, sub-assemblies or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Steering Input Device (B138) , see 245-SSU.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Steering Input Device (B138) , see 245-SSU.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1288 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections, see summary of wiring layout in


Circuit/Harness Test for Steering Input Device (B138) and Circuit/Harness Test for Wheel
Angle Sensor (B139) in 245-SSU.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-SSU-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional SSU Circuit
Problems (SSU Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Steering Input Device (B138)
and Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) , see 245-SSU.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1289 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 6 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) and of the connector associated
with it:

Wheel angle sensor (WAS)

LEGEND:
B139 Wheel angle sensor (WAS)

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts;
also check the lines.

Result:

YES:If there are no visible signs of damage, GO TO 7 .

NO:Recondition the circuit, sub-assemblies or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) , see 245-SSU.

( 7 ) Checking the circuit of the wheel angle sensor (WAS)

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) , see 245-SSU.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1290 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 523826.13- Wheel Angle Sensor (WAS) Not Calibrated


42
Diagnostic trouble code SSU 523826.13 is saved if the previous calibration process has not
been saved or if the wheel angle sensor (WAS) has not been calibrated (at address SSU011)
after the system was calibrated.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Calibrating the wheel angle sensor (WAS)

Action:

Before calibrating the SSU controller, see: Reference 245-SSU-001 , Calibration and Input
Addresses.

Result:

YES:Calibration successful. Diagnosis completed.

NO:Delete diagnostic trouble code and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1291 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 523826.14- Channel 1 Signal from the Wheel Angle Sensor (WAS) Incorrect in
Relation to Channel 2 Signal
42
The wheel angle sensor (WAS) consists of two separate sensors. The signal voltage at sensor
2 is 1/2 that of the signal voltage at sensor 1. If this difference is off by 0.2 volts, diagnostic
trouble code SSU 523826.14 is triggered.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1292 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the signals

Action:

Start the engine.


Access addresses SSU009 and address SSU010 or template SSU901 - Channel 1 and 2
signals from the wheel angle sensor (WAS) .
Turn the steering wheel to right full-lock and left full-lock and check whether the values
from channel 2 of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) are still 1/2 of those from channel 1.

Item Measurement Specification

SSU009 Channel 1 signal from the wheel angle sensor (WAS)


Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to left full-lock: Voltage 1.0 (+-0.4) volts

Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to right full-lock: Voltage 3.5 (+-0.4) volts

Start the engine, steering set for straight ahead : Voltage 2.0-2.2 (+-0.4) volts

SSU010 Channel 2 signal from the wheel angle sensor (WAS)


Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to left full-lock: Voltage 0.5 (+-0.2) volts

Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to right full-lock: Voltage 1.75 (+-0.2) volts

Start the engine, steering set for straight ahead : Voltage 1.0-1.1 (+-0.2) volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1293 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) and of the connector associated
with it:

Wheel angle sensor (WAS)

LEGEND:
B139 Wheel angle sensor (WAS)

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts;
also check the lines.

Result:

YES:If there are no visible signs of damage, GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition the circuit, sub-assemblies or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) , see 245-SSU.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) , see 245-SSU.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1294 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections, see summary of wiring layout in


Circuit/Harness Test for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) in 245-SSU.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-SSU-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional SSU Circuit
Problems (SSU Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1295 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 524003.00- Signal from the Wheel Angle Sensor (WAS) on Channel 2 Too High
42
If the voltage at signal line 986 of channel 2 of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) is over 2.25
volts for longer than 320 ms, diagnostic trouble code SSU 524003.00 is triggered.
Alarm level: Information.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1296 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the channel 2 signal from the wheel angle sensor (WAS)

Action:

Access address SSU010 :

Item Measurement Specification

SSU010 Channel 2 signal from the wheel angle sensor (WAS)


Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to left full-lock: Voltage 0.5 (+-0.2) volts

Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to right full-lock: Voltage 1.75 (+-0.2) volts

Start the engine, steering set for straight ahead : Voltage 1.0-1.1 (+-0.2) volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1297 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) and of the connector associated
with it:

Wheel angle sensor (WAS)

LEGEND:
B139 Wheel angle sensor (WAS)

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts;
also check the lines.

Result:

YES:If there are no visible signs of damage, GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition the circuit, sub-assemblies or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) , see 245-SSU.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) , see 245-SSU.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1298 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections, see summary of wiring layout in


Circuit/Harness Test for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) in 245-SSU.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-SSU-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional SSU Circuit
Problems (SSU Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1299 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

SSU 524003.01- Signal from the Wheel Angle Sensor (WAS) on Channel 2 Too Low
42
If the voltage at signal line 986 of channel 2 of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) is under 0.5
volts for longer than 320 ms, diagnostic trouble code SSU 524003.01 is triggered. This
indicates that the circuit is open.
Alarm level: Information.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-SSU-200 , Theory of Operation, AutoTrac Control Unit

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1300 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the channel 2 signal from the wheel angle sensor (WAS)

Action:

Access address SSU010 :

Item Measurement Specification

SSU010 Channel 2 signal from the wheel angle sensor (WAS)


Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to left full-lock: Voltage 0.5 (+-0.2) volts

Start the engine, turn the steering wheel to right full-lock: Voltage 1.75 (+-0.2) volts

Start the engine, steering set for straight ahead : Voltage 1.0-1.1 (+-0.2) volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1301 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of the wheel angle sensor (WAS) and of the connector associated
with it:

Wheel angle sensor (WAS)

LEGEND:
B139 Wheel angle sensor (WAS)

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts;
also check the lines.

Result:

YES:If there are no visible signs of damage, GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition the circuit, sub-assemblies or contacts as required and do an Operational


Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) , see 245-SSU.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) , see 245-SSU.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1302 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group SSU: SSU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections, see summary of wiring layout in


Circuit/Harness Test for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) in 245-SSU.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-SSU-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional SSU Circuit
Problems (SSU Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Check for Wheel Angle Sensor (B139) ,
see 245-SSU.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1303 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Group TCU - TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes


TCU 304019.05- Fault at Clutch Pedal Sensor
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304019.05 is saved if the position of the clutch pedal switch
does not correspond to the position of the clutch pedal (voltage of clutch pedal potentiometer
transmitted as CAN BUS message from the user interface controller (UIC). This diagnostic
trouble code triggers the alarm level: ”CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective clutch pedal potentiometer (B65).


Diagnostic trouble codes UIC 305141.12, UIC 305142.04 and UIC
305143.03 take priority.
Defective clutch pedal switch (S72).
A faulty wire connection:
between transmission enable relay K02/1, the clutch pedal switch
and transmission control unit (TCU) (cable 664 or 646).
between the clutch pedal switch and transmission control unit
(TCU) (cable 646).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Reconditioning the Clutch Actuation Mechanism” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1304 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the clutch pedal switch

Action:

• Access address TCU 07 .

Do this check with the reverse drive lever in its position for neutral:

Item Measurement Specification

TCU 07 –– Status, clutch pedal switch (S72)


Pedal declutched: Status XX1

Pedal clutched: Status XX0

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for transmission enable signal from relay K02/1 and clutch
pedal switch S72 ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group TCU.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1305 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the clutch pedal potentiometer

Action:

→NOTE:

Slowly press the clutch down fully. An acoustic signal or sudden voltage
change while the clutch is actuated indicates a defective potentiometer.

2.1 – Check channel 1 of the Hall-type potentiometer:

• Access address UIC 18 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 18 –– Voltage, clutch pedal potentiometer (B65; channel 1)


Pedal declutched: Minimum voltage 0.5 volts

Pedal clutched: Maximum voltage 4.5 volts

2.1 – Check channel 2 of the Hall-type potentiometer:

• Access address UIC 19 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 19 –– Voltage, clutch pedal potentiometer (B65; channel 2)


Pedal declutched: Minimum voltage 0.25 volts

Pedal clutched: Maximum voltage 2.25 volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for clutch pedal potentiometer (B65) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group UIC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1306 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the point at which the clutch pedal switch trips

Action:

Access address UIC 18 .


Slowly press the clutch down fully.
At the moment when the switch can be heard to trip, voltage at the clutch pedal switch
should be:

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 18 –– Voltage, clutch pedal potentiometer (B65; channel 1)


Point at which the clutch pedal switch trips: Voltage range between 3.6 and 3.9 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO "Check the
circuit of the clutch pedal potentiometer and the clutch pedal switch for loose, poor or slid-
back contacts".

NO:Check the installation of the clutch pedal potentiometer and switch (see relevant passage
in Repair Manual).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1307 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304020.02- Faulty Transmission Enable Signal


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304020.02 is saved if the 12-volt signal from the transmission
enable relay does not correspond to the position of the reverse drive lever (transmitted by
the UIC). This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective transmission enable relay K02/1.


Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305189.02 takes priority.
A faulty wire connection:
at the relay/ground connection between enable relay K02/1 and
the user interface controller (UIC) (cable 263).
at the relay, switch and positive lead between transmission
enable relay K02/1 and the transmission control unit (TCU) (cable
652).
at the signal lead between transmission enable relay K02/1 and
the transmission control unit (TCU) (cables 664 or 646).
at the positive lead for the range clutches C1 - C4 and disk brake
BG (cable 664).
A faulty reverse drive lever S80 (UIC diagnostic trouble codes take
priority).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1308 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

Diagnostic trouble codes that have priority must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If no other priority diagnostic trouble codes are saved: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking transmission enable relay K02/1 in Diagnostic Mode

Action:

• Engine off.

→NOTE:

With the reverse drive lever in its neutral position, the correct display
(“X11”) must stay on the screen for longer than 5 seconds. The display
must be watched for at least 5 seconds, as some of the faults at relay
K02/1 take 5 seconds to appear on the screen. The relay is then de-
activated after approx. 5 seconds.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1309 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Reverse drive lever ranges

LEGEND:
1 Reverse drive lever
2 Corner park position
3 Neutral

• Access address UIC 11 .

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 11 –– Status, transmission enable relay K02/1


Reverse drive lever in position for corner park (relay not activated): Status X10

Reverse drive lever in position for neutral (relay activated by UIC via ground lead 263): Status X11

Result:

YES: GO TO 3

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for transmission enable signal from relay K02/1 and clutch
pedal switch S72 ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group TCU.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1310 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking transmission enable signal from relay K02/1 and clutch-pedal switch
(S72) in Diagnostic Mode

Action:

• Engine OFF, ignition ON.

• Access address TCU 07 .

• Do this check with the reverse drive lever in its position for neutral:

Item Measurement Specification

TCU 07 –– Status, clutch pedal switch (S72) and transmission enable signal from relay K02/1
Pedal declutched: Status X11

Pedal clutched: Status X10

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for transmission enable signal from relay K02/1 and clutch
pedal switch S72 ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group TCU.

( 4 ) Checking the reverse drive lever

Action:

→NOTE:

If there is a problem at transmission enable relay K02/1, all the positions of


the reverse drive lever appear in address UIC39 as faults (“ERR”).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1311 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

LEGEND:
1 Power zero (forward)
2 Power zero (reverse)
3 Forward travel
4 Reverse travel
5 Corner park lock
6 Center park lock
7 Neutral
8 Reverse drive lever

IMPORTANT:

It is NOT possible to check diagnostic address UIC 39 while the "come-


home" mode is activated.

IMPORTANT:

For diagnosis with the basic informator or performance monitor:


The main (key) switch must be at “IGN” for at least 8 seconds before the
diagnostic mode is activated. If the diagnostic mode was activated
previously, the tractor cannot be moved and address UIC 39 shows “PCE”
(center park lock position) in both the forward and reverse ranges.

→NOTE:

A fault in any range is displayed as “Err” .

• Ignition ON.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1312 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Access address UIC 39 .

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 39 –– Status, reverse drive lever (S80)


Lever in range 1 (Power Zero forward): Status POF

Lever in range 2 (Power Zero reverse): Status POr

Lever in range 3 (forward): Status F

Lever in range 4 (reverse): Status r

Lever in range 5 (corner park lock position): Status PCO

Lever in range 6 (center park lock position): Status PCE

Lever in range 7 (neutral position): Status nEU

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:GO TO: Reference 245-UIC-101 , Circuit test for reverse drive lever (S80).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1313 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304024.04- Transmission Oil Temperature Sender, Short to Ground


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304024.04 is saved when the transmission control unit registers
an unlikely temperature and therefore indicates that there is a short to ground in the sender
circuit. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective transmission oil temperature sender (internal short circuit).


A grounded circuit in the lead between the sender for transmission oil
temperature and the transmission control unit (cable 642).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “AutoPowr/IVT Transmission, Input Housing - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” ,


Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 10.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1314 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the transmission oil temperature sender

Action:

• Access address TCU 19 :

Item Measurement Specification

TCU 19 –– Voltage, transmission oil temperature sender


Oil temperature in volts: Voltage range from 0.5 to 3.0 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for oil temperature sender ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for oil temperature sender ; see Section 245, Group TCU in
the Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1315 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304032.03- Clutch Pedal Switch, Shorted Circuit


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304032.03 is saved if the circuit of the clutch pedal switch is
shorted to the power supply for the forward and reverse solenoids (battery voltage). The
diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective clutch pedal switch S72 (internal short circuit).


A faulty wire connection (shorted circuit):
at the lead between the clutch pedal switch and transmission
control unit (cable 646).
at the positive lead of the CF and CR direction clutches (cable
646).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Reconditioning the Clutch Actuation Mechanism” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1316 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the clutch pedal switch

Action:

• Engine OFF, ignition ON.

• Access address TCU 07 .

• Do this check with the reverse drive lever in its position for neutral:

Item Measurement Specification

TCU 07 –– Status, clutch pedal switch (S72)


Pedal declutched: Status XX1

Pedal clutched: Status XX0

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/Harness
test for transmission enable signal from relay K02/1 and clutch pedal switch S72 ; see
Technical Manual, section 245, group TCU.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for transmission enable signal from relay K02/1 and clutch
pedal switch S72 ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group TCU.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1317 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304033.03- Transmission Enable Signal, Shorted Circuit


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304033.03 is saved if the circuit of the transmission enable relay
is shorted to the power supply for the range elements (battery voltage). The diagnostic
trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective transmission enable relay K02/1 (stuck in switched position).


Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305189.02 takes priority.
A faulty wire connection (shorted circuit):
at the signal lead between transmission enable relay K02/1 and
the transmission control unit (TCU) (cables 664 or 646).
at the positive lead for the range clutches C1 - C4 and disk brake
BG (cable 664).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1318 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

Diagnostic trouble codes that have priority must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If no other priority diagnostic trouble codes are saved: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1319 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking transmission enable signal from relay K02/1 in Diagnostic Mode

Action:

• Engine OFF, ignition ON.

Reverse drive lever ranges

LEGEND:
1 Reverse drive lever
2 Corner park position
3 Neutral

• Access address TCU 07 :

Item Measurement Specification

TCU 07 –– Status, transmission enable signal from relay K02/1


Put the reverse drive lever in corner park lock position: Status X0X

Reverse drive lever in neutral: Status X1X

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/Harness
test for transmission enable signal from relay K02/1 and clutch pedal switch S72 ; see
Technical Manual, section 245, group TCU.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for transmission enable signal from relay K02/1 and clutch
pedal switch S72 ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group TCU.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1320 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304040.03- Transmission Oil Temperature Sender, Shorted or Open Circuit


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304040.03 is saved when the transmission control unit registers
an unlikely temperature and therefore indicates that there is an open or a short circuit to the
supply voltage (battery voltage) in the sender circuit. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective transmission oil temperature sender (internal short circuit).


A shorted or open circuit in the leads between the sender for
transmission oil temperature and the transmission control unit (cable
641 and/or 642).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “AutoPowr/IVT Transmission, Input Housing - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” ,


Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 10.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1321 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the transmission oil temperature sender

Action:

• Access address TCU 19 :

Item Measurement Specification

TCU 19 –– Voltage, transmission oil temperature sender


Oil temperature in volts: Voltage range from 0.5 to 3.0 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for oil temperature sender ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for oil temperature sender ; see Section 245, Group TCU in
the Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1322 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304048.04- Transmission Input Speed Sender, Grounded Circuit


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304048.04 is saved when there is a short to ground in the
sender circuit. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective transmission input speed sender B61 (internal short circuit).


A grounded circuit in the lead between the transmission input speed
sender and the transmission control unit (cable 675).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Replacing the Transmission Input Speed Sending Unit” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group
15.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1323 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the sending unit for transmission input speed

Action:

Compare the value at transmission input speed sender B61 with the engine speed displayed
on the basic informator (the value of crankshaft speed sender B72 as transmitted by the
ECU):

• Start the engine.

• Access address TCU 45 .

• Do this test while the engine is running.

• The value displayed at the diagnostic address should be the same as that shown on the
basic informator:

Item Measurement Specification

TCU 45 –– Speed, transmission input speed sender (B61)


Transmission input speed (engine speed) in rpm: rpm 0 to max. transm. input speed

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for transmission input speed sender (B61) ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical
manual.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for transmission input speed sender (B61) ; see Section 245,
Group TCU in the Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1324 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304049.04- Transmission Output Speed Sender, Grounded Circuit at Channel 1


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304049.04 is saved when there is a short to ground in channel 1
of the sender′s circuit. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective transmission output speed sender B63 (internal short


circuit).
A grounded circuit in the lead between the transmission output speed
sender and the transmission control unit (cable 681).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Replacing the Transmission Speed Sending Unit” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 15.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the transmission output speed sender

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1325 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action:

[1] - Diagnosis using Service ADVISOR or via basic informator/performance monitor


on tractors equipped with a user interface controller (UIC) from software part
number 159320 (for software part number, see address UIC233):

Start the engine.


Access address TCU011 and TCU047, or access template TCU905 - Transmission output
speed sender (B63) .
Do this check while the tractor is in motion:
While the tractor is moving, the display of channels 1 and 2 should alternate
between "0" and "1":
Item Measurement Specification

TCU011 - Status, transmission output speed sender (B63)


Signal from channel 1 present: Status 1XX

Signal from channel 2 present: Status X1X

Doubling travel speed results in a doubling of the output value in address TCU047.
Item Measurement Specification

TCU047 - Speed, transmission output speed sender (B63)


Display should vary with travel speed: rpm 0 - 8000

[2] - Diagnosis via basic informator or performance monitor on tractors equipped


with a user interface controller (UIC) up to software part number 157790 (for
software part number, see address UIC233):

Start the engine.


→NOTE: The main (key) switch must be at "IGN" for at least 8 seconds
before the diagnostic mode is activated. If the diagnostic mode was
activated previously, the tractor cannot be moved.

Access address UIC047.


Do this check while the tractor is in motion.
Doubling travel speed results in a doubling of the output value in address UIC047.
Item Measurement Specification

UIC047 - Speed, transmission output speed sender (B63)


Display should vary with travel speed: rpm 0 - 8000

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness test


for transmission output speed sender (B63) ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical
manual.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for transmission output speed sender (B63) ; see Section 245,
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1326 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Group TCU in the Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1327 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304050.04- Hydrostatic Speed Sender, Grounded Circuit at Channel 1


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304050.04 is saved when there is a short to ground in channel 1
of the sender′s circuit. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective hydrostatic speed sender B62 (internal short circuit).


A grounded circuit in the lead between the hydrostatic speed sender
and the transmission control unit (cable 689).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Replacing the Hydrostatic Speed Sending Unit” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 10.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the hydrostatic speed sender

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1328 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action:

CAUTION:

During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.

Start the engine.


Access addresses TCU010 and TCU 46 , or template TCU906 - Hydrostatic speed sender
(B62) .
Do this check with the engine running and the reverse drive lever in its position for
power zero: The displayed hydrostatic speed (negative rotation) should be the same as
the set engine speed:

Ranges of the reverse drive lever


LEGEND:
1 Reverse drive lever
2 Power zero
3 Forward travel
4 Reverse travel
Set engine speed at 1000 rpm:
Item Measurement Specification

TCU 46 –– Speed and direction of rotation, hydrostatic speed sending unit (B62)
Display showing an engine speed of 1000 rpm: Speed - 1000 rpm

The display of channels 1 and 2 should alternate between “0“ and “1”:
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1329 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Item Measurement Specification

TCU 010 –– Status, hydrostatic speed sender (B62)


Signal from channel 1 present: Status X1X

Signal from channel 2 present: Status XX1

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for hydrostatic speed sender (B62) ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical
manual.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for hydrostatic speed sender (B62) ; see Section 245, Group
TCU in the Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1330 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304051.04- Transmission Output Speed Sender, Grounded Circuit at Channel 2


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304051.04 is saved when there is a short to ground in channel 2
of the sender′s circuit. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective transmission output speed sender B63 (internal short


circuit).
A grounded circuit in the lead between the transmission output speed
sender and the transmission control unit (cable 683).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Replacing the Transmission Speed Sending Unit” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 15.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the transmission output speed sender

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1331 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action:

[1] - Diagnosis using Service ADVISOR or via basic informator/performance monitor


on tractors equipped with a user interface controller (UIC) from software part
number 159320 (for software part number, see address UIC233):

Start the engine.


Access address TCU011 and TCU047, or access template TCU905 - Transmission output
speed sender (B63) .
Do this check while the tractor is in motion:
While the tractor is moving, the display of channels 1 and 2 should alternate
between "0" and "1":
Item Measurement Specification

TCU011 - Status, transmission output speed sender (B63)


Signal from channel 1 present: Status 1XX

Signal from channel 2 present: Status X1X

Doubling travel speed results in a doubling of the output value in address TCU047.
Item Measurement Specification

TCU047 - Speed, transmission output speed sender (B63)


Display should vary with travel speed: rpm 0 - 8000

[2] - Diagnosis via basic informator or performance monitor on tractors equipped


with a user interface controller (UIC) up to software part number 157790 (for
software part number, see address UIC233):

Start the engine.


→NOTE: The main (key) switch must be at "IGN" for at least 8 seconds
before the diagnostic mode is activated. If the diagnostic mode was
activated previously, the tractor cannot be moved.

Access address UIC047.


Do this check while the tractor is in motion.
Doubling travel speed results in a doubling of the output value in address UIC047.
Item Measurement Specification

UIC047 - Speed, transmission output speed sender (B63)


Display should vary with travel speed: rpm 0 - 8000

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness test


for transmission output speed sender (B63) ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical
manual.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for transmission output speed sender (B63) ; see Section 245,
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1332 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Group TCU in the Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1333 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304052.04- Hydrostatic Speed Sender, Grounded Circuit at Channel 2


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304052.04 is saved when there is a short to ground in channel 2
of the sender′s circuit. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective hydrostatic speed sender B62 (internal short circuit).


A grounded circuit in the lead between the hydrostatic speed sender
and the transmission control unit (cable 695).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Replacing the Hydrostatic Speed Sending Unit” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 10.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the hydrostatic speed sender

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1334 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action:

CAUTION:

During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.

Start the engine.


Access addresses TCU010 and TCU 46 , or template TCU906 - Hydrostatic speed sender
(B62) .
Do this check with the engine running and the reverse drive lever in its position for
power zero: The displayed hydrostatic speed (negative rotation) should be the same as
the set engine speed:

Ranges of the reverse drive lever


LEGEND:
1 Reverse drive lever
2 Power zero
3 Forward travel
4 Reverse travel
Set engine speed at 1000 rpm:
Item Measurement Specification

TCU 46 –– Speed and direction of rotation, hydrostatic speed sending unit (B62)
Display showing an engine speed of 1000 rpm: rpm - 1000 rpm

The display of channels 1 and 2 should alternate between “0“ and “1”:
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1335 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Item Measurement Specification

TCU 010 –– Status, hydrostatic speed sender (B62)


Signal from channel 1 present: Status X1X

Signal from channel 2 present: Status XX1

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for hydrostatic speed sender (B62) ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical
manual.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for hydrostatic speed sender (B62) ; see Section 245, Group
TCU in the Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1336 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304056.03- Transmission Input Speed Sender, Shorted or Open Circuit


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304056.03 is saved when there is an open or a short circuit to
the supply voltage (battery voltage) in the sender′s circuit. The diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective transmission input speed sender B61 (internal short circuit).


Contact problems at the connections.
Defective line connection between the transmission input speed
sender and the TCU.
Open or shorted lead at cable 675 or 671.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Replacing the Transmission Input Speed Sending Unit” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group
15.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1337 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the sending unit for transmission input speed

Action:

Compare the value at transmission input speed sender B61 with the engine speed displayed
on the basic informator (the value of crankshaft speed sender B72 as transmitted by the
ECU):

• Start the engine.

• Access address TCU 45 .

• Do this test while the engine is running.

• The value displayed at the diagnostic address should be the same as that shown on the
basic informator:

Item Measurement Specification

TCU 45 –– Speed, transmission input speed sender (B61)


Transmission input speed (engine speed) in rpm: rpm 0 to max. transm. input speed

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for transmission input speed sender (B61) ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical
manual.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for transmission input speed sender (B61) ; see Section 245,
Group TCU in the Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1338 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304057.03- Transmission Output Speed Sender, Shorted or Open Circuit at


Channel 1
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304057.03 is saved when there is an open or a short circuit to
the supply voltage (battery voltage) at channel 1 of the sender′s circuit. This diagnostic
trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective transmission output speed sender B63 (internal short


circuit).
Contact problems at the connections.
A shorted or open circuit in the lead between the transmission output
speed sender and the transmission control unit (cable 681).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Replacing the Transmission Speed Sending Unit” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 15.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1339 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check the transmission output speed sender

Action:

[1] - Diagnosis using Service ADVISOR or via basic informator/performance monitor


on tractors equipped with a user interface controller (UIC) from software part
number 159320 (for software part number, see address UIC233):

Start the engine.


Access address TCU011 and TCU047, or access template TCU905 - Transmission output
speed sender (B63) .
Do this check while the tractor is in motion:
While the tractor is moving, the display of channels 1 and 2 should alternate
between "0" and "1":
Item Measurement Specification

TCU011 - Status, transmission output speed sender (B63)


Signal from channel 1 present: Status 1XX

Signal from channel 2 present: Status X1X

Doubling travel speed results in a doubling of the output value in address TCU047.
Item Measurement Specification

TCU047 - Speed, transmission output speed sender (B63)


Display should vary with travel speed: rpm 0 - 8000

[2] - Diagnosis via basic informator or performance monitor on tractors equipped


with a user interface controller (UIC) up to software part number 157790 (for
software part number, see address UIC233):

Start the engine.


→NOTE: The main (key) switch must be at "IGN" for at least 8 seconds
before the diagnostic mode is activated. If the diagnostic mode was
activated previously, the tractor cannot be moved.

Access address UIC047.


Do this check while the tractor is in motion.
Doubling travel speed results in a doubling of the output value in address UIC047.
Item Measurement Specification

UIC047 - Speed, transmission output speed sender (B63)


Display should vary with travel speed: rpm 0 - 8000

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness test


for transmission output speed sender (B63) ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical
manual.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1340 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for transmission output speed sender (B63) ; see Section 245,
Group TCU in the Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1341 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304058.03- Hydrostatic Speed Sender, Shorted or Open Circuit at Channel 1


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304058.03 is saved when there is an open or a short circuit to
the supply voltage (battery voltage) at channel 1 of the sender′s circuit. This diagnostic
trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective hydrostatic speed sender B62 (internal short circuit).


Contact problems at the connections.
A shorted or open circuit in the lead between the hydrostatic speed
sender and the transmission control unit (cable 689).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Replacing the Hydrostatic Speed Sending Unit” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 10.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the hydrostatic speed sender


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1342 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action:

CAUTION:

During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.

Start the engine.


Access addresses TCU010 and TCU 46 , or template TCU906 - Hydrostatic speed sender
(B62) .
Do this check with the engine running and the reverse drive lever in its position for
power zero: The displayed hydrostatic speed (negative rotation) should be the same as
the set engine speed:

Ranges of the reverse drive lever


LEGEND:
1 Reverse drive lever
2 Power zero
3 Forward travel
4 Reverse travel
Set engine speed at 1000 rpm:
Item Measurement Specification

TCU 46 –– Speed and direction of rotation, hydrostatic speed sending unit (B62)
Display showing an engine speed of 1000 rpm: Speed - 1000 rpm

The display of channels 1 and 2 should alternate between “0“ and “1”:
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1343 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Item Measurement Specification

TCU 010 –– Status, hydrostatic speed sender (B62)


Signal from channel 1 present: Status X1X

Signal from channel 2 present: Status XX1

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for hydrostatic speed sender (B62) ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical
manual.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for hydrostatic speed sender (B62) ; see Section 245, Group
TCU in the Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1344 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304059.03- Transmission Output Speed Sender, Shorted or Open Circuit at


Channel 2
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304059.03 is saved when there is an open or a short circuit to
the supply voltage (battery voltage) at channel 2 of the sender′s circuit. This diagnostic
trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Supply voltage of transmission output speed sender is faulty (fuse


F04/15):
Defective positive lead to sender (cable 572).
Defective ground lead to sender (cable 680).
Defective transmission output speed sender B63 (internal short
circuit).
Contact problems at the connections.
A shorted or open circuit in the lead between the transmission output
speed sender and the transmission control unit (cable 683).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Replacing the Transmission Speed Sending Unit” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 15.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1345 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the transmission output speed sender

Action:

[1] - Diagnosis using Service ADVISOR or via basic informator/performance monitor


on tractors equipped with a user interface controller (UIC) from software part
number 159320 (for software part number, see address UIC233):

Start the engine.


Access address TCU011 and TCU047, or access template TCU905 - Transmission output
speed sender (B63) .
Do this check while the tractor is in motion:
While the tractor is moving, the display of channels 1 and 2 should alternate
between "0" and "1":
Item Measurement Specification

TCU011 - Status, transmission output speed sender (B63)


Signal from channel 1 present: Status 1XX

Signal from channel 2 present: Status X1X

Doubling travel speed results in a doubling of the output value in address TCU047.
Item Measurement Specification

TCU047 - Speed, transmission output speed sender (B63)


Display should vary with travel speed: rpm 0 - 8000

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1346 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

[2] - Diagnosis via basic informator or performance monitor on tractors equipped


with a user interface controller (UIC) up to software part number 157790 (for
software part number, see address UIC233):

Start the engine.


→NOTE: The main (key) switch must be at "IGN" for at least 8 seconds
before the diagnostic mode is activated. If the diagnostic mode was
activated previously, the tractor cannot be moved.

Access address UIC047.


Do this check while the tractor is in motion.
Doubling travel speed results in a doubling of the output value in address UIC047.
Item Measurement Specification

UIC047 - Speed, transmission output speed sender (B63)


Display should vary with travel speed: rpm 0 - 8000

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness test


for transmission output speed sender (B63) ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical
manual.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for transmission output speed sender (B63) ; see Section 245,
Group TCU in the Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1347 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304060.03- Hydrostatic Speed Sender, Shorted or Open Circuit at Channel 2


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304060.03 is saved when there is an open or a short circuit to
the supply voltage (battery voltage) at channel 2 of the sender′s circuit. This diagnostic
trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Supply voltage of the hydrostatic speed sender is faulty (fuse F04/15):


Defective positive lead to sender (cable 572).
Defective ground lead to sender (cable 680).
Defective hydrostatic speed sender B62 (internal short circuit).
Contact problems at the connections.
A shorted or open circuit in the lead between the transmission output
speed sender and the transmission control unit (cable 695).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Replacing the Hydrostatic Speed Sending Unit” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 10.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1348 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the hydrostatic speed sender

Action:

CAUTION:

During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.

Start the engine.


Access addresses TCU010 and TCU 46 , or template TCU906 - Hydrostatic speed sender
(B62) .
Do this check with the engine running and the reverse drive lever in its position for
power zero: The displayed hydrostatic speed (negative rotation) should be the same as
the set engine speed:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1349 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Ranges of the reverse drive lever


LEGEND:
1 Reverse drive lever
2 Power zero
3 Forward travel
4 Reverse travel
Set engine speed at 1000 rpm:
Item Measurement Specification

TCU 46 –– Speed and direction of rotation, hydrostatic speed sending unit (B62)
Display showing an engine speed of 1000 rpm: Speed - 1000 rpm

The display of channels 1 and 2 should alternate between “0“ and “1”:
Item Measurement Specification

TCU 010 –– Status, hydrostatic speed sender (B62)


Signal from channel 1 present: Status X1X

Signal from channel 2 present: Status XX1

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for hydrostatic speed sender (B62) ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical
manual.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for hydrostatic speed sender (B62) ; see Section 245, Group
TCU in the Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1350 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304064.02- Implausible Drop in Speed at Transmission Input Speed Signal


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304064.02 is saved if the TCU detects that the transmission
input speed has dropped suddenly and inexplicably to 0 rpm. The diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Electrically defective transmission input speed sender (B61):


Priority diagnostic trouble codes TCU 304048.04 and TCU
304056.03 must be processed first.
Mechanically defective transmission input speed sender (B61).
Incorrect installation of transmission input speed sender (sender′s
position).
Problem in transmitting the speed signal due to dirt on the tip of the
sender or mechanical damage to the sender′s gearwheel.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Replacing the Transmission Input Speed Sending Unit” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group
15.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1351 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

Diagnostic trouble codes that have priority must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1352 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the sending unit for transmission input speed

Action:

Compare the value at transmission input speed sender B61 with the engine speed displayed
on the basic informator (the value of crankshaft speed sender B72 as transmitted by the
ECU):

• Start the engine.

• Access address TCU 45 .

• Do this test while the engine is running.

• The value displayed at the diagnostic address should be the same as that shown on the
basic informator:

Item Measurement Specification

TCU 45 –– Speed, transmission input speed sender (B61)


Transmission input speed (engine speed) in rpm: rpm 0 to max. transm. input speed

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for transmission input speed sender (B61) ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical
manual.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for transmission input speed sender (B61) ; see Section 245,
Group TCU in the Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1353 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304069.02- Implausible Drop in Speed at the PLC′s Transmission Output Speed
Signal
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304069.02 is saved if the TCU detects that the transmission
output speed of the PLC has dropped suddenly and inexplicably to 0 rpm. The diagnostic
trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Electrically defective transmission output speed sender (B84):


Diagnostic trouble codes TCU 304070.10, PLC 328010.31 or PLC
328012.31 take priority.
The PLC′s transmission output speed sender (B84) is mechanically
defective.
Defective line connection (cable 696) between the PLC and TCU.
The PLC′s transmission output speed sender is incorrectly installed
(sender′s position).
Problem in transmitting the speed signal due to dirt on the tip of the
sender or mechanical damage to the sender′s gearwheel.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Replacing the Sending Unit (B09, B35 or B84)” , Repair Manual, Section 56, Group 15.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 245-PLC-200 , Theory of Operation (Park Lock Controller)

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1354 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

Diagnostic trouble codes that have priority must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the transmission output speed sender (B84)

Action:

See: Reference 245-PLC-102 , Circuit Test on Sender for Transmission Output Speed (B84) in
Section 245, Group PLC of the Technical Manual.

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Replace the sender and carry out an operational check.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1355 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the line connection between the PLC and TCU

Action:

Check cable 696 (amplified speed signal from PLC):

for an open circuit.


for a grounded circuit.
for a shorted circuit.

Lead 696 (amplified speed signal from PLC)

W08 (wiring harness - cab)

From To

X382-pin 29 X332-pin 65
(PLC) (TCU)

Result:

YES:• Check the connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.• Check that
the sender is installed properly (sender′s position).• Check the sender′s gearwheel for signs
of mechanical damage.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1356 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304070.10- Transmission Output Speed Sender of PLC is Defective


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304070.10 is saved if the PLC reports via the CAN BUS that a
transmission output speed sender is defective. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm
level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Electrically defective transmission output speed sender (B84):


Diagnostic trouble codes PLC 328010.31 and PLC 328012.31 take
priority.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Replacing the Sending Unit (B09, B35 or B84)” , Repair Manual, Section 56, Group 15.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 245-PLC-200 , Theory of Operation (Park Lock Controller)

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1357 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

PLC diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no PLC diagnostic trouble codes exist: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the transmission output speed (B84)

Action:

See: Reference 245-PLC-102 , Circuit Test on Sender for Transmission Output Speed (B84) in
Section 245, Group PLC of the Technical Manual.

Result:

YES:• Check the connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.• Check that
the sender is installed properly (sender′s position).

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1358 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304072.11- Transmission Input Speed and Engine Speed Do Not Match
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304072.11 is stored if the transmission input speed registered
directly by the TCU does not match the engine speed that is available at the engine control
unit (ECU) via CAN BUS. This diagnostic trouble code sets off a “CAUTION” alarm.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective crankshaft speed sender (B72).


ECU diagnostic trouble codes ECU 000637.02, ECU 000637.08 and
ECU 000637.10 take priority.
Transmission input speed sender (B61) is mechanically or electrically
defective.
Diagnostic trouble codes TCU 304048.04 and TCU 304056.03 and
TCU 304064.02 take priority.
Incorrect installation of transmission input speed sender (sender′s
position).
Problem in transmitting the speed signal due to dirt on the tip of the
sender or mechanical damage to the sender′s gearwheel.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Replacing the Transmission Input Speed Sending Unit” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group
15.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 245-ECU-203 , Theory of Operation (TIER II Engines; Level 11 with AutoPowr/IVT


Transmission)

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1359 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

Diagnostic trouble codes that have priority must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1360 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the sending unit for transmission input speed

Action:

Compare the value at transmission input speed sender B61 with the engine speed displayed
on the basic informator (the value of crankshaft speed sender B72 as transmitted by the
ECU):

• Start the engine.

• Access address TCU045 .

• Do this test while the engine is running.

• The value displayed at the diagnostic address should be the same as that shown on the
basic informator:

Item Measurement Specification

TCU045 – Speed, transmission input speed sender (B61)


Transmission input speed (engine speed) in rpm: rpm 0 to max. transm. input speed

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for transmission input speed sender (B61) ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical
manual.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for transmission input speed sender (B61) ; see Section 245,
Group TCU in the Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1361 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304073.08- Transmission Output Speed Sender, Speed in Channel 1 Lower


than in Channel 2
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304073.08 is saved if a difference in frequency is detected
between the two output signals of the transmission output speed sender. The diagnostic
trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Mechanically defective transmission output speed sender (B63).


A defect at the signal leads of channel 1 (cable 681) or channel 2
(cable 683) .
Diagnostic trouble codes TCU 304049.04, TCU 304051.04, TCU
304057.03 and TCU 304059.03 take priority.
Incorrect installation of transmission output speed sender (sender′s
position).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Replacing the Transmission Speed Sending Unit” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 15.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1362 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

Diagnostic trouble codes that have priority must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the circuit of transmission output speed sender (B63)

Action:

Check the lines for channel 1 and channel 2 from the sender to the TCU. See Circuit/harness
test for transmission output speed sender (B63) ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the
Technical manual.

Result:

YES:Replace the transmission output speed sender (B63) and carry out an operational test.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1363 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304074.08- Hydrostatic Speed Sender, Speed in Channel 1 Lower than in


Channel 2
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304074.08 is saved if a difference in frequency is detected
between the two output signals of the hydrostatic speed sender. The diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Mechanically defective hydrostatic speed sender (B62).


A defect at the signal leads of channel 1 (cable 689) or channel 2
(cable 695) .
Diagnostic trouble codes TCU 304050.04, TCU 304052.04, TCU
304058.03 and TCU 304060.03 take priority.
Incorrect installation of hydrostatic speed sender (sender′s position).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Replacing the Hydrostatic Speed Sending Unit” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 10.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1364 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

Diagnostic trouble codes that have priority must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the circuit of hydrostatic speed sender (B62)

Action:

Check the lines for channel 1 and channel 2 from the sender to the TCU. See Circuit/harness
test for hydrostatic speed sender (B62) ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical
manual.

Result:

YES:Replace the hydrostatic speed sender and carry out an operational test.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1365 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304075.08- Transmission Output Speed Sender, Speed in Channel 2 Lower


than in Channel 1
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304075.08 is saved if a difference in frequency is detected
between the two output signals of the transmission output speed sender. The diagnostic
trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Mechanically defective transmission output speed sender (B63).


A defect at the signal leads of channel 1 (cable 681) or channel 2
(cable 683) .
Diagnostic trouble codes TCU 304049.04, TCU 304051.04, TCU
304057.03 and TCU 304059.03 take priority.
Incorrect installation of transmission output speed sender (sender′s
position).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Replacing the Transmission Speed Sending Unit” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 15.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1366 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

Diagnostic trouble codes that have priority must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the circuit of transmission output speed sender (B63)

Action:

Check the lines for channel 1 and channel 2 from the sender to the TCU. See Circuit/harness
test for transmission output speed sender (B63) ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the
Technical manual.

Result:

YES:Replace the transmission output speed sender (B63) and carry out an operational test.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1367 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304076.08- Hydrostatic Speed Sender, Speed in Channel 2 Lower than in


Channel 1
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304076.08 is saved if a difference in frequency is detected
between the two output signals of the hydrostatic speed sender. The diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Mechanically defective hydrostatic speed sender (B62).


A defect at the signal leads of channel 1 (cable 689) or channel 2
(cable 695) .
Diagnostic trouble codes TCU 304050.04, TCU 304052.04, TCU
304058.03 and TCU 304060.03 take priority.
Incorrect installation of hydrostatic speed sender (sender′s position).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Replacing the Hydrostatic Speed Sending Unit” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 10.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1368 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

Diagnostic trouble codes that have priority must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the circuit of hydrostatic speed sender (B62)

Action:

Check the lines for channel 1 and channel 2 from the sender to the TCU. See Circuit/harness
test for hydrostatic speed sender (B62) ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical
manual.

Result:

YES:Replace the hydrostatic speed sender and carry out an operational test.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1369 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304077.07- Signals from Transmission Speed Senders do not Match


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304077.07 is saved if with power flowing through the
transmission the registered ratio between the transmission input speed and hydrostatic
speed does not match the actual transmission output speed. This implies a problem with the
transmission. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: ”CAUTION”.
If it is not possible to resolve the tractor problem by performing the ”Preliminary Test for
Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU 304077.07”, the ”Checklist (list of questions) for Diagnostic
Trouble Code TCU 304077.07” and the ”AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Test Result Table”
(pressure test for transmission and other consumers) must be filled out in full and sent to the
relevant After-Sales Service station together with the service report (if requested).
The forms can be downloaded via DTAC in a format that allows them to be filled out and
transmitted electronically.

Diagnostics

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1370 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Overloading of the transmission.


Incorrect input value in address TCU 44:
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304140.12 takes priority.
Mechanical defect at one of the speed senders (diagnostic trouble
codes that indicate a defective sender should take priority):
Transmission input speed sender (B61): TCU 304064.02 and TCU
304072.11.
Transmission output speed sender (B63): TCU 304073.08, TCU
304075.08, TCU 304146.11 and/or TCU 304151.11.
Hydrostatic speed sending unit (B62): TCU 304074.08 and/or TCU
304076.08.
Hydraulic problem , caused by:
Contaminated filter (diagnostic trouble code TCU 304176.00 takes
priority).
Faulty filter bypass circuit (cold-weather starting) (diagnostic
trouble code TCU 304178.07 takes priority).
Faulty filter bypass circuit (cold-weather starting) (diagnostic
trouble code TCU 304179.07 takes priority if diagnostic trouble
code TCU 304177.01 is not present).
Faulty clutch control (clutch control block).
Faulty hydraulic system pressure control (system pressure
control block).
Problem at additional consumers (rear PTO, differential lock
and/or front-wheel drive clutch).
Slippage at transmission , caused by:
Overloading of the transmission.
An electrical problem at a solenoid valve or proportional solenoid
valve (TCU diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a defective
solenoid valve should take priority):
Permanent internal leakage in transmission or at transmission oil
consumers.
A mechanical problem at the clutches (clutch is slipping).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1371 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Verify diagnostic trouble codes and ask the operator

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2 - Ask the operator:

1. Overloading of the transmission can be discounted?


2. Is it possible to reproduce the fault under the same operating conditions (no
intermittent fault)? Also refer to ” Initial tests and questions for diagnostic trouble code
TCU 304077.07 ”.

Result:

YES:Overloading of the transmission can not be ruled out: Delete diagnostic trouble code.

NO:Overloading of the transmission can be ruled out and diagnostic trouble code TCU
304077.07 appears again and again. GO TO: ”Preliminary Test for Diagnostic Trouble Code
TCU 304077.07” .

Preliminary Test for Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU


304077.07

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1372 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Diagnostic trouble codes that have priority must be processed first

Action:

Additional TCU, UIC or PLC diagnostic trouble codes on the tractor that indicate a
problem with a transmission component must be processed first.

Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304176.00 (contaminated filter) takes priority.


Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304178.07 takes priority (faulty filter bypass circuit - cold-
weather starting).
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304179.07 takes priority if diagnostic trouble code TCU
304177.01 is not present (faulty filter bypass circuit - cold-weather starting).
All additional TCU, UIC or PLC diagnostic trouble codes that indicate problem with a
transmission component.

Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304077.07 takes priority if diagnostic trouble code
TCU 304079.07 is present on the tractor as well.

Result:

YES:No other diagnostic trouble code exists, indicating a problem with a transmission
component: GO TO 2 .

NO:Diagnostic trouble codes exist, indicating a problem with a transmission component:


Rectify the fault and do an operational test. Try to reproduce the fault under the same
operating conditions.

( 2 ) Checking the input value at address TCU 44

Action:

• Access address TCU 44 .

Item Measurement Specification

TCU 44 –– Input, tractor type


Input for 6320 and 6420 tractors with TIER II engine (Level 11 ECU, HPCR): Status 051002

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Modify setting, confirm and carry out an operational test. Try to reproduce the fault
under the same operating conditions.

( 3 ) Check transmission speed sender B61, B62 and B63 and replace as necessary

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1373 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action:

3.1 - Perform a visual inspection of the senders for transmission input speed
(B61), hydrostatic speed (B62) and transmission output speed (B63), and
their connectors:

1. Check that the sender is installed properly (sender′s position).


2. Check for signs of damage or dirt (swarf).
3. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

Information for removal and installation of sender:

Transmission input speed sender B61:


”Replacing the Transmission Input Speed Sender B61 (Repair Levels 1 and 2)” ,
(Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 15.
Hydrostatic speed sender (B62):
”Replacing the Hydrostatic Speed Sender B62 (Repair Levels 1 and 2)” , Repair
Manual, Section 53, Group 10.
Transmission output speed sender (B63):
”Replacing the Transmission Output Speed Sender B63 (Repair Levels 1 and 2)” ,
Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 15.

Result:

YES:If there are no signs of damage: GO TO 3.2

NO:If necessary repair component or contacts and perform an operational test. Try to
reproduce the fault under the same operating conditions.

Action:

3.2 - Replace transmission input speed sender (B61), hydrostatic speed sender
(B62) and transmission output speed sender (B63) and perform an operational test. Try
to reproduce the fault under the same operating conditions.

IMPORTANT:

As a mechanically defective transmission speed sensor B61, B62 or B63 can


trigger this diagnostic trouble code, it is absolutely essential for all 3
sensors to be replaced with new ones on completion of the preliminary
checks for diagnostic trouble code TCU 304077.07.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1374 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result:

YES:Fault can not be reproduced under the same operating conditions: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Fault can be reproduced under the same operating conditions: GO TO: ” Initial tests and
questions for diagnostic trouble code TCU 304077.07 ”.

Initial tests and questions for diagnostic trouble


code TCU 304077.07

IMPORTANT:

After the whole diagnostic procedure has been completed, the answers to
the initial questions and tests for diagnostic trouble code TCU 304077.07
are required to identify the faulty transmission component. All answers to
the initial questions and tests are also part of the ”Checklist (list of
questions) for Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU 304077.07” ; see Section 253,
Group 15.

If requested, the checklist (list of questions) must be filled out in full and
sent to the relevant After-Sales Service station together with the service
report.

→NOTE:

The checklist (list of questions) can be downloaded via DTAC in a format


that allows it to be filled out and transmitted electronically.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1375 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Initial questions and tests to be answered during a test drive (try to


reproduce the fault under the same operating conditions)

Action:

Initial questions for diagnostic trouble code TCU 304077.07


→NOTE:
The following questions must be answered while reproducing the fault:

Questions Answer/comments

Can diagnostic trouble code TCU 304077.07 (i.e. the fault) be reproduced under identical driving
YES/NO
conditions?

Under what circumstances does the fault occur?

Drive mode (pulling away from stationary, accelerating, slowing down, changing direction?)

Travel speed (exact figure in km/h or mph? )

Engine speed (exact figure in rpm? )

Load (what is the task precisely?)

Initial tests for diagnostic trouble code TCU 304077.07


→NOTE:
The following tests must be performed to verify if the fault can be reproduced under different operating
conditions as well:

Tests Result Further comment

Does the fault occur at low engine speeds (below 850 rpm)? YES/NO

Does the fault occur at high engine speeds (above 2000 rpm)? YES/NO

Does the fault occur when driving forward? YES/NO

Does the fault occur when driving in reverse? YES/NO

Does the fault occur without any load (vehicle empty)? YES/NO

Does the fault occur under load (working in the field, pulling a trailer)?
IMPORTANT: YES/NO
Do this test only if the fault cannot be reproduced with no load.

Are noises audible all the time or just before the fault occurs? YES/NO

Result:

YES:Once answers have been found to all the items in the checklist (list of questions), GO TO
2.

NO:Intermittent fault (it is not possible to reproduce the fault under the same operating
conditions): GO TO 4 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1376 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check the "come-home" mode

Action:

Check whether it is possible to drive the tractor and to reproduce the fault in "come-home"
mode.

If the fault can only be reproduced under load and that operating condition is not possible in
the "come-home" mode, this fact must be mentioned in the ”Checklist (list of questions) for
Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU 304077.07”.

Questions and tests for the tractor′s "come-home" mode

Tests Result Further comment

Can the "come-home" mode be used under the same conditions (load/engine speed) that
YES/NO
applied when the fault occurred?

If yes, can the engine be stalled by braking in the "come-home" mode? YES/NO

→NOTE:

"Come-home" mode information:

In the event of a transmission malfunction, the tractor can still be operated


at a maximum speed of 9 km/h (5.6 mph).

To do this, stop the engine, remove plug K10/4 (relay box K10) and re-
install it at a position 90° from its original position. The wording ”Come
Home” must be uppermost.

The clutch pedal must then be used to start, stop and operate the reverse
drive lever. Note the information on the digital display.

Result:

YES:"Come-home" mode is possible: Once answers have been found to all the items in the
checklist (list of questions), GO TO 3 .

NO:"Come-home" mode is not possible: Once answers have been found to all the items in the
checklist (list of questions), GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1377 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Check transmission calibration

Action:

Calibrate the transmission (see Reference 245-TCU-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses)
and answer to the following questions:

→NOTE:

Interactive transmission calibration possible with Service ADVISOR.

Questions and tests for transmission calibration

Tests Result Further comment

Is transmission calibration possible? YES/NO

If not:
- Which error message is displayed when calibration is aborted?
- At what stage does calibration stop:
• When calibrating hydrostatic unit, forward or reverse clutch?

Result:

YES:Transmission calibration is possible: Once answers have been found to all the items in
the checklist (list of questions): GO TO ”Pressure test for transmission and other consumers” .

NO:Transmission calibration is not possible: Once answers have been found to all the items
in the checklist (list of questions): GO TO ”Pressure test for transmission and other
consumers” .

( 4 ) Fault is intermittent

Action:

Possible cause:

Intermittent malfunction at rotational speed sensors:


Sensor clearance is not to specification (incorrect installation).
Damaged harness or connection (loose contact).
Intermittent hydraulic malfunction in the system pressure control (system pressure
control block) or clutch control (clutch control block).
Plunger or solenoid valve jam.

Result:

YES:Fault can not be rectified: GO TO 5 .

NO:If necessary repair component or contacts and perform an operational test.


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1378 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) If cause of intermittent malfunction can not be found, proceed as follows

Action:

1. ”Preliminary Test for Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU 304077.07” must be performed.
2. Initial tests and questions for diagnostic trouble code TCU 304077.07 must be
answered/performed as possible.
3. Pressure test for transmission and other consumers must be performed.
4. Record in the service report that the fault can not be reproduced under the same
operating conditions (intermittent malfunction).

→NOTE:

Send the ”Checklist (list of questions) for Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU
304077.07” and the ”AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Test Result Table”
(pressure test for transmission and other consumers) to the relevant After-
Sales Service station together with the service report.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

Pressure test for transmission and other consumers

IMPORTANT:

Once the tests are completed, the test result table must be filled out in full
(for AutoPowr/IVT transmission test result table, see Reference 253-15-001
) and sent to the relevant After-Sales Service station together with the
service report.

→NOTE:

The test result table can be downloaded via DTAC in a format that allows it
to be filled out and transmitted electronically.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1379 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Pressure test

Action:

The following pressure tests must be performed:

1. System pressure.
2. Reduced system pressure (pressure for other consumers).
3. Lube oil pressure.
Lube oil pressure when no consumer is activated (at rated engine speed).
Lube oil pressure with activated and de-activated consumers at an engine speed
of 1000 and 1800 rpm.
→NOTE: Interactive lube oil pressure test possible with Service
ADVISOR.

4. Pressure at direction clutches CF and CR.


5. Pressure at the C1, C2, C3 and C4 clutches and at the BG disk brake
6. Pressure at the other consumers (front-wheel drive, differential lock, rear PTO and park
lock).

See AutoPowr/IVT transmission test result table Reference 253-15-001 .

CAUTION:

Whenever performing these checks, always observe the relevant safety


precautions. See Reference 253-15-003 , Safety Measures when Testing
the Transmission via the Output Test Mode for Components (Address
TCU049).

IMPORTANT:

Always do ALL the pressure tests in the test result table, otherwise you
may identify only a secondary problem and not the initial one.

Result:

YES:If test results are OK: GO TO 2 .

NO:If test results are NOT OK: GO TO 2

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1380 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Identify clutch with a problem and type of damage

Action:

Precondition for identifying the clutch with a problem and the type of damage (for diagnostic
trouble code TCU 304077.07) is, that it is possible to reproduce the fault under the same
operating conditions (no intermittent fault), and that the diagnostic trouble code TCU
304077.07 has been processed completely.

Preliminary hydraulic system tests for diagnostic trouble code TCU 304077.07 could not
rectify fault.
Checklist (list of questions) for diagnostic trouble code TCU 304077.07 has been
processed completely and filled out in full
Pressure test for transmission and other consumers ( Reference 253-15-001 ,
AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Test Result Table) has been completed.
The ”Checklist (list of questions) for Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU 304077.07” has been
analysed.
For the evaluation see Reference 253-15-001B , Determining Which Clutch has the
Problem and What Type of Damage has Triggered Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU
304077.07.
The ”Pressure Test for Transmission and Other Consumers” has been analysed.
For the evaluation see Reference 253-15-001A , Determining the Cause of an
Hydraulic Malfunction that Triggers Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU 304077.07.

IMPORTANT:

If requested, send the ”Checklist (list of questions) for Diagnostic Trouble


Code TCU 304077.07” and the ”AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Test Result
Table” (pressure test for transmission and other consumers) to the
relevant After-Sales Service station together with the service report.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1381 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304079.07- Amperage at Proportional Solenoids of Hydrostatic Unit does not


Match the Registered Speed
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304079.07 is saved if amperage at the proportional solenoids of
the hydrostatic unit does not match the registered ratio between the transmission input
speed and the speed of the hydrostatic unit. This implies a problem with the hydrostatic unit.
This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: ”CAUTION”.

If it is not possible to detect a damage at the hydrostatic unit by performing the ”Preliminary
Test for Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU 304079.07”, or the tractor problem can not be
resolved, the ”Checklist (list of questions) for Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU 304079.07” and
the ”AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Test Result Table” (pressure test for transmission and other
consumers) must be filled out in full and sent to the relevant After-Sales Service station
together with the service report (if requested).
The forms to be filled out for diagnostic trouble code TCU 304079.07 test can be downloaded
via DTAC in a format that allows them to be filled out and transmitted electronically.

Diagnostics

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1382 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Overloading of the hydrostatic unit:


Ask the operator (if a distinct whistling noise can be heard from
the hydrostatic unit before it cuts out suddenly, this indicates
overloading).
Incorrect input value in address TCU 44:
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304140.12 takes priority.
Mechanical defect at one of the speed senders (diagnostic trouble
codes that indicate a defective sender should take priority):
Transmission input speed sender B61: TCU 304064.02 and TCU
304072.11.
Hydrostatic speed sender (B62): TCU 304074.08 and/or TCU
304076.08.
Hydraulic problem , caused by:
Contaminated filter (diagnostic trouble code TCU 304176.00 takes
priority).
Faulty filter bypass circuit (cold-weather starting) (diagnostic
trouble code TCU 304178.07 takes priority).
Faulty filter bypass circuit (cold-weather starting) (diagnostic
trouble code TCU 304179.07 takes priority if diagnostic trouble
code TCU 304177.01 is not present).
Problem at additional consumers (rear PTO, differential lock
and/or front-wheel drive clutch).
By wrongly actuated range clutch or direction clutch the transmission
is locked , caused by a clutch which is not opening/closing:
Electrically defective solenoid valve (diagnostic trouble codes
that indicate a defective solenoid valve should take priority).
Mechanically defective solenoid.
Faulty clutch control (clutch control block).
Faulty hydraulic system pressure control (system pressure
control block).
Defective hydrostatic unit , caused by:
An electrical problem at a proportional solenoid valve (TCU
diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a defective proportional
solenoid valve should take priority):
A hydraulic problem at the hydrostatic unit (defective high-
pressure range - pressure-limiting valve).
A mechanical problem (defective hydrostatic drive, hydrostatic
controller (control valve/cylinder), variable pump or constant-
speed motor).

Additional references:
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1383 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.


• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).
• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).
• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Verify diagnostic trouble codes and ask the operator

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2 - Ask the operator:

1. Can overloading of the hydrostatic unit be ruled out?


A distinct whistling noise from the hydrostatic unit before it cuts out suddenly
indicates overloading.
2. Is it possible to reproduce the fault under the same operating conditions (no
intermittent fault)?

Result:

YES:Overloading of the transmission can not be ruled out: Delete diagnostic trouble code.

NO:Overloading of the transmission can be ruled out and diagnostic trouble code TCU
304079.07 appears again and again. GO TO ” Preliminary Test for Diagnostic Trouble Code
TCU 304079.07 ”.

Preliminary Test for Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU


304079.07
( 1 ) Checking the hydrostatic unit

Action:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1384 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

→NOTE:

The result of the hydrostatic unit test must be entered in the AutoPowr/IVT
transmission test result table, see ”Hydrostatic unit test result log” in
Reference 253-15-001, AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Test Result Table. For
valid hydrostatic speed ranges also see ”Hydrostatic unit test result log”!

The test result table and all other forms which must be filled out for
diagnostic trouble code TCU 304079.07 test, can be downloaded via DTAC.
These forms can be filled out and transmitted electronically.

[1] - Interactive hydrostatic unit test using Service ADVISOR:


Perform interactive hydrostatic unit test using Service ADVISOR, see Reference 253-15-004 ,
AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Interactive Test of Hydrostatic Unit with Service ADVISOR.
[2] - Manual hydrostatic unit test via output test mode for components (Address
TCU049):

CAUTION:
Whenever performing checks on the transmission circuit, always observe
the relevant safety precautions. See Reference 253-15-003 , Safety
Measures when Testing the Transmission via the Output Test Mode for
Components (Address TCU049).

→NOTE:
Proportional solenoid valves are used to actuate the hydrostatic control
valve. By making an input at the address TCU 049, it is possible to cause
these proportional solenoid valves to operate at different amperages.
Taking engine speed into account, and with zero load, it is possible to move
the swashplate through all its possible angles (function of the proportional
solenoid valves). However, this does not reveal how the hydrostatic unit
will function under load (high-pressure range).

Reverse drive lever in corner park position.


Start the engine.
Access address TCU 49.
Key in value XXX for the relevant proportional solenoid valve at address TCU 49, and
confirm (see table for value).
Access address TCU 42 (amperage of proportional solenoid 1), TCU 43 (amperage of
proportional solenoid 2) and TCU 46 (hydrostatic speed), or template TCU 901 -
Proportional Solenoid Test (Y1, Y2) for AutoPowr/IVT transmission .
Adjust engine speed (see table for values).
Write the hydrostatic speed of address TCU 46 in the test result log:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1385 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Item Measurement Specification

TCU 46 –– Speed and direction of rotation, hydrostatic speed sending unit (B62)
Display varies depending on input value at address TCU 49 and on engine speed: Speed (rpm) XXXX

For test result table, see ”Hydrostatic unit test result log” in Reference 253-15-001.

Result:

YES:If input value is OK, GO TO 2 .

NO:Speed values not ok, GO TO: ”Procedure if hydrostatic speed values are not ok” .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1386 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Diagnostic trouble codes that have priority must be processed first

Action:

Additional TCU, UIC or PLC diagnostic trouble codes on the tractor that indicate a
problem with a transmission component must be processed first.

Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304176.00 (contaminated filter) takes priority.


Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304178.07 takes priority (faulty filter bypass circuit - cold-
weather starting).
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304179.07 takes priority if diagnostic trouble code TCU
304177.01 is not present (faulty filter bypass circuit - cold-weather starting).
All additional TCU, UIC or PLC diagnostic trouble codes that indicate problem with a
transmission component.

Procedure if diagnostic trouble code TCU 304077.07 is present on the tractor


as well:

1. Perform hydrostatic unit check .


2. Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304077.07 takes priority.
Process diagnostic trouble code TCU 304077.07.
If it is not possible to resolve the tractor problem by performing the ”Preliminary
Test for Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU 304077.07”, the ”Checklist (list of questions)
for Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU 304077.07”, the ”AutoPowr/IVT Transmission -
Test Result Table” (pressure test for transmission and other consumers) and the
service report must be filled out in full and, if requested, sent to the relevant
After-Sales Service station together with the Hydrostatic Unit Test Result .

Result:

YES:No other diagnostic trouble code exists, indicating a problem with a transmission
component: GO TO 3 .

NO:Diagnostic trouble codes exist, indicating a problem with a transmission component:


Rectify the fault and do an operational test. Try to reproduce the fault under the same
operating conditions.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1387 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the input value at address TCU 44

Action:

• Access address TCU 44 .

Item Measurement Specification

TCU 44 –– Input, tractor type


Input for 6320 and 6420 tractors with TIER II engine (Level 11 ECU, HPCR): Status 051002

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:Modify setting, confirm and carry out an operational test. Try to reproduce the fault
under the same operating conditions.

( 4 ) Check transmission calibration

Action:

Calibrate the transmission (see Reference 245-TCU-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses)
and answer to the following questions:

→NOTE:

Interactive transmission calibration possible with Service ADVISOR.

Questions and tests for transmission calibration

Tests Result Further comment

Is transmission calibration possible? YES/NO

If NO:
- Which error message is displayed when calibration is aborted?
- At what stage does calibration stop:
• When calibrating hydrostatic unit, forward or reverse clutch?

Result:

YES:Transmission calibration is possible: GO TO 5 .

NO:Transmission calibration is not possible: GO TO 5 .

( 5 ) Check transmission input speed sender (B61), and hydrostatic speed sender
(B62) and replace as necessary

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1388 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action:

5.1 - Perform a visual inspection of the senders for transmission input speed
(B61) and hydrostatic speed (B62), and their connectors:

1. Check that the sender is installed properly (sender′s position).


2. Check for signs of damage or dirt (swarf).
3. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

Information for removal and installation of sender:

Transmission input speed sender B61:


”Replacing the Transmission Input Speed Sender B61 (Repair Levels 1 and 2)” ,
Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 15.
Hydrostatic speed sender (B62):
”Replacing the Hydrostatic Speed Sender B62 (Repair Levels 1 and 2)” , Repair
Manual, Section 53, Group 10.

Result:

YES:If there are no signs of damage: GO TO 5.2

NO:If necessary repair component or contacts and perform an operational test. Try to
reproduce the fault under the same operating conditions.

Action:

5.2 - Replace transmission input speed sender (B61) and hydrostatic speed sender
(B62) , and perform an operational test. Try to reproduce the fault under the same operating
conditions.

IMPORTANT:

As a mechanically defective transmission speed sensor B61 or B62 can


trigger this diagnostic trouble code, it is absolutely essential for all 2
sensors to be replaced with new ones on completion of the preliminary
checks for diagnostic trouble code TCU 304079.07.

→NOTE:

Repeat transmission calibration if this was not possible before the senders
were replaced.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1389 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result:

YES:Fault can not be reproduced: Diagnosis completed.

NO:The fault can be reproduced: GO TO: ” Initial tests and questions for diagnostic trouble
code TCU 304079.07 ”.

Initial tests and questions for diagnostic trouble


code TCU 304079.07

IMPORTANT:

After the whole diagnostic procedure has been completed, the answers to
the initial questions and tests for diagnostic trouble code TCU 304079.07
are required to identify the faulty transmission component. All answers to
the initial questions and tests are also part of the ”Checklist (list of
questions) for Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU 304079.07” ; see Section 253,
Group 15.

If requested, the checklist (list of questions) must be filled out in full and
sent to the relevant After-Sales Service station together with the service
report.

→NOTE:

The checklist (list of questions) can be downloaded via DTAC in a format


that allows it to be filled out and transmitted electronically.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1390 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Initial questions and tests to be answered during a test drive (try to


reproduce the fault under the same operating conditions)

Action:

Initial questions for diagnostic trouble code TCU 304079.07


→NOTE:
The following questions must be answered while reproducing the fault:

Questions Answer/comments

Can diagnostic trouble code TCU 304079.07 (i.e. the fault) be reproduced under identical driving
YES/NO
conditions?

Are noises audible all the time or just before the fault occurs? YES/NO

Under what circumstances does the fault occur?

Drive mode (pulling away from stationary, accelerating, slowing down, changing direction?)

Travel speed (exact figure in km/h or mph? )

Engine speed (exact figure in rpm? )

Load (what is the task precisely?)

Initial tests for diagnostic trouble code TCU 304079.07


→NOTE:
The following tests must be performed to verify if the fault can be reproduced under different operating
conditions as well:

Tests Result Further comment

Does the fault occur at low engine speeds (below 850 rpm)? YES/NO

Does the fault occur at high engine speeds (above 2000 rpm)? YES/NO

Does the fault occur when driving forward? YES/NO

Does the fault occur when driving in reverse? YES/NO

Does the fault occur without any load (vehicle empty)? YES/NO

Does the fault occur under load (working in the field, pulling a trailer)?
IMPORTANT: YES/NO
Do this test only if the fault cannot be reproduced with no load.

Result:

YES:Once answers have been found to all the items in the checklist (list of questions), GO TO
2.

NO:Intermittent fault (it is not possible to reproduce the fault under the same operating
conditions): GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1391 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check the "come-home" mode

Action:

Check whether it is possible to drive the tractor and to reproduce the fault in "come-home"
mode.

If the fault can only be reproduced under load and that operating condition is not possible in
the "come-home" mode, this fact must be mentioned in the ”Checklist (list of questions) for
Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU 304079.07”.

Questions and tests for the tractor′s "come-home" mode

Tests Result Further comment

Can the "come-home" mode be used under the same conditions (load/engine speed) that
YES/NO
applied when the fault occurred?

If YES: Can the engine be stalled by braking in the "come-home" mode? YES/NO

If YES: Is a travel speed of 7-9 km/h attained at an engine speed of 1800 rpm? YES/NO

→NOTE:

"Come-home" mode information:

In the event of a transmission malfunction, the tractor can still be operated


at a maximum speed of 9 km/h (5.6 mph).

To do this, stop the engine, remove plug K10/4 (relay box K10) and reinstall
it at a position 90° from its original position. The wording ”Come Home”
must be uppermost.

The clutch pedal must then be used to start, stop and operate the reverse
drive lever. Note the information on the digital display.

Result:

YES:"Come-home" mode is possible: Once answers have been found to all the items in the
checklist (list of questions): GO TO ”Pressure test for transmission and other consumers” .

NO:"Come-home" mode is not possible: Once answers have been found to all the items in the
checklist (list of questions), GO TO ”Pressure test for transmission and other consumers” .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1392 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Fault is intermittent

Action:

Possible cause:

Intermittent malfunction at rotational speed sensors:


Sensor clearance is not to specification (incorrect installation).
Damaged harness or connection (loose contact).
Intermittent hydraulic malfunction in the system pressure control (system pressure
control block) or clutch control (clutch control block).
Plunger or solenoid valve jam.

Result:

YES:Fault can not be rectified: GO TO 4 .

NO:If necessary repair component or contacts and perform an operational test.

( 4 ) If cause of intermittent malfunction can not be found, proceed as follows

Action:

1. Preliminary Test for Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU 304079.07” must be performed.
2. Initial tests and questions for diagnostic trouble code TCU 304079.07 must be
answered/performed as possible.
3. Pressure test for transmission and other consumers must be performed.
4. Record in the service report that the fault can not be reproduced under the same
operating conditions (intermittent malfunction).

→NOTE:

Send the ”Checklist (list of questions) for Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU
304079.07” and the ”AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Test Result Table”
(pressure test for transmission and other consumers) to the relevant After-
Sales Service station together with the service report.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

Pressure test for transmission and other consumers

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1393 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

IMPORTANT:

Once the tests are completed, the test result table must be filled out in full
(for AutoPowr/IVT transmission test result table, see Reference 253-15-001
) and sent to the relevant After-Sales Service station together with the
service report.

→NOTE:

The test result table can be downloaded via DTAC in a format that allows it
to be filled out and transmitted electronically.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1394 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Pressure test

Action:

The following pressure tests must be performed:

1. System pressure.
2. Reduced system pressure (pressure for other consumers).
3. Lube oil pressure.
Lube oil pressure when no consumer is activated (at rated engine speed).
Lube oil pressure with activated and de-activated consumers at an engine speed
of 1000 and 1800 rpm.
→NOTE: Interactive lube oil pressure test possible with Service
ADVISOR.

4. Pressure at direction clutches CF and CR.


5. Pressure at the C1, C2, C3 and C4 clutches and at the BG disk brake
6. Pressure at the other consumers (front-wheel drive, differential lock, rear PTO and park
lock).

See AutoPowr/IVT transmission test result table Reference 253-15-001 .

CAUTION:

Whenever performing these checks, always observe the relevant safety


precautions. See Reference 253-15-003 , Safety Measures when Testing
the Transmission via the Output Test Mode for Components (Address
TCU049).

IMPORTANT:

Always do ALL the pressure tests in the test result table, otherwise you
may identify only a secondary problem and not the initial one.

Result:

YES:If test results are OK: GO TO 2 .

NO:If test results are NOT OK: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1395 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Determining type of damage

Action:

Precondition for identifying the type of damage (for diagnostic trouble code TCU 304079.07)
is, that it is possible to reproduce the fault under the same operating conditions (no
intermittent fault), and that the diagnostic trouble code TCU 304079.07 has been processed
completely.

Preliminary hydraulic system tests for diagnostic trouble code TCU 304079.07 could not
rectify fault.
→NOTE: If the hydrostatic speed is not to specification in the test, see
”Procedure if hydrostatic speed values are not ok” .

Checklist (list of questions) for diagnostic trouble code TCU 304079.07 has been
processed completely and filled out in full
Pressure test for transmission and other consumers ( Reference 253-15-001 ,
AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Test Result Table) has been completed.
The ”Checklist (list of questions) for Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU 304079.07” has been
analysed.
For the evaluation see Reference 253-15-001C ”Determining What Type of
Damage has Triggered Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU 304079.07”.
The ”Pressure Test for Transmission and Other Consumers” has been analysed.
For the evaluation see Reference 253-15-001A , Determining the Cause of an
Hydraulic Malfunction that Triggers Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU 304077.07 and
TCU 304079.07.

IMPORTANT:

If requested, send the ”Checklist (list of questions) for Diagnostic Trouble


Code TCU 304079.07” and the ”AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Test Result
Table” (pressure test for transmission and other consumers) to the
relevant After-Sales Service station together with the service report.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

Procedure if hydrostatic speed values are not ok


( 1 ) Check hydrostatic speed sender (B62) and replace as necessary

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1396 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action:

1.1 - Perform a visual inspection of the hydrostatic speed sender (B62) and
their connectors:

1. Check that the sender is installed properly (sender′s position).


2. Check for signs of damage or dirt (swarf).
3. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

Information for removal and installation of sender:

Hydrostatic speed sender (B62):


”Replacing the Hydrostatic Speed Sender B62 (Repair Levels 1 and 2)” , Repair
Manual, Section 53, Group 10.

Result:

YES:If there are no signs of damage: GO TO 1.2

NO:If necessary repair component or contacts and perform an operational test. Try to
reproduce the fault under the same operating conditions.

Action:

1.2 - Replace hydrostatic speed sender (B62) , and perform an operational test. Try to
reproduce the fault under the same operating conditions.

IMPORTANT:

As a mechanically defective hydrostatic speed sensor B62 can cause a


failed hydrostatic unit test, it is absolutely essential for the sensor to be
replaced with a new one.

→NOTE:

Repeat hydrostatic unit test if the test failed before the senders were
replaced.

Result:

YES:Fault can not be reproduced: Diagnosis completed.


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1397 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

NO:The fault can be reproduced: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Pressure test for transmission and other consumers

Action:

IMPORTANT:

To avoid diagnosing and repairing a consequential damage only, a pressure


test for transmission and other consumers must be carried out in addition
to the hydrostatic unit test, see Reference 253-15-001 , AutoPowr/IVT
Transmission - Test Result Table.

→NOTE:

The test result table can be downloaded via DTAC in a format that allows it
to be filled out and transmitted electronically.

The following pressure tests must be performed:

1. System pressure.
2. Reduced system pressure (pressure for other consumers).
3. Lube oil pressure.
Lube oil pressure when no consumer is activated (at rated engine speed).
Lube oil pressure with activated and de-activated consumers at an engine speed
of 1000 and 1800 rpm.
→NOTE: Interactive lube oil pressure test possible with Service
ADVISOR.

4. Pressure at direction clutches CF and CR.


5. Pressure at the C1, C2, C3 and C4 clutches and at the BG disk brake.
6. Pressure at the other consumers (front-wheel drive, differential lock, rear PTO and park
lock).

See AutoPowr/IVT transmission test result table Reference 253-15-001 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1398 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

CAUTION:

Whenever performing checks on the transmission circuit, always observe


the relevant safety precautions. See Reference 253-15-003 , Safety
Measures when Testing the Transmission via the Output Test Mode for
Components (Address TCU049).

Result:

YES:If test results are OK: GO TO 3 .

NO:If test results are NOT OK: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Answer the following questions in ”Checklist (list of questions) for Diagnostic


Trouble Code TCU 304079.07”

Action:

Preliminary Test for Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU 304079.07


→NOTE:
The following questions must be answered while reproducing the fault:

Questions Answer/comments

Can diagnostic trouble code TCU 304079.07 (i.e. the fault) be reproduced under identical
YES/NO
driving conditions?

• Perform hydrostatic unit check. YES/NO


• Is the speed OK? YES/NO

Have transmission speed senders B61 and B62 been checked and replaced? YES/NO

Are other diagnostic trouble codes saved for the PLC, TCU or UIC? YES/NO If yes , which ones:

Additional questions about the diagnosis performed for diagnostic trouble code TCU 304077.07

Tests Result Further comment

Pressure test for transmission and other consumers ( Reference 253-15-001 ) has been
YES/NO
completed.

Have repairs been carried out to eliminate the fault? YES/NO If yes , which ones:

Result:

YES:Send the ”Checklist (list of questions) for Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU 304079.07” and
the ”AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Test Result Table” (pressure test for transmission and other
consumers) to the relevant After-Sales Service station together with the service report.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1399 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304080.02- Failure in Warning Light Circuit


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304080.02 is stored if the TCU detects a deviation in signal in
the warning light′s circuit (the signal does not correspond to the warning sent via the CAN
BUS). This indicates a 12-volt warning light circuit that is open, shorted to the power supply
(battery voltage), or shorted to ground. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective line connection between the TCU and the basic informator
(cable 551).
Short circuit.
Open circuit.
Grounded circuit.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 245-BIF-200 , Basic Informator - Theory of Operation.

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1400 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the warning light′s circuit (cable 551)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.

Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.

For circuit diagram, refer to:

Reference 240-10-004 , SE2-Basic Informator.


Reference 240-10-035 , SE26-Transmission Control Unit (TCU).

For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08 and cowl harness
W09.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1401 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304081.05- C1 Solenoid Valve, Open Circuit


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304081.05 is stored if the transmission control unit registers
resistance at the solenoid valve that does not correspond with the switch status of the C1
range clutch. This indicates that the solenoid valve′s circuit is open. The diagnostic trouble
code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective solenoid valve (C1).


An open circuit (ground cable 656 and/or positive cable 664).
A general problem with the power supply (positive cable) to the range
elements (diagnostic trouble codes TCU 304082.05, TCU 304083.05,
TCU 304084.05 and TCU 304085.05 are saved as well).
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304020.02 or TCU 304132.02 takes
priority.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “AutoPowr/IVT Transmission, Input Housing - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” ,


Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 10.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1402 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (tractor′s function is impaired), GO TO: Circuit/harness


test for C1 solenoid valve ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1403 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304082.05- C2 Solenoid Valve, Open Circuit


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304082.05 is stored if the transmission control unit registers
resistance at the solenoid valve that does not correspond with the switch status of the C2
range clutch. This indicates that the solenoid valve′s circuit is open. The diagnostic trouble
code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective solenoid valve (C2).


An open circuit (ground cable 657 and/or positive cable 664).
A general problem with the power supply (positive cable) to the range
elements (diagnostic trouble codes TCU 304081.05, TCU 304083.05,
TCU 304084.05 and TCU 304085.05 are saved as well).
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304020.02 or TCU 304132.02 takes
priority.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “AutoPowr/IVT Transmission, Input Housing - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” ,


Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 10.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1404 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (tractor′s function is impaired), GO TO: Circuit/harness


test for C2 solenoid valve ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1405 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304083.05- C3 Solenoid Valve, Open Circuit


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304083.05 is stored if the transmission control unit registers
resistance at the solenoid valve that does not correspond with the switch status of the C3
range clutch. This indicates that the solenoid valve′s circuit is open. The diagnostic trouble
code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective solenoid valve (C3).


An open circuit (ground cable 658 and/or positive cable 664).
A general problem with the power supply (positive cable) to the range
elements (diagnostic trouble codes TCU 304081.05, TCU 304082.05,
TCU 304084.05 and TCU 304085.05 are saved as well).
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304020.02 or TCU 304132.02 takes
priority.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “AutoPowr/IVT Transmission, Input Housing - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” ,


Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 10.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1406 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (tractor′s function is impaired), GO TO: Circuit/harness


test for C3 solenoid valve ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1407 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304084.05- C4 Solenoid Valve, Open Circuit


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304084.05 is stored if the transmission control unit registers
resistance at the solenoid valve that does not correspond with the switch status of the C4
range clutch. This indicates that the solenoid valve′s circuit is open. The diagnostic trouble
code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective solenoid valve (C4).


An open circuit (ground cable 659 and/or positive cable 664).
A general problem with the power supply (positive cable) to the range
elements (diagnostic trouble codes TCU 304081.05, TCU 304082.05,
TCU 304083.05 and TCU 304085.05 are saved as well).
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304020.02 or TCU 304132.02 takes
priority.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “AutoPowr/IVT Transmission, Input Housing - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” ,


Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 10.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1408 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (tractor′s function is impaired), GO TO: Circuit/harness


test for C4 solenoid valve ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1409 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304085.05- BG Solenoid Valve, Open Circuit


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304085.05 is stored if the transmission control unit registers
resistance at the solenoid valve that does not correspond with the switch status of the BG
disk brake. This indicates that the solenoid valve′s circuit is open. The diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective solenoid valve (BG).


An open circuit (ground cable 654 and/or positive cable 664).
A general problem with the power supply (positive cable) to the range
elements (diagnostic trouble codes TCU 304081.05, TCU 304082.05,
TCU 304083.05 and TCU 304084.05 are saved as well).
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304020.02 or TCU 304132.02 takes
priority.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “AutoPowr/IVT Transmission, Input Housing - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” ,


Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 10.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1410 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (tractor′s function is impaired), GO TO: Circuit/harness


test for BG solenoid valve ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1411 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304086.05- Park Lock Solenoid Valve, Open Circuit


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304086.05 is stored if the transmission control unit registers
resistance at the solenoid valve that does not correspond with the switch status of the park
lock. This indicates that the solenoid valve′s circuit is open. The diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective solenoid valve (Y15-1).


An open circuit (ground cable 647 and/or positive cable 608).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “AutoPowr/IVT Transmission, Output Housing - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” ,


Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 15.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 245-PLC-200 , Theory of Operation (Park Lock Controller)

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (tractor′s function is impaired): GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1412 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the operation of the park lock

Action:

CAUTION:

During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.

• Start the engine.

• Access address PLC012 .

Reverse drive lever ranges

LEGEND:
1 Reverse drive lever
2 Corner park position
3 Neutral

• Do this test with the engine running and the reverse drive lever in the positions for corner
park and neutral.

Item Measurement Specification

PLC 12 –– voltage, park lock′s pressure sender (B90)


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1413 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Item Measurement Specification

Reverse drive lever in corner park position: Voltage range (no pressure exists) between 0.3 and 0.75 volts

Reverse drive lever in position for neutral: Voltage range (pressure exists) between 2.0 and 4.8 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/Harness
test for park lock solenoid valve (Y15-1) ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group TCU.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for park lock solenoid valve (Y15-1) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group TCU.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1414 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304088.05- Proportional Solenoid Y1 (Hydrostatic Control Valve), Open Circuit


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304088.05 is stored if the transmission control unit registers
resistance at the proportional solenoid valve that does not correspond with the commanded
operating position of the hydrostatic unit. This indicates that the proportional solenoid′s
circuit is open. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective proportional solenoid valve (Y1).


An open circuit (ground cable 601 and/or positive cable 652).
A general problem with the VPS1 power supply (positive cable) to the
proportional solenoid valves (diagnostic trouble code TCU 304089.05
is saved as well).
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304020.02 or TCU 304132.02 takes
priority.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (tractor′s function is impaired): GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1415 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking proportional solenoid valve Y1

Action:

CAUTION:

During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.

• Start the engine.

• Access address TCU 42 .

Reverse drive lever ranges

LEGEND:
1 Reverse drive lever
2 Corner park position

• Put the reverse drive lever in corner park lock position:

Item Measurement Specification

TCU 42 - Amperage, proportional solenoid valve Y1


Amperage in mA: Status 050

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1416 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for proportional solenoid valve Y1 ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for proportional solenoid valve Y1 ; see Section 245, Group
TCU in the Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1417 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304089.05- Proportional Solenoid Y2 (Hydrostatic Control Valve), Open Circuit


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304089.05 is stored if the transmission control unit registers
resistance at the proportional solenoid valve that does not correspond with the commanded
operating position of the hydrostatic unit. This indicates that the proportional solenoid′s
circuit is open. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective proportional solenoid valve (Y2).


An open circuit (ground cable 609 and/or positive cable 652).
A general problem with the VPS1 power supply (positive cable) to the
proportional solenoid valves (diagnostic trouble code TCU 304088.05
is saved as well).
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304020.02 or TCU 304132.02 takes
priority.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (tractor′s function is impaired): GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1418 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking proportional solenoid valve Y2

Action:

CAUTION:

During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.

• Start the engine.

• Access address TCU 43 .

Reverse drive lever ranges

LEGEND:
1 Reverse drive lever
2 Corner park position

• Put the reverse drive lever in corner park lock position:

Item Measurement Specification

TCU 43 - Amperage, proportional solenoid valve Y2


Amperage in mA: Status 050

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1419 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for proportional solenoid valve Y2 ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for proportional solenoid valve Y2 ; see Section 245, Group
TCU in the Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1420 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304090.05- Proportional Valve for Forward Clutch (CF), Open Circuit
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304090.05 is stored if the transmission control unit registers
resistance at the proportional solenoid valve that does not correspond with the switch status
of the CF forward clutch. This indicates that the proportional solenoid′s circuit is open. The
diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective proportional valve (CF).


An open circuit (ground cable 661 and/or positive cable 646).
A general problem with the power supply (positive cable) to the range
clutches (diagnostic trouble code TCU 304091.05 is saved as well).
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304020.02 or TCU 304132.02 takes
priority.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “AutoPowr/IVT Transmission, Input Housing - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” ,


Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 10.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1421 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (tractor′s function is impaired): GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking proportional solenoid valve (CF) of the forward clutch

Action:

• Engine OFF, ignition ON.

• Reverse drive lever in corner park position.

• Access address TCU 36 .

• Reverse drive lever in position for neutral:

Item Measurement Specification

TCU 36 –– Amperage, CF Proportional Solenoid Valve for Forward Clutch


Display with reverse drive lever in position for neutral: Status 025

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for proportional solenoid valve (CF) of the forward clutch ; see Section 245, Group TCU in
the Technical manual.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for proportional solenoid valve (CF) of the forward clutch ;
see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1422 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304091.05- Proportional Valve for Reverse Clutch (CR), Open Circuit
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304091.05 is stored if the transmission control unit registers
resistance at the proportional solenoid valve that does not correspond with the switch status
of the CR reverse clutch. This indicates that the proportional solenoid′s circuit is open. The
diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective proportional valve (CR).


An open circuit (ground cable 663 and/or positive cable 646).
A general problem with the power supply (positive cable) to the range
clutches (diagnostic trouble code TCU 304090.05 is saved as well).
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304020.02 or TCU 304132.02 takes
priority.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “AutoPowr/IVT Transmission, Input Housing - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” ,


Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 10.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1423 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (tractor′s function is impaired): GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking proportional solenoid valve (CR) of the reverse clutch

Action:

• Engine OFF, ignition ON.

• Reverse drive lever in corner park position.

• Access address TCU 37 .

• Reverse drive lever in position for neutral:

Item Measurement Specification

TCU 37 –– Amperage, CR Proportional Solenoid Valve for Reverse Clutch


Display with reverse drive lever in position for neutral: Status 025

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for proportional solenoid valve (CR) of the reverse clutch ; see Section 245, Group TCU in
the Technical manual.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for proportional solenoid valve (CR) of the reverse clutch ;
see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1424 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304097.04- C1 Solenoid Valve, Grounded Circuit


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304097.04 is stored if the TCU registers resistance at the
solenoid valve that does not correspond with the switch status of the C1 range clutch and a
drop in voltage can also be detected at the solenoid valve. This indicates a short to ground in
the solenoid valve′s 12-volt circuit. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective solenoid valve (C1).


A grounded circuit in the monitored (selectable) ground lead (cable
656).
A general problem with the power supply (positive cable) to the range
elements (diagnostic trouble codes TCU 304098.04, TCU 304099.04,
TCU 304100.04 and TCU 304101.04 are saved as well).
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304020.02 or TCU 304132.02 takes
priority.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “AutoPowr/IVT Transmission, Input Housing - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” ,


Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 10.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1425 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (tractor′s function is impaired), GO TO: Circuit/harness


test for C1 solenoid valve ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1426 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304098.04- C2 Solenoid Valve, Grounded Circuit


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304098.04 is stored if the TCU registers resistance at the
solenoid valve that does not correspond with the switch status of the C2 range clutch and a
drop in voltage can also be detected at the solenoid valve. This indicates a short to ground in
the solenoid valve′s 12-volt circuit. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective solenoid valve (C2).


A grounded circuit in the monitored (selectable) ground lead (cable
657).
A general problem with the power supply (positive cable) to the range
elements (diagnostic trouble codes TCU 304097.04, TCU 304099.04,
TCU 304100.04 and TCU 304101.04 are saved as well).
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304020.02 or TCU 304132.02 takes
priority.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “AutoPowr/IVT Transmission, Input Housing - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” ,


Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 10.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1427 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (tractor′s function is impaired), GO TO: Circuit/harness


test for C2 solenoid valve ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1428 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304099.04- C3 Solenoid Valve, Grounded Circuit


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304099.04 is stored if the TCU registers resistance at the
solenoid valve that does not correspond with the switch status of the C3 range clutch and a
drop in voltage can also be detected at the solenoid valve. This indicates a short to ground in
the solenoid valve′s 12-volt circuit. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective solenoid valve (C3).


A grounded circuit in the monitored (selectable) ground lead (cable
658).
A general problem with the power supply (positive cable) to the range
elements (diagnostic trouble codes TCU 304097.04, TCU 304098.04,
TCU 304100.04 and TCU 304101.04 are saved as well).
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304020.02 or TCU 304132.02 takes
priority.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “AutoPowr/IVT Transmission, Input Housing - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” ,


Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 10.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1429 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (tractor′s function is impaired), GO TO: Circuit/harness


test for C3 solenoid valve ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1430 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304100.04- C4 Solenoid Valve, Grounded Circuit


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304100.04 is stored if the TCU registers resistance at the
solenoid valve that does not correspond with the switch status of the C4 range clutch and a
drop in voltage can also be detected at the solenoid valve. This indicates a short to ground in
the solenoid valve′s 12-volt circuit. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective solenoid valve (C4).


A grounded circuit in the monitored (selectable) ground lead (cable
659).
A general problem with the power supply (positive cable) to the range
elements (diagnostic trouble codes TCU 304097.04, TCU 304098.04,
TCU 304099.04 and TCU 304101.04 are saved as well).
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304020.02 or TCU 304132.02 takes
priority.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “AutoPowr/IVT Transmission, Input Housing - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” ,


Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 10.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1431 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (tractor′s function is impaired), GO TO: Circuit/harness


test for C4 solenoid valve ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1432 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304101.04- BG Solenoid Valve, Grounded Circuit


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304101.04 is stored if the TCU registers resistance at the
solenoid valve that does not correspond with the switch status of the BG disk brake and a
drop in voltage can also be detected at the solenoid valve. This indicates a short to ground in
the solenoid valve′s 12-volt circuit. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective solenoid valve (BG).


A grounded circuit in the monitored (selectable) ground lead (cable
654).
A general problem with the power supply (positive cable) to the range
elements (diagnostic trouble codes TCU 304097.04, TCU 304098.04,
TCU 304099.04 and TCU 304100.04 are saved as well).
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304020.02 or TCU 304132.02 takes
priority.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “AutoPowr/IVT Transmission, Input Housing - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” ,


Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 10.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1433 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (tractor′s function is impaired), GO TO: Circuit/harness


test for BG solenoid valve ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1434 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304102.04- Park Lock Solenoid Valve, Grounded Circuit


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304102.04 is stored if the TCU registers resistance at the
solenoid valve that does not correspond with the switch status of the park lock and a drop in
voltage can also be detected at the solenoid valve. This indicates a short to ground in the
solenoid valve′s 12-volt circuit. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective solenoid valve (Y15-1).


A grounded circuit in the monitored (selectable) ground lead (cable
647).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “AutoPowr/IVT Transmission, Output Housing - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” ,


Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 15.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 245-PLC-200 , Theory of Operation (Park Lock Controller)

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1435 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (tractor′s function is impaired): GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the operation of the park lock

Action:

CAUTION:

During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.

• Start the engine.

• Access address PLC012 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1436 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Reverse drive lever ranges

LEGEND:
1 Reverse drive lever
2 Corner park position
3 Neutral

• Do this test with the engine running and the reverse drive lever in the positions for corner
park and neutral.

Item Measurement Specification

PLC 12 –– voltage, park lock′s pressure sender (B90)


Reverse drive lever in corner park position: Voltage range (no pressure exists) between 0.3 and 0.75 volts

Reverse drive lever in position for neutral: Voltage range (pressure exists) between 2.0 and 4.8 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/Harness
test for park lock solenoid valve (Y15-1) ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group TCU.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for park lock solenoid valve (Y15-1) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group TCU.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1437 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304104.04- Proportional Solenoid Y1 (Hydrostatic Control Valve), Shorted to


Ground
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304104.04 is stored if the TCU registers resistance at the
proportional solenoid valve that does not correspond with the commanded operating position
of the hydrostatic unit and a drop in voltage can also be detected at the proportional solenoid
valve. This indicates a short to ground in the proportional solenoid′s 12-volt circuit. The
diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective proportional solenoid valve Y1.


A grounded circuit in the monitored (selectable) ground lead (cable
601).
A general problem with the VPS1 power supply (positive cable 652) to
the proportional solenoid valves (diagnostic trouble code TCU
304105.04 is saved as well).
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304020.02 or TCU 304132.02 takes
priority.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1438 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (tractor′s function is impaired): GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking proportional solenoid valve Y1

Action:

CAUTION:

During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.

• Start the engine.

• Access address TCU 42 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1439 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Reverse drive lever ranges

LEGEND:
1 Reverse drive lever
2 Corner park position

• Put the reverse drive lever in corner park lock position:

Item Measurement Specification

TCU 42 - Amperage, proportional solenoid valve Y1


Amperage in mA: Status 050

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for proportional solenoid valve Y1 ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for proportional solenoid valve Y1 ; see Section 245, Group
TCU in the Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1440 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304105.04- Proportional Solenoid Y2 (Hydrostatic Control Valve), Shorted to


Ground
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304105.04 is stored if the TCU registers resistance at the
proportional solenoid valve that does not correspond with the commanded operating position
of the hydrostatic unit and a drop in voltage can also be detected at the proportional solenoid
valve. This indicates a short to ground in the proportional solenoid′s 12-volt circuit. The
diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective proportional solenoid valve Y2.


A grounded circuit in the monitored (selectable) ground lead (cable
609).
A general problem with the VPS1 power supply (positive cable 652) to
the proportional solenoid valves (diagnostic trouble code TCU
304104.04 is saved as well).
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304020.02 or TCU 304132.02 takes
priority.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1441 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (tractor′s function is impaired): GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking proportional solenoid valve Y2

Action:

CAUTION:

During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.

• Start the engine.

• Access address TCU 43 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1442 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Reverse drive lever ranges

LEGEND:
1 Reverse drive lever
2 Corner park position

• Put the reverse drive lever in corner park lock position:

Item Measurement Specification

TCU 43 - Amperage, proportional solenoid valve Y2


Amperage in mA: Status 050

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for proportional solenoid valve Y2 ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for proportional solenoid valve Y2 ; see Section 245, Group
TCU in the Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1443 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304106.04- Proportional Valve for Forward Clutch (CF), Shorted to Ground
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304106.04 is stored if the TCU registers resistance at the
proportional solenoid valve that does not correspond with the switch status of the CF forward
clutch and a drop in voltage can also be detected at the proportional solenoid valve. This
indicates a short to ground in the proportional solenoid′s 12-volt circuit. The diagnostic
trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective proportional valve (CF).


A grounded circuit in the monitored (selectable) ground lead (cable
661).
A general problem with the power supply (positive cable) to the range
clutches (diagnostic trouble code TCU 304107.04 is saved as well).
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304020.02 or TCU 304132.02 takes
priority.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “AutoPowr/IVT Transmission, Input Housing - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” ,


Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 10.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1444 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (tractor′s function is impaired): GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking proportional solenoid valve (CF) of the forward clutch

Action:

• Engine OFF, ignition ON.

• Reverse drive lever in corner park position.

• Access address TCU036 .

• Reverse drive lever in position for neutral:

Item Measurement Specification

TCU036 – Amperage, CF Proportional Solenoid Valve for Forward Clutch


Display with reverse drive lever in position for neutral: Status 025

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for proportional solenoid valve (CF) of the forward clutch ; see Section 245, Group TCU in
the Technical manual.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for proportional solenoid valve (CF) of the forward clutch ;
see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1445 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304107.04- Proportional Valve for Reverse Clutch (CR), Shorted to Ground
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304107.04 is stored if the TCU registers resistance at the
proportional solenoid valve that does not correspond with the switch status of the CR reverse
clutch and a drop in voltage can also be detected at the proportional solenoid valve. This
indicates a short to ground in the proportional solenoid′s 12-volt circuit. The diagnostic
trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective proportional valve (CR).


A grounded circuit in the monitored (selectable) ground lead (cable
663).
A general problem with the power supply (positive cable) to the range
clutches (diagnostic trouble code TCU 304106.04 is saved as well).
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304020.02 or TCU 304132.02 takes
priority.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “AutoPowr/IVT Transmission, Input Housing - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” ,


Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 10.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1446 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (tractor′s function is impaired): GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking proportional solenoid valve (CR) of the reverse clutch

Action:

• Engine OFF, ignition ON.

• Reverse drive lever in corner park position.

• Access address TCU037 .

• Reverse drive lever in position for neutral:

Item Measurement Specification

TCU037 – Amperage, CR Proportional Solenoid Valve for Reverse Clutch


Display with reverse drive lever in position for neutral: Status 025

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for proportional solenoid valve (CR) of the reverse clutch ; see Section 245, Group TCU in
the Technical manual.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for proportional solenoid valve (CR) of the reverse clutch ;
see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1447 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304113.03- C1 Solenoid Valve, Shorted Circuit


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304113.03 is stored if the transmission control unit registers
resistance and voltage at the solenoid valve that does not correspond with the switch status
of the C1 range clutch. This indicates a short to the power supply (battery voltage) in the
solenoid′s circuit. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective solenoid valve (C1).


A shorted circuit at the ground lead (cable 656).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “AutoPowr/IVT Transmission, Input Housing - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” ,


Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 10.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (tractor′s function is impaired), GO TO: Circuit/harness


test for C1 solenoid valve ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1448 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304114.03- C2 Solenoid Valve, Shorted Circuit


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304114.03 is stored if the transmission control unit registers
resistance and voltage at the solenoid valve that does not correspond with the switch status
of the C2 range clutch. This indicates a short to the power supply (battery voltage) in the
solenoid′s circuit. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective solenoid valve (C2).


A shorted circuit at the ground lead (cable 657).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “AutoPowr/IVT Transmission, Input Housing - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” ,


Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 10.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (tractor′s function is impaired), GO TO: Circuit/harness


test for C2 solenoid valve ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1449 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304115.03- C3 Solenoid Valve, Shorted Circuit


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304115.03 is stored if the transmission control unit registers
resistance and voltage at the solenoid valve that does not correspond with the switch status
of the C3 range clutch. This indicates a short to the power supply (battery voltage) in the
solenoid′s circuit. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective solenoid valve (C3).


A shorted circuit at the ground lead (cable 658).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “AutoPowr/IVT Transmission, Input Housing - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” ,


Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 10.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (tractor′s function is impaired), GO TO: Circuit/harness


test for C3 solenoid valve ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1450 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304116.03- C4 Solenoid Valve, Shorted Circuit


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304116.03 is stored if the transmission control unit registers
resistance and voltage at the solenoid valve that does not correspond with the switch status
of the C4 range clutch. This indicates a short to the power supply (battery voltage) in the
solenoid′s circuit. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective solenoid valve (C4).


A shorted circuit at the ground lead (cable 659).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “AutoPowr/IVT Transmission, Input Housing - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” ,


Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 10.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (tractor′s function is impaired), GO TO: Circuit/harness


test for C4 solenoid valve ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1451 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304117.03- BG Solenoid Valve, Shorted Circuit


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304117.03 is stored if the transmission control unit registers
resistance and voltage at the solenoid valve that does not correspond with the switch status
of the BG disk brake. This indicates a short to the power supply (battery voltage) in the
solenoid′s circuit. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective solenoid valve (BG).


A shorted circuit at the ground lead (cable 654).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “AutoPowr/IVT Transmission, Input Housing - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” ,


Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 10.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (tractor′s function is impaired), GO TO: Circuit/harness


test for BG solenoid valve ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1452 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304118.03- Park Lock Solenoid Valve, Shorted Circuit


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304118.03 is stored if the transmission control unit registers
resistance and voltage at the solenoid valve that does not correspond with the switch status
of the park lock. This indicates a short to the power supply (battery voltage) in the solenoid′s
circuit. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective solenoid valve (Y15-1).


A shorted circuit at the ground lead (cable 647).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “AutoPowr/IVT Transmission, Output Housing - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” ,


Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 15.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 245-PLC-200 , Theory of Operation (Park Lock Controller)

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (tractor′s function is impaired): GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1453 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the operation of the park lock

Action:

CAUTION:

During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.

• Start the engine.

• Access address PLC012 .

Reverse drive lever ranges

LEGEND:
1 Reverse drive lever
2 Corner park position
3 Neutral

• Do this test with the engine running and the reverse drive lever in the positions for corner
park and neutral.

Item Measurement Specification

PLC012 – voltage, park lock′s pressure sender (B90)


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1454 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Item Measurement Specification

Reverse drive lever in corner park position: Voltage range (no pressure exists) between 0.3 and 0.75 volts

Reverse drive lever in position for neutral: Voltage range (pressure exists) between 2.0 and 4.8 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/Harness
test for park lock solenoid valve (Y15-1) ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group TCU.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for park lock solenoid valve (Y15-1) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group TCU.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1455 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304120.03- Proportional Solenoid Y1 (Hydrostatic Control Valve), Shorted


Circuit
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304120.03 is stored if the transmission control unit registers
resistance and voltage at the proportional solenoid valve that does not correspond with the
commanded operating position of the hydrostatic unit. This indicates a general problem with
battery voltage or that the proportional solenoid′s circuit is shorted to power supply (battery
voltage). The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective proportional solenoid valve Y1.


A shorted circuit at the ground lead (cable 601).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (tractor′s function is impaired): GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking proportional solenoid valve Y1

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1456 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action:

CAUTION:

During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.

• Start the engine.

• Access address TCU 42 .

Reverse drive lever ranges

LEGEND:
1 Reverse drive lever
2 Corner park position

• Put the reverse drive lever in corner park lock position:

Item Measurement Specification

TCU 42 - Amperage, proportional solenoid valve Y1


Amperage in mA: Status 050

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1457 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for proportional solenoid valve Y1 ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for proportional solenoid valve Y1 ; see Section 245, Group
TCU in the Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1458 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304121.03- Proportional Solenoid Y2 (Hydrostatic Control Valve), Shorted


Circuit
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304121.03 is stored if the transmission control unit registers
resistance and voltage at the proportional solenoid valve that does not correspond with the
commanded operating position of the hydrostatic unit. This indicates a general problem with
battery voltage or that the proportional solenoid′s circuit is shorted to power supply (battery
voltage). The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective proportional solenoid valve Y2.


A shorted circuit at the ground lead (cable 609).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (tractor′s function is impaired): GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking proportional solenoid valve Y2

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1459 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action:

CAUTION:

During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.

• Start the engine.

• Access address TCU043 .

Reverse drive lever ranges

LEGEND:
1 Reverse drive lever
2 Corner park position

• Put the reverse drive lever in corner park lock position:

Item Measurement Specification

TCU043 - Amperage, proportional solenoid valve Y2


Amperage in mA: Status 050

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1460 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for proportional solenoid valve Y2 ; see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for proportional solenoid valve Y2 ; see Section 245, Group
TCU in the Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1461 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304122.03- Proportional Valve for Forward Clutch (CF), Shorted Circuit
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304122.03 is stored if the transmission control unit registers
resistance and voltage at the proportional solenoid valve that does not correspond with the
switch status of the CF forward clutch. This indicates a short to the power supply (battery
voltage) in the proportional solenoid′s circuit. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm
level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective proportional valve (CF).


A shorted circuit at the ground lead (cable 661).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “AutoPowr/IVT Transmission, Input Housing - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” ,


Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 10.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (tractor′s function is impaired): GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1462 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking proportional solenoid valve (CF) of the forward clutch

Action:

• Engine OFF, ignition ON.

• Reverse drive lever in corner park position.

• Access address TCU 36 .

• Reverse drive lever in position for neutral:

Item Measurement Specification

TCU 36 –– Amperage, CF Proportional Solenoid Valve for Forward Clutch


Display with reverse drive lever in position for neutral: Status 025

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for proportional solenoid valve (CF) of the forward clutch ; see Section 245, Group TCU in
the Technical manual.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for proportional solenoid valve (CF) of the forward clutch ;
see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1463 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304123.03- Proportional Valve for Reverse Clutch (CR), Shorted Circuit
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304123.03 is stored if the transmission control unit registers
resistance and voltage at the proportional solenoid valve that does not correspond with the
switch status of the CR reverse clutch. This indicates a short to the power supply (battery
voltage) in the proportional solenoid′s circuit. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm
level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective proportional valve (CR).


A shorted circuit at the ground lead (cable 663).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “AutoPowr/IVT Transmission, Input Housing - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” ,


Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 10.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (tractor′s function is impaired): GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1464 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking proportional solenoid valve (CR) of the reverse clutch

Action:

• Engine OFF, ignition ON.

• Reverse drive lever in corner park position.

• Access address TCU 37 .

• Reverse drive lever in position for neutral:

Item Measurement Specification

TCU 37 –– Amperage, CR Proportional Solenoid Valve for Reverse Clutch


Display with reverse drive lever in position for neutral: Status 025

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for proportional solenoid valve (CR) of the reverse clutch ; see Section 245, Group TCU in
the Technical manual.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for proportional solenoid valve (CR) of the reverse clutch ;
see Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1465 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304128.00- System Voltage Too High


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304128.00 is saved if the operating voltage of the transmission
control unit (battery voltage) is more than 16 volts. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Tractor has been jump-started.


Defective alternator.
Defective battery.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1466 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.2

Perform a visual inspection of he alternator and battery:

Check all components for visible damage.


Check all relevant connectors of the supply circuit for bad, loose, widened or corroded
contacts:

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1467 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check alternator D+ voltage

Action:

• Access address BIF 032 :

Item Measurement Specification

BIF 32 –– Voltage, Alternator D+ Voltage


Engine running in low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts

Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Check alternator, refer to "Alternator Checks" , Section 240, Group 15.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1468 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304129.01- System Voltage Too Low


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304129.01 is saved if the operating voltage of the transmission
control unit (battery voltage) is less than 9 volts. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective battery.
Defective alternator G02.
Drive belt is defective or slipping.
High current requirements.
High resistance in wiring harness.
Defective lead connection to the transmission control unit (cable 052).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1469 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.2

Perform a visual inspection of he alternator and battery:

Check all components for visible damage.


Check all relevant connectors of the supply circuit for bad, loose, widened or corroded
contacts.
Make sure that the drive belt is installed correctly and check for signs of it slipping.
Check ground connections between battery/engine and cab.
Check mounting surfaces for corrosion / paint and loose mounting bolts.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1470 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the voltage at the tractor′s battery

Action:

• Access address BCU 032 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU 32 –– Voltage, Voltage at Tractor′s Battery (BCU Operating Voltage)


Ignition ON; engine OFF: Voltage between 11.2 and 12.7 volts

Engine running at low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts

Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 4

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Checking the charging system

Action:

• Check alternator, refer to "Alternator Checks" Section 240, Group 15.

• Check battery, refer to "Battery Checks" , Section 240, Group 15.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1471 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the TCU′s operating voltage circuit (cables 052 and 050)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.

Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.

For circuit diagram, refer to:

Reference 240-10-035 , SE26-Transmission Control Unit (TCU).

For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1472 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304132.02- Fault in the Internal Transmission Power Supply (VPS)


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304132.02 is stored if the 12-volt circuit for internal
transmission power supply is open, shorted to the power supply (battery voltage), or shorted
to ground. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Faulty transmission enable relay K02/1.


A defective park lock solenoid valve Y15-1.
Faulty line connections (cables 608, 652, 646 or 664).
Open circuit.
Short circuit.
Short to ground (fuse F05/05 is overloaded or blown).
Faulty transmission enable signal.
Faulty TCU.

→NOTE:

When ignition is ON, the internal transmission power supply (VPS) provides
12 volts to the following components:
• Proportional solenoids Y1 and Y2 of hydrostatic unit control valves (lead
652).
• TCU-monitored park-lock solenoid valve Y15-1 (lead 608).
• TCU self-identification current (lead 608).
• Power supply circuit for transmission enable relay K02/1 (lead 652).
• Power supply for range elements C1, C2, C3, C4 and BG (lead 664) with
reverse drive lever in neutral (transmission enable relay K02/1 tripped).
• Power supply for direction clutches (lead 646) with reverse drive lever in
neutral (transmission enable relay K02/1 tripped) and the clutch pedal not
depressed.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1473 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1474 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the park lock solenoid valve Y15-1

Action:

2.1 - Visual check:

Perform a visual inspection of park lock solenoid valve (Y15-1) and of the
connectors associated with it:

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

For information about location and repair of park lock solenoid valve Y15-1 (park lock
control block) refer to:

”AutoPowr/IVT Transmission, Output Housing - Reconditioning (Summary of


References)” on 6320 to 6620 tractors (Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 15).
”AutoPowr/IVT Transmission, Output Housing - Reconditioning (Summary of
References)” on 6820 and 6920 tractors (Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 15).

Result:

YES:GO TO 2.2

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

Action:

2.2 - Check if the park lock solenoid valve Y15-1 circuit is shorted

See ”Circuit/Harness Test for Park Lock Solenoid Valve (Y15-1)” , Reference 245-TCU-109.

Result:

YES: GO TO 3

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1475 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the control voltage and power supply (cable 652) for transmission
enable relay K02/1 (from transmission control unit)

Action:

• Engine OFF, ignition ON.

• Access address UIC 11 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 11 –– Status, power supply (cable 652) for transmission enable relay K02/1
Internal transmission power supply (VPS) present: Status X1X

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/Harness
test for transmission enable signal from relay K02/1 and clutch pedal switch S72 ; see
Technical Manual, section 245, group TCU.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for transmission enable signal from relay K02/1 and clutch
pedal switch S72 ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group TCU.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1476 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304136.02- Control Unit, Incorrect Software Version


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304136.02 is stored if the TCU′s software does not match the
existing transmission hardware. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“CAUTION”.

Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (diagnostic trouble code is regenerated after it has been
deleted and the ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace the transmission control unit (TCU) and
calibrate the transmission.

TCU 304137.02- Control Unit, Internal Fault


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304137.02 is saved when the transmission control unit registers
an EEPROM error. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1477 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (diagnostic trouble code is regenerated after it has been
deleted and the ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace the transmission control unit (TCU) and
calibrate the transmission.

TCU 304138.02- Control Unit, Internal Fault


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304138.02 is saved when an electronic malfunction is registered
in the control unit. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”

Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (diagnostic trouble code is regenerated after it has been
deleted and the ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace the transmission control unit (TCU) and
calibrate the transmission.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1478 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304139.11- Control Unit Connected to Wrong Wiring Harness Connector


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304139.11 is saved when the transmission control unit detects
an erroneous signal in the circuit of the control unit identification. This diagnostic trouble
code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Wrong control unit connected to TCU connector X332.


Open circuit at lead 608.
A problem in the VPS1 internal transmission power supply (lead 652):
Diagnostic trouble codes TCU 304020.02 and/or TCU 304132.02
take priority.
Defective user interface controller (UIC).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-05-007 , Electronic Control Units - Location and Allocation.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1479 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

2.1 - Check the circuit

• Access address TCU 06 :

Item Measurement Specification

TCU 06 –– Status, control unit identification


12 volts at pin 41 (correct control unit connected): Status X1X

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:GO TO 2.2

Action:

2.2 - Check the controller:

Check the control unit connected to TCU connector X332 (is the correct control unit
connected?).

Result:

YES:If the correct controller is connected, GO TO 2.3.

NO:Connect the correct control unit to connector X332 and test its functionality.

Action:

2.3 - Check the connecting lead:

• Ignition OFF.

Item Measurement Specification

TCU –– plug X332 (W08)


Self-identification circuit: Continuity between pins 41 and 58 (lead 608)

For circuit diagram, refer to:

Reference 240-10-035 , SE26-Transmission Control Unit.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1480 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.

Result:

YES:Replace the controller and carry out an operational test.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1481 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304140.12- Control Unit, Wrong Input Value


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304140.12 is saved when the transmission control unit registers
a false setting/input in the tractor model address. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnosis
Additional References:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of Diagnostic Trouble Codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the input address

Action:

• Access address TCU 44 :

Item Measurement Specification

TCU 44 –– Input, tractor type


Input for 6320 and 6420 tractors: Status 051002

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Modify setting, confirm and carry out an operational test.


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1482 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1483 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304146.11- Transmission Output Speed does Not Match Transmission Output
Speed at PLC
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304146.11 is saved if a difference in frequency is detected
between the output signals of the transmission output speed sender. The transmission output
speed that is registered directly by the TCU does not match with the amplified signal from
the PLC′s transmission output speed sender. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm
level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

The PLC′s transmission output speed sender (B84) is mechanically


defective.
The PLC′s transmission output speed sender (B84) is electrically
defective.
Diagnostic trouble codes PLC 328010.31 and PLC 328012.31 take
priority.
The PLC′s transmission output speed sender is incorrectly installed
(sender′s position).
The TCU′s transmission output speed sender (B63) is mechanically
defective.
The TCU′s transmission output speed sender is incorrectly installed
(sender′s position).
Defective line between the PLC and TCU (cable 696, amplified speed
signal).
A problem transmitting the speed signal, due to dirt or a defect at the
transmitting gearwheel.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Replacing the Transmission Speed Sending Unit” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 15.

• “Replacing the Sending Unit for Transmission Output Speed (B84) on Tractors with
AutoPowr/IVT Transmission” , Repair Manual, Section 40, Group 30.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 245-PLC-200 , Theory of Operation (Park Lock Controller)

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1484 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

Diagnostic trouble code PLC 328010.31 or PLC 328012.31 takes priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the TCU′s transmission output speed sender (B63)

Action:

[1] - Diagnosis using Service ADVISOR or via basic informator/performance monitor


on tractors equipped with a user interface controller (UIC) from software part
number 159320 (for software part number, see address UIC233):

Start the engine.


Access address TCU011 and TCU047, or access template TCU905 - Transmission output
speed sender (B63) .
Do this check while the tractor is in motion:
While the tractor is moving, the display of channels 1 and 2 should alternate
between "0" and "1":
Item Measurement Specification

TCU011 - Status, transmission output speed sender (B63)


Signal from channel 1 present: Status 1XX

Signal from channel 2 present: Status X1X

Doubling travel speed results in a doubling of the output value in address TCU047.
Item Measurement Specification

TCU047 - Speed, transmission output speed sender (B63)


Display should vary with travel speed: rpm 0 - 8000
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1485 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

[2] - Diagnosis via basic informator or performance monitor on tractors equipped


with a user interface controller (UIC) up to software part number 157790 (for
software part number, see address UIC233):

Start the engine.


→NOTE: The main (key) switch must be at "IGN" for at least 8 seconds
before the diagnostic mode is activated. If the diagnostic mode was
activated previously, the tractor cannot be moved.

Access address UIC047.


Do this check while the tractor is in motion.
Doubling travel speed results in a doubling of the output value in address UIC047.
Item Measurement Specification

UIC047 - Speed, transmission output speed sender (B63)


Display should vary with travel speed: rpm 0 - 8000

Result:

YES: GO TO 3

NO:Replace the sender with a new one and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Checking the PLC′s transmission output speed (B84)

Action:

See Reference 245-PLC-102 , Circuit test for transmission output speed sender (B84).

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:Replace the sender with a new one and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1486 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the line connection between the PLC and TCU

Action:

Check lead 696 (amplified speed signal):

for an open circuit.


for a grounded circuit.
for a shorted circuit.

Cable 696 (amplified speed signal from PLC)

W08 - Cab wiring harness

From To

X382-pin 29 X332-pin 65
(PLC) (TCU)

Result:

YES:• Check the connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.• Check that
the sender is installed properly (sender′s position).• Check the sender′s gearwheel for signs
of mechanical damage.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1487 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304147.11- Park Lock Solenoid Valve of PLC is Defective


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304147.11 is saved if the PLC reports via the CAN BUS that park
lock solenoid valve (Y15-2) is defective. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective park lock solenoid valve Y15-2:


Diagnostic trouble code PLC 328020.31 or PLC 328021.31 is also
stored and takes priority.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “AutoPowr/IVT Transmission, Output Housing - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” ,


Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 15.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 245-PLC-200 , Theory of Operation (Park Lock Controller)

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1488 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2 PLC diagnostic trouble code(s) take priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:If diagnostic trouble code is active and no PLC diagnostic trouble code(s) exist, GO TO:
Reference 245-PLC-101 , Circuit test for park lock solenoid valve (Y15-2).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1489 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304149.12- Park Lock Engaged during Power Zero


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304149.12 is stored if the TCU detects that the park lock is
engaged, even although “power zero” is commanded by the user interface controller at the
same time. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Electrically faulty park lock solenoid valves Y15-1 and Y15-2:


Diagnostic trouble codes TCU 304086.05, TCU 304102.04, TCU
304118.03 and TCU 304147.11 and/or PLC 328020.31 and PLC
328021.31 take priority.
Defective park lock oil pressure sender B90:
Diagnostic trouble codes PLC 328016.31 and PLC 328017.31 take
priority.
Problem in the hydraulic circuit of the park lock control block.
Mechanically faulty park lock solenoid valves Y15-1 and Y15-2.
Hydraulic problem.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “AutoPowr/IVT Transmission, Output Housing - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” ,


Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 15.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 245-PLC-200 , Theory of Operation (Park Lock Controller)

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1490 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the park lock pressure sender

Action:

2.1 Check the basic setting (neutral position) of the park lock′s pressure sender:

• Access address PLC 12 .

Item Measurement Specification

PLC 12 –– voltage, park lock′s pressure sender (B90)


Park lock′s pressure sender (B90) not under pressure, with ignition
Voltage (neutral range) between 0.3 and 0.75 volts
ON:

Result:

YES:GO TO 2.2

NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for park lock′s pressure sender (B90) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group PLC.

Action:

2.2 Checking the operation of the park lock:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1491 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

CAUTION:

During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.

• Start the engine.

• Access address PLC 12 .

Reverse drive lever ranges

LEGEND:
1 Reverse drive lever
2 Corner park position
3 Neutral

• Do this test with the engine running and the reverse drive lever in the positions for corner
park and neutral.

Item Measurement Specification

PLC 12 –– voltage, park lock′s pressure sender (B90)


Reverse drive lever in position for corner park (with engine
Voltage (no pressure exists) between 0.3 and 0.75 volts
running):

Reverse drive lever in position for neutral (with engine running): Voltage (pressure exists) between 2.0 and 4.8 volts

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1492 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: Circuit/Harness test for
park lock′s pressure sender (B90) ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group PLC.

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Checking the park lock solenoid valve Y15-1

Action:

CAUTION:

During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.

• Start the engine.

• Access address TCU 38 .

• Do this test with the engine running and the reverse drive lever in the positions for corner
park and neutral.

Item Measurement Specification

TCU 38 –– Status, park lock solenoid valve Y15-1


Reverse drive lever in corner park position: Status (park lock ON, solenoid valve de-activated) XX0

Reverse drive lever in position for neutral: Status (park lock OFF, solenoid valve activated) XX1

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for park lock solenoid valve (Y15-1) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group UIC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1493 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the park lock solenoid valve Y15-2

Action:

• Ignition ON (engine OFF).

• Access address PLC 16 :

Item Measurement Specification

PLC 16 - Status, solenoid valve Y15-2


Reverse drive lever in corner park position: Status (park lock ON, solenoid valve de-activated) 000

Reverse drive lever in position for neutral: Status (park lock OFF, solenoid valve activated) 010

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for park lock solenoid valve (Y15-2) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group PLC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1494 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Checking pressure at the park lock control block

Action:

CAUTION:

During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.

• Connect pressure test kit FKM10470 to the test port for measuring system power at the
park lock control block. See Reference 253-15-021 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Checking
Park Lock Pressure.

• Start the engine.

• Access address PLC 12 .

• Run engine at 1800 rpm.

Item Measurement Specification

Park lock pressure and values on the display in diagnostic address PLC 12
Reverse drive lever in position for neutral: Park lock control block, pressure 2000 kPa (20 bar; 290 psi)

Voltage in address PLC 12 between 2.0 and 4.8 volts

Reverse drive lever in corner park position: Park lock control block, pressure 0 kPa (0 bar; 0 psi)

Voltage in address PLC 12 between 0.3 and 0.75 volts

Result:

YES:Pressure exists, but voltage in address PLC 12 is not to specification: Replace the park
lock′s pressure sender (B90) and repeat the test.

NO:If pressure is not to specification: GO TO 6 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1495 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 6 ) Problem in the park lock control block

Action:

Check the control block′s components for mechanical defects.

Solenoid valves Y15-1 and Y15-2, and check-valve.

Result:

YES:Check the control block for signs of damage.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1496 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304150.00- Power Zero Signal is Transmitted by the UIC for Too Long
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304150.00 is saved when the transmission control unit receives
the power zero signal from the user interface controller via the CAN BUS for more than 5
minutes. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnosis

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective reverse drive lever (S80).


A problem at the signal leads (leads 206, 207, 209, 214, 219, 225
and/or 268) between the reverse drive lever and the UIC.

Additional References:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Reconditioning the Reverser Control” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of Diagnostic Trouble Codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active, GO TO: Reference 245-UIC-101 , Circuit test for reverse
drive lever (S80).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1497 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304151.11- Transmission Output Speed does Not Match Transmission Output
Speed at PLC (CAN BUS Value)
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304151.11 is saved when there is a difference in frequency
between the signal sent by transmission output speed sender B63 (the TCU′s sender) and
B84 (the PLC′s sender). This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: ”CAUTION”. This
diagnostic trouble code does not necessarily have any real meaning. It may be saved by
accident. For this reason, diagnosis only needs to be performed if one or more related faults
occur in conjunction with this code.

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

The PLC′s transmission output speed sender (B84) is mechanically


defective.
The PLC′s transmission output speed sender (B84) is electrically
defective.
Diagnostic trouble codes PLC 328010.31 and PLC 328012.31 take
priority.
The PLC′s transmission output speed sender is incorrectly installed
(sender′s position).
The TCU′s transmission output speed sender (B63) is mechanically
defective.
The TCU′s transmission output speed sender is incorrectly installed
(sender′s position).
Defective line between the PLC and TCU (cable 696, amplified speed
signal).
A problem transmitting the speed signal, due to dirt or a defect at the
transmitting gearwheel.

→NOTE:

Go through the procedure for diagnostic trouble code TCU 304146.11


(Transmission Output Speed does Not Match Transmission Output Speed at
PLC) .

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Replacing the Transmission Speed Sending Unit” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 15.

• “Replacing the Sending Unit (B09, B35 or B84)” , Repair Manual, Section 56, Group 15.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1498 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 245-PLC-200 , Theory of Operation (Park Lock Controller)

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1499 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304152.00- Transmission Oil Temperature Very High


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304152.00 is saved when the transmission oil temperature is
more than 100 °C (212 °C). This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: ”Stop
Engine”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Severe loading of the hydraulic system or transmission.


Transmission oil level is too low.
Engine overheating
ECU diagnostic trouble codes related to an engine overheating
problem take priority.
Oil filter or cooling passages are blocked.
The diagnostic trouble code for a contaminated filter (TCU
304176.00) takes priority.
Transmission oil level is too low.
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304177.01 takes priority.
Faulty hydraulic system
Low-temperature circuit defective
Defective LTC coolant pump M24.
Chamber connect/disconnect control misadjusted (low- and high-
temperature circuits)
Thermostat valve installed in low-temperature circuit by mistake.
Ring-shaped cooler defective
Intercooler defective
Radiator defective
Defective transmission oil temperature sender (erroneous
valid/maximum temperature range).
Faulty transmission air pump (rapid heating of the oil and severe loss
of performance caused by excess oil in the transmission case).
Defective thermostat in the oil cooler by-pass circuit of the
transmission oil circuit.
Brake system defective
A damaged transmission.
Diagnostic trouble codes TCU 304077.07 and/or 304079.07 take
priority.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1500 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 230-20-001 , Fuel, Air Intake and Cooling Systems, Cold-Weather Starting Aids -
Description of Components - Summary of References.

• ”AutoPowr/IVT Transmission, Input Housing - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” ,


Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 10.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

• Reference 270-20-001 , PFC Hydraulic System - Summary of References.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2 - Ask the operator:

1. Is the oil level too low?


2. Overloading of the transmission can be discounted?
3. Does the tractor and its equipment comply fully with technical specifications (is tractor
not equipped with standard implements)?

Result:

YES:Overloading of the transmission can not be ruled out: Delete diagnostic trouble code.

NO:Overloading of the transmission can be ruled out and diagnostic trouble code TCU
304152.00 appears again and again. GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1501 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Diagnostic trouble codes that have priority must be processed first

Action:

The following diagnostic trouble codes have priority:

ECU diagnostic trouble codes relating to engine overheating.


Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304176.00 for filter restriction.
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304177.01 for low transmission oil pressure.
Diagnostic trouble codes TCU 304077.07 and/or TCU 304079.07.

Result:

YES:If no other diagnostic trouble code indicating an engine or other transmission problem is
present: GO TO 3. GO TO 3 .

NO:Diagnostic trouble codes indicating an engine or other transmission problem exist:


Rectify the fault and do an operational test.

( 3 ) Checking the transmission oil temperature sender

Action:

Temperature check:

• Access address TCU 21 .

Item Measurement Specification

TCU 21 –– Status, transmission oil temperature sender (displayed in °C)


Transmission oil temperature: Temperature range -50 °C to +120 °C (-58 °F to +248 °F)

Temperature-alarm threshold 101 °C (214 °F)

Result:

YES:Displayed temperature is plausible: GO TO 4

NO:If the temperature shown on the gauge is unrealistic, see ”Circuit/Harness Test for Oil
Temperature Sender” , Reference 245-TCU-102.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1502 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Check engine operating temperature

Action:

Engine at normal operating temperature or it takes too long until engine operating
temperature is reached.

Item Measurement Specification

Normal engine operating temperature: Temperature above 78 °C (172 °F)

For temperature of engine coolant refer to address BIF034 .

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Engine at normal operating temperature or it takes too long until engine operating
temperature is reached: Check engine thermostat, see relevant CTM.

( 5 ) Perform a visual inspection of the transmission system (cooling system)

Action:

Visual check:

1. Check and clean side panels, front cover and screens (if equipped).
2. Check for visual signs of damage at the oil cooling system.
3. Check the system for oil leaks.
4. Check the oil hoses and pipes for kinks and dents.
5. Check the oil level in the transmission (see Operator′s Manual).
6. Check filter.
7. Faulty viscous fan drive.
8. Check that the oil has the correct viscosity.

Result:

YES:No visual damage of cooling system recognizable:Tractors up to serial number 446369


(equipped with electrical coolant pump M24): GO TO 6 . Tractors from serial number 446370
(equipped with mechanical coolant pump): GO TO 7 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1503 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 6 ) Perform operational check for electrical coolant pump M24

Action:

Coolant pump M24 is controlled by the BCU.

The pump is activated at an engine speed of above 1000 rpm.


The pump is activated at an engine speed of below 900 rpm.

Operational check:

Check the condition of the coolant hose between the pump and the intercooler when
engine speed is approx. 900 rpm, and again at 1050 rpm. Pressure build-up at the
pump can be perceived from approx. 1000 rpm, when the coolant hose becomes more
solid.

Result:

YES:If pressure build-up can be perceived: GO TO 7 .

NO:If pressure build-up cannot be perceived: GO TO 16 .

( 7 ) Perform PFC hydraulic system load check

Action:

Check hydraulic pump for correct operation. Make sure that the hydraulic system is operating
at normal working pressure (stand-by pressure) with all valves in their neutral position.

Perform load check, see Reference 270-10-010 , Hydraulic System Load Check.

Result:

YES: GO TO 8 .

NO:Problem in the hydraulic system, see Reference 270-15-012 , Checking the PFC Hydraulic
System. Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1504 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 8 ) Checking that the thermostat in the transmission oil circuit is operating


properly

Action:

At temperatures in excess of 55 °C (131 °F), the oil cooler inlet line should have the same
noticeably hotter temperature as the transmission oil circuit (to check the temperature of the
transmission oil, access address TCU021 ).

Item Measurement Specification

Thermostat, temperature range


Thermostat starts to open: Temperature 55 °C (131 °F)

Thermostat fully open: Temperature 70 °C (158 °F)

For information about replacing the thermostat valve refer to:

”Replacing Thermostat Valve (Repair Levels 1 and 2)” , Repair Manual, Section 53,
Group 10.

Result:

YES: GO TO 9 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 9 ) Check transmission air pump operation

Action:

A faulty transmission air pump causes rapid heating of the oil and severe loss of performance
caused by excess oil in the transmission case.

For information about replacing the air pump refer to:

”AutoPowr/IVT Transmission, Output Housing - Reconditioning (Summary of


References)” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 15.

Result:

YES: GO TO 10 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1505 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 10 ) Check, if low-temperature circuit components are correctly set and


assembled

Action:

Can wrong adjustments and modifications at low temperature circuit be ruled out?

Chamber connect/disconnect control (low- and high-temperature circuits) closed?


For information of connect/disconnect control position refer to:• Remove Radiator
, Repair Manual, Section 30, Group 20.
No thermostat valve should be installed in the thermostat housing of low-temperature
circuit on tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission!

Result:

YES: GO TO 11 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 11 ) System check for PFC hydraulic system

Action:

See Reference 270-15-012 , Checking the PFC Hydraulic System.

Result:

YES: GO TO 12 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 12 ) Checking the brake system

Action:

Actuate the brakes several times during a test-drive, then check the brake housing for
overheating.

See Reference 260-15-001 , Steering and Brakes, Tests and Adjustment - Summary of
References

Result:

YES: GO TO 13 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1506 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 13 ) Perform flow test on low-temperature circuit

Action:

See Reference 230-15-076 ”Flow-testing in the Low-Temperature Circuit (tractors with


AutoPowr/IVT)”.

Result:

YES: GO TO 14 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 14 ) Perform pressure test for transmission and other consumers

Action:

→NOTE:

For test result table and detailed information about the pressure tests, see
Reference 253-15-001 ”AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Test Result Table”.
The test result table (pressure test for transmission and other consumers)
can be downloaded via DTAC in a format that allows it to be filled out and
transmitted electronically. See test result table for diagnostic trouble
codes TCU 304077.07 and TCU 304079.07.

The following pressure tests must be performed:

1. System pressure.
2. Reduced system pressure (pressure for other consumers).
3. Lube oil pressure.
Lube oil pressure when no consumer is activated (at rated engine speed).
Lube oil pressure with activated and de-activated consumers at an engine speed
of 1000 and 1800 rpm.
→NOTE: Interactive lube oil pressure test possible with Service
ADVISOR.

4. Pressure at direction clutches CF and CR.


5. Pressure at the C1, C2, C3 and C4 clutches and at the BG disk brake
6. Pressure at the other consumers (front-wheel drive, differential lock, rear PTO and park
lock).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1507 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

CAUTION:

Whenever performing these checks, always observe the relevant safety


precautions. See Reference 253-15-003 , Safety Measures when Testing
the Transmission via the Output Test Mode for Components (Address
TCU049).

Result:

YES: GO TO 15 .

NO:For the evaluation of the test result table see Reference 253-15-001A , Determining the
Cause of an Hydraulic Malfunction that Triggers Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU 304077.07 and
TCU 304079.07.

( 15 ) Procedure if none of the tests reveals a fault

Action:

1. Fill out the test result table in full (pressure test for transmission and other consumers).
2. Prepare the service report with a detailed description of the problem(s) and a list of all
tests performed (with results).
3. Send the service report and the test result table to the relevant After-Sales Service
station.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1508 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 16 ) Checking the LTC coolant pump M24

Action:

Electrical coolant pump with previous wiring harnesses:

The electrical coolant pump is controlled by the BCU via relay (K02/3); it is protected by
fuse F03/09.

Check 20-amp fuse F03/09 and 30-amp fuse F22 between the battery and the pump.
Check the relay (K02/3) for the LTC coolant pump.
Check the setting in address BCU 34 . For input values, see: Address BCU 034 –– Basic
Functions, LTC Coolant Pump Control Function , Section 245, Group BCU in the
Technical Manual.
Check control lead 373, positive leads 372 and 382, and ground lead 310 of the LTC
coolant pump.

Electrical coolant pump with the latest wiring harnesses:

The electrical coolant pump is controlled directly by the BCU and is protected by fuse
F22.

Check fuse F22 (30 A) between battery and pump.


Check the setting in address BCU 34 . For input values, see: Address BCU 034 –– Basic
Functions, LTC Coolant Pump Control Function , Section 245, Group BCU in the
Technical Manual.
Check control lead 373, positive lead 382 and ground lead 310 of the LTC coolant
pump.

For functional schematic, see:

Reference 240-10-025 , SE16I - Basic Control Unit (BCU) (Intercooler).

For component location and pin arrangement, see starting aid wiring harness W03 and cab
wiring harness W08.

Result:

YES:Repair the LTC coolant pump (M24) as needed and carry out an operational test.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1509 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304153.13- Control Unit Not Calibrated


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304153.13 is generated if the TCU has not been calibrated yet,
is incorrectly calibrated or if calibration has not been completed. It is also possible that this
diagnostic trouble code is generated by mistake during transmission calibration. It is not
necessary to perform the calibration procedure again unless this diagnostic trouble code
cannot be deleted. If the diagnostic trouble code is active all the calibratable values in the
memory are replaced by basic settings defined at the factory. This diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: ”Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

This diagnostic trouble code is generated by mistake during


transmission calibration.
A new control unit has not yet been calibrated.
Calibration has been aborted.
Calibration has been carried out incorrectly.
Fault in the transmission, calibration cannot be carried out.

Additional references:

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1510 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

Priority diagnostic trouble codes that indicate damage to the transmission must be processed
first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code can be cleared Diagnosis completed.

NO:If the diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and
the ignition switched ON/OFF) and there are no priority diagnostic codes: Calibrate the
transmission. See Reference 245-TCU-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses.

TCU 304154.00- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Transmission Input Speed Too High
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304154.00 is stored if the TCU detects an excessively high
transmission input speed (engine speed). Speed (travel speed) should be reduced. The
diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

→NOTE:

If an excessive speed is displayed that cannot be accounted for by the way


the tractor is being driven, the following is a possible cause:

A mechanical defect at transmission input speed sender B61:


Diagnostic trouble codes TCU 304064.02 and TCU 304072.11 take
priority.
A defect in the engine control unit′s monitoring circuit:
ECU diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Additional references:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1511 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

TCU 304155.00- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Transmission Output Speed Too


High
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304155.00 is saved when the transmission control unit registers
an excessive travel speed for the tractor. Travel speed should be reduced. The diagnostic
trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

→NOTE:

If an excessive speed is displayed that cannot be accounted for by the way


the tractor is being driven, the following is a possible cause:

A mechanical defect at transmission output speed sender B63:


Diagnostic trouble codes TCU 304064.02, TCU 304146.11 and/or
TCU 304151.11 take priority.

TCU 304156.01- INFORMATION FOR THE OPERATOR: Transmission Warm-up


Routine is Active
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304156.01 is stored if the transmission control unit (TCU)
detects that the transmission oil is too cold for the tractor to operate. The transmission is in
its first warm-up phase (warming via engine). For information for the operator, this diagnostic
trouble code generates diagnostic trouble code UIC 305057.01 or UIC 305058.01 and triggers
the alarm level: “Information”.

→NOTE:

If the tractor goes through its warm-up routine every time the engine is
restarted, even although the transmission oil is obviously warm already,
this indicates that the transmission oil temperature sender is defective
(deal with the TCU diagnostic trouble codes).

TCU 304157.01- INFORMATION FOR THE OPERATOR: Transmission Warm-up


Routine is Active
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304157.01 is stored if the transmission control unit (TCU)
detects that the transmission oil is too cold for the tractor to operate. The transmission is in
its second warm-up phase (warming via engine and hydrostatic unit). For information for the
operator, this diagnostic trouble code generates diagnostic trouble code UIC 305057.01 or
UIC 305058.01 and triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1512 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

→NOTE:

If the tractor goes through its warm-up routine every time the engine is
restarted, even although the transmission oil is obviously warm already,
this indicates that the transmission oil temperature sender is defective
(deal with the TCU diagnostic trouble codes).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1513 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304160.09- Engine Control Unit has Stopped Transmitting Data


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304160.09 is saved when there is a problem in transferring data
between the engine control unit (ECU) and the transmission control unit. Reception of CAN
messages that are required for operation of the TCU is intermittent or non-existent
(intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “Information”. Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304160.09 does not necessarily have
any real meaning. It is often stored by accident when work is done in the diagnostic mode.
You only need to attend to this diagnostic trouble code if it is stored in conjunction with
diagnostic trouble codes in the user interface controller (UIC) that also refer to a problem in
transmitting data to the engine control unit (UIC 305051.09, 305052.09, 305053.09,
305055.09 and 305056.09).

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Blown ECU fuse(s) F04/1 and/or F04/2.


Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the engine
control unit causes an intermittent problem in transferring data.
Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general
problem in transferring data to/from the engine control unit (UIC
305051.09, UIC 305052.09, UIC 305053.09, UIC 305055.09 and/or
UIC 305056.09).
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the
transmission control unit causes an intermittent problem in
transferring data.
Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general
problem in transferring data to/from the transmission control unit
(UIC 305054.09, UIC 305190.09 and/or SIC 334003.09).
A general problem with the 29-bit CAN BUS (diagnostic trouble codes
TCU 304161.09 and TCU 304166.09 are saved as well).
If other diagnostic trouble codes from other control units are
saved that indicate a problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
A fault in the ECU′s monitoring circuit.
ECU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.
Intermittent 29-bit CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong
electromagnetic influences.
Defective engine control unit.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1514 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 245-05-007 , Electronic Control Units - Location and Allocation.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 245-ECU-203 , Theory of Operation (TIER II Engines; Level 11 with AutoPowr/IVT


Transmission)

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

ECU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 1.3

Action:

1.3

Check fuses F04/1 and/or F04/2.

Result:

YES:GO TO 1.4

NO:Put in a new fuse.


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1515 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action:

1.4 - A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem

Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.

Result:

YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: GO TO 2 .

NO:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) , (Section
213, Group 45).

( 2 ) Checking the ECU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

X570/1 30-pin plug for engine control unit (ECU)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1516 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

X570/2 30-pin plug for engine control unit (ECU)

Item Measurement Specification

ECU Level 11 (HPCR) – plug X570/1 (wiring harness W15)


Power supply: Positive (lead 622) 12 volts at pin E3

Positive (lead 032) 12 volts at pins B1 and B2

Positive, ELX (lead 992) 12 volts at pin G2

Ground (lead 050) at pins C2 and C3

Item Measurement Specification

ECU Level 11 (HPCR) – plug X570/2 (wiring harness W15)


29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin L1

CAN- (lead 935) at pin L2

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

For circuit diagram, refer to:

Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B-Electronic Engine Control

For component location and pin arrangement, see wiring harness W15.

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Checking the TCU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1517 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

X332 68-pin plug for TCU

Item Measurement Specification

X332 68-pin plug for TCU


Power supply: Lead 572 (positive, ELX) 12 volts at pin 45

Lead 052 (positive, BAT) 12 volts at pin 23 and pin 68

Lead 050 Ground at pins 1 and 2

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS screen lines: Lead 930- Ground at pin 20

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1518 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Item Measurement Specification

Lead 932+ 12 volts at pin 43

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead
Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts
050):

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead


Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
050):

For circuit diagram, refer to:

Reference 240-10-035 , SE26-Transmission Control Unit (AutoPowr/IVT transmission).

For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1519 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304161.09- User Interface Controller has Stopped Transmitting Data


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304161.09 is saved when there is a problem in transferring data
between the user interface controller (UIC) and the transmission control unit. Reception of
CAN messages that are required for operation of the TCU is intermittent or non-existent
(intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

UIC fuse F04/14 is blown.


Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the user
interface controller causes an intermittent problem in transferring
data.
If diagnostic trouble code ECU 000898.09 is stored as well, this
indicates a general problem in transferring data to/from the user
interface controller.
A fault in the UIC′s monitoring circuit.
UIC diagnostic trouble codes take priority.
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the
transmission control unit causes an intermittent problem in
transferring data.
Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general
problem in transferring data to/from the transmission control unit
(UIC 305054.09, UIC 305190.09 and/or SIC 334003.09).
A general problem with the 29-bit CAN BUS (diagnostic trouble codes
TCU 304160.09 and TCU 304166.09 are saved as well).
If other diagnostic trouble codes from other control units are
saved that indicate a problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
Intermittent 29-bit CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong
electromagnetic influences.
Defective user interface controller (UIC).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-05-007 , Electronic Control Units - Location and Allocation.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1520 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

UIC diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 1.3

Action:

1.3

Check fuse F04/14.

Result:

YES:GO TO 1.4

NO:Put in a new fuse.

Action:

1.4 - A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1521 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.

Result:

YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: GO TO 2 .

NO:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) , (Section
213, Group 45).

( 2 ) Checking the UIC plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1522 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

X133 68-pin plug for UIC

Item Measurement Specification

X133 68-pin plug for UIC


Power supply: Lead 672 (positive, ELX) 12 volts at pin 23

Lead 050 Ground at pin 1

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

For circuit diagram, refer to:

Reference 240-10-036 , SE27-Transmission Shift (AutoPowr/IVT transmission).

For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1523 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Checking the TCU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

X332 68-pin plug for TCU

Item Measurement Specification

X332 68-pin plug for TCU


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1524 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Item Measurement Specification

Power supply: Lead 572 (positive, ELX) 12 volts at pin 45

Lead 052 (positive, BAT) 12 volts at pin 23 and pin 68

Lead 050 Ground at pins 1 and 2

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS screen lines: Lead 930- Ground at pin 20

Lead 932+ 12 volts at pin 43

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead
Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts
050):

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead


Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
050):

For circuit diagram, refer to:

Reference 240-10-035 , SE26-Transmission Control Unit (AutoPowr/IVT transmission).

For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1525 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304166.09- Park Lock Controller has Stopped Transmitting Data


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304166.09 is saved when there is a problem in transferring data
between the park lock controller (PLC) and the transmission control unit. Reception of CAN
messages that are required for operation of the TCU is intermittent or non-existent
(intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

PLC fuses F05/3 and F05/4 are blown.


Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the park lock
controller causes an intermittent problem in transferring data.
A fault in the PLC′s monitoring circuit.
PLC diagnostic trouble codes take priority.
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the
transmission control unit causes an intermittent problem in
transferring data.
Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general
problem in transferring data to/from the transmission control unit
(UIC 305054.09, UIC 305190.09 and/or SIC 334003.09).
A general problem with the 29-bit CAN BUS (diagnostic trouble codes
TCU 304160.09 and TCU 304161.09 are saved as well).
If other diagnostic trouble codes from other control units are
saved that indicate a problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
Intermittent 29-bit CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong
electromagnetic influences.
Defective park lock controller (PLC).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-05-007 , Electronic Control Units - Location and Allocation.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 245-PLC-200 , Theory of Operation (Park Lock Controller)

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1526 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

PLC diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 1.3

Action:

1.3

Check fuses F05/3 and F05/4.

Result:

YES:GO TO 1.4

NO:Put in a new fuse.

Action:

1.4 - A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem

Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1527 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result:

YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: GO TO 2 .

NO:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) , (Section
213, Group 45).

( 2 ) Checking the PLC plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the 29-bit CAN BUS screen lines (930/932).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

X382 45-pin plug for PLC


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1528 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Item Measurement Specification

X382 45-pin plug for PLC


Power supply: Lead 682 (positive, ELX) 12 volts at pin 45

Lead 032 (positive, BAT) 12 volts at pin 23

Lead 330 Ground at pins 1 and 2

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS screen lines: Lead 930- Ground at pin 20

Lead 932+ 12 volts at pin 43

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 330): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 330): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

For circuit diagram, refer to:

Reference 240-10-037 , SE28-Electronic Park Lock

For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Checking the TCU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1529 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

X332 68-pin plug for TCU

Item Measurement Specification

X332 68-pin plug for TCU


Power supply: Lead 572 (positive, ELX) 12 volts at pin 45

Lead 052 (positive, BAT) 12 volts at pin 23 and pin 68

Lead 050 Ground at pins 1 and 2

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS screen lines: Lead 930- Ground at pin 20

Lead 932+ 12 volts at pin 43

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead
Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts
050):

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead


Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
050):

For circuit diagram, refer to:

Reference 240-10-035 , SE26-Transmission Control Unit (AutoPowr/IVT transmission).


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1530 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1531 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304176.00- Dirty Transmission Oil Filter


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304176.00 is stored if dirt is registered at the transmission oil
filter. The sender for the transmission oil filter is open when transmission oil is at a
temperature in excess of 40 °C (104 °F). The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A dirty oil filter.


A fault at pressure switch (S73) in the transmission oil filter′s circuit.
A fault in the pressure switch′s connecting line.
A defect at the filter by-pass valve (cold-weather starting):
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304178.07 must be processed first.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• ”AutoPowr/IVT Transmission, Input Housing - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” ,


Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 10.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-017 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Description of System Pressure


Control Block.

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1532 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

Visual inspection of transmission/hydraulic filter circuit:

1. Check oil filter for external damage.


2. Fault occurred after oil service?
Does the oil have the correct viscosity?
3. Check condition of hydraulic oil and remedy fault if necessary.
Water in oil (milky).
Filter failure (dirty).
Metal particles (mechanical failure).

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1533 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check transmission oil filter

Action:

2.1

• Access address TCU 05 .

• Do this test while the engine is off.

Item Measurement Specification

TCU 05 –– Status, transmission oil filter switch (S73)


Engine off: Status (no pressure = switch closed) XX1

Result:

YES:Display: XX1, GO TO 2.2.

NO:Display: XX0: GO TO: GO TO 5 .

Action:

2.2

• Operate engine at 1800 rpm for 10 - 15 seconds with oil temperature above 40 °C (104 °F).

• Access addresses TCU005 and TCU021 (oil temperature shown in °C) or template TCU 900 -
Transmission Oil Circuit for AutoPowr/IVT Transmission .

Item Measurement Specification

TCU005 - Status, transmission oil filter switch (S73)


Switch closed (filter unrestricted): Status XX1

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304176.00 appears again and again.
Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1534 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Replacing filter

Action:

Change the transmission and hydraulic oil filter and repeat test.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO: GO TO 4 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1535 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the oil filter circuit

Action:

Possible causes for an incorrect oil filter warning signal:

Defective transmission oil filter switch (S73).

→NOTE: The transmission oil filter sender is normally closed and


should open as pressure increases.
Item Measurement Specification

Specifications, transmission oil filter switch (S73)


Opening pressure of switch S73 as 1435––1565 kPa (14.35––15.65 bar;
Pressure
pressure increases: 208––227 psi)

Closing pressure of switch S73 as 1185––1315 kPa (11.85––13.15 bar;


Pressure
pressure decreases: 172––191 psi)

For information about location and repair of transmission oil pressure switch refer to:
”Replacing Pressure Sending Units B87, S73, S74 (Repair Levels 1 and 2)” , Repair
Manual, Section 53, Group 10.

Filter by-pass valve open when the filter is not blocked:


→NOTE: The oil filter relief valve is activated (opened) by a restricted
oil filter (increased difference pressure before oil filter opens relief
valve and the oil channel to the filter restriction switch)
Item Measurement Specification

Specifications, filter by-pass valve


Max. differential pressure: Differential pressure max. 360 kPa (3.6 bar; 52 psi)

Filter relief valve sticking OPEN (pressure channel to the restriction switch is open
during regular tractor operation).
Defective filter by-pass valve spring.

A restricted control oil channel in the filter by-pass valve is falsely implying
an incorrect pressure differential.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as needed and repeat the test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1536 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Initial component test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of transmission oil filter switch (S73) and of the
connectors associated with it:

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

For information about location and repair of transmission oil pressure switch refer to:

”Replacing Pressure Sending Units B87, S73, S74 (Repair Levels 1 and 2)” , Repair
Manual, Section 53, Group 10.

Item Measurement Specification

Specifications, transmission oil filter switch (S73)


Opening pressure of switch S73 as pressure
Pressure 1435––1565 kPa (14.35––15.65 bar; 208––227 psi)
increases:

Closing pressure of switch S73 as pressure


Pressure 1185––1315 kPa (11.85––13.15 bar; 172––191 psi)
decreases:

Result:

YES:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for transmission oil filter switch S73 ; see Section 245, Group
TCU in the Technical manual.

NO:Recondition as needed and repeat the test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1537 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304177.01- Transmission Oil Pressure Too Low


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304177.01 is saved if the TCU fails to register any transmission
oil pressure (system pressure). The sender for transmission oil pressure is open at a
transmission input speed (engine speed) in excess of 512 rpm. This diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: ”Stop Engine”.
If diagnostic trouble code TCU 304179.07 is also stored, a problem with the transmission oil
pressure switch (S74) can be ruled out.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A dirty oil filter.


Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304176.00 must be processed first.
Fault at pressure switch (S74) or defective lead connection.
System pressure too low:
A fault on the intake side (primary hydraulic oil filter screen is
blocked).
Problem with hydraulic system pressure control (system pressure
control block).
A faulty transmission oil pump.
Internal leakage in transmission or at additional consumer.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-017 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Description of System Pressure


Control Block.

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

• Reference 270-20-190 , Primary Hydraulic Oil Filter - Description

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1538 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Verify diagnostic trouble codes and perform a visual inspection of


transmission oil circuit

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2 - Visual inspection of the transmission oil circuit:

1. Check transmission oil level.


2. Check for leaks.
3. Check filter.
4. Check primary hydraulic oil filter Reference 270-20-190 , Primary Hydraulic Oil Filter -
Description.
5. Check relevant oil tubes and pipes for bends and dents.

Result:

YES:GO TO: ”Preliminary Tests for Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU 304177.01”.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

Preliminary Test for Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU


304177.01

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1539 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Check transmission oil pressure and transmission oil filter functions using the
diagnostic address

Action:

1.1 - Check transmission oil pressure:

• Access address TCU005 or template TCU900 - Transmission Oil Circuit for AutoPowr/IVT
Transmission .

• Do this test while the engine is off and again when the engine is on (with speed set at 1800
rpm).

Item Measurement Specification

TCU005 –– Status, transmission oil pressure switch (S74)


Engine off (switch is OPEN and under zero-pressure): Status X1X

Engine running (switch is CLOSED): Status X0X

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304177.01 appears again and again on tractor. GO TO:
”Pressure tests for diagnostic trouble code TCU 304177.01”

NO:GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2 - Check the oil filter:

• Operate engine at 1800 rpm for 10 - 15 seconds with oil temperature above 40 °C (104 °F).

• Access addresses TCU005 and TCU021 (oil temperature shown in °C) or template TCU900 -
Transmission Oil Circuit for AutoPowr/IVT Transmission .

Item Measurement Specification

TCU005 –– Status, transmission oil filter switch (S73)


Switch closed (filter unrestricted): Status XX1

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Replace the filter with a new one and repeat the test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1540 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check system pressure at filter by-pass valve for cold-weather starting

Action:

• Start the engine.

• Warm the transmission oil to 31 °C (86 °F) min.

• Set engine speed to: 1800 rpm.

• Access addresses TCU005 and TCU021 (oil temperature shown in °C) or template TCU900 -
Transmission Oil Circuit for AutoPowr/IVT Transmission .

Item Measurement Specification

TCU005 –– Status, switch at filter by-pass valve (cold-weather starting) (B87)


Engine running (switch is CLOSED when
Status with oil temperature above +30 °C (86 °F) 1XX
pressurized):

Result:

YES:System-pressure at pressure switch of filter by-pass valve (cold-weather starting) (B87)


within specification: Problem with transmission oil pressure switch (S74), GO TO 3 .

NO:System pressure at both pressure switch not to specification, GO TO: ”Pressure tests for
diagnostic trouble code TCU 304177.01” .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1541 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking transmission oil pressure switch (S74)

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of transmission oil pressure switch (S74) and of the
connectors associated with it:

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

For information about location and repair of transmission oil pressure switch refer to:

”Replacing Pressure Sending Units B87, S73, S74 (Repair Levels 1 and 2)” , Repair
Manual, Section 53, Group 10.

→NOTE:

The transmission oil pressure switch is normally open and should close as
pressure increases:

Item Measurement Specification

Specifications, transmission oil pressure switch (S74)


Closing pressure of switch S74 as pressure between 1435––1565 kPa (14.35––15.65 bar;
Pressure
increases: 208––227 psi)

Opening pressure of switch S74 as between 1185––1315 kPa (11.85––13.15 bar;


Pressure
pressure decreases: 172––191 psi)

Result:

YES:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for transmission oil pressure switch S74 ; see Section 245,
Group TCU in the Technical manual.

NO:Recondition as needed and repeat the test.

Pressure tests for diagnostic trouble code TCU


304177.01

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1542 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

IMPORTANT:

If diagnostic trouble codes TCU 304077.07 and/or TCU 304079.07 are also
present on the tractor and it is not possible to resolve the problem by
performing the preliminary tests for diagnostic trouble code TCU
304177.01, the diagnostic procedure for diagnostic trouble codes TCU
304077.07 and/or TCU 304079.07 must be carried out instead of the
”Pressure Tests for Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU 304177.01”!

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1543 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Pressure test

Action:

→NOTE:

For test result table and detailed information about the pressure tests, see
Reference 253-15-001 ”AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Test Result Table”.
The test result table (pressure test for transmission and other consumers)
can be downloaded via DTAC in a format that allows it to be filled out and
transmitted electronically. See test result table for diagnostic trouble
codes TCU 304077.07 and TCU 304079.07.

The following pressure tests must be performed:

1. System pressure.
2. Lube oil pressure.
Lube oil pressure when no consumer is activated (at rated engine speed).
Lube oil pressure with activated and de-activated consumers at an engine speed
of 1000 and 1800 rpm.
→NOTE: Interactive lube oil pressure test possible with Service
ADVISOR.

See AutoPowr/IVT transmission test result table Reference 253-15-001 .

CAUTION:

Whenever performing these checks, always observe the relevant safety


precautions. See Reference 253-15-003 , Safety Measures when Testing
the Transmission via the Output Test Mode for Components (Address
TCU049).

Result:

YES:All pressure values are within specification, a loose contact in the circuit of transmission
oil pressure switch (S74) can be ruled out. GO TO 2 .

NO:See ”Determining the cause of an hydraulic malfunction when system pressure and/or
lube oil pressure is/are not OK” in Reference 253-15-001A.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1544 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Procedure when diagnostic trouble code TCU 304177.01 appears again and
again and the pressure tests are OK

Action:

→NOTE:

The test result table (pressure test for transmission and other consumers)
can be downloaded via DTAC in a format that allows it to be filled out and
transmitted electronically (see test result table for diagnostic trouble
codes TCU 304077.07 and TCU 304079.07).

Send a detailed description of problem in the service report with the test result table
(pressure test for transmission and other consumers) and information about system
pressure and lube oil pressure to the relevant After-Sales Service station.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1545 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304178.07- Filter By-pass Valve (Cold-weather Starting) is Closed by Mistake


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304178.07 is saved if under the following conditions a sender
circuit for the filter by-pass valve (cold-weather starting) is closed:
- Transmission input speed (engine speed) is over 900 rpm and transmission oil temperature
is below -5 °C (23 °F).
- The engine is OFF.
The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: ”Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Possible causes:

Faulty pressure switch B87 (switch is closed all the time).


A fault in the pressure switch′s connecting line.
A faulty thermal element (wax cartridge) in the filter by-pass valve
(cold-weather starting).
Filter by-pass valve (cold-weather starting):
Spring defective.
Valve stuck closed.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• ”AutoPowr/IVT Transmission, Input Housing - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” ,


Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 10.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-017 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Description of System Pressure


Control Block.

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1546 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1547 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the filter by-pass valve (cold-weather starting)

Action:

2.1 - Check with the engine OFF:

• Access address TCU005 .

• Do this test while the engine is off.

Item Measurement Specification

TCU005 –– Status, switch at filter by-pass valve (cold-weather starting) (B87)


Engine off (switch is OPEN and under zero-pressure): Status 0XX

Result:

YES:GO TO 2.2

NO: GO TO 3 .

Action:

2.2 - Check with the engine running:

• Start the engine.

• Access addresses TCU005 and TCU021 (oil temperature shown in °C) or template TCU900 -
Transmission Oil Circuit for AutoPowr/IVT Transmission .

• Do this test while the engine is on (with speed set at 1800 rpm).

Item Measurement Specification

TCU005 –– Status, switch at filter by-pass valve (cold-weather starting) (B87)


Engine running (switch is OPEN): Status with oil temperature below +5 °C (41 °F) 0XX

Engine running (switch is CLOSED when


Status with oil temperature above +30 °C (86 °F) 1XX
pressurized):

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed. Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304178.07 appears again and again.
Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO 3 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1548 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Check filter by-pass valve switch (B87) and circuit

Action:

3.1 - Visual check:

Perform a visual inspection of filter by-pass valve switch (B87) and of the connector
associated with it:

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

For information about location and repair of transmission oil pressure switch refer to:

”Replacing Pressure Sending Units B87, S73, S74 (Repair Levels 1 and 2)” , Repair
Manual, Section 53, Group 10.

Result:

YES:GO TO 3.2.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

Action:

3.2 - Circuit test:

See: Circuit/harness test for switch on filter by-pass valve (cold-weather starting) (B87) ; see
Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1549 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the filter by-pass valve (cold-weather starting)

Action:

Reasons for problems with the filter by-pass valve (cold-weather starting) (depending on
circuit):

A faulty thermal element in the filter by-pass valve (cold-weather starting).


Filter by-pass valve (cold-weather starting):
Spring defective.
Stuck closed.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as needed and repeat the test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1550 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304179.07- Filter By-pass Valve (Cold-weather Starting) is Opened by Mistake


44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304179.07 is saved if the filter by-pass valve (cold-weather
starting) is open while transmission input speed (engine speed) is in excess of 900 rpm and
transmission oil temperature is over +30 °C (86 °F). This diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: ”Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Possible causes:

Incorrect transmission oil pressure (not sufficient to close the pressure


switch):
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304177.01 must be processed first.
Faulty pressure switch B87 (switch is open all the time).
A fault in the pressure switch′s connecting line.
A faulty thermal element (wax cartridge) in the filter by-pass valve
(cold-weather starting).
Filter by-pass valve (cold-weather starting) is stuck open.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• ”AutoPowr/IVT Transmission, Input Housing - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” ,


Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 10.

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-017 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Description of System Pressure


Control Block.

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1551 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Verify diagnostic trouble code

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2 - Diagnostic trouble codes that have priority must be processed first :

Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304177.01 takes priority.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304177.01 does not exist and code TCU 304179.07 appears
again and again: GO TO 2 .

NO:Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304177.01 exists: GO TO: Diagnostic procedure for
diagnostic trouble code TCU 304177.01.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1552 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the filter by-pass valve (cold-weather starting)

Action:

• Start the engine.

• Access addresses TCU005 and TCU021 (oil temperature shown in °C) or template TCU900 -
Transmission Oil Circuit for AutoPowr/IVT Transmission .

• Do this test while the engine is off and again when the engine is on (with speed set at 1800
rpm).

Item Measurement Specification

TCU005 - Status, switch at filter by-pass valve (cold-weather starting) (B87)


Engine off (switch is OPEN and under zero-pressure): Status 0XX

Engine running (switch is OPEN): Status with oil temperature below +5 °C (41 °F) 0XX

Engine running (switch is CLOSED when pressurized): Status with oil temperature above +30 °C (86 °F) 1XX

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed. • Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304179.07 appears again and
again: Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO 4 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check system pressure using transmission oil pressure switch (S74)

Action:

• Access address TCU 05 or template TCU 900 - Transmission Oil Circuit for AutoPowr/IVT
Transmission .

• Do this test while the engine is on (with speed set at 1800 rpm).

Item Measurement Specification

TCU005 - Status, transmission oil pressure switch (S74)


Engine running (switch is CLOSED): Status X0X

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:See procedure for diagnostic trouble code TCU 304177.01, Section 211, Group TCU.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1553 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the circuit of the switch (B87) for the filter by-pass valve (cold-
weather starting)

Action:

4.1 - Visual check:

Perform a visual inspection of filter by-pass valve switch (B87) and of the connector
associated with it:

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

For information about location and repair of transmission oil pressure switch refer to:

”Replacing Pressure Sending Units B87, S73, S74 (Repair Levels 1 and 2)” , Repair
Manual, Section 53, Group 10.

Result:

YES:GO TO 4.2.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

Action:

4.2 - Circuit test:

See: Circuit/harness test for switch on filter by-pass valve (cold-weather starting) (B87) ; see
Section 245, Group TCU in the Technical manual.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1554 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Checking the filter by-pass valve (cold-weather starting)

Action:

Reasons for problems with the filter by-pass valve (cold-weather starting) (depending on
circuit):

A faulty thermal element in the filter by-pass valve (cold-weather starting).


Filter by-pass valve (cold-weather starting) is stuck open.

Result:

NO:Recondition as needed and repeat the test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1555 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304196.19- Data Transmitted by Engine Control Unit is Incomplete (Engine


Speed)
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304196.19 is stored if the engine control unit (ECU) does not
register any engine speed and so cannot provide the CAN BUS with any data. A transmitted
replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code in the TCU. In its “active” state,
this diagnostic trouble code also generates a diagnostic trouble code at the engine control
unit (ECU) and triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnosis
Additional References:

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 245-ECU-203 , Theory of Operation (TIER II Engine; Level 11 with AutoPowr/IVT


Transmission).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of Diagnostic Trouble Codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Deal with the ECU diagnostic trouble code(s).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1556 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304200.19- Data Transmitted by User Interface Controller is Incomplete


(Desired Acceleration)
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304200.19 is stored if the user interface controller (UIC) does
not register any data for determining desired acceleration and so cannot provide the
requisite data to the CAN BUS either. A transmitted replacement value generates this
diagnostic trouble code in the TCU. In its “active” state, this diagnostic trouble code also
generates a diagnostic trouble code at the user interface controller (UIC) and sets off an
“information” alarm.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Deal with the UIC diagnostic trouble code(s).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1557 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304202.19- Data Transmitted by User Interface Controller is Incomplete


(Clutch Torque)
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304202.19 is stored if the user interface controller (UIC) does
not register any data for determining clutch torque and so cannot provide the requisite data
to the CAN BUS either. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble
code in the TCU. In its “active” state, this diagnostic trouble code also generates a diagnostic
trouble code at the user interface controller (UIC) and sets off an “information” alarm.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Deal with the UIC diagnostic trouble code(s).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1558 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304204.19- Data Transmitted by User Interface Controller is Incomplete


(Desired Transmission Ratio)
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304204.19 is stored if the user interface controller (UIC) does
not register any data for determining desired transmission ratio and so cannot provide the
requisite data to the CAN BUS either. A transmitted replacement value generates this
diagnostic trouble code in the TCU. In its “active” state, this diagnostic trouble code also
generates a diagnostic trouble code at the user interface controller (UIC) and sets off an
“CAUTION” alarm.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Deal with the UIC diagnostic trouble code(s).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1559 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304206.19- Data Transmitted by User Interface Controller is Incomplete (Park


Lock Condition)
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304206.19 is stored if the user interface controller (UIC) does
not register any data for determining park lock condition and so cannot provide the requisite
data to the CAN BUS either. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic
trouble code in the TCU. In its “active” state, this diagnostic trouble code also generates a
diagnostic trouble code at the user interface controller (UIC) and sets off an “CAUTION”
alarm.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Deal with the UIC diagnostic trouble code(s).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1560 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304208.19- Data Transmitted by User Interface Controller is Incomplete


(Direction of Travel)
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304208.19 is stored if the user interface controller (UIC) does
not register any data for determining direction of travel and so cannot provide the requisite
data to the CAN BUS either. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic
trouble code in the TCU. In its “active” state, this diagnostic trouble code also generates a
diagnostic trouble code at the user interface controller (UIC) and sets off an “CAUTION”
alarm.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Deal with the UIC diagnostic trouble code(s).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1561 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304212.19- Data Transmitted by User Interface Controller is Incomplete


(Clutch Pedal Sensor)
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304212.19 is stored if the user interface controller (UIC) does
not register the status of the clutch pedal sensor and so cannot provide the CAN BUS with
any data. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code in the TCU.
In its “active” state, this diagnostic trouble code also generates a diagnostic trouble code at
the user interface controller (UIC) and sets off an “information” alarm.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Deal with the UIC diagnostic trouble code(s).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1562 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304216.19- Data Transmitted by User Interface Controller is Incomplete (Park


Lock Activation)
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304216.19 is stored if the user interface controller (UIC) does
not register any data for determining park lock activation and so cannot provide the requisite
data to the CAN BUS either. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic
trouble code in the TCU. In its “active” state, this diagnostic trouble code also generates a
diagnostic trouble code at the user interface controller (UIC) and sets off an “information”
alarm.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Deal with the UIC diagnostic trouble code(s).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1563 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304228.19- Data Transmitted by Park Lock Controller is Incomplete


(Transmission Output Speed)
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304228.19 is stored if the park lock controller (PLC) cannot
determine the frequency of transmission output speed and so cannot provide the requisite
data to the CAN BUS either. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic
trouble code in the TCU. In its “active” state, this diagnostic trouble code also generates a
diagnostic trouble code at the park lock controller (PLC) and sets off an “information” alarm.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 245-PLC-200 , Theory of Operation (Park Lock Controller)

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Deal with the PLC diagnostic trouble code(s).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1564 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304230.19- Data Transmitted by Park Lock Controller is Incomplete (Park Lock
Pressure Sender)
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304230.19 is stored if the park lock controller (PLC) does not
register the status of the park lock pressure sender and so cannot provide the requisite data
to the CAN BUS either. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble
code in the TCU. In its “active” state, this diagnostic trouble code also generates a diagnostic
trouble code at the park lock controller (PLC) and sets off an “information” alarm.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 245-PLC-200 , Theory of Operation (Park Lock Controller)

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Deal with the PLC diagnostic trouble code(s).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1565 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304232.19- Data Transmitted by Park Lock Controller is Incomplete


(Transmission Output Speed)
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304232.19 is stored if the park lock controller (PLC) does not
register any data for determining the speed range of the transmission output speed and so
cannot provide the requisite data to the CAN BUS either. A transmitted replacement value
generates this diagnostic trouble code in the TCU. In its “active” state, this diagnostic trouble
code also generates a diagnostic trouble code at the park lock controller (PLC) and sets off an
“information” alarm.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 245-PLC-200 , Theory of Operation (Park Lock Controller)

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Deal with the PLC diagnostic trouble code(s).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1566 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304234.19- Data Transmitted by Park Lock Controller is Incomplete (State of


Transmission Output Speed Sender)
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304234.19 is stored if the park lock controller (PLC) does not
register the status (monitored condition) of the transmission output speed sender and so
cannot provide the requisite data to the CAN BUS either. A transmitted replacement value
generates this diagnostic trouble code in the TCU. In its “active” state, this diagnostic trouble
code also generates a diagnostic trouble code at the park lock controller (PLC) and sets off an
“information” alarm.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 245-PLC-200 , Theory of Operation (Park Lock Controller)

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Deal with the PLC diagnostic trouble code(s).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1567 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304236.19- Data Transmitted by Park Lock Controller is Incomplete (Park Lock
Solenoid Valve Y15-2)
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304236.19 is stored if the park lock controller (PLC) does not
register the status of the park lock solenoid valve (Y15-2) and so cannot provide the requisite
data to the CAN BUS either. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic
trouble code in the TCU. In its “active” state, this diagnostic trouble code also generates a
diagnostic trouble code at the park lock controller (PLC) and sets off an “information” alarm.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 245-PLC-200 , Theory of Operation (Park Lock Controller)

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Deal with the PLC diagnostic trouble code(s).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1568 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304240.19- Data Transmitted by User Interface Controller is Incomplete


(Status of "Come-Home" Mode)
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304240.19 is stored if the user interface controller (UIC) does
not register the status (actual state) of the "come-home" mode and so cannot provide the
requisite data to the CAN BUS either. A transmitted replacement value generates this
diagnostic trouble code in the TCU. In its “active” state, this diagnostic trouble code also
generates a diagnostic trouble code at the user interface controller (UIC) and sets off an
“information” alarm.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Deal with the UIC diagnostic trouble code(s).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1569 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304241.19- Data Transmitted by User Interface Controller is Incomplete


(Desired Acceleration during a Change of Direction)
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304241.19 is stored if the user interface controller (UIC) does
not register any data for determining desired acceleration during a change of direction and
so cannot provide the requisite data to the CAN BUS either. A transmitted replacement value
generates this diagnostic trouble code in the TCU. In its “active” state, this diagnostic trouble
code also generates a diagnostic trouble code at the user interface controller (UIC) and sets
off an “information” alarm.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Deal with the UIC diagnostic trouble code(s).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1570 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TCU: TCU Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304243.19- Data Transmitted by User Interface Controller is Incomplete


(Transmission Shift Monitor)
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304243.19 is stored if the user interface controller (UIC) does
not register any data for determining the shift ranges and so cannot provide the requisite
data to the CAN BUS either. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic
trouble code in the TCU. In its “active” state, this diagnostic trouble code also generates a
diagnostic trouble code at the user interface controller (UIC) and sets off an “information”
alarm.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Deal with the UIC diagnostic trouble code(s).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1571 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TCU 304244.19- Data Transmitted by User Interface Controller is Incomplete


(Change of Direction of Travel)
44
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 304244.19 is stored if the user interface controller (UIC) does
not register any data for determining a change of direction of travel and so cannot provide
the requisite data to the CAN BUS either. A transmitted replacement value generates this
diagnostic trouble code in the TCU. In its “active” state, this diagnostic trouble code also
generates a diagnostic trouble code at the user interface controller (UIC) and sets off an
“information” alarm.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: Deal with the UIC diagnostic trouble code(s).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1572 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Group TEC - TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes


TEC 000158.00- TEC Power Supply (Unswitched Power) Too High
45
If battery voltage (unswitched power) rises above 17 volts for longer than 2 seconds,
diagnostic trouble code TEC 000158.00 is triggered.
Alarm level: Stop.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Remove/Install the Alternator , Section 40, Group 15 in the Repair manual.

• “Replacing Fuses of 60-amp GreenStar Power Outlet Socket”

• “Replacing Relay of 60-amp GreenStar Power Outlet Socket”

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1573 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2 Perform a visual inspection of the battery and the alternator.

1. Check for visual signs of damage.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1574 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the system voltage (BCU system voltage)

Action:

Access address BCU 32 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU 32 –– Voltage, system voltage (BCU operating voltage)


Ignition ON; engine OFF: Voltage between 11.2 and 12.7 volts

Engine running at low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts

Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Checking the charging system

Action:

• Check alternator, refer to "Alternator Checks" Section 240, Group 15.

• Check battery, refer to "Battery Checks" , Section 240, Group 15.

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition as required.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1575 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:


Reference 245-TEC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional TEC Circuit
Problems (TEC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1576 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TEC 000158.01- TEC Power Supply (Unswitched Power) Too Low


45
If battery voltage (unswitched power) drops below 9 volts, diagnostic trouble code TEC
000158.01 is triggered.
Alarm level: Stop.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Remove/Install the Alternator , (Section 40, Group 15 in the Repair manual)

• “Replacing Fuses of 60-amp GreenStar Power Outlet Socket”

• “Replacing Relay of 60-amp GreenStar Power Outlet Socket”

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.2 Perform a visual inspection of the battery, the alternator and the drive belt.

1. Check for visual signs of damage.


2. Ensure that the belt tensioner and the belt are correctly installed, check for signs of
slipping.
3. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1577 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result:

YES:GO TO 1.3.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

Action:

1.3 Check fuse F03/14

Is the fuse OK?

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Replace the fuse as needed and perform an operational test.

( 2 ) Checking the system voltage (BCU system voltage)

Action:

Access address BCU 32 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU 32 –– Voltage, system voltage (BCU operating voltage)


Ignition ON; engine OFF: Voltage between 11.2 and 12.7 volts

Engine running at low idle: Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts

Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1578 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the charging system

Action:

• Check alternator, refer to "Alternator Checks" Section 240, Group 15.

• Check battery, refer to "Battery Checks" , Section 240, Group 15.

Result:

YES:Check all relevant connectors of the system voltage circuit for bad, loose, widened or
corroded contacts.

NO:Recondition as required.

( 4 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:


Reference 245-TEC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional TEC Circuit
Problems (TEC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1579 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TEC 000628.12- TEC Controller is Connected to the Wrong Harness Connector or


Controller Internal Fault
45
Diagnostic trouble code TEC 000628.12 is saved when the tractor equipment interface
controller detects an erroneous signal in the circuit of the controller identification or the
controller has switched to an incorrect mode (boot mode).
• For tractors up to serial no 446539 (Address BCU248 ) see ”Diagnosis for incorrectly
connected harness connector” (TEC with 68-pin connector).
• For tractors from serial no 446540 (Address BCU248 ) see ”Diagnosis for internal fault at
controller” (TEC with 48-pin connector).
Alarm level: CAUTION / Information.

Diagnosis for incorrectly connected harness


connector
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1580 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

• Make sure that the plug is connected to the correct harness.


• Harness identification is ascertained via lead 288; check that the contact is good; check for
continuity.

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as required.

( 3 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:


Reference 245-TEC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional TEC Circuit
Problems (TEC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

Diagnosis for internal fault at controller

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1581 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace the TEC controller.

TEC 000629.12- TEC Controller, Internal Fault (Watchdog Timeout)


45 GOTO
If an internal fault occurs in the TEC controller, diagnostic trouble code TEC 000629.12 is
triggered.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace the TEC controller.

TEC 000630.02- TEC Controller, Internal Fault (EEPROM)


45 GOTO
Diagnostic trouble code TEC 000630.02 is triggered if an incorrect entry is detected in the
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1582 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

internal memory.
Alarm level: Information.

Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace the TEC controller.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1583 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TEC 000639.12- Fault in the 29-bit CAN BUS


45
Diagnostic trouble code TEC 000639.12 is saved if the data received by the TEC controller
from the 29-bit CAN BUS are faulty or incomplete. This indicates a problem in the 29-bit CAN
BUS.
• For tractors up to serial no 446539 (Address BCU248 ) see ”Diagnosis for problems on 29-
bit tractor CAN BUS” (TEC with 68-pin connector).
• For tractors from serial no 446540 (Address BCU248 ) see ”Diagnosis for problems on 29-bit
implement CAN BUS” (TEC with 48-pin connector).
Alarm level: Information.

Diagnosis for problems on 29-bit tractor CAN BUS


Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit tractor CAN BUS.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:The diagnostic trouble code is active and additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved
from other control units that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1584 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check the 29-bit tractor CAN BUS

Action:

Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab) , (Section 213, Group 45).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as required.

( 3 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

See Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required.

Diagnosis for problems on 29-bit implement CAN


BUS
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1585 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

To determine whether the problem is caused by the implement or by the


implement CAN BUS on the tractor, disconnect the implement′s CAN BUS
plug from the tractor. Delete the diagnostic trouble code memory and
access it once again (main switch OFF and then ON).

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: GO TO 4 .

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active, GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the 29-bit implement CAN BUS

Action:

Do the 29-bit Implement CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Operator′s Cab and TEC) , (Section
213, Group 45).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as required.

( 3 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

See Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1586 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the implement

Action:

Make sure that the implement conforms to ISO standard.


To proceed further, follow the instructions for diagnosis as provided by the relevant
manufacturer.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1587 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TEC 000639.14- 29-bit Implement CAN BUS, Very High Error Rate
45 GOTO
Diagnostic trouble code TEC 000639.14 is saved if the data received by the TEC controller
from the 29-bit implement CAN BUS are faulty or incomplete. This indicates a problem in the
29-bit implement CAN BUS.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnosis for problems on 29-bit implement CAN


BUS
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

To determine whether the problem is caused by the implement or by the


implement CAN BUS on the tractor, disconnect the implement′s CAN BUS
plug from the tractor. Delete the diagnostic trouble code memory and
access it once again.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: GO TO 4 .

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active, GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the 29-bit implement CAN BUS

Action:

Do the 29-bit Implement CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Operator′s Cab and TEC) , (Section
213, Group 45).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as required.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1588 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

See Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required.

( 4 ) Checking the implement

Action:

Make sure that the implement conforms to ISO standard.


To proceed further, follow the instructions for diagnosis as provided by the relevant
manufacturer.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1589 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TEC 001231.12- Fault in the 29-bit Tractor CAN BUS


45 GOTO
Diagnostic trouble code TEC 001231.12 is saved if the data received by the TEC controller
from the 29-bit tractor CAN BUS are faulty or incomplete. This indicates a problem in the
tractor′s CAN BUS.
Alarm level: Information.

Diagnosis for problems on 29-bit tractor CAN BUS


Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems-Summary of References.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit tractor CAN BUS.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:The diagnostic trouble code is active and additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved
from other control units that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1590 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check the 29-bit tractor CAN BUS

Action:

Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab) (Section 213, Group 45).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as required.

( 3 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

See Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1591 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TEC 001231.14- 29-bit Tractor CAN BUS, Very High Error Rate
45 GOTO
Diagnostic trouble code TEC 001231.14 is saved if the data received by the TEC controller
from the 29-bit tractor CAN BUS are faulty or incomplete. This indicates a problem in the 29-
bit tractor CAN BUS.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems-Summary of References.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit tractor CAN BUS.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:The diagnostic trouble code is active and additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved
from other control units that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1592 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check the 29-bit tractor CAN BUS

Action:

Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab) (Section 213, Group 45).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as required.

( 3 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

See Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1593 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TEC 298751.31- Fault in the Power Supply to Controllers at the Implement BUS or
Fault in System Voltage (ELX)
45
The power supply to the controllers installed at the implement BUS is switched via a relay. If,
with relay K46 switched on, the power supply to the controllers installed on the implement
BUS is too high, then diagnostic trouble code TEC 298751.31 is triggered.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Replacing Fuses of 60-amp GreenStar Power Outlet Socket”

• “Replacing Relay of 60-amp GreenStar Power Outlet Socket”

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2 Check fuse F17

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1594 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Is the fuse OK?

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Replace the fuse as needed and perform an operational test.

( 2 ) Checking the power supply to the components at the implement BUS

Action:

Access address TEC006 :

Item Measurement Specification

TEC 006 - Check the power supply to the components at the implement BUS
Switch the ignition ON, first four digits! Voltage between 06.50XXXX and 17.50XXXX volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1595 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Introductory checks

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of implement BUS (K46) and of the connector associated with it:

Relays K46/K47

LEGEND:

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts;
also check the lines.

Result:

YES:If there are no visible signs of damage, GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition the circuit, sub-assemblies or contacts as required and do an Operational


Test for Relay (K46; Power Supply to Components at Implement BUS) , see 245-TEC.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Relay (K46; Power Supply to Components at Implement BUS) ,
see 245-TEC.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Test for Relay (K46, power supply of
components at implement BUS) .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1596 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections, see summary of wiring layout in


Circuit/Harness Test for Relay (K46; Power Supply to Components at Implement BUS) in
245-TEC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-TEC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional TEC Circuit
Problems (TEC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1597 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TEC 298752.31- Fault in the Power Supply to the Controllers at the Implement BUS
45
The power supply to the controllers installed at the implement BUS is switched via a relay. If,
with relay K46 switched on, the power supply to the controllers installed on the implement
BUS is too low (less than 6 volts), or, with relay K46 switched off, a power supply is detected,
then diagnostic trouble code TEC 298752.31 is triggered. This indicates damage either at the
harness or at relay K46.
Alarm level: Information.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• “Replacing Fuses of 60-amp GreenStar Power Outlet Socket”

• “Replacing Relay of 60-amp GreenStar Power Outlet Socket”

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2 Diagnostic trouble code TEC 298786.04 must be treated first. Is diagnostic trouble code
TEC 298786.04 also active?

Result:

YES:Deal with diagnostic trouble code TEC 298786.04

NO:GO TO 1.3
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1598 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action:

1.3 Check fuse F17

Is the fuse OK?

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Replace the fuse as needed and perform an operational test.

( 2 ) Checking the power supply to the components at the implement BUS

Action:

Access address TEC006 :

Item Measurement Specification

TEC 006 –– Check the power supply to the components at the implement BUS
Switch the ignition ON, first four digits! Voltage between 06.50XXXX and 17.50XXXX volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1599 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Introductory checks

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of implement BUS (K46) and of the connector associated with it:

Relays K46/K47

LEGEND:

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts;
also check the lines.

Result:

YES:If there are no visible signs of damage, GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition the circuit, sub-assemblies or contacts as required and do an Operational


Test for Relay (K46; Power Supply to Components at Implement BUS) , see 245-TEC.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Relay (K46; Power Supply to Components at Implement BUS) ,
see 245-TEC.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Test for Relay (K46, power supply of
components at implement BUS) .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1600 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections, see summary of wiring layout in


Circuit/Harness Test for Relay (K46; Power Supply to Components at Implement BUS) in
245-TEC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-TEC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional TEC Circuit
Problems (TEC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1601 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TEC 298753.31- Fault in the Power Supply to the Components at the Implement
BUS
45
The power supply to the components at the implement BUS is switched via a relay. If, with
relay K47 switched on, the power supply is too low (less than 6 volts), or, with the relay
switched off, a power supply is detected, then diagnostic trouble code TEC 298753.31 is
triggered. This indicates damage either at the harness or at relay K47.
Alarm level: Information.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• “Replacing Fuses of 60-amp GreenStar Power Outlet Socket”

• “Replacing Relay of 60-amp GreenStar Power Outlet Socket”

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2 Diagnostic trouble code TEC 298786.04 must be treated first. Is diagnostic trouble code
TEC 298786.04 also active?

Result:

YES:Deal with diagnostic trouble code TEC 298786.04

NO:GO TO 1.3
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1602 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action:

1.3 Check fuse F16

Is the fuse OK?

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Replace the fuse as needed and perform an operational test.

( 2 ) Checking the power supply to the implement BUS

Action:

Access address TEC006 :

Item Measurement Specification

TEC 006 –– Checking the power supply to the implement BUS


Switch the ignition ON, last four digits! Voltage between XXXX06.50 and XXXX17.50 volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1603 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Introductory checks

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of relay (K47; power supply to components at the implement
BUS) and of the connector associated with it:

Relays K46/K47

LEGEND:

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts;
also check the lines.

Result:

YES:If there are no visible signs of damage, GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition the circuit, sub-assemblies or contacts as required and do an Operational


Test for Relay (K47; Power Supply to Implement BUS) , see 245-TEC.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Relay (K47; Power Supply to Implement BUS) , see 245-ATC.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Test for Relay (K47, power supply for
implement BUS) .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1604 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections, see summary of wiring layout in


Circuit/Harness Test for Relay (K47; Power Supply to Implement BUS) in 245-TEC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-TEC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional TEC Circuit
Problems (TEC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1605 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TEC 298754.31- Fault in the Power Supply to Components at the Implement BUS or
Fault in System Voltage (ELX)
45
If the difference between system voltage (ELX) and the power supply to the components at
the implement BUS is greater than 6 volts, diagnostic trouble code TEC 298754.31 is
triggered.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Replacing Fuses of 60-amp GreenStar Power Outlet Socket”

• “Replacing Relay of 60-amp GreenStar Power Outlet Socket”

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2 Check fuse F16

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1606 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Is the fuse OK?

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Replace the fuse as needed and perform an operational test.

( 2 ) Checking the power supply to the implement BUS

Action:

Access address TEC006 :

Item Measurement Specification

TEC 006 –– Checking the power supply to the implement BUS


Switch the ignition ON, last four digits! Voltage between XXXX06.50 and XXXX17.50 volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1607 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Introductory checks

Action:

Perform a visual inspection of relay (K47; power supply to components at the implement
BUS) and of the connector associated with it:

Relays K46/K47

LEGEND:

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts;
also check the lines.

Result:

YES:If there are no visible signs of damage, GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition the circuit, sub-assemblies or contacts as required and do an Operational


Test for Relay (K47; Power Supply to Implement BUS) , see 245-TEC.

( 4 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

Do a Circuit/Harness Test for Relay (K47; Power Supply to Implement BUS) , see 245-TEC.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and do an Operational Test for Relay (K47, power supply for
implement BUS) .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1608 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Before doing a check of the connections, see summary of wiring layout in


Circuit/Harness Test for Relay (K47; Power Supply to Implement BUS) in 245-TEC.
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-TEC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional TEC Circuit
Problems (TEC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1609 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TEC 298786.04- TEC Controller System Voltage (Unswitched Power) is Missing


45
Diagnostic trouble code TEC 298786.04 is triggered if no system voltage (unswitched battery
power) is present at the controller (TEC).
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2 Check fuse F03_14

Is the fuse OK?

Result:

YES:GO TO 1.3.

NO:Replace the fuse as needed and perform an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1610 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action:

1.3 Perform a visual inspection of the battery and the alternator.

1. Check for visual signs of damage.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened or corroded contacts.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

( 2 ) Checking the voltage at the tractor′s battery

Action:

• Address TEC 004 indicates status only (1= voltage present, 0= voltage not present).
.• Access address TEC004 :

Item Measurement Specification

TEC 004–– Voltage, voltage at tractor′s battery (TEC operating voltage)


Switch ignition ON Status XXX1XXXX

Result:

YES:Status = 1, voltage present: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check system voltage in BCU

Action:

Access address BCU 32 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU 32 –– Voltage, system voltage (BCU operating voltage)


Ignition ON; engine OFF: Voltage between 11.2 and 12.7 volts

Engine running in low idle (over 512 rpm): Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts

Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 4 .
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1611 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the charging system

Action:

Check the following components:

Check alternator, refer to "Alternator Checks" ; see Technical Manual, Section 240,
Group 15.
Check battery, refer to "Battery Checks" ; see Technical Manual, Section 240, Group 15.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:


Reference 245-TEC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional TEC Circuit
Problems (TEC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1612 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TEC 298803.04- TEC Controller System Voltage (ELX) is Missing


45
This diagnostic trouble code is triggered if battery voltage (unswitched power) is more than 9
volts, no warning light is flashing and the ELX voltage is missing for longer than 1.3 seconds.
Alarm level: Information.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2 Check fuse F04_13

Is the fuse OK?

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Replace the fuses as needed and perform an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1613 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the system voltage (ELX)

Action:

• Address TEC 004 indicates status only (1= voltage present, 0= voltage not present).
• Access address TEC004 :

Item Measurement Specification

TEC 004–– Check voltage, system voltage (ELX)


Switch ignition ON Status XXXX1XXX

Result:

YES:Status = 1, voltage present: diagnosis completed.

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:


Reference 245-TEC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional TEC Circuit
Problems (TEC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

TEC 298804.31- TEC Controller, Internal Fault (Shut-Off Process)


45
Once the ignition is switched off, the TEC controller starts its shut-off process. If this process
takes too long, diagnostic trouble code TEC 298804.31 is triggered.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1614 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace the TEC controller.

TEC 298805.31- TEC Controller, Internal Fault (EEPROM)


45
If a fault occurs when the internal module (EEPROM) intervenes, diagnostic trouble code TEC
298805.31 is triggered.
Alarm level: CAUTION.

Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace the TEC controller.

TEC 299067.03- Fault in Main Switch (ELX Voltage)


45 GOTO
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 299067.03 does not necessarily have any real meaning. It is
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1615 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

often saved by chance when the main switch is turned (ignition ON and OFF) and can be
ignored.
TEC 522550.14- Implement Connected to 29-bit Implement CAN BUS is Not
Compatible with ISO
45 GOTO
Diagnostic trouble code TEC 522550.14 is triggered if the implement connected to the
implement CAN BUS does not conform to ISO standard.
Alarm level: Information.

Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

→NOTE:

If the diagnostic trouble code remains active, make sure that the
implement conforms to ISO standard. If necessary, contact the implement
manufacturer.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: If the implement does not conform to ISO standard,
contact the other-make manufacturer.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1616 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEC: TEC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

TEC 523652.02- TEC Controller is Connected to the Wrong Harness Connector


45 GOTO
Diagnostic trouble code TEC 523652.02 is saved when the tractor equipment interface
controller detects an erroneous signal in the circuit of the controller identification.
Alarm level: Information.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

• Make sure that the plug is connected to the correct harness.


• Harness identification is ascertained via lead 288; check that the contact is good; check for
continuity.

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as required.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1617 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEI: TEI Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:


Reference 245-TEC-100 , Test Procedure in the Case of Occasional TEC Circuit
Problems (TEC Beep Mode).
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test. Diagnosis completed.

TEC 524287.31- TEC 524287.31


45 GOTO
Diagnostic trouble code TCU 524287.31 does not necessarily have any real meaning. It is
often saved by chance when the main switch is turned (ignition ON and OFF) and can be
ignored.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1618 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEI: TEI Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Group TEI - TEI Diagnostic Trouble Codes


TEI 000628.12- TEC/TEI Controller, Internal Fault
45
Diagnostic trouble code TEC 000628.12 is saved when the TEC/TEI controller has switched to
an incorrect mode (boot mode). Alarm level: Information.

To proceed further, see diagnostic trouble code TEC 000628.12 .

→NOTE:

The TEI diagnostic trouble codes on the implement CAN BUS correspond to
the TEC diagnostic trouble codes on the 29-BIT CAN BUS (tractor).
Diagnostic procedure for the TEI diagnostic trouble codes is the same as for
the corresponding TEC diagnostic trouble codes.

TEI 000629.12- TEC/TEI Controller, Internal Fault (Watchdog Timeout)


45

To proceed further, see diagnostic trouble code TEC 000629.12 .

→NOTE:

The TEI diagnostic trouble codes on the implement CAN BUS correspond to
the TEC diagnostic trouble codes on the 29-BIT CAN BUS (tractor).
Diagnostic procedure for the TEI diagnostic trouble codes is the same as for
the corresponding TEC diagnostic trouble codes.

TEI 000630.02- TEC/TEI Controller, Internal Fault (EEPROM)


45

To proceed further, see diagnostic trouble code TEC 000630.02 .

→NOTE:

The TEI diagnostic trouble codes on the implement CAN BUS correspond to
the TEC diagnostic trouble codes on the 29-BIT CAN BUS (tractor).
Diagnostic procedure for the TEI diagnostic trouble codes is the same as for
the corresponding TEC diagnostic trouble codes.

TEI 000639.12- Fault in the 29-bit Implement CAN BUS


45

To proceed further, see diagnostic trouble code TEC 000639.12 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1619 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group TEI: TEI Diagnostic Trouble Codes

→NOTE:

The TEI diagnostic trouble codes on the implement CAN BUS correspond to
the TEC diagnostic trouble codes on the 29-BIT CAN BUS (tractor).
Diagnostic procedure for the TEI diagnostic trouble codes is the same as for
the corresponding TEC diagnostic trouble codes.

TEI 000639.14- 29-bit Implement CAN BUS, Very High Error Rate
45

To proceed further, see diagnostic trouble code TEC 000639.14 .

→NOTE:

The TEI diagnostic trouble codes on the implement CAN BUS correspond to
the TEC diagnostic trouble codes on the 29-BIT CAN BUS (tractor).
Diagnostic procedure for the TEI diagnostic trouble codes is the same as for
the corresponding TEC diagnostic trouble codes.

TEI 001231.12- Fault in the 29-bit Tractor CAN BUS


45

To proceed further, see diagnostic trouble code TEC 001231.12 .

→NOTE:

The TEI diagnostic trouble codes on the implement CAN BUS correspond to
the TEC diagnostic trouble codes on the 29-BIT CAN BUS (tractor).
Diagnostic procedure for the TEI diagnostic trouble codes is the same as for
the corresponding TEC diagnostic trouble codes.

TEI 001231.14- 29-bit Tractor CAN BUS, Very High Error Rate
45

To proceed further, see diagnostic trouble code TEC 001231.14 .

→NOTE:

The TEI diagnostic trouble codes on the implement CAN BUS correspond to
the TEC diagnostic trouble codes on the 29-BIT CAN BUS (tractor).
Diagnostic procedure for the TEI diagnostic trouble codes is the same as for
the corresponding TEC diagnostic trouble codes.

TEI 522550.14- Implement Connected to 29-bit Implement CAN BUS is Not


Compatible with ISO
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1620 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

45

To proceed further, see diagnostic trouble code TEC 522550.14 .

→NOTE:

The TEI diagnostic trouble codes on the implement CAN BUS correspond to
the TEC diagnostic trouble codes on the 29-BIT CAN BUS (tractor).
Diagnostic procedure for the TEI diagnostic trouble codes is the same as for
the corresponding TEC diagnostic trouble codes.

TEI 523652.02- TEC/TEI Controller is Connected to the Wrong Harness Connector


45

To proceed further, see diagnostic trouble code TEC 523652.02 .

→NOTE:

The TEI diagnostic trouble codes on the implement CAN BUS correspond to
the TEC diagnostic trouble codes on the 29-BIT CAN BUS (tractor).
Diagnostic procedure for the TEI diagnostic trouble codes is the same as for
the corresponding TEC diagnostic trouble codes.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1621 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Group UIC - UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes


UIC 305005.02- Controller, Internal Fault
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305005.02 is saved when the user interface controller registers
an EEPROM error. This diagnostic trouble code sets off an “Information” alarm.

Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (diagnostic trouble code is regenerated after it has been
deleted and the ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace the user interface controller (UIC) with a
new one.

UIC 305006.02- Controller, Internal Fault


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305006.02 is saved when an electronic malfunction is registered
in the controller. This diagnostic trouble code sets off an “Information” alarm.

Diagnostics

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1622 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (diagnostic trouble code is regenerated after it has been
deleted and the ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace the user interface controller (UIC) with a
new one.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1623 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305007.12- Set-Up Error in BCU


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305007.12 is saved when the basic control unit sends false/no
tractor data to the user interface controller via the CAN BUS. The diagnostic trouble code
triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnosis

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Wrong input in the BCU.


Wrong UIC installed.
Communication problem between BCU and UIC (CAN BUS problem).
If other diagnostic trouble codes from other control units are
saved that indicate a problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Diagnostic
trouble code BIF 000639.02 takes priority.

Additional References:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

• Reference 245-BCU-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses (Basic Functions).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1624 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of Diagnostic Trouble Codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2.

Action:

1.2

Are other diagnostic trouble codes saved that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN
BUS (BIF 000639.02)?

Result:

YES:If BIF 000639.02 is not stored, GO TO 2 .

NO: BIF 000639.02 - 29 BIT CAN BUS, open circuit (section 211, group BIF) takes priority.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1625 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Check BCU input value

Action:

Access address BCU 77 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU 77 –– Basic functions, vehicle control function


Input Values: Tractors with 40 km/h (25 mph) transmission 86

Result:

YES:Wrong UIC was installed. Install correct UIC.

NO:Enter parameter in BCU and delete diagnostic trouble code.

UIC 305008.31- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Anti-jack-knife Control Activated


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305008.31 is stored if the UIC has activated the anti-jack-knife
control in response to a change in ratio of the front and rear axle operating speeds (front-
wheel drive disengaged). This diagnostic trouble code is not stored in the controller′s error
memory. It is intended only as information for the operator; it sets off an “information” alarm.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1626 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305009.04- Controller, Wrong Input Value


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305009.04 is stored if the setting/input in address UIC032 is
incorrect. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: ”CAUTION”.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 245-UIC-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses, User Interface Controller.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking input address UIC032

Action:

See Address UIC032 - Input address for anti-jack-knife control , 245-UIC.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Modify setting, confirm and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1627 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305010.07- Fault at Brake Pedal Sensor


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305010.07 is stored if the output signal of the brake pedal
potentiometer does not match the shift status of the brake pedal switch. This diagnostic
trouble code sets off a “CAUTION” alarm.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Incorrect brake pedal setting.


A general problem with the power supply to the brake pedal sensor
unit (B88):
Incorrect 5-volt power supply to the brake pedal potentiometer
(deal with diagnostic trouble codes UIC 305179.02 and/or UIC
305180.04 first).
Incorrect 12-volt power supply to the brake pedal switch (fuse
F03/07, cable 273).
Defective brake pedal sensor unit (B88):
Defective brake pedal switch.
Defective brake pedal potentiometer (deal with diagnostic
trouble codes UIC 305044.04, UIC 305045.03; UIC 305046.04
and/or UIC 305047.03 first).
Defective line connection between the brake pedal sensor unit and the
UIC.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Theory of Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1628 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

Diagnostic trouble codes that have priority must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the brake pedal switch

Action:

• Access address UIC 12 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 12 –– Status, left and right brake pedal switches (B88)


Neither brake pedal activated: Status 0X0

Left brake pedal activated: Status 1X0

Right brake pedal activated: Status 0X1

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for brake pedal switch (B88) ; see Technical Manual, section
245, group UIC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1629 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the brake pedal potentiometer

Action:

→NOTE:

Slowly press the brake pedal all the way down. An acoustic signal or
sudden voltage change while the potentiometer is actuated indicates a
defective potentiometer.

3.1 – Circuit of the left brake pedal potentiometer:

• Access address UIC 27 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 27 –– Voltage, left brake pedal potentiometer (B88)


Left brake pedal not activated: Minimum voltage 0.9 volts

Voltage Range 0.9 - 1.1 volts

Left brake pedal activated: Maximum voltage 4.5 volts

3.2 – Circuit of the right brake pedal potentiometer:

• Access address UIC 28 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 28 –– Voltage, right brake pedal potentiometer (B88)


Right brake pedal not activated: Minimum voltage 0.9 volts

Voltage Range 0.9 - 1.1 volts

Right brake pedal activated: Maximum voltage 4.5 volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:• Defective circuit, GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for brake pedal potentiometer (B88) ; see
Technical Manual, section 245, group UIC.• If voltage range is too high or too low, GO TO:
Adjusting the brake pedals. See: Reference 260-15-070 , Adjusting the Brake Pedals and
Switches.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1630 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the point at which the brake pedal switch trips

Action:

4.1 Switch point, left brake pedal switch:

• Access address UIC 27 .

• Slowly press the left brake pedal all the way down.

• At the moment when the switch can be heard to trip, voltage at the brake pedal switch
should be:

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 27 –– Voltage, left brake pedal potentiometer (B88)


Point at which the brake pedal switch trips: Voltage range between 1.5 and 1.7 volts

4.2 Switch point, right brake pedal switch:

• Access address UIC 28 .

• Slowly press the right brake pedal all the way down.

• At the moment when the switch can be heard to trip, voltage at the brake pedal switch
should be:

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 28 –– Voltage, right brake pedal potentiometer (B88)


Point at which the brake pedal switch trips: Voltage range between 1.5 and 1.7 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO:


Circuit/Harness test for brake pedal potentiometer (B88) ; see Technical Manual, section 245,
group UIC.
Circuit/Harness test for brake pedal switch (B88) ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group
UIC.

NO:Adjust the brake pedal sensor. See: Reference 260-15-070 , Adjusting the Brake Pedals
and Switches.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1631 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305011.11- Front-Wheel Drive Speed and Transmission Output Speed Do Not
Match
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305011.11 is stored if with FWD engaged and transmission oil
temperature over 10° C (50° F) the registered ratio between FWD speed and transmission
output speed is incorrect. The diagnostic trouble code deactivates front-wheel drive and sets
off a “CAUTION” alarm.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Wrong value in the input address for transmission ratio of front-wheel


drive axle (address UIC 43).
Defective FWD-axle speed sender (B89):
An electrical or mechanical defect.
A defect at the TCU′s transmission output speed sender B63:
TCU diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a defect at the TCU′s
transmission output speed sender B63 should take priority (TCU
304049.04, TCU 304057.03, TCU 304146.11 and TCU 304151.11).
Defective transmission oil temperature sender:
If there is a defect at the transmission oil temperature sender,
the transmission warm-up routine must be carried out every time
the engine is restarted, even if the transmission oil is warm
already (TCU diagnostic trouble codes that indicate a defect at
the transmission oil temperature sender (TCU 304024.04 or TCU
304040.03) should take priority).
A defect at the front-wheel drive clutch:
Clutch is slipping due to the tractor being overloaded.
A defect at the Y03 solenoid valve of the front-wheel drive clutch
(diagnostic trouble code BCU 302086.31 should take priority).
A mechanical problem at the clutch.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Address UIC043 - Input address for transmission ratio of front-wheel drive axle , Section
245, Group UIC.

• “Front-Wheel Drive Clutch - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” , Repair Manual,


Section 56, Group 10.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1632 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

• Reference 256-10-001 , Drive Systems - Operational Check.

• Reference 256-15-002 , Checking Pressure at the Front-Wheel Drive Clutch.

• Information on the front-wheel drive clutch: Reference 256-20-001 , Drive Systems -


Summary of References.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

Diagnostic trouble codes that have priority must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the input address for transmission ratio of front-wheel drive axle

Action:

Check the input value in address UIC043; see Address UIC043 - Input address for
transmission ratio of front-wheel drive axle .

Result:

YES:If input value is OK, GO TO 3 .

NO:Correct the input.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1633 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the front-wheel drive speed sender

Action:

• Access address UIC 46 .

→NOTE:

Doubling travel speed results in a doubling of the output value in address


UIC 46.

• Do this check while the tractor is in motion with the front-wheel drive engaged:

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 46 –– Speed, front-wheel drive axle speed sender (B89)


Display should vary with travel speed: rpm 0 - 8000

→NOTE:

Diagnosis via basic informator or performance monitor on tractors


equipped with a user interface controller (UIC) up to software part number
157790 (for software part number, see address UIC233): The main (key)
switch must be at ”IGN” for at least 8 seconds before the diagnostic mode
is activated. If the diagnostic mode was activated previously, the tractor
cannot be moved.

Result:

YES:• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for front-wheel
drive axle speed sender (B89) ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group UIC.• Type of error
indicates a defective front-wheel drive clutch: GO TO 3 .

NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for front-wheel drive axle speed sender (B89) ; see Technical
Manual, section 245, group UIC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1634 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the front-wheel drive clutch

Action:

Do an operational check on the front-wheel drive clutch: Reference 256-10-001 , Drive


Systems - Operational Check.
Reference 256-15-002 , Checking Pressure at the Front-Wheel Drive Clutch.
Check the Y03 solenoid valve of the front-wheel drive clutch for a mechanical defect.
Check the disk pack.
Check the front-wheel drive clutch mechanism (belleville springs).

Result:

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1635 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305012.00- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Engine Speed Too High


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305012.00 is generated if the user interface controller detects an
excessively high engine speed. Speed (travel speed) should be reduced. This diagnostic
trouble code is not stored in the controller′s error memory. It is intended only as information
for the operator; it triggers the alarm level: “Information”. Excessive speed is indicated, when
there is NO weight pushing from behind to account for it: Deal with the ECU diagnostic
trouble codes.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1636 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305015.11- Park Lock Does Not Engage


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305015.11 is stored if the park lock does not engage, even
although the UIC commands “park position” and the tractor′s travel speed is such that
engagement is permitted. This diagnostic trouble code sets off a “CAUTION” alarm.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective park lock pressure sender B90:


Diagnostic trouble codes PLC 328016.31 and PLC 328017.31 take
priority.
Fault at park lock solenoid valve Y15-1 (monitored by TCU) or Y15-2
(monitored by PLC):
TCU diagnostic trouble codes TCU 304086.05, TCU 304102.04,
TCU 304118.03 and/or TCU 304147.11 should take priority.
PLC diagnostic trouble codes PLC 328020.31 or PLC 328021.31
should take priority.
Problem in the hydraulic circuit of the park lock control block.
Mechanically faulty park lock solenoid valves Y15-1 and/or Y15-2.
Hydraulic problem.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “AutoPowr/IVT Transmission, Output Housing - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” ,


Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 15.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 245-PLC-200 , Theory of Operation (Park Lock Controller)

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1637 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the park lock pressure sender

Action:

2.1 Check the basic setting (neutral position) of the park lock′s pressure sender:

• Access address PLC012 .

Item Measurement Specification

PLC012 –– voltage, park lock′s pressure sender (B90)


Park lock′s pressure sender (B90) not under pressure, with ignition
Voltage (neutral range) between 0.3 and 0.75 volts
ON:

Result:

YES:GO TO 2.2

NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for park lock′s pressure sender (B90) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group PLC.

Action:

2.2 Checking the operation of the park lock:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1638 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

CAUTION:

During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.

• Start the engine.

• Access address PLC012 .

Reverse drive lever ranges

LEGEND:
1 Reverse drive lever
2 Corner park position
3 Neutral

• Do this test with the engine running and the reverse drive lever in the positions for corner
park and neutral.

Item Measurement Specification

PLC012 –– voltage, park lock′s pressure sender (B90)


Reverse drive lever in position for corner park (with engine
Voltage (no pressure exists) between 0.3 and 0.75 volts
running):

Reverse drive lever in position for neutral (with engine running): Voltage (pressure exists) between 2.0 and 4.8 volts

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1639 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: Circuit/Harness test for
park lock′s pressure sender (B90) ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group PLC.

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Checking the park lock solenoid valve Y15-1

Action:

CAUTION:

During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.

• Start the engine.

• Access address TCU038 .

• Do this test with the engine running and the reverse drive lever in the positions for corner
park and neutral.

Item Measurement Specification

TCU038 –– Status, park lock solenoid valve Y15-1


Reverse drive lever in corner park position: Status (park lock ON, solenoid valve de-activated) XX0

Reverse drive lever in position for neutral: Status (park lock OFF, solenoid valve activated) XX1

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for park lock solenoid valve (Y15-1) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group UIC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1640 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the park lock solenoid valve Y15-2

Action:

• Ignition ON (engine OFF).

• Access address PLC016 :

Item Measurement Specification

PLC016 - Status, solenoid valve Y15-2


Reverse drive lever in corner park position: Status (park lock ON, solenoid valve de-activated) 000

Reverse drive lever in position for neutral: Status (park lock OFF, solenoid valve activated) 010

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for park lock solenoid valve (Y15-2) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group PLC.

( 5 ) Checking transmission oil pressure

Action:

• Access address TCU005 .

• Do this test while the engine is running (1800 rpm).

Item Measurement Specification

TCU005 –– Status, transmission oil pressure sender (S74)


When pressurized, the switch is CLOSED: Status X0X

Result:

YES: GO TO 7 .

NO: GO TO 6 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1641 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 6 ) Checking system pressure

Action:

See Reference 253-15-010 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Checking System Pressure.

Result:

YES:Check the transmission oil pressure sender (S74) (for the functional schematic of the
circuit, refer to SE26; for the position of the components, refer to W28).

NO:Refer to diagnostics for erroneous system pressure (diagnostic trouble code TCU
304177.01, Section 211, Group TCU).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1642 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 7 ) Checking pressure at the park lock control block

Action:

CAUTION:

During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.

• Connect pressure test kit FKM10470 to the test port for measuring system power at the
park lock control block. See Reference 253-15-021 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Checking
Park Lock Pressure.

• Start the engine.

• Access address PLC012 .

• Run engine at 1800 rpm.

Item Measurement Specification

Park lock pressure and values on the display in diagnostic address PLC012
Reverse drive lever in position for neutral: Park lock control block, pressure 2000 kPa (20 bar; 290 psi)

Voltage in address PLC 12 between 2.0 and 4.8 volts

Reverse drive lever in corner park position: Park lock control block, pressure 0 kPa (0 bar; 0 psi)

Voltage in address PLC 12 between 0.3 and 0.75 volts

Result:

YES:Pressure exists, but voltage in address PLC 12 is not to specification: Replace the park
lock′s pressure sender (B90) and repeat the test.

NO:If pressure is not to specification: GO TO 8 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1643 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 8 ) Problem in the park lock control block

Action:

Check the control block′s components for mechanical defects.

Solenoid valve Y15-1.


Solenoid valve Y15-2.
Check-valve.

Result:

YES:Check the control block for signs of damage.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1644 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305016.11- UIC Detects Travel Speed even although the Park Lock is Engaged
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305016.11 is stored if a travel speed signal is present, even
although the “park position” is commanded and the UIC has received confirmation that the
park lock is engaged. This diagnostic trouble code sets off a “CAUTION” alarm.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A mechanical defect at the TCU′s transmission output speed sender


B63:
Diagnostic trouble codes TCU 304146.11 and/or 304151.11 take
priority.
Fault at park lock solenoid valve Y15-1 (monitored by TCU) or Y15-2
(monitored by PLC):
TCU diagnostic trouble codes TCU 304086.05, TCU 304102.04,
TCU 304118.03 and/or TCU 304147.11 should take priority.
PLC diagnostic trouble codes PLC 328020.31 or PLC 328021.31
should take priority.
Defective park lock pressure sender B90:
Diagnostic trouble codes PLC 328016.31 and PLC 328017.31 take
priority.
A defect at the park lock control block.
Mechanically faulty park lock solenoid valves Y15-1 and Y15-2.
Hydraulic problem.
A defect at the park lock′s operating mechanism or pawl.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “AutoPowr/IVT Transmission, Output Housing - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” ,


Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 15.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 245-PLC-200 , Theory of Operation (Park Lock Controller)

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1645 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the park lock pressure sender

Action:

2.1 Check the basic setting (neutral position) of the park lock′s pressure sender:

• Access address PLC012 .

Item Measurement Specification

PLC012 –– voltage, park lock′s pressure sender (B90)


Park lock′s pressure sender (B90) not under pressure, with ignition
Voltage (neutral range) between 0.3 and 0.75 volts
ON:

Result:

YES:GO TO 2.2

NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for park lock′s pressure sender (B90) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group PLC.

Action:

2.2 Checking the operation of the park lock:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1646 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

CAUTION:

During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.

• Start the engine.

• Access address PLC 12 .

Reverse drive lever ranges

LEGEND:
1 Reverse drive lever
2 Corner park position
3 Neutral

• Do this test with the engine running and the reverse drive lever in the positions for corner
park and neutral.

Item Measurement Specification

PLC 12 –– voltage, park lock′s pressure sender (B90)


Reverse drive lever in position for corner park (with engine
Voltage (no pressure exists) between 0.3 and 0.75 volts
running):

Reverse drive lever in position for neutral (with engine running): Voltage (pressure exists) between 2.0 and 4.8 volts

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1647 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: GO TO: Circuit/Harness
test for park lock′s pressure sender (B90) ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group PLC.

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Checking the park lock solenoid valve Y15-1

Action:

CAUTION:

During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.

• Start the engine.

• Access address TCU 38 .

• Do this test with the engine running and the reverse drive lever in the positions for corner
park and neutral.

Item Measurement Specification

TCU 38 –– Status, park lock solenoid valve Y15-1


Reverse drive lever in corner park position: Status (park lock ON, solenoid valve de-activated) XX0

Reverse drive lever in position for neutral: Status (park lock OFF, solenoid valve activated) XX1

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for park lock solenoid valve (Y15-1) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group TCU.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1648 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the park lock solenoid valve Y15-2

Action:

• Ignition ON (engine OFF).

• Access address PLC 16 :

Item Measurement Specification

PLC 16 - Status, solenoid valve Y15-2


Reverse drive lever in corner park position: Status (park lock ON, solenoid valve de-activated) 000

Reverse drive lever in position for neutral: Status (park lock OFF, solenoid valve activated) 010

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for park lock solenoid valve (Y15-2) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group PLC.

( 5 ) Checking transmission oil pressure

Action:

• Access address TCU 05 .

• Do this test while the engine is running.

Item Measurement Specification

TCU 05 –– Status, transmission oil pressure sender (S74)


When pressurized, the switch is CLOSED: Status X0X

Result:

YES: GO TO 7 .

NO: GO TO 6 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1649 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 6 ) Checking system pressure

Action:

See Reference 253-15-010 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Checking System Pressure.

Result:

YES:Check the transmission oil pressure sender (S74) (for the functional schematic of the
circuit, refer to SE26; for the position of the components, refer to W28).

NO:Refer to diagnostics for erroneous system pressure (diagnostic trouble code TCU
304177.01, Section 211, Group TCU).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1650 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 7 ) Checking pressure at the park lock control block

Action:

CAUTION:

During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.

• Connect pressure test kit FKM10470 to the test port for measuring system power at the
park lock control block. See Reference 253-15-021 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Checking
Park Lock Pressure.

• Start the engine.

• Access address PLC 12 .

• Run engine at 1800 rpm.

Item Measurement Specification

Park lock pressure and values on the display in diagnostic address PLC 12
Reverse drive lever in position for neutral: Park lock control block, pressure 2000 kPa (20 bar; 290 psi)

Voltage in address PLC 12 between 2.0 and 4.8 volts

Reverse drive lever in corner park position: Park lock control block, pressure 0 kPa (0 bar; 0 psi)

Voltage in address PLC 12 between 0.3 and 0.75 volts

Result:

YES:Pressure exists, but voltage in address PLC 12 is not to specification: Replace the park
lock′s pressure sender (B90) and repeat the test.

NO:If pressure is not to specification: GO TO 8 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1651 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 8 ) Problem in the park lock control block

Action:

Check the control block′s components for mechanical defects.

Solenoid valves Y15-1 and Y15-2, and check-valve.


A defect at the park lock′s operating mechanism.
A defect at the park lock′s pawl.

Result:

YES:Check the control block for signs of damage.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1652 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305021.04- Cruise Control Potentiometer, Signal Voltage Too Low


46
Diagnostic trouble code 305021.04 is saved if the user interface controller measures a
voltage of less than 0.5 volts at the signal input of the potentiometer. This indicates that the
potentiometer′s circuit is open. This diagnostic trouble code restricts engine speed to a
maximum of 1650 rpm and triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective cruise control potentiometer (A19).


A general problem with the power supply to the 5-volt components:
Diagnostic trouble codes UIC 305179.02 and/or UIC 305180.04
take priority.
Defective line connection between the potentiometer and the UIC.
Power supply interrupted (ground cable 241 and/or positive cable
243).
Defective signal lead (cable 289).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

• “Replacing the Cruise Control Potentiometer on Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT Transmission” ,


Repair Manual, Section 40, Group 25.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1653 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1654 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the cruise control potentiometer (A19)

Action:

→NOTE:

Slowly turn the potentiometer through its full range. Do not exceed the
maximum voltage or go below the minimum voltage (see below). An
acoustic signal or sudden voltage change while the potentiometer is
actuated indicates a defective potentiometer.

• Access address UIC 25 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 25 –– Voltage, cruise control potentiometer (A19)


Right to end-position: Minimum voltage 0.5 volts

Right to detent position: Voltage range 0.9 - 1.1 volts

Left to end-position: Maximum voltage 3.9 - 4.1 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for cruise control potentiometer (A19) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group UIC.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for cruise control potentiometer (A19) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group UIC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1655 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305022.03- Cruise Control Potentiometer, Signal Voltage Too High


46
Diagnostic trouble code 305022.03 is saved if the user interface controller measures a
voltage in excess of 4.5 volts at the signal input of the potentiometer. This indicates a short
in or a problem with the ground connection in the potentiometer′s circuit. This diagnostic
trouble code restricts engine speed to a maximum of 1650 rpm and triggers the alarm level:
“Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Short circuit at the signal lead between the potentiometer and UIC
(cable 289).
A defective ground connection between the potentiometer and UIC
(cable 241).
Short circuit in the power supply circuit of the 5-volt components:
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305179.02 takes priority.
A defective cruise control potentiometer (A19).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

• “Replacing the Cruise Control Potentiometer on Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT Transmission” ,


Repair Manual, Section 40, Group 25.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1656 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1657 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the cruise control potentiometer (A19)

Action:

→NOTE:

Slowly turn the potentiometer through its full range. Do not exceed the
maximum voltage or go below the minimum voltage (see below). An
acoustic signal or sudden voltage change while the potentiometer is
actuated indicates a defective potentiometer.

• Access address UIC 25 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 25 –– Voltage, cruise control potentiometer (A19)


Right to end-position: Minimum voltage 0.5 volts

Right to detent position: Voltage range 0.9 - 1.1 volts

Left to end-position: Maximum voltage 3.9 - 4.1 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for cruise control potentiometer (A19) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group UIC.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for cruise control potentiometer (A19) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group UIC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1658 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305027.04- AutoPowr Selector, Signal Voltage Too Low


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305027.04 is saved if the user interface controller measures a
voltage of less than 0.5 volts at the signal input of the AutoPowr selector. This indicates that
the AutoPowr selector′s circuit is open. This diagnostic trouble code activates engine load
control, de-activates ECO mode and triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective AutoPowr selector (B83).


A general problem with the power supply to the 5-volt components:
Diagnostic trouble codes UIC 305179.02 and/or UIC 305180.04
take priority.
Defective line connection between the AutoPowr selector and the UIC.
Power supply interrupted (ground cable 241 and/or positive cable
243).
Defective signal lead (cable 265).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1659 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1660 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the AutoPowr selector

Action:

→NOTE:

Slowly turn the AutoPowr selector through its full range. Do not exceed the
maximum voltage or go below the minimum voltage (see below). An
acoustic signal or sudden voltage change while the AutoPowr selector is
actuated indicates a defective potentiometer.

• Access address UIC 24 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 24 –– Voltage, AutoPowr selector (B83)


Position 5: Voltage range 0.9 - 1.1 volts

Position 1 (to detent position): Voltage range 3.9 - 4.1 volts

Position 0: Maximum voltage 4.5 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for AutoPowr selector (B83) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group UIC.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for AutoPowr selector (B83) ; see Technical Manual, Section
245, Group UIC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1661 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305028.03- AutoPowr Selector, Signal Voltage Too High


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305028.03 is saved if the user interface controller measures a
voltage in excess of 4.5 volts at the signal input of the AutoPowr selector. This indicates a
short in or a problem with the ground connection in the AutoPowr selector′s circuit. This
diagnostic trouble code activates engine load control, de-activates ECO mode and triggers
the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Short circuit at the signal lead between the AutoPowr selector and UIC
(cable 265).
A defective ground connection between the AutoPowr selector and UIC
(cable 241).
Short circuit in the power supply circuit of the 5-volt components:
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305179.02 takes priority.
A defective AutoPowr selector (B83).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1662 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1663 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the AutoPowr selector

Action:

→NOTE:

Slowly turn the AutoPowr selector through its full range. Do not exceed the
maximum voltage or go below the minimum voltage (see below). An
acoustic signal or sudden voltage change while the AutoPowr selector is
actuated indicates a defective potentiometer.

• Access address UIC 24 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 24 –– Voltage, AutoPowr selector (B83)


Position 5: Voltage range 0.9 - 1.1 volts

Position 1 (to detent position): Voltage range 3.9 - 4.1 volts

Position 0: Maximum voltage 4.5 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for AutoPowr selector (B83) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group UIC.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for AutoPowr selector (B83) ; see Technical Manual, Section
245, Group UIC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1664 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305029.02- Operator Presence (Seat) Switch, Faulty Signal


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305029.02 is stored if the UIC receives an output signal from the
seat switch (operator is present) without interruption for over 25.5 hours. This diagnostic
trouble code sets off an “information” alarm and the tractor can only be driven by selecting a
direction of travel and actuating the brake or clutch.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective operator presence (seat) switch (S40)


Short circuit at the signal lead between the operator presence (seat)
switch and UIC (cable 907).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Theory of Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1665 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the operator presence (seat) switch

Action:

• Access address UIC 10 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 10 –– Status, operator presence (seat) switch (S40)


Operator sitting on seat: Status X1X

Operator not sitting on seat: Status X0X

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/Harness
test for seat switch (S40) ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group UIC.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for seat switch (S40) ; see Technical Manual, section 245,
group UIC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1666 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305030.12- Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer, Voltages at Channel 1 and


Channel 2 Not in the Correct Ratio
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305030.12 is saved when the user interface controller recognizes
a discrepancy between the output signals of the Hall-type potentiometers (the voltage at
channel 1 must be double the value of channel 2). This diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defect at the signal leads of channel 1 (cable 296) or channel 2


(cable 295).
A defective signal lead from channel 1 (cable 296) produces
additional UIC diagnostic trouble codes (UIC 305032.04 or UIC
305033.03 takes priority).
A defective accelerator pedal potentiometer (B79).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Speed Control Linkage (Summary of References)” , Repair Manual, Section 30, Group 05.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1667 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1668 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the accelerator pedal potentiometer

Action:

→NOTE:

Slowly move the accelerator pedal′s potentiometer through its full range.
Do not exceed the maximum voltage or go below the minimum voltage (see
below). An acoustic signal or sudden voltage change while the pedal is
actuated indicates a defective potentiometer.

2.1 - Check channel 1 of the Hall-type potentiometer:

Access address UIC 22 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 22 –– Voltage, accelerator pedal potentiometer (B79; channel 1)


Accelerator pedal at minimum setting: Voltage range 0.7 - 1.2 volts

Accelerator pedal at maximum setting: Voltage range 3.5 - 4.3 volts

2.2 - Check channel 2 of the Hall-type potentiometer:

Access address UIC 23 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 23 –– Voltage, accelerator pedal potentiometer (B79; channel 2)


Accelerator pedal at minimum setting: Voltage range 0.35 - 0.6 volts

Accelerator pedal at maximum setting: Voltage range 1.75 - 2.15 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for accelerator pedal potentiometer (B79) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group
UIC.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for accelerator pedal potentiometer (B79) ; see Technical
Manual, Section 245, Group UIC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1669 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305032.04- Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer, Voltage at Channel 1 Too Low


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305032.04 is saved when the user interface controller measures
a voltage of less than 0.5 volts at the signal input of channel 1 of the Hall-type potentiometer.
This indicates that the potentiometer′s circuit is open. This diagnostic trouble code triggers
the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A general problem with the power supply to the 5-volt components:


Diagnostic trouble codes UIC 305179.02 and/or UIC 305180.04
take priority.
Defective line connection between the potentiometer and the UIC.
Power supply interrupted (ground cable 241 and/or positive cable
243).
Defective signal lead from channel 1 (cable 296).
A defective accelerator pedal potentiometer (B79).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Speed Control Linkage (Summary of References)” , Repair Manual, Section 30, Group 05.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1670 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1671 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the accelerator pedal potentiometer

Action:

→NOTE:

Slowly move the accelerator pedal′s potentiometer through its full range.
Do not exceed the maximum voltage or go below the minimum voltage (see
below). An acoustic signal or sudden voltage change while the pedal is
actuated indicates a defective potentiometer.

Check channel 1 of the Hall-type potentiometer:

Access address UIC 22 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 22 –– Voltage, accelerator pedal potentiometer (B79; channel 1)


Accelerator pedal at minimum setting: Voltage range 0.7 - 1.2 volts

Accelerator pedal at maximum setting: Voltage range 3.5 - 4.3 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for accelerator pedal potentiometer (B79) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group
UIC.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for accelerator pedal potentiometer (B79) ; see Technical
Manual, Section 245, Group UIC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1672 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305033.03- Accelerator Pedal Potentiometer, Voltage at Channel 1 Too High


46
Diagnostic trouble code 305033.03 is saved when the user interface controller measures a
voltage in excess of 4.5 volts at the signal input of channel 1 of the Hall-type potentiometer.
This indicates a short in or a problem with the ground connection in the potentiometer′s
circuit. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Short circuit at the signal lead of channel 1 between the


potentiometer and the UIC (cable 296).
A defective ground connection between the potentiometer and UIC
(cable 241).
Short circuit in the power supply circuit of the 5-volt components:
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305179.02 takes priority.
A defective accelerator pedal potentiometer (B79).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Speed Control Linkage (Summary of References)” , Repair Manual, Section 30, Group 05.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1673 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1674 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the accelerator pedal potentiometer

Action:

→NOTE:

Slowly move the accelerator pedal′s potentiometer through its full range.
Do not exceed the maximum voltage or go below the minimum voltage (see
below). An acoustic signal or sudden voltage change while the pedal is
actuated indicates a defective potentiometer.

Check channel 1 of the Hall-type potentiometer:

Access address UIC 22 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 22 –– Voltage, accelerator pedal potentiometer (B79; channel 1)


Accelerator pedal at minimum setting: Voltage range 0.7 - 1.2 volts

Accelerator pedal at maximum setting: Voltage range 3.5 - 4.3 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for accelerator pedal potentiometer (B79) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group
UIC.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for accelerator pedal potentiometer (B79) ; see Technical
Manual, Section 245, Group UIC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1675 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305035.12- Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Voltages at Channel 1 and Channel 2


Not in the Correct Ratio
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305035.12 is saved when the user interface controller recognizes
a discrepancy between the output signals of the Hall-type potentiometers (the voltage at
channel 1 must be double the value of channel 2). This diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defect at the signal leads of channel 1 (cable 287) or channel 2


(cable 286).
A defective signal lead from channel 1 (cable 287) produces
additional UIC diagnostic trouble codes (UIC 305037.04 or UIC
305038.03 takes priority).
A defective hand throttle potentiometer (B78).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Speed Control Linkage (Summary of References)” , Repair Manual, Section 30, Group 05.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1676 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1677 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the hand throttle potentiometer

Action:

→NOTE:

Slowly move the hand throttle′s potentiometer through its full range. Do
not exceed the maximum voltage or go below the minimum voltage (see
below). An acoustic signal or sudden voltage change while the
potentiometer is actuated indicates a defective potentiometer.

2.1 - Check channel 1 of the Hall-type potentiometer:

• Access address UIC 20 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 20 –– Voltage, hand throttle potentiometer (B78; channel 1)


Hand throttle at minimum setting: Voltage range 0.5 - 0.8 volts

Hand throttle at maximum setting: Voltage range 3.7 - 4.0 volts

2.2 - Check channel 2 of the Hall-type potentiometer:

• Access address UIC 21 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 21 –– Voltage, hand throttle potentiometer (B78; channel 2)


Hand throttle at minimum setting: Voltage range 0.25 - 0.4 volts

Hand throttle at maximum setting: Voltage range 1.85 - 2.0 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for hand throttle potentiometer (B78) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group UIC.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for hand throttle potentiometer (B78) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group UIC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1678 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305037.04- Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Voltage at Channel 1 Too Low


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305037.04 is saved when the user interface controller measures
a voltage of less than 0.5 volts at the signal input of channel 1 of the potentiometer. This
indicates that the potentiometer′s circuit is open. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A general problem with the power supply to the 5-volt components:


Diagnostic trouble codes UIC 305179.02 and/or UIC 305180.04
take priority.
Defective line connection between the potentiometer and the UIC.
Power supply interrupted (ground cable 241 and/or positive cable
243).
Defective signal lead (cable 287).
A defective hand throttle potentiometer (B78).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Speed Control Linkage (Summary of References)” , Repair Manual, Section 30, Group 05.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1679 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1680 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the hand throttle potentiometer

Action:

→NOTE:

Slowly move the hand throttle′s potentiometer through its full range. Do
not exceed the maximum voltage or go below the minimum voltage (see
below). An acoustic signal or sudden voltage change while the
potentiometer is actuated indicates a defective potentiometer.

Check channel 1 of the Hall-type potentiometer:

• Access address UIC 20 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 20 –– Voltage, hand throttle potentiometer (B78; channel 1)


Hand throttle at minimum setting: Voltage range 0.5 - 0.8 volts

Hand throttle at maximum setting: Voltage range 3.7 - 4.0 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for hand throttle potentiometer (B78) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group UIC.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for hand throttle potentiometer (B78) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group UIC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1681 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305038.03- Hand Throttle Potentiometer, Voltage at Channel 1 Too High


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305038.03 is saved when the user interface controller measures
a voltage in excess of 4.5 volts at the signal input of channel 1 of the potentiometer. This
indicates a short in or a problem with the ground connection in the potentiometer′s circuit.
This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Short circuit at the signal lead between the potentiometer and the UIC
(cable 287).
A defective ground connection between the potentiometer and UIC
(cable 241).
Short circuit in the power supply circuit of the 5-volt components:
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305179.02 takes priority.
A defective hand throttle potentiometer (B78).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Speed Control Linkage (Summary of References)” , Repair Manual, Section 30, Group 05.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1682 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1683 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the hand throttle potentiometer

Action:

→NOTE:

Slowly move the hand throttle′s potentiometer through its full range. Do
not exceed the maximum voltage or go below the minimum voltage (see
below). An acoustic signal or sudden voltage change while the
potentiometer is actuated indicates a defective potentiometer.

Check channel 1 of the Hall-type potentiometer:

• Access address UIC 20 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 20 –– Voltage, hand throttle potentiometer (B78; channel 1)


Hand throttle at minimum setting: Voltage range 0.5 - 0.8 volts

Hand throttle at maximum setting: Voltage range 3.7 - 4.0 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for hand throttle potentiometer (B78) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group UIC.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for hand throttle potentiometer (B78) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group UIC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1684 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305039.11- Fault at Clutch Pedal Sensor


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305039.11 is stored if the position of the clutch pedal switch
(transmitted as a CAN message by the TCU) does not correspond to the position of the clutch
pedal (output signal of clutch pedal potentiometer B65). This diagnostic trouble code triggers
the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective clutch pedal potentiometer (B65).


Diagnostic trouble codes UIC 305141.12, UIC 305142.04 and UIC
305143.03 take priority.
A defective circuit of clutch pedal switch (S72).
Defective switch or line connection (cable 664 and/or 646).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Reconditioning the Clutch Actuation Mechanism” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1685 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1686 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the clutch pedal potentiometer

Action:

→NOTE:

Slowly press the clutch down fully. An acoustic signal or sudden voltage
change while the clutch is actuated indicates a defective potentiometer.

2.1 – Check channel 1 of the Hall-type potentiometer:

• Access address UIC 18 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 18 –– Voltage, clutch pedal potentiometer (B65; channel 1)


Pedal declutched: Voltage range 0.7 - 1.0 volts

Pedal clutched: Voltage range 4.1 - 4.4 volts

2.2 – Check channel 2 of the Hall-type potentiometer:

• Access address UIC 19 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 19 –– Voltage, clutch pedal potentiometer (B65; channel 2)


Pedal declutched: Voltage range 0.35 - 0.5 volts

Pedal clutched: Voltage range 2.05 - 2.2 volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for clutch pedal potentiometer (B65) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group UIC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1687 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the clutch pedal switch

Action:

• Access address TCU 07 .

• Do this check with the reverse drive lever in its position for neutral:

Item Measurement Specification

TCU 07 –– Status, clutch pedal switch (S72)


Pedal declutched: Status XX1

Pedal clutched: Status XX0

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for transmission enable signal from relay K02/1 and clutch
pedal switch S72 ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group TCU.

( 4 ) Checking the point at which the clutch pedal switch trips

Action:

Access address UIC 18 .


Slowly press the clutch down fully.
At the moment when the switch can be heard to trip, voltage at the clutch pedal switch
should be:

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 18 –– Voltage, clutch pedal potentiometer (B65; channel 1)


Point at which the clutch pedal switch trips: Voltage range between 3.6 and 3.9 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: Check the clutch pedal
potentiometer and the clutch pedal switch for loose, poor or slid-back contacts.

NO:Check the installation of the clutch pedal potentiometer and switch (see relevant passage
in Repair Manual).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1688 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305044.04- Left Brake Signal Potentiometer, Voltage Too Low


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305044.04 is saved if the user interface controller measures a
voltage of less than 0.5 volts at the signal input of the potentiometer of the left brake pedal.
This indicates that the potentiometer′s circuit is open. This diagnostic trouble code sets off a
“CAUTION” alarm.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective brake pedal sensor unit (B88).


A general problem with the power supply to the 5-volt components:
Diagnostic trouble codes UIC 305179.02 and/or UIC 305180.04
take priority.
Defective line connection between the brake pedal′s potentiometer
and the UIC.
Power supply interrupted (ground cable 241 and/or positive cable
243).
Defective signal lead (cable 278).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Theory of Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

• Reference 260-15-070 , Adjusting the Brake Pedals and Switches.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1689 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1690 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the brake pedal potentiometer

Action:

→NOTE:

Slowly press the brake pedal all the way down. An acoustic signal or
sudden voltage change while the potentiometer is actuated indicates a
defective potentiometer.

Check the potentiometer on the left brake:

• Access address UIC 27 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 27 –– Voltage, left brake pedal potentiometer (B88)


Left brake pedal not activated: Minimum voltage 0.9 volts

Voltage Range 0.9 - 1.1 volts

Left brake pedal activated: Maximum voltage 4.5 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/Harness
test for brake pedal potentiometer (B88) ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group UIC.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for brake pedal potentiometer (B88) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group UIC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1691 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305045.03- Left Brake Signal Potentiometer, Voltage Too High


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305045.03 is saved if the user interface controller measures a
voltage in excess of 4.5 volts at the signal input of the potentiometer of the left brake pedal.
This indicates a short in or a problem with the ground connection in the potentiometer′s
circuit. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Short circuit at the signal lead between the potentiometer and the UIC
(cable 278).
A defective ground connection between the potentiometer and UIC
(cable 241).
Short circuit in the power supply circuit of the 5-volt components
(cable 243):
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305179.02 takes priority.
Defective brake pedal sensor unit (B88).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Theory of Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

• Reference 260-15-070 , Adjusting the Brake Pedals and Switches.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1692 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1693 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the brake pedal potentiometer

Action:

→NOTE:

Slowly press the brake pedal all the way down. An acoustic signal or
sudden voltage change while the brake is actuated indicates a defective
potentiometer.

Check the potentiometer on the left brake:

• Access address UIC 27 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 27 –– Voltage, left brake pedal potentiometer (B88)


Left brake pedal not activated: Minimum voltage 0.9 volts

Voltage range 0.9 - 1.1 volts

Left brake pedal activated: Maximum voltage 4.5 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for brake pedal potentiometer (B88) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group UIC.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for brake pedal potentiometer (B88) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group UIC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1694 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305046.04- Right Brake Signal Potentiometer, Voltage Too Low


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305046.04 is saved if the user interface controller measures a
voltage of less than 0.5 volts at the signal input of the potentiometer of the right brake pedal.
This indicates that the potentiometer′s circuit is open. This diagnostic trouble code sets off a
“CAUTION” alarm.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective brake pedal sensor unit (B88).


A general problem with the power supply to the 5-volt components:
Diagnostic trouble codes UIC 305179.02 and/or UIC 305180.04
take priority.
Defective line connection between the brake pedal′s potentiometer
and the UIC.
Power supply interrupted (ground cable 241 and/or positive cable
243).
Defective signal lead (cable 276).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Theory of Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

• Reference 260-15-070 , Adjusting the Brake Pedals and Switches.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1695 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1696 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the brake pedal potentiometer

Action:

→NOTE:

Slowly press the brake pedal all the way down. An acoustic signal or
sudden voltage change while the potentiometer is actuated indicates a
defective potentiometer.

Check the potentiometer on the right brake:

• Access address UIC 28 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 28 –– Voltage, right brake pedal potentiometer (B88)


Right brake pedal not activated: Minimum voltage 0.9 volts

Voltage Range 0.9 - 1.1 volts

Right brake pedal activated: Maximum voltage 4.5 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/Harness
test for brake pedal potentiometer (B88) ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group UIC.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for brake pedal potentiometer (B88) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group UIC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1697 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305047.03- Right Brake Pedal Potentiometer, Voltage Too High


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305047.03 is saved if the user interface controller measures a
voltage in excess of 4.5 volts at the signal input of the potentiometer of the right brake
pedal. This indicates a short in or a problem with the ground connection in the
potentiometer′s circuit. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Short circuit at the signal lead between the potentiometer and the UIC
(cable 276).
A defective ground connection between the potentiometer and UIC
(cable 241).
Short circuit in the power supply circuit of the 5-volt components
(cable 243):
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305179.02 takes priority.
Defective brake pedal sensor unit (B88).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Theory of Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

• Reference 260-15-070 , Adjusting the Brake Pedals and Switches.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1698 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1699 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the brake pedal potentiometer

Action:

→NOTE:

Slowly press the brake pedal all the way down. An acoustic signal or
sudden voltage change while the brake is actuated indicates a defective
potentiometer.

Check the potentiometer on the right brake:

• Access address UIC 28 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 28 –– Voltage, right brake pedal potentiometer (B88)


Right brake pedal not activated: Minimum voltage 0.9 volts

Voltage range 0.9 - 1.1 volts

Right brake pedal activated: Maximum voltage 4.5 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for brake pedal potentiometer (B88) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group UIC.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for brake pedal potentiometer (B88) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group UIC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1700 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305050.12- Speed Wheel, Output Signals do Not Match


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305050.12 is stored if the UIC detects an incorrect combination
of signals at the output channels (channels 1 and 2) of the speed wheel. This diagnostic
trouble code sets off an “Information” alarm.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective speed wheel.


Defective line connection between the speed wheel and the UIC.
Intermittent interruptions in the power supply (ground cable 050
and/or positive cable 672).
Defective signal leads (cable 238 or 249).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Reconditioning the Speed Control Lever” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1701 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the speed wheel

Action:

→NOTE:

Four combinations of individual signals from the Hall-type switches are


produced by the speed wheel and displayed in diagnostic address UIC 08.
Changes in the positions of the Hall-type switches (i.e. combinations of
individual signals) can be detected at the speed wheel thanks to a detent
function.

• Access address UIC 08 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 08 –– Status, speed wheel (INCREASE in speed)


Dependent on position of wheel: Status (combination 1) 0X0

Speed wheel one detent position forward: Status (combination 2) 0X1

Speed wheel one detent position forward: Status (combination 3) 1X1

Speed wheel one detent position forward: Status (combination 4) 1X0

Speed wheel one detent position forward: Status (combination 1) 0X0

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 08 –– Status, speed wheel (DECREASE in speed)


Dependent on position of wheel: Status (combination 1) 0X0

Speed wheel one detent position back: Status (combination 2) 1X0

Speed wheel one detent position back: Status (combination 3) 1X1

Speed wheel one detent position back: Status (combination 4) 0X1

Speed wheel one detent position back: Status (combination 1) 0X0

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/Harness
test for speed wheel ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group UIC.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for speed wheel ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group
UIC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1702 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305051.09- Engine Control Unit has Stopped Transmitting Data (Engine
Temperature)
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305051.09 is saved when there is a problem in transferring data
between the engine control unit (ECU) and the user interface controller. Reception of the CAN
message regarding engine temperature is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception
could be due to a loose wire). This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Blown ECU fuse(s) F04/1 and/or F04/2.


Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the engine
control unit causes an intermittent problem in transferring data.
Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general
problem in transferring data to/from the engine control unit (UIC
305052.09, UIC 305053.09, UIC 305055.09, UIC 305056.09 and/or
UIC 305060.09).
A fault in the ECU′s monitoring circuit (faulty coolant temperature
sender B56).
ECU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the user
interface controller causes an intermittent problem in transferring
data.
Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general
problem in transferring data to/from the user interface controller
(ECU 000898.09 and/or TCU 304161.09).
A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem.
If other diagnostic trouble codes from other control units are
saved that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
Intermittent 29-bit CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong
electromagnetic influences.
Defective engine control unit.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-05-007 , Electronic Control Units - Location and Allocation.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1703 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 245-ECU-203 , Theory of Operation (TIER II Engines; Level 11 with AutoPowr/IVT


Transmission)

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

ECU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 1.3

Action:

1.3

Check ECU fuses F04/1 and/or F04/2.

Result:

YES:GO TO 1.4

NO:Put in a new fuse.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1704 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action:

1.4 - A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem

Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.

Result:

YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: GO TO 2 .

NO:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) , (Section
213, Group 45).

( 2 ) Checking the ECU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

X570/1 30-pin plug for engine control unit (ECU)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1705 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

X570/2 30-pin plug for engine control unit (ECU)

Item Measurement Specification

ECU Level 11 (HPCR) – plug X570/1 (wiring harness W15)


Power supply: Positive (lead 622) 12 volts at pin E3

Positive (lead 032) 12 volts at pins B1 and B2

Positive, ELX (lead 992) 12 volts at pin G2

Ground (lead 050) at pins C2 and C3

Item Measurement Specification

ECU Level 11 (HPCR) – plug X570/2 (wiring harness W15)


29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin L1

CAN- (lead 935) at pin L2

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

For circuit diagram, refer to:

Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B-Electronic Engine Control

For component location and pin arrangement, see wiring harness W15.

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Checking the UIC plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1706 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

X133 68-pin plug for UIC

Item Measurement Specification

X133 68-pin plug for UIC


Power supply: Lead 672 (positive, ELX) 12 volts at pin 23

Lead 050 Ground at pin 1

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1707 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Item Measurement Specification

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

For circuit diagram, refer to:

Reference 240-10-036 , SE27-Transmission Shift (AutoPowr/IVT transmission).

For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1708 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305052.09- Engine Control Unit has Stopped Transmitting Data (Engine
Load/Maximum Injection Rate)
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305052.09 is saved when there is a problem in transferring data
between the engine control unit (ECU) and the user interface controller. Reception of the CAN
message regarding maximum engine load is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent
reception could be due to a loose wire). This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Blown ECU fuse(s) F04/1 and/or F04/2.


Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the engine
control unit causes an intermittent problem in transferring data.
Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general
problem in transferring data to/from the engine control unit (UIC
305051.09, UIC 305053.09, UIC 305055.09, UIC 305056.09 and/or
UIC 305060.09).
A fault in the ECU′s monitoring circuit.
ECU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the user
interface controller causes an intermittent problem in transferring
data.
Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general
problem in transferring data to/from the user interface controller
(ECU 000898.09 and/or TCU 304161.09).
A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem.
If other diagnostic trouble codes from other control units are
saved that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
Intermittent 29-bit CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong
electromagnetic influences.
Defective engine control unit.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-05-007 , Electronic Control Units - Location and Allocation.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1709 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 245-ECU-203 , Theory of Operation (TIER II Engines; Level 11 with AutoPowr/IVT


Transmission)

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

ECU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 1.3

Action:

1.3

Check ECU fuses F04/1 and/or F04/2.

Result:

YES:GO TO 1.4

NO:Put in a new fuse.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1710 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action:

1.4 - A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem

Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.

Result:

YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: GO TO 2 .

NO:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) , (Section
213, Group 45).

( 2 ) Checking the ECU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

X570/1 30-pin plug for engine control unit (ECU)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1711 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

X570/2 30-pin plug for engine control unit (ECU)

Item Measurement Specification

ECU Level 11 (HPCR) – plug X570/1 (wiring harness W15)


Power supply: Positive (lead 622) 12 volts at pin E3

Positive (lead 032) 12 volts at pins B1 and B2

Positive, ELX (lead 992) 12 volts at pin G2

Ground (lead 050) at pins C2 and C3

Item Measurement Specification

ECU Level 11 (HPCR) – plug X570/2 (wiring harness W15)


29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin L1

CAN- (lead 935) at pin L2

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

For circuit diagram, refer to:

Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B-Electronic Engine Control

For component location and pin arrangement, see wiring harness W15.

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Checking the UIC plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1712 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

X133 68-pin plug for UIC

Item Measurement Specification

X133 68-pin plug for UIC


Power supply: Lead 672 (positive, ELX) 12 volts at pin 23

Lead 050 Ground at pin 1

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1713 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Item Measurement Specification

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

For circuit diagram, refer to:

Reference 240-10-036 , SE27-Transmission Shift (AutoPowr/IVT transmission).

For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1714 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305053.09- Engine Control Unit has Stopped Transmitting Data (Engine Speed)
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305053.09 is saved when there is a problem in transferring data
between the engine control unit (ECU) and the user interface controller. Reception of the CAN
message regarding engine speed is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could
be due to a loose wire). This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: ”Information”.
This diagnostic trouble code does not necessarily have any real meaning. It may be saved by
accident. For this reason, diagnosis only needs to be performed if one or more related faults
occur in conjunction with this code.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Blown ECU fuse(s) F04/1 and/or F04/2.


Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the engine
control unit causes an intermittent problem in transferring data.
Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general
problem in transferring data to/from the engine control unit (UIC
305051.09, UIC 305052.09, UIC 305055.09, UIC 305056.09 and/or
UIC 305060.09).
A fault in the ECU′s monitoring circuit (faulty crankshaft speed sender
B72).
ECU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the user
interface controller causes an intermittent problem in transferring
data.
Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general
problem in transferring data to/from the user interface controller
(ECU 000898.09 and/or TCU 304161.09).
A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem.
If other diagnostic trouble codes from other control units are
saved that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
Intermittent 29-bit CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong
electromagnetic influences.
Defective engine control unit.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-05-007 , Electronic Control Units - Location and Allocation.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1715 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 245-ECU-203 , Theory of Operation (TIER II Engines; Level 11 with AutoPowr/IVT


Transmission)

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

ECU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 1.3

Action:

1.3

Check ECU fuses F04/1 and/or F04/2.

Result:

YES:GO TO 1.4

NO:Put in a new fuse.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1716 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action:

1.4 - A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem

Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.

Result:

YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: GO TO 2 .

NO:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) , (Section
213, Group 45).

( 2 ) Checking the ECU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

X570/1 30-pin plug for engine control unit (ECU)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1717 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

X570/2 30-pin plug for engine control unit (ECU)

Item Measurement Specification

ECU Level 11 (HPCR) – plug X570/1 (wiring harness W15)


Power supply: Positive (lead 622) 12 volts at pin E3

Positive (lead 032) 12 volts at pins B1 and B2

Positive, ELX (lead 992) 12 volts at pin G2

Ground (lead 050) at pins C2 and C3

Item Measurement Specification

ECU Level 11 (HPCR) – plug X570/2 (wiring harness W15)


29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin L1

CAN- (lead 935) at pin L2

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

For circuit diagram, refer to:

Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B-Electronic Engine Control

For component location and pin arrangement, see wiring harness W15.

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Checking the UIC plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1718 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

X133 68-pin plug for UIC

Item Measurement Specification

X133 68-pin plug for UIC


Power supply: Lead 672 (positive, ELX) 12 volts at pin 23

Lead 050 Ground at pin 1

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1719 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Item Measurement Specification

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

For circuit diagram, refer to:

Reference 240-10-036 , SE27-Transmission Shift (AutoPowr/IVT transmission).

For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1720 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305054.09- Transmission Control Unit has Stopped Transmitting Data


(Transmission Oil Temperature)
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305054.09 is saved when there is a problem in transferring data
between the transmission control unit (TCU) and the user interface controller. Reception of
the CAN message regarding transmission oil temperature is intermittent or non-existent
(intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Blown TCU fuse(s) F04/15 and/or F05/5.


Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the
transmission control unit causes an intermittent problem in
transferring data.
Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general
problem in transferring data to/from the transmission control unit
(UIC 305190.09 and/or SIC 334003.09).
A fault in the TCU′s monitoring circuit (faulty transmission oil
temperature sender).
TCU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the user
interface controller causes an intermittent problem in transferring
data.
Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general
problem in transferring data to/from the user interface controller
(ECU 000898.09 and/or TCU 304161.09).
A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem.
If other diagnostic trouble codes from other control units are
saved that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
Intermittent 29-bit CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong
electromagnetic influences.
Defective transmission control unit (TCU).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-05-007 , Electronic Control Units - Location and Allocation.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1721 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

TCU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 1.3

Action:

1.3

Check TCU fuses F04/15 and/or F05/5.

Result:

YES:GO TO 1.4

NO:Put in a new fuse.

Action:

1.4 - A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1722 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.

Result:

YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: GO TO 2 .

NO:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) , (Section
213, Group 45).

( 2 ) Checking the TCU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1723 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

X332 68-pin plug for TCU

Item Measurement Specification

X332 68-pin plug for TCU


Power supply: Lead 572 (positive, ELX) 12 volts at pin 45

Lead 052 (positive, BAT) 12 volts at pin 23 and pin 68

Lead 050 Ground at pins 1 and 2

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS screen lines: Lead 930- Ground at pin 20

Lead 932+ 12 volts at pin 43

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead
Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts
050):

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead


Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
050):

For circuit diagram, refer to:

Reference 240-10-035 , SE26-Transmission Control Unit (AutoPowr/IVT transmission).


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1724 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Checking the UIC plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

X133 68-pin plug for UIC

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1725 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Item Measurement Specification

X133 68-pin plug for UIC


Power supply: Lead 672 (positive, ELX) 12 volts at pin 23

Lead 050 Ground at pin 1

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

For circuit diagram, refer to:

Reference 240-10-036 , SE27-Transmission Shift (AutoPowr/IVT transmission).

For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1726 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305055.09- Engine Control Unit has Stopped Transmitting Data (Engine
Load/Current Injection Rate)
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305055.09 is saved when there is a problem in transferring data
between the engine control unit (ECU) and the user interface controller. Reception of the CAN
message regarding current engine load is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception
could be due to a loose wire). This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
”Information”. This diagnostic trouble code does not necessarily have any real meaning. It
may be saved by accident. For this reason, diagnosis only needs to be performed if one or
more related faults occur in conjunction with this code.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Blown ECU fuse(s) F04/1 and/or F04/2.


Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the engine
control unit causes an intermittent problem in transferring data.
Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general
problem in transferring data to/from the engine control unit (UIC
305051.09, UIC 305052.09, UIC 305053.09, UIC 305056.09 and/or
UIC 305060.09).
A fault in the ECU′s monitoring circuit.
ECU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the user
interface controller causes an intermittent problem in transferring
data.
Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general
problem in transferring data to/from the user interface controller
(ECU 000898.09 and/or TCU 304161.09).
A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem.
If other diagnostic trouble codes from other control units are
saved that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
Intermittent 29-bit CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong
electromagnetic influences.
Defective engine control unit.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-05-007 , Electronic Control Units - Location and Allocation.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1727 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 245-ECU-203 , Theory of Operation (TIER II Engines; Level 11 with AutoPowr/IVT


Transmission)

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

ECU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 1.3

Action:

1.3

Check ECU fuses F04/1 and/or F04/2.

Result:

YES:GO TO 1.4

NO:Put in a new fuse.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1728 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action:

1.4 - A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem

Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.

Result:

YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: GO TO 2 .

NO:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) , (Section
213, Group 45).

( 2 ) Checking the ECU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

X570/1 30-pin plug for engine control unit (ECU)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1729 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

X570/2 30-pin plug for engine control unit (ECU)

Item Measurement Specification

ECU Level 11 (HPCR) – plug X570/1 (wiring harness W15)


Power supply: Positive (lead 622) 12 volts at pin E3

Positive (lead 032) 12 volts at pins B1 and B2

Positive, ELX (lead 992) 12 volts at pin G2

Ground (lead 050) at pins C2 and C3

Item Measurement Specification

ECU Level 11 (HPCR) – plug X570/2 (wiring harness W15)


29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin L1

CAN- (lead 935) at pin L2

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

For circuit diagram, refer to:

Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B-Electronic Engine Control

For component location and pin arrangement, see wiring harness W15.

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Checking the UIC plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1730 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

X133 68-pin plug for UIC

Item Measurement Specification

X133 68-pin plug for UIC


Power supply: Lead 672 (positive, ELX) 12 volts at pin 23

Lead 050 Ground at pin 1

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1731 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Item Measurement Specification

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

For circuit diagram, refer to:

Reference 240-10-036 , SE27-Transmission Shift (AutoPowr/IVT transmission).

For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1732 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305056.09- Engine Control Unit has Stopped Transmitting Data (Engine Speed)
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305056.09 is saved when there is a problem in transferring data
between the engine control unit (ECU) and the user interface controller. Reception of the CAN
message regarding engine speed is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could
be due to a loose wire). This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Blown ECU fuse(s) F04/1 and/or F04/2.


Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the engine
control unit causes an intermittent problem in transferring data.
Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general
problem in transferring data to/from the engine control unit (UIC
305051.09, UIC 305052.09, UIC 305053.09, UIC 305055.09 and/or
UIC 305060.09).
A fault in the ECU′s monitoring circuit (faulty crankshaft speed sender
B72).
ECU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the user
interface controller causes an intermittent problem in transferring
data.
Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general
problem in transferring data to/from the user interface controller
(ECU 000898.09 and/or TCU 304161.09).
A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem.
If other diagnostic trouble codes from other control units are
saved that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
Intermittent 29-bit CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong
electromagnetic influences.
Defective engine control unit.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-05-007 , Electronic Control Units - Location and Allocation.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1733 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 245-ECU-203 , Theory of Operation (TIER II Engines; Level 11 with AutoPowr/IVT


Transmission)

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

ECU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 1.3

Action:

1.3

Check ECU fuses F04/1 and/or F04/2.

Result:

YES:GO TO 1.4

NO:Put in a new fuse.

Action:

1.4 - A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1734 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.

Result:

YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: GO TO 2 .

NO:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) , (Section
213, Group 45).

( 2 ) Checking the ECU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

X570/1 30-pin plug for engine control unit (ECU)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1735 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

X570/2 30-pin plug for engine control unit (ECU)

Item Measurement Specification

ECU Level 11 (HPCR) – plug X570/1 (wiring harness W15)


Power supply: Positive (lead 622) 12 volts at pin E3

Positive (lead 032) 12 volts at pins B1 and B2

Positive, ELX (lead 992) 12 volts at pin G2

Ground (lead 050) at pins C2 and C3

Item Measurement Specification

ECU Level 11 (HPCR) – plug X570/2 (wiring harness W15)


29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin L1

CAN- (lead 935) at pin L2

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

For circuit diagram, refer to:

Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B-Electronic Engine Control

For component location and pin arrangement, see wiring harness W15.

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Checking the UIC plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1736 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

X133 68-pin plug for UIC

Item Measurement Specification

X133 68-pin plug for UIC


Power supply: Lead 672 (positive, ELX) 12 volts at pin 23

Lead 050 Ground at pin 1

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1737 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Item Measurement Specification

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

For circuit diagram, refer to:

Reference 240-10-036 , SE27-Transmission Shift (AutoPowr/IVT transmission).

For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1738 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305057.01- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Transmission Warm-up Routine is


Active
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305057.01 is generated if the transmission control unit (TCU)
detects that the transmission oil is too cold for the tractor to operate. The transmission is in
its warm-up routine. This diagnostic trouble code is not stored in the controller′s error
memory. It is intended only as information for the operator; it triggers the alarm level:
“Information”. If the tractor goes through its warm-up routine every time the engine is
restarted, even although the transmission oil is obviously warm already, this indicates that
the transmission oil temperature sender is defective (deal with the TCU diagnostic trouble
codes).
UIC 305058.01- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Transmission Warm-up Routine
Cannot be Activated, Park Lock should be Engaged
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305058.01 is generated if the transmission control unit (TCU)
detects that the transmission oil is too cold for the tractor to operate. However, the
transmission′s warm-up routine cannot be activated until the reverse drive lever has been
moved to its park lock position. This diagnostic trouble code is not stored in the controller′s
error memory. It is intended only as information for the operator; it triggers the alarm level:
“Information”.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1739 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305059.09- Basic Control Unit has Stopped Transmitting Data (Status of Front-
Wheel Drive)
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305059.09 is saved when there is a problem in transferring data
between the basic control unit (BCU) and the user interface controller. Reception of the CAN
message regarding the current status of the front-wheel drive is intermittent or non-existent
(intermittent reception could be due to a loose wire). This diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

BCU fuse F03/01 is blown.


Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the basic
control unit causes an intermittent problem in transferring data.
Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general
problem in transferring data to/from the basic control unit (SFA
324081.09 and/or SIC 334002.09).
A fault in the BCU′s monitoring circuit for front-wheel drive.
BCU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the user
interface controller causes an intermittent problem in transferring
data.
Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general
problem in transferring data to/from the user interface controller
(ECU 000898.09 and/or TCU 304161.09).
A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem.
If other diagnostic trouble codes from other control units are
saved that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
Intermittent 29-bit CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong
electromagnetic influences.
Defective basic control unit (BCU).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-05-007 , Electronic Control Units - Location and Allocation.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1740 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Theory of Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

ECU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 1.3

Action:

1.3

Check BCU fuse F03/1.

Result:

YES:GO TO 1.4

NO:Put in a new fuse.

Action:

1.4 - A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem

Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1741 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.

Result:

YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: GO TO 2 .

NO:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) , (Section
213, Group 45).

( 2 ) Checking the BCU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the 29-bit CAN BUS screen lines (930/932).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1742 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

X483/2 45-pin plug for basic control unit (BCU)

Item Measurement Specification

X483/2 45-pin plug for basic control unit (BCU)


Power supply: Lead 571 (positive, ELX) 12 volts at pin 23

Lead 050 Ground at pin 1

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1743 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

X483/1 68-pin plug for basic control unit (BCU)

Item Measurement Specification

X483/1 68-pin plug for basic control unit (BCU)


29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS screen lines: Lead 930- Ground at pin 20

Lead 932+ 12 volts at pin 43

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

For circuit diagram, refer to:

Reference 240-10-024 , SE16H - BCU (Power Supply, Acoustic Alarm).


Reference 240-10-022 , SE16F - Basic Control Unit (BCU) (Speed Sensor and Radar)
(AutoPowr/IVT Transmission).
Reference 240-10A-051 , SE16F - Basic Control Unit (BCU) (Speed Sensor and Radar)
(PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad Transmissions).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1744 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Checking the UIC plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

X133 68-pin plug for UIC

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1745 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Item Measurement Specification

X133 68-pin plug for UIC


Power supply: Lead 672 (positive, ELX) 12 volts at pin 23

Lead 050 Ground at pin 1

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

For circuit diagram, refer to:

Reference 240-10-036 , SE27-Transmission Shift (AutoPowr/IVT transmission).

For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1746 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305060.09- Engine Control Unit has Stopped Transmitting Data (Torque
Characteristics)
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305060.09 is saved when there is a problem in transferring data
between the engine control unit (ECU) and the user interface controller. Reception of the CAN
message regarding activated torque curve is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent
reception could be due to a loose wire). This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Blown ECU fuse(s) F04/1 and/or F04/2.


Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the engine
control unit causes an intermittent problem in transferring data.
Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general
problem in transferring data to/from the engine control unit (UIC
305052.09, UIC 305053.09, UIC 305055.09 and/or UIC 305056.09).
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the user
interface controller causes an intermittent problem in transferring
data.
Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general
problem in transferring data to/from the user interface controller
(ECU 000898.09 and/or TCU 304161.09).
A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem.
If other diagnostic trouble codes from other control units are
saved that indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
Intermittent 29-bit CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong
electromagnetic influences.
Defective engine control unit.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-05-007 , Electronic Control Units - Location and Allocation.

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 245-ECU-203 , Theory of Operation (TIER II Engines; Level 11 with AutoPowr/IVT


Transmission)
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1747 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

ECU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 1.3

Action:

1.3

Check ECU fuses F04/1 and/or F04/2.

Result:

YES:GO TO 1.4

NO:Put in a new fuse.

Action:

1.4 - A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem

Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1748 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result:

YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: GO TO 2 .

NO:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) , (Section
213, Group 45).

( 2 ) Checking the ECU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

X570/1 30-pin plug for engine control unit (ECU)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1749 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

X570/2 30-pin plug for engine control unit (ECU)

Item Measurement Specification

ECU Level 11 (HPCR) – plug X570/1 (wiring harness W15)


Power supply: Positive (lead 622) 12 volts at pin E3

Positive (lead 032) 12 volts at pins B1 and B2

Positive, ELX (lead 992) 12 volts at pin G2

Ground (lead 050) at pins C2 and C3

Item Measurement Specification

ECU Level 11 (HPCR) – plug X570/2 (wiring harness W15)


29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin L1

CAN- (lead 935) at pin L2

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

For circuit diagram, refer to:

Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B-Electronic Engine Control

For component location and pin arrangement, see wiring harness W15.

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Checking the UIC plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1750 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

X133 68-pin plug for UIC

Item Measurement Specification

X133 68-pin plug for UIC


Power supply: Lead 672 (positive, ELX) 12 volts at pin 23

Lead 050 Ground at pin 1

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1751 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Item Measurement Specification

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

For circuit diagram, refer to:

Reference 240-10-036 , SE27-Transmission Shift (AutoPowr/IVT transmission).

For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1752 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305062.31- Tractor in "Come-Home" Mode - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR:


Release the Clutch Pedal
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305062.31 is generated when the "Come-Home" mode is active
(connector K201 plugged into the “COME HOME” position). The operator is informed that he
should release the clutch pedal to gain access to the next stage of the come-home function.
This diagnostic trouble code is not stored in the controller′s error memory. It is intended only
as information for the operator; it sets off an “information” alarm.
UIC 305063.31- Tractor in "Come-Home" Mode - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR:
Move Reverse Drive Lever to Neutral or Park Position
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305063.31 is generated when the "Come-Home" mode is active
(connector K201 plugged into the “COME HOME” position). The operator is informed that he
should move the reverse drive lever to its neutral or park position to gain access to the next
stage of the come-home function. This diagnostic trouble code is not stored in the controller′s
error memory. It is intended only as information for the operator; it sets off an “information”
alarm.
UIC 305064.31- Tractor in "Come-Home" Mode - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR:
Depress the Clutch Pedal Fully
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305064.31 is generated when the "Come-Home" mode is active
(connector K201 plugged into the “COME HOME” position). The operator is informed that he
should depress the clutch pedal fully to gain access to the next stage of the come-home
function. This diagnostic trouble code is not stored in the controller′s error memory. It is
intended only as information for the operator; it sets off an “information” alarm.
UIC 305065.31- Tractor in "Come-Home" Mode - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR:
Select a Direction of Travel
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305065.31 is generated when the "Come-Home" mode is active
(connector K201 plugged into the “COME HOME” position). The operator is informed that he
should select a direction of travel to gain access to the next stage of the come-home
function. This diagnostic trouble code is not stored in the controller′s error memory. It is
intended only as information for the operator; it sets off an “information” alarm.
UIC 305066.31- Tractor in "Come-Home" Mode - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR:
Press the Clutch Pedal to Stop
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305066.31 is generated when the "Come-Home" mode is active
(connector K201 plugged into the “COME HOME” position). The operator is informed that he
should depress the clutch pedal if he wants to stop the tractor. This diagnostic trouble code is
not stored in the controller′s error memory. It is intended only as information for the operator;
it sets off an “information” alarm.
UIC 305067.31- Tractor in "Come-Home" Mode - INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR:
Restart
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305067.31 is generated when the "Come-Home" mode is active
(connector K201 plugged into the “COME HOME” position). The operator is informed that he
should restart the tractor if he wants to re-activate the come-home function. This diagnostic
trouble code is not stored in the controller′s error memory. It is intended only as information
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1753 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

for the operator; it sets off an “information” alarm.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1754 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305070.19- Transmission Control Unit is Transmitting Incomplete Data


(Transmission Output Speed)
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305070.19 is stored if the transmission control unit (TCU) does
not register any transmission output speed and so cannot provide the requisite data to the
CAN BUS either. A transmitted replacement value generates this diagnostic trouble code in
the UIC. In its “active” state, this fault also generates a diagnostic trouble code at the
transmission control unit (TCU) and sets off an “information” alarm.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

The transmission output speed sender (B63) is defective:


TCU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.
Defective transmission control unit (TCU).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1755 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.2

TCU diagnostic trouble code(s) that indicate(s) a defect at the transmission output speed
sender (B63) should take priority.

Result:

YES:If no TCU diagnostic trouble codes are saved, GO TO: Reference 245-TCU-107, Circuit
test for transmission output speed sender (B63) .

NO:Deal with the TCU diagnostic trouble code(s).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1756 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305075.04- Left Brake Pedal Potentiometer, Adjustment Error


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305075.04 is stored if the voltage at the signal input of the left
brake pedal potentiometer indicates that a brake pedal is incorrectly adjusted. The diagnostic
trouble code will be generated if the following voltage conditions exist for more than 10
minutes:
• The voltage at the signal input of the left brake pedal potentiometer is below 0.6 volts or
above 1.4 volts with a voltage of 1.4 volts at the signal input of the right brake pedal
potentiometer.
• A steady voltage of 1.3 volts (+/- 0.05 volts) is received at the input signal of the left brake
pedal potentiometer.
The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnosis

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Brake pedal adjusted incorrectly.


Defective brake pedal sensor unit (B88).
A general problem with the power supply to the 5-volt components:
Diagnostic trouble codes UIC 305179.02 and/or UIC 305180.04
take priority.

Additional References:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

• Reference 260-15-070 , Adjusting the Brake Pedals and Switches.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1757 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of Diagnostic Trouble Codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic trouble codes exist: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1758 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the brake pedal potentiometers

Action:

→NOTE:

Slowly press the brake pedal all the way down. An acoustic signal or
sudden voltage change while the brake is actuated indicates a defective
potentiometer.

Check the potentiometer on the left brake:

• Access address UIC 27 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 27 –– Voltage, left brake pedal potentiometer (B88)


Left brake pedal not activated: Minimum voltage 0.9 volts

Voltage range 0.9 -1.1 volts

Left brake pedal activated: Maximum voltage 4.5 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/Harness
test for brake pedal potentiometer (B88) ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group UIC.

NO:• If voltage range is too high or too low, GO TO: Reference 260-15-070 , Adjusting the
Brake Pedals and Switches.• Defective circuit, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for brake pedal
potentiometers (B88) in Section 245, Group UIC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1759 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305076.04- Right Brake Pedal Potentiometer, Adjustment Error


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305076.04 is stored if the voltage at the signal input of the right
brake pedal potentiometer indicates that a brake pedal is incorrectly adjusted. The diagnostic
trouble code will be generated if the following voltage conditions exist for more than 10
minutes:
• The voltage at the signal input of the right brake pedal potentiometer is below 0.6 volts or
above 1.4 volts with a voltage of 1.4 volts at the signal input of the left brake pedal
potentiometer.
• A steady voltage of 1.3 volts (+/- 0.05 volts) is received at the input signal of the right
brake pedal potentiometer.
The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnosis

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Brake pedal adjusted incorrectly.


Defective brake pedal sensor unit (B88).
A general problem with the power supply to the 5-volt components:
Diagnostic trouble codes UIC 305179.02 and/or UIC 305180.04
take priority.

Additional References:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

• Reference 260-15-070 , Adjusting the Brake Pedals and Switches.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1760 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of Diagnostic Trouble Codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic trouble codes exist: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1761 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the brake pedal potentiometers

Action:

→NOTE:

Slowly press the brake pedal all the way down. An acoustic signal or
sudden voltage change while the brake is actuated indicates a defective
potentiometer.

Check the potentiometer on the right brake:

• Access address UIC 28 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 28 –– Voltage, right brake pedal potentiometer (B88)


Right brake pedal not activated: Minimum voltage 0.9 volts

Voltage range 0.9 -1.1 volts

Right brake pedal activated: Maximum voltage 4.5 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/Harness
test for brake pedal potentiometer (B88) ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group UIC.

NO:• If voltage range is too high or too low, GO TO: Reference 260-15-070 , Adjusting the
Brake Pedals and Switches.• Defective circuit, GO TO: Circuit/harness test for brake pedal
potentiometers (B88) in Section 245, Group UIC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1762 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305129.12- Potentiometer of Speed Control Lever, Voltages at Channel 1 and


Channel 2 not in the Correct Ratio
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305129.12 is saved when the user interface controller recognizes
a discrepancy between the output signals of the potentiometer (the voltage at channel 1
must be double the value of channel 2). This diagnostic trouble code sets off a “CAUTION”
alarm.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective speed control lever potentiometer (B67).


A defect at the signal leads of channel 1 (cable 247) or channel 2
(cable 248) .
A defective channel 1 (cable 247) produces additional UIC
diagnostic trouble codes (UIC 305131.04 or UIC 305132.03 takes
priority).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Reconditioning the Speed Control Lever” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1763 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1764 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the speed control lever′s potentiometer

Action:

→NOTE:

Slowly move the potentiometer through its full range (set speeds 1 and 2).
Do not exceed the maximum voltage or go below the minimum voltage (see
below). An acoustic signal or sudden voltage change while the
potentiometer is actuated indicates a defective potentiometer.

2.1 - Check channel 1 of the Hall-type potentiometer:

• Access address UIC 16 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 16 –– Voltage, speed control lever′s potentiometer (B67; channel 1)


Speed control lever at minimum position in set speed 1: Minimum voltage 0.5 - 0.95 volts

Speed control lever in mid-range: (maximum position of set speed 1/minimum


Mid-range voltage 2.25 - 2.75 volts
position of set speed 2)

Speed control lever at maximum position in set speed 2: Maximum voltage 4.0 - 4.5 volts

2.2 - Check channel 2 of the Hall-type potentiometer:

• Access address UIC 17 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 17 –– Voltage, speed control lever′s potentiometer (B67; channel 2)


Speed control lever at minimum position in set speed 1: Minimum voltage 0.25 - 0.5 volts

Speed control lever in mid-range: (maximum position of set speed 1/minimum position
Mid-range voltage 1.1 - 1.4 volts
of set speed 2)

Speed control lever at maximum position in set speed 2: Maximum voltage 2.0 - 2.25 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/Harness
test for Hall-type potentiometer for speed control lever (B67) ; see Technical Manual, section
245, group UIC.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for Hall-type potentiometer for speed control lever (B67) ;
see Technical Manual, section 245, group UIC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1765 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305131.04- Speed Control Lever′s Potentiometer, Voltage at Channel 1 Too


Low
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305131.04 is saved when the user interface controller measures
a voltage of less than 0.5 volts at the signal input of channel 1 of the potentiometer. This
indicates that the potentiometer′s circuit is open. This diagnostic trouble code sets off a
“CAUTION” alarm.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective speed control lever potentiometer (B67).


A general problem with the power supply to the 5-volt components:
Diagnostic trouble codes UIC 305179.02 and/or UIC 305180.04
take priority.
Defective line connection between the potentiometer and the UIC.
Power supply interrupted (ground cable 241 and/or positive cable
243).
Defective signal lead (cable 247).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Reconditioning the Speed Control Lever” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1766 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1767 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the speed control lever′s potentiometer

Action:

→NOTE:

Slowly move the potentiometer through its full range (set speeds 1 and 2).
Do not exceed the maximum voltage or go below the minimum voltage (see
below). An acoustic signal or sudden voltage change while the
potentiometer is actuated indicates a defective potentiometer.

Check channel 1 of the Hall-type potentiometer:

• Access address UIC 16 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 16 –– Voltage, speed control lever′s potentiometer (B67; channel 1)


Speed control lever at minimum position in set speed 1: Minimum voltage 0.5 - 0.95 volts

Speed control lever in mid-range: (maximum position of set speed 1/minimum


Mid-range voltage 2.25 - 2.75 volts
position of set speed 2)

Speed control lever at maximum position in set speed 2: Maximum voltage 4.0 - 4.5 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/Harness
test for Hall-type potentiometer for speed control lever (B67) ; see Technical Manual, section
245, group UIC.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for Hall-type potentiometer for speed control lever (B67) ;
see Technical Manual, section 245, group UIC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1768 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305132.03- Speed Control Lever′s Potentiometer, Voltage at Channel 1 Too


High
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305132.03 is saved when the user interface controller measures
a voltage in excess of 4.5 volts at the signal input of channel 1 of the potentiometer. This
indicates a short in or a problem with the ground connection in the potentiometer′s circuit.
This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Short circuit at the signal lead between the potentiometer and the UIC
(cable 247).
A defective ground connection between the potentiometer and UIC
(cable 241).
Short circuit in the power supply circuit of the 5-volt components:
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305179.02 takes priority.
Defective speed control lever potentiometer (B67).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Reconditioning the Speed Control Lever” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1769 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1770 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the speed control lever′s potentiometer

Action:

→NOTE:

Slowly move the potentiometer through its full range (set speeds 1 and 2).
Do not exceed the maximum voltage or go below the minimum voltage (see
below). An acoustic signal or sudden voltage change while the
potentiometer is actuated indicates a defective potentiometer.

Check channel 1 of the Hall-type potentiometer:

• Access address UIC 16 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 16 –– Voltage, speed control lever′s potentiometer (B67; channel 1)


Speed control lever at minimum position in set speed 1: Minimum voltage 0.5 - 0.95 volts

Speed control lever in mid-range: (maximum position of set speed 1/minimum


Mid-range voltage 2.25 - 2.75 volts
position of set speed 2)

Speed control lever at maximum position in set speed 2: Maximum voltage 4.0 - 4.5 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for Hall-type potentiometer for speed control lever (B67) ; see Technical Manual, Section
245, Group UIC.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for Hall-type potentiometer for speed control lever (B67) ; see
Technical Manual, Section 245, Group UIC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1771 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305135.02- Neutral Switch and a Park Lock Switch are Actuated
Simultaneously for Too Long a Period
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305135.02 is saved if the UIC detects a problem at the reverse
drive lever. The output signals of the neutral switch and of the switch for corner park or
centre park are being received simultaneously for too long a period of time. This diagnostic
trouble code triggers the alarm level: ”CAUTION”. This diagnostic trouble code does not
necessarily have any real meaning. It may be saved by accident. For this reason, diagnosis
only needs to be performed if one or more related faults occur in conjunction with this code.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective reverse drive lever (S80).


A problem at the signal leads (cables 207, 206 and/or 268) between
the reverse drive lever and the UIC.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Reconditioning the Reverser Control” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1772 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active, GO TO: Reference 245-UIC-101 , Circuit test for reverse
drive lever (S80).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1773 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305136.02- Reverse Drive Lever, Faulty Signals


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305136.02 is stored if the UIC receives an incorrect combination
of signals from the reverse drive lever (neutral, park lock, direction or move switches). This
diagnostic trouble code sets off a “CAUTION” alarm.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective reverse drive lever (S80).


A problem at the signal leads (cables 206, 207, 209, 214, 219, 225
and/or 268) between the reverse drive lever and the UIC.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Reconditioning the Reverser Control” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 245-PLC-200 , Theory of Operation (Park Lock Controller)

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active, GO TO: Reference 245-UIC-101 , Circuit test for reverse
drive lever (S80).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1774 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1775 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305137.02- Power-Zero Switch, Move Switch and either the Forward or
Reverse Switch are Activated Simultaneously for too Long a Period
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305137.02 is saved if the UIC detects a problem at the reverse
drive lever. The output signals of the power-zero switch, move switch and either the forward
or reverse switch are received simultaneously for too long a period of time. This diagnostic
trouble code triggers the alarm level: ”CAUTION”. This diagnostic trouble code does not
necessarily have any real meaning. It may be saved by accident. For this reason, diagnosis
only needs to be performed if one or more related faults occur in conjunction with this code.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective reverse drive lever (S80).


A problem at the signal leads (cables 214, 225, 209 and/or 219)
between the reverse drive lever and the UIC.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Reconditioning the Reverser Control” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1776 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active, GO TO: Reference 245-UIC-101 , Circuit test for reverse
drive lever (S80).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1777 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305138.11- Park Lock cannot be Disengaged


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305138.11 is generated if there is a park lock engagement signal
at the UIC, even although the F-N-R lever is not in park position. It is also possible that this
diagnostic trouble code is generated by mistake during transmission calibration. It triggers
the alarm level: ”CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

The following are possible causes:

This diagnostic trouble code is generated by mistake during


transmission calibration.
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305138.11 may be stored as a follow-on
fault:
caused by a transmission problem (TCU diagnostic trouble codes
that indicate a problem with the transmission enable signal from
relay K02/1 or problems at the transmission sub-assemblies
(solenoid valve, clutch, sending units etc.) should take priority).
caused by a problem at reverse drive lever S80 (UIC diagnostic
trouble codes that indicate a problem at the reverse drive lever
should take priority).
A defective park lock solenoid valve Y15-1 (monitored by TCU):
Diagnostic trouble codes TCU 304086.05, TCU 304102.04, TCU
304118.03 and TCU 304147.11 must be processed first.
A defective park lock solenoid valve Y15-2 (monitored by PLC):
Diagnostic trouble codes PLC 328020.31 and PLC 328021.31 must
be processed first.
Defective park lock pressure sender B90:
Diagnostic trouble codes PLC 328016.31 and PLC 328017.31 take
priority.
Problem in the hydraulic circuit of the park lock control block.
Mechanically faulty park lock solenoid valves Y15-1 and Y15-2.
Hydraulic problem.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “AutoPowr/IVT Transmission, Output Housing - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” ,


Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 15.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1778 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 245-PLC-200 , Theory of Operation (Park Lock Controller)

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

Diagnostic trouble codes that have priority must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code was generated after calibration and is not active: Diagnosis
completed.

NO:If no other priority diagnostic trouble codes are saved: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the park lock pressure sender

Action:

2.1 Check the basic setting (neutral position) of the park lock′s pressure sender:

• Access address PLC 12 .

Item Measurement Specification

PLC 12 –– voltage, park lock′s pressure sender (B90)


Park lock′s pressure sender (B90) not under pressure, with ignition
Voltage (neutral range) between 0.3 and 0.75 volts
ON:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1779 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result:

YES:GO TO 2.2

NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for park lock′s pressure sender (B90) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group PLC.

Action:

2.2 Checking the operation of the park lock:

CAUTION:

During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.

• Start the engine.

• Access address PLC 12 .

Reverse drive lever ranges

LEGEND:
1 Reverse drive lever
2 Corner park position
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1780 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

3 Neutral

• Do this test with the engine running and the reverse drive lever in the positions for corner
park and neutral.

Item Measurement Specification

PLC 12 –– voltage, park lock′s pressure sender (B90)


Reverse drive lever in position for corner park (with engine
Voltage (no pressure exists) between 0.3 and 0.75 volts
running):

Reverse drive lever in position for neutral (with engine running): Voltage (pressure exists) between 2.0 and 4.8 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: Circuit/Harness test for
park lock′s pressure sender (B90) ; see Technical Manual, section 245, group PLC.

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1781 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the park lock solenoid valve Y15-1

Action:

CAUTION:

During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.

• Start the engine.

• Access address TCU 38 .

• Do this test with the engine running and the reverse drive lever in the positions for corner
park and neutral.

Item Measurement Specification

TCU 38 –– Status, park lock solenoid valve Y15-1


Reverse drive lever in corner park position: Status (park lock ON, solenoid valve de-activated) XX0

Reverse drive lever in position for neutral: Status (park lock OFF, solenoid valve activated) XX1

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for park lock solenoid valve (Y15-1) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group UIC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1782 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the park lock solenoid valve Y15-2

Action:

• Ignition ON (engine OFF).

• Access address PLC 16 :

Item Measurement Specification

PLC 16 - Status, solenoid valve Y15-2


Reverse drive lever in corner park position: Status (park lock ON, solenoid valve de-activated) 000

Reverse drive lever in position for neutral: Status (park lock OFF, solenoid valve activated) 010

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for park lock solenoid valve (Y15-2) ; see Technical Manual,
section 245, group PLC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1783 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 5 ) Checking pressure at the park lock control block

Action:

CAUTION:

During this test, do NOT move the reverse drive lever in the ranges for
forward or reverse travel, as this will cause the tractor to move.

• Connect pressure test kit FKM10470 to the test port for measuring system power at the
park lock control block. See Reference 253-15-021 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Checking
Park Lock Pressure.

• Start the engine.

• Access address PLC 12 .

• Run engine at 1800 rpm.

Item Measurement Specification

Park lock pressure and values on the display in diagnostic address PLC 12
Reverse drive lever in position for neutral: Park lock control block, pressure 2000 kPa (20 bar; 290 psi)

Voltage in address PLC 12 between 2.0 and 4.8 volts

Reverse drive lever in corner park position: Park lock control block, pressure 0 kPa (0 bar; 0 psi)

Voltage in address PLC 12 between 0.3 and 0.75 volts

Result:

YES:Pressure OK, but voltage in address PLC 12 is not to specification: Replace the park
lock′s pressure sender (B90) and repeat the test.

NO:If pressure is not to specification: GO TO 6 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1784 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 6 ) Problem in the park lock control block

Action:

Check the control block′s components for mechanical defects.

Solenoid valve Y15-1.


Solenoid valve Y15-2.
Check-valve.

Result:

YES:Check the control block for signs of damage.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1785 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305139.02- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Direction of Travel is Preselected


without there being a Valid Signal indicating Operator Presence
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305139.02 is stored if a direction of travel has been activated,
even although there is not any valid signal to indicate that the operator is present (operator
on seat, clutch or brake pedals depressed). This diagnostic trouble code sets off an
“Information” alarm.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Operator error: Operator not on seat and direction of travel is


activated.
A defective operator presence (seat) switch (S40)
Open circuit at the signal lead between the operator presence (seat)
switch and UIC (cable 907).
A defective reverse drive lever (S80).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Theory of Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1786 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the operator presence (seat) switch

Action:

• Access address UIC 10 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 10 –– Status, operator presence (seat) switch (S40)


Operator sitting on seat: Status X1X

Operator not sitting on seat: Status X0X

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for seat switch (S40) ; see Technical Manual, section 245,
group UIC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1787 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the reverse drive lever

Action:

See Reference 245-UIC-101 , Circuit test for reverse drive lever (S80).

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: Check the reverse drive
lever and the seat switch for loose, poor or slid-back contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1788 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305140.02- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Power Zero is Preselected without


there being a Valid Signal indicating Operator Presence
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305140.02 is stored if power zero has been activated, even
although there is not any valid signal to indicate that the operator is present (operator on
seat, clutch or brake pedals depressed). This diagnostic trouble code sets off an
“Information” alarm.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Operator error: Operator not on seat and power zero is activated.


A defective operator presence (seat) switch (S40)
Open circuit at the signal lead between the operator presence (seat)
switch and UIC (cable 907).
A defective reverse drive lever (S80).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 245-BCU-200 , Theory of Operation of the Basic Control Unit (Basic Functions).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1789 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the operator presence (seat) switch

Action:

• Access address UIC 10 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 10 –– Status, operator presence (seat) switch (S40)


Operator sitting on seat: Status X1X

Operator not sitting on seat: Status X0X

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for seat switch (S40) ; see Technical Manual, section 245,
group UIC.

( 3 ) Checking the reverse drive lever

Action:

See Reference 245-UIC-101 , Circuit test for reverse drive lever (S80).

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: Check the reverse drive
lever and the seat switch for loose, poor or slid-back contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1790 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305141.12- Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Voltages at Channel 1 and Channel 2


not in the Correct Ratio
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305141.12 is saved when the user interface controller recognizes
a discrepancy between the output signals of the potentiometer (the voltage at channel 1
must be double the value of channel 2). This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defect at the signal leads of channel 1 (cable 254) or channel 2


(cable 217) .
A defective channel 1 (cable 254) produces additional UIC
diagnostic trouble codes (UIC 305142.04 or UIC 305143.03 takes
priority).
Defective clutch pedal potentiometer (B65).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Reconditioning the Clutch Actuation Mechanism” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1791 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1792 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the clutch pedal potentiometer

Action:

→NOTE:

Slowly press the clutch down fully. An acoustic signal or sudden voltage
change while the clutch is actuated indicates a defective potentiometer.

2.1 - Check channel 1 of the Hall-type potentiometer:

• Access address UIC 18 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 18 –– Voltage, clutch pedal potentiometer (B65; channel 1)


Pedal declutched: Voltage range 0.7 - 1.0 volts

Pedal clutched: Voltage range 4.1 - 4.4 volts

2.2 - Check channel 2 of the Hall-type potentiometer:

• Access address UIC 19 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 19 –– Voltage, clutch pedal potentiometer (B65; channel 2)


Pedal declutched: Voltage range 0.35 - 0.5 volts

Pedal clutched: Voltage range 2.05 - 2.2 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for clutch pedal potentiometer (B65) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group UIC.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for clutch pedal potentiometer (B65) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group UIC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1793 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305142.04- Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Voltage at Channel 1 Too Low


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305142.04 is saved when the user interface controller measures
a voltage of less than 0.5 volts at the signal input of channel 1 of the potentiometer. This
indicates that the potentiometer′s circuit is open. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the
alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A general problem with the power supply to the 5-volt components:


Diagnostic trouble codes UIC 305179.02 and/or UIC 305180.04
take priority.
Defective line connection between the potentiometer and the UIC.
Power supply interrupted (ground cable 241 and/or positive cable
243).
Defective signal lead (cable 254).
Defective clutch pedal potentiometer (B65).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Reconditioning the Clutch Actuation Mechanism” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1794 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1795 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the clutch pedal potentiometer

Action:

→NOTE:

Slowly press the clutch down fully. An acoustic signal or sudden voltage
change while the clutch is actuated indicates a defective potentiometer.

Check channel 1 of the Hall-type potentiometer:

• Access address UIC 18 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 18 –– Voltage, clutch pedal potentiometer (B65; channel 1)


Pedal declutched: Voltage range 0.7 - 1.0 volts

Pedal clutched: Voltage range 4.1 - 4.4 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for clutch pedal potentiometer (B65) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group UIC.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for clutch pedal potentiometer (B65) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group UIC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1796 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305143.03- Clutch Pedal Potentiometer, Voltage at Channel 1 Too High


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305143.03 is saved when the user interface controller measures
a voltage in excess of 4.5 volts at the signal input of channel 1 of the potentiometer. This
indicates a short in or a problem with the ground connection in the potentiometer′s circuit.
This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Short circuit at the signal lead between the potentiometer and the UIC
(cable 254).
A defective ground connection between the potentiometer and UIC
(cable 241).
Short circuit in the power supply circuit of the 5-volt components:
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305179.02 takes priority.
Defective clutch pedal potentiometer (B65).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Reconditioning the Clutch Actuation Mechanism” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1797 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

Priority diagnostic trouble codes must be processed first.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1798 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the clutch pedal potentiometer

Action:

→NOTE:

Slowly press the clutch down fully. An acoustic signal or sudden voltage
change while the clutch is actuated indicates a defective potentiometer.

Check channel 1 of the Hall-type potentiometer:

• Access address UIC 18 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 18 –– Voltage, clutch pedal potentiometer (B65; channel 1)


Pedal declutched: Voltage range 0.7 - 1.0 volts

Pedal clutched: Voltage range 4.1 - 4.4 volts

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for clutch pedal potentiometer (B65) ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group UIC.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for clutch pedal potentiometer (B65) ; see Technical Manual,
Section 245, Group UIC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1799 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305144.02- Switches on Reverse Drive Lever are Actuated Simultaneously


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305144.02 is stored if the UIC receives an incorrect combination
of signals from the reverse drive lever (neutral, park lock, direction, power zero or move
switches). This diagnostic trouble code sets off a “CAUTION” alarm.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective reverse drive lever (S80).


A problem at the signal leads (cables 206, 207, 209, 214, 219, 225
and/or 268) between the reverse drive lever and the UIC.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Reconditioning the Reverser Control” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active, GO TO: Reference 245-UIC-101 , Circuit test for reverse
drive lever (S80).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1800 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305145.02- No Switch Signal from Reverse Drive Lever


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305145.02 is stored if the UIC is not receiving any switch signal
(status) from the reverse drive lever. This diagnostic trouble code sets off a “CAUTION”
alarm.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A general problem in the 12-volt power supply circuit.


Fuse F04/14 is blown (cable 672).
Defective/bad ground connection (cable 050) to XGND4.
A defective reverse drive lever (S80).
Defective line connection between the reverse drive lever and the UIC.
Defective signal lead (cables 206, 207, 209, 214, 219, 225 and/or
268).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Reconditioning the Reverser Control” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1801 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active, GO TO: Reference 245-UIC-101 , Circuit test for reverse
drive lever (S80).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1802 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305146.02- Move Switch or Power Zero Switch has been Opened by Mistake
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305146.02 is stored if the UIC detects a problem at the reverse
drive lever. The output signal from the move switch or power-zero switch is no longer being
received. This diagnostic trouble code sets off a “CAUTION” alarm.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective reverse drive lever (S80).


A problem at the signal leads (cables 225 and/or 214) between the
reverse drive lever and the UIC.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Reconditioning the Reverser Control” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active, GO TO: Reference 245-UIC-101 , Circuit test for reverse
drive lever (S80).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1803 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305147.02- Forward And Reverse Switches Actuated At Same Time


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305147.02 is stored if the UIC detects a problem at the reverse
drive lever. The output signals from the forward and reverse switches are being received
simultaneously. This diagnostic trouble code sets off a “CAUTION” alarm.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective reverse drive lever (S80).


A problem at the signal leads (cables 209 and/or 219) between the
reverse drive lever and the UIC.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Reconditioning the Reverser Control” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active, GO TO: Reference 245-UIC-101 , Circuit test for reverse
drive lever (S80).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1804 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305148.02- Forward Switch or Reverse Switch has been Opened by Mistake
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305148.02 is stored if the UIC detects a problem at the reverse
drive lever. The output signals from the forward or reverse switches are no longer being
received. This diagnostic trouble code sets off a “CAUTION” alarm.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective reverse drive lever (S80).


A problem at the signal leads (cables 209 and/or 219) between the
reverse drive lever and the UIC.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Reconditioning the Reverser Control” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active, GO TO: Reference 245-UIC-101 , Circuit test for reverse
drive lever (S80).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1805 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305149.02- Fault at Neutral Switch or Power Zero Switch


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305149.02 is stored if the UIC detects a problem at the reverse
drive lever. The output signal received from the neutral switch or power-zero switch does not
correspond to the position of the reverse drive lever. This diagnostic trouble code sets off a
“CAUTION” alarm.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective reverse drive lever (S80).


A problem at the signal leads (cables 207 and/or 214) between the
reverse drive lever and the UIC.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Reconditioning the Reverser Control” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active, GO TO: Reference 245-UIC-101 , Circuit test for reverse
drive lever (S80).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1806 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305150.02- Fault at Park Lock Switch


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305150.02 is stored if the UIC detects a problem at the reverse
drive lever. The output signal received from the park lock switch does not correspond to the
position of the reverse drive lever. This diagnostic trouble code sets off a “CAUTION” alarm.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective reverse drive lever (S80).


A problem at the signal leads (cables 206 and/or 268) between the
reverse drive lever and the UIC.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Reconditioning the Reverser Control” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active, GO TO: Reference 245-UIC-101 , Circuit test for reverse
drive lever (S80).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1807 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305151.02- Fault at Neutral Switch


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305151.02 is stored if the UIC detects a problem at the reverse
drive lever. The output signal received from the neutral switch does not correspond to the
position of the reverse drive lever. This diagnostic trouble code sets off a “CAUTION” alarm.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective reverse drive lever (S80).


A problem at the signal lead (cable 207) between the reverse drive
lever and the UIC.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Reconditioning the Reverser Control” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active, GO TO: Reference 245-UIC-101 , Circuit test for reverse
drive lever (S80).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1808 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305152.02- Fault at Move Switch


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305152.02 is stored if the UIC detects a problem at the reverse
drive lever. The output signal received from the move switch does not correspond to the
position of the reverse drive lever. This diagnostic trouble code sets off a “CAUTION” alarm.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective reverse drive lever (S80).


A problem at the signal lead (cable 225) between the reverse drive
lever and the UIC.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Reconditioning the Reverser Control” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active, GO TO: Reference 245-UIC-101 , Circuit test for reverse
drive lever (S80).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1809 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305153.02- Fault at Reverse Switch


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305153.02 is stored if the UIC detects a problem at the reverse
drive lever. The output signal received from the reverse switch does not correspond to the
position of the reverse drive lever. This diagnostic trouble code sets off a “CAUTION” alarm.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective reverse drive lever (S80).


A problem at the signal lead (cable 219) between the reverse drive
lever and the UIC.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Reconditioning the Reverser Control” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active, GO TO: Reference 245-UIC-101 , Circuit test for reverse
drive lever (S80).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1810 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305154.02- Fault at Forward Switch


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305154.02 is stored if the UIC detects a problem at the reverse
drive lever. The output signal received from the forward switch does not correspond to the
position of the reverse drive lever. This diagnostic trouble code sets off a “CAUTION” alarm.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective reverse drive lever (S80).


A problem at the signal lead (cable 209) between the reverse drive
lever and the UIC.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Reconditioning the Reverser Control” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active, GO TO: Reference 245-UIC-101 , Circuit test for reverse
drive lever (S80).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1811 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305155.02- Forward or Reverse Switch is Actuated Simultaneously with the


Park Lock Switch
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305155.02 is stored if the UIC detects a problem at the reverse
drive lever. An output signal from the forward switch or reverse switch is being received
simultaneously with the signal from the park lock switch. This diagnostic trouble code sets off
a “CAUTION” alarm.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A defective reverse drive lever (S80).


A problem at the signal leads (cables 209, 219, 206 and/or 268)
between the reverse drive lever and the UIC.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Reconditioning the Reverser Control” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05).

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active, GO TO: Reference 245-UIC-101 , Circuit test for reverse
drive lever (S80).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1812 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1813 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305157.02- Fault in Speed Range 2


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305157.02 is stored if the UIC detects a problem at the speed
control lever:
• The switch signal for speed range 2 is not being received, even although the speed control
lever is in the top speed range.
• The switch signal for speed range 1 is being received, even although the speed control
lever is in the top speed range.
This diagnostic trouble code sets off a “CAUTION” alarm.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective speed control lever potentiometer (B67).


Defective switchboard (S108).
A problem at the signal leads between speed control
lever/switchboard (S108) and the UIC (cable 964).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Reconditioning the Speed Control Lever” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1814 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the Hall-type switch for set speeds

Action:

• Access address UIC 07 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 07 –– Status, Hall-type switch for set speeds 1 and 2


Speed control lever in set speed 1: Status 1X0

Speed control lever in set speed 2: Status 0X1

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for Hall-type switch for speed control lever (S108) ; see
Technical Manual, section 245, group UIC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1815 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the speed control lever′s potentiometer

Action:

→NOTE:

Slowly move the potentiometer through its full range (set speeds 1 and 2).
Do not exceed the maximum voltage or go below the minimum voltage (see
below). An acoustic signal or sudden voltage change while the
potentiometer is actuated indicates a defective potentiometer.

3.1 - Check channel 1 of the Hall-type potentiometer:

• Access address UIC 16 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 16 –– Voltage, speed control lever′s potentiometer (B67; channel 1)


Speed control lever at minimum position in set speed 1: Minimum voltage 0.5 - 0.95 volts

Speed control lever in mid-range: (maximum position of set speed 1/minimum


Mid-range voltage 2.25 - 2.75 volts
position of set speed 2)

Speed control lever at maximum position in set speed 2: Maximum voltage 4.0 - 4.5 volts

3.2 - Check channel 2 of the Hall-type potentiometer:

• Access address UIC 17 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 17 –– Voltage, speed control lever′s potentiometer (B67; channel 2)


Speed control lever at minimum position in set speed 1: Minimum voltage 0.25 - 0.5 volts

Speed control lever in mid-range: (maximum position of set speed 1/minimum position
Mid-range voltage 1.1 - 1.4 volts
of set speed 2)

Speed control lever at maximum position in set speed 2: Maximum voltage 2.0 - 2.25 volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 4

NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for Hall-type potentiometer for speed control lever (B67) ;
see Technical Manual, section 245, group UIC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1816 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the assembly of the speed control lever

Action:

→NOTE:

Within each set speed, only one Hall-type switch should be activated at any
one time, even if lateral pressure is applied to the speed control lever.

Access address UIC 07 :

Check clearance in set speed 1:


Item Measurement Specification

UIC 07 –– Status, Hall-type switch for set speed 1


In the center of set speed 1, move the speed control lever to the left and right
Status 1X0
(the lever must touch the shift console):

Check clearance in set speed 2:


Item Measurement Specification

UIC 07 –– Status, Hall-type switch for set speed 2


In the center of set speed 2, move the speed control lever to the left and right
Status 0X1
(the lever must touch the shift console):

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: Check the Hall-type
potentiometer and/or the Hall-type switch for loose, poor or slid-back contacts (see:
Circuit/Harness test for Hall-type potentiometer for speed control lever (B67) and/or
Circuit/Harness test for Hall-type switch for speed control lever (S108) ; see Technical
Manual, section 245, group UIC).

NO:Repair speed control lever as needed and carry out an operational test for speed control
lever (set speeds 1 and 2) .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1817 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305158.02- Fault in Speed Range 1


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305158.02 is stored if the UIC detects a problem at the speed
control lever:
• The switch signal for speed range 1 is not being received, even although the speed control
lever is in the bottom speed range.
• The switch signal for speed range 2 is being received, even although the speed control
lever is in the bottom speed range.
This diagnostic trouble code sets off a “CAUTION” alarm.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective speed control lever potentiometer (B67).


Defective switchboard (S108).
A problem at the signal leads between speed control
lever/switchboard (S108) and the UIC (cable 964).
A general problem with the power supply to the 5-volt components:
Diagnostic trouble codes UIC 305179.02 and/or UIC 305180.04
take priority.
Defective line connection between the potentiometer and the UIC.
Power supply interrupted (ground cable 241 and/or positive cable
243).
Defective signal lead.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Reconditioning the Speed Control Lever” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1818 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Check the Hall-type switch for set speeds

Action:

• Access address UIC 07 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 07 –– Status, Hall-type switch for set speeds 1 and 2


Speed control lever in set speed 1: Status 1X0

Speed control lever in set speed 2: Status 0X1

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for Hall-type switch for speed control lever (S108) ; see
Technical Manual, section 245, group UIC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1819 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the speed control lever′s potentiometer

Action:

→NOTE:

Slowly move the potentiometer through its full range (set speeds 1 and 2).
Do not exceed the maximum voltage or go below the minimum voltage (see
below). An acoustic signal or sudden voltage change while the
potentiometer is actuated indicates a defective potentiometer.

3.1 - Check channel 1 of the Hall-type potentiometer:

• Access address UIC 16 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 16 –– Voltage, speed control lever′s potentiometer (B67; channel 1)


Speed control lever at minimum position in set speed 1: Minimum voltage 0.5 - 0.95 volts

Speed control lever in mid-range: (maximum position of set speed 1/minimum


Mid-range voltage 2.25 - 2.75 volts
position of set speed 2)

Speed control lever at maximum position in set speed 2: Maximum voltage 4.0 - 4.5 volts

3.2 - Check channel 2 of the Hall-type potentiometer:

• Access address UIC 17 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 17 –– Voltage, speed control lever′s potentiometer (B67; channel 2)


Speed control lever at minimum position in set speed 1: Minimum voltage 0.25 - 0.5 volts

Speed control lever in mid-range: (maximum position of set speed 1/minimum position
Mid-range voltage 1.1 - 1.4 volts
of set speed 2)

Speed control lever at maximum position in set speed 2: Maximum voltage 2.0 - 2.25 volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO: Circuit/Harness test for Hall-type potentiometer for speed control lever (B67) ;
see Technical Manual, section 245, group UIC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1820 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 4 ) Checking the assembly of the speed control lever

Action:

→NOTE:

Within each set speed, only one Hall-type switch should be activated at any
one time, even if lateral pressure is applied to the speed control lever.

Access address UIC 07 :

Check clearance in set speed 1:


Item Measurement Specification

UIC 07 –– Status, Hall-type switch for set speed 1


In the center of set speed 1, move the speed control lever to the left and right
Status 1X0
(the lever must touch the shift console):

Check clearance in set speed 2:


Item Measurement Specification

UIC 07 –– Status, Hall-type switch for set speed 2


In the center of set speed 2, move the speed control lever to the left and right
Status 0X1
(the lever must touch the shift console):

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact: Check the Hall-type
potentiometer and/or the Hall-type switch for loose, poor or slid-back contacts (see:
Circuit/Harness test for Hall-type potentiometer for speed control lever (B67) and/or
Circuit/Harness test for Hall-type switch for speed control lever (S108) ; see Technical
Manual, section 245, group UIC).

NO:Repair speed control lever as needed and carry out an operational test for speed control
lever (set speeds 1 and 2) .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1821 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305160.04- Faulty Power Supply to Reverse Drive Lever


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305160.02 is stored if the UIC detects a problem at the 12-volt
power supply to the reverse drive lever. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A general problem in the 12-volt power supply circuit of the reverse


drive lever.
Fuse F04/14 is blown (cable 672).
Defective/bad ground connection to XGND4 (cable 050).
Power supply interrupted (ground cable 050 and/or positive cable
672).
A defective reverse drive lever (S80).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• “Reconditioning the Reverser Control” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1822 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking the power supply

Action:

2.1 Power supply for user interface controller/reverse drive lever:

Access address UIC 29 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 29 –– Voltage, System Voltage (UIC Operating Voltage)


Ignition ON; engine OFF: Voltage between 11.2 and 12.7 volts

Engine running at low idle (above 512 rpm): Voltage between 11.2 and 15.4 volts

Engine running at 1500 rpm: Voltage between 12.5 and 15.4 volts

Result:

YES:Check the power supply circuit of the reverse drive lever, GO TO 2.2.

NO:A general problem with the power supply to the user interface controller: GO TO 3 .

Action:

2.2 Power supply for reverse drive lever:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1823 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Use multimeter JT05791A to check the power supply :

Item Measurement Specification

Power supply for reverse drive lever at plug X323 (W09)


between pin H (cable 050) and pin F (cable 672): Voltage 12 volts

Result:

YES:Check the connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

NO: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1824 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the power supply circuit for reverse drive lever/user interface
controller

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.

Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.

For circuit diagram, refer to:

Reference 240-10-036 , SE27-Transmission Shift (User Interface Controller).

For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08 and cowl harness
W09.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1825 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305170.19- Transmission Control Unit and Park Lock Controller are
Transmitting Incomplete Data (Transmission Output Speed)
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305170.19 is stored if the transmission control unit (TCU) and
park lock controller (PLC) do not register any transmission output speed and so cannot
provide the requisite data to the CAN BUS either. A transmitted replacement value generates
this diagnostic trouble code in the UIC. In its “active” state, this fault also generates a
diagnostic trouble code at the TCU and/or PLC. This diagnostic trouble code sets off an
“Information” alarm.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A faulty transmission output speed sender (B63).


Deal with the TCU diagnostic trouble codes.
A faulty transmission output speed sender (B84).
Deal with the PLC diagnostic trouble codes.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 245-PLC-200 , Theory of Operation (Park Lock Controller)

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1826 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.2

TCU diagnostic trouble code(s) that indicate(s) a defect at the transmission output speed
sender (B63) and PLC diagnostic trouble code(s) that indicate(s) a defect at transmission
output speed sender (B84) should take priority.

Result:

YES:If no TCU and PLC diagnostic trouble codes are saved, GO TO: Reference 245-TCU-107 ,
Circuit test for transmission output speed sender (B63) and/or Reference 245-PLC-102 ,
Circuit test for transmission output speed sender (B84).

NO:Deal with the TCU or PLC diagnostic trouble code(s).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1827 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305179.02- 5-Volt Power Supply is Faulty


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305179.02 is stored if the UIC detects more than 5 incorrect
output signals from the 5-volt components (Hall-type potentiometers for brake pedal, clutch
pedal, speed control lever, accelerator pedal and hand throttle, plus the potentiometers for
cruise control and AutoPowr selection). This indicates a problem in the 5-volt power supply.
The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnosis

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

An open circuit in the harness.


Defective power supply circuit between the UIC and the 5-volt
components.
Power supply interrupted (ground lead 241 and/or positive lead
243).
A defect at a 5-volt component.

Additional References:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of Diagnostic Trouble Codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1828 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Operational test for 5-volt components

Action:

Ignition ON.
Access addresses UIC016, UIC018, UIC020, UIC022, UIC024, UIC025, UIC027 and
UIC028, or template UIC907 - 5-volt Components .
Make sure that the displays for addresses UIC016, UIC018, UIC020, UIC022, UIC024,
UIC025, UIC027 and UIC028 meet the following specifications:
Item Measurement Specification

UIC 16 –– Voltage, speed control lever′s potentiometer (B67; channel 1)


Valid voltage range: Voltage 0.5 - 4.5 volts

UIC 18 –– Voltage, clutch pedal potentiometer (B65; channel 1)


Valid voltage range: Voltage 0.7 - 4.4 volts

UIC 20 –– Voltage, hand throttle potentiometer (B78; channel 1)


Valid voltage range: Voltage 0.5 - 4.0 volts

UIC 22 –– Voltage, accelerator pedal potentiometer (B79; channel 1)


Valid voltage range: Voltage 0.7 - 4.3 volts

UIC 24 –– Voltage, AutoPowr selector (B83)


Valid voltage range: Voltage 0.9 - 4.5 volts

UIC 25 –– Voltage, cruise control potentiometer (A19)


Valid voltage range: Voltage 0.5 - 4.1 volts

UIC 27 –– Voltage, left brake pedal potentiometer (B88)


Valid voltage range: Voltage 0.9 - 4.5 volts

UIC 28 –– Voltage, right brake pedal potentiometer (B88)


Valid voltage range: Voltage 0.9 - 4.5 volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check whether a defect at a 5-volt component is responsible for the fault

Action:

3.1

Pull out all the plugs of the 5-volt components.


Cruise control potentiometer A19 (harness W08, plug X236).
Clutch pedal potentiometer B65 (harness W13, plug X324).
Speed control lever potentiometer B67 (harness W11, plug X349).
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1829 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Hand throttle potentiometer B78 (harness W11, plug X370).


Accelerator pedal potentiometer B79 (harness W08, plug X371).
AutoPowr selector B83 (harness W08, plug X367).
Brake pedal potentiometer B88 (harness W09, plug X328).
Using multimeter JT05791A , check the power supply at plug X370 (6-pin plug for hand
throttle potentiometer B78), located on speed control lever and hand throttle harness
W11:

X370 6-pin plug for hand throttle potentiometer


Item Measurement Specification

Supply voltage for Hall-type potentiometer on hand throttle lever (B78), at plug X370
between pin 1 (lead 243, positive) and pin 2 (lead 241; ground): Voltage 5 volts

between pin 6 (lead 243, positive) and pin 5 (lead 241; ground): Voltage 5 volts

Result:

YES:If power supply to the plug is once again OK after the plugs all the 5-volt components
have been pulled out: GO TO 3.2

NO: GO TO 4 .

Action:

3.2 - Identify the defective component:

Reconnect the components one at a time. Check the power supply each time you reconnect a
component.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1830 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result:

NO:Recondition defective component as required and do an operational test on the 5-volt


components.

( 4 ) Checking the 5-volt power supply circuit (positive cable 243 and ground cable
241)

Action:

4.1 - Check the ground connection:

Check the supply voltage between the positive lead and any suitable ground point.

Use a JT05791A multimeter to check the supply voltage at plug X370:


Item Measurement Specification

Supply voltage for Hall-type potentiometer on hand throttle lever (B78), at plug X370
between pin 1 (lead 243, positive) and any suitable ground point: Voltage 5 volts

between pin 6 (lead 243, positive) and any suitable ground point: Voltage 5 volts

Result:

YES:GO TO 4.3

NO:GO TO 4.2

Action:

4.2

Check positive lead 243 and ground lead 241 between the component plug and the controller
plug (continuity, grounded circuit and shorted circuit).

Result:

YES:If positive lead 243 and ground lead 241 are OK: Replace the UIC and do an operational
test on the 5-volt components.

NO:Recondition the leads as required and do an operational test on the 5-volt components.

Action:

4.3

Check ground lead 241 between the component plug and controller plug X113 (continuity
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1831 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

and shorted circuit).

Result:

YES:If ground lead 241 is OK: Replace the UIC and do an operational test on the 5-volt
components.

NO:Recondition the leads as required and do an operational test on the 5-volt components.

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Check the connections of the 5-volt power supply circuit.


Power supply (positive and ground), regulated by the UIC (harness W08, plug
X133).
Cruise control potentiometer A19 (harness W08, plug X236).
Clutch pedal potentiometer B65 (harness W13, plug X324).
Speed control lever potentiometer B67 (harness W11, plug X349).
Hand throttle potentiometer B78 (harness W11, plug X370).
Accelerator pedal potentiometer B79 (harness W08, plug X371).
AutoPowr selector B83 (harness W08, plug X367).
Brake pedal potentiometer B88 (harness W09, plug X328).
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-UIC-100 , Test Procedure in the Event of Occasional UIC Circuit
Problems.
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an operational test on the 5-volt components.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1832 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305180.04- 5-Volt Power Supply Too Low


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305180.04 is stored if the UIC registers a voltage under 4.8 volts
at the positive line of the power supply for the 5-volt components (Hall-type potentiometers
for brake pedal, clutch pedal, speed control lever, accelerator pedal and hand throttle, plus
the potentiometers for cruise control and AutoPowr selection). This indicates a short to
ground. The diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A fault in the 5-volt power supply circuit (ground cable 241 and/or
positive cable 243)
A defect at a 5-volt component.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

• ”Reconditioning the Clutch Actuation Mechanism” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group 05.

• ”Speed Control Linkage (Summary of References)” , Repair Manual, Section 30, Group 05.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1833 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1834 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Operational test for 5-volt components

Action:

Ignition ON.
Access addresses UIC016, UIC018, UIC020, UIC022, UIC024, UIC025, UIC027 and
UIC028, or template UIC907 - 5-volt Components .
Make sure that the displays for addresses UIC016, UIC018, UIC020, UIC022, UIC024,
UIC025, UIC027 and UIC028 meet the following specifications:
Item Measurement Specification

UIC 16 –– Voltage, speed control lever′s potentiometer (B67; channel 1)


Valid voltage range: Voltage 0.5 - 4.5 volts

UIC 18 –– Voltage, clutch pedal potentiometer (B65; channel 1)


Valid voltage range: Voltage 0.7 - 4.4 volts

UIC 20 –– Voltage, hand throttle potentiometer (B78; channel 1)


Valid voltage range: Voltage 0.5 - 4.0 volts

UIC 22 –– Voltage, accelerator pedal potentiometer (B79; channel 1)


Valid voltage range: Voltage 0.7 - 4.3 volts

UIC 24 –– Voltage, AutoPowr selector (B83)


Valid voltage range: Voltage 0.9 - 4.5 volts

UIC 25 –– Voltage, cruise control potentiometer (A19)


Valid voltage range: Voltage 0.5 - 4.1 volts

UIC 27 –– Voltage, left brake pedal potentiometer (B88)


Valid voltage range: Voltage 0.9 - 4.5 volts

UIC 28 –– Voltage, right brake pedal potentiometer (B88)


Valid voltage range: Voltage 0.9 - 4.5 volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Check whether a defect at a 5-volt component is responsible for the fault

Action:

3.1

Pull out all the plugs of the 5-volt components.


Cruise control potentiometer A19 (harness W08, plug X236).
Clutch pedal potentiometer B65 (harness W13, plug X324).
Speed control lever potentiometer B67 (harness W11, plug X349).
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1835 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Hand throttle potentiometer B78 (harness W11, plug X370).


Accelerator pedal potentiometer B79 (harness W08, plug X371).
AutoPowr selector B83 (harness W08, plug X367).
Brake pedal potentiometer B88 (harness W09, plug X328).
Using multimeter JT05791A , check the power supply at plug X370 (6-pin plug for hand
throttle potentiometer B78), located on speed control lever and hand throttle harness
W11:

X370 6-pin plug for hand throttle potentiometer


Item Measurement Specification

Supply voltage for Hall-type potentiometer on hand throttle lever (B78), at plug X370
between pin 1 (lead 243, positive) and pin 2 (lead 241; ground): Voltage 5 volts

between pin 6 (lead 243, positive) and pin 5 (lead 241; ground): Voltage 5 volts

Result:

YES:If power supply to the plug is once again OK after the plugs all the 5-volt components
have been pulled out: GO TO 3.2

NO: GO TO 4 .

Action:

3.2 - Identify the defective component:

Reconnect the components one at a time. Check the power supply each time you reconnect a
component.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1836 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Result:

NO:Recondition defective component as required and do an operational test on the 5-volt


components.

( 4 ) Checking the 5-volt power supply circuit (positive cable 243 and ground cable
241)

Action:

4.1 - Check the ground connection:

Check the supply voltage between the positive lead and any suitable ground point.

Use a JT05791A multimeter to check the supply voltage at plug X370:


Item Measurement Specification

Supply voltage for Hall-type potentiometer on hand throttle lever (B78), at plug X370
between pin 1 (lead 243, positive) and any suitable ground point: Voltage 5 volts

between pin 6 (lead 243, positive) and any suitable ground point: Voltage 5 volts

Result:

YES:GO TO 4.3

NO:GO TO 4.2

Action:

4.2

Check positive lead 243 and ground lead 241 between the component plug and the controller
plug (continuity, grounded circuit and shorted circuit).

Result:

YES:If positive lead 243 and ground lead 241 are OK: Replace the UIC and do an operational
test on the 5-volt components.

NO:Recondition the leads as required and do an operational test on the 5-volt components.

Action:

4.3

Check ground lead 241 between the component plug and controller plug X113 (continuity
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1837 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

and shorted circuit).

Result:

YES:If ground lead 241 is OK: Replace the UIC and do an operational test on the 5-volt
components.

NO:Recondition the leads as required and do an operational test on the 5-volt components.

( 5 ) Additional checks and assessment of intermittent faults

Action:

Type of error indicates a loose contact:

Check the connections of the 5-volt power supply circuit.


Power supply (positive and ground), regulated by the UIC (harness W08, plug
X133).
Cruise control potentiometer A19 (harness W08, plug X236).
Clutch pedal potentiometer B65 (harness W13, plug X324).
Speed control lever potentiometer B67 (harness W11, plug X349).
Hand throttle potentiometer B78 (harness W11, plug X370).
Accelerator pedal potentiometer B79 (harness W08, plug X371).
AutoPowr selector B83 (harness W08, plug X367).
Brake pedal potentiometer B88 (harness W09, plug X328).
For back-up, see also additional references for circuit checks:
Reference 245-UIC-100 , Test Procedure in the Event of Occasional UIC Circuit
Problems.
Reference 210-15-046 , Troubleshooting Unsolved Problems.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and do an operational test on the 5-volt components.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1838 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305184.01- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Engine Has Stopped - Reverse Drive
Lever Still in Position for a Direction of Travel
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305184.01 is stored if the engine has shut down while the
ignition is still switched on and the reverse drive lever is still in the position for a direction of
travel. To restart, the reverse drive lever must first be moved to the position for neutral or
corner park. This diagnostic trouble code is not stored in the controller′s error memory. It is
intended only as information for the operator; it sets off an “information” alarm.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1839 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305185.01- Fault at Transmission


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305185.01 is stored if the UIC cannot detect any tractor
movement, even although all the preconditions for it are met. In its “active” state, this fault
also generates a diagnostic trouble code at the transmission control unit (TCU) or park lock
controller (PLC) and sets off an “information” alarm.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

A fault in the monitoring circuit of the transmission control unit (TCU


diagnostic trouble codes take priority).
A fault in the monitoring circuit of the park lock controller (PLC
diagnostic trouble codes take priority).
A defective hydrostatic unit.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 245-PLC-200 , Theory of Operation (Park Lock Controller)

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1840 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 1.2

Action:

1.2

Deal with the TCU and PLC diagnostic trouble code(s).

Result:

YES:No additional TCU and PLC diagnostic trouble code(s) is/are stored: Check the
hydrostatic unit. See procedure for diagnostic trouble code TCU 304079.07 –– Amperage at
Proportional Solenoids of Hydrostatic Unit does not Match the Registered Speed .

NO:Additionally stored TCU and PLC diagnostic trouble code(s) take(s) priority.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1841 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305189.02- Fault in Circuit of Transmission Enable Relay


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305189.02 is stored if the UIC detects a problem in the circuit of
the transmission enable relay K02/1. This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level:
“CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective transmission enable relay K02/1.


A faulty wire connection:
Cable 263, relay/ground connection between enable relay K02/1
and the user interface controller (UIC).
Cable 652, control voltage and 12-volt power supply of the
transmission enable relay K02/1

→NOTE:

The UIC interrupts ground cable 263 to transmission enable relay K02/1 in
the following cases:
• A problem has been detected in the transmission monitoring circuit (TCU
diagnostic trouble codes take priority).
• A problem has been detected in the control voltage and 12-volt power
supply to transmission enable relay K02/1 (TCU diagnostic trouble codes
take priority).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1842 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking transmission enable relay K02/1 in Diagnostic Mode

Action:

• Engine off.

→NOTE:

With the reverse drive lever in its neutral position, the correct display
(”X11”) must stay on the screen for longer than 5 seconds. The display
must be watched for at least 5 seconds, as some of the faults at relay
K02/1 take 5 seconds to appear on the screen. The relay is then de-
activated after approx. five seconds.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1843 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Reverse drive lever ranges

LEGEND:
1 Reverse drive lever
2 Corner park position
3 Neutral

• Access address UIC 11 .

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 11 –– Status, transmission enable relay K02/1


Reverse drive lever in position for corner park (relay not activated): Status X10

Reverse drive lever in position for neutral (relay activated by UIC via ground lead 263): Status X11

Result:

YES:• Diagnosis completed.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/harness
test for transmission enable signal from relay K02/1 and clutch pedal switch S72 ; see
Technical Manual, Section 245, Group TCU.

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for transmission enable signal from relay K02/1 and clutch
pedal switch S72 ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group TCU.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1844 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305190.09- Transmission Control Unit has Stopped Transmitting Data


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305190.09 is saved when there is a problem in transferring data
between the transmission control unit (TCU) and the user interface controller. Reception of
the CAN messages regarding direction of travel, clutch switch signal and transmission
input/output speeds is intermittent or non-existent (intermittent reception could be due to a
loose wire). This diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Blown TCU fuse(s) F04/15 and/or F05/5.


A fault in the TCU′s monitoring circuit (faulty transmission input speed
sender B61, transmission output speed sender B63 and/or clutch pedal
switch S72).
TCU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the
transmission control unit causes an intermittent problem in
transferring data.
Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general
problem in transferring data to/from the transmission control unit
(UIC 305054.09 and/or SIC 334003.09).
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS connection or power supply to the user
interface controller causes an intermittent problem in transferring
data.
Other diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a general
problem in transferring data to/from the user interface controller
(ECU 000898.09 and/or TCU 304161.09).
A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem.
If other diagnostic trouble codes from other control units are
saved that indicate a problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS:
Intermittent 29-bit CAN BUS malfunction caused by strong
electromagnetic influences.
Defective engine control unit.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 245-05-007 , Electronic Control Units - Location and Allocation.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1845 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

1.2

ECU diagnostic trouble codes take priority.

Result:

YES:If the diagnostic trouble code is no longer generated: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active and no priority diagnostic codes exist: GO TO 1.3

Action:

1.3

Check TCU fuses F04/15 and/or F05/5.

Result:

YES:GO TO 1.4

NO:Put in a new fuse.

Action:

1.4 - A general 29-bit CAN BUS problem

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1846 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Check whether additional diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that
indicate a general problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS.

Result:

YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: GO TO 2 .

NO:If diagnostic trouble codes are saved from other control units that indicate a general
problem in the 29-bit CAN BUS: Do the 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (tractors with cab) , (Section
213, Group 45).

( 2 ) Checking the TCU plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1847 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

X332 68-pin plug for TCU

Item Measurement Specification

X332 68-pin plug for TCU


Power supply: Lead 572 (positive, ELX) 12 volts at pin 45

Lead 052 (positive, BAT) 12 volts at pin 23 and pin 68

Lead 050 Ground at pins 1 and 2

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS screen lines: Lead 930- Ground at pin 20

Lead 932+ 12 volts at pin 43

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead
Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts
050):

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead


Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
050):

For circuit diagram, refer to:

Reference 240-10-035 , SE26-Transmission Control Unit (AutoPowr/IVT transmission).


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1848 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Checking the UIC plug (29-bit CAN BUS connection and power supply)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

X133 68-pin plug for UIC

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1849 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Item Measurement Specification

X133 68-pin plug for UIC


Power supply: Lead 672 (positive, ELX) 12 volts at pin 23

Lead 050 Ground at pin 1

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

For circuit diagram, refer to:

Reference 240-10-036 , SE27-Transmission Shift (AutoPowr/IVT transmission).

For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1850 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305207.02- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Tractor Start-up with Reverse Drive
Lever Not in Neutral or Corner Park
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305207.02 is generated if the reverse drive lever is neither in
neutral nor corner park while the tractor is being jump-started. This diagnostic trouble code is
not stored in the controller′s error memory. It is intended only as information for the operator;
it triggers the alarm level: “Information”. If diagnostic trouble code 305207.02 is generated
even though there has been no attempt to jump-start the tractor, this indicates that the
neutral start switch (S79) must be defective.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1851 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305208.02- Internal Transmission Power Supply (VPS), Shorted Circuit


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305208.02 is generated if the UIC detects 12 volts at the monitor
input of the internal transmission power supply (VPS1) during its initialization phase (self-
check after ignition is switched on). This diagnostic trouble code is not stored in the
controller′s memory but it does trigger the alarm level: “Information”.

Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (code is regenerated after it has been deleted and the
ignition switched ON/OFF): GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Checking internal transmission power supply (VPS)

Action:

• Engine OFF, ignition ON.

• Access address UIC 11 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 11 –– Status, power supply (cable 652) for transmission enable relay K02/1
Internal transmission power supply (VPS) present: Status X1X

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for transmission enable signal from relay K02/1 and clutch
pedal switch S72 ; see Technical Manual, Section 245, Group TCU.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1852 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 3 ) Checking the circuit of internal transmission power supply (VPS1; cable 652)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts loose/bad/slid
back) and/or bad ground connections.

Before a detailed circuit check is performed and in the case of occasional circuit problems
(loose contacts), all components of the respective circuit must be checked.

For circuit diagram, refer to:

Reference 240-10-035 , SE26-Transmission Control Unit.


Reference 240-10-036 , SE27-Transmission Shift (User Interface Controller).

For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1853 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305209.02- INFORMATION FOR OPERATOR: Reverse Drive Lever is in the


Position for Forward or Reverse Travel During Start-up Procedure
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305209.02 is generated if the reverse drive lever is in the
position for forward or reverse travel while the tractor is being started or the ignition is on.
This diagnostic trouble code is not stored in the controller′s error memory. It is intended only
as information for the operator; it triggers the alarm level: “Information”. If diagnostic trouble
code UIC 305209.02 is generated even though the reverse drive lever is not in a direction of
travel during start-up: Go through the procedure for diagnostic trouble code UIC 305136.02
(Reverse Drive Lever, Faulty Signals) .
UIC 305230.02- Controller, Internal Fault
46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305230.02 is saved when the user interface controller registers
an EEPROM error. This diagnostic trouble code sets off a “CAUTION” alarm.

Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active (diagnostic trouble code is regenerated after it has been
deleted and the ignition switched ON/OFF): Replace the user interface controller (UIC) with a
new one.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1854 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305240.11- Controller Connected to Wrong Wiring Harness Connector


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305240.11 is saved when the user interface controller detects an
erroneous signal in the circuit of the control unit identification. This diagnostic trouble code
sets off a “CAUTION” alarm.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Wrong controller connected to UIC connector X133.


Open lead at cable 914.
Defective user interface controller (UIC).

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1855 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

( 2 ) Checking the circuit

Action:

2.1 - Check the controller:

Check the controller connected to UIC connector X133 (is the correct controller connected?).

Result:

YES:If the correct controller is connected, GO TO 2.2.

NO:Connect the correct controller to connector X133 and test its functionality.

Action:

2.1 - Check the connecting lead:

• Ignition OFF.

Item Measurement Specification

UIC –– Connector X133 (W08)


Check the controller′s identification circuit: Continuity between pins 28 and 47 (cable 914)

Result:

YES:Replace the controller and carry out an operational test.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1856 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 211 - DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES Group UIC: UIC Diagnostic Trouble Codes

UIC 305250.12- Controller, Wrong Input Value


46
Diagnostic trouble code UIC 305250.12 is stored if the tractor model setting/input in the UIC
does not match the tractor model setting/input in the transmission control unit (TCU). The
diagnostic trouble code triggers the alarm level: “CAUTION”.

Diagnosis

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Incorrect tractor model setting/input at the transmission control unit


(TCU).

Additional References:

• Reference 245-TCU-200 , Theory of Operation (Transmission Control Unit).

• Reference 245-TCU-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Transmission Control Unit.

• Reference 245-UIC-200 , Theory of Operation (User Interface Controller).

• Reference 245-UIC-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses, User Interface Controller.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of Diagnostic Trouble Codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:Diagnostic trouble code is not active: Diagnosis completed.

NO:Diagnostic trouble code is active: GO TO 2

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1857 SERVICE MANUAL
OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS (g) by Belgreen

( 2 ) Checking the input addresses in the UIC and TCU

Action:

2.1 - Check input address UIC 36:

• Access address UIC 36 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC 36 –– Input, tractor type


Input for 6320 and 6420 tractors: Status 0

Result:

YES:GO TO 2.2

NO:Modify setting, confirm and carry out an operational test.

Action:

2.2 - Check input address TCU 44:

• Access address TCU 44 :

Item Measurement Specification

TCU 44 –– Input, tractor type


Input for 6320 and 6420 tractors (ECU Level 11): Status 051002

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Modify setting, confirm and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 211 page 1858 SERVICE MANUAL
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL (g) by Belgreen

Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS


Table of contents
Group 20 - Engine ...................................................................................................................... 1
Engine Observable Symptom Diagnostics .............................................................................. 1
Diagnostics ............................................................................................................................ 4
Diagnostics ............................................................................................................................ 6
Electrical starting aid diagnostics .......................................................................................... 8
Diagnostics .......................................................................................................................... 11
Diagnostics .......................................................................................................................... 14
Diagnostics .......................................................................................................................... 16
Group 40 - Electrical System ................................................................................................. 18
Diagnosis of observable symptoms ...................................................................................... 18
Diagnosis of observable symptoms ...................................................................................... 45
Diagnosis of observable symptoms ...................................................................................... 52
Diagnosis of observable symptoms ...................................................................................... 61
Diagnosis of observable symptoms ...................................................................................... 65
Diagnostics .......................................................................................................................... 69
Diagnostics .......................................................................................................................... 71
Diagnostics .......................................................................................................................... 73
Diagnostics .......................................................................................................................... 76
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................. 79
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................. 82
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................. 85
Diagnosis ............................................................................................................................. 88
Diagnostics .......................................................................................................................... 91
Diagnostics .......................................................................................................................... 94
Diagnostics .......................................................................................................................... 97
Diagnostics .......................................................................................................................... 99
Diagnostics on full-beam farm headlights (with H4 farm headlights on the cab frame) .... 103
Diagnostics on full-beam headlights .................................................................................. 118
Diagnostics on worklights on the rear of the fenders ......................................................... 125
Diagnostics on worklights on the rear of the fenders ......................................................... 138
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 143
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 152
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 154
Diagnostics of switch lighting (switches S104 and S109) ................................................... 158
Group 50 - SyncroPlus Transmission .................................................................................. 167
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 167
Group 51 - Power Reverser Transmission ......................................................................... 170
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 170
Group 53 - AutoPowr/IVT Transmission ............................................................................. 173
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 173
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 176
Group 55 - PowrQuad, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions .......................... 183
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 183
Diagnosis ........................................................................................................................... 186
Group 56 - Drive Systems .................................................................................................... 193
Diagnosis for slippage at rear PTO (when operating under load) ....................................... 193

<- Go to Global Table of contents tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL (g) by Belgreen

Diagnosis for symptom: Unusual Noise when running or rough front PTO engagement .... 198
Group 60 - Steering and Brakes .......................................................................................... 205
Diagnosis ........................................................................................................................... 205
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 208
Group 70 - Hydraulic System ............................................................................................... 210
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 210
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 213
Group 80 - Miscellaneous ..................................................................................................... 215
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 215
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 219
Group 90 - Operator′s Station ............................................................................................. 224
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 224
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 226
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 229
Diagnostics ........................................................................................................................ 232

<- Go to Global Table of contents tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL


Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 20: Engine

Group 20 - Engine
Engine Observable Symptom Diagnostics
66

Additional references:

Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For circuit diagram and diagnostic schematic see:

Reference 240-10-052 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control (PowrQuad Plus and


AutoQuad transmissions), for tractors with cab and ECU Level 1 or Level 12.
Reference 240-10-034 , SE23B - Electronic Engine Control (AutoPowr/IVT transmissions),
for tractors with cab and ECU Level 11.
Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control, for tractors with open
operator′s station.

For component location and pin arrangement see:

Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-703 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and
TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 1 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 20: Engine

- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for tractors with open operator station and
TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 399888 - Summary of references.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 2 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 20: Engine

Symptom Problem Solution


Engine Cranks/Won′t Engine
For engines with a Level 1 ECU, see LEVEL 1 ECU - E1 - ENGINE CRANKS/WON′T START in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM284.
Start Problem

For engines with a Level 11 ECU, see LEVEL 11 ECU - E1 - ENGINE CRANKS/WON′T START in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM220.

For engines with a Level 12 ECU, see LEVEL 12 ECU - E1 - ENGINE CRANKS/WON′T START in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM331.

For engines with a mechanical injection pump, see E1 - ENGINE CRANKS/WON′T START in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM 207.

Engine Misfires/Runs Engine


For engines with a Level 1 ECU, see LEVEL 1 ECU - E2 - ENGINE MISFIRES/RUNS IRREGULARLY in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM284.
Irregularly Problem

For engines with a Level 11 ECU, see LEVEL 11 ECU - E2 - ENGINE MISFIRES/RUNS IRREGULARLY in Section 04, Group 150 of
CTM220.

For engines with a Level 12 ECU, see LEVEL 12 ECU - E2 - ENGINE MISFIRES/RUNS IRREGULARLY in Section 04, Group 150 of
CTM331.

For engines with a mechanical injection pump, see E2 - ENGINE MISFIRES/RUNS IRREGULARLY in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM 207.

Engine Does Not Develop Engine For engines with a Level 1 ECU, see LEVEL 1 ECU - E3 ENGINE DOES NOT DEVELOP FULL POWER in Section 04, Group 150 of
Full Power Problem CTM284.

For engines with a Level 11 ECU, see LEVEL 11 ECU - E3 ENGINE DOES NOT DEVELOP FULL POWER in Section 04, Group 150 of
CTM220.

For engines with a Level 12 ECU, see LEVEL 12 ECU - E3 - ENGINE DOES NOT DEVELOP FULL POWER in Section 04, Group 150 of
CTM331.

For engines with a mechanical injection pump, see E3 - ENGINE DOES NOT DEVELOP FULL POWER in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM
207.

Engine Emits Excessive Engine For engines with a Level 1 ECU, see LEVEL 1 ECU - E4 - ENGINE EMITS EXCESSIVE WHITE EXHAUST SMOKE in Section 04, Group 150
White Exhaust Smoke Problem of CTM284.

For engines with a Level 11 ECU, see LEVEL 11 ECU - E4 - ENGINE EMITS EXCESSIVE WHITE EXHAUST SMOKE in Section 04, Group
150 of CTM220.

For engines with a Level 12 ECU, see LEVEL 12 ECU - E4 - ENGINE EMITS EXCESSIVE WHITE EXHAUST SMOKE in Section 04, Group
150 of CTM331.

For engines with a mechanical injection pump, see E4 - ENGINE EMITS EXCESSIVE WHITE EXHAUST SMOKE in Section 04, Group 150
of CTM 207.

Engine Emits Excessive Engine For engines with a Level 1 ECU, see LEVEL 1 ECU - E5 - ENGINE EMITS EXCESSIVE BLACK OR GRAY SMOKE in Section 04, Group 150
Black Or Gray Smoke Problem of CTM284.

For engines with a Level 11 ECU, see LEVEL 11 ECU - E5 - ENGINE EMITS EXCESSIVE BLACK OR GRAY SMOKE in Section 04, Group
150 of CTM220.

For engines with a Level 12 ECU, see LEVEL 12 ECU - E5 - ENGINE EMITS EXCESSIVE BLACK OR GRAY SMOKE in Section 04, Group
150 of CTM331.

For engines with a mechanical injection pump, see E5 - ENGINE EMITS EXCESSIVE BLACK OR GRAY EXHAUST SMOKE in Section 04,
Group 150 of CTM 207.

Engine
Engine Will Not Crank For engines with a Level 1 ECU, see LEVEL 1 ECU - E6 - ENGINE WILL NOT CRANK in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM284.
Problem

For engines with a Level 11 ECU, see LEVEL 11 ECU - E6 - ENGINE WILL NOT CRANK in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM220.

For engines with a Level 12 ECU, see LEVEL 12 ECU - E6 - ENGINE WILL NOT CRANK in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM331.

For engines with a mechanical injection pump, see E6 - ENGINE WILL NOT CRANK in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM 207.

Engine
Engine Idles Poorly For engines with a Level 1 ECU, see LEVEL 1 ECU - E7 - ENGINE IDLES POORLY in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM284.
Problem

For engines with a Level 11 ECU, see LEVEL 11 ECU - E7 - ENGINE IDLES POORLY in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM220.

For engines with a Level 12 ECU, see LEVEL 12 ECU - E7 - ENGINE IDLES POORLY in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM331.

For engines with a mechanical injection pump, see E7 - ENGINE IDLES POORLY in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM 207.

Engine
Abnormal Engine Noise For engines with a Level 1 ECU, see LEVEL 1 ECU - E8 - ABNORMAL ENGINE NOISE in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM284.
Problem

For engines with a Level 11 ECU, see LEVEL 11 ECU - E8 - ABNORMAL ENGINE NOISE in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM220.

For engines with a Level 12 ECU, see LEVEL 12 ECU - E8 - ABNORMAL ENGINE NOISE in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM331.

For engines with a mechanical injection pump, see E8 - ABNORMAL ENGINE NOISE in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM 207.

Excessive Oil Engine


See 4.5L/6.8L - L1 - EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM104.
Consumption Problem

Engine
Engine Oil Pressure Low See 4.5L/6.8L - L2 - ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LOW in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM104.
Problem

Engine
Engine Oil Pressure High See 4.5L/6.8L - L3 - ENGINE OIL PRESSURE HIGH in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM104.
Problem

Engine Coolant
Engine
Temperature Above See 4.5L/6.8L - C1 - ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE ABOVE NORMAL in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM104.
Problem
Normal

Engine Coolant
Engine
Temperature Below See 4.5L/6.8L - C2 - ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE BELOW NORMAL in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM104.
Problem
Normal

Coolant In Oil or Oil In Engine


See 4.5L/6.8L - C3 - COOLANT IN OIL OR OIL IN COOLANT in Section 04, Group 150 of CTM104.
Coolant Problem

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 3 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 20: Engine

Problem with Fuel Pump (Tractors with Premium Cab)


65

Symptoms:

Fuel pump not working.


Fuel pump operates intermittently.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1 Perform a visual inspection of fuel pump (B03) and of the connectors associated with
them:

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

1.2 Preliminary test of the fuel pump circuit:

Check fuse F04/11.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 2 ) Checking the components of the fuel pump circuit

Action:

Fuel pump (B03) in fuel tank, see Reference 240-15-002 (SE02 - Instrument Unit).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 4 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 20: Engine

( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the fuel pump circuit

Action:

• Check positive lead 322 between fuse (F04/11) and fuel pump (B03).

• Check ground lead 310 at fuel pump (B03).

For functional schematic, see:

Reference 240-10-004 , SE2 - Instrument Unit.

For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08.

Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus Transmission
and TIER I Engine
[ without ECU (Engine Control Unit) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Result:

YES:Check all connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 5 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 20: Engine

Problem with Fuel Pump (Tractors with Open Operator′s Station)


65

Symptoms:

Fuel pump not working.


Fuel pump operates intermittently.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1 Perform a visual inspection of fuel pump (Y02) and of the connectors associated with
them:

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

1.2 Preliminary test of the fuel pump circuit:

Check relay K113.


Check fuse F103.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 2 ) Checking the components of the fuel pump circuit

Action:

Check Fuel pump (Y02), see Reference 240-15-001 (SE01 - Starting Motor and Charging
Circuit).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 6 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 20: Engine

( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the fuel pump circuit

Action:

• Check positive lead 332 from fuse F103 to relay K113.

• Check positive lead 264 from relay K113 to the fuel pump (Y02).

• Check ground lead 310 at fuel pump (Y02).

For functional schematic, see:

Reference 240-10A-003 (SE01 - Starting Motor and Charging Circuit).

For component location and pin arrangement, see engine wiring harness W02 and cab
wiring harness W08.

Reference 240-26-006 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER I Engine
[ without engine control ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER II Engine
[ with Level 12 ECU (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of References
Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station
from Tractor Serial No. 399888 and TIER II Engine
[ with Level 12 ECU (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of References

Result:

YES:Check all connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 7 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 20: Engine

Problem with Electrical Starting Aid (Tractors with Premium Cab)


65

Symptoms:

Tractor is difficult to start with cold engine.


Electrical starting aid not working.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

Electrical starting aid diagnostics


( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1 Perform a visual inspection of the electrical starting aid R28 in the cylinder head and of
all the connectors associated with them.

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

1.2 Preliminary test of the electrical starting aid circuit

Check relay K36.


Check fuse F09.
Check fuse F11.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 8 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 20: Engine

( 2 ) Check components of the electrical starting aid circuit

Action:

• Check the electrical starting aid R28 in the cylinder head.

• Check relay for starting motor and electrical starting aid (K36).

See Reference 240-15-001 (SE01 - Starting Motor and Charging Circuit).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Check positive lead and ground lead of the electrical starting aid circuit

Action:

• Check positive lead 352 from fuse F09 to relay K36.

• Check positive lead 342 from relay K36 to the electrical starting aid R28 and fuse F11.

• Check positive lead 362/381 from fuse F11 to indicator light H77.

• Check ground lead 310 at relay K36.

For functional schematic, see:

Reference 240-10-050 , SE1 - Starting motor and charging circuit

For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08.

Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus Transmission
and TIER I Engine
[ without ECU (Engine Control Unit) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 20: Engine

AutoQuad transmissions and TIER II Engine


[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Result:

YES:Check all connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 10 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 20: Engine

Problem with Electrical Starting Aid (Tractors with Open Operator′s Station)
65

Symptoms:

Tractor is difficult to start with cold engine.


Electrical starting aid not working.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1 Perform a visual inspection of the electrical starting aid (R15) in the intake passage and
of all the connectors associated with it.

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

1.2 Preliminary test of the electrical starting aid circuit

Check relay K36.


Check fuse F09.
Check fuse F11.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 11 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 20: Engine

( 2 ) Check components of the electrical starting aid circuit

Action:

• Check electrical starting aid (R15) in the intake passage.

• Check relay for starting motor and electrical starting aid (K36).

See Reference 240-15-001 (SE01 - Starting Motor and Charging Circuit).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 12 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 20: Engine

( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the fuel pump circuit

Action:

• Check positive lead 352 from fuse F09 to relay K36.

• Check positive lead 342 from relay K36 to the electrical starting aid R15 and to fuse F11.

• Check positive lead 362 from fuse F11 to indicator light H77.

• Check ground lead 310 at indicator light H77 and at relay K36.

For functional schematic, see:

Reference 240-10A-003 , SE1-Starting Motor and Charging Circuit

For component location and pin arrangement, see engine wiring harness W02 and cab
wiring harness W08.

Reference 240-26-006 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER I Engine
[ without engine control ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER II Engine
[ with Level 12 ECU (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of References
Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station
from Tractor Serial No. 399888 and TIER II Engine
[ with Level 12 ECU (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of References

Result:

YES:Check all connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 13 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 20: Engine

Problem with Fuel Preheater (Tractors with Premium Cab)


65

Symptoms:

Tractor is difficult to start with cold engine.


Fuel preheater not working.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1 Perform a visual inspection of the fuel preheater (R02) at fuel filter and of all the
connectors associated with it.

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

1.2 Preliminary test of the fuel preheater circuit

Check relay K09/03.


Check fuse F04/08.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 2 ) Check components of the fuel preheater circuit

Action:

• Check fuel preheater (R02) at fuel filter.

See Reference 240-15-001 (SE01 - Starting Motor and Charging Circuit).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 14 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 20: Engine

( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the fuel preheater circuit

Action:

• Check positive lead 332 from fuse F04/08 to relay K09/03.

• Check positive lead 317 from relay K09/03 to fuel preheater (R02).

• Check ground lead 310 at fuel preheater (R02) and at relay K09/03.

For functional schematic, see:

Reference 240-10-050 , SE1 - Starting motor and charging circuit

For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08.

Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus Transmission
and TIER I Engine
[ without ECU (Engine Control Unit) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoQuad transmissions and
TIER I Engine
[ with ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 11 (DENSO HPCR) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for cab tractors with PowrQuad Plus or
AutoQuad Plus transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
from Serial No. 398656 - Summary of references.

Result:

YES:Check all connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 15 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 20: Engine

Problem with Fuel Preheater (Tractors with Open Operator′s Station)


65

Symptoms:

Tractor is difficult to start with cold engine.


Fuel preheater not working.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1 Perform a visual inspection of the fuel preheater (R02) at fuel filter and of all the
connectors associated with it.

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

1.2 Preliminary test of the fuel preheater circuit

Check relay K113.


Check fuse F103.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 2 ) Check components of the fuel preheater circuit

Action:

• Check fuel preheater (R02) at fuel filter.

See Reference 240-15-001 (SE01 - Starting Motor and Charging Circuit).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 16 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the fuel preheater circuit

Action:

• Check positive lead 332 from fuse F103 to relay K113.

• Check positive lead 264 from relay K113 to fuel preheater (R02).

• Check ground lead 310 at fuel preheater (R02).

For functional schematic, see:

Reference 240-10A-003 , SE1-Starting Motor and Charging Circuit

For component location and pin arrangement, see engine wiring harness W02 and cab
wiring harness W08.

Reference 240-26-006 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER I Engine
[ without engine control ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER II Engine
[ with Level 12 ECU (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of References
Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station
from Tractor Serial No. 399888 and TIER II Engine
[ with Level 12 ECU (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of References

Result:

YES:Check all connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 17 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

Group 40 - Electrical System


Control Unit(s) Not Displayed (Tractors with Cab)
65
Symptom indicates that one or more control unit(s) is/are not displayed. If you enter
diagnostic mode and find that only the word “ALL” is displayed, or if diagnostic mode cannot
be accessed at all, you must go through the procedure for the symptom “Diagnostic Mode
Cannot Be Entered”.

Diagnosis of observable symptoms

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

If reprogramming procedure of a control unit (boot mode) is aborted,


this control unit is not displayed any longer.
Faulty power supply to the control unit:
Blown fuse.
A fault in the lead connection (lead or contact).
Faulty ground connection.
Defective CAN BUS connection to the control unit:
A fault in the lead connection of the communication lines (lead or
contact).
Internal problem in the control unit.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 18 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 1 ) Preliminary tests

Action:

1.1 - Status of active diagnostic trouble codes

→NOTE:

All related codes must be resolved before proceeding. Access the codes.

Result:

NO:If no related diagnostic trouble codes are saved: GO TO 1.2.

YES:Recondition as needed, then access control unit.

Action:

1.2 - Status of reprogramming

If a reprogramming procedure is aborted, the result is that the relevant control unit can no
longer be displayed.

Result:

YES:If no reprogramming was performed: GO TO 2

NO:Reprogramming was started and aborted, GO TO: Reprogramming was aborted , Section
212, Group 40.

( 2 ) Checking the power supply and control unit connection

Action:

2.1 - Check the control unit′s fuse:

Summary of control units

Control unit Fuse

ATC Control unit for ClimaTrac (automatic air-conditioning) F05/1 (ELX) and F05/14 (BAT)

BCU Basic control unit F03/1 (ELX)

BIF Basic informator F04/9 (ELX) and F04/10 (BAT)

ECU Engine control unit (ECU) (level 1 - DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) F04/1 (IGN)

ECU Engine control unit (Level 11, HPCR) F04/1 (IGN), F04/2 (BAT) and F04/9 (ELX)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 19 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

Summary of control units

Control unit Fuse

F04/9 (ELX)
ECU Engine control unit (Level 12, STANADYNE DE10) F04/2 (BAT)
F04/1 (IGN)

EPC Control unit for PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad transmissions F04/15 (ELX) and F04/16 (BAT)

PLC Park lock controller F05/3 (ELX) and F05/4 (BAT).

PRF Performance monitor F04/12 (ELX)

SFA Control unit for front axle and cab suspension F03/8 (BAT) and F04/9 (ELX)

SIC Controller for the E-SCVs / E-ICVs F03/13 (BAT) and F03/15 (ELX)

SSU AutoTrac (steering system) control unit F06/14 (BAT) and F06/15 (ELX)

TCU Control unit for AutoPowr/IVT transmission F04/15 (ELX) and F05/5 (BAT)

TEC Control unit for tractor equipment interface F06/14 (BAT) and F06/15 (ELX)

UIC User interface controller F04/14 (ELX)

Result:

YES:GO TO 2.2

NO:Recondition as needed, then access the control unit.

Action:

2.2 - Check connection of relevant control unit:

→NOTE:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems


(contacts loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the 29-bit CAN BUS screen lines (930/932) (if equipped).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened,
slid-back or corroded contacts.

ATC: GO TO 15 .
BCU: GO TO 3 .
BIF: GO TO 4 .
ECU, Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201): GO TO 5 .
ECU, Level 11 (HPCR): GO TO 14 .
ECU, Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10): GO TO 6 .
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 20 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

EPC: GO TO 7 .
PLC: GO TO 8 .
PRF: GO TO 9 .
SFA: GO TO 10 .
SIC: GO TO 11 .
SSU: GO TO 16 .
TCU: GO TO 12 .
TEC: GO TO 17 .
UIC: GO TO 13 .

Result:

YES:Check the connections at the plugs and control units for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

NO:Recondition as needed, then access the control unit.

( 3 ) Check the connection of Basic Control Unit (BCU) (W08 - Cab Harness)

Action:

For circuit diagram, see:

Reference 240-10-024 , SE16H - BCU (Power Supply, Acoustic Alarm).


Reference 240-10-022 , SE16F - Basic Control Unit (BCU) (Speed Sensor and Radar)
(AutoPowr/IVT Transmission).
Reference 240-10A-051 , SE16F - Basic Control Unit (BCU) (Speed Sensor and Radar)
(PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad Transmissions).

For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 21 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

X483/2 45-pin plug for basic control unit (BCU)

Item Measurement Specification

X483/2 45-pin plug for basic control unit (BCU)


Power supply: Lead 571 (positive, ELX) 12 volts at pin 23

Lead 050 Ground at pin 1

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 22 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

X483/1 68-pin plug for basic control unit (BCU)

Item Measurement Specification

X483/1 68-pin plug for basic control unit (BCU)


29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS screen lines: Lead 930- Ground at pin 20

Lead 932+ 12 volts at pin 43

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

Result:

YES:Check the connections at the plugs and control units for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

OK:If only the basic control unit fails to appear on the display: Replace BCU and carry out an
operational check.

NO:Recondition the faulty lead connection as needed, then access the control unit.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 23 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 4 ) Check the connection of basic informator (BIF) (W09 - Cowl Harness)

Action:

For circuit diagram, see:

Reference 240-10-004 , SE2 - Basic Informator

For component location and pin arrangement, see cowl harness W09.

X25/X26 26-pin plug for basic informator

Item Measurement Specification

X25 26-pin plug for basic informator


Power supply: Lead 050 Ground at pin 3

X26 26-pin plug for basic informator


Power supply: Lead 922 (positive, BAT) 12 volts at pin 10

Lead 992 (positive, ELX) 12 volts at pin 14

Lead 050 Ground at pin 1

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 15

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 16

29-bit CAN BUS screen lines: Lead 930- Ground at pin 18

Lead 932+ 12 volts at pin 13

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 24 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

Result:

YES:Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

OK:If only the basic informator fails to appear on the display: Replace BIF and carry out an
operational check.

NO:Recondition the faulty lead connection as needed, then access the control unit.

( 5 ) Checking the ECU Level 1 (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) control unit connection (W15
- harness - ECU Level 1)

Action:

→NOTE:

The ECU cannot be accessed via the basic informator if the ECU appears in
the basic informator′s display (BIF) as “U00”!

For circuit diagram, see:

Reference 240-10-055 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control (ECU Level 1 and ECU Level
12)

For component location and pin arrangement, see wiring harness W15.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 25 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

X218 45-pin plug for engine control unit (ECU) (Level 1)

Item Measurement Specification

X218 45-pin plug for engine control unit (ECU) (Level 1)


Power supply: Lead 622 (positive, IGN) 12 volts at pin 1

Lead 050 Ground at pin 24

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 30

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 29

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

Result:

YES:Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

OK:If only the engine control unit fails to appear on the display: Replace ECU and carry out
an operational check.

NO:Recondition the faulty lead connection as needed, then access the control unit.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 26 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 6 ) Check the connection of ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) (wiring harness


W15)

Action:

For circuit diagram, see:

Reference 240-10-055 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control (ECU Level 1 and ECU Level
12)

For component location and pin arrangement, see wiring harness W15.

X570 30-pin plug for engine control unit (ECU)

Item Measurement Specification

ECU Level 12 (DE10) –– plug X570 (wiring harness W15)


Power supply: Positive (lead 622) 12 volts at pin A2

Positive (lead 032) 12 volts at pin K1

Positive (lead 973) 12 volts at pin H1

Ground (lead 050) at pin J2

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin G1

CAN- (lead 935) at pin F1

Result:

YES:Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

OK:If only the engine control unit fails to appear on the display: Replace ECU and carry out
an operational check.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 27 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

NO:Recondition the faulty lead connection as needed, then access the control unit.

( 7 ) Check the connection of EPC controller (W08 - cab harness)

Action:

For circuit diagram, see:

Reference 240-10A-053 , SE26A Transmission Control (PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad


Transmissions).

For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08.

X489 (AQ) or X657 (AQ Plus) 68-pin plug for EPC

Item Measurement Specification

X489 (AutoQuad transmission) or X657 (AutoQuad Plus transmission) 68-pin plug for EPC
Power supply: Lead 572 (positive, ELX) 12 volts at pin 23

Lead 503 (positive, BAT) 12 volts at pin 2

Lead 050 Ground at pins 1 and 24

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 28 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

Item Measurement Specification

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS screen lines (AutoQuad transmission only): Lead 930- Ground at pin 20

Lead 932+ 12 volts at pin 43

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead
Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts
050):

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

Result:

YES:Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

OK:If only the transmission control unit fails to appear on the display: Replace EPC and carry
out an operational check.

NO:Recondition the faulty lead connection as needed, then access the control unit.

( 8 ) Check the connection of PLC controller (W08 - cab harness)

Action:

For circuit diagram, see:

Reference 240-10-037 , SE28-Electronic Park Lock (AutoPowr/IVT transmission)

For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 29 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

X382 45-pin plug for PLC

Item Measurement Specification

X382 45-pin plug for PLC


Power supply: Lead 682 (positive, ELX) 12 volts at pin 45

Lead 032 (positive, BAT) 12 volts at pin 23

Lead 330 Ground at pins 1 and 2

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS screen lines: Lead 930- Ground at pin 20

Lead 932+ 12 volts at pin 43

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 330): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 330): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

Result:

YES:Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 30 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

OK:If only the park lock controller fails to appear on the display: Replace PLC and carry out
an operational check.

NO:Recondition the faulty lead connection as needed, then access the control unit.

( 9 ) Check the connection of PRF controller (W19 - cab roof harness)

Action:

For circuit diagram, see:

Reference 240-10-028 , SE18-Performance Monitor.

For component location and pin arrangement, see cab roof wiring harness W19.

X486 10-pin plug for PRF (performance monitor)

Item Measurement Specification

X486 10-pin plug for PRF (performance monitor)


Power supply: Lead 971 (positive, ELX) 12 volts at pin G

Lead 050 Ground at pin D

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin H

CAN- (lead 935) at pin B

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 31 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

Item Measurement Specification

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

Result:

YES:Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

OK:If only the performance monitor fails to appear on the display: Replace PRF and carry out
an operational check.

NO:Recondition the faulty lead connection as needed, then access the control unit.

( 10 ) Check the connection of SFA controller (W08 - cab harness)

Action:

For circuit diagram, see:

Reference 240-10-029 , SE20-Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS and CSC Cab Suspension.

For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 32 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

X485 45-pin plug for the SFA controller

Item Measurement Specification

X485 45-pin plug for the SFA controller


Power supply: Lead 762 (positive, ELX) 12 volts at pin 23

Lead 992 (positive, BAT) 12 volts at pin 45

Lead 050 Ground at pins 1 and 6

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS screen lines: Lead 930- Ground at pin 20

Lead 932+ 12 volts at pin 43

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

Result:

YES:Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

OK:If only the front axle/cab suspension controller fails to appear on the display: Replace SFA
and carry out an operational check.

NO:Recondition the faulty lead connection as needed, then access the control unit.

( 11 ) Check the connection of SIC controller (W16 - SIC harness)

Action:

For circuit diagram, see:

Reference 240-10-030 , SE21-Electronic Actuation of SCVs.

For component location and pin arrangement, see wiring harness W16.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 33 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

X456 45-pin plug for SIC controller

Item Measurement Specification

X456 45-pin plug for SIC controller


Power supply: Lead 562 (positive, ELX) 12 volts at pin 23

Lead 662 (positive, BAT) 12 volts at pin 2

Lead 050 Ground at pin 1

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

Result:

YES:Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

OK:If only the controller for the E-SCVs / E-ICVs fails to appear on the display: Replace SIC
and carry out an operational check.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 34 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

NO:Recondition the faulty lead connection as needed, then access the control unit.

( 12 ) Check the connection of TCU controller (W08 - cab harness)

Action:

For circuit diagram, see:

Reference 240-10-035 , SE26-Transmission Control Unit (AutoPowr/IVT transmission).

For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08.

X332 68-pin plug for TCU

Item Measurement Specification

X332 68-pin plug for TCU


Power supply: Lead 572 (positive, ELX) 12 volts at pin 45

Lead 052 (positive, BAT) 12 volts at pins 23 and 68

Lead 050 Ground at pins 1 and 2

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 35 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

Item Measurement Specification

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS screen lines: Lead 930- Ground at pin 20

Lead 932+ 12 volts at pin 43

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead
Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts
050):

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead


Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts
050):

Result:

YES:Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

OK:If only the transmission control unit fails to appear on the display: Replace TCU and carry
out an operational check.

NO:Recondition the faulty lead connection as needed, then access the control unit.

( 13 ) Check the connection of UIC controller (W08 - cab harness)

Action:

For circuit diagram, see:

Reference 240-10-036 , SE27-Transmission Shift (AutoPowr/IVT transmission).

For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 36 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

X133 68-pin plug for UIC

Item Measurement Specification

X133 68-pin plug for UIC


Power supply: Lead 672 (positive, ELX) 12 volts at pin 23

Lead 050 Ground at pin 1

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

Result:

YES:Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

OK:If only the user interface controller fails to appear on the display: Replace UIC and carry
out an operational check.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 37 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

NO:Recondition the faulty lead connection as needed, then access the control unit.

( 14 ) Check the connection of ECU Level 11 (HPCR) (wiring harness W15)

Action:

For circuit diagram, see:

Reference 240-10-034 , SE23A - Electronic Engine Control (ECU Level 11)

For component location and pin arrangement, see wiring harness W15.

X570/1 30-pin plug for engine control unit (ECU)

X570/2 30-pin plug for engine control unit (ECU)

Item Measurement Specification

ECU Level 11 (HPCR) –– plug X570/1 (wiring harness W15)


Power supply: Positive (lead 622) 12 volts at pin E3

Positive (lead 032) 12 volts at pins B1 and B2

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 38 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

Item Measurement Specification

Positive, ELX (lead 992) 12 volts at pin G2

Ground (lead 050) at pins C2 and C3

Item Measurement Specification

ECU Level 11 (HPCR) –– plug X570/2 (wiring harness W15)


29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin L1

CAN- (lead 935) at pin L2

Result:

YES:Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

OK:If only the engine control unit fails to appear on the display: Replace ECU and carry out
an operational check.

NO:Recondition the faulty lead connection as needed, then access the control unit.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 39 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 15 ) Check the connection of the ClimaTrac controller (ATC) (wiring harness W47)

Action:

For circuit diagram, see:

SE10 - Fan, air-conditioning system and ClimaTrac (automatic air-conditioning)

For component location and pin arrangement, see wiring harness W47.

Item Measurement Specification

X597 32-pin plug for ATC


Power supply: Lead 982 (positive, BAT) 12 volts at pin 20

Lead 203 (positive, ELX) 12 volts at pin 22

Lead 050 Ground at pin 9

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 5

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

Result:

YES:Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

OK:If only the controller for the ClimaTrac (automating air-conditioning) fails to appear on the
display: Replace ATC and carry out an operational check.

NO:Recondition the faulty lead connection as needed, then access the control unit.

( 16 ) Check the connection of steering system unit (SSU) (wiring harness W51)

Action:

For circuit diagram, see:

SE35 - AutoTrac (automatic steering system)

For component location and pin arrangement, see wiring harness W51.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 40 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

Item Measurement Specification

X631/2 48-pin plug for steering system unit (SSU)


Power supply: Lead 967 (positive, BAT) 12 volts at pin 2L1

Lead 968 (positive, ELX) 12 volt at pin 2M1

Lead 050 Ground at pin 2L2

Ground at pin 2M2

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 2A1

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 2B1

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 41 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

Item Measurement Specification

X631/3 32-pin plug for steering system unit (SSU)


Power supply: Lead 968 (positive, ELX) 12 volts at pin 3H1

Lead 050 Ground at pin 3G1

Result:

YES:Check the connections at the plugs and control units for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

OK:If only the AutoTrac controller fails to appear on the display: Replace SSU and carry out
an operational check.

NO:Recondition the faulty lead connection as needed, then access the control unit.

( 17 ) Check the connection of tractor equipment interface controller (TEC) (wiring


harness W39)

Action:

For circuit diagram, see:

Reference 240-10-041 , SE32 - TEC and 60-amp implement BUS socket

For component location and pin arrangement, see wiring harness W39.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 42 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

X572 68-pin plug for tractor equipment interface controller (TEC)

Item Measurement Specification

X572 68-pin plug for tractor equipment interface controller (TEC)


Power supply: Lead 782 (positive, ELX) 12 volts at pin 12

Lead 994 (positive, ELX) 12 volts at pin 19

Lead 183 (positive, ACC) 12 volts at pin 54

Lead 792 (positive, BAT) 12 volts at pin 23

Lead 050 Ground at pin 1

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

Implement CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 974) at pin 58

CAN- (lead 975) at pin 59

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

Tractor Equipment interface Controller (TEC) with 48-pin connector:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 43 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

Item Measurement Specification

X707 48-pin plug for tractor equipment interface controller (TEC)


Power supply: Lead 782 (positive, ELX) 12 volts at pin 2M1

Lead 792 (positive, BAT) 12 volts at pin 2L1

Lead 050 Ground at pin 2L2

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 2A1

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 2B1

Implement CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 974) at pin 2J3

CAN- (lead 975) at pin 2H3

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

Result:

YES:Check the connections at the plugs and control units for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

OK:If only the interface controller fails to appear on the display: Replace TEC and carry out
an operational check.

NO:Recondition the faulty lead connection as needed, then access the control unit.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 44 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

Control Unit(s) Not Displayed (Open Operator′s Station)


65
Symptom indicates that one or more control unit(s) is/are not displayed.
• If you enter diagnostic mode and find that only the word “ ALL ” is displayed, or if
diagnostic mode cannot be accessed at all, you must go through the procedure for the
symptom “Diagnostic Mode Cannot Be Entered (Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER II Engine; ECU Level 12)”.

Diagnosis of observable symptoms

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Faulty power supply to the control unit:


Blown fuse.
A fault in the lead connection (lead or contact).
Faulty ground connection.
Defective CAN BUS connection to the control unit:
A fault in the lead connection of the communication lines (lead or
contact).
Internal problem in the control unit.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 45 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 1 ) Preliminary tests

Action:

1.1 - Status of active diagnostic trouble codes

→NOTE:

All related codes must be resolved before proceeding. Access the codes.

Result:

NO:If no related diagnostic trouble codes are saved: GO TO 1.2.

YES:Recondition as needed, then access control unit.

Action:

1.2 - Status of reprogramming

If a reprogramming procedure is aborted, the result is that the relevant control unit can no
longer be displayed.

Result:

YES:If no reprogramming was performed: GO TO 2 .

NO:Reprogramming was started and aborted, GO TO: Reprogramming was aborted , Section
212, Group 40.

( 2 ) Checking the power supply and control unit connection

Action:

2.1 - Check the control unit′s fuse:

Summary of control units

Control unit Fuse

BCU Basic control unit F107 (ELX)

F104 (ELX)
ECU Engine control unit (Level 12) for tractors with open operator′s station F21/2 (BAT)
F21/3 (IGN)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 46 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

Result:

YES:GO TO 2.2

NO:Recondition as needed, then access the control unit.

Action:

2.2 - Check connection of relevant control unit:

→NOTE:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems


(contacts loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened,
slid-back or corroded contacts.

• BCU: GO TO 3 .

• ECU, Level 12: GO TO 4 .

Result:

YES:Check the connections at the plugs and control units for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

NO:Recondition as needed, then access the control unit.

( 3 ) Check the connection of Basic Control Unit (BCU) (wiring harness W08)

Action:

For circuit diagram, see:

Reference 240-10-024 , SE16H - BCU (Power Supply, Acoustic Alarm).

For component location and pin arrangement, see wiring harness W08.

Basic control unit (BCU) with 2 connectors: (for tractors up to serial no. 399887).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 47 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

X483/2 45-pin plug for basic control unit (BCU)

Item Measurement Specification

X483/2 45-pin plug for basic control unit (BCU)


Power supply: Lead 571 (positive, ELX) 12 volts at pin 23

Lead 050 Ground at pin 1

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 48 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

X483/1 68-pin plug for basic control unit (BCU)

Item Measurement Specification

X483/1 68-pin plug for basic control unit (BCU)


29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 3.1 volts

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 1.9 - 2.5 volts

Basic control unit (BCU) with 3 connectors: (for tractors from serial no. 399888).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 49 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

Item Measurement Specification

X616/2 48-pin plug for basic control unit (BCU)


Power supply: Lead 112 (positive, BAT) 12 volts at pin 2L1

Lead 882 (positive, ELX) 12 volts at pin 2M1

Lead 050 Ground to pins 2L2 and 2M2

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 2A1

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 2B1

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead
Voltage 2.5 - 3.1 volts
050):

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead


Voltage 1.9 - 2.5 volts
050):

Result:

YES:Check the connections at the plugs and control units for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

OK:If only the basic control unit fails to appear on the display: Replace BCU and carry out an
operational check.

NO:Recondition the faulty lead connection as needed, then access the control unit.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 50 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 4 ) Check the connection of ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) (wiring harness


W08)

Action:

For circuit diagram, see:

Reference 240-10A-021 , SE23 - Electronic Engine Control (ECU Level 12).

For component location and pin arrangement, see wiring harness W08.

X570 30-pin plug for engine control unit (ECU)

Item Measurement Specification

ECU Level 12 (DE10) –– plug X570 (wiring harness W08)


Power supply: Positive (lead 622) 12 volts at pin A2

Positive (lead 032) 12 volts at pin K1

Positive (lead 973) 12 volts at pin H1

Ground (lead 050) at pin J2

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin G1

CAN- (lead 935) at pin F1

Result:

YES:Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

OK:If only the engine control unit fails to appear on the display: Replace ECU and carry out
an operational check.

NO:Recondition the faulty lead connection as needed, then access the control unit.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 51 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

Diagnostic Mode Cannot Be Entered or Connection Problems with Service ADVISOR


(Tractors with Cab)
65
This symptom indicates that it is not possible to enter the diagnostic mode (access the
diagnostic trouble codes or information about the controllers) via the basic informator (BIF),
performance monitor (PRF) or Service ADVISOR.

Diagnosis of observable symptoms

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

It is impossible to access the diagnostic mode by any means:


Fault in the power supply to active terminating resistor A14 or
A62 (fuse F04/13 has blown or diode K09/2 is faulty).
Defective ELX circuit (power supply for active terminating
resistor A14 or A62).
Fault at an active terminating resistor (A14 or A62) or at a
passive terminating resistor (A15 or A61).
Defective screening of the CAN BUS (screen lines or terminating
resistors).
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934 and 935).
Diagnostic mode cannot be entered via the service plug (performance
monitor or Service ADVISOR):
Defective power supply to the service plug (fuse F03/14).
Defective CAN BUS connection to the service plug.
Defective performance monitor.
Diagnostic mode cannot be accessed via the basic informator (BIF):
Defective power supply to the basic informator (fuses F04/9 and
F04/10).
Defective roll-mode switch (RMS).
Faulty basic informator.
Diagnostic mode cannot be accessed via the performance monitor
(PRF):
Performance monitor (incorrect basic setting (CAN/CCD).
Defective power supply to the performance monitor (fuse
F04/12).

For information on how to connect Service ADVISOR to the tractor, see


installation instructions MHM767 in the “Publications” tab.

( 1 ) Preliminary tests

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 52 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

Action:

1.1

Is access to the diagnostic mode impossible by any means (neither via the basic informator
BIF, nor performance monitor PRF, nor service plug X571)?

Result:

YES:No access to diagnostic mode possible by any means: GO TO 1.2

NO:Diagnostic mode cannot be accessed via the basic informator (BIF): GO TO 2 .

NO:Diagnostic mode cannot be accessed via the performance monitor (PRF): GO TO 3 .

NO:Diagnostic mode cannot be accessed via the service plug (performance monitor or
Service ADVISOR) and a problem with the diagnostic unit can be ruled out: GO TO 4 .

Action:

1.2 - Preliminary test for 29-bit CAN BUS:

Check battery voltage. See "Battery Checks" , Section 240, Group 15.
Check the power supply to the active 29-bit CAN BUS terminator (A14 or A62):
Fuse F04/13.
Diode K09/2 (3 amp).
Check the power supply for the electronics (ELX circuit):
Fuse F04/6.
ELX relay. See component testing “Relay for power supply to the electronics
(K01/2)”
Diode K09/1 (1 amp).

For circuit diagram see SE1-Starting Motor and Charging Circuit:

Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System Diagnostics (Cab)- Summary of References

For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08.

Result:

NO:Repair as needed and go into the diagnostic mode.

YES:Check 29-bit CAN BUS. See "29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab)" , Section 213,
Group 45.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 53 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 2 ) Access not possible via the basic informator (BIF)

Action:

2.1 - Preliminary test:

Check fuses F04/9 and F04/10.

Result:

YES:GO TO 2.2

NO:Recondition as needed and carry out an operational test.

Action:

2.2 - Check the roll-mode switch:

Check the roll-mode switch via the performance monitor or Service ADVISOR.

Access address BIF005 :

Item Measurement Specification

BIF005 - Status, roll-mode switch (S32)


Roll-mode switch not actuated: Status XX0

Roll-mode switch actuated: Status XX1

For circuit diagram, see:

Reference 240-10-004 , SE2-Basic Informator

Result:

YES:Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

NO:• Display in address BIF005 not OK: Recondition the switch or wiring as needed and carry
out an operational test. • No access to address BIF005: GO TO 2.3

Action:

2.3 - Check connection of the basic informator′s control unit:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 54 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

→NOTE:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems


(contacts loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Fuse F04/9 (ELX, lead 992).
Ground connection (lead 050) of performance monitor via
collective ground point XGND4 to XGND43 (cab harness W8).
Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the 29-bit CAN BUS screen lines (930/932).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened,
slid-back or corroded contacts.

For circuit diagram, see:

Reference 240-10-004 , SE2-Basic Informator

For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08 and cowl harness
W09.

X25/X26 26-pin plug for basic informator (W09)

Item Measurement Specification

X25 26-pin plug for basic informator


Power supply: Lead 050 Ground at pin 3

X26 26-pin plug for basic informator


Power supply: Lead 922 (positive, BAT) 12 volts at pin 10

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 55 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

Item Measurement Specification

Lead 992 (positive, ELX) 12 volts at pin 14

Lead 050 Ground at pin 1

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 15

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 16

29-bit CAN BUS screen lines: Lead 930- Ground at pin 18

Lead 932+ 12 volts at pin 13

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

Result:

YES:Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

OK:Diagnostic mode cannot be accessed via the basic informator (BIF): Replace BIF and
carry out an operational check.

NO:Repair the faulty connection as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Access not possible via the performance monitor (PRF)

Action:

3.1 - Preliminary test:

Check fuse F04/12.

3.2 - Check connection of the performance monitor′s control unit:

→NOTE:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems


(contacts loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Fuse F04/12 (ELX, lead 971).
Ground connection (lead 050) of performance monitor via
collective ground point XGND6 to XGND43 (cab harness W8).
Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines leading to the
performance monitor (934/935).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened,
slid-back or corroded contacts.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 56 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

For circuit diagram, see:

Reference 240-10-028 , SE18-Performance Monitor

For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08 and cab roof
harness W19.

X486 10-pin plug for PRF (performance monitor) (W19)

Item Measurement Specification

X486 10-pin plug for PRF (performance monitor)


Power supply: Lead 971 (positive, ELX) 12 volts at pin G

Lead 050 Ground at pin D

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin H

CAN- (lead 935) at pin B

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (communication lines)


between CAN+ (lead 934) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

between CAN- (lead 935) and a suitable ground connection (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

Result:

YES:Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

OK:Diagnostic mode cannot be accessed via the performance monitor (PRF): Replace PRF
and carry out an operational check.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 57 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

NO:Repair the faulty connection as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 4 ) Access not possible via the service plug

Action:

4.1

Can a problem with the performance monitor or Service ADVISOR laptop and diagnostic
cable be ruled out?
Is access to diagnostic mode not possible only via the performance monitor?

Result:

YES:• If access is not possible only via the performance monitor: GO TO 4.2• If access to
diagnostic mode is not possible via the performance monitor and Service ADVISOR laptop
and a problem with the diagnostic unit can be ruled out: GO TO 4.2

Action:

4.1 - Check the basic (CAN/CCD) setting of the performance monitor:

• Hold down the “width (7)” key and “PTO speed (9)” key simultaneously for 8 seconds (CCD
or CAN on display).

• The “implement (2)” key allows you to change from CCD to CAN and back again.

• Use the “set / save” key to store the value in the memory.

Result:

YES:Basic setting is at CAN: GO TO 4.2

NO:Basic setting is at CCD: Modify setting and carry out an operational test.

Action:

4.2 - Check power supply to service plug X571:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 58 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

Ignition ON.

Use a multimeter to check the voltage at service plug X571 (service harness W33):

Item Measurement Specification

Power supply to service plug


between pin B (lead 952) and pin A (lead 050): Voltage 12 volts

Result:

YES:GO TO 4.3

NO:Check the power supply (fuse F03/14):


• Positive (lead 952).
• Ground (lead 050) via collective ground point XGND6 to XGND43 (W8).

Action:

4.3 - Check the CAN BUS connection at service plug X571:

Use a multimeter to check the voltage at service plug X571 (service harness W33):

Item Measurement Specification

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (at service plug X571)


CAN+, between pin C (lead 934) and pin A (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

CAN-, between pin D (lead 935) and pin A (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

Result:

YES:Type of error indicates a loose contact: Check the connections for loose, widened, slid-
back or corroded contacts.

NO:Check the 29-bit CAN BUS connection from the active terminator A14 or A62 to the
service plug.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 59 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

• CAN+ (lead 934).


• CAN- (lead 935).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 60 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

No Access to Diagnostic Mode Possible or Connection Difficulties with Service


ADVISOR (Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and TIER I Engines; without
engine control unit)
65
This symptom indicates that access to the diagnostic mode (accessing diagnostic trouble
codes or information on the control units) is not possible via service plug X571 (performance
monitor or Service ADVISOR).

Diagnosis of observable symptoms

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective power supply to the service plug X571 (SE17).


Fuse F118 blown.
Defective positive lead 142 or ground lead 050.
Incorrect basic setting of performance monitor.
Defective power supply to the basic control unit BCU (power supply to
communication lines 934 and 935).
Fuse F107 blown.
Defective positive lead 571 or ground lead 050.
29-bit CAN BUS communication lines:
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934 and 935)
between BCU and service plug X571.
Defective terminator R19 (near plug X483/1 basic control unit
(BCU)).

For information on how to connect Service ADVISOR to the tractor, see


installation instructions MHM767 in the “Publications” tab.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 61 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 1 ) Preliminary tests

Action:

1.1

Can a problem with the performance monitor or Service ADVISOR laptop and diagnostic
cable be ruled out?
Is access to diagnostic mode only possible via the performance monitor, or not possible
by any means at all?

Result:

YES:• If access is not possible only via the performance monitor: GO TO 1.2• If no access to
diagnostic mode is possible by any means and a problem with the diagnostic unit can be
ruled out: GO TO 2 .

Action:

1.2 - Check the basic (CAN/CCD) setting of the performance monitor:

• Hold down the “width (7)” key and “PTO speed (9)” key simultaneously for 8 seconds (CCD
or CAN on display).

• The “implement (2)” key allows you to change from CCD to CAN and back again.

• Use the “set / save” key to store the value in the memory.

Result:

YES:Basic setting is at CAN or enter: GO TO 2 .

NO:Basic setting is at CCD: Modify setting and carry out an operational test.

( 2 ) Check power supply to service plug X571

Action:

2.1

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 62 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

• Ignition ON.

• Use multimeter JT05791A to check the voltage at service plug X571 (wiring harness W08):

Item Measurement Specification

Supply voltage
between pin B (lead 142) and pin A (lead 050): Voltage 12 volts

→NOTE:

The power supply of 12 volts for service plug X571 is present with ignition
OFF and ON.

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Check fuse F118.

OK:Fuse is OK: GO TO 2.2

Action:

2.2 - Check positive lead 142 and ground lead 050

For circuit diagram (SE1, SE2, SE09 and SE17), see:

Reference 240-10A-001 , Sub-System Diagnostics (Open Operator′s Station) - Summary


of References.

For component location and pin arrangement, see wiring harness W08.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 63 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

Result:

YES:Type of error indicates a loose contact: Check the connections for loose, widened, slid-
back or corroded contacts.

NO:Recondition as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Checking the CAN-BUS voltage

Action:

See reference “ 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and TIER I
Engines; without engine control unit) ”.

Result:

YES:Type of error indicates a loose contact: Check the connections for loose, widened, slid-
back or corroded contacts.

NO:Recondition as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 64 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

No Access to Diagnostic Mode Possible or Connection Difficulties with Service


ADVISOR (Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and TIER II Engines, Level 12)
65
This symptom indicates that access to the diagnostic mode (accessing diagnostic trouble
codes or information on the control units) is not possible via service plug (performance
monitor or Service ADVISOR).

Diagnosis of observable symptoms

→NOTE:

The following are possible causes:

Defective power supply to the service plug X571 (SE17).


Fuse F118 blown.
Defective positive lead 142 or ground lead 050.
Defective power supply to the active terminating resistor (A62):
Fuse F104 blown.
Defective ELX circuit (power supply for A62 terminator).
Defective positive lead 973 or ground lead 050.
29-bit CAN BUS communication lines:
Defective 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934 and 935).
Defective terminator A61 or A62.
Defective CAN BUS connection to the service plug.
Defective screening of the CAN BUS (screen lines or terminators
A61 and/or A62).
Defective performance monitor.

For information on how to connect Service ADVISOR to the tractor, see


installation instructions MHM767 in the “Publications” tab.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 65 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 1 ) Preliminary tests

Action:

Can a problem with the performance monitor or Service ADVISOR laptop and diagnostic
cable be ruled out?
Is access to diagnostic mode only possible via the performance monitor, or not possible
by any means at all?

Result:

YES:• If access is not possible only via the performance monitor: GO TO 1.2• If no access to
diagnostic mode is possible by any means and a problem with the diagnostic unit can be
ruled out: GO TO 2 .

Action:

1.2 - Check the basic (CAN/CCD) setting of the performance monitor:

• Hold down the “width (7)” key and “PTO speed (9)” key simultaneously for 8 seconds (CCD
or CAN on display).

• The “implement (2)” key allows you to change from CCD to CAN and back again.

• Use the “set / save” key to store the value in the memory.

Result:

YES:Basic setting is at CAN: GO TO 2 .

NO:Basic setting is at CCD: Modify setting and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 66 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 2 ) Preliminary test for 29-bit CAN BUS

Action:

Check battery voltage. See "Battery Checks" , Section 240, Group 15.
Check the power supply to the active 29-bit CAN BUS terminator (A62):
Fuse F104.
Check the power supply for the electronics (ELX circuit):
Fuse F102.
ELX relay. See component testing “Relay for power supply to the electronics
(K101)”
Diode K108.

For circuit diagram, see SE1-Starting Motor and Charging Circuit:

Reference 240-10A-001 , Sub-System Diagnostics (Open Operator′s Station) - Summary


of References.

For component location and pin arrangement, see wiring harness W08.

Result:

NO:Repair as needed and go into the diagnostic mode.

YES: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 67 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 3 ) Check power supply to service plug X571

Action:

Ignition ON.

Use multimeter JT05791A to check the voltage at service plug X571:

Item Measurement Specification

Power supply to service plug


between pin B (lead 142) and pin A (lead 050): Voltage 12 volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:Check the power supply (fuse F104):


• Positive (lead 142).
• Ground (lead 050) to XGND2 (W08).

( 4 ) Check the 29-bit CAN BUS

Action:

See “ 29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and TIER II Engines; with
ECU Level 12) ”.

Result:

YES:Type of error indicates a loose contact: Check the connections for loose, widened, slid-
back or corroded contacts.

NO:Recondition as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 68 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

Reprogramming was aborted


65
The symptom indicates that the reprogamming process is aborted due to a communication or
progamming error (fault 570). It is possible that after reprogramming the programmed
control unit is no longer displayed via Service ADVISOR, performance monitor or basic
informator.

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Load latest Service ADVISOR DVD to the computer.

The following are possible causes:

The directions in the programming instructions have not been


followed exactly.
It has been attempted to load an incorrect payload file.
Connection problem (hardware)

( 1 ) Follow the processing procedure for reprogramming

Action:

IMPORTANT:

For programming procedure refer to instructions given in MHM919.


MHM919 can be accessed via ”Manuals” in folder ”Technical Manual” or via
”Pathways” in Service ADVISOR.

IMPORTANT:

For a summary of available payload files, refer to MHM983. MHM983 is


available via ”Pathways”.

If problems occur during the reprogramming process note the following:

Observe PDM (MagiKey) voltage indicator light during reprogramming. The indicator
light (green) must be permanently on during reprogramming procedure. If the voltage
indicator light is flashing, connection of diagnostic cable or plug (X571) may be loose.
Disconnect PDM (MagiKey) from computer and tractor and turn off the ignition for 15
seconds. Reconnect PDM (MagiKey) to computer and tractor and turn the ignition on.
To reduce the CAN BUS data traffic during reprogramming, remove all control unit fuses
from tractor with the exception of the fuse of the control unit to be reprogrammed. Try
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 69 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

to reprogram several times.


For an overview of the fuses on tractors with cab, see ” Power supply and control
unit connection ” in Section 212, Group 40.
For an overview of the fuses on tractors with open operator′s station and SE
tractors, see ” Power supply and control unit connection ” in Section 212, Group
40.
If reprogramming was not successful, disconnect the battery for at least 5 minutes, and
reconnect it afterwards. Try again to program.
Check Service ADVISOR website for additional information.
Turn ignition off for at least 5 seconds after each attempt to reprogram.

→NOTE:

Each control unit is put into the boot mode at the beginning of
reprogramming to ensure the data transfer to the control unit. The boot
mode is therefore a regular status during reprogramming.

If the reprogramming procedure is aborted at the beginning, the control


unit remains in boot mode. A control unit is in boot mode when it is no
longer displayed via Service ADVISOR, performance monitor or basic
informator after reprogramming has been aborted.

A control unit in boot mode is not defective. It is also possible to reprogram


a control unit in boot mode with the appropriate payload file.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:If reprogramming could not be successfully completed after several attempts to do so,
make a copy of all data from folder C:\sds\logapp and send it to DTAC.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 70 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

Problem with the Battery


65
No function can be registered with the ignition “on”. The starter motor does not turn, or does
not turn fast enough .

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical Information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 240-10-003 , SE1 Starting and Charging Circuit (Cab)

• Reference 240-10-003 , SE1 Starting and Charging Circuit (Open Operator′s Station)

( 1 ) Accessing diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

→NOTE:

Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom


may allow it to be rectified; for this reason, diagnose these codes first.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.

NO:If no diagnostic trouble code associated with the symptom is stored, GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 71 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 2 ) Checking that the battery functions properly

Action:

See "Battery Checks" , Section 240, Group 15.

Result:

YES:Test completed, battery is functioning properly.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 72 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

Problem with the Starting Motor (Tractors with Cab)


65

Diagnostics
Starting motor (M01) is not functioning properly for at least some of the time.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Transmission must be in NEUTRAL or PARK position.


If the main (key) switch is turned to the START position, there should be battery voltage
present at pin 50 on the starting motor. If the starting motor turns, this voltage drops to 8.5 -
10.7 volts.

For instructions on how to repair, see Repairing the Starting Motor .

( 1 ) Accessing diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

→NOTE:

Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom


may allow it to be rectified; for this reason, diagnose these codes first.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.

NO:If no diagnostic trouble code associated with the symptom is stored, GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 73 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 2 ) Preliminary test

Action:

2.1 Perform a visual inspection of starting motor (M01; on l.h. side of engine block) and of
the connector associated with it:

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

2.2 Preliminary test of the starting motor circuit:

Check starting motor relay K01.


Check fuse F04/04.

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Checking the components of the starting motor circuit

Action:

Check the components of the starting motor circuit:

Starting motor (M01)


Main (key) switch (S01)

See component checks for SE1-Starting Motor and Charging Circuit .

For instructions on how to repair, see Repairing the Starting Motor .

Result:

YES:On tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission, GO TO 4 .On all other tractors, GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 74 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 4 ) Checking the components of the neutral start switch

Action:

→NOTE:

Unplug the neutral start switch from the wiring harness.

Perform test on 2-pin plug of multi-function lever.

Measure continuity between pin A and pin B on the switch:

When the switch is actuated (in park lock or neutral positions), it must close.

Item Measurement Specification

Neutral start switch


Switch in position for corner park or neutral: Continuity A and B closed

Switch in position for forward, reverse or center park: Continuity A and B open

Result:

YES:If switch is OK, GO TO 5

NO:Replace switch and carry out an operational check.

( 5 ) Checking the starting motor circuit

Action:

For circuit diagram, see:

Reference 240-10-003 , SE1 - Starting and charging circuit

For component location and pin arrangement, see engine wiring harness W02, cab wiring
harness W08 and/or cowl harness W09:

Result:

YES:Check all connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 75 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

Problem with the Horn (Tractors with Cab)


65

Diagnostics
Horn not functioning properly for at least some of the time, horn not making the correct
sound.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

( 1 ) Accessing diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

→NOTE:

Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom


may allow it to be rectified; for this reason, diagnose these codes first.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.

NO:If no diagnostic trouble code associated with the symptom is stored, GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 76 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 2 ) Preliminary test

Action:

2.1 Perform a visual inspection of horn (H01; behind the front grille) and of the connector
associated with it:

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

2.2 Preliminary test of the horn circuit:

Check relay K01/3.


Check fuse F06/01.

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Checking the components of the horn circuit

Action:

Check the horn (H01) and horn switch (S04). See component checks for SE03 - Horn .

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 77 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 4 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the horn circuit

Action:

• Check positive lead 903/(262).

• Check ground lead 310 (ground point XGND9).

For circuit diagram, see:

Reference 240-10-005 , SE3-Horn

For component location and pin arrangement, see engine wiring harness W02, cab wiring
harness W08 and/or cowl harness W09:

Result:

YES:Check all connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 78 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

Problem with the Windshield Wiper


65
Windshield wiper is not functioning properly for at least some of the time.

Diagnosis
Additional References:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

( 1 ) Accessing diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

→NOTE:

Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom


may allow it to be rectified; for this reason, diagnose these codes first.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of Diagnostic Trouble Codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.

NO:If no diagnostic trouble code associated with the symptom is stored, GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 79 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 2 ) Preliminary test

Action:

2.1 Perform a visual inspection of wiper motor (M03; under the roof) and of the connector
associated with it:

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

2.2 Preliminary test of the windshield wiper:

Check the intermittent-wipe relay K26.


Check fuse F05/09.

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Checking the components of the windshield wiper circuit

Action:

Check the components of the windshield wiper:

Wiper motor (M03)


Wiper switch (S15)
Windshield switch (S17)

See component checks for SE11 and SE12 - Wiper/Washer System .

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 80 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 4 ) Checking the windshield wiper circuit

Action:

For circuit diagram see:

Reference 240-10-012 , SE11 Windshield Wiper/Washer System

For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08, cowl wiring
harness W09 and cab roof harness W19.

Result:

YES:Check all connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 81 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

Problem with the Windshield Washer


65
Washer pump is pumping, but no water is being delivered. Washer pump is not functioning
properly for at least some of the time.

Diagnosis
Additional References:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

( 1 ) Accessing diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

→NOTE:

Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom


may allow it to be rectified; for this reason, diagnose these codes first.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of Diagnostic Trouble Codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.

NO:If no diagnostic trouble code associated with the symptom is stored, GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 82 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 2 ) Preliminary test

Action:

2.1 Perform a visual inspection of washer pump (M05; in the fluid reservoir) and of the
connector associated with it:

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.
3. Check the water level in the fluid reservoir.

2.2 Preliminary test of the windshield washer:

Check fuse F05/09.

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Checking the components of the windshield washer circuit

Action:

Check the components of the windshield washer:

Washer pump (M05)


Wiper switch (S15)
Washer switch (S16)
Windshield switch (S17)

See component checks for SE11 and SE12 - Wiper/Washer System .

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 83 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 4 ) Checking the windshield washer circuit

Action:

For circuit diagram see:

Reference 240-10-012 , SE11 Windshield Wiper/Washer System

For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08, cowl wiring
harness W09 and cab roof harness W19:

Reference 240-26-002 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad


transmissions and TIER I Engine - Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus transmission
and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoQuad/ and TIER I Engine
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine - Summary of References.

Result:

YES:Check all connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 84 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

Problem with the Rear Window Wiper


65
Rear window wiper is not functioning properly for at least some of the time.

Diagnosis
Additional References:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

( 1 ) Accessing diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

→NOTE:

Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom


may allow it to be rectified; for this reason, diagnose these codes first.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of Diagnostic Trouble Codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.

NO:If no diagnostic trouble code associated with the symptom is stored, GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 85 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 2 ) Preliminary test

Action:

2.1 Perform a visual inspection of wiper motor (M04; under the roof) and of the connector
associated with it:

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

2.2 Preliminary test of the rear window wiper:

Check fuse F05/09.

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Checking the components of the rear window wiper circuit

Action:

Check the components of the rear window wiper:

Wiper motor (M04)


Wiper switch (S18)
Rear window switch (S20)

See component checks for SE11 and SE12 - Wiper/Washer System .

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 86 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 4 ) Checking the rear window wiper circuit

Action:

For circuit diagram see:

Reference 240-10-013 , SE12 Rear Window Wiper/Washer System

For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08 and/or cab
roof harness W19:

Reference 240-26-002 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad


transmissions and TIER I Engine - Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus transmission
and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoQuad/ and TIER I Engine
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine - Summary of References.

Result:

YES:Check all connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 87 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

Problem with the Rear Window Washer


65
Washer pump is pumping, but no water is being delivered. Washer pump is not functioning
properly for at least some of the time.

Diagnosis
Additional References:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

( 1 ) Accessing diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

→NOTE:

Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom


may allow it to be rectified; for this reason, diagnose these codes first.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of Diagnostic Trouble Codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.

NO:If no diagnostic trouble code associated with the symptom is stored, GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 88 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 2 ) Preliminary test

Action:

2.1 Perform a visual inspection of washer pump (M06; in the fluid reservoir) and of the
connector associated with it:

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.
3. Check the water level in the fluid reservoir.

2.2 Preliminary test of the rear window washer:

Check fuse F05/09.

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Checking the components of the rear window washer circuit

Action:

Check the components of the rear window washer

Washer pump (M06)


Wiper switch (S18)
Rear window switch (S20)

See component checks for SE11 and SE12 - Wiper/Washer System .

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 89 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 4 ) Checking the rear window washer circuit

Action:

For circuit diagram see:

Reference 240-10-013 , SE12 Rear Window Wiper/Washer System

For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08, cab roof
harness W19, wiper harness W24 and/or wiper switch harness W25:

Reference 240-26-002 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad


transmissions and TIER I Engine - Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus transmission
and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoQuad/ and TIER I Engine
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission
and TIER II Engine - Summary of References.

Result:

YES:Check all connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 90 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

Problem with the Heated Rear Window


65

Diagnostics
Symptoms:

• Heated rear window is not functioning properly for at least some of the time.

• Indicator light in the switch is not functioning properly for at least some of the time.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1 Perform a visual inspection on the heating wire (R17) or the switch of the rear window
heater and of the connectors associated with them.

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

1.2 Preliminary test of the heated rear window circuit

Check fuse F03/16.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 2 ) Check components of the heated rear window circuit

Action:

Check heating wire (R17) and switch of the rear window heater (S111), see Reference
240-15-031 (SE31 - Heated rear window).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 91 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 3 ) Check positive lead and ground lead of the heated rear window circuit

Action:

• Check positive lead 232 between fuse F03/16 and switch of the rear window heater (S111).

• Check positive lead 200 from switch of the rear window heater (S111) to heating wire
(R17).

• Check ground lead 310 of heating wire (R17) and of switch of rear window heater (S111).

For functional schematic see:

Reference 240-10-039 , SE31 - Heated rear window.

For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08 and cab roof
harness W19:

Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Transmission and
TIER I Engine
[ without engine control or with Level 1 ECU (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring Harnesses for 6320, 6420 and 6520 Tractors with
AutoQuad Transmission and TIER I Engine
[ with Level 1 ECU (DELPHI/LUCAS DP201) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Transmissions and TIER II Engine
[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-701 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad
Transmissions from serial no. 398656 and TIER II Engine
[ mit ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT Transmission
and TIER II Engine
[ with Level 11 ECU (DENSO HPCR) ]
- Summary of References.
Reference 240-26-702 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT Transmission
from Serial No. 398656 and TIER II Engine
[ with Level 11 ECU (DENSO HPCR) ]
- Summary of References.

Result:

YES:Check all connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 92 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 93 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

Problem with Cigarette Lighter E05


65

Diagnostics
Symptoms:

• Cigarette lighter is not functioning properly for at least some of the time.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

( 1 ) Accessing diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

→NOTE:

Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom


may allow it to be rectified; for this reason, diagnose these codes first.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.

OK:If no diagnostic trouble code associated with the symptom is stored, GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 94 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 2 ) Preliminary test

Action:

2.1 Perform a visual inspection of cigarette lighter (E05) and of the connectors associated
with it:

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

2.2 Preliminary test of the cigarette lighter circuit:

Check fuse F06/02.


Check fuse F04/07.
Check relay K01/3.

Result:

YES: GO TO 3

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Checking the components of the cigarette lighter circuit

Action:

Check cigarette lighter (E05); see Reference 240-15-004 (component checks for SE04
cigarette lighter and operator′s seat circuit).

Result:

YES: GO TO 4

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 95 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 4 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the cigarette lighter circuit

Action:

• Check positive lead 297/(312).

• Check ground lead 310 (ground point XGND1).

For functional schematic see:

Reference 240-10-006 , SE4 - Cigarette lighter and operator′s seat

For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08.

Result:

YES:Check all connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 96 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

Problem with Beacon Light (Tractors with Premium Cab)


65

Symptoms:

• Beacon light (E27) is not functioning properly for at least some of the time.

• Indicator light (H41) is not functioning properly for at least some of the time.

• Defective beacon light switch (S36).

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1 Perform a visual inspection on beacon light (E27), on indicator light (H41), on beacon
light switch (S36), and their associated connectors:

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

1.2 Preliminary test of beacon light circuit:

Check fuse F06/06.


Check fuse F04/05.
Check relay K01/1.
Check beacon light (E27) on cab roof.
Check indicator light (H41).

Result:

YES: GO TO 2

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 97 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 2 ) Checking the components of the beacon light circuit

Action:

Check beacon light switch (S36); see Reference 240-15-010 (SE13 - Beacon light).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the beacon light circuit

Action:

• Check positive leads 204, 137 and/or 202.

• Check ground lead 310 (ground point XGND10/1).

For functional schematic see:

Reference 240-10-014 , SE13 - Beacon light

For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08 and cab roof
harness W19.

Result:

YES:Check all connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 98 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

Problem with Operation of HMS II


65

Diagnostics

→NOTE:

Different type of malfunctions may occur:

1. The fault is in a function, that is included in the program, and occurs


before the start of the program, in which case the program is not
carried out.
2. If the fault occurs during the course of the program, then the function
in question will be ignored. The other functions are performed in their
normal sequence.
3. The program is aborted while it is still running.

( 1 ) Accessing diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

→NOTE:

Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom


may allow it to be rectified; for this reason, diagnose these codes first.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.

NO:If no diagnostic trouble code associated with the symptom is stored, GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 99 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 2 ) Checking the program switch (S100)

Action:

Access address BCU015 .

Item Measurement Specification

BCU015 –– Status, HMS program switch (S100)


HMS program switch in neutral position: Status X101

HMS program switch in position for program 1: Status X110

HMS program switch in position for program 2: Status X011

Result:

YES: GO TO 3

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for HMS program switch (S100) .

( 3 ) Checking the HMS switch (S43)

Action:

Access address BCU014 .

Item Measurement Specification

BCU014 - Status, HMS switch


HMS switch OFF: Status XX0X

HMS switch ON: Status XX1X

Result:

YES: GO TO 4

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for HMS switch (S43)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 100 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 4 ) Checking the record/save switch (S95)

Action:

Access address BCU014 .

Item Measurement Specification

BCU014 - Status of record/save switch (S95)


Record/save switch OFF: Status XX0X

Record/save switch ON: Status XX1X

Result:

YES: GO TO 5

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for record/save switch .

( 5 ) Checking the seat switch (S40)

Action:

Access address BCU008 .

Item Measurement Specification

BCU 008 - Status of seat switch (S40)


Seat vacant: Status XXX0

Seat occupied: Status XXX1

Result:

YES: GO TO 6

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for seat switch (S40)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 101 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 6 ) Other reasons for program being aborted

Action:

Completing the program took longer than 60 seconds.


The operator leaving his seat and the tractor not moving for more than 5 seconds.
The rockshaft not performing the desired function.
The requirement to switch on a PTO when the transmission is not in a forward gear.
The requirement to lower the rockshaft when the transmission is not in a forward gear

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Rectify the fault and do an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 102 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

Problem with the Lighting System (Tractors with Premium Cab)


65

Symptoms:

Parking light is not functioning properly for at least some of the time.
Parking light functioning on one side only.
Dipped headlights are not functioning properly for at least some of the time.
Dipped headlight functioning on one side only.
Full-beam headlights are not functioning properly for at least some of the time.
Full-beam headlight functioning on one side only.
H4 farm headlights on cab frame are not functioning properly for at least some of the
time.
H4 farm headlights on cab frame functioning on one side only.
H4 farm headlights on cab frame do not switch from dipped to full beam and vice versa.

• If there are problems with the parking lights :

Diagnostics on parking lights

• If there are problems with dipped-beam headlights, see:

Diagnostics on dipped-beam headlights (without H4 farm headlights on the cab frame)

Diagnostics on dipped-beam headlights (with H4 farm headlights on the cab frame)

Diagnostics on dipped-beam farm headlights (with H4 farm headlights on the cab frame)

• If there are problems with full-beam headlights, see:

Diagnostics on full-beam headlights (without H4 farm headlights on the cab frame)

Diagnostics on full-beam headlights (with H4 farm headlights on the cab frame)

Diagnostics on full-beam farm headlights (with H4 farm headlights on the cab frame)

Diagnostics on parking lights

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 103 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1 Perform a visual inspection on clearance lights (E03/E04 or E07/E08) at the front of the
cab frame, on tail/brake/turn-signal light (E13/E14) on the rear of the fenders and on all the
associated connectors.

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

1.2 Preliminary test of the parking light circuit:

Check fuse F06/16.


Check fuse F07/10.
Check fuse F07/11.
Check fuse F07/12.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 2 ) Checking the components of the parking light circuit

Action:

Check clearance lights (E03/E04 or E07/E08) at the front of the cab frame, tail/brake/turn-
signal light (E13/E14) on the rear of the fenders and light switch (S09); see Reference
240-15-005 (SE06 - Lights).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 104 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the parking light circuit

Action:

• Check positive lead 152 between fuse F06/16 and light switch (S09).

• Check positive lead 158 between light switch (S09) and fuses (F07/10 and F07/11).

• Check positive lead 118 or 128 between fuses (F07/10 and F07/11) and clearance lights
(E03/E04 or E07/E08) on the front of the cab frame, and check tail/brake/turn-signal light
(E13/E14) on the rear of the fenders.

• Check ground lead 310 of clearance lights (E03/E04 or E07/E08) at the front of the cab
frame and tail/brake/turn-signal light (E13/E14) on the rear of the fenders.

For functional schematic see:

Reference 240-10-007 , SE06 - Lights.

For component location and pin arrangement, see engine wiring harness W02, light wiring
harness W04 and cab wiring harness W08.

Result:

YES:Check all connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

Diagnostics on dipped-beam headlights (without H4


farm headlights on the cab frame)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 105 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1 Perform a visual inspection on headlights in hood (E01 and E02) and their associated
connectors.

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

1.2 Preliminary test of the dipped-beam headlight circuit:

Check relay K08/02.


Check diode block K09/1.
Check fuse F06/16.
Check fuse F07/06.
Check fuse F07/07.
Check fuse F07/12.
Check fuse F07/15.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 2 ) Checking the components of the dipped-beam headlight circuit

Action:

Check headlights in hood (E01 and E02), light switch (S09) and dipped-/full-beam switch
(S10); see Reference 240-15-005 (SE06 - Lights).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 106 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the dipped-beam headlight
circuit

Action:

• Check positive lead 152 between fuse F06/16 and light switch (S09).

• Check positive lead 113 between light switch (S09) and dipped-/full-beam switch (S10).

• Check positive lead 144 between dipped-/full-beam switch (S10) and relay (K08/02).

• Check positive lead 169 between relay K08/02 and fuse F07/15.

• Check positive lead 164 between fuse F07/15 and fuses F07/06 and F07/07.

• Check positive leads 124 and 114 between fuses F07/06 and F07/07 and headlights (E01
and E02).

• Check ground lead 310.

For functional schematic see:

Reference 240-10-007 , SE06 - Lights.

For component location and pin arrangement, see engine wiring harness W02, light wiring
harness W04 and cab wiring harness W08.

Result:

YES:Check all connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

Diagnostics on full-beam headlights (without H4


farm headlights on the cab frame)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 107 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1 Perform a visual inspection on headlights in hood (E01 and E02) and their associated
connectors.

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

1.2 Preliminary test of the full-beam headlight circuit:

Check relay K08/01.


Check diode block K09/1.
Check fuse F06/16.
Check fuse F07/12.
Check fuse F07/16.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 2 ) Checking the components of the full-beam headlight circuit

Action:

Check headlights in hood (E01 and E02), light switch (S09) and dipped-/full-beam switch
(S10); see Reference 240-15-005 (SE06 - Lights).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 108 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the full-beam headlight circuit

Action:

• Check positive lead 152 between fuse F06/16 and light switch (S09).

• Check positive lead 113 between light switch (S09) and dipped-/full-beam switch (S10).

• Check positive lead 159 between dipped-/full-beam switch (S10) and relay (K08/01).

• Check positive lead 167 between relay K08/01 and fuse F07/16.

• Check positive lead 139 between fuse F07/16 and headlights E01 and E02.

• Check ground lead 310.

For functional schematic see:

Reference 240-10-007 , SE06 - Lights.

For component location and pin arrangement, see engine wiring harness W02, light wiring
harness W04 and cab wiring harness W08.

Result:

YES:Check all connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

Diagnostics on dipped-beam headlights (with H4


farm headlights on the cab frame)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 109 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1 Perform a visual inspection on headlights in hood (E01 and E02) and their associated
connectors.

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

1.2 Preliminary test of the dipped-beam headlight circuit:

Check relay K08/02.


Check relay K08/03.
Check diode block K09/1.
Check fuse F06/16.
Check fuse F07/06.
Check fuse F07/07.
Check fuse F07/12.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 2 ) Checking the components of the dipped-beam headlight circuit

Action:

Check headlights in hood (E01 and E02), light switch (S09), dipped-/full-beam switch (S10)
and headlight/additional light selector switch (S11); see Reference 240-15-005 (SE06 -
Lights).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 110 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the dipped-beam headlight
circuit

Action:

• Check positive lead 152 between fuse F06/16 and light switch (S09).

• Check positive lead 113 between light switch (S09) and dipped-/full-beam switch (S10).

• Check positive lead 144 between dipped-/full-beam switch (S10) and relay (K08/02).

• Check positive lead 169 between relay (K08/02) and relay (K08/03).

• Check positive lead 131 between headlight/additional light selector switch (S11) and relay
(K08/03).

• Check positive lead 164 between relay (K08/03) and fuses (F07/06 and F07/07).

• Check positive leads 124 and 114 between fuses (F07/06 and F07/07) and headlights (E01
and E02).

• Check ground lead 310.

For functional schematic see:

Reference 240-10-007 , SE06 - Lights.

For component location and pin arrangement, see engine wiring harness W02, light wiring
harness W04 and cab wiring harness W08.

Result:

YES:Check all connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

Diagnostics on dipped-beam farm headlights (with


H4 farm headlights on the cab frame)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 111 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1 Perform a visual inspection on H4 farm headlights on the cab frame (E07 and E08) and
their associated connectors.

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

1.2 Preliminary test of the dipped-beam headlight circuit:

Check relay K08/02.


Check relay K08/03.
Check diode block K09/1.
Check fuse F06/16.
Check fuse F07/12.
Check fuse F07/13.
Check fuse F07/14.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 2 ) Checking the components of the dipped-beam headlight circuit

Action:

Check additional headlights on the cab frame (E07 and E08), light switch (S09), dipped-/full-
beam switch (S10) and headlight/additional light selector switch (S11); see Reference
240-15-005 (SE06 - Lights).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 112 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the dipped-beam farm
headlight circuit

Action:

• Check positive lead 152 between fuse F06/16 and light switch (S09).

• Check positive lead 113 between light switch (S09) and dipped-/full-beam switch (S10).

• Check positive lead 144 between dipped-/full-beam switch (S10) and relay (K08/02).

• Check positive lead 169 between relay (K08/02) and relay (K08/04).

• Check positive lead 131 between headlight/additional light selector switch (S11) and relay
(K08/04).

• Check positive lead 104 between relay (K08/04) and fuses (F07/13 and F07/14).

• Check positive leads 174 and 184 between fuses (F07/13 and F07/14) and headlights
(E07und E08).

• Check ground lead 310.

For functional schematic see:

Reference 240-10-007 , SE06 - Lights.

For component location and pin arrangement, see engine wiring harness W02, light wiring
harness W04 and cab wiring harness W08.

Result:

YES:Check all connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

Diagnostics on full-beam headlights (with H4 farm


headlights on the cab frame)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 113 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1 Perform a visual inspection on headlights in hood (E01 and E02) and their associated
connectors.

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

1.2 Preliminary test of the full-beam headlight circuit:

Check relay K08/01.


Check relay K08/04.
Check diode block K09/1.
Check fuse F06/16.
Check fuse F07/08.
Check fuse F07/09.
Check fuse F07/12.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 2 ) Checking the components of the full-beam headlight circuit

Action:

Check headlights in hood (E01 and E02), light switch (S09), dipped-/full-beam switch (S10)
and headlight/additional light selector switch (S11); see Reference 240-15-005 (SE06 -
Lights).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 114 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the full-beam headlight circuit

Action:

• Check positive lead 152 between fuse F06/16 and light switch (S09).

• Check positive lead 113 between light switch (S09) and dipped-/full-beam switch (S10).

• Check positive lead 159 between dipped-/full-beam switch (S10) and relay (K08/01).

• Check positive lead 167 between relay K08/01 and fuse F07/08.

• Check positive lead 177 between fuse F07/08 and relay K08/04.

• Check positive lead 131 between headlight/additional light selector switch (S11) and relay
K08/04.

• Check positive lead 109 between relay K08/04 and fuse F07/09.

• Check positive lead 139 between fuse F07/09 and headlights (E01 and E02).

• Check ground lead 310.

For functional schematic see:

Reference 240-10-007 , SE06 - Lights.

For component location and pin arrangement, see engine wiring harness W02, light wiring
harness W04 and cab wiring harness W08.

Result:

YES:Check all connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

Diagnostics on full-beam farm headlights (with H4


farm headlights on the cab frame)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 115 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1 Perform a visual inspection on H4 farm headlights on the cab frame (E07 and E08) and
their associated connectors.

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

1.2 Preliminary test of the full-beam headlight circuit:

Check relay K08/01.


Check relay K08/04.
Check diode block K09/1.
Check fuse F06/16.
Check fuse F07/08.
Check fuse F07/12.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 2 ) Checking the components of the full-beam headlight circuit

Action:

Check additional headlights on the cab frame (E07 and E08), light switch (S09), dipped-/full-
beam switch (S10) and headlight/additional light selector switch (S11); see Reference
240-15-005 (SE06 - Lights).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 116 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the full-beam farm headlight
circuit

Action:

• Check positive lead 152 between fuse F06/16 and light switch (S09).

• Check positive lead 113 between light switch (S09) and dipped-/full-beam switch (S10).

• Check positive lead 159 between dipped-/full-beam switch (S10) and relay (K08/01).

• Check positive lead 167 between relay K08/01 and fuse F07/08.

• Check positive lead 177 between fuse F07/08 and relay K08/04.

• Check positive lead 131 between headlight/additional light selector switch (S11) and relay
(K08/04).

• Check positive lead 129 between relay (K08/04) and headlights (E07 and E08).

• Check ground lead 310.

For functional schematic see:

Reference 240-10-007 , SE06 - Lights.

For component location and pin arrangement, see engine wiring harness W02, light wiring
harness W04 and cab wiring harness W08.

Result:

YES:Check all connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 117 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

Problem with the Lighting System (Tractors with Open Operator′s Station)
65

Symptoms:

Parking light is not functioning properly for at least some of the time.
Parking light functioning on one side only.
Dipped headlights are not functioning properly for at least some of the time.
Dipped headlight functioning on one side only.
Full-beam headlights are not functioning properly for at least some of the time.
Full-beam headlight functioning on one side only.

• If there are problems with the parking lights :

Diagnostics on parking lights

• If there are problems with dipped-beam headlights, see:

Diagnostics on dipped-beam headlights

• If there are problems with full-beam headlights, see:

Diagnostics on full-beam headlights

Diagnostics on parking lights


( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1 Perform a visual inspection on clearance lights (E03/E04) at the front of the cab frame,
on tail/brake/turn-signal light (E13/E14) on the rear of the fenders and on all the associated
connectors.

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

1.2 Preliminary test of the parking light circuit:

Check fuse F109.


Check fuse F113.
Check fuse F114.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 118 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 2 ) Checking the components of the parking light circuit

Action:

Check clearance lights (E03/E04) at the front of the cab frame, tail/brake/turn-signal light
(E13/E14) on the rear of the fenders and light switch (S09); see Reference 240-15-005 (SE06
- Lights).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 119 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the parking light circuit

Action:

• Check positive lead 152 between fuse F109 and light switch (S09).

• Check positive lead 158 from light switch (S09) via the plug with wiring bridges (X269) to
fuses F113 and F114.

• Check positive lead 118 or 128 between fuses F113 and F114 and clearance lights (E03/E04
or E07/E08) on the front of the cab frame, and check tail/brake/turn-signal lights (E13/E14) on
the rear of the fenders.

• Check ground lead 310 of clearance lights (E03/E04 or E07/E08) at the front of the cab
frame and tail/brake/turn-signal light (E13/E14) on the rear of the fenders.

For functional schematic see:

Reference 240-10A-007 , SE06 - Lights.

For component location and pin arrangement, see engine wiring harness W02, light
wiring harness W04 and cab wiring harness W08.

Reference 240-26-006 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER I Engine
[ without engine control ]
- Summary of References
Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER II Engine
[ with Level 12 ECU (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of References
Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station
from Tractor Serial No. 399888 and TIER II Engine
[ with Level 12 ECU (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of References.

Result:

YES:Check all connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

Diagnostics on dipped-beam headlights

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 120 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1 Perform a visual inspection on headlights in hood (E01 and E02) and their associated
connectors.

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

1.2 Preliminary test of the dipped-beam headlight circuit:

Check relay K103.


Check diode block K108.
Check fuse F14.
Check fuse F109.
Check fuse F111.
Check fuse F112.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 2 ) Checking the components of the dipped-beam headlight circuit

Action:

Check headlights in hood (E01 and E02), light switch (S09) and dipped-/full-beam switch
(S10); see Reference 240-15-005 (SE06 - Lights).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 121 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the dipped-beam headlight
circuit

Action:

• Check positive lead 152 between fuse F109 and light switch (S09).

• Check positive lead 103 from light switch (S09) to the plug with wiring bridges (X269), and
from there positive lead 113 to the dipped-/full-beam switch (S10).

• Check positive lead 144 between dipped-/full-beam switch (S10) and relay K103.

• Check positive lead 169 from relay K103 to the fuses F111 and F112.

• Check positive leads 124 and 114 from fuses F111 and F112 to the headlights (E01 and
E02).

• Check ground lead 310.

For functional schematic see:

Reference 240-10A-007 , SE06 - Lights.

For component location and pin arrangement, see engine wiring harness W02, light
wiring harness W04 and cab wiring harness W08.

Reference 240-26-006 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER I Engine
[ without engine control ]
- Summary of References
Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER II Engine
[ with Level 12 ECU (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of References
Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station
from Tractor Serial No. 399888 and TIER II Engine
[ with Level 12 ECU (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of References.

Result:

YES:Check all connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 122 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

Diagnostics on full-beam headlights


( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1 Perform a visual inspection on headlights in hood (E01 and E02) and their associated
connectors.

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

1.2 Preliminary test of the full-beam headlight circuit:

Check relay K106.


Check diode block K108.
Check fuse F109.
Check fuse F110.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 2 ) Checking the components of the full-beam headlight circuit

Action:

Check headlights in hood (E01 and E02), light switch (S09) and dipped-/full-beam switch
(S10); see Reference 240-15-005 (SE06 - Lights).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 123 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the full-beam headlight circuit

Action:

• Check positive lead 152 between fuse F109 and light switch (S09).

• Check positive lead 103 from light switch (S09) to the plug with wiring bridges (X269), and
from there positive lead 113 to the dipped-/full-beam switch (S10).

• Check positive lead 159 between dipped-/full-beam switch (S10) and relay K106.

• Check positive lead 167 from Relais K106 to fuse F110.

• Check positive lead 139 from fuse F110 to the headlights (E01 and E02).

• Check ground lead 310.

For functional schematic see:

Reference 240-10A-007 , SE06 - Lights.

For component location and pin arrangement, see engine wiring harness W02, light
wiring harness W04 and cab wiring harness W08.

Reference 240-26-006 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER I Engine
[ without engine control ]
- Summary of References
Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER II Engine
[ with Level 12 ECU (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of References
Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station
from Tractor Serial No. 399888 and TIER II Engine
[ with Level 12 ECU (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of References.

Result:

YES:Check all connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 124 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

Problem with the Worklights (Tractors with Premium Cab)


65

Symptoms:

Worklights are not functioning properly for at least some of the time.
Worklights functioning on one side only.

• If there are problems with the worklights at the front corner , see:

Diagnostics on front corner worklights

• If there are problems with the worklights at the cab frame (with H3 illuminant) , see:

Diagnostics on worklights on the cab frame (with H3 illuminant)

• If there are problems with the worklights at the front of the roof , see:

Diagnostics on worklights at the front of the roof

• If there are problems with the worklights at the rear of the roof , see:

Diagnostics on worklights at the rear of the roof (H3)

Diagnostics on worklights at the rear of the roof (Xenon/HID)

• If there are problems with the worklights on the rear of the fenders , see:

Diagnostics on worklights on the rear of the fenders

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

Diagnostics on front corner worklights

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 125 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1 Perform a visual inspection of front corner worklights (E09) and of the connectors
associated with them.

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

1.2 Preliminary test of the worklight circuit:

Check relay K08/07.


Check fuse F06/07.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 2 ) Checking the components of the worklight circuit

Action:

Check front corner worklights (E09) and worklight switch (S59); see Reference 240-15-006
(component checks for SE07 worklight circuit).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 126 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the worklight circuit

Action:

• Check positive lead 199 between relay K08/07 and fuse F06/07.

• Check positive lead 179 between fuse F06/07 and worklight switch S59.

• Check positive lead 111 between worklight switch (S59), worklights (E09) and indicator
light (H66).

• Check ground lead 310.

For functional schematic see:

Reference 240-10-008 , SE07 - Worklights.

For component location and pin arrangement, see engine wiring harness W02, light wiring
harness W04 and cab wiring harness W08.

Result:

YES:Check all connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

Diagnostics on worklights on the cab frame (with


H3 illuminant)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 127 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1 Perform a visual inspection of worklights (E20) on cab frame and of the connectors
associated with them.

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

1.2 Preliminary test of the worklight circuit

Check relay K08/04.


Check fuse F07/04.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 2 ) Checking the components of the worklight circuit

Action:

Check worklights (E20) on the cab frame and worklight switch (S11); see Reference
240-15-005 (SE06 - Lights).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 128 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the worklight circuit

Action:

• Check positive lead 117 between fuse F07/04 and relay K08/04.

• Check positive lead 131 between worklight switch (S11) and relay K08/04.

• Check positive lead 129 between relay K08/04, worklights (E20) and indicator lights
(H72/H73).

• Check ground lead 310.

For functional schematic see:

Reference 240-10-008 , SE07 - Worklights.

For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08.

Result:

YES:Check all connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

Diagnostics on worklights at the front of the roof

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 129 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1 Perform a visual inspection of worklights (E18) at the front of the roof and of the
connectors associated with them.

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

1.2 Preliminary test of the worklight circuit

Check relay K08/05.


Check fuse F06/11.
Check fuse F06/12.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 2 ) Checking the components of the worklight circuit

Action:

Check worklights (E18) at front of roof and worklight switch (S92-1); see Reference
240-15-006 (SE07 - Worklights).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 130 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the worklight circuit

Action:

• Check positive lead 198 between relay K08/05 and fuse F06/11 or F06/12.

• Check positive lead 145 or 132 between fuse F06/11 or F06/12 and worklight switch
(S92-1).

• Check positive lead 146 or 147 between worklight switch (S92-1) and worklights (E18).

• Check ground lead 310.

For functional schematic see:

Reference 240-10-008 , SE07 - Worklights.

For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08, cab roof and fan
harness W19 and adapter harness W21 for worklights in the cab roof.

Result:

YES:Check all connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

Diagnostics on worklights at the rear of the roof


(H3)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 131 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1 Perform a visual inspection of worklights (E11) at the rear of the roof and of the
connectors associated with them.

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

1.2 Preliminary test of the worklight circuit

Check relay K08/05.


Check fuse F06/09.
Check fuse F06/10.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 2 ) Checking the components of the worklight circuit

Action:

Check worklights (E11) at rear of roof and worklight switch (S92-2); see Reference
240-15-006 (SE07 - Worklights).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 132 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the worklight circuit

Action:

• Check positive lead 197 between relay K08/06 and fuse F06/09 or F06/10.

• Check positive lead 115 or 162 between fuse F06/09 or F06/10 and worklight switch
(S92-2).

• Check positive lead 136 or 187 between worklight switch (S92-2) and worklights (E11).

• Check ground lead 310.

For functional schematic see:

Reference 240-10-008 , SE07 - Worklights.

For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08, cab roof and fan
harness W19 and adapter harness W21 for worklights in the cab roof.

Result:

YES:Check all connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

Diagnostics on worklights at the rear of the roof


(Xenon/HID)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 133 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1 Perform a visual inspection of worklights (E31) at the rear of the roof and of the
connectors associated with them.

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

1.2 Preliminary test of the worklight circuit

Check relay K08/06.


Check fuse F06/09.
Check fuse F06/10.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 2 ) Checking the components of the worklight circuit

Action:

Check worklights (E31) at rear of roof and worklight switch (S115); see Reference 240-15-006
(SE07 - Worklights).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 134 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the worklight circuit

Action:

• Check positive lead 197 between relay K08/06 and fuse F06/09 or F06/10.

• Check positive lead 115 or 162 between fuse F06/09 or F06/10 and worklight switch
(S115).

• Check positive lead 136 or 187 between worklight switch (S115), worklights (E31) and
indicator light (H64).

• Check ground lead 310.

For functional schematic see:

Reference 240-10-008 , SE07 - Worklights.

For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08, cab roof and fan
harness W19 and adapter harness W21 for worklights in the cab roof.

Result:

YES:Check all connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

Diagnostics on worklights on the rear of the fenders

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 135 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1 Perform a visual inspection of worklights (E15) on the rear of the fenders and of the
connectors associated with them.

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

1.2 Preliminary test of the worklight circuit

Check relay K08/07.


Check fuse F06/08.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 2 ) Checking the components of the worklight circuit

Action:

Check worklights on the fenders (E15) and worklight switch (S61); see Reference 240-15-006
(SE07 - Worklights).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 136 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the worklight circuit

Action:

• Check positive lead 199 between relay K08/07 and fuse F06/08.

• Check positive lead 172 between fuse F06/08 and worklight switch (S61).

• Check positive lead 133 between worklight switch (S61), worklights (E15) and indicator
light (H65).

• Check ground lead 310.

For functional schematic see:

Reference 240-10-008 , SE07 - Worklights.

For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08.

Result:

YES:Check all connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 137 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

Problem with the Worklights (Tractors with Open Operator′s Station)


65

Symptoms:

Worklights are not functioning properly for at least some of the time.
Worklights functioning on one side only.

• If there are problems with the worklights on the front of the fenders , see:

Diagnostics on worklights on the front of the fenders

• If there are problems with the worklights on the rear of the fenders , see:

Diagnostics on worklights on the rear of the fenders

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

Diagnostics on worklights on the front of the


fenders
( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1 Perform a visual inspection of worklights (E16) on the rear of the fenders and of the
connectors associated with them.

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

1.2 Preliminary test of the worklight circuit

Check relay K109.


Check fuse F21/1.
Check fuse F120.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 138 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 2 ) Checking the components of the worklight circuit

Action:

Check worklights on the fenders (E16) and worklight switch (S105); see Reference
240-15-006 (SE07 - Worklights).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 139 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the worklight circuit

Action:

• Check positive lead 162 between fuse F120 and relay K109.

• Check positive lead 141 from relay K109 to worklight switch (S105).

• Check positive lead 156 between worklight switch (S105) and worklights (E16).

• Check ground lead 310.

For functional schematic see:

Reference 240-10A-008 , SE07 - Worklights.

For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08.

Reference 240-26-006 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER I Engine
[ without engine control ]
- Summary of References
Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER II Engine
[ with Level 12 ECU (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of References
Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station
from Tractor Serial No. 399888 and TIER II Engine
[ with Level 12 ECU (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of References.

Result:

YES:Check all connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

Diagnostics on worklights on the rear of the fenders

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 140 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1 Perform a visual inspection of worklights (E15) on the rear of the fenders and of the
connectors associated with them.

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

1.2 Preliminary test of the worklight circuit

Check relay K109.


Check fuse F21/1.
Check fuse F120.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 2 ) Checking the components of the worklight circuit

Action:

Check worklights on the fenders (E15) and worklight switch (S92-2); see Reference
240-15-006 (SE07 - Worklights).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 141 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 3 ) Checking the positive lead and ground lead of the worklight circuit

Action:

• Check positive lead 135 between fuse F21/1 and worklight switch (S92-2).

• Check positive lead 136 between worklight switch (S92-2) and worklights (E15).

• Check ground lead 310.

For functional schematic see:

Reference 240-10A-008 , SE07 - Worklights.

For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08.

Reference 240-26-006 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER I Engine
[ without engine control ]
- Summary of References
Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER II Engine
[ with Level 12 ECU (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of References
Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station
from Tractor Serial No. 399888 and TIER II Engine
[ with Level 12 ECU (STANADYNE DE10) ]
- Summary of References.

Result:

YES:Check all connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 142 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

Problem with the Instrument Unit (Open Operator′s Station)


65

Diagnostics
• Indicator lights remain on.

• Instruments give implausible readings.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For functional schematic see:

With open operator′s station

• Reference 240-10A-004 , SE2 - Instrument unit

For component location and pin arrangement, see:

• Reference 240-26-006 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER I Engine

[ without engine control ]


- Summary of References

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station and
TIER II Engine

[ with Level 12 ECU (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of References

• Reference 240-26-505 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with Open Operator′s Station from
Tractor Serial No. 399888 and TIER II Engine

[ with Level 12 ECU (STANADYNE DE10) ]


- Summary of References.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 143 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 1 ) Preliminary test on instrument unit

Action:

Check fuses F104 and F116.


Check connections X617 and X618 for widened or slid-back contacts
Check ground connections (pin 3 on X617).
Check supply connection (pin 8 on X618).

Result:

YES: GO TO 2

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 2 ) Checking the fuel gauge

Action:

• Disconnect the 26-pin blue plug (X618) from the instrument unit.

• Use the JT05791A multimeter to measure resistance between pin 17 (lead 353) on plug
X618 and any suitable ground point:

Item Measurement Specification

Fuel gauge sending unit (B03)


Empty tank: Resistance 7.5 - 12.5 ohms

Full tank: Resistance 178 - 192 ohms

Result:

YES:Check the instrument unit, repair as needed and carry out an operational test. GO TO 3

NO:Check lead 353, repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 144 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 3 ) Checking the coolant temperature gauge

Action:

• Disconnect the 26-pin yellow plug (X617) from the instrument unit.

• Use the JT05791A multimeter to measure resistance between pin 4 (lead 329) on plug X617
and any suitable ground point:

Item Measurement Specification

Coolant temperature sender (B08)


Resistance value: at 20°C (68°F) approx. 3512 ohms

at 50°C (155°F) approx. 980 ohms

at 90°C (194°F) approx. 242 ohms

Result:

YES:Check the instrument unit, repair as needed and carry out an operational test. GO TO 4

NO:Check lead 329, repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 4 ) Checking the indicator light for transmission oil temperature

Action:

• Disconnect the 26-pin blue plug (X618) from the instrument unit.

• Use the JT05791A multimeter to measure resistance between pin 26 (lead 602) on plug
X618 and any suitable ground point:

Item Measurement Specification

High-temperature switch (B30)


Switch closed: Temperature from 102-108°C (216-226°F)

Switch open: Temperature below 97°C (207°F)

Result:

YES:Check the instrument unit and indicator light for transmission oil temperature, repair as
needed and carry out an operational test. GO TO 5

NO:Check lead 602, repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 145 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 5 ) Checking the air cleaner restriction warning light

Action:

• Disconnect the 26-pin blue plug (X617) from the instrument unit.

• Use the JT05791A multimeter to measure resistance between pin 24 (lead 351) on plug
X617 and any suitable ground point:

Item Measurement Specification

Sender for air cleaner restriction warning light (B02)


Switch open: Pressure below 5.9 kPa (59 mbar; 0.86 psi)

Switch closed: Pressure from 5.9-6.9 kPa (59-69 mbar; 0.86-1.0 psi)

Result:

YES:Check the instrument unit and air cleaner restriction warning light, repair as needed and
carry out an operational test. GO TO 6

NO:Check lead 602, repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 6 ) Checking the engine oil pressure indicator light

Action:

• Disconnect the 26-pin blue plug (X618) from the instrument unit.

• Use the JT05791A multimeter to measure resistance between pin 23 (lead 347) on plug
X618 and any suitable ground point:

Item Measurement Specification

Engine oil pressure sending unit (B04)


Switch open: Pressure from 38-73 kPa (0.38-0.73 bar) (5.5-10.5 psi)

Switch closed: Pressure below 38 kPa (0.38 bar; 5.5 psi)

Result:

YES:Check the instrument unit and engine oil pressure indicator light, repair as needed and
carry out an operational test. GO TO 7

NO:Check lead 602, repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 146 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 7 ) Checking the alternator indicator light

Action:

• Disconnect the 26-pin yellow plug (X617) from the instrument unit.

• Use the JT05791A multimeter to measure voltage between pin 25 (lead 306) on plug X617
and any suitable ground point:

Item Measurement Specification

Alternator D+
Engine OFF (ignition on) Voltage 0 volts

Engine ON Voltage 12 volts

Result:

YES:Check the instrument unit and alternator indicator light, repair as needed and carry out
an operational test. GO TO 8

NO:Check lead 306, repair as needed and carry out an operational test.If necessary, check
the alternator. See: Alternator Checks , Section 240, Group 15.

( 8 ) Checking the differential lock indicator light

Action:

• Disconnect the 26-pin yellow plug (X618) from the instrument unit.

• Use the JT05791A multimeter to measure voltage between pin 4 (lead 927) on plug X618
and any suitable ground point:

Item Measurement Specification

Differential lock
Differential lock OFF Voltage 0 volts

Differential lock ON Voltage 12 volts

Result:

YES:Check the instrument unit and differential lock indicator light, repair as needed and
carry out an operational test. GO TO 9

NO:Check lead 927, repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 147 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 9 ) Checking the turn-signal indicator lights

Action:

• Disconnect the 26-pin yellow plug (X617) from the instrument unit.

• Use the JT05791A multimeter to measure voltage between pins 19 (lead 813), 18 (lead 814)
and 17 (lead 815) on plug X617 and any suitable ground point:

Item Measurement Specification

Turn signal indicators


Tractor without trailer : Pin 19 (lead 813) Voltage 12 volts in time with flashing signal

Tractor with one trailer : Pin 18 (lead 814) Voltage 12 volts in time with flashing signal

Tractor with two trailers : Pin 17 (lead 815) Voltage 12 volts in time with flashing signal

Result:

YES:Check the instrument unit and turn-signal indicator lights, repair as needed and carry
out an operational test. GO TO 10

NO:Check the relevant lead, repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 10 ) Instrument back-lighting not working

Action:

• Disconnect the 26-pin yellow plug (X617) from the instrument unit.

• Use the JT05791A multimeter to measure voltage between pin 2 (lead 158) on plug X617
and any suitable ground point:

Item Measurement Specification

Back-lighting
Switch tractor′s park lights ON : Voltage 12 volts

Result:

YES:Check the instrument unit and back-lights, repair as needed and carry out an
operational test. GO TO 11

NO:Check lead 158, repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 148 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 11 ) Checking the worklight indicator light

Action:

• Disconnect the 26-pin yellow plug (X617) from the instrument unit.

• Use the JT05791A multimeter to measure voltage between pin 21 (lead 145) on plug X617
and any suitable ground point:

Item Measurement Specification

Worklights
Switch tractor′s worklights ON : Voltage 12 volts

Result:

YES:Check the instrument unit and worklight indicator light, repair as needed and carry out
an operational test. GO TO 12

NO:Check lead 145, repair as needed and carry out an operational test.If necessary, check
the worklight circuit. See: Reference 240-10-008 , SE7 - Worklights.

( 12 ) Checking the full-beam indicator light

Action:

• Disconnect the 26-pin blue plug (X618) from the instrument unit.

• Use the JT05791A multimeter to measure voltage between pin 22 (lead 159) on plug X618
and any suitable ground point:

Item Measurement Specification

Worklights
Switch tractor′s headlights ON at full-beam: Voltage 12 volts

Result:

YES:Check the instrument unit and full-beam indicator light, repair as needed and carry out
an operational test. GO TO 13

NO:Check lead 159, repair as needed and carry out an operational test.If necessary, check
the full-beam circuit. See: Reference 240-10-007 , SE6 - Lights.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 149 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 13 ) Checking the transmission oil pressure warning light

Action:

• Disconnect the 26-pin blue plug (X618) from the instrument unit.

• Use the JT05791A multimeter to check ground connection between pin 24 (lead 503) on
plug X618 and any suitable ground point:

• When pressure-free, the sending unit is closed.

• It is forced to open while the engine is running.

Item Measurement Specification

Sending unit for transmission oil pressure warning light (B31)


Switch closed: Pressure below 627 kPa (6.27 bar; 91 psi)

Ground connection present

Switch open: Pressure from 630-1040 kPa (6.3-10.4 bar) (91-151 psi)

Ground connection not present

Result:

YES:Check the instrument unit and transmission oil pressure warning light, repair as needed
and carry out an operational test. GO TO 14

NO:Check lead 503, repair as needed and carry out an operational test.If necessary, check
the sending unit for transmission oil pressure warning light (B31).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 150 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 14 ) Checking the light that warns of a restriction at the transmission oil filter

Action:

• Disconnect the 26-pin yellow plug (X617) from the instrument unit.

• Use the JT05791A multimeter to check ground connection between pin 22 (lead 606) on
plug X617 and any suitable ground point:

• When pressure-free, the sending unit is open. It is forced to close while the engine is
running and the transmission oil filter is full.

Item Measurement Specification

Sending unit for transmission oil filter restriction warning light (B07)
Switch open: Pressure below 448 kPa (4.48 bar; 65 psi)

Switch closed: Pressure from 448-827 kPa (4.48-8.27 bar) (65-120 psi)

• The low-temperature switch should also close the contact at the following temperatures:

Item Measurement Specification

Low-Temperature Switch (B29)


Switch closed: Temperature below 20°C (68°F)

Switch open: Temperature from 25-31°C (77-88°F)

Result:

YES:Check the instrument unit and the light that warns of a restriction at the transmission oil
filter, repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

NO:Check leads 606 and 510, repair as needed and carry out an operational test.If
necessary, check the sending unit for the light that warns of a restriction at the transmission
oil filter (B07), and check low-temperature switch (B29). See:With open operator′s station•
Reference 240-10A-004 , SE02 - Instrument unit

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 151 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

Problem with Battery Cut-Off Switch S117 (Version 1)


65

Symptom:

Battery cut-off switch does not connect the battery.


Battery cut-off switch does not disconnect the battery.

→NOTE:

Make sure that battery is charged.

→NOTE:

Check positive lead from battery to battery cut-off relay for damage, repair
or replace as required.

→NOTE:

Make sure that tractor ignition is switched off.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For functional schematic see:

With Premium cab

• Reference 240-10-050 , SE1 - Starting motor and charging circuit

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 152 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 1 ) Check battery cut-off relay

Action:

• Ignition OFF.

• Connect pin 85 at battery cut-off relay to ground using a wiring bridge.

The battery cut-off relay must be activated.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 2 ) Check battery cut-off switch

Action:

• Disconnect plug X593 of battery cut-off switch S117.

• Connect terminals A (lead 410) and B (lead 310) of plug X593 using a wiring bridge.

The battery cut-off relay must be activated.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed, repair battery cut-off switch and carry out an operational test.

NO: GO TO 3

( 3 ) Check battery cut-off switch connections

Action:

• Check resistance between battery cut-off switch connector X593, terminal B (lead 310) and
vehicle ground.

Result:

YES:Check lead 410 to battery cut-off switch. Repair as needed and carry out an operational
test.

NO:Repair ground lead 310 and perform an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 153 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

Problem with Battery Cut-Off Switch S126


65

Symptom:

Battery cut-off switch does not connect the battery.


Battery cut-off switch does not disconnect the battery.

→NOTE:

Make sure that battery is charged.

→NOTE:

Check positive lead from battery to battery cut-off relay for damage, repair
or replace as required.

→NOTE:

Make sure that tractor ignition is switched off.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For functional schematic see:

• Reference 240-10-050 , SE1 - Starting motor and charging circuit

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 154 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 1 ) Check battery cut-off relay

Action:

• Ignition OFF.

• Connect pin 85b at battery cut-off relay to ground using a wiring bridge.

The battery cut-off relay must be activated.

• Connect pin 85a at battery cut-off relay to ground using a wiring bridge.

The battery cut-off relay must be de-activated.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 2 ) Check battery cut-off switch S126

Action:

• Disconnect plug X696 of battery cut-off switch S126.

• Check resistance between terminal 2 (lead 266) and vehicle ground.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5

NO: GO TO 3

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 155 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 3 ) Check relay for the battery cut-off switch

Action:

• Disconnect relay K57 from wiring harness.

• Check for continuity between terminal 2 (lead 266) at battery cut-off switch (S125) and
terminal 87A at relay K57 for battery cut-off switch.

Result:

YES: GO TO 4

NO:Repair ground lead 266 and perform an operational test.

( 4 ) Check ground connection of relay K57 for the battery cut-off switch

Action:

• Check resistance between terminal 30 (lead 310) at battery cut-off switch (S125) and
vehicle ground.

Result:

YES:Repair relay and perform an operational test.

NO:Repair ground lead 310 and perform an operational test.

( 5 ) Bypass battery cut-off switch

Action:

• Connect terminals 2 (lead 266) and 3 (lead 261) of plug X696 using a wiring bridge.

• Battery cut-off relay must be activated.

• Connect terminals 2 (lead 266) and 1 (lead 410) of plug X696 using a wiring bridge.

• Battery cut-off relay must be de-activated.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Check lead 261 or 410 to battery cut-off relay. Repair as needed and carry out an
operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 156 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 157 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

Problem with the Electric Rear-View Mirror


65

Symptoms:

R.h. or l.h. mirror arm not operating.


Mirror arm does not extend or retract.
R.h. or l.h. electric rear-view mirror not operating.
R.h. or l.h. electric rear-view mirror does not move in all directions.
Lighting of mirror arm adjusting switch (S109) or mirror adjusting switch (S104) not
operating.

• If there are problems with mirror arm , see:

Mirror arm diagnostics

• If there are problems with the electric rear-view mirror adjustment , see:

Diagnostics of electric rear-view mirror adjustment

• If there are problems with the electric rear-view mirror heater , see:

Diagnostics of electric rear-view mirror heater

• If there are problems with the switch lighting , see:

Diagnostics of switch lighting (switches S104 and S109)

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

Mirror arm diagnostics

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 158 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1 Perform a visual inspection on mirror adjusting motors (M19 and M20) and their
associated connectors.

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

1.2 Preliminary test of the mirror arm circuit

Check fuse F05/10.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 2 ) Check components of the mirror arm circuit

Action:

Check mirror adjusting motors (M19 and M20) and mirror arm adjusting switch (S109), see
Reference 240-15-030 (SE29 - Electric rear-view mirrors).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 159 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 3 ) Check positive lead and ground lead of mirror arm circuit

Action:

• Check positive lead 181 between fuse F05/10 and mirror arm adjusting switch (S109).

• Check control leads 926 and 954 between mirror arm adjusting switch (S109) and r.h.
mirror adjusting motor (M20).

• Check control leads 923 and 965 between mirror arm adjusting switch (S109) and l.h.
mirror adjusting motor (M19).

• Check ground lead 310 of mirror arm adjusting switch (S109).

For functional schematic see:

Reference 240-10-040 , SE29 - Electrically-adjustable outside mirrors

For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08, electric rear-view
mirror harness W34 and cab roof harness W19.

Result:

YES:Check all connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

Diagnostics of electric rear-view mirror adjustment

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 160 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1 Perform a visual inspection on mirror adjusting motors (M19 and M20) and their
associated connectors.

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

1.2 Preliminary test of the electric rear-view mirror circuit

Check fuse F05/10.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 2 ) Check components of the electric rear-view mirror circuit

Action:

Check mirror adjusting motors (M19 and M20) and mirror adjusting switch (S104), see
Reference 240-15-030 (SE29 - Electric rear-view mirrors).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 161 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 3 ) Check positive lead and ground lead of electric rear-view mirror circuit

Action:

• Check positive lead 181 between fuse F05/10 and mirror adjusting switch (S104).

• Check control leads 914, 916 and 917 between mirror adjusting switch (S104) and r.h.
mirror adjusting motor (M20).

• Check control leads 913, 915 and 982 between mirror adjusting switch (S104) and l.h.
mirror adjusting motor (M19).

• Check ground lead 310 of mirror arm adjusting switch (S109).

For functional schematic see:

Reference 240-10-044 , SE29 - Electrically-adjustable outside mirrors

For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08, electric rear-view
mirror harness W34 and cab roof harness W19.

Result:

YES:Check all connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

Diagnostics of electric rear-view mirror heater

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 162 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1 Perform a visual inspection of electric rear-view mirrors and of the connectors associated
with them.

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

1.2 Preliminary test of the electric rear-view mirror circuit

Check fuse F05/10.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 2 ) Check components of the electric rear-view mirror heater circuit

Action:

Check heater coils of mirrors at rear side of the glass and mirror heater switch (S103), see
Reference 240-15-030 (SE29 - Electric rear-view mirrors).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 163 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 3 ) Check positive lead and ground lead of electric rear-view mirror heater circuit

Action:

• Check positive lead 181 between fuse F05/10 and mirror heater switch (S103).

• Check positive lead 919 between mirror adjusting switch (S104) and r.h. mirror adjusting
motor (M20).

• Check control leads 913, 915 and 982 between mirror heater switch (S103) and mirror
heater coils.

• Check ground lead 310 of mirror heater coils and mirror heater switch (S103).

For functional schematic see:

Reference 240-10-044 , SE29 - Electrically-adjustable outside mirrors

For component location and pin arrangement, see cab wiring harness W08, electric rear-view
mirror harness W34 and cab roof harness W19.

Result:

YES:Check all connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

Diagnostics of switch lighting (switches S104 and


S109)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 164 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1 Perform a visual inspection on switches S104 and S109 and their associated connectors.

1. Check switch lighting bulbs.


2. Check for signs of damage or dirt.
3. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

1.2 Preliminary test of the lighting circuit for switches S104 and S109

Check parking lights.


Check fuse F06/05.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Perform Diagnostics on parking lights .

( 2 ) Check components of the lighting circuit for switches S104 and S109

Action:

Check mirror adjusting switch (S104) and mirror arm adjusting switch (S109), see Reference
240-15-030 (SE29 - Electric rear-view mirrors).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 165 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 40: Electrical System

( 3 ) Check positive lead and ground lead of the lighting circuit for switches S104
and S109

Action:

• Check positive lead 318 between fuse F06/05 and mirror adjusting switch (S104).

• Check positive lead 318 between fuse F06/05 and mirror arm adjusting switch (S109).

• Check ground lead 310 of mirror adjusting switch (S104).

• Check ground lead 310 of mirror arm adjusting switch (S109).

For functional schematic see:

Reference 240-10-044 , SE29 - Electrically-adjustable outside mirrors


Reference 240-10-010 , SE9 - Radio, dome light, console light and access step light

For component location and pin arrangement see cab wiring harness W08 and cab roof
harness W19.

Result:

YES:Check all connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 166 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 50: SyncroPlus Transmission

Group 50 - SyncroPlus Transmission


Problem with SyncroPlus Transmission
86

Symptoms:

Clutch problem.
Problem with gear and/or range shift.
Park lock does not engage/disengage.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Reference 250-20-001 , SyncroPlus Transmission - Summary of References.

• Reference 250-15-013 , SyncroPlus Transmission - Layout of Test Ports and Sending Units.

For information on how to repair, see:

• “SyncroPlus Transmission Shift Units - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” .

• “SyncroPlus Transmission, Perma Clutch II Module - Reconditioning (Summary of


References)” .

• “SyncroPlus Transmission, Gear Transmission - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 167 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 50: SyncroPlus Transmission

( 1 ) Accessing diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

→NOTE:

Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom


may allow it to be rectified; for this reason, diagnose these codes first.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.

NO:If no diagnostic trouble code associated with the symptom is stored, GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Preliminary transmission test

Action:

See Reference 250-05-001 , Introductory Checks for Transmission and Hydraulic Diagnosis.

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Performing an operational check

Action:

See Reference 250-10-001 , SyncroPlus Transmission - Operational Checkout.

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 168 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 51: Power Reverser Transmission

( 4 ) Transmission - Doing the system checks

Action:

See Reference 250-15-001 , SyncroPlus Transmission - System Check.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 169 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 51: Power Reverser Transmission

Group 51 - Power Reverser Transmission


Problem with Power Reverser Transmission
78

Symptoms:

Clutch problem.
Problem with forward/reverse modulation.
Problem with gear and/or range shift.
Park lock does not engage/disengage.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Reference 251-20-001 , Power Reverser - Summary of References.

• Reference 251-15-014 , Power Reverser - Layout of Test Ports and Sending Units.

For information on how to repair, see:

• “Power Reverser Shift Units - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” .

• “Power Reverser, Power Reverser Module - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” .

• “Power Reverser, Gear Transmission - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 170 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 51: Power Reverser Transmission

( 1 ) Accessing diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

→NOTE:

Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom


may allow it to be rectified; for this reason, diagnose these codes first.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.

NO:If no diagnostic trouble code associated with the symptom is stored, GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Preliminary transmission test

Action:

See Reference 250-05-001 , Introductory Checks for Transmission and Hydraulic Diagnosis.

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Performing an operational check

Action:

See Reference 251-10-001 , Power Reverser - Operational Checkout.

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 171 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 53: AutoPowr/IVT Transmission

( 4 ) Transmission - Doing the system checks

Action:

See Reference 251-15-001 , Power Reverser - System Check.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 172 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 53: AutoPowr/IVT Transmission

Group 53 - AutoPowr/IVT Transmission


AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Noise/Vibration Problem
93
Problem with noise and/or vibrations.

Diagnostics
( 1 ) Accessing diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

→NOTE:

Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom


may allow it to be rectified; for this reason, diagnose these codes first.
Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before
starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211. Rectify the fault and do an operational test.

NO:If no diagnostic trouble codes associated with the symptom exist or the diagnostic
procedure was carried out for existing diagnostic trouble codes, but this did not solve the
problem: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Perform pressure test for transmission and other consumers

Action:

→NOTE:

For test result table and detailed information about the pressure tests, see
Reference 253-15-001 ”AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Test Result Table”.
The test result table (pressure test for transmission and other consumers)
can be downloaded via DTAC in a format that allows it to be filled out and
transmitted electronically. See test result table for diagnostic trouble
codes TCU 304077.07 and TCU 304079.07.

The following pressure tests must be performed:

1. System pressure.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 173 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 53: AutoPowr/IVT Transmission

2. Reduced system pressure (pressure for other consumers).


3. Lube oil pressure.
Lube oil pressure when no consumer is activated (at rated engine speed).
Lube oil pressure with activated and de-activated consumers at an engine speed
of 1000 and 1800 rpm.
→NOTE: Interactive lube oil pressure test possible with Service
ADVISOR.

4. Pressure at direction clutches CF and CR.


5. Pressure at the C1, C2, C3 and C4 clutches and at the BG disk brake
6. Pressure at the other consumers (front-wheel drive, differential lock, rear PTO and park
lock).

CAUTION:

Whenever performing checks on the transmission circuit, always observe


the relevant safety precautions. See Reference 253-15-003 , Safety
Measures when Testing the Transmission via the Output Test Mode for
Components (Address TCU049).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:For the evaluation of the test result table see Reference 253-15-001A , Determining the
Cause of an Hydraulic Malfunction that Triggers Diagnostic Trouble Code TCU 304077.07 and
TCU 304079.07.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 174 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 53: AutoPowr/IVT Transmission

( 3 ) Fill out the checklist (list of questions) for noise/vibrations (AutoPowr/IVT


transmission)

Action:

→NOTE:

The checklist can be downloaded via DTAC in a format that allows it to be


filled out and transmitted electronically.

1. Fill out the checklist in full, see Reference 253-15-009B , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission -
Checklist (List of Questions) for Noises/Vibrations
2. Send checklist and test result table (pressure test for transmission and other
consumers) to the relevant After-Sales Service station.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed. Send checklist and test result table (pressure test for transmission
and other consumers) to the relevant After-Sales Service station.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 175 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 53: AutoPowr/IVT Transmission

AutoPowr/IVT Transmission Problem


93

Symptom:

The tractor does not move.


More force required on brake pedal on 40-km/h tractors.
Max. ground speed can not be reached.
Irregular tractor driving characteristics.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 253-20-001 , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission - Operation (Summary of References).

( 1 ) Accessing diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

→NOTE:

Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom


may allow it to be rectified; for this reason, diagnose these codes first.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211. Rectify the fault and do an operational test.

NO:If no diagnostic trouble codes associated with the symptom exist or the diagnostic
procedure was carried out for existing diagnostic trouble codes, but this did not solve the
problem: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 176 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 53: AutoPowr/IVT Transmission

( 2 ) Checking the clutch pedal sensors

Action:

→NOTE:

Slowly press the clutch pedal all the way down. Do not exceed the
maximum voltage or go below the minimum voltage (see below). An
acoustic signal or sudden voltage change while the switch is actuated
indicates a defective potentiometer.

• Access address UIC018 .

Item Measurement Specification

UIC018 - Voltage, clutch pedal potentiometer (B65; channel 1)


Pedal declutched: Voltage range 0.7 - 1.0 volts

Point at which the clutch pedal switch trips (ON and OFF): Voltage range between 3.6 and 3.9 volts

Pedal clutched: Voltage range 4.1 - 4.4 volts

• Access address UIC019 .

Item Measurement Specification

UIC019 - Voltage, clutch pedal potentiometer (B65; channel 2)


Pedal declutched: Voltage range 0.35 - 0.5 volts

Pedal clutched: Voltage range 2.05 - 2.2 volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Check the adjustment of clutch pedal sensors: GO TO 8 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 177 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 53: AutoPowr/IVT Transmission

( 3 ) Checking the brake pedal sensor

Action:

→NOTE:

Slowly press the brake pedal all the way down. An acoustic signal or
sudden voltage change while the switch is actuated indicates a defective
potentiometer.

Unlock the brake pedals.


Access addresses UIC027 and UIC028 or template UIC 900 - Brake Pedal Sensor for
AutoPowr/IVT Transmission :
Slowly press the left and right brake pedals all the way down (the point at which the
brake pedal switch trips should be audible).
Item Measurement Specification

UIC027 - Voltage, left brake pedal potentiometer (B88)


Voltage range with pedal not depressed valid voltage range 0.9 - 1.1 volts

Voltage range with brake pedal depressed individually and engine


valid voltage range 3.9 - 4.1 volts
running

Point at which brake pedal switch trips when pedal is depressed (brake
valid voltage range less than 1.7 volts
light ON):

Point at which brake pedal switch trips when pedal is released (brake light
valid voltage range above 1,25 volts
OFF):

UIC028 - Voltage, right brake pedal potentiometer (B88)


Voltage range with pedal not depressed valid voltage range 0.9 - 1.1 volts

Voltage range with brake pedal depressed individually and engine


valid voltage range 3.9 - 4.1 volts
running

Point at which brake pedal switch trips when pedal is depressed (brake
valid voltage range less than 1.7 volts
light ON):

Point at which brake pedal switch trips when pedal is released (brake light
valid voltage range above 1,25 volts
OFF):

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:Check the adjustment of brake pedal sensors: GO TO 9 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 178 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 53: AutoPowr/IVT Transmission

( 4 ) Checking the seat switch

Action:

• Access address UIC010 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC010 - Status, seat switch (S40)


Operator sitting on seat: Status X1X

Operator not sitting on seat: Status X0X

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:• GO TO: Circuit/Harness Test for Seat Switch (S40) ; see Section 245, Group UIC in the
Technical Manual.• Type of error indicates a loose contact, GO TO: Circuit/Harness Test for
Seat Switch (S40) ; see Section 245, Group UIC in the Technical Manual.

( 5 ) Check general input addresses

Action:

Check input for pulses per axle revolution in address BCU058 .


For correct input value see ” Address BCU058 - Basic functions, wheel speed
sending unit/impulses per rev ” in Reference 245-BCU-001, Calibration and Input
Addresses of Basic Functions.
Check input address for transmission ratio of front-wheel drive axle in address UIC043 .
For correct input value see ” Address UIC043 - Input address for transmission ratio
of front-wheel drive axle ” in Reference 245-UIC-001, Calibration and Input
Addresses.

Result:

YES: GO TO 6 .

NO:Correct the input and perform an operational test.

( 6 ) Check tractor tires

Action:

6.1 - Preliminary test

1. Tires worn?
2. Is the tire size approved for the tractor?

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 179 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 53: AutoPowr/IVT Transmission

Result:

YES:GO TO 6.2

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

Action:

6.2 - Check tire size input values

Check input for tire size (rolling radius) in address UIC042 .


For correct input value see ” Address UIC042 - Input addresses for tire size (rolling
radius and programming radius) ”.
Check input for tire size (rolling radius) in address BCU056 .
For correct input value see ” Address BCU056 - Basic functions, rolling radius ”.

Result:

YES:• Tractor is equipped with original tires: GO TO 7 .• Tractor is not equipped with original
tires: GO TO 6.3.

NO:Correct the input and perform an operational test.

Action:

6.3 - Check front wheel lead

Incorrect front wheel lead can result in:

Irregular tractor driving characteristics (acceleration) caused by miscalculation of the


tractor software,
Deformation and excessive wear of tires.

Is calculated front wheel lead within the specified range?

Item Measurement Specification

Front wheel lead Percentage between 1.5 and 4%

→NOTE:

To calculate positive lead, see ”Tire Combinations” in the relevant


Operator′s Manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 180 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 53: AutoPowr/IVT Transmission

Result:

YES:Calculated front wheel lead within the specified range: GO TO 7 .

NO:Calculated front wheel lead not within the specified range: Repair as needed and carry
out an operational test.

( 7 ) Fill out the checklist for AutoPowr/IVT transmission and perform CAN
recording

Action:

→NOTE:

The checklist for AutoPowr/IVT problems can be downloaded via DTAC in a


format that allows it to be filled out and transmitted electronically.

If the diagnostic procedure was completed but the fault could not be resolved, no
diagnostic trouble codes exist or the diagnostic procedure for existing codes could
not resolve the problem, perform the following:

If the problem can be easily reproduced:

1. Fill out the checklist in full, see Reference 253-15-009A , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission -
Checklist (List of Questions) for AutoPowr/IVT Problems
2. Do a CAN BUS recording on the tractor:
The DMUX32 application can be used for the CAN BUS recording.
IMPORTANT: If the fault occurs only when AutoPowr selector
(B83) is in its ECO position (selector between 3 and 5), two
separate CAN BUS recordings must be made. The two recordings
must be made under identical conditions.
1.) Record the problem with AutoPowr selector (B83) in position
5.
2.) Record the problem with AutoPowr selector (B83) in position 2
and engine speed reduced to 1700-1800 rpm via cruise control
potentiometer (A19).
Send the CAN BUS recording to the relevant After-Sales Service station only with
a detailed description of the recorded problem (surface conditions, what the
tractor is doing, how it is re-acting, etc).

If the problem can not be easily reproduced:

1. Fill out the checklist in full, see Reference 253-15-009A , AutoPowr/IVT Transmission -
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 181 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 53: AutoPowr/IVT Transmission

Checklist (List of Questions) for AutoPowr/IVT Problems


2. CAN BUS recording:
It must be mentioned in the checklist that the DMUX32 application could not be
used for recording!
Inform the relevant After-Sales Service station (DTAC) about the problems with the
CAN BUS recording.
3. Complete the checklist (list of questions) and send it to the relevant After-Sales service
station (DTAC).

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed. Fill out the checklist (list of questions) in full and send the CAN
BUS recording(s) to DTAC (the relevant After-Sales service station).

( 8 ) Check the adjustment of clutch pedal sensors

Action:

See:

”Reconditioning the Clutch Actuation Mechanism” , Repair Manual, Section 53, Group
05.

Result:

YES:No setting problem exists. Perform circuit test, see:• Reference 245-UIC-109 , Circuit
Test for Clutch Pedal Potentiometer (B65).• Reference 245-TCU-101 , Circuit Test for
Transmission Enable Signal from Relay K02/1 and Clutch Pedal Switch (S72).

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 9 ) Check the adjustment of brake pedal sensors

Action:

See: Reference 260-15-070 , Adjusting the Brake Pedals and Switches.

Result:

YES:No setting problem exists. Perform circuit test: GO TO Reference 245-UIC-108 , Circuit
Test for Brake Pedal Sensors (B88).

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 182 SERVICE MANUAL
Group 55: PowrQuad, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS
Transmissions

Group 55 - PowrQuad, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad


Transmissions
Problem with PowrQuad Transmission
80

Symptoms:

Clutch problem.
Problem with forward/reverse modulation.
Problem with gear and/or range shift.
Park lock does not engage/disengage.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Reference 255-20-001 , PowrQuad, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmission - Summary


of References.

• Reference 255-15-002 , PowrQuad Transmission - Test Ports.

For information on how to repair, see:

• “PowrQuad Transmission Shift Unit - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” .

• “PowrQuad, PowrQuad Plus, AutoQuad and AutoQuad Plus Transmissions - Summary of


References” ..

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 183 SERVICE MANUAL
Group 55: PowrQuad, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS
Transmissions

( 1 ) Accessing diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

→NOTE:

Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom


may allow it to be rectified; for this reason, diagnose these codes first.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.

NO:If no diagnostic trouble code associated with the symptom is stored, GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Preliminary transmission test

Action:

See Reference 250-05-001 , Introductory Checks for Transmission and Hydraulic Diagnosis.

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Performing an operational check

Action:

See Reference 255-10-001 , PowrQuad Transmission - Operational Check.

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 184 SERVICE MANUAL
Group 55: PowrQuad, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS
Transmissions

( 4 ) Transmission - Doing the system checks

Action:

See Reference 255-15-001 , PowrQuad Transmission - System Check.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 185 SERVICE MANUAL
Group 55: PowrQuad, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS
Transmissions

Problem with PowrQuad Plus, AutoQuad or AutoQuad Plus Transmissions


80

Symptom:

Problem with the automatic speed-matching or a general problem involving shifting.


Problem with clutch modulation.

The symptoms inidcate an electrical, hydraulic or mechanical fault in the transmission.

Diagnosis
Additional References:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 255-20-001 , PowrQuad, PowrQuad Plus, AutoQuad Transmissions - Summary of


References.

For information on how to repair, see:

• “PowrQuad, PowrQuad Plus, AutoQuad and AutoQuad Plus Transmissions - Summary of


References” .

( 1 ) Accessing diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

→NOTE:

Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom


may allow it to be rectified; for this reason, diagnose these codes first.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of Diagnostic Trouble Codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.

NO:If no diagnostic trouble code associated with the symptom is stored: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 186 SERVICE MANUAL
Group 55: PowrQuad, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS
Transmissions

( 2 ) Checking the settings for PowrQuad Plus, AutoQuad or AutoQuad Plus


transmissions in the EPC and BCU

Action:

Access input addresses in the EPC and in the BCU, see template:

For tractors up to tractor serial number 398655:

EPC 900 - EPC-Settings for PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions up to tractor
serial number 398655
BCU 904 - BCU-Settings for PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Transmissions

For tractors from tractor serial number 398656:

EPC903 - EPC-Settings for PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Plus Transmissions from tractor
serial number 398656
BCU 904 - BCU-Settings for PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad Plus Transmissions

For input values, see:


• Reference 245-EPC-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses for PowrQuad Plus, AutoQuad and
AutoQuad Plus transmissions.
• Reference 245-BCU-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses (Basic Functions).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Modify setting, confirm and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Check the transmission enable pressure (system pressure)

Action:

→NOTE:

Diagnostic address EPC013 shows the actual clutch charge pressure at the
proportional enable solenoid valve (Y38). The clutch charge pressure is
dependent on the position of the clutch pedal and the position of the
reverse drive lever. There is only clutch charge pressure if the reverse
drive lever is set to the forward or reverse position after a valid engine
start (reverse drive lever in neutral) and if the clutch pedal is not actuated.
The clutch charge pressure builds up slowly (modulating), depending on
the engine speed, until the max. transmission system pressure has been
reached.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 187 SERVICE MANUAL
Group 55: PowrQuad, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS
Transmissions

IMPORTANT:

Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.

Access address EPC013 :

Item Measurement Specification

EPC013 - Pressure, sending unit for enable pressure (B105)


Reverse drive lever in neutral position and
Minimum pressure approx. 0 kPa (display: XXXX0000)
clutch pedal not pressed:

Reverse drive lever in reverse position and 1200 kPa (display: XXXX1200) in the case of
Maximum pressure
clutch pedal not pressed: tractor models 6120 - 6320

1400 kPa (display: XXXX1400) in the case of


tractor models 6420 - 6520

Slowly press clutch pedal to its maximum


(clutch pressure decreases depending on Displayed pressure range 1200 - 0 kPa in the case of 6120 - 6320 tractors
the clutch pedal position):

1400 - 0 kPa in the case of 6420 - 6520 tractors

Transmission system pressure

6120 - 6320 6420 - 6520

1200 kPa (12 bar; 174 psi) 1400 kPa (14 bar; 203 psi)

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:• System pressure not OK: See diagnostic procedure for diagnostic trouble code EPC
306051.04 - Transmission Enable Pressure Too Low .• Problem with modulation, GO TO 8 .

( 4 ) Preliminary test on shift elements and vehicle clutch/brake

Action:

IMPORTANT:

Perform the test only while the engine is running and range-shift (gear-
shift) lever is in neutral.

• Access template EPC901 - Transmission Test for PowrQuad Plus, AutoQuad and AutoQuad
Plus Transmissions .

• Move the reverse drive lever to forward (clutch pedal not pressed).
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 188 SERVICE MANUAL
Group 55: PowrQuad, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS
Transmissions

• Use the hand throttle to set engine speed to 1000 rpm.

• Clutch pedal not depressed.

• With the reverse drive lever first in forward and then in reverse, go up through the gears
from 1st to 4th and check the transmission speed:

Item Measurement Specification

EPC901 - Transmission Test, Transmission Speed Sender (B104) with reverse drive lever in
forward
First gear and reverse drive lever in
Speed (with engine speed at 1000 rpm) approx. 566 rpm
forward:

Second gear and reverse drive lever in


Speed (with engine speed at 1000 rpm) approx. 682 rpm
forward:

Third gear and reverse drive lever in


Speed (with engine speed at 1000 rpm) approx. 816 rpm
forward:

Fourth gear and reverse drive lever in


Speed (with engine speed at 1000 rpm) approx. 1000 rpm
forward:

Item Measurement Specification

EPC901 - Transmission Test, Transmission Speed Sender (B104) with reverse drive lever in
reverse
First gear and reverse drive lever in
Speed (with engine speed at 1000 rpm) approx. 590 rpm
reverse:

Second gear and reverse drive lever in


Speed (with engine speed at 1000 rpm) approx. 711 rpm
reverse:

Third gear and reverse drive lever in


Speed (with engine speed at 1000 rpm) approx. 850 rpm
reverse:

Fourth gear and reverse drive lever in


Speed (with engine speed at 1000 rpm) approx. 1042 rpm
reverse:

Summary of activated solenoid valves and engaged elements

Transmission ratio Transmission ratio


Gear K1 K2 K3 Shift element
(forward) (reverse)

First gear active active B1 1.767 1.696

Second gear active B2 1.466 1.407

Third gear B3 1.225 1.176

Fourth gear active C4 1.0 0.96

Gear shift (voltage supply to solenoid valves)

Gear Solenoid valve 1 Solenoid valve 2

1st gear active active

2nd gear active

3rd gear

4th gear active

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 189 SERVICE MANUAL
Group 55: PowrQuad, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS
Transmissions

Result:

YES:With transmission shifting at zero load, problem cannot be isolated: GO TO 5 .

NO:• Problem occurs only in one direction of travel (reverse or forward): GO TO 6 . • Problem
at a shift element occurs in both directions of travel (reverse and forward): GO TO 7 .

( 5 ) Test-driving the tractor

Action:

Ask the operator or do a test-drive to decide which part of the transmission is at fault.

Result:

YES:Problem cannot be identified: Check the clutch/brake and the shift elements, GO TO 6 .

NO:• Problem occurs only in one direction of travel (reverse or forward): GO TO 6 . • Problem
at a shift element occurs in both directions of travel (reverse and forward): GO TO 7 .

( 6 ) Checking the direction clutch/brake

Action:

Perform the pressure test at the direction clutch/brake with the engine running, the range
shift lever in neutral and the reverse drive lever in the relevant direction (i.e. the direction to
be checked).

For the test, see:

Reference 255-15-008 , PowrQuad Transmission - Checking Pressure at Forward Clutch


Reference 255-15-009 , PowrQuad Transmission - Checking Pressure at Reverse Brake.

For information on how to repair, see: “PowrQuad, PowrQuad Plus, AutoQuad and AutoQuad
Plus Transmissions - Summary of References” .

Result:

YES:• Check for mechanical defects at the clutch/brake. • Problem cannot be identified:
Check the shift elements, GO TO 7 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 190 SERVICE MANUAL
Group 55: PowrQuad, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS
Transmissions

( 7 ) Checking the shift elements

Action:

Perform the pressure test at the shift elements with the engine running, the range shift lever
in neutral and the relevant gear selected for that shift element (i.e. the element to be
checked).

For the test, see:

Reference 255-15-010 , PowrQuad Transmission - Checking Pressure at B1 Brake.


Reference 255-15-011 , PowrQuad Transmission - Checking Pressure at B2 Brake.
Reference 255-15-012 , PowrQuad Transmission - Checking Pressure at B3 Brake.
Reference 255-15-013 , PowrQuad Transmission - Checking Pressure at C4 Clutch.

For information on how to repair, see: “PowrQuad, PowrQuad Plus, AutoQuad and AutoQuad
Plus Transmissions - Summary of References” .

Result:

YES:• Check for mechanical defects at the shift element.• Problem cannot be identified:
Check the shift elements, GO TO 8 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 191 SERVICE MANUAL
Group 55: PowrQuad, PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS
Transmissions

( 8 ) Calibrating the transmission

Action:

8.1

For information on how to calibrate, see: Address EPC038 - Calibration Address, calibrating
the transmission .

Result:

YES:Test completed.

NO:If calibration does not improve the driving characteristics: GO TO 8.2.

Action:

8.2

If there are problems with modulation:


Check the enable proportional solenoid Y38 for signs of mechanical damage. See:
• “Removing and Installing the Valves in the Front Valve Housing” .

If there are general problems with the transmission , see:


• “PowrQuad, PowrQuad Plus, AutoQuad and AutoQuad Plus Transmissions - Summary of
References” .

Result:

YES:Test completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 192 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 56: Drive Systems

Group 56 - Drive Systems


Problem with the Rear PTO
77

Symptoms:

Rear PTO fails to turn.


Rear PTO does not stop turning.
Slippage at rear PTO (when operating under load).

The symptoms indicate an electrical, hydraulic or mechanical fault at the rear PTO.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 256-20-001 , Drive Systems - Summary of References.

• Rear PTO - Summary of References .

( 1 ) Accessing diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

→NOTE:

Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom


may allow it to be rectified; for this reason, diagnose these codes first.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.

NO:If no diagnostic trouble code associated with the symptom is stored:


• If the rear PTO fails to turn or does not stop turning, GO TO 2 .
• GO TO: Diagnosis for slippage at rear PTO (when operating under load) .
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 193 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 56: Drive Systems

( 2 ) Checking the rear PTO switch

Action:

Access address BCU007 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU007 - Status, Rear PTO Switch (S21)


Rear PTO disengaged: Status XX01

Rear PTO engaged: Status XX10

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for rear PTO switch (S21) .

( 3 ) Checking the rear PTO solenoid

Action:

→NOTE:

The amperage and voltage supply can only be checked with test wiring
harness DFLX14 ( Reference 299-05-016 ). In the following cases the BCU
immediately interrupts the power supply:

• Harness interrupted (disconnected or defective lead).

• Defective solenoid valve.

Item Measurement Specification

Specifications for the rear PTO solenoid valve (Y04)


Resistance check: Resistance at solenoid coil 10 - 12 ohms at 20°C

Voltage with rear PTO disengaged: Voltage 0 volts

Voltage with rear PTO engaged: Voltage 12 volts

Amperage check with rear PTO engaged: Amperage 1 - 1.2 amps at 20°C and 12-volt rated voltage

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for rear PTO solenoid valve (Y04) .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 194 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 56: Drive Systems

( 4 ) Checking the rear PTO′s hydraulic system

Action:

Check pressure at the PTO brake and clutch. See reference 256-15-004 , Checking Pressure
at the Rear PTO and reference 256-15-006 , Drive Systems - Test Result Table.

1. Check pressure when PTO brake engages.


2. Check pressure when PTO clutch engages.
3. Check modulation.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 5 ) Checking the rear PTO for signs of mechanical damage

Action:

Reasons why the rear PTO fails to turn, even although pressure exists:

Solenoid valve is stuck.


Modulation valve is stuck.
Oil passages in PTO clutch are clogged.
A mechanical fault at the PTO.
A fault in the drive system.

Reasons why the rear PTO does not stop turning:

Defective disk brake.


Defective clutch piston.
Defective piston return spring.

For information on how to repair, see


• Rear PTO - Summary of References .

Result:

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

YES:Diagnosis completed.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 195 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 56: Drive Systems

Diagnosis for slippage at rear PTO (when operating


under load)
The symptom indicates an hydraulic or mechanical fault at the PTO.

( 1 ) Checking the amperage at the rear PTO solenoid valve

Action:

→NOTE:

The amperage and voltage supply can only be checked with test wiring
harness DFLX14 ( Reference 299-05-016 ). In the following cases the BCU
immediately interrupts the power supply:

• Harness interrupted (disconnected or defective lead).

• Defective solenoid valve.

Item Measurement Specification

Specifications for the rear PTO solenoid valve (Y04)


Amperage check with rear PTO engaged: Amperage 1 - 1.2 amps at 20°C and 12-volt rated voltage

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Check the ground connection of the solenoid valve. See: Circuit/harness test for rear PTO
solenoid valve (Y04) .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 196 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 56: Drive Systems

( 2 ) Checking the rear PTO′s hydraulic system

Action:

Check pressure at the PTO brake and clutch. See reference 256-15-004 , Checking Pressure
at the Rear PTO and reference 256-15-006 , Drive Systems - Test Result Table.

1. Check pressure when PTO brake engages.


2. Check pressure when PTO clutch engages.
3. Check modulation.

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Causes of slippage at rear PTO (when operating under load)

Action:

Wear at the PTO clutch.


Leakage or a clogged oil passage in the PTO clutch or at the valve.

For information on how to repair, see


• Rear PTO - Summary of References .

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 197 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 56: Drive Systems

Problem with the Front PTO


77

Symptom:

Front PTO fails to turn.


The front PTO speed fails to appear on the basic informator.
Front PTO does not stop turning.
Slippage at PTO (when operating under load).
Unusual noises when in operation, or PTO engagement is rough.

The symptoms inidcate an electrical, hydraulic or mechanical fault at the front PTO.

Diagnosis
Additional References:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Reference 256-20-001 , Drive Systems - Summary of References.

• “Front PTO - Reconditioning (Summary of References)”

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 198 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 56: Drive Systems

( 1 ) Accessing diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

→NOTE:

Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom


may allow it to be rectified; for this reason, diagnose these codes first.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of Diagnostic Trouble Codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.

NO:If no diagnostic trouble code associated with the symptom is stored:


• If the front PTO fails to turn, or if it fails to appear on the basic informator: GO TO 2 .
• Front PTO will not stop turning: GO TO 3
• GO TO: Diagnosis for slippage at front PTO (when operating under load) .
• GO TO: Diagnosis for unusual noises when in operation, or PTO engagement is rough

( 2 ) Checking the front PTO settings in the BIF and BCU

Action:

Check the settings if the front PTO has just been installed for the first time, and every time
one of these control units is replaced.

Access addresses BCU023, BCU027, BCU030 and BIF060 or template BCU 900 - BCU-Settings
for Front PTO and BIF060 to check the input values.

For input values, see:


• Reference 245-BCU-001 , Calibration and Input Addresses (Basic Functions).
• Address BIF060 - Front PTO control function .

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Modify setting, confirm and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 199 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 56: Drive Systems

( 3 ) Checking the front PTO switch

Action:

Access address BCU007 :

Item Measurement Specification

BCU007 - Status, Front PTO Switch (S06)


Front PTO disengaged: Status 01XX

Front PTO engaged: Status 10XX

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO: Circuit/harness test for front PTO switch (S06) .

( 4 ) Checking the front PTO solenoid

Action:

→NOTE:

The amperage and voltage supply can only be checked with test wiring
harness DFLX14 ( Reference 299-05-016 ). In the following cases the BCU
immediately interrupts the power supply:

• Harness interrupted (disconnected or defective lead).

• Solenoid valve defective

Item Measurement Specification

Test Data for Front PTO Solenoid Valve (Y01)


Resistance check: Solenoid resistance 10 - 12 ohms at 20° C (68° F)

Voltage when front PTO is disengaged: Voltage 0 volts

Voltage when front PTO is engaged: Voltage 12 volts

Amperage check with front PTO engaged: Amperage 1 -1.2 amps at 20°C (68° F) and 12 volts nominal voltage

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:GO TO: Circuit/harness test for front PTO solenoid valve (Y01) .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 200 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 56: Drive Systems

( 5 ) Checking the front PTO′s hydraulic circuit

Action:

Check pressure at the PTO brake and clutch. See reference 256-15-005 , Checking Pressure
at the Front PTO and reference 256-15-006 , Drive Systems - Test Result Table.

Result:

YES: GO TO 6 .

NO:See Reference 256-15-007 , Front PTO - Adjusting System Pressure. Repair as needed
and carry out an operational test.

( 6 ) Checking the front PTO for signs of mechanical damage

Action:

Reasons why the front PTO fails to turn, even although pressure exists:

Solenoid valve is stuck.


Modulation valve is stuck.
Oil passages in PTO clutch are clogged.
Mechanical fault at the PTO.
Defective disk pack.
Fault in the drive system.

Reasons why the front PTO does not stop turning:

Defective disk brake.


Defective disk pack in disk brake.
Defective clutch piston.
Defective spring.

For information on how to repair, see


• “Front PTO - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” .

Result:

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

YES:Diagnosis completed.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 201 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 56: Drive Systems

Diagnosis for symptom: Slippage at front PTO


(when operating under load)
The symptom indicates a hydraulic or mechanical fault at the PTO.

( 1 ) Checking the amperage at the front PTO solenoid valve

Action:

→NOTE:

The amperage and voltage supply can only be checked with test wiring
harness DFLX14 ( Reference 299-05-016 ). In the following cases the BCU
immediately interrupts the power supply:

• Harness interrupted (disconnected or defective lead).

• Solenoid valve defective

Item Measurement Specification

Test Data for Front PTO Solenoid Valve (Y01)


Amperage check with front PTO engaged: Amperage 1 -1.2 amps at 20°C (68° F) and 12 volts nominal voltage

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Check Ground Connection of solenoid valve, see: Circuit/harness test for front PTO
solenoid valve (Y01) .

( 2 ) Checking the front PTO′s hydraulic circuit

Action:

Check pressure at the PTO brake and clutch. See reference 256-15-005 , Checking Pressure
at the Front PTO and reference 256-15-006 , Drive Systems - Test Result Table.

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:See Reference 256-15-007 , Front PTO - Adjusting System Pressure. Repair as needed
and carry out an operational test.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 202 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 56: Drive Systems

( 3 ) Causes of slippage at front PTO (when operating under load)

Action:

Wear at the PTO clutch.


Leakage or a clogged oil passage in the PTO clutch or at the valve.

For information on how to repair, see


• “Front PTO - Reconditioning (Summary of References)” .

Result:

YES:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

Diagnosis for symptom: Unusual Noise when


running or rough front PTO engagement
The symptom indicates a hydraulic or mechanical fault at the front PTO.

( 1 ) Preliminary Checks

Action:

1.1

Perform a visual inspection of the front-implement drive system:

1. Check for visual signs of damage.


2. Check that the front-implement drive is not touching any fixed components.
3. Check the engine′s slow idle speed (900 rpm on tractors with front PTO).

1.2

• Check torque of the screws that hold on the front-implement drive. See “Specifications” in
Section 56 of the relevant Repair manual.

• For tractors with rough PTO engagement: Check the modulation valve. See “Reconditioning
the PTO Modulating Valve” in Section 56 of the relevant Repair manual.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 203 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 56: Drive Systems

( 2 ) Checking the front PTO′s hydraulic circuit

Action:

Check pressure at the PTO brake and clutch. See reference 256-15-005 , Checking Pressure
at the Front PTO and reference 256-15-006 , Drive Systems - Test Result Table.

Result:

YES:Check whether the front PTO′s bearings are worn.

NO:See Reference 256-15-007 , Front PTO - Adjusting System Pressure. Repair as needed
and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 204 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 60: Steering and Brakes

Group 60 - Steering and Brakes


Problem with the Brakes
62

Symptoms:

Brake pedals drop to the floor.


Pressure cannot be sustained.
More force required on brake pedal on 40-km/h tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission.

Diagnosis
Additional References:

• Reference 260-20-001 , Steering and Brakes, Operation - Summary of References.

• Reference 260-15-060 , Bleeding the Brakes (Brake Valve, Power-Fill Brakes and MFWD and
Disc Brake).

• For specifications, see Section 60 in the relevant Repair manual.

( 1 ) Accessing diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

→NOTE:

Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom


may allow it to be rectified; for this reason, diagnose these codes first.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of Diagnostic Trouble Codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.

NO:If no diagnostic trouble code associated with the symptom is stored:


• If there is a problem with the braking on 40-km/h tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission:
GO TO 2 .• all other: GO TO 3 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 205 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 60: Steering and Brakes

( 2 ) Checking the setting for front-wheel drive axle and air brakes at address
UIC032

Action:

Access address UIC032 :

Item Measurement Specification

UIC032 - Input, front-wheel drive axle and air brakes


Tractor with air brakes and braked front-wheel drive axle: Status 0

Tractor with air brakes and without braked front-wheel drive axle: Status 2

Tractor without air brakes and with braked front-wheel drive axle: Status 1

Tractor without air brakes and without braked front-wheel drive axle: Status 3

Result:

YES: GO TO 3

NO:Modify setting, confirm and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Performing an operational check

Action:

For operational check, see: Reference 260-10-020 , Brake Check.

Result:

YES:Test completed.

NO: GO TO 4 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 206 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 60: Steering and Brakes

( 4 ) Checking the brake system

Action:

See Reference 260-15-050, Checking the Brake System

For bleeding, see:


Reference 260-15-060 , Bleeding the Brakes (Brake Valve, Power-Fill Brakes and MFWD and
Disc Brake).

Result:

YES:Test completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 207 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 60: Steering and Brakes

Problem with the Steering


84

Symptoms:

Steering is stiff.
Steering function is slow or poor.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Reference 260-20-001 , Steering and Brakes, Operation - Summary of References.

• For specifications, see Section 60 in the relevant Repair manual.

( 1 ) Accessing diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

→NOTE:

Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom


may allow it to be rectified; for this reason, diagnose these codes first.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.

NO:If no diagnostic trouble code associated with the symptom is stored: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 208 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 70: Hydraulic System

( 2 ) Performing an operational check

Action:

For operational check, see: Reference 260-10-010 , Steering Check.

Result:

YES:Test completed.

NO: GO TO 3 .

( 3 ) Checking the steering system

Action:

See: Reference 260-15-040 , Checking the Leaf Springs on the Steering Valve.

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 4 ) Checking the hydraulic system

Action:

See:
• Reference 270-10-010 , Hydraulic System - Load Check.
• Reference 270-15-012 , Checking the PFC Hydraulic System.

Result:

YES:Test completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 209 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 70: Hydraulic System

Group 70 - Hydraulic System


Problem with the Rockshaft
73
Rockshaft is not operating properly or not functioning at all.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Reference 270-20-001 , PFC Hydraulic System - Summary of References.

• Reference 245-BCU-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Hitch Control.

• Address BCU 122 - Calibration of Hitch Control , Section 245, Group BCU in the Technical
Manual.

• For specifications, see Section 70, Group 20 in the relevant Repair manual.

( 1 ) Accessing diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

→NOTE:

Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom


may allow it to be rectified; for this reason, diagnose these codes first.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.

NO:If no diagnostic trouble code associated with the symptom is stored: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 210 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 70: Hydraulic System

( 2 ) Performing an operational test

Action:

See Reference 270-10-020 , Hitch Control - Operational Test.

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Do a calibration; see ”Address BCU 122 –– Calibration of rockshaft control” ; then repeat
the operational test.

YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes were saved during the operational check: GO TO 3

( 3 ) Preliminary hydraulic system test

Action:

See reference 250-05-001 , Introductory Checks for Transmission and Hydraulic Diagnosis.

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 4 ) Checking the pressure and discharge valves

Action:

See Reference 270-15-132 , Rockshaft Valve - Checking the Depth to Which Pressure and
Discharge Valves are Screwed In.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Adjust the pressure and discharge valves, and calibrate the hitch control.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 211 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 70: Hydraulic System

( 5 ) Checking the stepper motor and rockshaft valve

Action:

See:
• Reference 270-15-110 , Checking the Stepper Motor and Rockshaft Valve.
• Reference 270-15-130 , Rockshaft Valve - Checking for Leaks.
• Reference 270-15-131 , Rockshaft Valve - Checking the Pressure Relief Valve.

Result:

YES: GO TO 6 .

NO:Repair as needed and calibrate the rockshaft control.

( 6 ) Checking the hydraulic system

Action:

See:
• Reference 270-10-010 , Hydraulic System - Load Check.
• Reference 270-15-012 , Checking the PFC Hydraulic System.

Result:

YES:Test completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 212 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 70: Hydraulic System

Problem with the Rockshaft′s Remote Control


73
Rockshaft is not operating properly or not functioning at all.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• Reference 270-20-001 , PFC Hydraulic System - Summary of References.

• Reference 245-BCU-002 , Calibration and Input Addresses, Hitch Control.

• Address BCU 122 - Calibration of Hitch Control , Section 245, Group BCU in the Technical
Manual.

• Operational check for the r.h. remote control switch (S23) , see Section 245, Group BCU in
the Technical Manual.

• Operational check for the l.h. remote control switch (S68) , see Section 245, Group BCU in
the Technical Manual.

• For specifications, see Section 70, Group 20 in the relevant Repair manual.

( 1 ) Accessing diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

→NOTE:

Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom


may allow it to be rectified; for this reason, diagnose these codes first.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.

NO:If no diagnostic trouble code associated with the symptom is stored: GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 213 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 80: Miscellaneous

( 2 ) Checking the settings of the remote control switch at the BCU

Action:

Access address BCU 167 .

For input values, see address BCU 167 - Input Address for Rockshaft Components , Section
245, Group BCU in the Technical Manual.

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Modify setting, confirm and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Checking the pressure and discharge valves

Action:

See Reference 270-15-132 , Rockshaft Valve - Checking the Depth to Which Pressure and
Discharge Valves are Screwed In.

Result:

YES:Calibrate the hitch control.

NO:Adjust the pressure and discharge valves, and calibrate the hitch control.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 214 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 80: Miscellaneous

Group 80 - Miscellaneous
Problem with Suspended Front Axle
96

Diagnostics

CAUTION:

Pay attention to the safety requirements before working on the hydraulic


system and the mechanism of the suspended front axle. See Reference
270-15-001 , Safety Measures for Hydraulic Checks.

→NOTE:

If SFA diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a hydraulic problem
at the suspended operator′s cab as well as at the suspended front axle, this
indicates a general hydraulic problem (LS pressure and/or system
pressure).

Additional references:

• Reference 270-20-001 , PFC Hydraulic System - Summary of References.

• Reference 280-20-001 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Summary of References.

• Reference 280-20-100 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Components.

• Reference 280-20-110 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Operation.

• Reference 245-SFA-200 , Theory of Operation (SFA Control Unit):

• Address SFA020 - Calibration address for calibrating the front-wheel drive axle with TLS in
Section 245, Group SFA of the Technical Manual.

• For specifications, see the relevant Repair manual, Section 80, Group 25.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 215 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 80: Miscellaneous

( 1 ) Access the diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

→NOTE:

Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom


may allow it to be rectified; for this reason, diagnose these codes first.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.

NO:If no diagnostic trouble code associated with the symptom is stored: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Preliminary test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection if applicable. Repair or replace components as necessary:

Check for oil leaks from following areas:


At vertical hydraulic cylinders at front of tractor.
At the two pressure accumulators.
Under transmission.
At control valve housing for front axle suspension.
At main block and connections to the front axle suspension components.
Check transmission oil level.
Check fuse F03_08.
Check for visual signs of damage to the front axle suspension component (see
Reference 280-20-100 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Components).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 216 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 80: Miscellaneous

( 3 ) Performing an operational test

Action:

See Reference 280-15-001 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - System Check.

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:Do a calibration; see Address SFA020 - Calibration address for calibrating the front-wheel
drive axle with TLS ; then repeat the operational test.

YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes were saved during the operational check: GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Checking the setting of the position sensor rod

Action:

Check the adjustment of the position sender (B53) rod, see Reference 280-15-003 Adjusting
the Sensor Rod (Position Sensor to Panhard Link).

Result:

YES:Dimension of sensor rod is OK: GO TO 5 .

NO:Adjust the rod and recalibrate suspended front-axle control unit: See Address SFA020 -
Calibration address for calibrating the front-wheel drive axle with TLS .

( 5 ) Check nitrogen precharge

Action:

Reference 280-15-002 , Checking and Adjusting the Nitrogen Precharge.

Result:

YES: GO TO 6 .

NO:Adjust the nitrogen precharge and recalibrate the tractor: See Address SFA020 -
Calibration address for calibrating the front-wheel drive axle with TLS .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 217 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 80: Miscellaneous

( 6 ) Checking for mechanical defects at the valves in the control block

Action:

Carry out the following checks.

Check for mechanical defects at solenoid Y11 (stuck in closed position).


Check for mechanical defects at the valves in the control block.

For more detailed information, see: ”Reconditioning the Valves in the Control Block” in the
Repair Manual, Section 80, Group 25.

Result:

YES:If there are no mechanical defects: Check the hydraulic circuit, GO TO 7 .

NO:Repair as required and subsequently calibrate the suspended front axle: See Address
SFA020 - Calibration address for calibrating the front-wheel drive axle with TLS .

( 7 ) Checking the hydraulic circuit

Action:

Reference 270-15-012 , Checking the PFC Hydraulic System.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 218 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 80: Miscellaneous

SFA Indicator Light is Permanently On


96

Diagnostics

CAUTION:

Pay attention to the safety requirements before working on the hydraulic


system and the mechanism of the suspended front axle. See Reference
270-15-001 , Safety Measures for Hydraulic Checks.

→NOTE:

If, apart from the indicator light being on, SFA diagnostic trouble codes are
stored as well, these codes must be processed first. If no diagnostic trouble
codes exist, proceed with diagnosis in progress.

Additional references:

• Reference 270-20-001 , PFC Hydraulic System - Summary of References.

• Reference 280-20-001 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Summary of References.

• Reference 280-20-100 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Components.

• Reference 280-20-110 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Operation.

• Reference 245-SFA-200 , Theory of Operation (SFA Control Unit).

• Address SFA020 - Calibration address for calibrating the front-wheel drive axle with TLS in
Section 245, Group SFA of the Technical Manual.

• For specifications, see the relevant Repair manual, Section 80, Group 25.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 219 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 80: Miscellaneous

( 1 ) Accessing diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

→NOTE:

Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom


may allow it to be rectified; for this reason, diagnose these codes first.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.

NO:If no diagnostic trouble code associated with the symptom is stored: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Preliminary test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection if applicable. Repair or replace components as necessary:

Check for oil leaks from following areas:


At vertical hydraulic cylinders at front of tractor.
At the two pressure accumulators.
Under transmission.
At control valve housing for front axle suspension.
At main block and connections to the front axle suspension components.
Check fuse F03/08.
Check transmission oil level.
Check for visual signs of damage to the front axle suspension component (see
Reference 280-20-100 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - Components).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 220 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 80: Miscellaneous

( 3 ) Check the BCU brake signals

Action:

→NOTE:

The SFA control unit receives BCU brake signals via the CAN BUS. If one of
the brake signals (l.h. or r.h. brake pedal) has a short, the SFA receives a
permanent signal from BCU. At the same time the brake signal turns off the
control function of the SFA. For this reason the indicator light comes on.

Before carrying out this brake signal test disconnect the l.h. and r.h. brake pedals.

Access address BCU005 .

Item Measurement Specification

BCU005 - Status of brake pedal switch (B112/B88)


Left brake pedal not activated: Status X1XX

Left brake pedal activated: Status X0XX

Right brake pedal not activated: Status XX1X

Right brake pedal activated: Status XX0X

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO: Circuit/harness test for brake pedal switch B112/B88 (Premium cab) .

( 4 ) Performing an operational test

Action:

See Reference 280-15-001 , Front-Wheel Drive Axle with TLS - System Check.

Result:

YES: GO TO 5 .

NO:Do a calibration; see Address SFA020 - Calibration address for calibrating the front-wheel
drive axle with TLS ; then repeat the operational test.

OK:If no diagnostic trouble codes were saved during the operational check: GO TO 5 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 221 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 80: Miscellaneous

( 5 ) Checking the setting of the position sensor rod

Action:

Check the adjustment of the position sender (B53) rod, see Reference 280-15-003 , Adjusting
the Sensor Rod (Position Sensor to Panhard Link).

Result:

YES:Dimension of sensor rod is OK: GO TO 6 .

NO:Adjust the rod and recalibrate suspended front-axle control unit: See Address SFA020 -
Calibration address for calibrating the front-wheel drive axle with TLS .

( 6 ) Check nitrogen precharge

Action:

Reference 280-15-002 , Checking and Adjusting the Nitrogen Precharge.

Result:

YES: GO TO 7 .

NO:Adjust the nitrogen precharge and recalibrate the tractor: See Address SFA020 -
Calibration address for calibrating the front-wheel drive axle with TLS .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 222 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 80: Miscellaneous

( 7 ) Checking for mechanical defects at the valves in the control block

Action:

Carry out the following checks.

Check for mechanical defects at solenoid valve Y11 (stuck in open/closed position).
Check for mechanical defects at the valves in the control block.

For more detailed information, see:

• ”Reconditioning the Valves in the Control Block” in the Repair Manual, Section 80, Group
25.

Result:

YES:If there are no mechanical defects: Check the hydraulic circuit, GO TO 8 .

NO:Repair as required and subsequently calibrate the suspended front axle: See Address
SFA020 - Calibration address for calibrating the front-wheel drive axle with TLS .

( 8 ) Checking the hydraulic circuit

Action:

Reference 270-15-012 , Checking the PFC Hydraulic System.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 223 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 90: Operator′s Station

Group 90 - Operator′s Station


Problem with operator′s seat MSG95
76

Weight and height cannot be adjusted upwards.


Weight and height cannot be adjusted downwards.
Suspension collapses after a short time.
Suspension can be lowered, but does not pump up from lowest position.
Suspension can be pumped up to its highest position, but then no air comes out.
Suspension can be pumped up and lowered, but it does not return to its original
position.

Diagnostics
Additional references:

• See specifications in Section 90, Group 20 in the relevant Repair manual.

( 1 ) Accessing diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

→NOTE:

Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom


may allow it to be rectified; for this reason, diagnose these codes first.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.

NO:If no diagnostic trouble code associated with the symptom is stored, GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 224 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 90: Operator′s Station

( 2 ) Checking that the operator′s seat functions properly

Action:

Reference 290-15-080 , MSG95 Operator′s s Seat Checks

Result:

YES:Test completed.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 225 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 90: Operator′s Station

Problem with the Fan


65

Symptoms:

• Fan does not switch on.

• Fan′s output is too low.

• Fan operates in stage 4 only.

• Fan does not operate in stage 4.

Additional references:

• Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

• Summary of References, Reference 290-20-001 , Operation of Air-Conditioner/Heater/Air


Vents.

Diagnostics
( 1 ) Preliminary test

Action:

1.1 Perform a visual inspection on fan motors (M07 and M10) under the operator′s seat and
their associated connectors.

1. Check for signs of damage or dirt.


2. Check the electrical connections for bad, loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

1.2 Preliminary test of the fan circuit

Check relay K10/1.


Check fuse F05/01.
Check fuse F05/13.
Check fuse F05/14.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 226 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 90: Operator′s Station

( 2 ) Checking the components of the fan circuit

Action:

• Check fan switch (S14).

• Check fan motors (M07 and M10).

• Check resistor for fan motors (R03).

• See Reference 240-15-008 (component checks for SE10 fan and air-conditioning circuit).

Result:

YES:If there are problems with the fan′s output (only one fan motor operating), GO TO 3 .If
there are problems with the fan function, GO TO 4 .

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Checking the fan motor leads

Action:

• Check positive lead 222 between fuse F05/13 and fan motor (M10).

• Check positive lead 231 between fuse F05/14 and fan motor (M07).

• Check lead 234 between fan motors (M07 and M10) and fan switch (S14).

• Check ground lead 310 of fan switch (S14).

For functional schematic see:

Reference 240-15-008 , SE10 - Fan and Air-Conditioning System.

Result:

YES:Check all connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 227 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 90: Operator′s Station

( 4 ) Checking the leads of the fan circuit

Action:

• Check positive lead 232 from fan relay (K10/01) to the fuses F05/13 and F05/14.

• Check signal lead 226 between stage 1 fan switch (S14) and fan relay (K10/01).

• Check positive lead 222 between fuse F05/13 and fan motor (M10).

• Check positive lead 231 between fuse F05/14 and fan motor (M07).

• Check positive lead 234 between fan motors (M07 and M10), stage 4 fan switch (S14) and
fan motor resistor (R03).

• Check connecting lead 223 between stage 3 fan switch (S14) and fan motor resistor (R03).

• Check connecting lead 221 between stage 2 fan switch (S14) and fan motor resistor (R03).

• Check connecting lead 226 between stage 1 fan switch (S14) and fan motor resistor (R03).

• Check ground lead 310 of fan switch (S14).

For functional schematic see:

Reference 240-15-008 , SE10 - Fan and Air-Conditioning System.

Result:

YES:Check all connections for loose, widened, slid-back or corroded contacts.

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 228 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 90: Operator′s Station

Problem with the Air-Conditioning System


70
Air-conditioning system is not operating properly or not functioning at all.

Diagnostics

CAUTION:

Comply with safety regulations when working on the air-conditioning


system. See Air-Conditioning System (Summary of References)

Additional references:

Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

Summary of References, Air-Conditioning and Heater

Summary of References Reference 290-20-001, Operation of Air-Conditioner/Heater/Air Vents

Reference 240-10-011 , SE10-Fan and Air Conditioner

Reference 240-26-261 , W26 - Wiring Harness - Fan and Air Conditioner.

Before reconditioning, see Section 90, Group 10 in the relevant Repair manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 229 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 90: Operator′s Station

( 1 ) Accessing diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

→NOTE:

Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom


may allow it to be rectified; for this reason, diagnose these codes first.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.

NO:If no diagnostic trouble code associated with the symptom is stored, GO TO 2 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 230 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 90: Operator′s Station

( 2 ) Operational check and visual check

Action:

2.1 - Operational check:

Do an operational check. See Reference 290-10-002

Result:

YES:GO TO 2.2

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

Action:

2.2 - Visual check:

Check tension of belt (compressor).


Cab air filters must be clean.
Air ducts must not be obstructed.
Check that lines are not damaged.
Hoses must not be kinked or trapped.
The condenser and evaporator must not be dirty.
All the electrical cables must be OK.
Note any unusual noises that occur when in operation.
Check for oil stains at the condenser, compressor and fittings (leaks).

Result:

YES: GO TO 3

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

( 3 ) Checking the air-conditioning system

Action:

Check the air-conditioning system. See Reference 290-15-065 , Explanation of Checks

Result:

NO:Repair as needed and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 231 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 90: Operator′s Station

Problem with Suspended Operator′s Cab


76

Diagnostics

CAUTION:

Pay attention to the safety requirements before working on the hydraulic


system and the mechanism of the suspended operator′s cab. See
Reference 270-15-001 , Safety Measures for Hydraulic Checks.

→NOTE:

If SFA diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a hydraulic problem
at the suspended operator′s cab as well as at the suspended front axle, this
indicates a general hydraulic problem (LS pressure and/or system
pressure).

Additional references:

• Reference 270-20-001 , PFC Hydraulic System - Summary of References.

• Reference 290-20-002 , Summary of References - Hydro-pneumatic Cab Suspension.

• Reference 290-20-055 , Hydro-pneumatic Cab Suspension - Operation.

• Reference 290-20-085 , Hydro-pneumatic Cab Suspension - Control Block.

• Reference 290-20-090 , Hydro-pneumatic Cab Suspension - Hydraulic Diagram ”Raising”.

• Reference 290-20-090 , Hydro-pneumatic Cab Suspension - Hydraulic Diagram ”Lowering”.

• Address SFA021 - Calibration address for calibrating the cab suspension in Section 245,
Group SFA of the Technical Manual.

• For specifications, see Section 90, Group 30 in the relevant Repair manual.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 232 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 90: Operator′s Station

( 1 ) Access the diagnostic trouble codes

Action:

→NOTE:

Diagnosing the trouble codes associated with this observable symptom


may allow it to be rectified; for this reason, diagnose these codes first.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Result:

YES:For information on how to process the relevant diagnostic trouble codes, see Section
211.

NO:If no diagnostic trouble code associated with the symptom is stored: GO TO 2 .

( 2 ) Preliminary test

Action:

Perform a visual inspection if applicable. Repair or replace components as necessary:

Check for oil leaks from following areas:


At vertical hydraulic cylinders at rear of tractor.
At the two pressure accumulators.
Under transmission.
At control valve housing for cab suspension.
At main block and connections to the cab suspension components.
Check transmission oil level.
Check fuse F03_08.
Check cab suspension components for visible damage.

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 233 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 90: Operator′s Station

( 3 ) Performing an operational test

Action:

See Reference 290-10-001 , Operational Tests (Summary of References).

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:Do a calibration; see Address SFA021 - Calibration address for calibrating the cab
suspension ; then repeat the operational test.

YES:If no diagnostic trouble codes were saved during the operational check: GO TO 4 .

( 4 ) Checking the setting of the position sensor rod

Action:

Check the setting of the rod of position sensor B110; see Reference 290-15-120 , Hydro-
pneumatic Cab Suspension - Adjusting the Sensor Rod (Position Sensor Linkage).

Result:

YES:Dimension of sensor rod is OK: GO TO 5 .

NO:Adjust the rod and recalibrate the suspended cab control unit: See Address SFA021 -
Calibration address for calibrating the cab suspension .

( 5 ) Check nitrogen precharge

Action:

Reference 290-15-110 , Checking and Adjusting the Nitrogen Precharge.

Result:

YES: GO TO 6 .

NO:Adjust the nitrogen precharge and recalibrate the operator′s cab: See Address SFA021 -
Calibration address for calibrating the cab suspension .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 234 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 212 - OBSERVABLE SYMPTOMS Group 90: Operator′s Station

( 6 ) Checking for mechanical defects at the valves in the control block

Action:

Carry out the following checks.

Check for mechanical defects at solenoid Y42 (stuck in closed position).


Check for mechanical defects at solenoid Y43 (stuck in closed position).
Check for mechanical defects at the valves in the control block.

For more detailed information, see Reference 290-20-085 , Hydro-Pneumatic Cab Suspension
- Control block, components.

Result:

YES:If there are no mechanical defects: Check the hydraulic circuit, GO TO 7 .

NO:Repair as required and subsequently calibrate the suspended cab: See Address SFA021 -
Calibration address for calibrating the cab suspension .

( 7 ) Checking the hydraulic circuit

Action:

Reference 270-15-012 , Checking the PFC Hydraulic System.

Result:

YES:Diagnosis completed.

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 235 SERVICE MANUAL
SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS (g) by Belgreen

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 212 page 236 SERVICE MANUAL
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL (g) by Belgreen

Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS


Table of contents
Group 45 - Electronics .............................................................................................................. 1
Checking the circuit ............................................................................................................... 1
Checking the circuit ............................................................................................................. 10
Checking the circuit ............................................................................................................. 16
Circuit test ........................................................................................................................... 23
29-bit Implement CAN BUS – Interactive Test using Service ADVISOR ................................. 31
Checking the circuit ............................................................................................................. 32
Problem with JDLink Machine Messenger ............................................................................. 39

<- Go to Global Table of contents tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL


Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

Group 45 - Electronics
29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Cab)
General information:

Data transfer at the 29-bit CAN BUS takes place via the communication lines CAN+ (lead 934)
and CAN- (lead 935). The CAN communication lines are further protected by a live wire (lead
932) and a ground wire (lead 930) (these are the screen lines). These lines are twisted
together to reduce electro-magnetic interference.

Terminating resistors (A14 and A15 or A61 and A62) are located at the beginning and end of
the CAN-BUS communication lines. The terminating resistors are required to reduce faults in
the communication lines.
The terminating resistors A14 and A15 are of a different design: The active terminator A14
has 6 pins and the passive terminator A15 has 4 pins.
The terminating resistors A61 and A62 are of the same design. By assigning the pins
differently, they are used either as a passive terminator (A61, 4 leads) or an active
terminator (A62, 6 leads).

The active terminator (A14 or A62) also supplies:


• the CAN BUS communication lines with the CAN BUS carrier voltage of 2.5 volts.
• the CAN BUS screen lines and thus the passive terminator (A15 or A61) with 12 volts.

In addition to the power supply via the active terminating resistor, each individual control
unit sends a transmitting voltage on the CAN BUS.

→NOTE:

When ignition is OFF, the 29-bit CAN BUS does not go dead. When the
ignition is OFF, the basic informator (BIF) sends a voltage of approx. 0.6
volts on the communication lines (CAN+ and CAN-) of the 29-bit CAN BUS
(fuse F04/10).

Instructions for diagnosis:

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

• Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References

Checking the circuit


( 1 ) Check the 29-bit CAN BUS voltage

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 1 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

Action:

1.1 - CAN BUS voltage:

X571 9-pin service plug (CAN-BUS)

1. Ignition ON.
2. Use multimeter JT05791A to check the voltage at service plug X571:
Item Measurement Specification

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (service plug X571)


CAN+, between pin C (lead 934) and pin A (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

CAN-, between pin D (lead 935) and pin A (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

IMPORTANT:

For the 29-bit CAN BUS to operate properly, the voltage measured by
multimeter JT05791A at CAN+ must be at least 0.1 volts more than the
voltage at CAN-.

Result:

YES:GO TO 1.2

NO:If the measured CAN-BUS voltage is less than it should be: GO TO 2 .

NO:If the measured CAN-BUS voltage is more than it should be: Check the communication
lines for a shorted circuit:
• CAN+ (lead 934).
• CAN- (lead 935).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 2 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

Action:

1.2 - Screening voltage:

→NOTE:

The passive terminator (A15 or A61) is supplied with voltage via the screen
lines.

X227 7-pin plug for CAN BUS terminator (29-bit)

X614 6-pin plug for CAN BUS terminator (29-bit)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 3 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

1. Pull plug X227 or X614, leading to the passive terminator (A15 or A61), out of cab roof
harness (W19).
2. Use multimeter JT05791A to check the voltage at plug X227 or X614:

Item Measurement Specification

CAN BUS screen (plug X227)


between pin C (lead -930) and pin F (lead +932): Voltage 12 volts

CAN BUS screen (plug X614)


between pin D (lead -930) and pin B (lead +932): Voltage 12 volts

Result:

YES:Test completed.

NO:Check the screen lines:


• Positive (lead 932).
• Ground (lead 930).

( 2 ) Checking the CAN-BUS carrier voltage

Action:

→NOTE:

The main supply of the 29-bit CAN BUS is via the active terminating resistor
A14 or A62 (2.5 volt carrier voltage). If there is a problem at the main
supply (blown fuse, failed diode or terminating resistor), the CAN BUS is
put out of action, although it is not necessarily dead. Every control unit
sends an additional transmitting voltage on the CAN BUS. If all the control
units are disconnected, the pure carrier voltage (2.5 volts) is sent on the
CAN BUS.

2.1 - Preliminary test:

Check the power supply to the active terminating resistor (A14 or A62):

Fuse F04/13.
Diode K09/2.

2.2 - Check the carrier voltage:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 4 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

Summary of control units

Control Unit Fuse

ATC Control unit for ClimaTrac (automatic air-conditioning) F05/1 (ELX) and F05/14 (BAT)

BCU Basic control unit F03/1 (ELX)

BIF Basic informator F04/9 (ELX) and F04/10 (BAT)

ECU Engine control unit (ECU) (level 1) F04/1 (IGN)

ECU Engine control unit (Level 11) F04/1 (IGN) and F04/2 (BAT)

F03/2 (ELX)
ECU Engine control unit (ECU) (level 12) F04/2 (BAT)
F04/1 (IGN)

EPC Control unit for PowrQuad Plus and AutoQuad transmissions F04/15 (ELX) and F04/16 (BAT)

PLC Park lock controller F05/3 (ELX) and F05/4 (BAT).

PRF Performance monitor F04/12 (ELX)

SFA Control unit for front axle and cab suspension F03/8 (BAT) and F04/9 (ELX)

SIC Controller for the E-ICVs F03/13 (BAT) and F03/15 (ELX)

SSU AutoTrac (steering system) control unit F06/14 (BAT) and F06/15 (ELX)

TCU Control unit for AutoPowr/IVT transmission F04/15 (ELX) and F05/5 (BAT)

TEC Control unit for tractor equipment interface F06/14 (BAT) and F06/15 (ELX)

UIC User interface controller F04/14 (ELX)

1.
X571 9-pin service plug (CAN-BUS)
Ignition OFF.
2. Disconnect all the control units on the tractor from the 29-bit CAN BUS (pull out their
fuses):
3. Ignition ON.
4. Use multimeter JT05791A to check the voltage at service plug X571:
Item Measurement Specification

29-bit CAN BUS carrier voltage (at service plug X571)


CAN+, between pin C (lead 934) and pin A (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 volts (+/- 0.1 volts)

CAN-, between pin D (lead 935) and pin A (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 volts (+/- 0.1 volts)
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 5 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO: GO TO 4 .

( 3 ) Isolate the defective circuit

Action:

→NOTE:

Reconnect each control unit in turn to the 29-bit CAN BUS. Every time you
reconnect a control unit, measure the CAN-BUS voltage again.

1. Ignition ON.
2. Reconnect all the control units one after the other to the 29-bit CAN BUS by putting in
their fuses.
3. Every time you reconnect a control unit, use multimeter JT05791A to check the voltage
at plug X571:
Item Measurement Specification

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (service plug X571)


CAN+, between pin C (lead 934) and pin A (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

CAN-, between pin D (lead 935) and pin A (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

Result:

YES:Check the connections at the plugs and control units for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

NO:Recondition the relevant circuit of the control unit as needed and repeat the test.

( 4 ) Check communication lines 934 and 935

Action:

4.1 - Check the communication lines for continuity and internal shorts:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 6 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

1.
This test must be carried out with the power off.
Ignition OFF.
Pull the BAT fuse (F04/10) off the basic informator.
2. Pull out terminating resistor A14 or A62 on cowl harness W9 and replace it with special
tool DFLX12 (see Reference 299-05-015 , DFLX12 - Special Tool for 11-bit and 29-bit
CAN BUS).
3. Check the communication lines for continuity and internal shorts (this test cannot be
used to check the communication lines for grounds or shorts to external circuits!): Use
multimeter JT05791A to check the resistance at service plug X571:
Item Measurement Specification

29-bit CAN BUS check (service plug X571)


between pin C (CAN+, lead 934) and pin D (CAN-, lead 935): Resistance 120 ohms (+/- 1%)

→NOTE: Special tool - DFLX12 takes a resistance of 120 ohms (+/- 1%).
With the CAN BUS main harness plugged in (main line/connections
plugged into the various harnesses), this test can be carried out at
every CAN BUS interface (i.e. at every control unit connection).

Result:

YES:GO TO 4.2.

NO:Check the circuit of the communication lines:


• CAN+ (lead 934).
• CAN- (lead 935).

Action:

4.2 - Check the communication lines for a short to ground:

Check leads 934 and 935 for a short to ground at service plug X571.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 7 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

Result:

YES:No short to ground: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as needed and repeat the test.

( 5 ) Check the power supply to the active terminating resistor (A14 or A62)

Action:

1.
X270 7-pin plug for CAN BUS terminator (29-bit)

X615 6-pin plug for CAN BUS terminator (29-bit)


Pull plug X270 or X615, leading to the active terminator (A14 or A62) out of cowl
harness (W9).
2. Use multimeter JT05791A to check the power supply at plug X270:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 8 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

Item Measurement Specification

Power supply to the active terminating resistor (A14) at plug X270


between pin D (lead 994) and pin E (lead 050): Voltage 12 volts

Power supply to the active terminating resistor (A62) at plug X615


between pin A (lead 994) and pin C (lead 050): Voltage 12 volts

Result:

YES:Replace the terminating resistor (A14 or A62) and repeat the test.

NO:Check the power supply circuit (fuse F04/13, diode K09/2):


• Positive (lead 994).
• Ground (lead 050) via collective ground point XGND6 to XGND43.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 9 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Open


Operator′s Station and TIER I Engines; without
engine control unit)
General information:

Data transfer at the 29-bit CAN BUS takes place via the communication lines CAN+ (lead 934)
and CAN- (lead 935). These lines are twisted together to reduce electro-magnetic
interference.

Power supply to communication leads 934 and 935 is via the basic control unit BCU (fuse
F107).

At the end of the CAN BUS communication lines (close to the 9-pin service plug X571) is an
120-ohm terminating resistor (R19). This terminating resistor is required to reduce faults in
the communication lines.

Instructions for diagnosis:

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

• Reference 240-26-006 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with open operator′s stations and
TIER I engine

[ without engine control unit ]


engines - Summary of references.

Checking the circuit

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 10 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

( 1 ) Check the 29-bit CAN BUS voltage

Action:

1. Ignition ON.
2. Use multimeter JT05791A to check the voltage at service plug X571:
Item Measurement Specification

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (service plug X571)


CAN+, between pin C (lead 934) and pin A (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 3.1 volts

CAN-, between pin D (lead 935) and pin A (lead 050): Voltage 1.9 - 2.5 volts

IMPORTANT:

For the 29-bit CAN BUS to operate properly, the voltage measured by
multimeter JT05791A at CAN+ must be at least 0.1 volts more than the
voltage at CAN-.

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:If the measured CAN-BUS voltage is less than it should be: GO TO 3 .

NO:If the measured CAN-BUS voltage is more than it should be: Check the communication
lines for a shorted circuit:
• CAN+ (lead 934).
• CAN- (lead 935).

( 2 ) Check terminator R19

Action:

Use multimeter JT05791A to check the resistance of terminator R19 (platform wiring harness
W08):

Item Measurement Specification

Terminator R19
CAN+, between pin C (lead 934) and pin D (lead 935): Resistance 120 ohms

Result:

YES:Test completed.

NO:Replace terminator R19 (on tractors with open operator′s station, near plug X483/1 basic
control unit (BCU)) and carry out an operational test.
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 11 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

( 3 ) Preliminary test for 29-bit CAN BUS

Action:

Check battery voltage. See "Battery Checks" , Section 240, Group 15.
Check the power supply to the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934 and 935):
Check fuse F107 (10 amp).
Check power supply to service plug X571.
Check the 10-amp fuse F118.
Check the power supply for the electronics (ELX circuit, lead 072):
Fuse F102 (30 amp).
Check ELX relay K101, see component testing “Relay for power supply to the
electronics (K01/2)”
Diode K108 (1 amp).

Result:

YES: GO TO 4 .

NO:Recondition as required and carry out an operational test.

( 4 ) Check the connection of Basic Control Unit (BCU) (platform wiring harness
W08)

Action:

Most wiring harness problems are caused by connector problems (contacts


loose/bad/slid back) and/or bad ground connections.

Check the power supply.


Check the 29-bit CAN BUS communication lines (934/935).
Check the connections at the plug and control unit for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

For component location and pin arrangement, see wiring harness W08.

Basic control unit (BCU) with 2 connectors:


(for tractors up to serial no. 399887).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 12 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

X483/2 45-pin plug for basic control unit (BCU)

Item Measurement Specification

X483/2 45-pin plug for basic control unit (BCU)


Power supply: Lead 571 (positive, ELX) 12 volts at pin 23

Lead 050 Ground at pin 1

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 13 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

X483/1 68-pin plug for basic control unit (BCU)

Item Measurement Specification

X483/1 68-pin plug for basic control unit (BCU)


29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 44

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 21

Basic control unit (BCU) with 3 connectors:


(for tractors from serial no. 399888).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 14 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

Item Measurement Specification

X616/2 48-pin plug for basic control unit (BCU)


Power supply: Lead 112 (positive, BAT) 12 volts at pin 2L1

Lead 882 (positive, ELX) 12 volts at pin 2M1

Lead 050 Ground to pins 2L2 and 2M2

29-bit CAN BUS communication lines: CAN+ (lead 934) at pin 2A1

CAN- (lead 935) at pin 2B1

Result:

YES:Check communication lines 934 and 935 between the basic control unit (BCU) and
service plug X571.

NO:Recondition the faulty lead connection as needed, then access the control unit.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 15 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

29-bit CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with Open


Operator′s Station and TIER II Engines; with ECU
Level 12)
General information:

Data transfer at the 29-bit CAN BUS takes place via the communication lines CAN+ (lead 934)
and CAN- (lead 935). The CAN communication lines are further protected by a live wire (lead
932) and a ground wire (lead 930) (these are the screen lines). These lines are twisted
together to reduce electro-magnetic interference.

Terminating resistors (A61 and A62) are located at the beginning and end of the CAN-BUS
communication lines. The terminating resistors are required to reduce faults in the
communication lines. The terminating resistors A61 and A62 are of the same design. By
assigning the pins differently, they are used either as a passive terminator (A61, 4 leads) or
an active terminator (A62, 6 leads).

The active terminator (A62) also supplies:


• the CAN BUS communication lines with the CAN BUS carrier voltage of 2,5 volts.
• the CAN BUS screen lines and thus the passive terminator (A61) with 12 volts.

In addition to the power supply via the active terminating resistor, each individual control
unit sends a transmitting voltage on the CAN BUS.

Instructions for diagnosis:

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

• Reference 240-26-504 , Wiring harnesses for tractors with open operator′s stations and
TIER II engine

[ with ECU Level 12 (STANADYNE DE10) ]


Summary of references.

Checking the circuit


( 1 ) Check the 29-bit CAN BUS voltage

Action:

1.1 - CAN BUS voltage:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 16 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

X571 9-pin service plug (CAN-BUS)

1. Ignition ON.
2. Use multimeter JT05791A to check the voltage at service plug X571:
Item Measurement Specification

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (service plug X571)


CAN+, between pin C (lead 934) and pin A (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

CAN-, between pin D (lead 935) and pin A (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

IMPORTANT:

For the 29-bit CAN BUS to operate properly, the voltage measured by
multimeter JT05791A at CAN+ must be at least 0.1 volts more than the
voltage at CAN-.

Result:

YES:GO TO 1.2

NO:If the measured CAN-BUS voltage is less than it should be: GO TO 2 .

NO:If the measured CAN-BUS voltage is more than it should be: Check the communication
lines for a shorted circuit:
• CAN+ (lead 934).
• CAN- (lead 935).

Action:

1.2 - Screening voltage:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 17 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

→NOTE:

The passive terminator (A61) is supplied with voltage via the screen lines.

X614 6-pin plug for CAN BUS terminator (29-bit)

1. Pull plug X614, leading to passive terminator (A61, 4 leads), out of wiring harness W08.
2. Use multimeter JT05791A to check the voltage at plug X614:

Item Measurement Specification

CAN BUS screen (plug X614)


between pin A (lead -930) and pin B (lead +932): Voltage 12 volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 .

NO:Check the screen lines:


• Positive (lead 932).
• Ground (lead 930).

OK:Screen lines 930 and 932 are OK: Replace the active terminator (A62) and repeat the
test.

( 2 ) Checking the CAN-BUS carrier voltage

Action:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 18 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

→NOTE:

The main supply of the 29-bit CAN BUS is via the active terminating resistor
A62 (2.5 volt carrier voltage). If there is a problem at the main supply
(blown fuse or terminating resistor), the CAN BUS is put out of action,
although it is not necessarily dead. Every control unit sends an additional
transmitting voltage on the CAN BUS. If all the control units are
disconnected, the pure carrier voltage (2.5 volts) is sent on the CAN BUS.

2.1 - Preliminary test:

Check the power supply to the active terminating resistor (A62, 6 leads):

Fuse F104.

2.2 - Check the carrier voltage:

Summary of control units

Control unit Fuse

F107 (ELX)
BCU Basic control unit
F105 (BAT)

F104 (ELX)
ECU Engine control unit (Level 12) for tractors with open operator′s station F21/2 (BAT)
F21/3 (IGN)

1.
X571 9-pin service plug (CAN-BUS)
Ignition OFF.
2. Disconnect all the control units on the tractor from the 29-bit CAN BUS (pull out their
fuses):
3. Ignition ON.
4. Use multimeter JT05791A to check the voltage at service plug X571:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 19 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

Item Measurement Specification

29-bit CAN BUS carrier voltage (at service plug X571)


CAN+, between pin C (lead 934) and pin A (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 volts (+/- 0.1 volts)

CAN-, between pin D (lead 935) and pin A (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 volts (+/- 0.1 volts)

Result:

YES:• No diagnostic trouble code is saved that indicates a problem in the CAN BUS:
Diagnosis completed.• Diagnostic trouble codes are saved that indicate a problem in the CAN
BUS: GO TO 3 .

NO: GO TO 4 .

( 3 ) Isolate the defective circuit

Action:

→NOTE:

Reconnect each control unit in turn to the 29-bit CAN BUS. Every time you
reconnect a control unit, measure the CAN-BUS voltage again.

1. Ignition ON.
2. Reconnect all the control units one after the other to the 29-bit CAN BUS by putting in
their fuses.
3. Every time you reconnect a control unit, use multimeter JT05791A to check the voltage
at plug X571:
Item Measurement Specification

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (service plug X571)


CAN+, between pin C (lead 934) and pin A (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

CAN-, between pin D (lead 935) and pin A (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

Result:

YES:Check the connections at the plugs and control units for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

NO:Recondition the relevant circuit of the control unit as needed and repeat the test.

( 4 ) Check communication lines 934 and 935

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 20 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

Action:

4.1 - Check the communication lines for continuity and internal shorts:

1.
This test must be carried out with the power off.
Ignition OFF.
2. Pull active terminator (A62, 6 leads) out of wiring harness W08 and replace it with
special tool DFLX12 (see Reference 299-05-015 , DFLX12 - Special Tool for 11-bit and
29-bit CAN BUS).
3. Check the communication lines for continuity and internal shorts (this test cannot be
used to check the communication lines for grounds or shorts to external circuits!): Use
multimeter JT05791A to check the resistance at service plug X571:
Item Measurement Specification

29-bit CAN BUS check (service plug X571)


between pin C (CAN+, lead 934) and pin D (CAN-, lead 935): Resistance 120 ohms (+/- 1%)

Result:

YES:GO TO 4.2.

NO:Check the circuit of the communication lines:


• CAN+ (lead 934).
• CAN- (lead 935).

Action:

4.2 - Check the communication lines for a short to ground:

Check leads 934 and 935 for a short to ground at service plug X571.

Result:

YES:No short to ground: GO TO 5 .


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 21 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

NO:Recondition as needed and repeat the test.

( 5 ) Check the power supply to the active terminating resistor (A62)

Action:

1.
X615 6-pin plug for CAN BUS terminator (29-bit)
Pull plug X615, leading to active terminator (A62, 6 leads), out of wiring harness W08
(located near BCU plug X483/1).
2. Use multimeter JT05791A to check the power supply at plug X615:
Item Measurement Specification

Power supply to the active terminating resistor (A62) at plug X615


between pin A (lead 973) and pin C (lead 050): Voltage 12 volts

Result:

YES:Replace the terminating resistor (A62) and repeat the test.

NO:Check the power supply circuit (fuse F104):


• Positive (lead 973).
• Ground (lead 050) to XGND2.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 22 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

29-bit Implement CAN BUS - Check (Tractors with


Operator′s Cab and TEC)
General information:

Data transfer at the 29-bit implement CAN BUS takes place via the communication lines
CAN+ (lead 974) and CAN- (lead 975). The CAN communication lines are further protected by
a live wire (lead 972) and a ground wire (lead 970) (these are the screen lines). These lines
are twisted together to reduce electro-magnetic interference.

Terminating resistors are located at the beginning and end of the CAN-BUS communication
lines. The terminating resistors are required to reduce faults in the communication lines.
There are different types of terminating resistor. On the active terminating resistor, all 6 of
the pins are used, while on the passive resistor only 4 are used.

Terminating resistors with implement socket installed:


A53 passive terminating resistor
X533 implement socket with integral active terminating resistor

Terminating resistors without implement socket:


A53 passive terminating resistor
A69 active terminating resistor

The active terminator (A69 or implement socket) also supplies:


• the CAN BUS communication lines with the CAN BUS carrier voltage of 2.5 volts.
• the CAN BUS screen lines and thus the passive terminator (A53) with 12 volts.

In addition to the power supply via the active terminating resistor, each individual control
unit sends a transmitting voltage on the CAN BUS.

Instructions for diagnosis:

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems-Summary of References.

Circuit test
( 1 ) Check the 29-bit CAN BUS voltage

Action:

1.1 - CAN BUS voltage:

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 23 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

X571 9-pin service plug (CAN-BUS)

1. Ignition ON.
2. Use multimeter JT05791A to check the voltage at service plug X571:
Item Measurement Specification

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (service plug X571)


CAN+, between pin H (lead 974) and pin A (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

CAN-, between pin J (lead 975) and pin A (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

Result:

YES:GO TO 1.2

NO:If the measured CAN-BUS voltage is less than it should be: GO TO 2 .

NO:If the measured CAN-BUS voltage is more than it should be: Check the communication
lines for a shorted circuit:
• CAN+ (lead 974).
• CAN- (lead 975).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 24 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

Action:

1.2 - Screening voltage:

→NOTE:

The passive terminator (A53) is supplied with voltage via the screen lines.

1. Pull the 6-pin plug (X536) out of passive terminating resistor (A53).
2. Use multimeter JT05791A to check the voltage:

Item Measurement Specification

CAN BUS screen (plug X536)


between pin D (lead -970) and pin B (lead +972): Voltage 12 volts

Result:

YES:Test completed.

NO:Check the screen lines:


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 25 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

• Positive (lead 972)


• Ground (lead 970).

( 2 ) Checking the CAN-BUS carrier voltage

Action:

→NOTE:

The main supply of the 29-bit implement CAN BUS is via the active
terminating resistor A69 or via the integral terminating resistor in the 60-
amp implement socket (2.5 volt carrier voltage). If there is a problem at the
main supply (defective lead or terminating resistor), the CAN BUS is put out
of action, although it is not necessarily dead. Every control unit sends an
additional transmitting voltage on the CAN BUS. If all the control units are
disconnected, the pure carrier voltage (2.5 volts) is sent on the CAN BUS.

2.1 - Preliminary test:

Check the power supply to the active terminating resistor (A69, or integral terminating
resistor in 60-amp implement socket):

2.2 - Check the carrier voltage:

Summary of control units

Control unit Fuse

Other-make control units Control unit of (external) implement BUS -

TEC Control unit for tractor equipment interface F06/14 (ELX)

UIM User interface controller F04/03 (ELX)

X571 9-pin service plug (CAN-BUS)


tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 26 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

1. Ignition OFF.
2. Pull the implement BUS out of implement socket (X533).
3. Disconnect all the control units that are supplied with power by the tractor from the
implement BUS (pull out their fuses, see table above):
4. Ignition ON.
5. Use multimeter JT05791A to check the voltage at service plug X571:
Item Measurement Specification

29-bit CAN BUS carrier voltage (at service plug X571)


CAN+, between pin H (lead 974) and pin A (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 volts (+/- 0.1 volts)

CAN-, between pin J (lead 975) and pin A (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 volts (+/- 0.1 volts)

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO: GO TO 4 .

( 3 ) Isolate the defective circuit

Action:

→NOTE:

Reconnect each control unit in turn to the 29-bit CAN BUS. Every time you
reconnect a control unit, measure the CAN-BUS voltage again.

1. Ignition ON.
2. Reconnect all the control units one after the other by putting in their fuses or by
inserting the implement BUS into the implement socket (X533) .
3. Every time you reconnect a control unit, use multimeter JT05791A to check the voltage
at plug X571:
Item Measurement Specification

29-bit CAN BUS voltage (service plug X571)


CAN+, between pin H (lead 974) and pin A (lead 050): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

CAN-, between pin J (lead 975) and pin A (lead 050): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

Result:

YES:Check the connections at the plugs and control units for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

NO:Repair the relevant circuit of the control unit as needed and repeat the test.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 27 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

( 4 ) Check communication lines 974 and 975

Action:

4.1 - Check the communication lines for continuity and internal shorts:

1.
This test must be carried out with the power off.
Ignition OFF.
Pull out fuse (F05/11; for the TEC).
2. Pull out terminating resistor A53 (X535) on GreenStar harness W40 (cab roof) and
replace it with special tool DFLX12 (see Reference 299-05-015 , DFLX12-Special Tool for
11-bit and 29-bit CAN BUS).
3. Check the communication lines for continuity and internal shorts (this test cannot be
used to check the communication lines for grounds or shorts to external circuits!): Use
multimeter JT05791A to check the resistance at service plug X571:
Item Measurement Specification

29-bit CAN BUS check (service plug X571)


between pin H (CAN+, lead 974) and pin J (CAN-, lead 975): Resistance 120 ohms (+/- 1%)

→NOTE: Special tool-DFLX12 takes a resistance of 120 ohms (+/- 1%).


With the CAN BUS main harness plugged in (main line/connections
plugged into the various harnesses), this test can be carried out at
every CAN BUS interface of the implement BUS (i.e. at every control
unit connection).

Result:

YES:GO TO 4.2.

NO:Check the circuit of the communication lines:


• CAN+ (lead 974).
• CAN- (lead 975).

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 28 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

Action:

4.2 - Check the communication lines for a short to ground:

Check leads 974 and 975 for a short to ground at service plug X571.

Result:

YES:No short to ground: GO TO 5 .

NO:Recondition as needed and repeat the test.

( 5 ) Check the power supply to active terminating resistor A69 or to the


implement socket

Action:

1.

Pull out plug (X533; implement socket) or plug (X658; active terminating resistor A69).
2. Use multimeter JT05791A to check to power supply to plug X533 or to plug X658:
Item Measurement Specification

Power supply of active terminating resistor A69 at plug X658 (if no implement socket is
installed)
between pin A (lead 271) and pin C (lead 050): Voltage 12 volts
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 29 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

Item Measurement Specification

Power supply to active terminating resistor (integrated into implement socket), plug
X533
between pin 1B (lead 271) and pin 2B (lead
Voltage 12 volts
050):

Result:

YES:Replace terminating resistor (A69) or the implement socket and repeat the test.

NO:Check the power supply circuit:


• Positive (lead 271)
• Ground (lead 050) via X690 (pin G) to collective ground point XGND6 to XGND43.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 30 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

29-bit Implement CAN BUS – Interactive Test using


Service ADVISOR

[1] - Description of test


Connect Service ADVISOR with PDM or EDL to diagnostic connector, or ideally to ISOBUS
socket (using DS10022 Adapter). After the interactive test has been started, Service ADVISOR
transmits signals to the implement CAN BUS (ISOBUS). Service ADVISOR logs on to GreenStar
Display 2100.
[2] - Result of test

After the log-on procedure is completed a log-on message for the Service ADVISOR
appears on the GreenStar Display 2100.
Service ADVISOR lists all control units logged on to the CAN BUS.
If the log-on procedure for the Service ADVISOR has failed e.g. because of a CAN BUS
malfunction, an error message will be displayed in Service ADVISOR.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 31 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

11-bit CAN BUS - Check


General information:

Data transfer at the 11-bit CAN BUS takes place via the communication lines CAN+ (lead 944)
and CAN- (lead 945). The CAN communication lines are further protected by a live wire (lead
942) and a ground wire (lead 940) (these are the screen lines). These lines are twisted
together to reduce electro-magnetic interference.

Terminating resistors (A63 and A65) are located at the beginning and end of the CAN-BUS
communication lines. The terminating resistors are required to reduce faults in the
communication lines. The terminating resistors A63 and A65 are of the same design. By
assigning the pins differently, they are used either as a passive terminator (A65, 4 leads) or
an active terminator (A63, 6 leads).

The active terminator (A63) also supplies:


• the CAN BUS communication lines with the CAN BUS carrier voltage of 2.5 volts.
• the CAN BUS screen lines and thus the passive terminator (A65) with 12 volts.

Instructions for diagnosis:

• Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS Systems - Summary of References.

• Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of References

Checking the circuit


( 1 ) Check the 11-bit CAN BUS voltage

Action:

1.1 - CAN BUS voltage:

X622 6-pin plug for CAN BUS terminator (11-bit)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 32 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

1. Pull plug X622, leading to the passive terminator (A65), out of stepper motor harness
W32 (located near plug X462 at connecting point to rear transmission harness W30).
2. Ignition ON.
3. Use multimeter JT05791A to check the voltage at plug X622:
Item Measurement Specification

11-bit CAN BUS voltage


CAN+, between pin E (lead 944) and pin D (lead 940): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

CAN-, between pin F (lead 945) and pin D (lead 940): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

IMPORTANT: For the 11-bit CAN BUS to operate properly, the voltage
measured by multimeter JT05791A at CAN+ must be at least 0.1 volts
more than the voltage at CAN-.

Result:

YES:GO TO 1.2

NO:If the measured CAN-BUS voltage is less than it should be: GO TO 2 .

NO:If the measured CAN-BUS voltage is more than it should be: Check the communication
lines for a shorted circuit:
• CAN+ (lead 944).
• CAN- (lead 945).

Action:

1.2 - Screening voltage:

→NOTE:

The passive terminator (A65) is supplied with voltage via the screen lines.

1. Pull plug X622, leading to the passive terminator (A65), out of stepper motor harness
W32 (located near plug X462 at connecting point to rear transmission harness W30).
2. Ignition ON.
3. Use multimeter JT05791A to check the voltage at plug X622:

Item Measurement Specification

CAN BUS screen (plug X622)


between pin D (lead -940) and pin B (lead +942): Voltage 12 volts

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 33 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

Result:

YES:Test completed.

NO:Check the screen lines:


• Positive (lead 942).
• Ground (lead 940).

( 2 ) Checking the CAN-BUS carrier voltage

Action:

→NOTE:

The main supply of the 11-bit CAN BUS is via the active terminating resistor
A63 (2.5-volt carrier voltage). Every stepper motor and the control unit for
E-SCVs sends an additional transmitting voltage on the CAN BUS. If all the
components are disconnected (SIC and stepper motors), the pure carrier
voltage (approx. 2.5 volts) is sent on the CAN BUS.

2.1 - Preliminary test:

Check the power supply to the active terminating resistor (A63):

Fuse F03/15.

2.2 - Check the carrier voltage:

1.
X622 6-pin plug for CAN BUS terminator (11-bit)
Ignition OFF.
2. Pull plug X622, leading to the passive terminator (A65), out of stepper motor harness
W32 (located near plug X462 at connecting point to rear transmission harness W30).
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 34 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

3. Pull out the SIC plug X456 (SIC harness W16) and disconnect the stepper motors from
the CAN BUS (pull out the relays).
Summary of 11-bit CAN BUS components

Components Power supply

SIC Controller for the E-SCVs / E-ICVs Controller plug X456

M12, M13 and M14 E-ICV stepper motors 1, 2 and 3 Relay K02/5

4. Ignition ON.
5. Use multimeter JT05791A to check the voltage at plug X622:
Item Measurement Specification

11-bit CAN BUS carrier voltage


CAN+, between pin E (lead 944) and pin D (lead 940): Voltage 2.5 (+/- 0.1) volts

CAN-, between pin F (lead 945) and pin D (lead 940): Voltage 2.5 (+/- 0.1) volts

Result:

YES: GO TO 3 .

NO: GO TO 4 .

( 3 ) Isolate the defective circuit

Action:

→NOTE:

Reconnect each component (circuit) in turn to the 11-bit CAN BUS. Every
time you reconnect a component, measure the CAN-BUS voltage again.

1. In turn, connect the SIC plug X456 and stepper motors to the CAN BUS (see allocation of
relays in the chart).
Summary of 11-bit CAN BUS components

Components Power supply

SIC Controller for the E-SCVs / E-ICVs Controller plug X456

M12, M13 and M14 E-ICV stepper motors 1, 2 and 3 Relay K02/5

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 35 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

2.
X622 6-pin plug for CAN BUS terminator (11-bit)
Ignition ON.
3. Every time you reconnect a component, use multimeter JT05791A to check the voltage
at plug X622:
Item Measurement Specification

11-bit CAN BUS voltage


CAN+, between pin E (lead 944) and pin D (lead 940): Voltage 2.5 - 2.9 volts

CAN-, between pin F (lead 945) and pin D (lead 940): Voltage 2.1 - 2.5 volts

Result:

YES:Check the connections at the plugs and control units for loose, widened, slid-back or
corroded contacts.

NO:Repair the relevant circuit of the component as needed and repeat the test.

( 4 ) Check communication lines 944 and 945

Action:

4.1 - Check the communication lines for continuity and internal shorts:

1. Ignition OFF (this test must be carried out with the power off).
2. Pull out passive terminator A65 (located near plug X462 at connecting point to rear
transmission harness W30) and replace it with special tool DFLX12 (see Reference
299-05-015 , DFLX12-Special Tool for 11-bit and 29-bit CAN BUS).
3. Pull plug X252 (NOT color-coded) out of the stepper motor for E-ICV 3 (on tractors
without the E-ICV 3 function, the plug is protected by a plastic cap).
4. Check the communication lines for continuity and internal shorts (this test cannot be
used to check the communication lines for grounds or shorts to external circuits!):

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 36 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

X252 4-pin plug for stepper motor E-ICV 3


Use multimeter JT05791A to check the resistance at plug X252 (stepper motor harness
W32):
Item Measurement Specification

11-bit CAN BUS check (at stepper motor plug X252)


between pin C (CAN-, lead 945) and pin D (CAN+, lead 944): Resistance 120 ohms

→NOTE: Special tool-DFLX12 takes a resistance of 120 ohms (+/- 1%).


With the CAN BUS main harness plugged in (main line/connections
plugged into the various harnesses), this test can be carried out at
every CAN BUS interface (i.e. at every control unit/stepper motor
connection).

Result:

YES:GO TO 4.2

NO:Check the circuit of the communication lines:


• CAN+ (lead 944).
• CAN- (lead 945).

Action:

4.2 - Check the communication lines for a short to ground:

Check leads 944 and 945 for shorts to ground.

Result:

YES:No short to ground: GO TO 5 .

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 37 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

NO:Repair as needed and repeat the test.

( 5 ) Checking the power supply to the active terminating resistor

Action:

X619 6-pin plug for CAN BUS terminator (11-bit)

1. Pull plug X619, leading to active terminator (A63), out of SIC harness W16 on the rear
wall of the cab (located near SIC plug X456).
2. Use multimeter JT05791A to check the power supply at plug X619:
Item Measurement Specification

Power supply to the active terminating resistor (A17)


between pin A (lead 562) and pin C (lead 050): Voltage 12 volts

Result:

YES:Replace the terminating resistor (A63) and repeat the test.

NO:Check the power supply circuit (fuse F03/15):


• Positive (lead 562).
• Ground (lead 050) via collective ground point XGND6 to XGND43.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 38 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

JDLink System Check


Additional references:

Operation: Reference 245-JDL-200 , JDLink - Theory of Operation.

Electrical information: Reference 210-15-001 , General References - Summary.

For circuit diagram see: Reference 240-10-038 , SE30-JDLink Control Unit

For component location and pin arrangement see:

Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission, Reference 240-26-411 , W41 - JDLink Wiring


Harness.

Tractors with SynchroPlus, PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad transmissions, Reference 240-26-411


, W41 - JDLink Wiring Harness.

→NOTE:

Take note of the processing procedures of diagnostic trouble codes before


starting the diagnosis, see Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses
and Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Problem with JDLink Machine Messenger


( 1 ) Fleet Call Check

Action:

Confirm with customer that other vehicles in his fleet with JDLink systems can be contacted.

Can other vehicles in fleet be contacted?

→NOTE:

If customer only has 1 vehicle with JDLink system proceed to step 2

Result:

YES: GO TO 2

NO: Possible causes:• vehicles out of cellular range• phone service outage• JD network
downCall hotline at 1-888-GRNSTAR and ensure that the JD network is working properly.
When problem is corrected, attempt contact again
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 39 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

( 2 ) Contact Vehicle Check

Action:

Have customer start vehicle and drive it to an open area where it has clear view of sky
horizon.

Let vehicle run for 5 minutes.

Ask customer for location of vehicle.

Record the following 3 items of information from the customer:

Name of customer′s business:


Tractor model
Serial number of tractor

Call hotline at 1-888-GRNSTAR and initiate to contact the machine.

Is notification received that contact has been successful?

→NOTE:

After the main (key) switch has been turned OFF, a vehicle can only be
contacted during the following 24 hours. Once 24 hours have elapsed, the
ignition must be turned ON again to enable contact to be made.

Result:

YES:Obtain and record the following information from the service technician• Time/Date•
Location• Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTC) GO TO 3

NO: GO TO 5

( 3 ) Time and Date Check

Action:

Was Time/Date recorded in step 2 correct?

Result:

YES: GO TO 4

NO: GO TO 16

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 40 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

( 4 ) Location Check

Action:

Did location of vehicle recorded in step 2 match actual location of vehicle?

Result:

YES: GO TO 22

NO:Further diagnostics need to be done at vehicle GO TO 17

( 5 ) Cellular Service Area Check

Action:

Can any cell phone call be made at this location?

Result:

YES:Further diagnostics need to be done at vehicle GO TO 6

NO:Drive vehicle to an area where a cell phone call can be made. GO TO 2

( 6 ) JDL Control Unit CAN Bus Check

Action:

- Performance monitor:

Access diagnostic trouble code and select JDL Control Unit using the "2"-key (up).

- Service ADVISOR:

Look for JDL Control Unit on "Template" screen.

Does JDL Control Unit address appear in the list of devices on the Bus?

Result:

YES: GO TO 7

NO: GO TO 26

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 41 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

( 7 ) Cellular Service Check

Action:

Drive tractor to an open area with a clear view to the sky.

- Performance monitor:

Access diagnostic mode

View any previously listed Diagnostic Trouble Codes recorded by vehicle and write them
down.

Clear Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Access the following diagnostic address:

Address 13 (Modem Activity 2 Status)

Does display show...

XX1 or Cellular Service

Result:

YES: GO TO 8

NO: GO TO 9

( 8 ) Checking contact from tractor

Action:

Drive tractor to an open area with a clear view to the sky.

- Performance monitor:

Access diagnostic mode

Access the following diagnostic address:

Address 11 (forced contact)

The display should show ...

000 (default)

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 42 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

Calibrate the default value to 001 by using the following steps:

See References: Reference 245-05-002 , Accessing the Addresses and Diagnostic Trouble
Codes.

Use the flash to pass switch 3 times to arrive at right digit of three digit code
Use right turn signal lever to change this digit from a 0 to 1
Use the flash to pass switch once to retain right digit value of 1, value is now 001

Press hazard switch to initiate contact and immediately

Access the following diagnostic address:

JDL (JDLink Machine Messenger)


Address 12 (Modem Activity 1 Status)

Status should proceed from 003 dialing a number, to 004 normal connection mode, to 001
normal stand-by mode.

Did status 004 (connection mode) occur?

Result:

YES:Call hotline at 1-888-GRNSTAR and check status on the JDLink Website. As no


connection could be obtained to the JDLink Website previously, the following should be
clarified with the customer: • Had the tractor been turned on within the last 24 hours? •
Where was the tractor?• Was the tractor operating at the time in question?

NO: GO TO 9

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 43 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

( 9 ) Cellular Service Status Check

Action:

Access the following diagnostic address:

Address 12 (Modem Activity 1 Status)

Does display show...

Any of these values 000, 006, 007 or 008

Result:

YES: If value is 000, replace JDLink Control Unit GO TO 2

YES:If value is 006, 007, 008 , call hotline at 1-888-GRNSTAR for further assistance.

NO:Values 001, 003, 004, 005 are normal cell phone statuses. GO TO 10

( 10 ) Coax Connection Check

Action:

Remove cab roof and check coax connection between cellular antenna and JDLink Control
Unit.

→NOTE:

The cellular antenna is a cylinder and the GPS antenna is a flattened


sphere.

Check to see if the cellular antenna coax cable connections are loose

Are connections O.K.?

Result:

YES: GO TO 11

NO:Tighten connections GO TO 7

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 44 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

( 11 ) Coax Continuity Check

Action:

Remove cab roof and disconnect the co-ax cable at the JDLink Control Unit (cellular antenna).

Measure the resistance between the painted top (not the sides) of the antenna and the
center pin of the JDLink Control Unit connector (co-ax cable).

→NOTE:

Penetrate paint of cellular antenna to ensure contact is made.

Is the resistance less than 3 ohms?

Result:

YES: GO TO 12

NO: GO TO 15

( 12 ) Coax Continuity Check (Shield)

Action:

Remove cab roof.

Disconnect the coax cable at the JDLink Control Unit connector (cellular antenna).

Measure the resistance between the base of the cellular antenna and the shield of the coax
cable at the JDLink Control Unit connector.

Is the resistance less than 3 ohms?

Result:

YES: GO TO 13

NO:Replace coax cable GO TO 7

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 45 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

( 13 ) Shorted Cellular Antenna or Coax Cable Check

Action:

Remove cab roof and disconnect the co-ax cable at the JDLink Control Unit (cellular antenna).

Measure the resistance between the center lead of the plug (co-ax cable) and shield of the
co-ax cable.

Is resistance greater than 100 kOhm?

Result:

YES:Call hotline at 1-888-GRNSTAR and advise that checks that have been made to this
point. Enter a DTAC case.

NO: GO TO 14

( 14 ) Shorted Cellular Coax Cable Check

Action:

Remove roof of tractor and disconnect the coax cable at the JDLink Control Unit connector
and the cellular antenna connector by twisting the antenna off at the base.

Measure the resistance of the coax cable between the center conductor and the shield.

Is resistance greater than 100 kOhm?

Result:

YES:Replace the cellular antenna GO TO 7

NO:Replace coax cable GO TO 7

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 46 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

( 15 ) Coax Continuity Check

Action:

Remove cab roof and disconnect the co-ax cable at the JDLink Control Unit and at the cellular
antenna.

Measure the resistance of the co-ax cable at the center conductor between the JDLink Control
Unit connector and the cellular antenna connector.

Is the resistance less than 3 ohms?

Result:

YES:Verify that the center pin, that the cellular antenna threads onto is 2 mm (0.08 in.)
above the mount base and is clean and free of debris. If the connection looks clean, replace
the cellular antenna; otherwise repair the coax connection. GO TO 7

NO:Replace coax cable GO TO 7

( 16 ) Correct Time Settings Check

Action:

Check the time and time zone setting.

Are settings correct?

Result:

YES: GO TO 17

NO:Put proper settings to correct time problem GO TO 2

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 47 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

( 17 ) Serial Number Check

Action:

- Performance monitor:

Put vehicle in diagnostic mode

Access the following diagnostic address:

JDL (JDLink Machine Messenger)


82 (first three characters of JDL Serial Number)
83 (last three characters of JDL Serial Number)

Check tractor association with JDLink Control Unit

Do these values match the JDLink Website values for this machine?

Result:

YES: GO TO 18

NO:Change the JDLink Website so settings match the vehicle GO TO 2

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 48 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

( 18 ) GPS Problem Check

Action:

Drive tractor to an open area with a clear view to the sky.

- Performance monitor:

Access diagnostic mode

Record all JDL Control Unit Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Clear Diagnostic Trouble Codes from system.

Turn key switch to OFF position.

Wait 2 minutes.

Turn key switch to ON position.

Access the following diagnostic address:

JDL (JDLink Machine Messenger)


21 Address (GPS 1 Status)

Does the display show...

008 no usable satellites

Result:

YES: GO TO 20

NO: GO TO 19

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 49 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

( 19 ) GPS Status Check

Action:

Access the following diagnostic address:

JDL (JDLink Machine Messenger)


21 Address (GPS 1 Status)

Possible GPS values:

000 doing position fixes


001 no GPS time available yet
003 PDOP is too high
008 no usable satellites
009 only 1 usable satellite
010 only 2 usable satellite
011 only 3 usable satellite
012 the chosen satellite is unusable
015 GPS receiver module powered off
255 GPS receiver module not detected

If values 001, 009, 010 or 011 appear, wait for 10 minutes.

Does the display show...

000 doing position fixes

Result:

YES: GO TO 2 Verify that location is now correct.

NO:If after 10 minutes a value of 003, 008, 012, 015 appear have service technician follow-
upIf after 10 minutes value is 255:Replace JDLink Control Unit GO TO 2

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 50 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

( 20 ) Voltage Check to GPS Antenna

Action:

Turn key switch to OFF position.

Remove cab roof.

At GPS antenna, disconnect coax connector.

→NOTE:

The GPS antenna is a flattened sphere and the cellular antenna is a


cylinder.

Turn key switch to ON position.

Measure voltage at GPS harness end, connector GPS antenna center pin to shield.

Was there 5-volt DC ± 0.3 volts?

Result:

YES: Replace GPS AntennaTurn key switch to OFF position.Wait for 15 seconds.Turn key
switch to ON position. GO TO 19

NO: GO TO 21

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 51 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

( 21 ) GPS Voltage Check

Action:

Turn key switch to OFF position.

Remove cab roof and disconnect the GPS coax cable at the JDLink Control Unit connector.

Turn key switch to ON position.

Measure voltage at JDLink Control Unit center pin to shield

Was there 5-volt DC ± 0.3 volts?

Result:

YES:Replace GPS coax cable GO TO 19

NO:Replace JDLink Control Unit GO TO 19

( 22 ) Vehicle Error Check

Action:

Figure out what the customer′s complaint is with JDLink system

In conversation with customer, is he reporting that JDLink Website alert log is missing vehicle
Level 1 (Red) or Level 2 (Yellow) alerts?

Result:

YES: GO TO 23

NO:Customer may have other problems that have not been addressed yet. The customer
may, for example, have problems navigating around in JDLink Website for which he needs to
call the hotline at 1-888-GRNSTAR for assistance.

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 52 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

( 23 ) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Test

Action:

Were Diagnostic Trouble Codes any “Machine Data Configuration Fault” (298872.31-
298876.31) recorded in step 2?

Result:

YES:If the customer feels that some data is missing from the JDLink utilization log report, call
the hotline at 1-888-GRNSTAR. GO TO 2

NO: GO TO 24

( 24 ) JDLink Control Unit, CAN Diagnostic Trouble Code Check

Action:

Were the following Diagnostic Trouble Codes recorded in step 2?


• JDL 298885.31 Control Unit Memory Capacity Exceeded
• JDL 298883.31 CAN Bus Fault
• JDL 001542.04 Control Unit Voltage Low
• JDL 000629.12 Control Unit Fault
• JDL 000630.12 Internal Fault (Memory Fault)
• JDL 000841.31 Internal Fault (GPS Signal)

Result:

YES: GO TO 25

NO: GO TO 31

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 53 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

( 25 ) Diagnostic Trouble Code Check with Vehicle in Diagnostic Mode

Action:

- Performance monitor:

Put vehicle in diagnostic mode

Record all JDL Control Unit Diagnostic Trouble Codes.

Clear Diagnostic Trouble Codes from system.

Turn key switch to OFF position.

Wait 2 minutes.

Turn key switch to ON position.

View Diagnostic Trouble Codes generated by JDLink Control Unit.

Were any Diagnostic Trouble Codes generated?

Result:

YES: If Diagnostic Trouble Code 000629.12 reappeared, replace JDLink Control Unit GO TO 2

YES:If Diagnostic Trouble Code 298885.31 appeared, call the hotline at 1-888-GRNSTAR. If
Diagnostic Trouble Code 298883.31 reappeared, see Reference 245-20-001 , Data BUS
Systems - Summary of References. GO TO 2

YES:If Diagnostic Trouble Code 001542.04 reappeared: GO TO 26

NO:Customer may have other problems that have not been addressed yet. The customer
may, for example, have problems navigating around in JDLink Website for which he needs to
call the hotline at 1-888-GRNSTAR for assistance.DONE

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 54 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

( 26 ) Single Point Ground Check

Action:

Check ground connection, pin A2, wire 310, harness W41.

For location of the frame ground connection (XGND10, cab roof harness W19) see:
• Reference 240-26-002 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoQuad/IVT transmission and
TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus transmission and
TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad/IVT
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine - Summary of References

Is the JDLink Control Unit grounded via the frame ground connection?

Result:

YES: GO TO 27

NO:Repair frame ground connection XGND10

( 27 ) Voltage Check at Fuses

Action:

Turn key switch to ON position.

Check voltage at fuses F04/12 and F03/14.

Is voltage at both ends of fuses greater than 12-volt DC?

Result:

YES: GO TO 28

NO:Go to tractor battery and alternator diagnostics and check the SE1 starter motor and
charging circuit; see: Reference 240-10-001 , Sub-System Diagnostics (Cab) - Summary of
References

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 55 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

( 28 ) JDLink Control Unit Unswitched Voltage Check

Action:

Turn key switch to OFF position.

Remove cab roof.

Disconnect JDLink Control Unit connector X529.

Turn key switch to ON position.

Measure voltage of JDLink Control Unit (harness end) between lead 952, pin A1 (unswitched
power) and lead 310, pin A2 (ground).

Is it 12-volt DC?

Result:

YES: GO TO 29

NO: GO TO 30

( 29 ) JDLink Control Unit Switched Voltage Check

Action:

Turn key switch to OFF position.

Remove cab roof. Disconnect JDLink Control Unit connector X529.

Turn key switch to ON position.

Measure voltage of JDLink Control Unit (harness end) between lead 971, pin A3 (switched
power) and lead 310, pin A2 (ground).

Is it 12-volt DC?

Result:

YES: GO TO 33

NO:Refer to schematic and repair: Reference 240-10-038 , SE30-JDLink Control Unit GO TO 2

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 56 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

( 30 ) Ground Connection Check

Action:

Check ground connection (XGND10, cab roof harness W19), lead 310. For location of the
frame ground connection see:
• Reference 240-26-002 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-004 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoQuad/IVT transmission and
TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-003 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus transmission and
TIER I Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-501 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with SyncroPlus or PowrQuad
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-502 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with PowrQuad Plus or AutoQuad/IVT
transmissions and TIER II Engine - Summary of References
• Reference 240-26-503 , Wiring Harnesses for Tractors with AutoPowr/IVT transmission and
TIER II Engine - Summary of References

Is the JDLink Control Unit grounded via the frame ground connection?

Result:

YES: GO TO 31

NO:Repair frame ground connection XGND10

( 31 ) Cause Vehicle Error Check

Action:

Cause a vehicle error to check JDLink system.

To test the system, switch on rear PTO and adjust to 1000 or 540E rpm. After having done
this, increase speed to more than 620 rpm. A Level 2 (yellow) alert is initiated. This alert
must appear on the JDLink website.

Initiate contact to tractor through the hotline 1-888-GRNSTAR.

Did the JDLink Website alert log record the Level 2 (Yellow) alert?

Result:

YES:DONEExplain to the customer that everything is working, and reason for his complaint
was JD network related or partial data transfer

NO: GO TO 32
tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS
<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 57 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

( 32 ) Diagnostic Trouble Code Check

Action:

- Performance monitor:

Access diagnostic mode

Was alert "Rear PTO Speed too High, Reduce Engine Speed" (Diagnostic Trouble Code
000186.16) initiated?

Result:

YES: GO TO 33

NO:Try a different alert to test JDLink tractor interface problem. GO TO 31

( 33 ) CAN+ Voltage Check

Action:

Turn key switch to OFF position.

Remove cab roof.

Disconnect JDLink Control Unit connector X529.

Turn key switch to ON position.

Measure voltage of JDLink Control Unit (harness end) between lead 934, pin C2 (CAN+) and
lead 310, pin A2 (ground).

Is it 2.5-volt DC + 0.3 volts?

Result:

YES: GO TO 34

NO:Refer to schematic and repair: 29-BIT CAN BUS Test , Section 213, Group 45. GO TO 2

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 58 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

( 34 ) CAN- Voltage Check

Action:

Turn key switch to OFF position.

Remove cab roof.

Disconnect JDLink Control Unit connector X529.

Turn key switch to ON position.

Measure voltage of JDLink Control Unit (harness end) between lead 935, pin D2 (CAN-) and
lead 310, pin A2 (ground).

Is it 2.5-volt DC + 0.3 volts?

Result:

YES:Replace JDLink Control Unit GO TO 2

NO:Refer to schematic and repair: 29-BIT CAN BUS Test , Section 213, Group 45. GO TO 2

tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS


<- Go to Section TOC Section 213 page 59 SERVICE MANUAL
Section 213 - SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS Group 45: Electronics

<- Go to Global Table of contents tm4733-DIAGNOSIS AND TESTS SERVICE MANUAL

You might also like